; ■ ^V/ CORNEL1 - UNIVERSITY. THE Bostwetl p. dottier Cibrarg jhCWV* THE GIFT OF ROSWELL P. FLOWER FOR THE USE OF THE N. Y. STATE VETERINARY COLLEGE. 1897 Cornell University Library The original of this book is in the Cornell University Library. There are no known copyright restrictions in the United States on the use of the text. http://archive.org/details/cu31924104224567 THE PATHOLOGY SURGICAL TREATMENT TUMORS BY N. SENN, M.D., Ph.D., LL.D. TROFESSOR OF PRACTICE OF SURGERY AND CLINICAL SURGERY, RUSH MEDICAL COLLEGE; PROFESSOR OF SURGERY, CHICAGO POLYCLINIC; ATTENDING SURGEON TO PRESBY- TERIAN HOSPITAL ; SUHGEON-IN-CHIEF, ST. JOSEPH'S HOSPITAL, CHICAGO. ILLUSTRATED BY 515 ENGRAVINGS, INCLUDING FULL-PAGE COLORED PLATES PHILADELPHIA W. B. SAUNDERS 925 Walnut Street i8 9 5- Copyright, 189S, by W. B. SAUNDERS. WESTCOTT &. THOMSON, PRESS OF ELECTROTYPERS. PHILADA. W. B. SAUNDERS, PHILADA TO THE MEMORY SAMUEL DAVID GROSS A MASTER IN SURGERY; A PIONEER IN PATHOLOGICAL ANATnMV; A SURGEON HONORED AND REVEREIl WHEREVER HIPPOCRATIC MEDICINE IS TAUGHT OR PRACTISED; A MAN WHOSE EMINENT PROFESSIONAL REPUTATION WAS CROWNED BY THE PURITY (IE HIS PRIVATE CHARACTER, THIS WORK IS KEVERENTLY AND AFFECTIONATELY INSCRIBED BY HIS FRIENO THE AUTHOR. PREFACE. The appearance of a treatise on " The Pathology and Surgical Treatment of Tumors " at this time needs no apology. Books specially devoted to this subject are few, and in our text-books and systems of surgery this part of surgical pathology is usually condensed to a degree incompatible with its scientific and clinical importance. Again, the attention and energies of pathologists and surgeons during the last quarter of a century have been directed more toward the foundation and development of the new science of bacteriology and the advancement and improvement of operative technique than to a more thorough investigation of the equally important though less inviting subject relating to the origin, nature, structure, clinical aspects, and treatment of tumors. Every teacher of pathology and surgery knows how difficult it is to impart to the student a knowledge of the structure and clinical tendencies of the different kinds of tumors sufficiently accurate to enable him to make a reliable diagnosis at the bedside. The gen- eral practitioner often remains painfully conscious of this defect in his early training, and the surgeon is frequently in doubt when to apply his art or when to pursue a conservative or palliative course when applied to for treatment by patients suffering from obscure tumors or tumors presenting one or more of the numerous compli- cations to which they are subject. The author has spent many years in collecting the material for this work, and has taken great pains to present it in a manner that should prove useful as a text-book for the student, a work of reference for the busy practitioner, and a reliable, safe guide for the surgeon. For the purpose of simplifying diagnosis a special effort has been made to trace every tumor to its proper anatomical starting-point and histo- 6 PREFACE genetic source, and to make a sharp histological and clinical distinction between true tumors, inflammatory swellings, and retention-cysts. The increase in volume caused by a tumor is due entirely to erratic cell-growth from a matrix of embryonal cells of congenital or post- natal origin ; the enlargement of a part or an organ caused by chronic inflammation which so often simulates a tumor is due to proliferation of pre-existing mature cells acted upon by pathogenic micro-organisms or their toxines, and to the vascular changes and cell-migration charac- teristic of inflammation ; while a retention-cyst essentially consists of an accumulation of a physiological secretion in a pre-formed glandular space, the result of a mechanical obstruction. The classification of tumors in this work is in accord with this theory of the origin of tumors. The microbic origin of tumors is briefly disposed of, as it has not been established by any convincing experimental investigations or clinical observations. Should future research demonstrate a direct causative relationship between certain as yet unknown bacteria and the growth of some of the tumors, such tumors would have to be eliminated from this group of pathological products and be classified with the granulomata. The first part of this treatise is devoted to a general consideration of tumors, and it is this part which is intended more especially for the use of students. Following the section on Classification, each class of tumors is considered separately, beginning with benign epithelial tumors and terminating with sarcoma, to which is appended a section on Retention-cysts. It will be observed that by following this course each tumor is brought to the notice of the reader three different times. Repetitions like these cannot fail in permanently impressing the sub- ject upon the memory of the reader. It has been deemed advisable to discuss benign tumors first, as they do not deviate so far from the normal type of tissue-growth as do malignant tumors of the same germinal layer. Retention-cysts are not true tumors, but they are discussed in the last section of the volume, as their differentiation from tumors is often exceedingly difficult, and in their structure and clinical course they resemble more closely tumor-formation than the products of inflam- mation. A description of each class of tumors is followed by a con- PREFACE. 7 sideration of the topographical distribution of that particular kind of tumor in the different regions and organs of the body, with a description of the different operative procedures for their removal. The intention of the author in illustrating the text so profusely was to keep constantly before the reader's eye the microscopical pic- ture of the tumor, which in many places is contrasted with the normal structure of the tissues corresponding with the anatomical location of the tumor. The more difficult operations are fully described and illustrated. More than one hundred of the illustrations are original, while the remainder were selected from books and medical journals not readily accessible to the student and the general practitioner. The author desires to acknowledge his indebtedness to Mr. W. B. Saunders, who has spared no expense in presenting this book to the profession, and to Mr. John Vansant and Mr. Thomas Dagney of his publication rooms, for valuable assistance in supervising the details of the preparation of the work ; also to Drs. Lecount and Mellish for a number of well-executed original drawings. N. Senn. Chicago, September, 1895. CONTENTS. PAGK I. Origin and Nature of Tumors 17 Definition, 19. Histological and Clinical Differences between a Tumor and an Inflammatory Swelling, 20. Histogenesis, 24. II. Morphology and Multiplication of Tumor-cells 28 Morphology, 28. Karyokinesis, 30. III. Anatomy and Biology of Tumors 34 Blood-vessels, 35. Lymphatic Vessels, 35. Nerves, 36. Biology, 37. Relation of Tumors to Adjacent Tissues, 40. IV. Pathology of Tumors 42 Fatty Degeneration, 43. Mucoid Degeneration, 44. Colloid Degen- eration, 44. Amyloid Degeneration, 45. Hyaline Degeneration, 45. Caseation, 46. Calcification or Cretefaction, 47. Ossification, 48. Interstitial Hemorrhage and Thrombosis, 48. Capsule of Tumor, 51. Lymphatic Glands, 51. Inflammation, 52. Ulceration, 52. Grafting of a Malignant upon a Benign Tumor, 53. V. Tumors in Plants and Animals 55 Tumors in Plants, 55. Tumors in Animals, 57. VI. Etiology of Tumors 61 Congenital Tumors. 61. Heredity, 62. Race, 65. Climate, 66. Age, 66. Sex, 68. Traumatism, 69. Irritation, 70. Inflammation, 70. Contagion, 70. VII. Clinical Aspects of Benign and Malignant Tumors 72 Relative Frequency with which Different Organs are Affected by Tumors, 72. Benign Tumors, 73. Malignant Tumors, 75. Local Infection, 76. Regional Infection, 76. General Infection, 77. Fre- quency of Recurrence after Extirpation, 79. Intrinsic Tendency of the Tumor to Destroy Life, 80. 9 io CONTENTS. PAGE: VIII. Transformation of Benign Tumors and Post-natal Embryonic Tissue into Malignant Tumors 81 Transformation of Benign into Malignant Tumors, 81. Transforma- tion of Embryonic Tissue of Post-natal Origin into Malignant Tumors, 85. IX. Diagnosis of Tumors 89 Clinical History, 89. Length of Time Tumor has Existed, 90. Loca- tion of Tumor, 90. Rapidity of Growth of Tumor, 90. Pain, 91. Tenderness, 91. Examination of the Patient, 92. Examination of the Tumor, 94. Tactile Examination, 96. Connection of Tumor with the Mother-soil, 97. Resistance and Consistence, 98. Pulsa- tion, 102. Tenderness, 102. Crepitation, 102. Auscultation and Percussion, 102. The Value of the Microscope as an Aid in the Diagnosis of Tumors, 103. X. Prognosis of Tumors 10& XI. Treatment of Tumors 113. Medical Treatment, 113. Radical Operation, 115: Ligation of the Principal Blood-vessels Nourishing the Tumor, 116; Galvano- puncture, 116; Parenchymatous Injections, 117; Injection of Ery- sipelas Toxines, 118; Cauterization, 118; Ligature, 122; Galvano- caustic Wire, 124; Ecrasement Lineaire, 125; Avulsion, 126; Extirpation, 126. Palliative Treatment, 129. XII. Classification of Tumors 131. Virchow's Classification, 131. Cohnheim's Classification, 132. Wil- liams's Classification, 133. Senn's Classification, 136. XIII. Papilloma and Onychoma 137 Papilloma, 137. Histology and Pathology, 137. Transformation into Malignant Tumors, 138. Topography, 141 : Skin, 141 ; Cornu Cutaneum, 142; Respiratory Organs, 144; Urinary Organs, 145; Female Organs of Generation, 146; Brain, 148. Diagnosis, 148. Prognosis, 150. Treatment, 150. Onychoma, 151. XIV. Adenoma 152 Histology and Pathology, 153. Etiology, 155. Topography, 156: Skin, 156; Adenoma Sebaceum, 156; Adenoma Sudoriparum, 157; Digestive Tract, 158; Nasal Cavities, 159; Uterus and its Append- ages, 159; Thyroid Gland, 162; Mammary Gland, 167; Prostate Gland, 171; Lachrymal Gland, 172; Parotid Gland, 172; Testicle, 173; Liver, 174; Kidney, 176. Diagnosis, 176. Prognosis, 177. Treatment, 177. CONTENT'S. XV. Cystoma Etiology, 181. Diagnosis, i Si . Prognosis, 182. Topography, 182 Traumatic Epithelial Cysts, 182 ;- Deep-seated Atheroma, 184 Mucous Cysts, 186 ; Mesoblastic Cysts, 187 ; Thyroid Gland, 187 Mammary Gland, 189; Ovary, 190; Vagina, 199; Testicle, 199 Eye, 199; Cysts of the Vitello-intestinal Duct, 200; Allantoic (Urachus) Cysts, 201 ; Bone, 201. XVI. Carcinoma Definition, 204. Views Past and Present regarding the Origin and Nature of Carcinoma, 205. Histogenesis, 209, Histology, 213: Squamous-celled Carcinoma, 214; Cylindrical-celled Carcinoma, 215; Glandular Carcinoma, 216. Malignancy, 216: Local Infec- tion, 217; Regional Infection, 221 ; General Infection, 226. Eti- ology, 232 : Heredity, 232 ; Traumatism, 234; Age, 234; Climate, 236; Mental Depression, 236; Tuberculosis, 237 ; Prolonged Irri- tation and Inflammation, 237 ; Microbes, 239. Pathology, 241. Histological Varieties of Carcinoma, 249 : Squamous-celled Car- cinoma, 249; Cylindrical-celled Carcinoma, 251 ; Glandular Car- cinoma, 252. Diagnosis, 255. Prognosis, 263. Treatment, 265 : Palliative Operations, 267 ; Radical Operations, 269. Topography, 272: Skin, 272; Lip, 278; Face, 279; Mouth, 286; Tonsil, 288; Tongue, 289 ; Parotid, 295 ; Thyroid, 297 : Mammary Gland, 300 ; GLsophagus, 319; Stomach, 322; Intestines, 331 ; Rectum, 336; Testicle, 342 ; Penis, 343 ; Ovary, 346 ; Uterus, 349 ; External Female Generative Organs, 366 ; Eye, 368 ; Bladder, 368 ; Kidney, 370. XVII. Fibroma Definition, 375. Histogenesis and Histology, 375. Retrograde Meta- morphoses, 378. Etiology, 379. Symptoms and Diagnosis, 379. Prognosis, 380. Treatment, 381. Topography, 381 : Skin, 381 ; Mucous Surfaces, 384; Subcutaneous Connective Tissue, 384; Abdominal Wall, 385; Nose, 388; Mammary Gland, 390; Uterus, 391; Ovary, 391; Vulva, 392; Gums, 393; Periosteum and Bone, 394; Serous Surfaces, 395. Cholesteatoma, 395. XVIII. Lipoma Definition, 397. Histology, 397. Regressive Metamorphoses, 398. Anatomical Varieties, 398. Symptoms and Diagnosis, 399. Prog- nosis, 400. Treatment, 401. Topography, 401 : Subcutaneous Adipose Tissue, 401 ; Eyelids, 403 ; Subserous Lipoma, 403 ; Submucous Lipoma, 404 ; Meninges of the Brain and Spinal Cord, 405; Intermuscular Lipoma, 406 ; Periosteum, 406; Joints, 407 ; Tendon-sheaths, 407 ; Eye, 407 ; Broad Ligament, 407 ; Vulva, 407 ; Scrotum, 407. 12 CONTENTS. XIX. Myoma 4o8 Definition, 408. Histology, 409. Etiology, 410. Symptoms and Diagnosis, 410. Prognosis, 410. Treatment, 411. Topography, 411 : Skin, 411 ; Intermuscular Spaces, 411 ; Nose, 412; Middle Ear, 413; Nerve-sheaths, 414; Glands, 414. XX. Chondroma 4'5 Definition, 415. Origin, 415. Histology, 417. Retrogressive Meta- morphoses, 418. Etiology, 419. Symptoms and Diagnosis, 420. Prognosis, 420. Treatment, 421. Topography, 421 : Cartilage, 421; Bone and Periosteum, 422; Joints, 423; Salivary Glands, 424; Testicle, 425 ; Ovary, 425 ; Connective Tissue, 425. Chon- droma Branchiogenes, 425. XXI. Osteoma 427 Definition, 427. Histogenesis, 428. Histology, 428. Anatomical Varieties, 430. Symptoms and Diagnosis, 430. Prognosis, 430. Treatment, 430. Topography, 431 : Cranial Bones, 431 ; Frontal Sinus, 433; External Meatus, 434 ; Brain, 435 ; Epiphyses of the Long Bones, 435 ; Muscles and Tendons, 436; Seat of Fracture, 436; Orbit, 437; Eye, 437 ; Subungual Osteoma, 437. XXII. Odontoma 43 8 Definition, 438. Classification, 438. Epithelial Odontomes, 438. Follicular Odontomes, 438. Fibrous Odontomes, 440. Cemen- tomes, 440. Compound Follicular Odontomes, 440. Radicular Odontomes, 440. Composite Odontomes, 440. XXIII. Angioma 442 Definition, 442. Histogenesis, 443. Histology, 443. Complica- tions, 445. Anatomical Varieties, 446. Topography, 452 : Skin and Mucous Membranes, 452 ; Deep Connective Tissue, 453; Bones, 455; Intracranial Angiomata, 456; Liver, 456; Mammary Gland, 457 ; Tongue, 457 ; Muscles, 457 ; Larynx, 458. XXIV. Lymphangioma 459 Definition, 459. Anatomical Varieties, 459. Histology and Histo- genesis, 459. Regressive Metamorphoses, 465. Symptoms and Diagnosis, 466. Prognosis, 466. Treatment, 467. Topography, 467 : Tongue, 467 ; Lips, 467 ; Neck, 468 ; Subcutaneous and Submucous Connective Tissue, 470 ; Uterus, 470. XXV. Lymphoma 471 Definition, 471. Histology and Histogenesis, 473. Retrograde Metamorphoses, 473. Symptoms and Diagnosis, 474. Treat- ment, 477. CONTENTS. 13 PAGE XXVI. Myoma 478 Definition, 478. Embryology, 478. Rhabdomyoma, 479. Leio- myoma, 480. Histology and Histogenesis, 480. Regressive Metamorphoses, 483. Symptoms and Diagnosis, 484. Prog- nosis, 485. Treatment, 485. Topography, 485 : Uterus, 485 ; Broad Ligament, 511; Fallopian Tube, 512 ; Alimentary Canal, 513; Pharynx, 513; (Esophagus, 513; Stomach, 514; Small Intestines, 514; Rectum, 514; Bladder, 515. XXVII. Neuroma 516 Definition, 516. Embryology, 516. Histology and Histogenesis, 516. Regressive Metamorphoses, 522. Etiology, 522. Symp- toms and Diagnosis, 522. Prognosis, 523. Treatment, 523. Topography, 524 : Multiple Neurofibromata, 524 ; Cranial Nerves, 525 ; Spinal Nerves, 525 ; Upper Extremity, 525 ; Lower Extremity, 526; Plexiform Neuroma, 527; Vulva, 527; Prepuce, 528. XXVIII. Sarcoma 529 Definition, 529. Histology and Histogenesis, 530. Morphology of Sarcoma-cells, 534. Histological Varieties, 535. Regressive Metamorphoses, 551. Local and General Infection, 554. Meta- stasis, 557. Etiology, 559. Symptoms and Diagnosis, 561. Prognosis, 564. Treatment, 564. Topography, 567 : Skin, 567 ; Submucous Connective Tissue, 569 ; Fascial Sarcoma, 570 ; Lymphatic Glands, 572 ; Bones, 574 ; Mammary Gland, 592; Salivary Glands, 594; Tongue, 596; Tonsil, 596; Intes- tinal Canal, 596; Omentum, 597 ; Kidney, 597; Uterus, 600; Ovary, 602 ; Vagina, 603 ; Vulva, 603 ; Testicle, 603 ; Brain and its Envelopes, 605 ; Eye, 605 ; Bladder, 605 ; Prostate, 606. XXIX. Teratoma 607 Definition, 607. Origin, 607. Endogenous Teratomata, 609. Ec- togenous Teratomata, 610. Branchial Cysts, 613. Embry- ology and Anatomy, 613. History, 615. Classification, 616. Mucous Branchial Cysts, 618. Atheromatous Branchial Cysts, 618. Serous Branchial Cysts, 618. Hemato-cysts of Branchial Clefts, 619. Etiology, 620. Diagnosis, 621. Prognosis, 621. Treatment, 622. Dermoid Cysts, 625. Definition, 626. His- tology, 626. Regressive Metamorphoses, 629. Diagnosis, 631. Prognosis, 631. Treatment, 632. Topography, 632: Trunk, 632 ; Thorax, 633 ; Face, 635 ; Palate and Pharynx, 637 ; Scalp and Dura Mater, 638 ; Eye, 639 ; Tongue, 639 ; Rec- tum, 641 ; Auricle, 642 ; Ovary, 643 ; Scrotum, 648. 14 CONTENTS. PAGE XXX. Retention-cysts 649 Definition, 649. Histology, 650. Etiology, 652. Symptoms and Diagnosis, 653. Prognosis, 656. Topography, 657 : Thyroid Gland, 657; Ovary, 657; Skin, 658; Mucous Membrane, 660; Hydrokolpos, 663 ; Hydrometra, 663 ; Hydrosalpinx, 664 ; Trachea and Bronchial Tubes, 666 ; Appendix Vermiformis, 666 ; Bile- ducts, 667 ; Pancreas, 670 ; Kidney, 691 ; Testicle, 698 ; Mammary Gland, 699 ; Salivary Glands, 700. INDEX 703 PATHOLOGY SURGICAL TREATMENT TUMORS. THE PATHOLOGY AND SURGICAL TREATMENT OF TUMORS, I. ORIGIN AND NATURE OF TUMORS. The subject of tumors is one of the much-neglected departments of surgical pathology. Laboratory investigation, experimental research, and clinical observations have revolutionized the etiology and pathology of inflammatory diseases during the last decade. During that time the attention of pathologists has been occupied largely in the etiological and pathological elucidation of infective diseases, while surgeons have expended their energies in enlarging the scope of operative surgery by an increased knowledge thus gained, and by the diminution of the immediate and remote risks to life of operative procedures attending the general adoption of antiseptic and aseptic precautions. The benefit to humanity in the saving of life and the lessening of suffering derived from these investigations and from improved practice is incalculable. The great work initiated by Pasteur, Lister, and Koch has inaugurated a new era in the study and treatment of disease, and must serve as a permanent foundation for all future investigations. When we realize the amount of suffering and the number of deaths resulting from tumors, it appears somewhat strange that this vast department of pathology has received so little attention on the part of modern investigators. It is true that recently a great deal of work has been done to establish the microbic origin of malignant tumors, but no positive results have been obtained so far, and we must confess that but little additional light has been shed on the etiology and pathology of tumors since the epoch-making labors of Virchow and Cohnheim. History. — The old authors regarded tumors as something entirely foreign grafted upon the organism. John Hunter taught that a drop of blood, being accidentally extravasated, became organized and as- sumed a growth independent of the adjacent tissues, and continued to grow till it was limited by some obstacle opposed to it. Effusion of 18 PATHOLOGY AND TREATMENT OF TUMORS. lymph has been considered as a possible cause. It was suggested that in the development of the tumors the lymph played the same role claimed by Hunter for the extra-vascular blood. Chronic inflammation was regarded for a long time as the essential etiological factor. These and many other vague theories advanced in regard to the origin and nature of tumors prior to the time they were recognized as a part of the body they inhabited, the result of proliferation of pre-existing cells, do not merit an extended discussion in a modern text-book. Schleiden established the cell theory which inaugurated the science of biology ; Schwann showed from a cellular basis the analogy of the structure of plants and of animals. The study of tumors in plants and in the lower animals has done much in adding to our knowledge of the etiology and pathology of tumors. Pathological processes in plants are much simpler than in animals, owing to the absence in the former of many complicating fac- tors, such as nerves and blood-vessels ; at the same time, the plants are constructed upon a much simpler embryological plan. Both animal and vegetable cells have in common the nitrogenous carbon compound called " protoplasm." Johannes Muller applied the cell theory to the study of tumors. Virchow elaborated this doctrine in establishing by his immortal researches the motto of his great work on cellular path- ology, Omnis celhila e ccllula. Cohnheim imparted a new stimulus to the study of tumors by advancing a novel theory in reference to their origin. Virchow taught that an epithelial tumor could develop from connective tissue. Cohnheim referred every tumor to its proper embry- onic layer, and claimed that a tumor never had its origin from mature tissue, but always developed from a matrix of embryonic tissue. This essential tumor-matrix he traced back to its embryological source. He believed that during the process of cell-differentiation in the embryo groups of cells not utilized in the growth of the embryo, or displaced, were arrested in their further development, and remained in a latent condition until their activity was awakened later, when the product of their proliferation resulted in the formation of a tumor. This theory found many supporters, but at the present time only a few authors uphold it in its entirety. As we shall see further on, it has much to recommend it, but it does not satisfactorily explain the origin of all tumors. In the absence of better proof of the origin of tumors, the writer will adhere to the doctrine advanced by Cohnheim, and in addi- tion to it will claim that the essential tumor-matrix may be composed of embryonic cells, the offspring of mature cells which for some reason have failed to undergo transformation into tissue of a higher type and which may remain in a latent, immature state for an indefinite period ORIGIN AND NATURE OF TUMORS. of time, to become, under the influence of either hereditary or acqu exciting causes, the essential starting-point of a tumor. Definition. — So long as our ideas in reference to the origin nature of tumors rest exclusively on a theoretical basis, it is evi that no satisfactory definition can be given. The definition of < author must necessarily vary according to his views on the sub A few definitions will be given to corroborate the correctness of statement. John Hunter thus defines a tumor : "A tumor is a circ scribed substance produced by disease, and different in its nature consistence from the surrounding parts." " Neoplasm is a new grc characterized by histological diversity from the matrix in whic grows," is the description of a tumor given by J. Bland Sutton, regards the characteristic feature of a tumor as an " active multip tion of cells which takes place independently of inflammatory cesses." The process which leads to the formation of tumors he < " a monstrosity in the development of cells." Liicke wrote on subject of tumors from the standpoint that a tumor is " an increas volume by the production of new tissue without a corresponding pi ological function." Cohnheim, in consonance with his definite ii concerning the origin of tumors from embryonic tissue, and the diffen between the character of the tissues of which they are composed the structure of the tissues in their immediate vicinity, describes a tu as " a circumscribed, atypical production of tissue from a matrix superabundant or erratic deposit of embryonic elements." From tl definitions it becomes apparent how difficult it is to give even approximately correct definition of a tumor. " Many pathologists 1 regarded tumors as a localized form of hypertrophy, but upon mal a closer comparison we find that, to whatever extent the adapted hy trophy may develop, the overgrown part maintains itself in the noi type of shape and structure, while a tumor is essentially a devia from the normal type of the body in which it grows, and, as a rule, longer it exists the more marked becomes the deviation " (Willia One of the greatest difficulties in the way of a proper appreciatioi what is meant by a tumor is a failure on the part of authors and te; ers to draw a dividing-line between tumors and inflammatory swelli That tumors should have been confounded with inflammatory swell before the essential causes of the latter were discovered and undersi is not strange, but that these entirely different pathological proa should not be separated sharply at the present time is inexcusable It has been the writer's custom for ten years, in his lectures, didj and clinical, to make a sharp distinction between a tumor, an infl matory swelling, and retention-cysts. In writing this book this 20 PATHOLOGY AND TREATMENT OF TUMORS. tinction will be maintained by eliminating from discussion all affections of which the microbic origin has been established, as well as swellings caused by retention of a physiological secretion, the latter of which will be discussed in a separate part of the book, and the definition of a tumor will therefore be framed upon a more limited basis. The definition of a tumor should explain its origin, its histological character- istics, and its behavior toward its immediate environment. A tumor is a localized increase of tissue, the product of tissue-proliferation of embry- onic cells of congenital or post-natal origin, produced independently of mi- crobic causes. This definition refers all tumors histogenetically to embry- onic cells, which, according to Cohnheim, may be of congenital origin, or which, according to the writer's views, may also be of post-natal origin, being derived from pre-existing mature tissue in consequence of injury or disease, and, failing to undergo the normal transformation, may give rise to tumor-formation in the same manner as embiyonic cells of fetal origin. This definition also excludes mature tissue and pathogenic microbes as etiological factors in the production of tumors, thus establishing a well-defined line between a true tumor and an inflammatory swelling. It is not necessary to include absence of func- tion in the definition, as this applies equally, if not more forcibly, to swellings of an inflammatory origin. The writer does not claim that this definition is above criticism, but it will convey to the student what is so essential in teaching — a correct idea concerning the histogenesis and the essential pathological features of tumors, which knowledge will enable him, later, at the bedside to make a correct differential diagnosis between a true tumor and an infective swelling. Histological and Clinical Differences between a Tumor and an Inflammatory Swelling-. — According to our definition, the most im- portant histological difference between a tumor and a swelling caused by infection consists in the fact that in the former the localized increase of tissue is the result of proliferation of embryonic cells (of pre- or post- natal origin) zvhich are not utilized in the growth and development of the body or in the repair of injured or diseased parts, constituting thus a process entirely distinct and independent of the tissues in its immediate vicinity ; while an inflammatory swelling results from tissue- proliferation provoked by the action of pathogenic microbes or their toxines upon pre-existing mature tissue-cells. The incipient pathological product is therefore always more localized and better defined in tumor- formation than in inflammatory affections. A benign tumor always remains local, tissue-growth being limited to the fixed primary matrix. A malignant tumor has a similar local origin, but it gives rise to dissem- ination by migration of cells into the adjacent tissues or by their trans- portation to distant parts through the lymphatic or general circulati In the production of an inflammatory swelling the fixed tissue-a which have been exposed to pathogenic microbes or to their toxii participate ; the new cells produced mingle with the corpuscular € ments of the blood, reaching the inflamed area through damaged c; illary walls caused by the same agents, and constituting with the tra udation the inflammatory product. Inflammatory affections lack fn the very beginning the localized character of a true tumor. Progress and often very speedy extension by continuity and contiguity of stru ure is one of the most conspicuous clinical features of inflammatory c eases as compared with tumor-formation, and the existence or abser of such manifestations is often of great importance to the surgeon making a correct differential diagnosis between a tumor and an infla matory swelling. Another important point in the early differentiati between a tumor and a swelling of infective origin is the durability the new tissue-product. The tissue of which a tumor is composed permanent. While in cases of progressive marasmus the subcutanec fat disappears ultimately almost completely, a fatty tumor in such individual remains unaffected, showing its independence from the g< eral laws of nutrition and waste that govern the body. A tumor tie; disappears except by removal or destruction. There is no authentical record of spontaneous disappearance of a tumor or of disappearar of a tumor under any kind of internal medication. In all cases which such a termination is said to have taken place we have instani in which an infective swelling was mistaken for a tumor. The grov of a tumor is usually progressive. Some of the benign tumors, su as neuroma and osteoma, reach a certain size, when further growth spontaneously arrested. The nearer the tumor-elements resemble n mal tissue, the greater the probability of spontaneous cessation growth. The inflammatory product, whether the result of an aci or of a chronic process, is composed of tissue which is destined to si cumb sooner or later to the microbic influences which produced 1 inflammation. The blood-corpuscles and the embryonic cells, the pre uct of the fixed tissue-cells, are destroyed by the primary cause of 1 inflammation, either quickly or slowly according to the type and intens of the inflammatory process. One kind of swelling which has b& and still is, erroneously designated as a tumor is the struma miasmati According to our views, a struma due to miasmatic causes is not tumor, because the early use of proper therapeutic agents, such as t internal and external use of iodine, by removing or rendering harmb the primary, as yet unknown microbic cause, succeeds in effecting cure. Under the influence of iodine fatty degeneration, disintegrate 22 PATHOLOGY AND TREATMENT OF TUMORS. and absorption of the cells of a parenchymatous struma are effected and a restitution ad integrum takes place. The swelling or pseudo- tumor disappears because the remedy administered has succeeded in removing or in neutralizing the primary cause. A hyperplasia of tissue due to an infective cause is amenable to absorption or removal on removal of the primary cause, but no such termination can be expected in the case of a tumor, whatever its structure and character may be. We must therefore regard permanency of the new tissue as one of the evidences in favor of a doubtful enlargement being a tme tumor ; while early, and especially acute, degenerative changes would indicate an inflam- matory origin. The general symptoms are also to be taken into con- sideration in the differential diagnosis between a tumor and an inflam- matory swelling. Acute suppurative inflammation is attended by such violent local and general symptoms that it is seldom mistaken for malignant disease. Chronic inflammatory affections, such as tubercu- losis, gumma, and actinomycosis, are often mistaken for tumor, and vice versa. Local and general increase of temperature is usually absent in all benign tumors, and is either absent or only slightly increased in malignant tumors. In chronic inflammatory affections a slight rise in the local and general temperature is often observed. The use of the clinical thermometer is therefore indicated in obscure cases in making a differ- ential diagnosis between a tumor and an inflammatory affection. The exclusion of the granulomata (granulation-swellings) produced by the bacillus of tuberculosis, the actinomyces, the unknown microbe of syphilis, and the bacillus of glanders from the list of tumors has greatly narrowed the field of this part of pathology, and it is possible that further restriction will take place when convincing proof can be fur- nished of the microbic origin of one or of both varieties of malignant tumors. As soon as it can satisfactorily be shown that carcinoma and sarcoma are caused by microbes, they must be classified with infective swellings, and not with tumors. From the present standpoint of patho- logical and bacteriological investigations we are forced to include these affections among the non-infective neoplasms. Enlargement of the superficial veins and oedema, such common symptoms of inflammatory lesions, are occasionally present in rapidly-growing malignant tumors ; in fact, it may be stated that the nearer a malignant tumor resembles inflammation, the greater is its malignancy. Histogenesis. — A tumor never originates de novo, but is always an integral part of the organism, the product of tissue-proliferation from a matrix of embryonic cells. Tumor-formation consists in the growth and development of pre-existing immature tissue-elements. The struct- ure and character of a tumor depend upon the stage of the arrested cell- OKIOIJS AJMV JSIATUKK OF TUMORS. 23 growth and the embryonic layer from which the matrix is derived. For instance, a matrix of epithelial cells from the epiblast in which cell- growth was arrested near the completion of the process of differen- tiation will in all probability become the starting-point of a benign epithelial tumor ; on the other hand, if the development of the same cells was arrested at an earlier stage, the proliferation will result in tissue of a lower type, and the resulting tumor will be a carcinoma. The same holds true of mesoblastic tumors : the more imperfect the differentiation, the greater the tendency to the production of a sarcoma than to that of a fibroma. The tumor-cells always correspond in type to the embryonic cells from which they are derived. In cases of dermoid cysts in man we never find heterologous structures ; we always look for the products of tissue-proliferation representing the normal tissues from the epiblast. While we expect to find in such instances in the interior of the tumor hair or other products of epithelial proliferation and degeneration, we never find feathers nor any other heterologous tissues ; while in birds, when dermoid cysts occur, we find no hair, but invariably feathers. So the products of a displaced epiblastic matrix always represent normal tissue-elements in an abnormal place. Tumors of the connective-tissue type are invariably derived from a matrix of mesoblastic tissue, and all epithelial tumors are connected with the epiblast or hypoblast or spring from a displaced matrix from either of these embryonic layers. As in the majority of cases the tumor- matrix is composed of immature cells of fetal origin, it will be necessary to discuss in detail the Differ entiation of Tissue in the Embryo and the Origin and Disposition of the Germinal Layers. — During the earliest stages of development the embryo is composed of a mass of indifferent cells. At this time it would be impossible to make a distinction under the microscope. Segmentation of the eggs of the frog was first described in 1836 by Prevost and Dumas. Pander in 1847 distinguished in the embryo of the chick three layers : the external, the serosa ; the internal, the mucosa ; and the middle, the muscular layer. This classification of the germinal layers corresponds to the more modern into epiblast, hypoblast, and mesoblast. Bar, the pupil of Pander, called the ger- minal layer stratum proligcrum, and divided the embryonic tissue into two principal layers, (1) animal and (2) vegetative. Each of these layers he subdivided into two layers, the first (1) skin and (2) muscles, the second (1) vascular and (2) mucous. More recently His divides the unspecialized tissue of the embryo into two layers, (1) archiblast and (2) parablast. The archiblast includes all the tissues which are later 24 PATHOLOGY AND TREATMENT OF TUMORS. transformed into epithelial cells, and it is equivalent to the epiblast and the hypoblast. The most active tissue-changes occur during early- embryonic life. It is during this time that specialization of the indiffer- ent cells takes place, upon which specialization depends the formation of different tissues and organs according to the demands of the indi- vidual or the adaptation of cells to their immediate environments. The division of embryonic tissue into epiblast, hypoblast, and mesoblast will be retained in this book, in preference to including the epiblast and hypoblast under the one term " archiblast," since in the discussion of epithelial tumors the student will more readily comprehend the loca- tion of the tumor, as well as the structure of the epithelial cells, by separating the epidermal (epiblastic) from the mucous (hypoblastic). Based upon the researches of Remak, Reichert, and Kolliker, embry- ologists trace all the tissues and organs of vertebrate animals, includ- ing man, to these three germinal layers which are found in embryos a few days old. In the embryo of the chick two days old (Fig. i) these germinal layers can plainly be distinguished, and the complicated arrangement between the outer and inner layers and the mesoblast can be traced distinctly. p dd df Fig. i. — Transverse section through embryo of chick two days old; X 100 (after Kolliker) : dd, hypo- blast; ch, cord; uw, primitive vertebra; u n h, primitive vertebral canal; a o, primitive aorta; ung, primitive urinary channel; sp, cleft in lateral plates (first indication of pleuro-peritoneal cavity), which through the same is lost in the hpl and intestinal connective-tissue plates df, which are connected through the mesoblast mp: inr, medullary tube; h, epiblast thickened at some points. The embryo at this time is composed of two epithelial layers, the outer the epiblast, the inner the hypoblast, connected by the middle, the mesoblast. A few words concerning the disposition of these germinal layers during the differentiation of their cells. From the epiblast are devel- oped all the tissues and organs composed of epidermis, the skin, the hair, the nails, all cutaneous glands, including those terminating in the mouth, also the lens of the eye and the epithelial lining of the cavity of the mouth, the nasal passages, and the labyrinth of the ear. Reichert was the first to prove that the medullary plate, the primitive central nervous system, is formed by the epiblast, and consequently that the brain and the spinal cord are epiblastic structures — a discovery which was later corroborated by the investigations of Remak and Kolliker. The epiblast at the stage of development we are now considering ORIGIN AND NATURE OF TUMORS. 25 is arranged in the shape of a double tube — namely, first the covering of the whole body (epidermis), and secondly, its central part, the med- ullary tube — while the hypoblast constitutes a single tube, the gastro- intestinal canal with its glandular appendages. The hypoblast fur- nishes the whole epithelial lining of the digestive tract and the urinary organs, and from it are also developed the glands of the mucous lining and the glandular elements of the pancreas, the liver, the lungs, the thyroid, and the kidneys. The middle germinal layer, the mesoblast, forms the framework of the body, the bones, the connective tissue, the nerves, the muscles, the serous membranes, the vascular organs, including the lymphatics and the ductless glands, the thymus, and the spleen. The differentiation of the cells that takes place in the embryo limits their function to the part or organ to which they belong. No transition from one type to another takes place. The law of the specific genetic nature of the tissues as now generally recognized is observed in the embryo everywhere, and it remains in force during the entire life of the individual. In the growth of tumors the same law applies. One of the most convincing proofs that the specific nature of imperfectly differentiated cells is permanently retained is the familiar clinical fact that a displaced matrix of embryonic epithelial cells, isolated from the epiblast or hypoblast and buried in the mesoblast, when it becomes the starting-point of a tumor invariably results in the formation of an epithelial growth. Such an embryological enkatarrhophy is most prone to take place where the most complicated tissue-changes occur in the embryo, as about the orbit, the genital organs, and the muco-cutaneous junctions. Some of the cells remain in a state of incomplete differen- tiation for a long time even in man, as shown by the development of the teeth, the thymus, the mammary gland, the organs of generation, the bones, etc. These and many other facts prove the possibility of tissues remaining in a dormant condition for variable periods, and then assuming, under the influence of an increased physiological or patho- logical stimulus, renewed activity, growth, and development. During a certain time of the life of the individual, or in consequence of acquired pathological conditions, cells may arise where they have no legitimate existence, or at a time when they ought not to be produced, or to an extent beyond the physiological limits. In this manner monstrosities and malformations are produced in the embryo, and later tumors are formed from such latent imperfectly specialized tissue under the same conditions. We know that certain organs up to the time of puberty remain to a certain extent in a dormant condition, not keeping pace with the general growth of the body ; but when the period of puberty arrives, the genital organs, the mammary gland in the female, the skin 26 PATHOLOGY AND TREATMENT OF TUMORS. and its appendages, are suddenly stimulated by a physiological impetus which results in increased tissue-growth. In pathology the proof of the correctness of this assertion is based on the fact that during this period are prone to appear certain epithelial tumors which are seldom met with before the age of puberty or late in life. There is no fact better established in pathology than that during this time of life, charac- terized by the highest degree of post-natal tissue-activity, the intrinsic capacity of cell-production in an epiblastic matrix of cells is suddenly aroused, and the new tissue thus produced results in the formation of an epithelial tumor. It is during this time of life that we most frequently meet with dermoid cysts in their favorite localities, branchial cysts, and adenoma of the breast. We have reason to believe that many persons the possessors of the essential tumor-matrix of congenital or post-natal origin fail to become the subjects of a tumor either from an insufficient intrinsic capacity of cell-growth and reproduction on the part of the latent cells composing the matrix, or owing to an inadequate degree of local or general stimulation. Under such circumstances the cells of the matrix remain permanently in a latent condition. A general excess of embryonic tissue under favorable post-natal conditions gives rise to general giant growth. Localized excess repre- senting the different tissues of a part or an organ results in local giant growth. Friedberg observed a case where, in a female child at the time of birth, the right leg was considerably larger than the left ; after birth symmetrical development failed to take place, and the larger limb assumed giant growth, which fact induced Friedberg to assert that giant growth is not only congenital, but progressive. If an excessive amount of embryonic tissue is present at the time of birth, giant growth may take place at any subsequent period during life, awaiting a favorable opportunity until an increased afflux of blood to the part results in increased tissue-proliferation, the asymmetrical growth being due essen- tially to the amount of embryonic tissue originally stored up in the part. Abnormal additional centres of embryonic tissue in the embryo result in all kinds of monstrosities, parasitic fetuses, supernumeraiy fingers and toes, accessory glands, etc. A defective amount of build- ing material in the embryo is responsible for many of the fetal defects, such as hare-lip, cleft palate, absence of or defective limbs, etc. Another familiar instance substantiating the correctness of the theory of the origin of tumors from a matrix of embryonic cells is furnished by the pregnant uterus. As a rule, hypertrophy of tissue is attended and produced by increased physiological function. In the gravid uterus there is an increase of muscular tissue attending simply an increased physiological growth of an organ, unattended by a corresponding ORIGIN AND NATURE OF TUMORS. 2J increase of function, but preparatory to a sudden emergency requiring great functional activity. During pregnancy the muscular fibres re- main in a condition of rest during the intervals between slight mus- cular contractions first observed and described by Braxton Hicks. The uterus receives an unusual blood-supply. We can explain the attending muscular hyperplasia only by assuming the presence of a superabundant deposit of embryonic cells awaiting a favorable oppor- tunity to develop into mature, functionally-active muscular tissue. The origin of a tumor from post-natal embryonic tissue is suscep- tible of a satisfactory explanation. Every surgeon can recall instances of the development of tumors from inflammatory products — scar-tissue and immature callus. We must take it for granted that in such tissue cells or groups of cells have failed to undergo transformation into mature tissue, and that they perform in the production of tumors the same role as the congenital matrix of embryonic cells of Cohnheim. In the absence of a more plausible theory, the writer is forced to conclude that every tumor is the product of tissue-proliferation of a con- genital or post-natal matrix of embryonic cells, aroused into activity by a general or local physiological stimulation or by congenital or acquired abnormal conditions in its immediate environment. II. MORPHOLOGY AND MULTIPLICATION OF TUMOR-CELLS. Morphology. — The shape of a tumor-cell corresponds very closely to that of the cells of the organ or part in which the tumor originated. In the growth of a tumor the cells retain their original type. The development of the cells of benign tumors ultimately reaches the highest degree of perfection, so that under the microscope it is difficult if not impossible to distinguish between tumor-tissue and the tissue to which it belongs or which it represents. The macroscopical and microscopical resemblance between a lipoma and normal fatty tissue and an adenoma and normal glandular tissue is often almost perfect. The cells of which malignant tumors are composed do not attain maturity; consequently they resemble more closely the fixed tissue- cells in their juvenile state. From the illustration showing the shape of young connective-tissue cells (Fig. 2) and sar- coma-cells, it will be seen that their morphology is more nearly identical than would be expected from the difference in their source and the accomplishment of the ultimate object of their existence. The most striking difference between a sarcoma-cell and an immature connective-tissue cell under the microscope is the size and number of the nuclei. The nucleus of the sarcoma-cell is large and often multiple, showing greater vegetative activity as compared with the mononucleated connective-tissue cell. Absence of uniformity of size in the sarcoma-cells is another distinguishing criterion. Most of the older text-books on pathology contain elaborate descriptions of a morphologically specific cancer-cell. The application of this teaching in practice resulted in many mistakes in diagnosis by placing too much reliance upon the morphological appearances of cells under the microscope. It is stated above that the structure of the cells of benign tumors is so closely akin to that of the normal cells of the part which the tumor represents that the microscope alone cannot be relied upon in distinguishing between the pathological product and the 28 Fig. 2. — Embryonal connective tissue: the intercellular substance is only slightly differentiated (after Piersol). MORPHOLOGY OF TUMOR-CELLS. 29 normal tissue. This assertion will be strengthened by illustrations rep- resenting a non-malignant epiblastic tumor and the middle strata of the epidermis. A«ro Fig. 3. — Cells from a spindle-celled sarcoma treated fresh in a solution of sodic chloride ; X 250 (pfter Perls). In carcinoma, the malignant tumor of the epiblast and hypoblast, the cells again bear a great resemblance to the cells which compose the respective germinal layers. Like sarcoma-cells, they do not attain maturity ; consequently they present in their structure more the type 1 m &Sf% ^^H- Fig. 4. — Prickle-cells from papilloma of skin; X 250 (after Ziesing). p>:^ Fig. 5.— Prickle-cells from middle strata of the epidermis (after Piersol). of embryonic than mature epithelial cells. In contradistinction to the normal epithelial cells, we find that many of the carcinoma-cells are polynucleated. The caudate prolongation of many of the cells is not a characteristic feature of a malignant epithelial cell, as was formerly supposed, but is one of the results of rapid cell-growth and pressure 3° PATHOLOGY AND TREATMENT OF TUMORS. from without. The polymorphism of the cells of malignant tumors is largely due to the combined effect of these two factors in modifying cell-form. The student should remember also that the contour of a cell under the microscope will depend greatly on the direction of the cutting in making the sections. Thus if, in case of a spindle-celled Fig. 6. — Cells from an epithelial carcinoma of the bladder ; X 250 (after Perls). sarcoma, the section is made in the direction of the long axis of the cell, the cell will present a spindle-shaped appearance ; on the other hand, if the cell is cut transversely, it will present an oval outline or will appear round, as in cases of round-celled sarcoma. In conclusion, it must be said that while polymorphism and multiple large nuclei strongly point toward the malignant character of cells, these conditions cannot be relied upon in making a positive distinction between normal and benign and malignant tumor-cells. Karyokinesis. — It is now generally conceded that every patholog- ical process has its physiological prototype. Cell-multiplication in disease may arise at a place where it is not needed, or at the wrong time, or to an extent beyond the limits of local normal requirement. Tumor-cells multiply, like most of the normal tissue-cells, by indirect MORPHOLOGY OF TUMOR-CELLS. 31 division, a process called karyokinesis. This is the method of repro- duction of nearly all the fixed tissue-cells of a higher type in the body. This method of cell-segmentation was first described and care- fully studied by Flemming, who termed the process karyomitosis. The essential constituents of a cell are the protoplasm and the nucleus. There is a strong tendency at the present time to refer all kinetic changes in the cell-contents to the agency of the nucleus, and to ascribe to the protoplasm the passive role of a nutritive substance. In the impregnated ovum influences of nuclear changes have been described, but at the same time it was shown that the protoplasm is capable of automatic as well as responsive action. Pfliiger thought that gravita- tion is the sole guiding factor in segmentation. According to Born, Hertwig, Weismann, and Kolliker, the protoplasm alone is isotropic, but Whitman thinks that this is far from the truth. Others, like Pfliiger, believe that the protoplasm contains physiological molecules from which organs are developed. Polarity of the protoplasm and the nucleus exists independently, and is not reciprocal. Contractions in the unfer- tilized eggs have been observed. The protoplasm is an active rather than a passive structure. M. Nussbaum was the first to establish the important fact that enucleate pieces of an infusorium are incapable of regenerating lost parts, while nucleate fragments soon regain the specific form. From this observation it will be seen that the nucleus is indis- pensable to the preservation of the formative energy of the cell, while the protoplasm performs an important but less essential role in the reproduction of cells. Nussbaum very correctly asserts that both the protoplasm and the nucleus are necessary in a cell to enable it to per- form its specific function and to reproduce its own kind. The nucleus does not change its form except when it is the seat of active kinetic changes, while the form of the cell is changeable and is greatly influ- enced by its environments. The researches of Flemming, Strassburger, Butschli, and others have demonstrated the great importance of the nucleus in the reproduction of cells. The protoplasm under the highest powers of the microscope is seen to consist of a fine reticulum of protoplasmic strings, the meshes of which contain a homogeneous fluid. The mature cell is enveloped by a separate cell-wall. The meshes of a similar network in the nucleus are filled with a granular fluid. According to Carnoy and Mayzel, the nucleus contains, besides, a distinctive substance called " nuclein," or, from its intrinsic capacity to receive and to hold coloring material, "chromatin." The nucleoli in mature cells are globular masses of chromatin, one or several in number. It is the chromatin which, when properly stained, outlines the figures observed during the different 32 PATHOLOGY AND TREATMENT OF TUMORS. stages of the kinetic process. The kinetic process is divided into stages differently. Thus, Klebs makes four, while Strassburger describes the process as consisting of three stages: (i) Prophase; (2) metaphase ; and (3) anaphase. During the first stage the nuclear chromatin arranges itself in the form of an oval mass. The metaphase is the stage of the equatorial crown when the nuclear spindle has an equatorial accumula- tion of chromatin fragments. During the last stage the nucleus and the protoplasm of the cell are divided into two symmetrical halves and complete the segmentation. Karyokinesis of the nucleus without division of the protoplasm of the cell results in multinucleated and A B Fig. 7. — Cells from the epidermis of very young larva of newt (after Piersol) : A, resting nucleus ; B, close skein ; C, loose skein ; D and E, mother-stars, seen from the polar field and appearing as the wreath stage ; F, mother-star from the side ; G, migration of segments ; H, daughter-stars ; / and J, segments grouped about new polar fields (in J this protoplasm exhibits constriction) ; K, daughter-skeins (division of nucleus complete, with slight constriction of cell-body) ; L, completed division of nucleus and protoplasm. giant cells. This incomplete karyokinesis frequently occurs in the cells of malignant tumors. The different karyokinetic figures are well shown in Figure 7. Cell-division by karyokinesis is called by Williams agamogcncsis, in contradistinction to sexual reproduction, which he terms gamogcncsis. In slowly-growing benign tumors new cells are added to the growth by karyokinesis ; in stationary tumors the cells lost by degeneration are replaced by the same process ; while in malig- nant tumors the karyokinetic process assumes great activity, resulting MORPHOLOGY OF TUMOR-CELLS. 33 in rapid growth and imperfect development of the cells. Karyokinesis in malignant tumors has received the careful attention of pathologists, and passes through the same phases as in the reproduction of normal tissue. In the centre of Figure 8 is seen a nucleus in which segmen- tation is nearly completed, while other nuclei represent incipient kinetic IT! v &<£$& V& J^w' Fig. 8. — Nuclear division in the epithelial cells of the skin in Paget's disease of the nipple ; X 8oo (afier Karg and Schmorl). The deepest section of the picture represents, in the form of a small segment, the cutis infiltrated with leucocytes. After this follows the epidermis with its basal layer of cylindrical cells. The epithelial cells show different stages of nuclear division. Large nuclei are seen in the incipient stage of seg- mentation, surrounded by a light zone. In the centre of the field is a mass of chromatin threads in the stage of star-formation. Several chromatin loops have been separated from the dividing nuclear mass. The neigh- boring cells have been pushed sidewise. To the left and above, daughter-star with beginning constriction of the nuclear body. The threads of the achromatic figure are indicated. (Fixation and hardening in sublimate and alcohol ; hsematoxylin staining.) changes. It is natural to suppose that such speedy and frequently imperfect karyokinesis would give rise to rapidly-growing, planless growths characterized by their early invasion of adjacent tissue, gen- eral dissemination, and an intrinsic tendency to destroy the life of the patient. III. ANATOMY AND BIOLOGY OF TUMORS. The life-history of tumors is of great interest to the pathologist and of the utmost practical importance to the surgeon. The student must become familiar with the influences which favor and retard tumor- growth before he can formulate a correct clinical distinction between the different varieties and outline a rational course of treatment. In the preceding sections we have studied the origin and growth of the parenchyma of tumors. We traced the tumor-cells to their original Fig. 9. — Channel polypus of cervix uteri ; X 5° (after D. J. Hamilton): a, fibro-cellular stroma of tumor; b, a gland of uterine mucous membrane ; c, a channel ; d, lining of columnar epithelium. source and showed their manner of reproduction in the body. Before considering the biology of tumors it will be necessary to discuss a few of the more important points in their anatomy. The essential part of a tumor is its parenchyma ; it is this which imparts to a tumor its ana- tomical characteristic and its clinical significance. The cells of a tumor are always limited by or imbedded in a stroma of connective tissue. 34 ANATOMY AND BIOLOGY OF TUMORS. 35 In Figure 9 is shown an adenoma of the cervical canal of the uterus in which the essential tumor-elements, columnar epithelial cells, are attached to and limited by a powerful stroma of connective tis- sue. This picture affords a good illustration of the relation of the tumor-cells to the stroma in benign tumors of the epiblast and hypo- blast. In malignant and mesoblastic tumors the parenchyma appears as an interstitial product, the cells being enclosed on all sides by the stroma. The stroma or reticulum of a tumor is always derived from the meso- P P -t t A c , r , j ».v. inv-o^/ y JG 1Q — t ibro-chondroma from capsule of knee : blast, and Consists Of Some form X 4°° < after D - J- Hamilton) : a, cartilage-cells; r ... b, the matrix. 01 connective tissue in greater or lesser abundance (Fig. 10). In epiblastic and hypoblastic tumors the tissue reaches the tumor from the base ; in mesoblastic tumors it fur- nishes a framework for the tumor on all sides. Blood-vessels. — A tumor is nourished by the blood-vessels which supply the part or organ in which the tumor is located (Fig. 11). The blood-vessels constitute an important part in the structure, character, and life-history of a tumor. The vascularization of a tumor usually takes place by the formation of new blood-vessels from pre-existing vessels in its immediate vicinity by a process of budding. A more atypical blood-supply is sometimes procured by canalization of cells and the entrance of blood into pre-existing hollow spaces or into connective- tissue channels entering into communication with neighboring blood- vessels. Most of the tumors contain a complete vascular system ; that is, one or a number of arteries enter it from the periphery and divide into smaller branches, which terminate in a network of capillaries from which the blood is returned to the general circulation through veins. The blood-vessels follow the connective tissue of the stroma, and in very soft and cellular tumors the}- often come in direct contact with its parenchyma (sarcoma). The structure of the walls of blood-vessels is often very defective, especially in soft and rapidly-growing sarcoma. Great vascularity of a tumor usually indicates rapid growth and imper- fect development of the parenchyma-cells of the tumor. Perforation of the walls of the blood-vessels by the tumor-tissue, especially the veins, is often observed in malignant tumors, and leads to thrombosis or embolism, or both of these complications may occur in rapid suc- cession. Lymphatic Vessels. — The existence of lymphatic vessels in tumors 36 PATHOLOGY AND TREATMENT OF TUMORS. was first discovered by Van der Kolk, who, as well as Krause, found them in carcinoma (Fig. 12). Liicke and Klebs attempted to inject the lymphatics of carcinoma of the lip before the extirpation of the tumor, but did not succeed in accomplishing the desired object. The benign growths are scantily, if at all, supplied with lymphatics. In carcinoma they are undoubtedly always present — a fact which explains on an Fig. 11. — Blood-vessels of tumors (after Liicke) : a, vascular injection in an osteoid chondroma; b, reticulum of veins from a sarcoma of the parotid; c, capillary network from a fibroma of the abdominal wall ; d, same from a very vascular myeloid sarcoma of the lower jaw ; e, vascular network from a carcinoma of the tonsil ; /, alveolar vascular network from a carcinoma of the breast ; g, injected preparation from a carcinoma of the lip. anatomical basis the manner of regional dissemination which is so con- stantly observed during the clinical course of this tumor, irrespective of its anatomical location. Nerves. — But little is known concerning the innervation of tumors. In the myelinic variety of neuroma the production of new nerve-fibres has been demonstrated. The tenderness and the spontaneous pain ANATOMY AND BIOLOGY OF TUMORS. 37 which belong to certain varieties of other tumors would suggest the presence of new nerve-fibres, and should induce pathologists to make additional researches relative to the nerve-supply of tumors. The want of proper innervation undoubtedly determines largely the planless growth of tumors. Biology. — The life-history of a tumor is greatly influenced by the inherent formative capacity of its cells as well as by the. general condition of the patient. Cells endowed with maximum reproductive power are always found in rapidly-growing malignant tumors, and the same type of tumor grows with variable speed and attains unequal size in differ- ent individuals during the same length of time. In certain individuals of Fig. 12. — Lymphatic vessels from a fungous carcinoma of the region of the hip-joint of a young man (after W. Krause) : a, lymphatic vessels of subcutaneous tissue which was attached to the stroma of the car- cinoma; b-d, lymphatic vessels from the stroma of the carcinoma itself, which communicated with the vessels of the subcutaneous tissue ; at b a lymphatic vessel projects beyond the level of the section. the same age, living under apparently similar conditions, a fatty tumor may not exceed the size of a walnut after a lapse of twenty years, while in another person it may reach colossal dimensions in a much shorter time. This difference in the rapidity of growth of benign tumors can- not be explained upon any known physiological or pathological laws. Some of the benign tumors grow to a certain size, and then remain stationary permanently or for an indefinite period of time, when, under certain local or general acquired causes, there again takes place active tissue-proliferation, which often assumes a much more active phase than during the first stage of tumor-growth. It has been observed by Liicke and others that pregnancy plays an important role in the etiology and growth of tumors. This influence is particularly well marked in 38 PATHOLOGY AND TREATMENT OF TUMORS. tumors of the uterus and its appendages and in tumors of the breast — that is to say, tumors in organs the seat of prolonged and irregular con- gestions during pregnancy and lactation. Age influences the type and location of tumors. Benign tumors occur most frequently in young persons, while carcinoma attacks in preference persons past middle age. Sarcoma manifests no such predilection for senile tissue. Benign tumors grow more rapidly in the young than in the aged, and malignant tumors manifest a greater degree of malignancy in children and young adults than in persons advanced in years. Clinical experience has shown that acute infective diseases exert a retarding influence upon the growth of tumors. A tumor composed almost exclusively of parenchyma-cells is more prone to undergo early degenerative changes than is a tumor in which the stroma predominates. The growth of all tumors requires an adequate quantitative and qualitative blood-supply. The importance of this requirement in furthering the growth of a tumor is well shown by the tumors so frequently met with during the age of puberty — dermoid cysts. The growth of these cysts is determined by an increased physiological activity of the entire organism — and more par- ticularly of the skin, its appendages, and the organs of generation — which is initiated at that time. The increased physiological blood- supply to special organs during this time of life explains the frequency with which we meet with dermoid cysts of the ovary, the face, the base of the tongue, and the neck in young adults. To determine the growth of a tumor it is not only necessary to have an adequate blood- supply, but the blood itself must contain the nutritive and chemical ingredients necessary for the formation of the different kinds of tumor- tissue. In the development of an osteoma it is not only necessary to have present an embryonal matrix of indifferent bone-cells, but the blood must also bring to the part during the growth of the tumor the proper constituent elements (the earthy salts) which enter into the formation of bone. So, likewise, in a case of lipoma it is not only essential to have present an adequate quantitative blood-supply, but the quality of the blood brought to the tumor must be such as to produce fat instead of connective tissue or bone. An increase of blood-supply favors tissue-growth, and we can trace this increased vascularization in connection with tumor-growth either to a physiological increase or as one of the consequences of antecedent pathological conditions. The increased physiological blood-supply is either general or local. The general increase gives rise to giant growth, which consists in hyper-production of normal histological elements throughout the entire body; local increase of physiological blood- supply leads to local hyperplasia, localized giant growth, which may ANATOMY AND BIOLOGY OF TUMORS. 39 implicate an entire organ or limb. Anything which in the organism will determine an increased physiological blood-supply to a pre-existing tumor-matrix favors tumor-growth — an assumption well established in cases of tumors of the breast commencing during pregnancy or lactation, at a time when the organ receives a largely increased supply of blood, which increase cannot fail in exerting a potent influence in stimulating cell-proliferation from a latent matrix. So, in cases of uterine tumors, the periodical recurrences of congestion in the affected parts during menstruation create a condition which accelerates tissue-growth. Con- sequently, myofibroma of the uterus almost without exception makes its appearance during the childbearing period of life, and its further growth is usually arrested with the cessation of menstruation. Sur- geons have utilized this clinical fact, and have adopted a therapeutic resource which aims at diminishing the increased physiologial blood- supply to this organ by suspending artificially this periodical function by the removal of the ovaries and the Fallopian tubes in the treatment of some forms of myofibroma of the uterus. A tumor frequently presents to the naked eye an appearance of abnormal vascularization characterized by an increased circulation, either arterial, venous, or capillary, as the case may be, according to its anatomical location or the peculiarity of the structure of the new blood-vessels in the tumor-matrix or its immediate vicinity. The most striking example of atypical vascularization is furnished by tumors which present pulsation as one of their most conspicuous clinical features. By a pulsating tumor we understand, clinically, a tumor in which to the usual evidences of tumor-formation are added the pathog- nomonic symptoms of aneurysm. In such instances many of the larger new blood-vessels are either entirely devoid of a proper vessel-wall, or, when this is present, it is defective, forming irregular cavities or spaces into which the blood enters from some adjoining vessel, returning either in the same direction or emptying into another channel. This peculiar structure and arrangement of vessels in many sarcomatous tumors would explain the frequency with which pulsation can be felt in ex- amining them, more especially if they have their starting-point in the interior of a bone. Such tumors are noted for their rapid growth, and have repeatedly been mistaken for aneurysms. Local irritation increases tumor-growth. Tumors located upon the surface of the body or in other parts exposed to irritating influences grow, as a rule, more rapidly than tumors occupying more protected localities. The application of irritants, such as iodine, blisters, and stimulating ointments, liniments, and plasters, produces the same effect. The same can be said of exploratory punctures and parenchymatous [O PA THOLOG Y AND TREA TMENT OF TUMORS. njections. The incomplete destruction of a malignant tumor by ;austics is invariably followed by more rapid growth of the tumor- ■emnants, extensive regional infection, and early general dissemination. Relation of Tumors to Adjacent Tissues. — The tumor-tissue is produced exclusively from the matrix of embryonic cells from which it iarted ; the adjacent tissues take no active part in the growth of tumors. The adjacent tissues are acted upon by the tumor, but take no part in ts development. The benign tumors pusli the tissues aside or apart to nake room for themselves ; the malignant tumors, particularly carci- loma, infiltrate the surrounding connective tissue and include it as a emporary passive constituent of the tumor-mass. The pre-existing con- lective tissue under such circumstances is subsequently destroyed and emoved by the tumor-tissue. Sarcoma follows connective tissue, nerve- iheaths, and blood-vessels ; carcinoma invades the lymphatics, and it is hrough them that regional dissemination takes place. A tumor always :nlarges in the direction offering the least resistance. One of the con- tent effects of tumor-pressure is atrophy of the tissues exposed to )ressure. Pressure-atrophy of the adjacent tissues is most certain to >ccur, and is most marked if the tumor is anatomically so located that ts increasing size meets with great resistance. An ordinary sebaceous :yst of the scalp or a dermoid cyst above the orbit, although of slow jrowth, often produces by atrophy a cup-shaped depression in the mderlying bone. A lipoma of great size occupying the panniculus idiposus produces little if any pressure-atrophy, because the tumor neets with little or no resistance to its outward growth. The pressure )f a tumor upon a nerve often causes intense pain, and may eventually lestroy its function. Prolonged compression of a large artery may esult in the formation of a thrombus and the complete obliteration of l vessel. A carcinoma or a sarcoma may destroy the wall of a large Lrtery, such an occurrence becoming often the immediate cause of leath from hemorrhage. At other times a false aneurysm is estab- ished in the same manner. Perforation of a vein by malignant tumors, preceded or followed by hrombosis, will be alluded to farther on as one of the many compil- ations of carcinoma and sarcoma. Serious and often fatal complica- ions may arise from the compression of an important internal organ >y a tumor. Thoracic and mediastinal tumors frequently destroy life >y causing compression of the heart, the lungs, or the large blood- vessels. Abdominal tumors of large size often result in death from narasmus by interfering with digestion. Tumors impacted in the pelvis nay cause retention of urine, compression of the ureters, and intestinal )bstruction. ANATOMY AND BIOLOGY OF TUMORS. 41 Benign tumors frequently appear multiple primarily or in slow suc- cession ; malignant tumors, while primarily multiple only in exceptional cases, give rise to secondary tumors in the same region or in distant parts. It can therefore be asserted, as a rule, that primary multiplicity would indicate a benign character of the tumors, while secondary multiplicity is almost an infallible evidence of the malignant nature of the primary tumor. IV. PATHOLOGY OF TUMORS. The form of a tumor depends largely upon its location and on the structure of the tissues in its immediate neighborhood. A tumor developing from a surface and projecting beyond it, with a wide base, is said to be " sessile." If the tumor becomes more prominent and the base narrows, a pedicle forms, when it is called a " pedun- culated " tumor. Such tumors attached to a mucous membrane are usually described under the term " polypus." If a tumor originates from a part surrounded by tissues offering the same degree of resist- ance, it usually assumes a globular or an oval shape. If it occupies a locality covered in by a broad resisting structure, it becomes flattened out, as is the case with intra-articular lipoma, called lipoma arborescens. Unequal resistance over the surface of the tumor moulds it in all imaginable shapes. The surface of the tumor may be smooth, lobu- lated, or nodular. Benign tumors are usually smooth ; lipoma is often lobulated ; sarcoma is either smooth or lobulated ; carcinoma is nodular. The density of a tumor depends on its structure, the character of the tissues in its immediate vicinity, and the degenerative changes that have taken place. A tumor composed largely of parenchyma-cells is usually soft ; tumors supplied with a well-developed stroma are hard ; a tumor composed almost exclusively of blood-vessels (angioma) is greatly reduced in size under pressure ; a tumor with liquid contents (cyst) ordinarily presents fluctuation ; a solid but soft tumor (lipoma and sar- coma) is often mistaken for a cyst or an abscess, because on palpation a sense of fluctuation can be felt (pseudo-fluctuation). The color of tumor-tissue is greatly influenced by its vascularity, the character of the cells of which it is composed, and the extent and nature of the degenerative changes which have taken place. Most of the benign mesoblastic tumors present a whitish appearance. Sarcoma, as its name indicates, resembles on section flesh. The cut surface of a firm carci- noma is very similar in appearance and density to a raw turnip. Fatty degeneration of the contents of the alveoli imparts to the cut surface of the tumor a yellowish tinge. Hemorrhage into the substance of a tumor produces pigmentation of various degrees, from almost black to a yellow tinge. The black color of melano-sarcoma and melano-car- cinoma is a distinguishing feature of these forms of malignant tumors. 42 PATHOLOGY OF TUMORS. 43 Tumor-tissue, stroma and cells, is subject to the same pathological changes as the normal tissues of the body. Among the more important of these changes are the regressive metamorphoses of the cellular elements. Fatty Degeneration. — Fatty degeneration of the parenchyma-cells of a tumor is one of the most frequent secondary pathological changes observed in tumors. The immediate cause of this form of degeneration is a defective blood-supply ; hence it occurs most frequently in old benign tumors and in malignant tumors in which vascularization does not keep pace with the increase of tissue. It is a constant occurrence in slowly-growing carcinoma of the lip and the breast. In ulcerating sur- face epithelioma the fatty material can be squeezed out from the alveoli in yellowish-white masses resembling the contents of a small retention- cyst of the sebaceous glands. In glandular carcinoma the alveoli which have undergone this change present themselves on the cut surface as yellow areas of variable size, from which the same kind of material escapes under pressure. If this material is examined under the micro- FlG. 13.— Fat-crystals; X 250 (after Perls). scope, nothing but a granular detritus can be seen, with here and there a fat-crystal (Fig. 13) or a cholesterin-plate (Fig. 14). The fatty change commences as an infiltration of the cells, this infiltration finally resulting in the breaking up of the cells into granular matter. The distinction of cells by this or by any other form of regressive metamorphosis retards tumor-growth ; but while the growth has become stationary at one place it continues in other places, so that a tumor is seldom entirely removed by degenerative changes. Degeneration commences either in the oldest part of the tumor or in parts of it which by accident have been deprived suddenly or gradually of an adequate blood-supply. It is upon this well-known and thoroughly established pathological fact that surgeons 44 PATHOLOGY AND TREATMENT OF TUMORS. have made an attempt to imitate and anticipate the natural forces which tend to limit or to arrest tumor-growth by cutting off the blood- supply from the part, as suggested by Wolfler in the treatment of Fig. 14. — Cholesterin-plates ; X 2 5° (after Perls). tumors of the thyroid gland, and by gynecologists in ligation of the uterine arteries in the treatment of non-malignant tumors of the uterus. Mucoid Degeneration. — The transformation of active tumor-cells into a harmless, innocent mucoid substance has been observed in tumors belonging to the connective-tissue type, fibroma and chondroma, and also occasionally in adenoma. The part of a tumor which undergoes this form of degen- eration becomes cystic. Colloid Degeneration. — The exact chemical com- position of colloid material has not been determined. Scherer regards it as an albuminous substance in combination with a carbohydrate analogous to mucin and metalbumin. Colloid material is a jelly-like, structureless substance derived by a degenerative process from the parenchyma-cells or the stroma of a tumor. This form of degeneration takes place in both benign and malignant tumors, but is observed most frequently in tumors of the thyroid gland, of the ovary, and of the gastro-intestinal canal. If the parenchyma-cells undergo this change, the colloid material appears in the protoplasm of the cell at one or different points, and the process continues until the cell-walls give way, when the colloid material is liberated (Fig. 15). Fig. 15.— Colloid de- generation of the epithe- lial cells of a cancerous tumor of the mamma ; X 400 (after D. J. Ham- ilton). PATHOLOGY OF TUMORS. Plate i. wf»P;|, 'Jam PI ". « - I > "■- ..-.>i6© A# 3P *.*& * 4 ■; 6 s S E - C o E E u PATHOLOGY OF TUMORS. 45 Colloid cysts of the ovary often attain a colossal size, and abdominal surgeons are well aware of the fact that such cysts are prone to return even after what seemed a thorough removal of the tumor. Amyloid Degeneration. — The transformation of tumor-cells into a starchy substance takes place most frequently in the cells of malig- nant epiblastic tumors, also in secondary carcinoma of the lymphatic glands. We have no positive knowledge concerning the true nature of the corpora amylacca found in certain tumors as one of the many degenerative changes, and in other pathological products. It is un- doubtedly an albuminate, as its micro-chemical actions correspond with those given by other albuminates. This substance has never been detected in the blood ; it is therefore reasonable to suppose that it is formed in the places in which it has been found. In a specimen of cyst of the choroid plexus in the museum of Rush Medical College numer- ous corpora amylacea were found in close proximity to a large blood- vessel (PI. I., Fig. 1). The degeneration of an adenoma into a colloid substance imparts to the tumor an entirely new aspect, transforming it from a solid into a cystic tumor. Hyaline Degeneration. — The product of hyaline degeneration dif- fers from the amyloid substance in that it does not give the reactions to iodine. The hyaline substance in tumors appears either alone, when the entire tumor has undergone degeneration, or in circumscribed places surrounded by the cells or stroma of the tumor. It is found in benign and malignant tumors of all germinal layers. Tumors in which this change was marked have been called by different names — tumeurs heteradeniques (Robin) ; Schlauchknorpel-geschwulst (V. Meckel) ; cylindroma (Billroth) ; Schleim-cancroid (Forster) ; Schlauch-sarcom (Friedreich) ; siphonoma (Henle). Thiersch insisted that such tumors do not represent a special clinical or anatomical variety, but are tumors in which parts have undergone regressive metamorphosis. Hyaline degeneration in other pathological products attacks in preference the small blood-vessels, and it is more than probable that when it occurs in tumors it begins in the same place and extends from the blood- vessels to the stroma or the parenchyma-cells. Hyaline degeneration most frequently attacks endothelial structures, but it extends into the connective-tissue spaces where the hyaline substance is deposited, as is shown on Plate II. (Fig. 1). A very interesting tumor of the orbit, which tumor in all probability started from the internal angle of the eye, examined in the laboratory of Rush Medical College, showed very extensive hyaline degeneration (PL I., Fig. 2). If hyaline degeneration commences at the same time in several parts of the tumor, by coales- cence large spaces are formed in which no tumor-elements can be found. 4 6 PATHOLOGY AND TREATMENT OF TUMORS. Caseation. — Local anemia is a recognized cause of caseation, but it remains an open question whether this form of degeneration can occur independently of the bacillus of tuberculosis, so that when this kind of metamorphosis is found in a tumor it is well to inquire into the pres- Fig. 16. — Petrifaction of a glioma (psammoma) of the brain ; X 250 (after Perls) : A, large laminated concrements ; B, calcification of capillaries; deposition of the lime-salts in the form of homogeneous masses. ence of the specific influence which is known to produce tyrosis. A tumor may become the seat of infection with the bacillus of tuberculo- sis, and the presence of this specific cause will determine the character of the regressive metamorphosis. It is only reasonable to assume that the atypical vascularization of tumors furnishes a condition favorable PATHOLOGY OF TUMORS. to localization of floating germs, and consequently constitutes one ■ the causes of auto-infection. Calcification or Cretefaction. — This degenerative process has be< seen in all kinds of tumors and in all the cellular elements, pare chyma-cells and stroma. By this process a chalky substance is su stituted for the tumor-tissue. It is usually preceded by fatty degeneration ; at other times it prepares the way for ossification of the tumor. It occurs fre- quently as a marantic change in the arteries and cartilage of the aged. The chalk)' material is deposited in the form of small granules in the tissues, taking the place of pre-existing degen- erated cells. In a normal con- dition the lime-salts are kept in solution in the tissues by organic acids and by free carbonic acids. Deposition under abnormal con- ditions is caused by diminution in the quantity of organic acids and free carbonic acid, by the existence of insoluble in place of soluble lime-salts, or by an abnormal increase of lime-salts reaching the affected part, result- ing in direct infiltration of the tissues. In some instances the en- tire tumor eventually is petrified, the inorganic substitute retaining the shape of the original tumor (Fig. 1 6). The so-called limc-mctastasis described by Virchow has been observed in cases of extensive disea of the bones, and is caused by the return into the circulation < the liberated lime-salts, which become deposited in distant orgar notably the kidneys and lungs. Petrifaction was noted in a sarcon of the soft tissues of the arm by Liicke. Maceration of this part < the specimen in an acid, examined under the microscope, reveal* spindle-shaped cells. Calcification frequently occurs in benign ej Fig. 17. — Skeleton of an ossifying periosteal sarcoma the femur (after Sutton). 48 PATHOLOGY AND TREATMENT OF TUMORS. blastic tumors and in adenomatous tumors, particularly of the thyroid gland and ovary. Ossification. — Calcification in a tumor has frequently been mis- taken for ossification. We can speak of ossification only if, after the removal of the tumor, the specimen decalcifies and the remaining part exhibits under the microscope the structure of bone. Ossification of the tumor-cells always takes place in osteoma. It occurs also in chon- droma and in dermoid cysts. Periosteal sarcoma is noted for its bone- producing capacity. In periosteal sarcoma of the cranial, pelvic, and long bones we find an irregular framework of long, delicate spiculae of bone, the spaces filled in with sarcomatous tissue. In some carti- laginous and sarcomatous tumors immature bone (osteoid tissue) is formed in place of true bone (Fig. 17). Interstitial Hemorrhage and Thrombosis. — The great vascularity of some tumors and the imperfect structure of the walls of blood-vessels frequently result in spontaneous hemorrhage, or hemorrhage under such circumstances is produced by a slight trauma, such as a contu- sion, a palpation of the tumor, or an exploratory puncture. The blood escapes into pre-existing spaces (cysts) or is diffused through the stroma of the tumor or between the cells. If the hemorrhage is con- siderable, the tumor increases suddenly in size and becomes more tense. The tension thus produced is also the cause of a sudden appearance or increase of pain. The extravasation, if limited in quantity, is usually removed by absorption ; if this does not occur, it either leads to the formation of a cyst or determines infection of the tumor by pathogenic microbes. Hemorrhage always causes a change in the appearance of the tumor-tissue from the presence of the coloring material of the extravasated blood which is imbibed by the tissues. If the hemorrhage is profuse, the presence of extravasated blood in the tumor is often indicated on the surface, a few days after the accident, by the appearance of ecchymosis. The atypical vasculariza- tion of a tumor renders the blood-vessels peculiarly amenable to im- plication during the degenerative changes of the tumor-tissue. For instance, if, according to the views taught by Rokitansky, new blood- corpuscles form from the endothelial lining of a new closed blood-space by gradual growth and dilatation, this space is brought in contact with a vein-wall within or outside the tumor, and by a process of pressure- atrophy a communication is established between the pre-existing vein and a new blood-channel. Such an occurrence determines atypical vascularization of a high degree and imparts to the tumor important clinical and pathological features. The blood entering such spaces from adjacent vessels, and not meeting with normal resistance on PATHOLOGY OF TUMORS. 49 account of a defective vascular wall, produces pulsation, and in many instances, if such abnormal vascularization exists on a large scale, there can be heard on auscultation a marked bruit caused by irregular dis- tribution of the blood in the atypical vessels. These are the cases described by the older surgeons and pathologists as " bone-aneurysm," when the disease affects the bone. A simple hemorrhagic cyst re- sembles one of these new blood-spaces, with or without a communi- cation with adjacent vessels. The new vessels in a tumor, when imperfect in structure and largely dilated, often become the seat of mural thrombosis, the irregular surface of the defective intima pre- senting projecting points upon which, by conglutination, the third corpuscles of the blood become arrested and implanted, constituting in the course of time a white thrombus, which, when it encroaches upon the lumen of the vessel or blocks it completely, gives rise to coagulation-necrosis in the impeded blood-current on the distal side or upon the surface of the white thrombus, furnishing the necessary conditions for the formation of a red thrombus, which then completely obstructs the circulation in the corresponding part of the vessel. Another form of thrombosis and obliteration of a vessel is met with as the result of perforation of the vessel-wall by a tumor, usually of a ma- lignant type. This accident is one of the most interesting conditions in the pathology and clinical history of a malignant tumor. If, for instance, a carcinoma attacks a vein-wall, destroying pre-existing struc- tures by infiltration, retrograde metamorphosis, and pressure-atrophy, until by perforation the tumor projects into the vein, forming a neo- plastic thrombus composed of tumor-tissue, when the axial blood- current comes in contact with abnormal tissue, that tissue being devoid of the physiological properties required for a normal circulation, the thrombus increases in size by conglutination of the third corpuscle upon the most prominent part of the projecting tumor-mass, the neoplastic thrombus serving as a foreign body in the vessel ; mural stasis of the white corpuscles also takes place, the conglutinated and aggregated corpuscular elements of the blood furnishing a most favorable soil for further cell-proliferation from the intravascular part of the tumor, which necessarily soon terminates in complete obstruction of the affected ves- sel. The writer has seen the internal jugular vein obstructed in its entire length in cases of secondary glandular carcinoma of the neck (Fig. 18). The neoplastic thrombus always manifests a tendency to increase in size by infiltration of the temporary obstructing thrombus, the blood- coagulum with tumor-cells, and when loose fragments become detached they are carried along with the blood-current, and, arriving at a point where the vessel is too narrow for their passage, become arrested and 5° PATHOLOGY AND TREATMENT OF TUMORS. give rise to embolic metastasis. In some cases embolism takes place by the projection of the proximal end of the thrombus into the lumen of a larger vein ; isolated cells and small fragments, becoming detached, are Fig. 18. — Thrombosing carcinoma-proliferation in the left jugular vein in carcinoma at the base of the brain (after Ziesing): m, hyo-thyroid muscle ; g, proximal termination of inferior thyroid vein, with pro- jecting plug of tumor-tissue ; e and b, internal jugular vein; t, cut open, showing intravascular part of tumor, f; b, part of vein not laid open, and terminal part of facial vein ; a, probe in jugular foramen; d, carcinomatous infiltration of cervical glands. washed away by the blood-current : embolism in such cases establishes independent centres of tumor-growth wherever such tumor-infarcts occur, the products of tissue-proliferation at the distant points corre- PATHOLOGY OF TUMORS. 51 sponding in every respect with that of the primary matrix. As in cases of septicemia and pyemia the emboli produce at distant points the same characteristic tissue-changes that are typical of the primary thrombus, so in cases of thrombosis and embolism in malignant growths the distant secondary tumor produced by an embolus from a neoplastic thrombus corresponds in structure and type with the primary tumor Thrombosis and embolism in such instances effect a transplantation as it were, of a part of the primary tumor to some distant part, the secondary tumors of embolic origin being the direct offsprings from the maternal or primary tumor. Dissemination of benign tumors by thrombosis and embolism is unknown. The existence of thrombosis of many veins or of a large vein within, 01 in the immediate vicinity of, a malignant growth should be suspected bj the presence of cedema and enlargement of the subcutaneous veins in the region from which the blood is returned through the obstructed veins. Ir one case of complete obstruction of the entire lumen of the interna' jugular vein which occurred as a complication of carcinoma of the lower jaw with extensive glandular infection, the cedema extended tc the face on the same side and to the temporal region, and all the superficial veins were greatly distended. Capsule of Tumor. — All benign tumors are encapsulated ; that is. a well-defined connective-tissue partition is interposed between the tumor and the adjacent tissue, beyond which partition the tumor never extends. Malignant tumors are devoid of such a limiting boundary-line between tumor and surrounding tissues. In sarcoma a capsule is often found, but pathologically it is absent, because it is infiltrated with tumor-cells and the cells permeate it and infect the adjacent tissues. In carcinoma there is never even an attempt at the formation of a capsule. Lymphatic Glands. — Enlargement of the lymphatic glands in the region occupied by the tumor indicates one of two things: 1. The introduction into the lymphatic channels of pathogenic microbes through an ulcerating inflamed benign tumor ; 2. The transportation from a primary malignant tumor of tumor-cells through the lymphatic channels into the lymphatic glands. Enlargement of lymphatic glands in connection with benign tumors never occurs unless the tumor by a loss of continuity on the surface furnishes an infection-atrium for the entrance of pathogenic microbes from without. The termination of the complicating lymphadenitis under these circumstances will depend upon the number and kind of microbes that have reached the lym- phatic glands. Sarcoma seldom gives rise to glandular infection. Car- cinoma, superficial and deep, almost invariably is complicated sooner or 52 PATHOLOGY AND TREATMENT OF TUMORS. later by regional infection through the lymphatic vessels and glands. This subject will be discussed more exhaustively in the sections on malignant tumors. Inflammation. — If inflammation occurs in a tumor, it is an unmis- takable proof that the tumor-tissue has become infected with patho- genic microbes. Infection may occur with and without a tangible infection-atrium. In the former case the tumor-tissue is exposed directly to infection by an abrasion, a cut, a puncture, or an ulcer, and through such defects pyogenic and other pathogenic microbes reach the tumor-tissue, and produce there, as elsewhere, their specific pathogenic effect. In the absence of such a direct port of entrance we must explain the occurrence of inflammation by floating microbes which reach the tumor with the circulating blood, and after localization has taken place incite inflammation in the same manner and to the same extent as when infection takes place through a more direct route. Tumor-tissue possesses a lower resisting power to inflammation than does normal tissue ; hence inflammation often results in extensive suppuration and gangrene, which in the case of benign tumors may result in a spon- taneous and permanent cure. Malignant tumors are often the seat of infection and inflammation, but there is not a single authenticated case on record in which a spontaneous and permanent cure was effected in this manner. Inflammation, as a rule, increases the malignancy of malig- nant tumors, and the effects produced by it increase the suffering and hasten death. Inflammation in a tumor is often unintentionally pro- duced by making an exploratory puncture without the necessary aseptic precautions and by making subcutaneous or parenchymatous injections. Ulceration. — Ulceration of a tumor is either the result of accident or it follows causes inherent in the tumor itself. In the great majority of cases ulceration takes place when the tumor implicates the over- lying skin or mucous membrane — when, either in consequence of pressure-atrophy or of the destruction of the skin by the tumor, a surface defect is produced and the tumor-tissue is exposed to direct infection. Sometimes, when the skin has become greatly attenuated by pressure from beneath, a small abrasion serves as a point of entrance, and the destruction of skin is hastened by an infective inflammation. The superficial ulcer in such cases is often the fore- runner of a deep phlegmonous inflammation of the tumor, followed by more or less extensive sloughing. Suppurative inflammation and abscess-formation not infrequently are the direct causes of the super- ficial ulceration. Accidental ulceration is often produced by friction on the part of PATHOLOGY OF TUMORS. 53 the clothing, by contusions and wounds, by the application of irritating substances, and also by incomplete operations. The clinical behavior of an accidental ulcer varies according to its size and the character of the tumor. An ulcerated surface communicating with a suppurating cyst by a fistulous tract will not heal until the epithelial structures lining the cyst-wall are destroyed by the suppurative inflammation or are removed with the knife or destroyed by caustics. Defects of benign growths caused by inflammation, by caustics, or by incomplete operations heal, as a rule, in the same manner as do wounds of normal soft parts — by granulation, cicatriza- tion, and epidermization. Spontaneous ulcers — that is, ulcers caused by conditions inherent in the tumor — are constantly seen on the sur- face of carcinoma of the skin. The initial defect always oc- curs about the centre of the growth, covered by a crust which, when removed, leaves a raw and often bleeding sur- face. A spontaneous ulcer, as a rule, never heals : its tend- ency is to enlarge. The mar- gins and the base present the firm induration so character- istic of this form of carcinoma. Ulceration of glandular car- cinoma is frequently followed by sloughing, suppuration, and putrefaction from the action of putrefactive bacilli upon dead tissue. The sloughing and suppuration of such a carcinoma usually give rise to a deep excavation in the centre of the tumor, in which excavation the secretions stagnate and putrefy, becoming the source of a sickening odor. In ulcerating sarcoma the tumor-tissue often projects far beyond the surface of the ulcer in the form of a fungous mass, the fungus licematodcs of the old authors. Grafting of a Malignant upon a Benign Tumor. — By the grafting of a malignant upon a benign tumor is meant, not the transformation Fig. 19. — Lipoma with a sarcoma grafted upon it (Liicke) : a, fatty tissue ; h, connective tissue ; c, sarcoma. 54 PATHOLOGY AND TREATMENT OF TUMORS. of a benign into a malignant tumor, but the appearance of a malig- nant tumor in the immediate vicinity of a benign tumor. Such an intimate connection between a malignant and a benign tumor is shown in Figure 19. The occurrence of the malignant tumor in such cases appears purely accidental, and yet from an embryological standpoint a more intimate relationship in the etiology of the two entirely differ- ent tumors can be shown. For instance, in the specimen shown in Figure 19 it is evident that the lipoma sprang from a matrix of embry- onic cells in the panniculus adiposus, while the sarcoma had its origin from a similar matrix in the connective tissue of the skin. It is more than probable that the embryonic cells composing the sarcoma-matrix were arrested in their development at an earlier stage than were the embryonic cells in the adjoining fatty tissue ; consequently, the matrix in the skin gave rise to tumor-tissue of an embryonic type, while the matrix in the fatty tissues produced tumor-cells which possessed the intrinsic prop- erty to develop into mature tissue. From the illustration it can readily be seen that the sarcoma would eventually invade the lipoma, the tissue of which would yield to it in the same manner as would normal adipose tissue. In concluding this section it is proper to recapitulate that tumor- tissue is subject to the same degenerative changes as normal tissue altered by accident or hv disease, and that it constitutes a locus minoris resist- entiae in the event of direct or indirect infection with pathogenic microbes. V. TUMORS IN PLANTS AND ANIMALS. Before considering the etiological factors concerned in provoking tumor-growth it will be of interest to learn something of tumors in the lower animals and plants, for the purpose of showing that tumors occur in frequency in proportion to the complexity of the organism they inhabit ; that is to say, they are least frequent in plants and animals of a low degree of development, and most frequent in man. Tumors in Plants. — For the remarks on this subject the writer is largely indebted to the work of Mr. Williams on Cancer- and Tnmor- f ormation. The resemblance of tumors of the higher animal organisms and those of plants was pointed out by Virchow years ago. In tumor- formation we find kindred processes throughout the organic world. Each cell leads to a certain extent a parasitic existence. If it were not for the restraining and modifying influence exerted by the whole organism, each cell might develop into the form of the parental organ- ism. In proportion as the cells are highly specialized their primitive reproductive function is either greatly diminished or altogether lost. In the higher organism certain cells remain unspecialized. Under favorable conditions certain unspecialized or indifferent cells may grow and develop without regard to the requirements of the adjoining tissues and of the organism as a whole. Tumors can be studied to better advantage in plants than in animals. Buds may remain in a latent condition for years, and yet under favorable conditions their activity may revive. Buds may arise on any part of the plant ; in fact, wherever there is an excess of nutritive materials capable of being utilized for growth by the cells of the part, there buds arise. Under such circum- stances buds may be formed wherever undifferentiated cells are present. Vegetable tumors are produced by abnormal bud-evolution. Mr. Williams classifies plant-tumors into three main groups. The first group is represented by the discontinuous or circumscribed growths (Fig. 20), to which the vaguely-used term of knaurs should be restricted, and includes all those nodules so often met with in the bark of the beech, elm, oak, birch, holly, cedar, and other trees. These tumors corre- spond with the benign epiblastic tumors in man. The older nodules are generally found lying completely isolated in the bark, enclosed in 55 56 PATHOLOGY AND TREATMENT OF TUMORS. i distinct capsule. A narrow fibro-vascular pedicle may sometimes je seen connecting the younger nodules with the woody tissues of the xunk or stem. These tumors have been traced to abnormal growths )f adventitious or latent buds. The writer examined the branch of a :edar tree which had evidently been injured, and found a tumor which apparently belonged to the second j-roup. From the tumor sprang a ;uft of flowering branchlets entirely different from the remaining branches, it is apparent that in this instance the njury excited tissue - proliferation rom two distinct matrices, one re- sulting in the formation of the tumor, he other resulting in the production }f branchlets bearing the generative organs. The second group, comprising the :ontinuous tumors — to which the :erm exostosis should be restricted — Fig. 20. — Five circumscribed tumors in the bark of a holly tree ; natural size (after Williams). Fig. 21. — A continuous tumor (exostosis) from an elm tree, in longitudinal section (after Williams). present themselves as nodose outgrowths of the trunk or branches Fig. 21). The stem and branches of a tree bear a great resemblance n structure to the long bones. The centre or medulla corresponds to :he medullary canal, the wood to the bone-tissue, and the cambium :o the periosteum. Tumors belonging to this group often attain great size. Dutrochet attributes these growths to an excessive local cell-proliferation of the ;ambium layer, but their connection with the woody tissue of the stem exists from the beginning and is never lost. Mr. Williams regards them is abnormally-developed branches. The third group is represented by growths which present a surface :hickly studded with shoots and stunted branches, constituting a com- bination of exostosis with diffuse bud-formations. The tumor of the ;edar branch alluded to represented both the second and third groups Df plant tumors. The production by these growths of large quantities }f proliferating, lowly-organized cellular tissue which subsequently TUMORS IN PLANTS AND ANIMALS. 57 undergoes imperfect evolution constitutes the nearest approach in vegetable pathology to the malignant tumors of animals. Every gar- dener knows that injury to plants is one of the most common ways by which latent buds in plants can be made to develop, and he makes use of this knowledge in the propagation of some of the plants in which latent buds are most constantly found. Tumors in Animals. — J. Bland Sutton has done more than any other living author in adding to our knowledge concerning tumors in animals, and the writer can do no better than to quote freely from the chapter on this subject in his excellent book, Tumors, Innocent and Malignant, recently issued from the press. Lipomata. — Fatty tumors are rare in animals. They are found most frequently in the subserous adipose tissue in horses, oxen, and sheep. Fig. 22. — Bell's specimen of Chcztodon, with its bony tumors and large occipital crest (after Sutton). In stall-fed oxen excessive accumulation of fat is common in the sub- peritoneal tissue, especially in the omentum ; but such formations accompany general obesity, and do not come into the category of tumors. Ostcomata. — These are very generalized tumors ; they have been met with in several species of fish (Fig. 22). The bony outgrowths to which the term " exostosis " is applicable are of fairly common occur- rence in mammals, and their frequency on the bones of horses can be appreciated only after a visit to a veterinary museum. Odontomes are more frequent in animals than in man. The animals 58 PATHOLOGY AND TREATMENT OF TUMORS. in which they are found most frequently are the marmot, agouti, por- cupine, goat, sheep, bear, kangaroo, horse (Fig. 23), and elephant. Myomata. — Uterine myomata are almost unknown in mammals. The only specimen which came under the observation of Mr. Sutton occurred in a female baboon, and was rather a general enlargement of the uterus than an actual tumor. Sarcomata have the widest zoological distribution. They occur with very great frequency, especially the round-celled and spindle- celled species ; they are met with in fish, birds, rats, mice, horses, sheep, dogs, cats, goats, oxen, monkeys, bears, marsupials — indeed, in all the orders of mammals and in snakes. Epithelial tumors in animals, wild or domesticated, form a subject of great interest in its bearings on cancer and its allies. Unfortunately, few reliable observations pertain- ing to this subject are available. For instance, a cursory review of veterinary periodical literature would indicate that epithelioma of the penis is a common disease in bulls and horses, but a critical examination of the cases reported shows clearly enough that many supposed examples of epithelioma are, as a matter of fact, instances of penile warts, and all competent histologists who have investigated this subject are unanimous in as- serting that epithelioma of the -Cementome from a horse; one-half natural size penis ill hd'SeS and bulls is eX- (afterSutton) - ceedingly rare. Wild animals in a state of nature and those living in confinement appear to be abso- lutely free from cancer. Adenomata occur in domestic mammals. The bitch is especially liable to tumors of the mammary gland that are analogous to the large cystic adenomata of women. These tumors often attain an enormous size. Large cystic adenomata with intracystic processes are occasion- ally seen in the udders of cows. The mammary glands of cats are liable to a disease histologically identical with mammary cancer in women, but cancer such as attacks the human mamma is unknown in cows, mares, ewes, goats, or bitches. Dogs are subject to ulcerat- ing sebaceous adenoma in the skin around the anus, the tumor being prone to return after extirpation. TUMORS IN PLANTS AND ANIMALS. 5, Teratomata are common enough among domestic animals, am many examples have been described in fish, frogs and other batra chians, lizards, snakes, birds, rabbits, etc. Pmmmomata. Fig. 24 — Psammoma in the lateral ventricle of a horse's brain (after Sutton). Ovary. Fig. 25. — Frog with a supernumerary hind leg Fig. 26. — Ovarian hydrocele in a rat; natural size (after (after Tuckerman). Sutton). Cystic Tumors. — The frequency of these tumors in vertebrata gen- erally forms a striking contrast to the infrequency of connective-tissue 60 PATHOLOGY AND TREATMENT OF TUMORS. and epithelial tumors. While true cystic tumors are rare, cystic tumors resulting from retention of a physiological secretion are frequently met with. Such conditions as hydronephrosis, congenital cystic kidney, and dilatations of the vitello-intestinal duct have been observed. Hydrocele of the tunica vaginalis is rare, because the funicular pouch in mammals retains its connection with the general peritoneal cavity throughout life. Cysts arising in connection with the central nervous system have been observed in foals, pigs, and calves. Hydrocephalus is fairly frequent, but spina bifida is rare. (Esophageal diverticulae are often seen in horses, and the same animal is exceedingly liable to synovial cysts and ganglia. VI. ETIOLOGY OF TUMORS. In the first section the writer made an attempt to prove, so far as present knowledge of this subject will permit, that all tumors, benign and malignant, have their origin from a matrix of embryonic cells of a congenital or post-natal origin. It remains to discuss here the influ- ences which enable the latent cells to assume active tissue-proliferation, upon which depends the production of tumor-tissue. We regard the matrix of embryonic cells as the essential cause of tumor-formation, without which all intrinsic and external exciting causes are inadequate to produce a true tumor. On the contrary, we must admit that such a matrix will remain harmless in the absence of congenital or post-natal exciting causes. Certain cells never become specialized to a high degree, and conse- quently retain their original inherent power of proliferation. Before discussing the influence of heredity and post-natal exciting causes ref- erence will be made very briefly to congenital tumors. Congenital Tumors. — In a certain sense the majority of tumors are congenital in so far as the essential matrix of embryonic cells is concerned. It is only in cases in which a tumor develops from a matrix of embryonic cells of post-natal origin that the essential tumor-matrix is not congenital. When we speak of a congenital tumor, however, we mean a tumor which is present at the time of birth. In such cases the tumor-matrix is acted upon during intra-uterine life by influences which determine tumor-formation, and the resulting product behaves clinically after birth in the same manner as do tumors of post-natal origin. We must therefore make a distinction between a true tumor and localized hypertrophy or giant growth at the time of birth. There are in chil- dren cases of " partial obesity " — cases in which the adipose tissue of a certain region of the body is greatly in excess of the adipose tissue gen- erally, and yet the characters of a tumor are wanting. Of such a nature is the case related by Lebert, of a female aged nineteen, the left side of whose abdomen was the seat of an enormous increase of fat. This growth began at the age of six months, and was thought to have been congenital ; it grew in proportion to the rest of the body, and ceased to grow when the girl attained puberty. Lebert calls this a " lipoma diffusum." In giant growth the tissues are under the influence of, and are controlled by, the same physiological lazes -which govern the 61 62 PATHOLOGY AX D TREATMENT OF TUMORS. growth and development of the remaining tissues of the body, lohile a congenital tumor recognizes and obeys no such governing influences. Angiomata are nearly always congenital. The tumors, although pres- ent at birth, are often overlooked, owing to their small size. Next in frequency as congenital tumors are the lipomata and cysts. Nearly all benign tumors may have a congenital origin. Only in very rare instances have malignant tumors been found and recognized as such at the time of birth. Ramdohr reports a case of congenital multiple angio-sarcoma. The body of the child, which died shortly after birth, showed a large angio-sarcoma in the region of the chin, and twenty-one secondary superficial tumors ; also sixteen metastatic tumors of the vari- ous internal organs. Ahlfeld reports a case of congenital fibro-sarcoma of the genital organs in a child three and a half years of age, and a case of congenital carcinoma in the distal end of an atresic rectum in a new-born infant. It is a significant fact that many tumors arise from rudimentary organs, vestiges (Sutton), or accessor)- organs — " rests " (Sutton) which remain functionless in the body until the time of puberty, when they become the starting-point of a tumor. Tumors from such structures seldom form during intra-uterine life, but appear later. Different forms of retention-cysts have been found in infants at the time of birth. The mechanical obstruction causing the retention is more often the result of a faulty development of the ducts of secreting organs than of other intra-uterine pathological conditions. Heredity. — Heredity in the etiology of tumors is a subject upon which much has been said and written. We no longer speak of a " tumor-dyscrasia," but we cannot ignore the influence of heredity in the origin and growth of tumors. The laws of heredity depend upon the persistence of impressions (unconscious memory) in protoplasm (Williams) ; hence every living thing produces new ones, each after its own kind. It is by virtue of this property that, in the words of Sir James Paget, " a mark once made in a particle of blood or tissue is not for years effaced from its successors." All are willing to admit that there is a difference in the susceptibility to disease among different individuals placed under the same conditions. Every military surgeon knows that if a body of troops is quartered in a cold, damp garrison, some will be attacked by catarrhal affections of different organs, others will suffer from rheumatism, while the greater number will retain their health after having been exposed to the same morbid influences. We must admit that a similar inherent susceptibility to tumor-formation exists among different persons, and that such individual predisposition is often the result of hereditary influences. Benign tumors are hereditary in the same sense as monstrosities — per cxccssiun. Supernumerary toes ETIOLOGY OF TUMORS. 63 and fingers have appeared through several generations in the same family. The same can be said of most of the non-malignant tumors, particularly angioma and lipoma. Very frequently such tumors were not only hereditary, but also occupied the same localities. Paget found carcinoma of the uterus in three generations — grandmother, mother, and daughter. The writer has repeatedly met with carcinoma of the breast in two successive generations. Sibley relates an instance of carcinoma of the uterus affecting a mother and her five daughters. Warren observed a cancer of the lip in the father ; in one son and two daughters cancer of the breast ; and in two grandchildren cancer of the breast. The most interesting instance of hereditary predisposition to carcinoma is reported by Broca : First generation : Madame Z. died of cancer of the breast in 1788, aged 60. Second generation : four married daughters : A. Cancer of the liver, 62 years old, 1820. B. Cancer of the liver, 43 " " 1805. C. Cancer of the breast, 5 1 " " 1S14. D. Cancer of the breast, 54 '• " 1S27. Third generation : Madame B., five daughters and two sons : First son died during infancy. Second son, cancer of the stomach, 64 years old. First daughter, cancer of the breast, 35 " " Second " " " " -, Third '■' " " " 1 35-40 years old. Fourth " *• " liver, ) The fifth daughter escaped the disease. Madame C. had five daughters and two sons : The sons remained free from cancer. The first daughter died of cancer of the breast in 1837, 37 years old. Of her five children, one daughter died in 1S54, of cancer of the breast, at the age of 49. The second daughter died in 1822, 40 years old, of cancer of the breast. The third " " 1837, 47 " " " " uterus. The fourth " " 1848, 55 " " " " breast. The fifth " •• 1856,61 " " " " liver. From these and other reliable observations it is evident that a predis- position to cancer may be derived by inheritance. Paget collected the histories of 322 cancerous patients with special reference to this point. Of this number, there were seventy-eight, or nearly one-fourth, who were aware of cancer in other members of their families. The proportion is much larger than could be due to chance, and its import is corrob- orated by the fact of many members of the same family being in some instances affected. It is evident that where a tumor is inherited the two essential causes are transmitted from parent to child: 1. A matrix of embryonic cells ; 2. A lack of resistance on the part of the whole 64 PATHOLOGY AND TREATMENT OF TUMORS. organism or of the tissues in the immediate vicinity of the matrix to retard tumor-growth. For the growth of a tumor it is not only essen- tial to have present the necessary matrix of embryonic cells, but it is equally essential that the environment of the matrix should not exert upon the cells an inhibitory influence which would interfere with their assuming active tissue-proliferation. If the controlling or inhibitory influence of the tissues in the vicinity of embryonic cells set apart in the organism is diminished or completely abolished, such cells regain their primitive reproductive activity and assume an individuality alone. Under such circumstances there is established a new centre of tissue- formation which has no laws to obey and no orders to observe. In such a new centre of growth there is a departure from the definite order, limitations, regular stages, and fixed periods of the normal growth. Little is known in regard to the force which holds in check perma- nently or for an indefinite period of time the tissue-proliferation from such a matrix. For want of a better knowledge this force has been called pliysiological resistance. Heredity implies, therefore, in connec- tion with the subject now under consideration, two things : i. A matrix of embryonic cells ; 2. Suspended or diminished physiological resist- ance in the tissues of the entire body or in the immediate vicinity of the tumor-matrix. The existence of such a force has been demon- strated by experiments. Cohnheim and Alaas introduced into the jugu- lar veins of animals small pieces of young periosteum, with the expec- tation that they would become arrested in the smaller branches of the pulmonary artery as emboli. The animals were killed in a few weeks or months later, and the specimens examined to determine the extent of tissue-growth from the periosteal grafts. The results were uniform. The periosteum retained its bone-producing properties and produced bone, but the new product was always limited in size to the lumen of the vessel in which the periosteal embolus had become impacted. When this size was reached further growth became arrested, and the new bone in the course of time underwent complete removal by absorption. It is apparent that the intrinsic force (physiological resist- ance) in the adjacent tissues exerted a positive influence in limiting the production of bone from the periosteal graft to the lumen of the vessel. The same investigators have also shown that transplantation of grafts of embryonal tissue is more successful than that of mature tissue. Leopold, under the direction of Cohnheim, studied the fate of mature tissue transplanted into the anterior chamber of the eye and the peri- toneal cavity in rabbits. He found that all tissue that had reached maturity was invariably removed by absorption in a short time, while embryonic tissue taken from animals before they were born retained its ETIOLOGY OF TUMORS. 65 vitality and continued to proliferate tissue to an astonishing extent. Grafts of fetal cartilage increased to from two hundred to three hundred times their original size, giving rise to a temporary chondroma of several months' duration. Zahn repeated these experiments with the same results. In the growth of an osteoma tissue-proliferation takes place from a matrix of osteogenetic cells, and we must assume that in the immediate vicinity of the matrix a diminution of the physiological resistance of the tissues had taken place. In the transplantations of malignant tissue, that have almost without exception been followed by negative results, we can explain the failures only by taking it for granted that the tissues in which the graft was imbedded presented an adequate physiological resistance which prevented the growth and infil- tration of the transplanted cells, and that the graft acted the part of an absorbable foreign body, and was subsequently removed by the wall of granulations thrown out by the injured tissues around the graft. The physiological resistance in the adjacent tissues permits grafts from be- nign tumors only to grow to a limited extent if at all, after which they are removed like any other aseptic absorbable substance, while the same resistance offers an effective barrier to infiltration by cells from grafts taken from malignant tumors. From what has been said it follows that there are two essential factors present wherever a tumor grows — namely : /. An embryonal matrix, or at least a matrix composed of embry- onic cells ; 2. A suspension or diminution of the physiological resistance in the tissues in the immediate vicinity of the matrix. The absence of the former precludes entirely the possibility of the formation of a tumor, and only the presence of the latter negative condition enables the matrix to proliferate tumor-tissue. Future research must determine what con- ditions produce diminution of physiological resistance. We have reason to believe that this predisposition to tumor-formation is often hereditary, and that it can be produced artificially by acquired pathological con- ditions which weaken the tissues, such as irritation and inflammation. That the chemico-vital changes which take place in inflamed tissue diminish physiological resistance has been demonstrated unmistakably by the experiments of Friedlander. It is therefore reasonable to sup- pose that a person born with the essential tumor-germs is more likely to become the subject of tumor-formation when the part in which they are located becomes the seat of accidental pathological conditions which result in diminution of the physiological resistance in the, tissues sur- rounding the matrix ; while persons born with a similar matrix not thus affected may escape tumor-formation, the matrix-cells remaining in a latent condition throughout life. Race. — Race-influence plays an important part in the etiology of 66 PATHOLOGY AND TREATMENT OF TUMORS. tumors. Certain races are predisposed to special tumors. Negroes suffer more frequently from the different forms of fibroma than does any other race. Keloid, fibroma of the skin, and myofibroma of the uterus in women are exceedingly common among the negroes in the South. Lipoma is very prevalent among the Hottentots. The unciv- ilized nations, in proportion to the population, furnish a smaller percentage of malignant tumors than do the inhabitants of Europe and America. Climate. — It is said that the inhabitants of southern countries are more predisposed to tumor-formation than are the inhabitants of the North; this applies particularly to carcinoma and sarcoma. Tumors of the thyroid gland appear as endemic affections in certain parts of Europe and in other countries. There is no doubt that malignant tumors are unequally distributed over the world, being more prevalent in some localities than in others. Heredity unquestionably plays an important part in imparting to these tumors in some localities an en- demic character. The accumulation of many generations in particular localities would naturally increase the number of the victims. Age. — Age has already been alluded to as an important determining cause. It is a familiar clinical fact that certain benign tumors from embryonic fetal remnants are likely to appear at the age of puberty, at the time of post-natal life when the whole organism, and particularly the organs of generation and the mammary gland in the female, are in a state of the highest physiological activity. It is during this time of life that we most frequently meet with branchial and dermoid cysts, cysts of the ovary and parovarian cysts, and adenoma of the mammary gland. In adult life fibroma, osteoma, chondroma, and other mesoblastic tumors are more prevalent. Carcinoma manifests a predilection for the conditions incident to senile marasmus, occurring most frequently in persons between fifty and seventy years of age. It is in individuals past middle life that we most frequently see transformation of benign growths, such as moles, papilloma, and warts, into malignant tumors. The conditions which determine such a change and which favor the formation of carcinomatous tumors are not well understood. There is anatomically such a thing as a non-malignant stage of cancer. In the early stage of epithelioma we find simply a superficial increase in the thickness of the epidermic layer — that is, the stage when carcinoma still remains as a non-malignant growth; but just as soon as the physio- logical boundary-line between the epithelial layer and the subjacent connective tissue is destroyed or is rendered permeable to migrating cells — in other words, just as soon as epithelial elements are found in places where they have no legitimate existence — we have to deal with a carcinoma. ETIOLOGY OF TV. MORS. Plate 2. ,i & e " @ v . 1. Endothelioma hyalinum from capsule of submaxillary gland (after Klebs) : a, stroma ; /■. smaller part of stroma ; c, hyaline substance ; d, cells. 2. Mucous membrane of large intestine of pig ; ■ 350 (nfter Klein). The capillary blood-vessels cut in different directions surrounding the crypts are injected with carmine gelatin. 3. A vertical section through the epithelium covering ihe skin epidetmis ; < 350 f after Klein) : «, rete Malpighii, or rete mucosum ; b, granular layer (Langerhans) ; c, stratum lucidum iSchron) ; d, stratum corneum. ETIOLOGY OF TUMORS. 6 7 A glance at Plate II., Figures 2 and 3, and at Figures 27 and 28 Will show the difference in the relation of epithelial cells in normal tis- . / - - 1 . Fig. 27. — Epithelioma of skin (after Thiersch) : 1-2, ulcerated surface; 2-3, adjacent skin; a, hair- follicles with sebaceous glands made oblique by pressure from beneath ; b, sweat-glands ; c, epidermis, horny layer, which extends for some distance over ulcerated surface ; d, avascular cell-masses of an epithelial nature, formed into irregular tubes by softening, only slightly attached to the stroma in which they are lodged, or separated from the walls of the alveoli during the hardening process in alcohol ; e, connective- tissue stroma. Fig. 2S.— Columnar epithelioma of rectum (after Boyce) : a, an epithelial process from skin of anus ; 6, a papillomatous gland-crypt. (Obj. { without eye-piece; logwood staining. ) sue and in carcinoma. In the former instance the epithelial cells are in an avascular district outside of the limiting membrane, membrana pro- 68 PATHOLOGY AND TREATMENT OF TUMORS. pria ; in the latter instance they have found their zvay through the limit- ing membrane and liavc reached the underlying vascular mcsoblastic tissues, where they have no legitimate physiological existence, and where they must be regarded pathologically as invaders. It appears that in the subepithelial tissues a change takes place coincident with the senile changes in the tissues of persons advanced in life. Thiersch advanced the ingenious hypothesis that this change consists in a disturbance of the normal relations between the skin and the underlying tissues, this disturbance being caused by senile changes and resulting in a loss of resistance to the proliferating epithelial cells. There can be no doubt that in the aged some such alteration of tissue takes place, permitting embryonic epithelial cells to part with their normal anchorage and to find their way by migration into the subjacent altered tissue, where they arc no longer subject to the physiological laws which govern the repro- duction and growth of normal epithelial cells, and where, in consequence of such aberration and lawless conduct, they produce a planless, func- tionlcss growth "which invades all tissues, regardless of their anatomical structure. Sex. — Statistics show on the whole that the male sex is more predisposed to tumor-formation than is the female. This difference may be accounted for in part by the male sex leading a more active life, and being subjected more to the exciting causes which later in life become such a prominent feature in the etiology of tumors. Heredity affects both sexes equally, and the difference in the frequency with which tumors occur must therefore depend largely on occupation and habits of life. Of 1 145 cases of tumor treated at the clinic of Berne during a period of twenty-five years, the males furnished 58.5 1 per cent, and the females 41.49 per cent. C. O. Weber gives the proportion of males to females as 64 : 36. The proportion varies with the different forms of tumors. Carcinoma of the skin is much more frequent in the male than in the female, while in glandular carcinoma the reverse is the case. Moore in 1861 found in England one carcinoma patient to every 5846 men, and one female patient to every 2461 women. In women tumors are more prone to occur during the childbearing period of life than before and after. Carcinoma of the lip is common in men, but extremely rare in women. Of 696 cases of carcinoma of the lip collected by Lortet, 527 were men and 69 were women, the proportion of men to women being 7.6: 1. According to the writer's own observations, carcinoma of the stomach and the rectum is more frequently met with in males than in females. In the female, carcinoma of the breast and the uterus occurs probably more frequently than do malignant tumors of all the remaining organs. ETIOLOGY OF TUMORS. 69 Social Status. — It has generally been claimed that the laboring classes furnish the largest contingent to the whole number of patients suffering from carcinoma. The statistics from which this statement was drawn were collected almost exclusively from the practice of hospital physicians. A more careful inquiry into the actual facts shows that the reverse comes nearer the truth. M. d'Epine found, in examining the mortality statistics of malignant tumors of the city of Geneva, that among the well-to-do classes came 106 deaths from this cause to every thousand inhabitants, while the poor furnished only 72 to every thou- sand. Walshe found that of a million of people in London in ten of the unhealthiest districts, 127 died of malignant tumors; in ten healthier districts, 183 ; and in ten of the healthiest, 199. From similar statistics gathered in England and Wales, Moore came to the conclu- sion that cancer becomes more frequent with the increasing prosperity of the people. Traumatism. — The influence of a trauma in exciting tumor-growth can no longer be denied. The different forms of sarcoma frequently follow an injury. Numerous cases are on record in which sarcoma followed a fracture of the long bones. The statistics of Boll, collected with a view to prove the traumatic origin of cancer, show that of a large number of cases only about 12 or 14 per cent, were traceable to traumatism. Traumatism alone can no more produce a tumor than can inflammation occur without the presence of pathogenic microbes. The trauma can act only as an exciting cause in stimulating a pre- existing matrix of embryonic tissue into active tissue-proliferation , or in furnishing by its remote effects on the tissue a post-natal matrix of embryonic cells. In animals sarcomata are seen most frequently in parts most exposed to injury — in fishes in the tail and fins, in frogs in the limbs, and in birds in the neck and wings. The writer believes that in a fracture of a bone which later becomes the seat of a sarcoma the cells which are destined to furnish the bony callus fail to undergo the typical transformation from embryonic into mature tissue in consequence of some local or general cause, and that from these cells the sarcoma takes its origin. Influenced by a preconceived idea, it is not difficult to trace many of the local affections, including tumors, to a traumatic origin. How long have we been in the habit of assigning to traumatism the first position in the causation of suppurative inflammation? Recent investigations have demonstrated that no amount of traumatism can produce inflammation and suppuration unless the injured tissues become infected with the essential cause of inflammation — pyogenic microbes. Trauma in exceptional cases may and does act as an exciting cause in the growth of a tumor, by diminishing the physiological resistance -JO PATHOLOGY AND TREATMENT OF TUMORS. of the injured tissues or by causing irritation or inflammation in the immediate vicinity of a pre-existing tumor-matrix ; or in more excep- tional cases it furnishes both essential conditions for tumor-growth — a post-natal matrix of embryonic cells and a diminution of physiological resistance in the immediate vicinity of the new matrix, Irritation. — Prolonged irritation — microbic, mechanical, chemical, and thermal — is a recognized exciting cause of tumor-growth. If we examine the topography of carcinoma, we find that it attacks parts and organs that are most frequently the seat of prolonged and repeated irritation. The clay pipe in smokers, the coal-dust in chimney-sweeps, foreign bodies in the tissues or in hollow organs, carious teeth, and other local irritants have for a long time been regarded as important causes in the production of tumors, more especially of carcinoma and sarcoma. The influence of alcoholic drinks in the production of car- cinoma of the oesophagus and stomach should be mentioned here. A similar chronic local irritation is the chronic catarrh of the mucous membrane of the nose which so often precedes the formation of myxomatous tumors in this locality. Virchow very correctly mentions the frequent occurrence of cancer of the testicle where the organ remains in the inguinal canal and is subjected repeatedly to pressure and traction. The ovary is equally liable to carcinoma if it constitutes a part of the contents of a hernia. We shall assign to irritation and inflammation an influence in the production of tumors similar to that assigned to traumatism. Inflammation. — Inflammation is never the sole cause of tumor- formation. That it is an important factor in stimulating pre-existing embryonic cells into a state of active tissue-proliferation few would deny. Friedlander has shown that embryonic epithelial cells, by virtue of their ameboid movement, can penetrate a subjacent inflamed sur- face. It has been shown that cancer-cells possess the same ameboid movement, which is a potent factor in the process of infiltration. Inflammation always hastens tumor-growth : this statement applies with particular force to malignant tumors. If a tumor-matrix is within the limits of an inflamed area, it receives suddenly an increased blood- supply, which alone may be sufficient to arouse it from its dormant condition into active tissue-proliferation ; at the same time the inflam- mation will result in diminution of the physiological resistance of the tissues around the matrix, thus still further favoring tumor-growth. Contagion. — Under this heading of the etiology of tumors it is only necessary to mention the malignant varieties, carcinoma and sarcoma. The popular fear of the contagiousness of these growths lacks founda- tion. There is not a single well-authenticated case on record in which ETIOLOGY OF TUMORS. 71 the disease teas transmitted from man to man or from animal to animal by contagion. The cases in which the disease was reproduced in the same individual at a point opposite the primary tumor (by contact) or by bringing an ulcerating carcinoma frequently in contact with a distant part, as by rubbing (Kaufmann), are few, and the auto-inoculation was undoubtedly preceded by pathological conditions which in themselves might have furnished the essential conditions for tumor-growth, or which, at any rate, created a favorable soil for the implantation of tumor- cells. The negative results which have followed thousands of attempts to reproduce carcinoma and sarcoma by implantation of fragments of tumor-tissue in different animals furnish the most convincing proof of the non-contagious and non-parasitic character of malignant tumors. VII. CLINICAL ASPECTS OF BENIGN AND MALIGNANT TUMORS. The clinical behavior of a tumor is determined by the nature of the primitive matrix, the anatomical structure and physiological importance of the part or organ affected, and the relations of the tumor to the adja- cent tissues. A tumor-matrix composed of embryonic cells of the lowest degree of development is more likely to result in the formation of a malignant tumor than is a matrix representing embryonic cells capable of development into tissue of the highest physiological type. Again, the type of a tumor will depend upon the germinal layer from which the matrix is derived. A matrix from the middle germinal layer will produce a tumor of the connective-tissue type — either a benign meso- blastic tumor or a sarcoma. A matrix of embryonic cells from the cpiblast or hypoblast will give rise to cither a benign epithelial tumor or a carci- noma according to the intrinsic capacity of the cells to produce embryonic or mature cells, and the resisting power of adjacent tissues. A tumor of an important organ, such as the brain, heart, lungs, or digestive tract, may destroy life by its presence producing mechanical conditions incompatible with an essential function. Large tumors of less import- ant organs may by compression of an important organ produce the same result. Malignant tumors affecting important organs not only give rise to functional disturbances by their mere presence, but they also destroy the tissues of the part or organ affected, thus greatly increasing the danger to life. A benign tumor remains limited to the part or organ primarily affected ; malignant tumors, on the contrary, ignore all boundary-lines and affect adjacent tissues irrespective of their anatomical structure. Relative Frequency with which Different Organs are Affected by Tumors. — Every clinician knows that certain tumors show a predi- lection for certain tissues and organs. Fatty tumors occur most fre- quently in the panniculus adiposus, enchondroma in the long bones ; sarcoma affects most frequently the connective tissue, the glands, and the bones, while the muco-cutaneous orifices and the mammary gland are the most frequent seat of carcinoma. C. O. Weber arranged the following table of organs and parts to show their predilection for tumor-formation : BENIGN AND MALIGNANT TUMORS. No. of Cases. Organs of mouth, with maxillary bones 217 Glands I j, Bones, excluding maxillary bones Itn Skin 93 Genital glands 85 Lun gs 64 Nose, pharynx, antrum of Ilighmore r6 Subcutaneous and intermuscular connective tissue, muscles, and nerves . . 51 Eyes and orbits , T Genitals, including uterus ?i Intestines and anus n Urinary organs t 7 Brain I -» 73 That the relative frequency with which different tissues and organs are affected is inaccurately represented by this table follows from the fact that it undoubtedly includes many chronic infective swellings which were formerly classified with tumors, and which even now are often mistaken for tumors ; but the table is valuable in giving at least an approximately correct idea of the topographical distribution of tumors. Benign Tumors. — A benign tumor always grows slowly. Myofi- broma of the uterus under favorable circumstances may attain great size in the course of a few years (Fig. 29). Fibromata in other localities grow less rapidly. Among the tumors of slow growth, which, however, eventually often at- tain great size, are the cystic adenomata and chondromata. Slowness of growth must there- fore be looked upon as an important clinical feature of a benign tumor. Every benign growth is surrounded by a limiting capsule, which separates it from the adjacent tissues, and beyond which it never extends. Tins isola- tion from the surrounding tissues is the most distinctive anatomical feature of benign as compared with malignant tumors. The exist- ence of this connective-tissue capsule enables the surgeon in the majority of cases to remove benign tumors by enu- cleation. If the capsule of a benign tumor, owing to anatomical pecu- liarities of the surroundings, sends prolongations into the adjacent tissues, as is sometimes the case in lipoma and fibroma, parts of the tumor may be overlooked by the surgeon, and from them takes place a local recurrence later. We are therefore prepared to appreciate the force of the statement that incomplete removal of a benign tumor is always followed by recurrence unless the remaining part of the tumor Fig. 29. — Submucous pedunculated myofibroma of the uterus (after Paget): a, capsule; b, tumor. 74 PATHOLOGY AND TREATMENT OF TUMORS. is subsequently destroyed by suppurative inflammation or by degenerative changes. Encapsulation of a tumor imparts to it another clinical feature of great importance — mobility. This mobility, however, may be diminished or entirely prevented by the tumor being tied down by overlying firm structures, such as fascia, skin, and muscles. If the tumor is attached to the bone, as is the case in chondroma and osteoma, it is from the beginning immovable, and so remains. The question of mobility of a tumor is a valuable point in differential diagnosis, and is of special importance in the case of tumors of the breast. An adenoma of the mammary gland always remains movable, while in carcinoma of this organ the tumor almost from the beginning is so intimately connected with the surrounding tissues that the palpating finger receives an im- pression as though the tumor were grasped and firmly held in place by the surrounding tissues. Some of the benign tumors — myxoma, chondroma, and some forms of fibroma — have received the reputation of being semi-malignant on account of their occasional recurrence after extirpation. A tumor is cither benign or malignant : there is no connect- ing-link betiucen them. The recurrence of a tumor after extirpation may be explained as follows: i. The tumor was incompletely removed; 2. The primary tumor removed was malignant from the beginning; 3. A new tumor may develop in the scar of the operation-wound or in its immediate vicinity. Local recurrence after the removal of a benign tumor has been observed most frequently in cases of chon- droma, myxoma, and fibroma — tumors which, from their clinical behavior as well as from the fact that their extirpation is sometimes followed by recurrence, have been regarded by many surgeons as suspicious or semi-malignant growths. We have reason to believe that in most cases local recurrence was due to imperfect removal. These tumors have a structure which renders their complete removal uncer- tain. Fibroma, for instance, is often surrounded by minute nodules, not large enough to be recognized by the naked eye, which are in histo- genetic connection with the main tumor, and which, if the main tumor is removed by enucleation, remain in the tissues ; from these nodules a recurrence takes place later. Such minute daughter-tumors are no evidence of the malignant nature of the primary tumor, as their histo- genetic connection with the primary tumor can be demonstrated. The jelly-like structure of a myxoma renders the outline of the tumor irregular. Projections of the tumor between muscles and connective tissue are often overlooked, and if left in the bed of the tumor they certainly would give rise to local recurrence. Virchow years ago showed that chondroma originates not from the surface of a bone, but BENIGN AND MALIGNANT TUMORS. Plate 3. V--" ■■■ ■ r- * .. - ■ ... • .:-. ■ ■ . ■■ - ■• ■ . ■ ■; . ''"'■ $$. " , • ': wi - : \ ■ x \. '• ' ' . .* - " ' \ •< • \ y - - .v. ■ i '-_ *■ A "*.' \{ j - . ' \ ""■., '' '""• '• ''- ''■'■ ': -"**.'■ -i> . :.t \ K ' "-- '.":"'' '':-'■ ■■ « .-.' "*'■■' '« \ '--•'. ',"■■*."'• k!*t'"- "'* r , ■ " v - -- -: ,-*' .''•■'■ • •. '. - ' '-. X ■ .•' '""'' • ■ \ Vi'io $ ■ ''•■; - . ;'- '•■;. v '"' ■.. ''■■ , '. ,-. ■ ""V f ' ' . V" ' ,>'..." . ' \i * ".'■-.'. k \. ?'■! "•' '■ ■■ *■-.,.-.■.. - . ' .'..'■ ■■ •'■ ■■ '■'.■■ :' '■;■'. ■ ': ^-■C 1 ., ~ - . ■•■ \ V '" ;■• '. . V & : ■■. * ; ■•• ' -.. ':■>. ? ? '.; .. ■■ .. '■ v ,. .' . ■ \ \% 1 '■ \ %, ■-•;- ' \- * I 'vV **' ( - ...-,«.-=' ; .•''".. v..;;.',.- '"-<' •"•?' - ,.-. *?'? % J -=.'■■ ":- .' '"* - - ■" '"**" - ' .- ... .".' "* ? ' K. .. ■'•■ ■'"' - Glandular carcinoma of the breast (after Klebs) : a, epithelial layer of skin with long proliferating projec- tions ; b, carcinoma-ti.ssne of epithelial cells and connective tissue ■ c, the same with predominance q[ epithelial cells ; d, milk-ducts. BENIGN AND MALIGNANT TUMORS. 75 in its interior. Surgeons seldom extend the operation far enough to include every vestige of the tumor, hence the frequency with which an enchondroma returns. If a tumor is removed completely and local recurrence takes place, it is more than probable that the primary tumor was of a malignant character, and that the relapse is the result of tissue- proliferation from malignant cells left in the tissues. The clinical course of the tumor in such cases makes a more positive and reliable diagnosis than the surgeon and pathologist. Finally, a nezv tumor may grow from an additional congenital matrix of embryonic cells or from latent unutilized embryonic cells in the scar or in its immediate vicinity. Malignant Tumors. — To the surgeon the most important clinical aspects of a malignant tumor are — 1. Rapid growth; 2. Absence of limitation of the growth ; 3. Local infection ; 4. Regional infection ; 5. General infection; 6. Frequency of recurrence after extirpation; 7. The intrinsic tendency of the tumor to destroy life. Rapidity of growth, as compared with that of benign tumors, belongs to malignant tumors as one of their salient clinical features. Some malignant tumors, particularly epithelioma of the skin, may remain in a latent stage for years before manifesting their true nature by rapid growth ; these are, however, exceptional cases. Absence of a limiting capsule is common to all malignant tumors. In some forms of sarcoma, to the naked eye such a capsule exists, but examination of the tissues adjacent to it under the microscope shows that tumor-cells have passed through and beyond the capsule into the connective tissue. The apparent capsule in such cases has been a source of deception to the surgeon who enucleates such a tumor under the belief that it is non-malignant. The absence of a proper limiting capsule brings the tumor-tissue in direct contact with the surrounding tissues, giving rise to local infection. The word " infection " as applied to the process of dissemination of malignant tumors has a different significance than when the same term is applied to the origin and extension of acute and chronic infective diseases. In the latter case infection signifies the presence in the tissues of pathogenic microbes which exert their specific pathogenic effect upon pre-existing tissues. The word infection used to indicate the local, regional, and general dis- semination of malignant tumors means the separation from the primary tumor of cells which migrate into the surrounding connective tissue, giving rise to local infection, or which arc transported through the lymphatics of the region occupied by the tumor, causing regional infection ; or, lastly, the malignant cells find their way directly or indirectly into the general circulation and become arrested in some distant part or organ as tumor- emboli, resulting in general infection or general dissemination. 76 PATHOLOGY AND TREATMENT OF TUMORS. Local Infection. — Local infection of a malignant tumor is caused by the migration of tumor-cells from the place in which they were produced — that is, from the primary tumor — into the connective-tissue spaces in the immediate vicinity of the tumor. This migration of cells in all directions around the tumor results in a zone of tissue-infiltration by malignant cells, each cell establishing in its new location an inde- pendent centre of tumor-growth. As soon as a malignant cell lias left its birthplace, it leads an independent existence and loses all Mitogenetic connections with the mother-tumor. It is the establishment of innumerable independent centres of tissue-proliferation in the soue of infiltration sur- rounding a malignant tumor that determines its rapid growth. Infec- tion from a malignant tumor implies, therefore, only the invasion of adjacent or distant tissues by malignant cells ; it is an infection by cells instead of by microbes, as is the case in the production of infective diseases. Another great. difference in the two kinds of infection is this: in infec- tive diseases the microbes act upon and alter pre-existing tissue-cells, while in tumor-growth the pre-existing tissue remains passive, the tis- sues of the tumor being derived exclusively from the tumor-cells. As a rule, local infection is much more pronounced and rapid in sar- coma than in carcinoma, hence greater rapidity of growth and larger size of the tumor. Regional Infection. — Regional infection consists in the transporta- tion of tumor-cells through the lymphatic channels some distance from the tumor to the lymphatic glands in the region occupied by the tumor. Familiar instances of regional infection are secondary carcinoma of the submental, submaxillary, and cervical glands in advanced carcinoma of the lip, and secondary carcinoma of the axillary glands in glandular carcinoma of the mammary gland. The regional dissemination of car- cinoma is accomplished almost exclusively through the medium of the lymphatics. The carcinoma-cells, after finding their way into a lym- phatic channel within or near the tumor, are transported by the lymph- current, and are arrested usually in the first lymphatic gland, which acts the part of a filter. The cell or cells establish here a new centre of growth, from which the tissues of the ensuing secondary carcinoma of the lymphatic gland are derived exclusively, the lymphoid cells taking no active part in the production of the tumor. From a gland thus infected tumor-cells again reach the lymphatic channel on the opposite side of the gland, and are taken up by the lymph-current and transported to the next lymphatic gland, where an additional centre of tumor-growth is established. By this progressive regional extension of the tumor the whole chain of glands between the primary tumor and the proximal termination of the lymphatic system becomes in- BENIGN AND MALIGNANT TUMORS. 11 volved. The lymphatic glands serve as filters and contribute much toward retarding general dissemination. General infection is likely to occur at an early date if the lymphatic glands do not participate in the regional extension of the tumor. The malignant cell after it has become detached from the mother-tumor retains all the qualities in- herited from it at birth, and consequently produces the same kind of tissue, whether it remain in the vicinity of the tumor in the same region or whether it is transported to the most distant organs. The secondary tumors resemble the primary tumor histologically and clinically (Fig. 30). Regional dissemination of a sarcoma takes place by a continuous growth of the tumor, usually in the direction of fascia, blood-vessels, or nerve-sheaths : it is a local infection on a large scale. Occasionally a sarcoma gives rise to regional infection in the same manner and through the same channel as carcinoma. Another method of regional infection takes place by the dif- fusion of particles of tumor- tissue or free tumor-cells over serous surfaces — in the abdom- inal cavity by the peristaltic movements of the intestines and the stomach, and in the pleural cavity by the movements of the lung during respiration. This manner of regional infection is witnessed most frequently in sarcoma of the peritoneum and the pleura, and in carcinoma of any of the abdominal organs or of the lung after the tumor has reached the serous cavity. General Infection. — General infection during the growth of a malig- nant tumor is called metastasis — that is, the reappearance of the same Fig. 30. — Secondary sarcoma of lymphatic vessels of omen- tum in the course of a medullary sarcoma (after Liicke). disease in a distant organ. When this stage is initiated the tumor is no longer local : the disease has become general. No modern pathologist regards — as was formerly and quite recently done — a primary malig- nant tumor as a local manifestation of a general disease or dyscrasia. A careful study of the pathology and histology of malignant tumors, as well as the results of accurate clinical observation, has demon- strated that malignant tumors are primarily purely local affections, amenable to successful surgical treatment, and that they become gen- eral only by the dissemination of tumor-cells through the systemic circulation. Metastasis may occur in one of three ways: 1. Tumor- 78 PATHOLOGY AND TREATMENT OF TUMORS. cells reach the venous circulation directly by their entrance from the primary tumor or the regional glandular tumors into a vein ; 2. By progressive extension of the disease through the lymphatic channels until the last filter, the last lymphatic gland, is passed, when the tumor-cells reach the general circulation ; 3. By the passage of tumor- cells through the chain of lymphatic glands into the pulmonary or systemic circulation without implicating the lymphatic glands. It is strange that the tumor-emboli are not more constantly arrested in the finer branches of the pulmonary artery. The result of post-mortem examinations of persons who died of malignant tumors would tend to show that such emboli readily pass the pulmonary filter, and may become arrested in any of the more distant vascular organs. The exemption of non-vascular tissues from metastatic carcinoma is one of the many proofs that malignant tumors arc generalized by cellular elements, and not through the agency of a virus or of microbes. Metastasis always takes place through the arteries. Usually the emboli are small (Fig. 31). In some cases perhaps a single cell becomes implanted upon the wall of an arteriole, and later a thrombus is formed by tissue-proliferation from this cell. In other instances a vessel of considerable size is obstructed by a malignant thrombus. Metastatic tumors frequently Fig. 31. — Embolism of the right pulmonary artery from a pigmented sarcoma of the thigh (after Liicke). extend in the direction of a blood-vessel of considerable size, the mul- tiple tumors with the blood-vessels and its branches presenting the appearance of a bunch of grapes (Fig. 32). BENIGN AND MALIGNANT TUMORS. 79 The number of emboli varies greatly, from a single metastatic tumor to thousands of nodules. In some very malignant forms of carcinoma and sarcoma the nodules are so numerous that the appearance of the Fig. 32. — Medullary nodules in the course of an artery of the great omentum following a primary carcinoma of the right tonsil (after Liicke). internal organs resembles very closely that of miliary tuberculosis. Metastasis occasionally takes place in the aged who have been the sub- jects of latent carcinoma for years. In some instances the patients were not aware of the existence of the primary tumor until the pres- ence of a large and destructive metastatic tumor gave occasion to consult a physician. Sarcoma gives rise to general infection more constantly and at an earlier date than does carcinoma. Small-celled sarcoma is more frequently followed by early and diffuse general dis- semination than are large-celled tumors. Frequency of Recurrence after Extirpation. — It has been shown that the recurrence of a benign tumor is always local, and is invariably the result of incomplete removal of the tumor. The recurrence after the removal of a malignant tumor is either local or metastatic — in the former instance caused by incomplete removal of the primary tumor, and in the latter instance a sad reminder that the operation was not performed early enough to protect the patient against general infection. 8o PATHOLOGY AND TREATMENT OF TUMORS. The most competent surgeons are willing to admit that so far the best results of operations for malignant disease have not yielded more than about 15 to 25 per cent, of permanent recoveries. If we recollect how a malignant tumor reaches out in all directions into tissue which to the naked eye presents every indication of being normal, we can readily understand why local relapse should follow so frequently even after what seemed a thorough operation. Again, every surgeon has reason to regret that in most cases he is called upon to operate for malignant tumors after the disease has advanced beyond the limits of a successful radical operation. In some instances no local recurrence takes place, but the operation was performed too late, and the patient succumbs sooner or later to metastatic carcinoma or sarcoma. In such cases general infection had taken place when the operation was performed. A local recurrence may take place from three to seven years after the operation for carcinoma of the breast, as happened in a number of the writer's cases, and it may be postponed, according to Billroth, twenty years from the time of operation in cases of sarcoma. Sarcoma usually returns in the scar; carcinoma, either in the scar or in the adjoining lymphatic glands. Intrinsic Tendency of the Tumor to Destroy Life. — If we reflect upon the fact that with the best efforts of the surgeon only 15, and at best only 25, per cent, of all persons suffering from malignant tumors escape a painful and lingering death from their immediate and remote effects, we must admit that the intrinsic tendency of a malignant tumor is to destroy life. The average duration of life of all persons suffering from malignant tumors of all kinds and of all parts and organs of the body, without surgical intervention, is about three years. It is a source of satisfaction to the surgeon to know that life is prolonged by radical attempts to remove malignant tumors, and that in a fair proportion of cases the disease never returns. Life is destroyed by regional or gen- eral dissemination involving important organs, by the primary tumor interfering with the function of an important organ, by hemorrhage, or, lastly, by a progressive chronic sepsis or septico-pyasmia caused by an open ulcerating carcinoma or sarcoma. The so-called " cachexia " which appears so constantly some time before the fatal termination is the result of impaired nutrition and of the introduction into the cir- culation from the tumor of toxic substances. VIII. TRANSFORMATION OF BENIGN TUMORS AND POST-NATAL EMBRYONIC TISSUE INTO MALIGNANT TUMORS. The possibility of the transformation of a benign into a malignant tumor has been asserted by a few and denied by most of the older writers on surgical pathology. The subject is of great interest to the pathologist, and of equal practical importance to the surgeon. Accum- ulated clinical observations, since the diagnosis of tumors has been made more accurate by increased knowledge of their pathology and by a more frequent resort to the use of the microscope in the examination of tissue removed for diagnostic purposes and of fresh specimens after operation, have brought more convincing proof of the possibility of such an occurrence. As the result of his own observations the writer is convinced not only that such a transformation is possible, but also that it takes place much more frequently than has heretofore been supposed. The writer is equally certain that malignant tumors not infrequently originate from embryonic tissue of post-natal origin. Transformation of Benign into Malignant Tumors. — The trans- formation of a benign into a malignant tumor implies a change in the histological structure of the cells of the benign tumor as well as a cliange in its environments. \Ye have seen that the cells of which benign tumors are composed resemble the normal cells of the part or organ in which the tumor is located. In a myofibroma of the uterus the cells resemble the connective tissue and the unstriped muscle-cells in the uterine wall in which the tumor is located. The epithelial cells in an adenoma of the breast cannot be distinguished from the epithelium of the acini and tubules of the mammary gland. The transformation depends, therefore, upon influences which accomplish such a change from mature into embryonic cells. At the same time, and probably from the same causes, the physiological resistance of the adjoining tissues is diminished. The liability of benign tumors to become malignant is of interest not only as a subject of pathological study, but also in relation to an opinion which is often made an argument for operations — namely, that if a tumor of any kind is left to pursue its own course, it is not unlikely to become malignant. This belief, which is entertained by the general 6 81 82 PATHOLOGY AND TREATMENT OF TUMORS. mass of the people, is a strong inducement for patients suffering from benign tumors to submit themselves to a timely operation. This pop- ular belief should be strengthened, not undermined, by the medical profession, as by doing so the patient's mind is relieved and all liability to malignant disease from malignant tumors is removed, and this in- formation and consolation should be imparted to the patient. Lebert states that he has twice met with tumors which were first benign, but afterward became cancerous. Pirogoff relates three cases in' which the removal of angioma was followed by sarcoma at or near the seat of operation. Benjamin Brodie relates a case in which he removed a tumor the general mass of which appeared to be fatty substance somewhat more condensed than usual, but " here and there was another kind of morbid growth, apparently belonging to the class of medullary or fungoid disease." Lebert and Benjamin Brodie reported each a case of unquestionable transformation of a benign into a malignant tumor. A few other isolated cases are recorded, but such serious doubt was entertained concerning this matter that at the time Sir James Paget published his Lectures on Surgical Pathology (1870) he expressed himself in a veiy guarded way on this subject : " It need not be denied that cancerous growths may occur in tumors that were previously of an innocent kind, but I feel quite sure that these may be regarded as events of the greatest rarity." He believes that such transitional tumors were malig- nant from the very beginning, and that the benignant stage simply indicated latency of a carcinomatous growth. The occurrence of a carcinoma in a scar following an operation for the removal of a benign growth he attributes to the trauma acting on the tissues and furnishing the necessary stimulus to the development of a carcinoma in persons so predisposed by heredity. Since Paget wrote on this subject numerous cases have been recorded in which at the operation such mixed tumors were found, and in which cases there could have been no doubt of the benign nature of the primary tumor. An interesting case of this kind came under the writer's observation. The patient was a married woman fifty-two years of age, the mother of several children. For at least ten years she suffered from a pelvic difficulty which six years ago was diagnosed as myofibroma of the uterus. Since that time she has suffered from pro- fuse menstruation. Examination disclosed a smooth tumor occupying the middle of the lower part of the abdominal cavity and reaching as far as the umbilicus. On vaginal examination the lower segment of the uterus was found high up and was affected by the movements of TRANSFORMATION OF TUMORS. \ k-'-i- /£ -: 83 Fig. 33. — Myofibroma uteri ; X 150. |v m * t -_, c Fig. 34. — Sarcoma which started in a myofibroma uteri : transformation of a myofibroma into sarcoma ; X 485. 84 PATHOLOGY AND TREATMENT OF TUMORS. the tumor. The absence of metrorrhagia and the clinical history spoke in favor of the diagnosis previously made. On opening the abdomen there was found what appeared to be a large myofibroma of the uterus springing from the fundus between the cornua. The immobility of the pelvic part of the tumor induced the writer to make a more thorough examination, which revealed extension of the tumor-mass from the uterus to the broad ligament on the right side. The operation proved to be a very difficult one. The entire uterus, with the pelvic mass on the right side, was removed. An examination of the specimen showed an intersti- tial myofibroma, the lower segment soft and continuous with the extra- uterine part of the tumor. Microscopic examination of the upper, dense part of the tumor showed the characteristic structure of a myofibroma (Fig. 33), while sections from the lower part of the tumor, the infil- trated uterine wall, and the extra-uterine part of the tumor presented the typical picture of round-celled and spindle-celled sarcoma (Fig. 34). There could be no doubt in this case that the myofibroma had existed for at least ten years, and, as the sarcoma constituted a part of the tumor, it was evident that it occupied that part of the tumor which had undergone transformation from a benign into a malignant tumor. The sarcomatous degeneration did not remain limited to the tumor in which it had its origin, but extended to the uterus, and from here to the tis- sues outside of it, but in connection with it. The writer has seen in the aged a number of instances in which papilloma assumed active growth after having been in existence for twenty or more years, and manifest clinical evidences of their transition from benign into malignant tumors ; he has also witnessed the development of the most malignant form of sarcoma in a small fibroma of the skin that had existed as a benign tumor for years. The origin of sarcoma from pigmented moles is of common occurrence and is generally recognized. In other cases the na;vus pigmentosus is transformed into carcinoma. If the mole under- goes this transition, the principal seat of the carcinoma is in the super- ficial layer of the cutis and the rete mucosum, the altered cell-prolifera- tion being limited to the epiblastic structures of the mole. The exciting causes in effecting a transition of a benign into a malig- nant tumor are such local and general influences as transform mature cells into embryonic cells, and which at the same time render the sur- rounding tissues more passive to cell-infiltration. Among the local causes may be enumerated injury, prolonged or repeated irritation, and incomplete removal of the benign tumor by excision or by cauterization. The writer regards the incomplete removal of a benign growth by the application of caustics as one of the most fruitful sources in the trans- formation of a benign into a malignant tumor. Papilloma and fibroma TRANSFORMATION OF TUMORS. 85 of the skin in localities exposed to friction by the clothing, the sus- penders, etc. are liable to undergo such a transition. The incomplete removal of a myxoma of the nasal cavities by ecraseur, forceps, or paren- chymatous injections, if these procedures are frequently repeated, is veiy liable to give rise to sarcomatous degeneration of the growth. The senile state appears to exert a general influence which favors the change of an innocent into a malignant tumor. Malignant tumors starting from a benign tumor are met with most frequently in persons advanced in years who were the subjects of benign tumors for from ten to thirty years, and the clinical history usually points to agencies enumerated above which have brought about this transition. Transformation of Embryonic Tissue of Post-natal Origin into Malignant Tumors. — Cohnheim's theory of the origin of tumors is not applicable to tumors originating in the products of a chronic in- flammation or in scar-tissue. The writer has for years maintained that embryonic tissue of post-natal origin may in the production of tumors serve the same purpose as Cohnheim's congenital matrix. It is not difficult to understand that embryonic cells, during the pro- cess of regeneration after inflammation or in the healing of a wound or a fracture, may fail to undergo evolution into so complete a state of perfection as the maternal cells which produced them, and that such cells are set aside, and remain in the tissues in a latent condition in a manner similar to that claimed by Cohnheim for his congenital matrix of embryonic cells. The exciting causes which stimulate such a matrix to tissue-proliferation are of the same nature as those de- scribed in the section on the Etiology of Tumors. The kind of tumor produced by such a matrix will correspond to the type of tissue from which the matrix was derived. Epithelial cells buried in a scar will produce an epithelioma. In the healing of a burn some of the new epithelial cells which are derived from the epiblast and which are not utilized in the process of epidermization become buried in the scar- tissue, remain in an immature state, and not infrequently become later the starting-point of an epithelioma. Every surgeon knows that car- cinoma not infrequently develops in scar-tissue. Such an origin of carcinoma is not limited to the surface of the body. Gynecologists have claimed for many years that carcinoma of the cervix of the uterus is very prone to develop in the scar-tissue produced by extensive laceration of the cervix during labor. The embryonic cells upon which depends callus-production, when for some reason, local or general, they fail to develop into mature tissue, not infrequently constitute the matrix of tumor-formation, and instead of a normal callus a sarcoma is pro- duced. Not long ago the writer observed an interesting case of this 86 PATHOLOGY AND TREATMENT OF TUMORS. kind : A man fifty years of age, apparently in perfect health, riding on horseback through a woods, struck his right shoulder against a tree. He was unable to use his arm after the injury. The physician who examined the case pronounced the injury a fracture of the surgical neck of the humerus. The fracture was treated in the customary man- ner. Three months later, another physician gave it as his opinion that the original injury consisted of a dislocation of the shoulder-joint for- ward and fracture of the upper part of the humerus. Six months after the injury the patient entered St. Joseph's Hospital, Chicago. The patient was unable to use the arm. The upper part of the humerus was surrounded by a swelling which in the subcoracoid region presented on palpation distinct fluctuation. About the centre of the swelling an additional point of motion indicated that the fracture had not united. Exploratory puncture of the tumor at a point corre- sponding to the fluctuating area yielded blood and a few minute frag- ments of tissue resembling in their naked-eye appearances granulation- tissue. The patient complained of a great deal of pain in the tumor, extending in the direction of the shaft of the humerus. As the pain was greatly aggravated during the night, the patient was placed on gram doses of potassic iodide with mercurial inunctions over the swelling. This treatment was continued for nearly two months with- out making any impression on the subjective symptoms or on the size of the tumor. Amputation through the shoulder-joint was made. The upper five inches of the humerus was found almost completely de- stroyed by a central myeloid sarcoma which had evidently started at the seat of the fracture. The cartilage of the humerus was completely detached by the tumor-mass, and the disease had reached the capsule of the joint, which was carefully dissected away. The patient does not recollect having suffered any pain or impairment of function of the arm prior to the injury; hence it is safe to assume that the sarcoma devel- oped, in consequence of the injury, from the embryonic tissue, which was arrested in its development into mature tissue by unknown local or general influences. Maas illustrates the influence of traumatism in effecting transition from a benign into a malignant tumor by reporting the case of a med- ical student who had at the inner termination of the eyebrow an ordinary small congenital angioma which was injured by a sabre-cut in a duel. Within two years a racemose aneurysm developed in the scar. Maas concludes that trauma can result in the formation of a tumor if the essential embryonal matrix is present at the site of injury. We have seen that a trauma acts as an exciting cause in provoking active tissue- proliferation from a latent matrix of congenital embryonic cells, but TRANSFORMATION OF TUMORS. 87 the case of Maas just quoted admits of another and more satisfactory explanation. In the repair of the vessel-wounds inflicted by the sabre- cut the angioblasts must necessarily have taken an active part. In the event of the new cells failing to undergo the necessary developmental stages requisite in the ideal healing of an injured part, they would, according to our position, become available as tumor-forming elements, and their histogenetic origin would determine the production of a vas- cular tumor of more active tendencies than the primary tumor. The writer therefore believes that the trauma, instead of acting only as an exciting cause, in this case furnished also the necessaiy tumor-matrix. The relationship of irritation to tumor-formation has recently increased in prominence. As is well known, the psoriasis lingualis, laryngis, na- salis, and prseputialis, and the seborrhcea senilis of Richard Volkmann, have engaged, and still engage, very considerable attention. Schuchardt in 1885, Rudolph Volkmann in 1889, and others have brought together a very considerable number of surface tumors which were preceded by long-standing sources of irritation and inflammation, such as, for ex- ample, those originating from soot-sifting, tar- and paraffin-working, chronic sinuses, and lupoid and syphilitic ulceration. Cases in which there existed a combination between syphilis and carcinoma have been reported by Lang and Doutrelepont. In 1859, O. Weber showed the etiological relations of lupus to carcinoma, and cases substantiating the correctness of his observations were reported later by Von Esmarch, Hebra, Lang, and others. Neisser reminds us that " one ought not to forget that complications of carcinoma and lupus occur, and in these cases, owing to lack of resistance, in part, of the lupus tissue against the encroaching cancer papilla?, it is advisable to adopt early therapeutic measures." Lesser commits himself on this subject as follows: "Occa- sionally pathological changes in tissue are the seat of epithelial carcino- mata which are in no way directly responsible for the origin of tumors, such as ulcers of the leg, syphilitic ulcerations, lupus, etc." E. Friend of Chicago, under the tutorship of Kaposi made a very careful study of the microscopic picture of tissue representing a combination of lupus and carcinoma. Friend saw three cases of lupus vulgaris of the face complicated by carcinoma in Kaposi's clinic (Fig. 35). The probabilities arc that the atypical proliferation of the epithelial cells in the inflamed tissues, and the diminished physiological resistance of the tissues in their immediate vicinity, arc the important factors in the production of carci- noma in lupoid tissue as well as in other pathological conditions represent- ing embryonic epithelial cells with a similar environment. The writer has seen a number of instances in which a carcinoma developed on the sur- face of a chronic ulcer of the leg. In such cases the islets of embryonic 88 PATHOLOGY AND TREATMENT OF TUMORS. epithelial cells become the starting-point of a carcinoma when the causes which maintain the ulceration have succeeded in diminishing the physio- logical resistance of the tissues in their vicinity sufficiently to permit the Fig. 35. — Carcinoma in lupoid tissue (after Friend). Isolated tissue-masses, called by Leloir " lupoma," lie irregularly and at different depths in the corium. Upper and papillary layer and rete Malpighii appear normal. Below and interspersed in these nodules are round and elliptical bodies with nests of epithelial cells. Section from lupus vulgaris of face complicated by carcinoma. (Zeiss, A., ocular No. 3.) embryonic epithelial cells to migrate into the surrounding tissues. We must therefore admit that the transformation of a benign growth and of a matrix of embryonic cells of post-natal origin into a malignant tumor is not only possible but probable when the embryonic cells, under the influ- ences of local or general causes, assume active tissue-proliferation, and their migration is permitted by a diminished physiological resistance on the part of the adjacent tissues. IX. DIAGNOSIS OF TUMORS. The diagnosis of tumors is a science and an art — a science, because the accurate anatomical localization of a tumor and the correct appre- ciation of its character and tendencies presuppose a thorough knowledge of anatomy, physiology, and pathology ; an art, because the determina- tion of the exact location and character of a tumor often requires deli- cate manipulation and the most intelligent application of all known diagnostic resources. The accurate eye and the trained sense of touch, the tactus crudities, are always at hand, and, as a rule, can be more relied upon than can the use of complicated instruments in ascertaining the location, extent, and pathological characteristics of a tumor. Prac- tical instruction at the bedside and examination of patients under super- vision of the teacher will accomplish more in rendering the student familiar with the means of diagnosis than will the most painstaking didactic teaching. An abundance of clinical material and thorough and systematic examination by the students of the cases presented are absolutely necessary in acquiring the necessary diagnostic skill. The writer knows of no department of surgery more difficult to teach and to comprehend. The interest of the student can be awakened and his senses be trained properly only by bringing him in contact with patients and by encouraging him in making thorough and systematic examina- tions. Oncology is usually imperfectly taught in our medical colleges ; this fact will go far in explaining the lack of interest of our students in this, to them, perplexing subject. Clinical History. — In each case of suspected tumor the clinical history should be investigated carefully. A failure to carry out prop- erly this, the initial, part of the diagnostic work has led many a distin- guished surgeon astray in making a distinction between an inflamma- tory swelling and a tumor. Every surgeon inquires almost instinctively into heredity as a possible factor in the production of a tumor. It is not only necessary to ascertain the existence of an hereditary influence in the parents, but the investigation must be carried farther back, as we have seen that this element may not assert itself in the offspring, but may appear again in the second, third, or fourth generation. It is also necessary to determine the existence of heredity in more distant mem- bers of the family — uncles, aunts, cousins, and nephews — as heredity 89 90 PATHOLOGY AND TREATMENT OF TUMORS. does not descend on all members of a family in the same degree, as is shown by the statistics quoted on this subject. The existence of tumors in different members of the family and in related families of two or more generations should be noted in estimating heredity as a possible etio- logical factor. Length of Time Tumor has Existed. — This part of the clinical history is often indefinite and misleading. A tumor has often existed for years before being accidentally discovered by the patient or the phy- sician. Patients generally fix as the date when the tumor appeared the time when it was accidentally discovered. By relying on the pa- tient's statement in regard to the time the tumor commenced the sur- geon is liable to mistake a benign tumor for a malignant tumor or an inflammatory affection. Due allowance must therefore be made in ref- erence to the statements made by patients or their friends as to the length of time a tumor has existed. Location of Tumor. — In eliciting from the patient the clinical his- tory it is very important to ascertain from him, so far as possible, the exact location of the tumor when it was first noticed. The student should be made to appreciate the importance of the questions put to the patient to elicit this part of the clinical history. In investigating the probable starting-point of a large abdominal tumor it is quite im- portant for us to ascertain from the patient whether the tumor was first noticed above the pelvis or about the pelvic brim, and on which side. In a rapidly-growing ulcerating tumor of the neck the patient's state- ments will often render material aid in making a differential diagnosis between secondary glandular carcinoma and lympho-sarcoma. In the absence of an appreciable source of carcinomatous infection the patient, upon questioning him properly, will probably make the statement that the first thing he noticed was a movable, painless tumor under the skin. This information alone from an intelligent patient will exclude a surface carcinoma. An epiblastic surface tumor commences in the skin, and the patient's statement will often impart valuable information in dif- ferentiating between an ulcerating malignant tumor of the epiblast and one of the mesoblast. The relation of the skin or the mucous membrane to the tumor in its early stages must be ascertained from the patient for the purpose of enabling the surgeon to connect the tumor with its matrix, derived from the different germinal layers, in all cases in which any doubt remains as to the Jdstogcnctic source of the tumor. Rapidity of Growth of Tumor. — The rapidity with which a tumor has increased in size should be taken carefully into account in the dif- ferential diagnosis between a tumor and an inflammatory swelling and between a benign and a malignant tumor. We know how unreliable DIAGNOSIS OF TUMORS. 91 the statements of patients are in ascertaining the previous clinical course of a tumor. The patient must be requested to compare the size of the tumor when first discovered with objects familiar to him, such as a hempseed, a pea, a bean, a hazelnut, a walnut, a hen's egg, a plum, an apple, an orange, a cocoanut, a child's head, an adult's head, etc. By comparing the size of the tumor when first discovered with its present size and estimating the time that has elapsed zee arc in possession of facts which enable us to judge, at least in an approximately correct way, the rapidity of grozoth of the tumor. As a rule, a benign tumor grows slowly, a malignant tumor rapidly ; the clinical behavior of a tumor is therefore very important in making a differential diagnosis between benign and malignant growths. Pain. — Spontaneous pain was regarded for a long time as one of the most distinctive clinical witnesses of carcinoma as compared with benign growths. The idea that carcinoma is an exceedingly painful, torturing disease is deeply rooted among the people of all nations. A peculiar lancinating, paroxysmal pain with nocturnal exacerbations has been described since the time of Hippocrates as characteristic of carcinoma. Physicians and surgeons have placed too much stress upon the diagnostic value of this symptom. A lancinating pain at variable intervals and only of a moment's duration is described by many patients suffering from carcinoma of the breast and epithelioma of the lip, but is by no means a constant symptom. The writer is sure that clinical observations will bear him out in making the statement that adenoma of the breast causes more suffering than docs carcinoma of the same organ and of the same size. He has known of numerous cases of car- cinoma of internal organs in which the disease was painless from the beginning to the end. Sarcoma, as a rule, causes less pain than car- cinoma. Benign tumors, with the exception of tumors of the nerves or of their sheaths, produce pain only when, from their location or their size, they cause compression of a sensitive nerve. A small osteoma in the bony canal through which pass certain sensitive nerves will occasion excruciating pain, while a lipoma in the panniculus adiposus, of immense size and meeting with no resistance to its outward growth, will remain a painless affection throughout life. Tenderness. — The pain produced by pressure results from com- pression of a sensitive nerve subjected to the pressure. Tumors of the nerves or of the nerve-sheaths most frequently give rise to pain on pressure. The subcutaneous painful tubercle is well known as the most sensitive tumor. Tumors of the nerve-sheaths of the terminal nerves in the subcutaneous tissue, described by Recklinghausen, are not painful on pressure, owing to the looseness of the structures in 92 PATHOLOGY AND TREATMENT OF TUMORS. their immediate vicinity. Tenderness in carcinoma and sarcoma depends either on some unusual relation of the tumor to sensitive nerves or to the existence of complications, as pain is absent in the majority of cases of uncomplicated malignant tumors. Tenderness is an exceedingly im- portant symptom in differentiating between a tumor and an inflammatory swelling, being usually absent in the former, and almost invariably pres- ent to a greater or less extent in the latter. Examination of the Patient. — The surgeon who limits his examina- tion to the tumor docs not do his duty to his patient, and is very liable to commit mistakes in diagnosis, prognosis, and treatment. A correct diag- nosis implies more than a mere classification of the tumor for which the patient seeks relief: it includes a careful inquiry into the condition of every important organ, the elucidation of the exact pathological conditions in the tumor itself, and a careful investigation of its environ- ment. A correct diagnosis should furnish all the clinical and patho- logical data required to guide the surgeon in rendering a reliable prognosis and in adopting a safe and judicious course of treatment. Specialists in surgery are very apt to overlook the importance of a thorough and unprejudiced examination of the patient as the first step in seeking reliable evidence upon which to build a correct diagnosis. The age of the patient is of some importance in determining the prob- able character of the tumor, as it has been shown that benign tumors are met with most frequently in persons not past middle life, while malignant tumors, on the whole, attack persons advanced in years. In this respect sarcoma constitutes frequently an exception, as it exempts no age, being sometimes found in children less than ten years of age, as well as in persons far advanced in years. It must not be forgotten, how- ever, that carcinoma occasionally is met with in young persons. The writer has seen carcinoma of the rectum in a boy eighteen years of age, carcinoma of the stomach in a man twenty-seven years old, carcinoma of the breast in a female aged thirty, and carcinoma of the lip in a man thirty-five years old. Sex, as we have seen, predisposes to tumors, both benign and malignant, of special organs. This can also be said of certain occupations. The general appearance of the patient often enables the experienced surgeon at first sight to make a probable diagnosis between a benign and a malignant tumor. The wasting of the subcutaneous adipose tissue and the sallow complexion of the face are familiar to the surgeon as indicating far-advanced malignant disease. CEdema about the ankles and over the sternum is an indication pointing in the same direction. Occasional hemorrhages from different organs, as the kidneys, the bladder, the vagina, and the rectum, frequently call the attention of the surgeon to these organs as the probable seat of a DIAGNOSIS OF TUMORS. 93 malignant tumor. Mechanical obstruction in the different hollow vis- cera in persons past middle life is caused more frequently by malignant tumors than by all other causes combined. Functional disturbances of all kinds must be investigated carefully and traced to the primary cause. Neuralgic pain caused by tumor-pressure will often lead to the detec- tion of the tumor. Obstruction to the venous circulation, if studied with the same object in view, will frequently reward the surgeon with a similar result. To show the importance of a careful and painstaking examination of the patient before venturing a diagnosis based upon a few probably unimportant local evidences, attention will be called to a few conditions which frequently present themselves to the surgeon. Let us suppose a patient presents himself suffering from a sarcoma of the intermuscular fascia of the forearm. The tumor has attained the size of a cocoanut, is movable, and has no connection with the overlying skin. The patient's general health is not materially impaired. The rapidity of the growth of the tumor, its shape, and its consistence render the diagnosis of sarcoma more than probable. The surgeon has determined in his own mind that an amputation affords the only chance to effect a radical operation with a view of preventing a recur- rence in the future. Before informing the patient of his intentions he takes the necessary pains to look for contraindications. On further examination he finds a slight convergent strabismus, the liver enlarged and nodular, and traces of albumen in the urine. The result of this additional examination has satisfied him that operative interference of any kind is positively contraindicated, as general dissemination has already taken place, important organs being implicated. The exam- ination into the condition of the important organs has been the means of saving the patient the pain, anxiety, and risks to life incident to a useless operation, and has prevented the infliction of additional reproach upon modern surgery. Let us suppose another case : A patient advanced in years presents himself with a lipoma over the shoulder which has given him but little inconvenience, but which he is anxious to have removed. As the patient's general health, upon superficial examination, does not appear to be impaired, the surgeon responds to the request of the patient. The patient is anesthetized and the tumor is removed. Suppression of urine follows the operation. The patient is seized with uremic con- vulsions and dies comatose. A post-mortem examination reveals the existence of a chronic interstitial nephritis. A careful examination of the urine would have furnished a positive contraindication to an opera- tion, and would have been the means of preventing a premature death from the immediate effects of the anesthetic. 94 PATHOLOGY AND TREATMENT OF TUMORS. In calling special attention to the importance of searching for con- traindications to radical operations for carcinoma another hypothetical case will be alluded to : A woman about middle life presents herself for the removal of a carcinomatous breast. The disease in the organ primarily affected has advanced to such an extent that the breast is firmly attached to the chest-wall ; infiltration of the axillary glands is moderate ; the patient's general health is not much impaired. She is in the hands of a careful, conscientious surgeon. The breathing attracts his attention ; it is short and frequent. He makes a careful physical examination of the chest, and finds a copious effusion in the pleural cavity on the side corresponding with the diseased breast. If he had any intention whatever to advise operative interference, this will soon be abandoned, as he has satisfied himself that the disease is beyond the reach of an operation, as shown by the existence of a hydrothorax caused by extension of the disease through the chest-wall to the parietal pleura. The hypothetical cases cited do not represent imaginary complica- tions, but illustrate many similar cases which the surgeon is called upon to examine and treat, and they speak for themselves in showing the importance of subjecting tumor-patients to a thorough examination. Examination of the Tumor. — The examination of a tumor should be made in a systematic manner. Much information can be gained by the intelligent use of the sense of sight. Ocular examination is ex- tended by the use of the ophthalmoscope, the otoscope, the rhino- scope, the laryngoscope, the urethroscope, the cystoscope, and by the employment of different specula in the examination of tumors in local- ities inaccessible to inspection without the aid of these instruments. Inspection enables the surgeon in the examination to gain information concerning (i) color, (2) size, (3) form and structure of surface, (4) loca- tion, and (5) transmission of light. Color. — The color alone often distinguishes the character and struct- ure of the tumor. In angioma of surfaces accessible to inspection the color of the tumor will enable the surgeon to distinguish between the venous and the arterial variety. The venous angioma resembles in its color venous blood ; the arterial angioma, that of arterial blood. The pigmentation of a sarcoma or a carcinoma distinguishes these most malignant of all tumors from the other varieties of malignant tumors. Discoloration of the surface of a tumor is also caused by interstitial hemorrhage and by inflammation. Size. — The size of a tumor is significant to the surgeon, because certain tumors never exceed a definite size. Neuromata and osteomata never reach large size. They grow slowly, and when they attain the DIAGNOSIS OF TUMORS. 95 maximum size they remain stationary throughout life. Very important from a diagnostic standpoint is a sudden variation in size. This is observed in vascular tumors, which under the influence of certain agencies that cause intravascular tension increase in size and become firmer. A nsevus in a child becomes more prominent and tense during the act of crying. The volume of a large venous tumor is often materially affected by respiration, the size increasing during expiration and diminishing during inspiration. In following the clinical history of a tumor careful measurements should be taken and recorded from time to time. The eye should not be relied upon in ascertaining the increase in size of a tumor. Fixed anatomical landmarks are readily available guides in following the extension of a tumor toward its vicinity — by recording at fixed intervals the measured distance between them and the margin of the tumor. When the measurements are taken the patient and the part to be examined should always be placed in the same position. Form and Structure of Surface. — The shape of a tumor can often be outlined by inspection, and if the tumor is sufficiently near the sur- face, any irregularities in its contour can be recognized at the same time. The shape of the tumor is determined largely by the structure of the mother-soil, the anatomical locality, and the resistance offered by the surrounding structures to the extension of the growth. Equal resist- ance on all sides determines a globular shape ; later, pressure results in elongation of the tumor ; absence of resistance on one side gives rise to a growth in that direction, followed by constriction at the base of the tumor and by pedunculation. Central tumors of bone usually assume the shape of a spindle. A nodular surface is often presented by carci- noma, but it is also found in all tumors which have perforated organs and tissues and grow free in all directions. The most malignant forms of carcinoma and sarcoma have a smooth surface, owing to the predomi- nance of their cellular elements over the stroma. Nodular projections in carcinoma as well as in other tumors are produced by contraction of the stroma as well as by unequal resistance offered by the surrounding tissues. Ulceration on the surface of a tumor represents from an etiological standpoint different things : Superficial excoriations are usually the outcome of purely local accidental causes, such as trauma or the application of irritating remedies, and commonly heal upon the removal of the cause ; ulcerated surfaces occupied by a fungous mass indicate the existence of a rapidly-growing tumor ; extensive ulceration devoid of massive fungous granulations point to the existence of a less rapidly-growing tumor ; while deep, and especially crater-like, excava- tions are indicative of speedy destruction of the central mass of the 96 PATHOLOGY AND TREATMENT OF TUMORS. tumor. Of special pathological interest is the character of the floor of the ulcer — whether it is clean or ragged, red, gray, dirty, or gan- grenous ; frequently, characteristic parts of the tumor are exposed on the surface of the ulcer. The secretion of the ulcer is of diagnostic value in determining the stage of malignant degeneration and the character of the microbic infection which followed the exposure of the tumor-tissue to the atmospheric air. Suppuration indicates infection with pyogenic microbes ; putrefaction of the secretions points to the presence of putrefactive bacilli in the dead tissue attached to the sur- face of the ulcer. Capillary bleeding from the surface of the ulcer is an indication of the destruction of granulations by the tumor-tissue, by pathogenic microbes, or by an injury ; more profuse hemorrhage results from erosion of the wall of blood-vessels of considerable size. Location. — Ocular inspection often reveals the primary location of the tumor. A unilateral exophthalmos denotes the presence of a retrobulbar tumor; an unusual prominence of one of the cheeks and the presence of a projecting tumor of the nose on the same side point to the existence of a tumor of the antrum of Highmore. Inspection is also useful in some cases in determining the character of the tumor — -as, for instance, in the case of tumors of the lower lip, which tumors, with few exceptions, are epithelial cancers. Transmission of Liglit. — A tumor with clear liquid contents and tumors composed largely of a colorless intercellular substance transmit light to a greater or lesser extent, rendering them translucent or trans- parent — as, for example, hydrocele of the neck, myxoma of the nasal cavities, etc. Tactile Examination. — Tactile examination is more important than ocular inspection in the examination of a tumor. The value of ocular examination has been overestimated greatly in the past. In ascertain- ing the exact location and extent of a tumor much more diagnostic information is gained by the employment of the sense of touch than by inspection with the aid of specula, if the tumor is accessible to digital examination. The mania on the part of surgeons and instru- ment-makers to invent new specula for the exploration of channels and cavities accessible to digital exploration has about subsided, and in its place efforts are being made to instruct students more efficiently in the use of the finger in the examination of tumors. The acquirement of the tactus cntditus requires long and careful training. The student should be given an opportunity to handle and examine tumors of all kinds, in order to familiarize himself with their structure and physical characteristics by the sense of touch. Instruction of this kind will impart a thorough knowledge of the nature and extent of the degen- DIAGNOSIS OF TUMORS. 97 erative changes which occur in the parenchyma and stroma of tumors. The careful digital palpation of the different normal tissues and organs is an exceedingly useful exercise in acquiring a delicate sense of touch. Fluctuation can be studied advantageously by palpating a bladder or a rubber bulb distended by water. In the examination of tumors in the living subject the teacher should inform the student what he is expected to find and to feel before he proceeds to make the digital examination. If the tumor is large, manual examination takes the place of the digital. In bimanual examination both hands are employed. Bidigital exami- nation means the use of one finger of each hand in the exploration of a tumor or other pathological product. The information gained by manual and digital examination is often used to corroborate or to render more accurate what has been learned from inspection. The tactile sense is relied upon in deciding diagnostic points of the greatest practical import to the surgeon, the most important being — I. Connec- tion of the tumor with the mother-soil ; 2. Resistance and consistence ; 3. Pulsation; 4. Tenderness ; 5. Crepitation. Connection of Tumor with the Mother-soil. — The kind and extent of the connection of a tumor with the mother-soil have an important bearing on the nature of the tumor and on the selection of appropriate operative measures. The degree of mobility of a tumor and the ease with which it can be displaced are determined largely by the nature of its connection with the surrounding tissues. The wider the base of a tumor and the more projections it sends out into the surrounding tissues, the more pronounced becomes its immobility and the more limited the extent to which it can be displaced. If the tumor is attached only by a pedicle, it is freely movable and can readily be displaced. Such tumors in the abdominal cavity often become displaced in an axial direction, resulting in twisting of the pedicle. If a tumor is sur- rounded on all sides by resisting tissue, it is held firmly in place and cannot be displaced. The immobility of a carcinoma is due to the many prolongations which the tumor sends out into the surround- ing tissues. A carcinoma is movable if it involves a movable organ before the organ becomes attached by the extension of the tumor beyond the limits of the organ primarily affected. Tumors freely movable often become firmly attached to the surrounding tissues by inflammatory adhesions following inflammation of the tumor resulting from direct infection through an ulcerated surface, from auto-infection, or from infection caused by exploratory puncture or by ineffective treat- ment. A branchial cyst is usually attached loosely to the surrounding tissues, and can readily be enucleated, but after ineffectual attempts at radical cure by irritating injections or after incomplete removal by r 98 PATHOLOGY AND TREATMENT OF TUMORS. enucleation the whole or a part of the cyst-wall is found firmly attached to important structures, rendering enucleation impossible and the removal by excision a difficult and dangerous procedure. In deter- mining the mobility of a tumor its base should be grasped firmly, when by moving it in different directions the degree of mobility and the ex- tent of its connection with the mother-soil can be determined. If the tumor is immediately under the skin or under the abdominal wall, the existence of attachments to the skin can be ascertained by gliding the superimposed structures over the surface of the tumor; adhesions between an abdominal tumor and the anterior abdominal wall can be ascertained by observing the respiratory movements of the abdominal wall, or, if the tumor is not too large, by displacing it by changing the position of the patient or by moving it with the hands. The absence of inflammatory adhesions or of neoplastic attachments of a struma to tissues other than the underlying trachea is demonstrated by the movements imparted to the tumor by the trachea during deglutition. The extent and location of attachments of tumors in some of the cavities — for instance, the uterine cavity and the nasal passages — can often be deter- mined only by a careful use of probes and sounds. It can be laid down as a rule that the more limited are the attachments of a tumor with the surrounding tissues, the more favorable is the prognosis and the bet- ter are the results following its operative removal. In the absence of inflammatory processes, attachment of the tumor to the underlying skin indicates that the tumor is malignant. The lymphatic glands in the region occupied by a tumor should always be subjected to a careful examination. Enlargement of the lymphatic glands in the vicinity of a tumor must always be regarded with suspicion. A consensual hyper- plasia of the lymphatic glands may occur in consequence of the intro- duction into the lymphatic channels of pathogenic microbes through the ulcerated surface of a benign tumor. In the absence of a tangible infection-atrium implication of the regional lymphatic glands, with few exceptions, points to a malignant nature of the tumor. As lymphatic infection seldom accompanies sarcoma, when this condition exists inde- pendently of microbic infection the primary tumor in the great majority of cases is a carcinoma. Resistance and Consistence. — Resistance and consistence are vari- able qualities of tumors. We seek to ascertain the density of a tumor by fixing its base, and then ascertain its resistance to finger-pressure at different points. To ascertain the density of a deeply-situated tumor or of different parts of the same tumor, Middeldorpf advised the use of acupuncture needles (Fig. 36), and he applied to this diagnostic aid the term akidopeirastic. The writer has found this diagnostic resource of DIAGNOSIS OF TUMORS. 99 great value in the differential diagnosis of deeply-seated tumors of bone. If the tumor is an osteoma, the needle will be arrested when it reaches the surface of the tumor; if it is a periosteal sarcoma, the needle will penetrate the soft parts of the tumor, and with its point plates or spiculae of bone can usually be detected. If it is a central osteo- sarcoma, the needle can be forced by pressure and by rotatory move- ments through the atrophic compact layer of the bone ~~ ~~" &LLLJI]-' encasing the tumor, after — Q Which it Can be forced FlG - 36.— Acupuncture needles used in exploring tumors by through the soft tumor-mass a ' opeiras " c - until the opposite side of the bone is reached without meeting with any appreciable resistance. Exploratory puncture for this and other purposes should be done under strictest antiseptic precautions, other- wise puncturing may become the direct cause of infection. The needle, before being used, should be sterilized by boiling or by heating it for a sufficient length of time in the flame of an alcohol lamp, and the surface where the puncture is to be made should be rendered aseptic by thorough washing with warm water and soap, followed by washing with a strong antiseptic solution. After the removal of the needle the puncture should be sealed hermetically with iodoform collodion. The existence of cysts in solid tumors can often be determined by the same method of exploration. Osteoma and chondroma are the benign tumors noted for their density. Fibroma varies greatly in this respect, often being nearly as hard as cartilage, in other instances being as soft as a myxoma. Uterine fibroids present both extremes as to density. A soft fibroma of the uterus usually contains muscle-fibres as the pre- dominating histological element, and is generally much more vascular than the firm variety, in which we find more fibrous tissue and a less copi- ous blood-supply. The density of a malignant tumor is in proportion to its benign tendencies. In soft malignant tumors the parenchyma-cells predominate, the stroma is scanty, and the vascular supply is abundant. The softness of a malignant tumor is in proportion to its malignancy. The stroma in such cases is scanty, and the cells are numerous and are endowed with a maximum capacity of tissue-proliferation ; the new cells find ready access into the surrounding tissues, hence early and exten- sive infiltration determines rapid growth and early regional and general dissemination. Elastic softness is manifested by many fibrous, fatty, and sarcomatous tumors. Owing to the softness of the tumor-tissue in many cases of very malignant carcinoma and sarcoma, these tumors present on palpation a sense of fluctuation which is exceedingly decep- tive, and which in many instances has led the surgeon to puncture or IOO PATHOLOGY AND TREATMENT OF TUMORS. incise such tumors under the belief that the swelling contained the products of an inflammation. Pseudo-fluctuation is often elicited in the examination by palpation of benign tumors, notably myxoma and lipo- ma. Fluctuation is frequently absent in dense cysts, particularly if the cyst-wall is of unusual thickness. The existence of a cystic tumor or swelling and the occurrence of cystic degeneration in solid tumors can often be determined only by the use of an exploratory needle (Fig. 37) or a trocar. The ordinary hypo- 4laiU Fig. 37. — Exploratory needle. dermic needle answers an excellent purpose in ascertaining the presence of liquid contents in a cyst. Syringes are, however, very liable to get out of order, and this is more particularly the case on occasions when they Fig. 38.— Senn's exploratory syringe. are most needed. Another objection to the use of the hypodermic and the exploratory syringe is the difficulty experienced in securing and maintaining them in an aseptic condition ; and, lastly, it is difficult, if not DIAGNOSIS OF TUMORS. 1 01 impossible, to hold the needle perfectly steady while the piston is with- drawn in aspirating the contents of the cyst. These objections to the use of the ordinary syringe in withdrawing the contents of tumors or of swellings apply with special force to exploration of the brain, the peri- cardium, and the pleural cavity. The writer, who has for a long time been anxious to do away with the piston as a means of aspiration and in making intra-articular and parenchymatous injections, has succeeded at last in devising an instrument possessing all the merits of the ordi- nary syringe, minus the objections to the piston. This instrument is also used exclusively in making intra-articular and parenchymatous injections. The fluid is withdrawn by aspiration performed by a strong rubber bulb in place of a piston, and in making injections the fluid is propelled by a column of elastic air. The remaining part of this syringe can readily be understood from Figure 38. Some care is neces- sary in preventing serious complications arising from the employment of this exceedingly useful diagnostic aid. The usual strictly antiseptic precautions should never be neglected, as tumor-tissue is very suscep- tible to infection, and in a great many cases the use of the exploring- needle in the hands of careless practitioners has resulted in serious and fatal complications. The puncture should be made after the skin has been withdrawn to one side, so that after the withdrawal of the needle the puncture in the deep parts will be subcutaneous. Injury to import- ant vessels and nerves should be avoided. In puncturing abdominal tumors and swellings the needle should be inserted, if possible, extra- peritoneally ; if this cannot be done, the puncture in the cyst-wall should be oblique, so that upon the removal of the needle there will be less liability of the contents escaping into the peritoneal cavity through the puncture. In such cases the needle used should be small. The removal of a considerable portion of cyst-contents will diminish tension, and thus prevent leakage through the puncture. The explor- ing-needle can also be used to ascertain the degree of density of the tissues which it penetrates (akidopeirastic). If the contents of a sus- pected cyst fail to escape on making aspiration, the point of the needle is further advanced or withdrawn while aspiration is frequently made until the point of the needle is within the cyst. It may also become necessary to remove the needle and to insert it through the same external puncture in different directions before the cyst is reached. The character of the fluid withdrawn will throw much light upon the nature of the tumor. If no fluid is withdrawn, we often find in the lumen of the needle fragments of tissue, which, when examined under the microscope, will furnish valuable information in reference to the nature of the tumor. The exploratory syringe is a most valuable, and 102 PATHOLOGY AND TREATMENT OF TUMORS. often an indispensable, instrument in the differentiation between a tumor and an inflammatory swelling. Pulsation. — Pulsation is felt in certain tumors by placing the palmar surface of the hand against the tumor. Not all pulsating tumors are vascular tumors. A solid tumor resting against a large artery receives the impulse from the artery. In such cases the pulsation can be felt only in one direction, away from the artery. A pulsating tumor, angioma, vascular myeloid sarcoma, diminishes in size under pressure, and the pulsations are not limited to one direction. Tenderness. — The causation of pain by finger-pressure over the tumor has already been alluded to as an evidence in the diagnosis of a tumor. Tenderness indicates either that the tumor is intimately con- nected with a sensitive nerve or that the tumor has become infected and is the seat of an inflammation. Under ordinary circumstances pressure over a tumor does not cause pain. Crepitation. — Palpation of a tumor occasionally elicits a sense of crepitation. If the crepitation is caused by the presence of chalky masses or bone, it is rough ; if the plates of bone are thin, it is softer, resembling the crepitation produced by the bending of parchment. The " parchment " crepitation is produced by making pressure upon a myeloid sarcoma in which the compact layer of the bone has been reduced to thin plates or scales by pressure from within outward, and in chondroma surrounded by a thin, yielding shell of bone. Auscultation and Percussion. — The ear, aided or unaided by the use of the stethoscope, can be utilized in the diagnosis of certain tumors. Percussion is useful in the differential diagnosis of hernia and of tumors occupying localities the most frequent seat of hernia. Per- cussion is also useful in outlining a tumor in the chest and in the abdominal cavity. Auscultation is resorted to in the examination of pulsating tumors, in which usually, a distinct bruit can be heard, and in the differential diagnosis of aneurysm and of tumors located in close proximity to a large artery. It must be remembered that a blowing, rasping sound is often produced by the narrowing of the lumen of a large artery from outward pressure caused by a tumor. The diagnostic resources which have been described so far are ample, if carefully and thoughtfully applied, to enable the surgeon in the majority of cases to make a correct diagnosis. In obscure cases it is advisable to repeat the examination at intervals of a few days, weeks, or months, and at the same time to observe carefully the clinical course of the tumor. A hasty diagnosis in obscure cases is justifiable only in urgent cases demanding prompt surgical interference. Whenever DIAGNOSIS OF TUMORS. 10, permissible, the surgeon should take sufficient time and, if necessary, mak repeated examinations, and exhaust all diagnostic resources before h commits himself concerning the nature of the tumor. It remains to discuss — The Value of the Microscope as an Aid in the Diagnosis 01 Tumors. — There is no doubt in the mind of the writer that the valu> of the microscope as an aid in the diagnosis of tumors has been greatb over-estimated. The greatest blunders in diagnosis and treatment hav been committed by surgeons of eminence through placing too grea reliance on the microscopic examinations of fragments of tumor-tissui obtained either before operation or from the specimens removed. Th late Emperor Frederic of Germany is a case corroborating the trutl of this assertion. His attending surgeon, Von Bergmann, made a cor rect diagnosis, basing his opinion upon the clinical aspects of the case A part of the tumor was removed and examined by the most dis tinguished pathologist the world has ever seen. His diagnosis wai based upon what he could see under the microscope. In the sec tion examined he could detect nowhere any evidences of malignancy The epithelial cells, greatly increased in number, retained their norma relation to the underlying tissues. All the pictures under the micro- scope represented a benign papilloma. The disease, however, pursuec its relentless course, notwithstanding the favorable prognosis made and in a few months destroyed the life of the illustrious patient. The unprejudiced surgeon will readily understand the source of fallacy ir the diagnosis made by the pathologist. The part removed and exam- ined represented only one part of the tumor. The attached deep por- tion contained the carcinoma-cells, and it was from this part that the Fig. 39. — Warren's harpoon for the removal of tissue from solid tumors for microscopic examination. disease extended from one tissue to another. The case is an extremely valuable one in showing the importance of examining different parts of a tumor if the microscope is to be relied upon in making a final diagnosis. The examination under the microscope of isolated cells is not to be relied upon, as all the varieties of tumor-cells have their counterpart somewhere in the normal tissues of the body. Instruments constructed upon the plan of a trocar have been devised by Wintrich, io4 PATHOLOGY AND TREATMENT OF TUMORS. Bouisson, Bruns, Middeldorpf, and J. Collins Warren (Fig. 39), for the pur- pose of removing particles of tumor-tissue for microscopic examination. The objection to this method of obtaining tissue for examination is that by taking the tissue from only one part of the tumor the part removed may not represent tumor-tissue, and may consequently lead to error in diagnosis ; and multiple punctures are objectionable, as they are likely to give rise to considerable hemorrhage and to stimulate tumor- growth. This method of procedure is, however, advisable when all other diagnostic resources have failed and it is essential for the welfare of the patient that a correct diagnosis should be made before an opera- Fig. 4 o.-Gurama of the liver (after Karg and Schmorl). In the centre of the field circumscribed foci, niliary gnmmata ; the same are composed of young granulation-tissue, and show in their centre evidences f degeneration. The parenchyma-cells are seen as grayish-black stripes, and are separated from each other iy narrower stripes of cellular connective tissue. ion is undertaken. Preparations of teased tissue are of but little value or diagnostic purposes. The fragment should be prepared properly, md from it sections should be taken for microscopic examination. DIAGNOSIS OF TUMORS. io 5 &*, 106 PATHOLOGY AND TREATMENT OF TUMORS. Only specimens which represent both cells and stroma in their proper relations enable the microscopist to interpret the character of the tumor. How difficult it is to distinguish the tissue of some tumors from the granulomata by the aid of the microscope can readily be seen by a glance at Figures 40, 41, and 42. All these illustrations represent in the foreground embryonic connective tissue with a very scanty stroma. Without knowing anything about the clinical aspects, it will readily be seen that it would be exceedingly difficult to distinguish between a small round-celled sarcoma, young granulation-tissue, and a gumma. It is in just such cases that we seek additional light from a micro- scopic examination. To illustrate still further the danger which may follow the use of the microscope as an exclusive and only means of diagnosis, the writer will relate a case which recently came under his observation. During the World's Fair held in Chicago he was consulted by a Russian gentleman concerning several tumors which had developed in the scar of an operation-wound. He gave the following history : Age, forty ; married ; the father of several healthy children ; merchant by occupa- tion. In 1890 he noticed a swelling in the skin at a point corre- sponding to the supraspinatus fossa of the right scapula. The tumor was movable and painless, but increased quite rapidly in size. He consulted his family physician in Russia, who pronounced the tumor a sarcoma of the skin and sent him to one of the most prominent surgeons in Berlin for operation. The Berlin surgeon made a diag- nosis of gumma, placed the patient on specific treatment, and removed the tumor, more for the purpose of allaying the fears of the patient than with the expectation of any benefit being derived from the operation. The patient followed the treatment faithfully, but in the course of six months a tumor returned in the scar. He consulted the same surgeon, who at the patient's special request removed the tumor a second time, still claiming that it was not malignant. It was now decided to leave the diagnosis in the hands of the most competent pathologists. The surgeon sent a part of the tumor to an eminent Berlin pathologist, and the patient sent the balance to the foremost Paris pathologist. The specimens were subjected to microscopic ex- amination, and each pathologist sent in a written report to the effect that the tumor was a gumma, and not a sarcoma. The patient was now placed on vigorous antisyphilitic treatment, including mercurial inunctions, baths, and the internal use of corrosive sublimate and potassic iodide in large doses. The wound after both operations healed by primary intention. The patient is not aware that he ever con- tracted syphilis, and never showed evidences of secondary or tertiary DIAGNOSIS OF TUMORS. 107 manifestations. When the writer examined the patient none of the remote consequences of syphilis were discovered. The pale, large scar following the last operation was occupied by four tumors, covered by intact scar-tissue and varying in size from that of a hazelnut to that of a walnut, all of them perfectly movable, and with no attachments to the scapula. If ever a case of sarcoma of the skin was seen, this was one. Under the circumstances it was deemed prudent to advise the patient to return to his surgeon for a third operation. The writer does not wish to under-estimate the value of the microscope as an aid in the diagnosis of doubtful tumors, but he must insist that it cannot be relied upon in differentiating between a small round-celled sarcoma and some of the granulomata under circumstances such as those detailed above. In doubtful tumors of accessible surfaces tumor-tis- sue can be selected and removed for microscopic examination. Sec- tions of such specimens are better adapted for diagnosis by means of the microscope than fragments taken from the depths of tumors through the skin with the different forms of harpoons. Another course is sometimes necessary when the surgeon has decided to remove the growth and is in doubt as to its nature. Here the microscope is em- ployed during the operation as an aid in diagnosis. As soon as the tumor is reached, when doubt still remains as to its character, a piece is removed and sections are made with a freezing microtome (Fig. 43) for microscopic examination. The freezing microtome can be purchased at a small expense, and should have a place in the operating-room of every hospital. The result of such an examination frequently settles all doubt as to the nature of the tumor, and serves as a valuable guide to the surgeon in the performance of the operation. The microscope is an invaluable aid in the diagnosis of tumors, but the conclusions based upon the results of the examination are not infallible ; hence the importance of a careful study of the clinical aspects of the tumor, followed by a thorough examination of the patient, of the tumor, and of its environments. Fig. 43. — Freezing microtome. X. PROGNOSIS OF TUMORS. A reliable prognosis presupposes a correct diagnosis. To predict correctly the probable termination of a tumor requires an accurate knowledge of its life-history and of its relations to its neighborhood and to the entire organism. The prognosis must therefore rest largely upon a careful study of the clinical history of the tumor, its anatomical location, its influence upon the adjacent tissues, and the general condi- tion of the patient. It is when we are called upon to foretell the future behavior of a tumor that we realize most keenly the necessity of making a searching examination of the patient as well as of the tumor. From a prognostic standpoint it is absolutely necessary to divide all tumors into the two great clinical divisions (i) benign and (2) malig- nant. If we are able in the diagnosis to exclude inflammatory swell- ings, the next duty that presents itself is to differentiate between benign and malignant tumors. This task is easy in some cases, diffi- cult or impossible in others. A carcinoma that has advanced to the stage of ulceration with regional glandular infection is recognized at sight ; a rapidly-growing tumor in bone or in periosteum in localities predisposed to sarcoma is readily identified as such. Under other less obvious circumstances the question as to whether the tumor is benign or is malignant is not so easily decided. Carcinoma of some of the internal organs is often diagnosed only in the post-mortem room. Carcinoma and sarcoma of accessible organs are frequently recognized as such only after their clinical behavior has given unmistakable evi- dence of their malignant character. It is evident that the surgeon who regards his own reputation and the welfare of his patient must be cautious in rendering his verdict as to the probable course the tumor will pursue in the future and the ultimate fate of his patient. The prognosis should be postponed until repeated examinations — and, if necessary, the microscopic examination of tissue from the tumor — have furnished conclusive evidence of the nature of the tumor. It is most humiliating to a surgeon to make a diagnosis of malignant disease, and to render a prognosis in accordance with his views of the nature of the tumor, and to find later, by its clinical course, that it was either a benign tumor or an inflammatory swelling. It is a disregard of a duty imposed upon a surgeon to pronounce a malignant tumor non-malig- 108 PROGNOSIS OF TUMORS. 1 09 nant upon a superficial, hasty examination, as the loss of time may weigh heavily in the balance of failure of a too-long-postponed radical operation. It must be apparent to the student that an intelligent, reliable prognosis must necessarily rest on a correct diagnosis, and that a prog- nosis should consequently be withheld from the patient and his friends until the nature of the tumor has been ascertained by conclusive evidence. A correct diagnosis having been made, the next question that pre- sents itself to the conscientious surgeon is, To what extent should the knowledge gained as to the nature of the tumor be communicated to the patient and his friends ? The prognosis in cases of benign tumors should be freely and candidly expressed to the patient, including the possible risks of an operation and its probable result. A different course should be pursued if the tumor is malignant. Under ordinary circumstances the writer regards it in the light of a cruelty to inform a patient directly that he is suffering from a malignant tumor. The public appreciates our shortcomings in the treatment of malignant tumors, and with few exceptions an intelligent patient regards such a diagnosis as his death-sentence. The mental depression following such a declaration not only destroys all happiness on the part of the patient, but has a disastrous effect on the disease, and is an important factor in detracting from the immediate and remote results of an operation. The surgeon is often placed in a very unenviable position when importuned by the patient in reference to the nature of the growth. The question, "Have I a cancer?" is often squarely put to him, and the reply will either inspire hope or cause a despondency from which the patient will never recover completely. It has been an invariable rule with the writer to inform the relatives as to the true nature of the tumor, and to discuss with them the propriety of an operation as well as its probable immediate and remote results. The patient is informed that he is suffering from a tumor, and this statement will prove satisfactory in the majority of cases. If asked as to the possibility of a recurrence, the facts are placed as gently as possible before the patient. If " ignorance is bliss," this adage has a special significance in the case of a patient suffering from a malignant tumor. If the patient is not aware that he is suffering from what is regarded almost universally as a fatal malady, an operation inspires hope, and, in place of the despondency often bordering on desperation that attends a knowledge of the true nature of the tumor, the patient looks forward to a complete and permanent recovery. The surgeon should communicate to the patient's nearest relatives or friends the true nature of the tumor and the probable results of an operation, but such information shotdd be withheld from the patient himself under ordinary no PATHOLOGY AND TREATMENT OF TUMORS. circumstances. There are exceptions to every rule, and circumstances may arise which make it imperative on the part of the surgeon to tell the patient the whole truth. From an anatomical standpoint every tumor is benign in proportion to its degree of isolation from the adjacent tissues and from the organ- ism. Benign tumors, as a rule, are encapsulated; consequently they remain permanently as local affections having no connection whatever with the organism. The encapsulation of some forms of sarcoma is more apparent than real, as the capsule does not afford protection to the surrounding tissues against invasion by tumor-cells ; yet when a capsule is present it imparts to the tumor a certain degree of benig- nancy which is not observed in malignant tumors entirely devoid of a capsule, as is the case in carcinoma and in the most malignant varieties of sarcoma. For reasons that have been explained, the soft, vascular tumors belonging to the malignant type of tumors manifest the great- est degree of malignancy. In tumors of this kind the stroma, which always acts more or less as a barrier to local and general dissemina- tion, is always scanty and sometimes is nearly wanting. The cells remain in their embryonic state, possess ameboid movements, and are reproduced with great rapidity. Such tumors resemble inflammation very closely, and the surgeon is familiar with the well-known clinical Fig. 44. — Carcinoma of mammary gland, showing numerous leucocytes between tumor-cells and along the course of blood-vessels (Surgical Clinic, Rush Medical College) : a, carcinoma-cells ; b, stroma; c, brown- ish granules of blood-pigment ; d, area of new proliferation ; e, leucocytes. fact that the nearer the anatomical and clinical aspects of a tumor correspond with inflammation, the greater its malignancy. In rapidly- PROGNOSIS OF TUMORS. ill growing malignant tumors we find between the tumor-cells and in the course of blood-vessels a picture closely resembling inflammation (Fig. 44). The immigration of blood-corpuscles into the parenchyma of a tumor is caused by the imperfect development of the wall of the new blood- vessels and by the favorable local conditions in the interior of the blood- vessel for mural implantation. The imperfect wall of the blood-vessels in the tissues of malignant tumors corresponds to the damaged capil- lary walls in inflamed tissue, and permits the escape of numerous leucocytes, and in some cases of red corpuscles. Rhexis is of frequent occurrence in rapidly-growing carcinoma and sarcoma. The new cells in soft vascular malignant tumors possess ameboid movements in the highest degree, and encounter few obstacles on their way from the tumor into the surrounding tissues with greatly impaired physiological resistance. Cells originating under such circumstances are very liable to lose their connection with the mother-soil and to wander away into the surrounding tissues or to enter the lymphatic vessels or the blood-vessels, thus giving rise to early regional and general dissemina- tion. The intrinsic danger of a tumor consists in its capacity to impli- cate the adjacent tissues and the organism — that is, in its giving rise to regional and general infection. This capacity is possessed to the highest degree by the soft vascular carcinomata and sarcomata — tumors that are in contact with the surrounding tissues from the beginning, without any attempt at the formation of a barrier between abnormal and normal tissue. In carcinomatous tumors location plays an important part in deter- mining the degree of malignancy of a tumor. For years it has been believed and taught by authors and teachers that for some unknown reason epithelioma was a less malignant affection than glandular car- cinoma, the so-called " scirrhus." For a long time epithelioma was described as a tumor separate from carcinoma proper. It was also asserted that epithelioma remained as a purely local affection — that it did not give rise to regional and general dissemination. A more extended and accurate clinical observation of this form of carcinoma has convinced pathologists and surgeons that an epithelioma eventually becomes diffuse by regional and general dissemination, and destroys life in the same manner as a deep-seated carcinoma. The writer has for years claimed that the greater benignancy of a surface carcinoma as com- pared with a deep-seated carcinoma depends entirely upon its location. In epithelioma of the lip, as well as in the case of any other carcinoma of a free surface, the tumor can grow only in one direction, while a similar tumor located in an organ surrounded by tissues on all sides grows from the very beginning in all directions. The field for local 112 PATHOLOGY AND TREATMENT OF TUMORS. infection of a surface carcinoma is therefore limited as compared with that of a glandular carcinoma. The increased area of tissue in contact with a glandular carcinoma as compared with that of a surface carci- noma will readily account for the more constant and earlier occurrence of regional infection. Another important element determining earlier and more constant regional infection in glandular carcinoma is pressure caused by the tissues encroached upon by the tumor. In surface carci- noma this element in the diffusion of the tumor is absent, and consequently migration of carcinoma-cells into the surrounding tissues is retarded. The location of a tumor is also an important factor in estimating the danger to life in the case of all benign growths. An osteoma on the external surface of the skull always remains as a harmless affection, while a similar tumor on the side of the cranial cavity may produce distressing symptoms, and may finally result in death from cerebral compression. A papilloma on the surface of the skin pro- duces no symptoms, while the same kind of tumor in the larynx may destroy life by suffocation. A subserous fibroma of the uterus becomes a source of danger only from its size, while a small sub- mucous tumor is a frequent cause of profuse and even dangerous hemorrhage. In connection with the location, the size of a tumor must also be taken into consideration in estimating its danger to life. Large tumors are prone to undergo various kinds of degenerations which in themselves may become a source of danger. A tumor that has undergone extensive degeneration is also more likely to become infected with pathogenic microbes. Large tumors of the ovary and the uterus by displacing abdominal and pelvic organs may cause fatal complications by pressure. A similar source of danger attends tumors occupying the cranial cavity and the thorax. Large tumors of the thyroid gland and malignant tumors of the lymphatic glands of the neck become dangerous to life from compression of the trachea. A few words in reference to what may be expected from operative interference in the treatment of tumors : Complete removal of a benign tumor is never followed by recurrence. The same favorable result will follow a thorough removal of a sarcoma or a carcinoma if the operation is performed before regional infection has taken place. The removal of a carcinoma or a sarcoma after regional dissemination has taken place is followed sooner or later by recurrence in the great majority of cases. Nothing but palliation can be expected from the removal of the primary tumor in all cases in -which the disease has become general by metastasis. The partial removal of a malignant tumor with extensive regional dissemination is often followed by aggravation of the local conditions and hastens the fatal termination. XI. TREATMENT OF TUMORS. The treatment of a tumor must necessarily vary according to its nature, structure, and location. The removal of malignant tumors is indicated if this can be done before the disease has passed beyond the reach of a radical operation. The operation in such instances meets an indicatio vitalis, because the intrinsic tendency of a malignant tumor is to destroy life. The removal of a benign tumor for a similar indi- cation is called for only if the tumor occupies a locality where by its presence it produces mechanical conditions incompatible with the func- tion of an important organ. In other cases benign tumors are removed for the purpose of correcting functional disturbances, for cosmetic reasons, and with a view of protecting the patient against the risks of a possible transition into a malignant tumor. The treatment of tumors divides itself into (i) medical, (2) surgical, and (3) palliative. It is superfluous in this connection to make the assertion that a rational treatment must be based on a correct diagnosis. It is the recognition of the nature, location, and clinical tendencies of tumors that distinguishes the honest and competent surgeon from the char- latan. The cancer-quack calls every swelling a tumor, and his influ- ence among the people is not due to the success he scores in the treatment of carcinoma, but is gained by subjecting benign tumors, retention-cysts, and inflammatory swellings to a similar barbarous treatment, and claiming the results thus obtained as so many victories over cancer. We have reason to believe that many of the alleged permanent results following operations for malignant disease were cases of mistaken diagnosis. Many a gumma and tuberculous ulcer has been removed by honest, able surgeons under the belief that they were operating for carcinoma. Gummata of bone have frequently been mis- taken for sarcoma. The number of permanent results claimed for rad- ical operations for malignant disease would be greatly decreased if we could eliminate all cases of mistaken diagnosis. Professor von Esmarch years ago called attention to the frequency with which tubercular ulcers and gumma are mistaken for carcinoma. Medical Treatment. Since we have learned to distinguish between true tumors and infec- tive swellings the indications for medical treatment have almost disap- 8 113 H4 PATHOLOGY AND TREATMENT OF TUMORS. peared. No kind of internal medication lias any influence whatever in limiting tumor-growth, much less in causing the disappearance of a tumor. It is interesting for the student to know what has been done in the past in the way of internal administration of medicines in the treatment of tumors. Mercury was recommended by Boerhaave, and the effects of its different preparations were praised by Gama, Akenside, Mariot, Gooch, Gmelin, Buchner, Tauchnow, and many others. Rust and his pupils had great faith in the use of Zittmann's decoction. Arsenic was intro- duced in 1775 by Lefebure in the form of arsenious acid. Fowler's solu- tion found many admirers, among them Desault, Klein, Rust, Wenzel, Hill, Walshe, Thomson, and more recently Washington Atlee. The last-quoted authority had great faith in the internal use of arsenic after operations for carcinoma, as he believed the drug had a positive influ- ence in retarding, if not preventing, a recurrence. He invariably admin- istered this drug after an operation for cancer, and gradually increased the dose until it produced slight intoxication, when the use of the drug was not suspended, but the dose was diminished. He insisted that if patients could not take a drop of Fowler's solution they should be given a fraction of a drop ; that is, that the use of the drug should be continued under all circumstances and for a long time. Preparations of gold were used by Duportail and Duparcque ; the salts of copper, by Gauret, Gerbier, Solier, and De la Romillais ; chloride of barium, by Crawford and Mittag. Mineral waters, especially those containing prep- arations of iodine, enjoyed a good reputation for a long time, and were recommended in the highest terms by such men as Wagner, Travers, Walshe, Flinsch, Klaproth, Ullmann, Littre, Friese, Copland, and Demme. Preparations of iron were regarded with favor by Carmichael and Daniel Brainard. Animal charcoal was recommended by Weise in 1829. The highest praise was conferred upon conium maculatum in its day in the treatment of carcinoma. It was used first for this pur- pose in 1 76 1 by Stork ; after him it was recommended in terms of the highest praise by Recamier, Neuber, Giinther, Camper, Baudelocque, Trousseau, and Solon, and it is extensively prescribed even at the pres- ent day by N. S. Davis of Chicago, De Haen, Andree, Fothergill, and Alibert. Almost all the narcotics have had their advocates in the treatment of carcinoma. The fame of condurango was of short duration. Introduced by Bliss of Washington, it soon reached great popularity among both laymen and the members of the medical pro- fession. Men like Andrews of Chicago and Eichhorst of Zurich ex- tolled its merits. Like all other famous cancer remedies, it soon fell into well-deserved " innocuous desuetude." Some of the surgeons of fifty and a hundred years ago resorted to rigid antiphlogistic treatment. TREATMENT OF TUMORS. 115 Valsalva, Broussais, Brechet, Poteau, Dzondi, and Lisfranc claimed that they could eliminate the cancerous material by copious and frequently- repeated venesection. Local abstraction of blood was recommended by Velpeau. More recently, surgeons aimed to remove the virus of cancer by derivatives. After operative removal of the growth setons were inserted at different parts of the body. Other surgeons used the moxa and blisters to meet the same indication. As a matter of historical interest, it should be known that Auzias Turenne suggested syphilization to counteract the carcinoma virus. We can readily understand why the different mercurial preparations commanded the attention and received the approbation of the most influential members of the profession for the longest time. Gummata diagnosed as carcinoma disappeared under this treatment, and the results thus obtained gave the remedy its great reputation. We have no authenticated proof that mercury or any of its preparations has ever been instrumental in retarding the growth of a tumor. The same can be said of all other internal remedies. The internal administration of medicines at the present time receives consideration only in the treat- ment of some of the complications that may arise and in improving the general health of the patient. Radical Operation. The complete removal of a benign tumor furnishes the best illus- tration of what is meant by a radical operation. A radical operation for the removal of a tumor has for its object the complete removal of tumor-tissue. If this object is attained, the tumor, whether benign or malignant, will not return. The removal of a benign tumor generally constitutes a radical operation, owing to the structure of the tumor and to its complete isolation from the adjacent tissues by a limiting capsule. Incomplete removal of a benign tumor is followed by recur- rence, in which event the operation does not deserve to be called radical, because it failed to accomplish what is understood by the term radical. A radical operation undertaken for the removal of a carci- noma is radical in the estimation of the surgeon who in dealing with the tumor has made every effort to comply with the meaning of the word; but in the majority of cases he has been deceived, as is subse- quently shown by a local recurrence. The term radical means more and more to the surgeon as he becomes more familiar with the path- ways and the extent of local and regional infection of malignant tumors. Radical operations include — 1. Ligation of the principal blood- vessels nourishing the tumor; 2. Galvano-puncture ; 3. Parenchym- atous injections; 4. Injection of erysipelas toxines ; 5. Cauterization; Il6 PATHOLOGY AND TREATMENT OF TUMORS. 6. Ligation ; 7. Galvano-caustic wire ; 8. Ecrasement lineaire ; 9. Avul- sion ; 10. Extirpation. Most of the modern surgeons resort almost exclusively to the use of the knife in undertaking the radical operation in the removal of tumors both benign and malignant. The bloodless procedures are seldom resorted to, but they deserve a brief description, as cases not adapted to extirpation may present themselves, or patients may positively object to the use of the knife, and under such circum- stances it is wisdom on the part of the surgeon to yield to their request rather than to give them an opportunity to seek the services of char- latans as devoid of a moral sense of responsibility as of a knowledge of the science and art of surgery. Ligation of the Principal Blood-vessels Nourishing- the Tumor. — It has been stated in the section on the Etiology of Tumors that a tumor can grow only if it receives an adequate quantitative and qualitative blood-supply. Sudden or progressive anemia of a tumor determines degeneration of the tumor-tissue. Surgeons have made a practical application of this knowledge, and have resorted to meas- ures calculated to deprive the tumor of the necessary blood-supply by ligating the principal arteries nourishing the tumor. This method of treatment was first introduced in 165 1 by Harvey. It has been most frequently resorted to in the treatment of tumors of the thyroid gland. Wolfler has recently revived and improved the operation. It has been shown that ligation of the superior and inferior thyroid arteries on both sides has a curative effect in the treatment of non-malignant tumors of the thyroid gland. In inoperable cases of malignant tumors of the pharynx and the upper part of the neck the primitive carotid artery has been tied repeatedly without even temporary benefit. Ligation of the uterine arteries has recently been proposed as a conservative operation in the treatment of bleeding fibroids of the uterus. The results so far obtained are not conclusive as to the merits of the operation. It is possible that in the future benign tumors of other organs will be treated successfully upon the same principles. Ligation of the principal arteries nourishing a tumor is occasionally resorted to advantageously as an operation preliminary to a subsequent extirpation. Galvano-puncture. — Electricity was used in the treatment of tu- mors by De Haen. Galvanism came next in use. In a case of a large sarcoma of the neck in which Likke resorted to galvanism the tumors appeared to become smaller and more movable under its use, but care- ful observation showed that the reduction in size and the temporary TREATMENT OF TUMORS. 1 17 improvement followed the subsidence of an accompanying inflamma- tion, and that the treatment had no effect whatever on the tumor. This has been the uniform experience of surgeons in the external application of electricity in the treatment of tumors. Electro-puncture and galvano-puncture have found special application in the treatment of cystic tumors. At the International Medical Congress held in Philadelphia in 1876, Semeleder of Mexico read a paper on. this sub- ject, from which it appeared that electricity was destined to supplement the knife in the treatment of ovarian cysts. Apostoli made similar claims for this agent in the treatment of myofibroma of the uterus at the International Congress held in the city of Washington. It is now generally conceded that electro-puncture and galvano-puncture occa- sionally bring about improvement, but the results have not been such as to entitle this therapeutic resource to be included among the radical measures in the treatment of tumors. The application of the electrolytic action of the galvanic current was first made use of by Nelaton. As the electrolytic action is attended by gas-formation, Bill- roth did not resort to electrolysis in the treatment of vascular tumors, as he feared that the gas evolved might enter the blood-vessels and produce dangerous if not fatal gas-embolism. Electrolysis has a lim- ited sphere of application in the treatment of superficial nasvi. Parenchymatous Injections. — Injections of solutions of perchlo- ride of iron have had an extensive application in the treatment of vascular tumors. The use of coagulating substances as injections into a vascular tumor is attended by great risks, and should entirely be abandoned. Fatal embolism has attended this procedure by the separa- tion of a fragment of the blood-clot, with the result of causing sudden death. In other instances the injection was followed by suppuration, thrombo-phlebitis, and pyemia. Thiersch injected into carcinomatous growths a solution of nitrate of silver, with the object of bringing about speedy degenerative changes. This treatment proved a com- plete failure. Broadbent used for the same purpose dilute acetic acid, with similar negative results. Carbolic acid and other antiseptic sub- stances have been used in the treatment of malignant tumors, but none of them have answered the expectations of those surgeons who regard with favor the microbic origin of malignant tumors. The use of ani- line dyes, introduced by Mosetig von Moorhof, has had an extended trial, but so far no positive results have been realized. The employ- ment of parenchymatous injections in the treatment of inoperable tumors should be encouraged, as it is within the range of possibility that there may be found a substance which, when brought in con- tact with the tumor-tissue, may prove beneficial either by its destructive Ii8 PATHOLOGY AND TREATMENT OF TUMORS. effects on the new cells or by effecting a change in the type of tissue- proliferation. Injection of Erysipelas Toxines. — It has been known for a long time that an intercurrent attack of erysipelas frequently retarded the growth of a sarcoma, and in exceptional cases resulted in a permanent cure. Billroth and others have reported such cases. Since the dis- covery of the microbe of erysipelas by Fehleisen patients suffering from inoperable malignant tumors have been inoculated with pure cultures of the streptococcus of erysipelas. Some of the cases sub- jected to this treatment improved, others received no benefit, and in some the symptoms were aggravated and the treatment hastened the fatal termination. Coley and Bull have recently made use of sterilized cultures of the erysipelas microbe, and have obtained equally good, if not better, results than were obtained with the active cultures. This treatment is certainly preferable to the employment of active cultures, as it is not attended by the risks incident to an attack of erysipelas. These authors have found that the employment of the sterilized cult- ures was followed by better results in the treatment of sarcoma than in that of carcinoma. It has also been ascertained that the culture made of the streptococcus of erysipelas and the bacillus prodigiosus is more effective than the culture of the streptococcus alone. As in the case of Koch's lymph, the injections are followed by a rise in the temperature. The diluted sterilized culture as sold in the shops is used in doses of from 5 to 30 minims. The treatment should be commenced by injecting 5 minims every alternate day, increasing the dose gradu- ally. Koch's syringe (Fig. 45) should be employed for this purpose. The writer has given this treatment a fair trial in twelve cases, but so far no permanent beneficial results have been obtained. Fig. 45. — Koch syringe. Cauterization. — The destruction of tumors by caustics and by the actual cautery is one of the most ancient resources of the surgeon in the bloodless removal of tumors. The actual cautery was preferred by the surgeons of ancient times, because it not only destroyed the tumor quickly, but at the same time also acted as a hemostatic. The use of the actual cautery has had an extended application also as a supplement to the knife in effecting the destruction of remnants of tumor-tissue and in arresting hemorrhage. The actual cautery is occa- TREATMENT OF TUMORS. nc sionally used now in the removal of small surface carcinomata it patients who show an unconquerable objection to the use of the knife and in the palliative treatment of inoperable ulcerating malignan tumors. The instrument employed almost universally for this purpos< is Pacquelin's cautery (Fig. 46). The bulb- or knife-point is used mos' frequently in the treatment of malignant tumors, while the needle-poin' is used almost exclusively in the treatment of angiomatous tumors The employment of the potential cautery— chemical caustics in differ- ent forms — has found a more varied and extended application than tha; of the actual cautery. It is to be regretted that this method of treat- ment has fallen almost entirely into the hands of charlatans. The ignoramus fears blood ; the public always has had, and always wil have, faith in bloodless procedures ; hence the great popularity whicr chemical caustics have en- joyed in the treatment of tumors. The war between caustics and the knife has been a long and bitter one, and it is by no means ended. The cause of caustics is de- fended by a great army of ig- norant, irresponsible, money- loving quacks, supported and cheered by an admiring misled public. On the side of the knife stands the hon- est surgeon who holds out only guarded promises, confronted by patients suspicious of his skil and in great dread of a bloody operation. The ultimate victory of the knife must rest on earlier and more thorough operations. The quack has been educating the people to the effect that the caustic he uses de- stroys only cancer-tissue, and he takes special pains to point out to his patient that the remedy has not only succeeded in removing the cancer but has also followed its roots. The patient, with the specimen care- fully preserved in alcohol, returns to his home happy and hopeful, anc exhibits the specimen cancer, roots and all, with satisfaction and a cer- tain feeling of pride as a signal triumph of quackeiy over regulai medicine. In the face of such a state of things it is no wonder thai the surgeon who has regard for his own reputation is slow in substi- tuting caustics for the knife. Chemical caustics have had an exten- sive trial at the hands of the regular profession. Their merits anc disadvantages have been studied by competent and honest surgeons. Fig. 46. — Pacquelin cautery. 120 PATHOLOGY AND TREATMENT OF TUMORS. They occupy at the present time a limited and special field in the treatment of tumors. The value of different caustics depends on the manner of their action : the more potent its action, the less the liability to hemorrhage ; the less the pain it inflicts, the more useful it is. The treatment of small benign tumors by the application of caustics often results in a permanent cure. In the treatment of carcinoma this is seldom the case. The difficulty encountered in this method of treatment is that one application is seldom sufficient to destroy all the tumor-tissue, and that repeated applications cause so much suffering and distress that few patients will endure them long enough to effect a radical cure. Some of the caustics which have been used may become absorbed in amount sufficient to produce poisoning, and on this account should never be used : this is the case with arsenical preparations. When fluid caustics are employed the surrounding tissues should be protected carefully against their action. If the caustic is to be repeated, the second application is postponed until the eschar has separated. Pain is to be subdued by the application of cold and by hypodermic injec- tions of morphine. In the selection of the caustic we must be guided by the depth to which it is desirable to penetrate, as well as by the location to which liquid caustics are adapted. Caustic Potash. — Caustic potash is a very energetic caustic. The rapid liquefaction which it undergoes when applied to the tissues detracts somewhat from its advantages, and it must be watched care- fully and the tissues beyond its desired range of action must be pro- tected thoroughly. It cannot be employed safely in the treatment of tumors located in cavities. Its hemostatic action is not reliable. This substance is often mixed with caustic lime, the mixture constituting the famous Vienna paste, which is not much inferior to the caustic potash as a caustic. Chloride of Zinc. — This article, in the form of a paste known as Canquoin's paste, has been used quite extensively as a caustic. To increase its action in paste form it is necessary that it should receive a certain amount of moisture, and it must therefore be applied under the skin. If the skin over the tumor is intact, it should be made per- meable to the caustic by macerating it for some time with a dilute solution of caustic potash or by making multiple superficial incisions. It is a reliable hemostatic, which fact is an additional recommendation for its employment in the removal of vascular tumors. The eschar it produces is very dry and corresponds in size to the cubic volume of the mass of paste inserted. In a few days the eschar can readily be re- moved with the knife, when the cauterization is repeated. The caustic TREATMENT OF TUMORS. 121 arrows of Maisonneuve are composed of a paste of flour and chloride of zinc in the proportion of 3:1. Landolfi, a famous Italian cancer- doctor, used a mixture of chloride of zinc, chloride of gold, and chlo- ride of bromium. Arsenic. — The arsenical preparations, especially the paste of Frere Come, were popular for a long time, and proved useful in the removal of small epiblastic carcinomata about the face and the lip. Arsenic is an energetic caustic, but its action is slow. Intoxication from the absorp- tion of arsenic has repeatedly been observed. For some time arsenic was regarded as a specific in the treatment of carcinoma, but this delu- sion no longer prevails, as it has been found that its beneficial action when applied as a caustic depends entirely upon the depth to which tissue is destroyed, as is the case with all other caustics. Chromic Acid. — This acid inflicts less pain than any other liquid caustic, and has proved successful as a superficial caustic. It is used in the form of crystals or as a concentrated solution. Nitric Acid. — Of all the acids, nitric acid has been used most fre- quently as a caustic in the treatment of tumors. The eschar is of a yellowish color, and the resulting scar is small. Nitric acid is also a good hemostatic. Instead of resorting to cauterization from without, French surgeons devised a method by which caustics are inserted into the tissues of the tumor through punctures from different points, which method they termed " linear cauterization." The first attempts in this direction were made in 1700 by Deshaies Gendrou. His method consisted in intro- ducing pieces of caustic paste under the base of the tumor, with the Fig. 47. — Cauterisation en rayons (after Maison- neuve). Fig. 48. — Cauterisation en faisceaux {after Maison- neuve). expectation that the deep cauterization from different points would eventually separate the tumor from the tissues, when it would be cast off as a whole with the eschar. Under the name of " cauterisation en fleches " Maisonneuve in 1857 developed this procedure. He in- 122 PATHOLOGY AND TREATMENT OF TUMORS. serted arrow-shaped pieces of chloride-of-zinc paste into the substance of the tumor after puncturing it at different points with a bistoury. He described three methods of procedure : First, the arrows are intro- duced on the same level in such a way that their points meet in the centre of the tumor (Fig. 47) ; second, the arrows are inserted from the surface like posts driven in the ground (Fig. 48) ; third, an arrow was inserted into the centre of the tumor, so that cauterization should pro- ceed from the centre toward the periphery — " cauterisation centrale " (Fig- 49)- In the removal of tumors of small size surface cauterization must be resorted to. If the tumor is large, Maisonneuve's procedures are preferable. They are, however, not devoid of danger. It has hap- pened in the practice of Maisonneuve that the caustic destroyed the walls of large blood-vessels, and upon the separation of the eschar troublesome and even fatal hemorrhage occurred. The writer recollects a case of carcinoma in the parotid region that was treated by a charlatan by caustics. Before the patient left the institution profuse hemorrhage occurred after separation of the last eschar. The patient was informed that the cure was completed, and was advised to return to his home. Soon after he left the institution there oc- Fig. 49 ^Ca^erisation curred another hemorrhage, which nearly proved fatal, centrale (after Maison- Greatly debilitated and almost exsanguinated, he was brought to the Presbyterian Hospital, Chicago. The dressings were saturated with blood. An anesthetic was administered, the dressings were removed, the neck was disinfected, and the common carotid artery was tied. Upon examination of the large surface partly covered by granulations and partly by fungous carcinoma-tissue, a large opening in the external carotid artery was found near the bifur- cation of the common carotid. The surface was disinfected and the opening in the vessel was tamponed with iodoform gauze. The hem- orrhage did not return, and the patient left the hospital in the course of a week. Immediate and complete removal of a tumor is accomplished by the employment of the ligature, the ecraseur, the galvano-caustic wire, and the knife. The complete removal of a tumor is effected in the safest manner and most expeditiously by the use of the knife, but, as all the procedures enumerated above are still endorsed by eminent surgeons, and as all of them are occasionally resorted to, they merit a brief description. Ligature. — The ligature is an ancient surgical resource in the treat- TREATMENT OF TUMORS. 123 ment of tumors. Ambrosius Pare and De Saliceto removed with it polypoid growths from the nasal cavities and from the cervix of the uterus. Mayor described this procedure, under the name of ligature cu masse, as a new discovery, improved the technique, and extended its use to different parts of the body. The ligature was used in two ways : 1. It was tied so firmly that it strangulated all blood-vessels, producing Fig. 50. — Maisonneuve's constrictor. rapid necrosis of the tumor ; 2. It was tightened from time to time, in order to cut its way more slowly through the tissues. The single ligature was used in tying off pedunculated growths. Its use was ex- tended to the removal of tumors with a wide base, with the introduc- tion of the double and multiple ligatures. The ligatures were either tied on the surface of the skin or inserted with needles around and under the base of the tumor. Whenever pos- sible a pedicle was made artificially by making traction upon the tumor before inserting and tying the ligatures, or by dissecting off the skin around the base of the tumor. The percutane- ous ligature has been employed extensively in the treatment of angioma. Recently absorb- able ligatures of catgut and kangaroo tendon have been substituted for the silk and metallic ligatures in the subcutaneous ligation of vas- cular growths. Various instruments have been devised for the progressive constriction of the base of the tumor by the ligature. Maison- neuve's (Fig. 50) is constructed upon the same plan as Chassaignac's ecraseur. In Koderik's fig. 51. instrument (Fig. 51) the ligature is tightened at intervals over a row of perforated shot. Manec contributed largely toward the perfection of the technique of the subcutaneous ligature. He devised a needle for this special purpose, the manner of use of which is well shown in Figure 52. Fergusson's method (Fig. 53) is simpler and does not require a needle of special construction. The great objections to the use of the ligature are the pain it causes and the liability to infection that attends its use. Koderik's rosary instru- ment. The ligature is used 124 PATHOLOGY AND TREATMENT OF TUMORS. at the present time only in exceptional cases of angioma. The aseptic ligature should be used, attended by all necessary antiseptic precautions. Fig. 52. — Manec's method of percutaneous ligation of a tumor (after Manec). Galvano-caustic Wire. — Recognizing the disadvantages of the silk and metallic ligatures in the removal of tumors, Middeldorpf in 1852 Fig. 53, — Fcrgusson's percutaneous ligature (after Fergusson). substituted for ligation the galvano-caustic wire. Like the ligature, it has been used in severing the tumor from the body by cutting its way TREATMENT OF TUMORS. 125 from the surface and by destroying the tumor-tissue subcutaneously. The latter method of application has proved very useful in the treat- ment of subcutaneous angioma, as the overlying skin is protected against cauterization by insulating the platinum wire at the points of entrance and exit. The galvano-caustic wire has been a great improve- ment over the ligature, as it completes its work almost as quickly as the knife and leaves a wound much less liable to infection. One great objection to the use of the galvano-cautery is the well-known fact that the apparatus is very liable to get out of order, often necessitating a resort to other measures. With few exceptions it has been superseded by the needle-point of the Pacquelin cautery. Bcrasement Lineaire. — The removal of tumors by linear crushing was devised by Chassaignac. The parts included in the chain or wire of the ecraseur are divided slowly and, if no large vessels are present, bloodlessly. Chassaignac was an enthusiast in the use of his ecraseur Fig. 54. — Chassaignac's chain ecraseur. (Fig. 54). In his practice it almost displaced the knife. According to Chassaignac's own directions, the tissues should be divided very slowly, o- Fig. 55. — Wire ecraseur. for the purpose of guarding more efficiently against hemorrhage. That hemorrhage is not always prevented even by exercising the greatest caution is well known. The writer has seen profuse hemorrhage from both lingual arteries after amputation of the tongue by the ecraseur. Rhinologists and laryngologists have invented minute ecraseurs upon which they rely almost exclusively in the removal of polypoid growths from the nasal cavities and the larynx. The general surgeon at the present time seldom resorts to the ecraseur. Mr. Hutchinson prefers 126 PATHOLOGY AND TREATMENT OF TUMORS. it to the knife or the scissors in removing the tongue, but few surgeons could be induced to follow his example. Avulsion. — The removal of a pedunculated tumor by torsion is accomplished by grasping the pedicle, as close to its attachment as pos- sible, with a pair of strong forceps and twisting it around its axis until the tumor is torn from its bed. This has been a favorite method of removing polypoid growths of the nose and the uterus. If the tumor is soft, the removal is often incomplete, and a return of the growth is the rule ; if the pedicle is large and firm, unnecessary damage is often inflicted upon the organ to which the tumor is attached. Avulsion should give way to the galvano-caustic wire, to the ecraseur, or to enucleation. Extirpation. — The general surgeon, with few exceptions, removes all tumors by extirpation. This method of eradicating tumors has precision. The knife can be made to include any tissue that may pre- sent a suspicious appearance, and it enables the surgeon to examine the tissues as he proceeds with the operation, and thus to outline more accurately the limits of the tumor. The operation can be performed painlessly by placing the patient under the influence of an anesthetic, and the wound can be made to heal by primary intention. The con- trast between the speedy and painless removal of a tumor by excision and the slow and painful destruction by caustics is great. The wound left after the use of caustics has to heal by a slow process of granula- tion, and, as so often happens, incomplete removal transforms a subcu- taneous into an open ulcerating cancer, with all the risks and incon- veniences incident to such a condition. Incomplete removal by caustics invariably results in aggravation of all the local conditions, as the inflammation which follows cauterization imparts a new stimulus to tumor-growth. The risks of hemorrhage and infection are much greater after cauterization than after excision. The removal of benign tumors, carcinoma, and sarcoma by extirpation should be made the rule, and the use of caustics be reserved for exceptional cases of carcinoma. The idea that the results after extirpation of malignant tumors are better if the wound suppurates and heals by granulation is wrong both in theory and in practice. Inflammation is one of the most influential factors in effecting a speedy recurrence if the tumor has not been removed completely. In extirpation of tumors it should be the aim of the surgeon to secure healing of the -wound by primary intention. If the margins of the wound cannot be brought into apposition by suturing, owing to the removal of an extensive area of skin with the tumor, the margins should be approximated as far as possible by tension-sutures, and the remaining surface be covered with a Wolfe skin-graft or with TREATMENT OF TUMORS. 127 a mosaic of Thiersch skin-grafts. For the purpose of preventing wound- complications, and with the view of securing speedy healing of the wound and of obtaining an ideal functional and cosmetic result, it is absolutely necessary to resort to the strictest antiseptic precautions in the extirpation of a tumor, irrespective of its size or its location. The instruments should be sterilized by boiling for at least ten minutes in a 1 per cent, solution of carbonate of soda. Sterile liga- tures, sutures, and gauze sponges should be used. The field of opera- tion and the hands of the operator and of his assistants should be disinfected thoroughly by scrubbing with warm water and potash soap for at least five minutes, followed by washing in a 1 : 1000 solution of corrosive sublimate. If the tumor occupies any of the large cavities, the patient must be prepared thoroughly for the operation by preliminary treatment continued for several days. The external incision should be amply large, to facilitate deep dissection. The danger of a wound is no longer estimated by its size. The attempt to remove tumors through small incisions is attended by greater risks of injury to important structures than when the parts we wish to avoid are well exposed by a large incision. The incision should be made in a loca- tion and direction which will render the tumor most accessible and which will not implicate important structures. It must be remem- bered that tumors often displace important vessels and nerves, and on this account special care is necessary to avoid these structures when displaced. In operating upon the extremities the incision should be made parallel with muscles. In extirpating tumors of the neck an incision in the direction of the sterno-cleido-mastoid muscle is usually made. A transverse incision is preferred by some operators in the removal of tumors of the thyroid gland. Submaxillary growths should be approached through a slightly-curved incision below the border of the lower jaw. In amputations of the breast the incision is prolonged behind the border of the pectoralis major muscle to the apex of the axilla. Tumors of the groin are laid bare by making an incision parallel with and a little below Poupart's ligament, and joining it by a vertical incision over the femoral vessels extended to the apex of Scarpa's space. A slightly-curved incision affords more room than a straight one. If the skin or the mucous membrane over the tumor is implicated, it is included between two elliptical incisions and is removed with the tumor. After a benign tumor has been reached, cutting instruments are laid aside and the tumor is removed by enucle- ation, using for this purpose the finger, Kocher's director, or blunt- pointed scissors. Extirpation of osteoma and chondroma requires the use of the chisel or the saw. Some cysts have such firm attachments 128 PATHOLOGY AND TREATMENT OF TUMORS. that enucleation is impracticable, in which event their removal is effected by careful dissection. If the extirpation of a tumor requires a prelim- inary myotomy, the muscle should be united by buried absorbable sutures before the external wound is closed. If a nerve or a tendon is accidentally or intentionally cut, it is united in a similar manner. If an important fascia has been divided, it is separately sutured. As benign growths are aseptic pathological conditions, the external wound can be closed throughout by sutures and sealed. The after-treatment should include rest of the part operated upon, which can be secured by rest in bed, bandages, splints, etc. Operations for carcinoma and sarcoma are attended by great difficulties, as with the tumors the sur- geon must include a zone of tissue surrounding them, and must usually extend the operation far into apparently healthy tissue to reach and remove the products of regional infection. Two great difficulties con- front the surgeon during the course of the operation. In the absence of any limiting structures he is often in doubt concerning the amount of tissue he should include with the tumor, and, again, to what extent he should invade the vicinity in his attempts to eradicate the disease. No definite rules can be laid down to guide the surgeon in deciding these most important points of the operation. He must take pathological anatomy as his guide. It is well known that sarcoma follows connec- tive tissue, blood-vessels, nerve-sheaths, and muscles. The surgeon must therefore include as much tissue in the direction of these pathways as is permissible with the importance of the structure involved. The amount of tissue to be included must necessarily vary with the character of the tumor, its location, and the importance of the structures in its vicinity. The farther the tumor is away from important vessels and nerves, and the more tissue can be included, the better will be the results. As a rough estimate the writer would say that the incisions should be made at least an inch away from the periphery of the tumor. Sarcoma of bone usually demands amputation, although recently suc- cessful local operations have been made in cases of circumscribed myeloid sarcoma. If amputation is performed, the entire bone should be removed ; that is, amputation should be made through or above the proximal joint. In the removal of a malignant tumor enucleation must never be attempted : the tumor must be excised. Extirpation here means the removal not only of the tumor, but also of all infected tissues in its vicinity or in the same region. The knife or the scissors must be used from the beginning to the end of the operation. The extirpation of a carcinoma, unless the tumor involves a free surface and is recent and localized, must be followed by excision of the lymphatic glands of the same region, whether enlarged or not enlarged. The tumor and the string TREATMENT OF TUMORS. 129 of lymphatic glands should be removed in one continuous piece by thorough and clean excision. It lias been shozvn that carcinoma fre- quently selects the connective tissue as pathways for local infection ; hence as much of the connective tissue as possible in the vicinity of the tumor should be included in the excision. Muscles are often divided or removed in operations for malignant tumors. Partial removal for malignant dis- ease of organs not essential to life is bad surgery. In operating for malignant disease parts and tissues must be removed regardless of the cosmetic result. The surgeon who operates with a view of securing a good cosmetic result is very liable to perform an incomplete operation. The primary indication in the extirpation of a malignant tumor is to re- move all infected tissues ; the cosmetic result is of secondary consideration, and can be improved immediately or later by plastic operation. After operation it is advisable to watch the patient carefully, and in case of recurrence to repeat the operation. By following this course there is no doubt that the patient is made more comfortable and life is pro- longed, and occasionally a radical cure is effected by repeated opera- tions for local recurrence. Contraindications to radical operations for malignant disease are — 1. Metastasis; 2. Extreme old age; 3. Regional infection beyond the reach of complete removal of diseased tissue without imminent danger to life ; 4. Very extensive local infection, as in cases of diffuse cancer en cuirasse. Palliative Treatment. Palliative treatment is indicated in cases of inoperable malignant tumors. It consists in protecting the tumor against irritation, and, in open ulcerating tumors, in partial removal, antiseptic applications, and the use of anodynes to subdue pain. If the tumor is on the surface, it should be protected against friction by the clothing by a compress of aseptic absorbent cotton held in place by a bandage or by strips of adhesive plaster. As soon as indications of ulceration appear, the sur- face should be disinfected thoroughly and be protected by an antiseptic dressing, so that when the tumor-tissue is exposed the ulcerated sur- face will be protected against infection. If the ulcer or fungous mass has become infected, it is necessary to correct the fetor by the employ- ment of strong antiseptic applications. Chlorine-water, solution of per- manganate of potash, saturated solution of acetate of aluminum, and solution of chlorinated soda (Labarraque's solution) are most efficient in correcting the putrefactive processes. A 10 per cent, solution of chloride of zinc, carefully applied with a camel's-hair brush to the dried surface of the ulcer, is one of the best disinfectants. The writer has 9 130 PATHOLOGY AND TREATMENT OF TUMORS. found a solution of hydrate of chloral (2 : 100) not only a good anti- septic, but also a local anodyne. The stronger antiseptics, creosote, carbolic acid, and corrosive sublimate, must be used with caution, as the prolonged use of even a weak solution might result in intoxication. Vegetable charcoal has been popular for a long time as a deodorizer. Great benefit often follows the removal of fungous granulations with a sharp spoon, followed by an energetic use of the actual cautery. This treatment is frequently resorted to with decided temporary im- provement, so far as the local conditions are concerned, in the palliative treatment of inoperable carcinoma of the uterus. Bleeding from the ulcerated surface, commonly of capillary origin, is best controlled by applying a few layers of gauze saturated with liquor, ferri sesqui- chlorati, over which an antiseptic tampon is applied, and the whole kept in place with the dressing applied to the ulcer by broad strips of ad- hesive plaster. If a large vessel is the source of hemorrhage, and can be tied neither in loco nor at a distance, the antiseptic tampon will have to be relied upon. Very little is to be expected in the way of allevi- ating pain from local anodynes ; of these, cocaine has proved the most useful. A strong solution (10 per cent.) of cocaine applied to ulcerating carcinomata of the cavity of the mouth has done much to relieve pain and dysphagia. Arnott derived great benefit from cold applications. The cold coil or the ice-bag deserves a trial as a local anesthetic. Sub- cutaneous injections of morphia have to be relied upon to allay pain and to procure sleep. The smallest dose possible should be com- menced with ; the dose must be increased rapidly as the pain increases in severity and the patient becomes habituated to the use of the drug. XII. CLASSIFICATION OF TUMORS. A rational, systematic classification of tumors is to the surgeon what the analytical key is to the botanist. A uniform system of classi- fication of tumors is one of the great wants of modern pathology, and all attempts in this direction have proved failures. New classifications are being introduced from time to time, but each of them invariably represents the individual author's own views regarding the origin and nature of tumors. A classification which will be intelligible to the student and of practical utility to the surgeon must be based on the histogenesis and the clinical aspects of tumors. As the histologist traces the normal tissue to its embryonic origin, so the pathologist must follow the tumor-cells to the embryonic matrix which produced them, in order to trace tumors to their primary histogenetic origin and to classify them upon a histological basis. The botanist includes in the same class wholesome and poisonous plants from their morphological resemblance, and the pathologist groups together tumors which have a common embryonic origin ; but in making a classification he must make a subdivision according to their clinical aspects, which means their relation to the surrounding tissues and the organism. To Virchow belongs the honor of having attempted the first systematic classifica- tion of tumors on a histological basis. Virchow's Classification*. i. Histioid ; 2. Organoid ; 3. Granulomata ; 4. Teratoid ; 5. Combination tumors ; 6. Extravasation- and exudation-tumors ; 7. Retention-cysts. Among the histioid tumors he included all tumors composed of one kind of cells. The class of organoid tumors he made to include all tumors com- posed of several kinds of tissue-elements with a definite typical arrange- ment of the component parts. 131 132 PATHOLOGY AND TREATMENT OF TUMORS. Among the infective swellings he included carcinoma and sarcoma, calling this group " granulomata." "Teratoma" was the term applied to tumors composed of a system of organs arranged in an imperfect manner, of course, and representing different parts of the body, and sometimes a perfect body, such as dermoid cysts and foetus in fcctu. " Combination tumors," as the term implies, are tumors composed of different kinds of tumor-tissue representing two or more histioid tumors, such as adeno-chondroma, myofibroma, etc. The extravasation- and exudation-tumors include swellings con- taining blood, serum, or inflammatory products. A pure histioid tumor, according to Klebs, could be found only in a very small epithelioma and a small sarcoma. In large tumors it is represented by angioma. The term "organoid " as applied to tumors is incorrect and mislead- ing, because even the most perfectly-developed adenoma, as well as all the rest of the tumors, lacks physiological function. Compound tumors occur in consequence of degenerative changes or of change in the type of tissue-growth in a primary simple tumor. The granulomata and the extravasation- and exudation-swellings, which should no longer be classified with tumors, will be eliminated from our classification. Retention-cysts are not tumors, but have so much in common with tumors, and occupy such a conspicuous place in the differential diag- nosis, and require so frequently the same treatment as tumors, that they will be treated under a separate head in this book. Cohnheim's Classification. Fibroma ; Lipoma ; Myxoma ; Chondroma ; I. Connective-tissue type. { Osteoma; Angioma ; Lymphangioma ; Lymphoma ; Sarcoma. Epithelioma ; Onychoma; Struma ; Cystoma ; Adenoma ; Carcinoma. Epithelial type. CLASSIFICATION OF TUMORS. J 33 3. Myomata. f Myoma laevi-cellulare ; I Myoma stri-cellulare. Neuroma ; Archiblastic neoplasms. 4. Neuromata. I V Glioma (Klebs). 5. Teratomata. \ (Virchow). The classification of tumors as prepared by a committee of the College of Physicians and Surgeons of London is very defective, as among tumors it includes swellings the product of other pathological conditions. Williams's Classification. 1 . Lowly organized : ( Squamous ; Epithelioma. I Cylindrical ; I Glandular. 2. Highly organized : Adenoma ; Cystoma (neoplastic) ; Papilloma. 1 . Lowly organized : Sarcoma ; Myxoma. 2. Highly organized : Fibroma ; Lipoma ; Chondroma ; Osteoma. Williams and Klebs classify tumors into archiblastic and parablastic, in accordance with the division by His of tissue in the embryo. For the sake of simplifying the location of tumors anatomically in the diag- nosis, as well as in pointing out the differences of structure and func- tion of the cells of the epiblast and hypoblast, we shall retain the distinction between epiblastic and hypoblastic tumors. Virchow from a practical standpoint divided all tumors again into — 1. Homologous ; 2. Heterologous — terms which have been used wrongly as synonymous with the designation " benign " and " malignant." All malignant tumors are heterologous, but not all heterologous tumors arc malignant. According to Virchow, a heterologous growth is a tumor which in its histological structure deviates from the type of tissue from which it grows, while a homologous tumor is one which reproduces the type of tissue of the part or organ in which the tumor is located. The innocent tumors histologically very closely resemble normal tissue ; 2. Parablastic neoplasms. 134 PATHOLOGY AND TREATMENT OF TUMORS. no such resemblance can be seen in the malignant tumors. The former are homologous, the latter heterologous ; but there are instances where an innocent tumor is heterologous (chondroma), and malignant tumors present a homologous appearance during the earliest stages of their development. A familiar illustration of what is meant by the term " homologous " is furnished by a myofibroma of the uterus, because it contains all the tissue-elements of that part of the uterine wall with which it is in contact. A chondroma in any of the glands — as the paro- tid, mammary, and testicle — represents a benign heterologous tumor, because cartilage is not a normal histological constituent of these glands. According to Cohnheim, all chondromata are heterologous tumors, as they never spring from cartilage where it normally exists, but occur in bone and soft tissues where cartilage has no legitimate physiological existence. Using the term " heterologous " in a strictly practical sense, the only tumors that are destructive are those which are heterologous in their origin and location. The homologous tumors may become destructive only by accident. Heterotopic tumors are heterologous tumors. " Heteroplasty " is another term introduced by Virchow, and in its strictest sense it takes in the malignant tumors. According to the views of this author as to the origin of malignant tumors, in cases of sarcoma and carcinoma during the earliest stages we meet with indifferent cells which, according to the nature of the initiative, assume an epithelial or connective-tissue type. It must be remembered that Virchow entertained the belief that carcinoma and sarcoma have a common origin in connective tissue, and that during a later stage the new products differ as their cellular elements reach various degrees of development. Robin and Waldeyer showed conclusively that epithelial tumors are never developed from a connective-tissue matrix. Lancereaux, Klebs, and others have excluded from the mesoblastic tumors endothelioma, as being a separate type closely resembling epiblastic and hypoblastic tumors. Lancereaux described endothelial tumors of the lymphatics of the peritoneum ; Robin, of the arachnoid and peritoneum ; Gaucher, of the spleen from the endothelia of blood-vessels and lymphatic glands ; Monod and Arthraud, of the retina from the vascular endo- thelia. Sutton claims that the same relation exists between sarcoma and endothelioma as between carcinoma and epithelioma. We shall include endothelioma among the malignant mesoblastic tumors, and thus adhere strictly to the classification made in accordance with the division of embryonic tissue into the three germinal layers. We shall also endeavor to show that the endothelial cells are capable of being trans- CLASSIFICATION OF TUMORS. 135 formed into ordinary connective tissue, and vice versa, and that their close histological and pathological relationship to the connective-tissue tumors would, a priori, tend to prove that they are subject to tumor- formation of the same type as the common connective tissue of similar histogenetic origin. From a practical standpoint, the division of tumors according to their clinical aspects manifested by their relations to the adjacent tissues and to the organism has always been, and always will be, of the greatest importance to the surgeon. Clinically, tumors have been divided into — 1. Benign; 2. Malignant; 3. Suspicious. We have explained elsewhere why the third class should be abolished. A tumor is cither benign or malignant. The tumors classified heretofore as sus- picious are tumors which from their structure or location present con- ditions not favorable for thorough removal by the usual operations made for the removal of benign tumors. Such tumors as chondroma and myxoma, about which there has always lingered a suspicion as to their benign nature, from a practical standpoint have been regarded as innocent growths, and incomplete removal is responsible for many relapses after operation. The sudden change in the clinical behavior of tumors which have been pursuing a benign course for perhaps a long time is no evidence of a semi-malignant nature of the tumor, but is an evidence that a benign tumor has undergone transition into a malignant stage, or that the tumor ivas malignant from its incipiency, and has passed from a latent into an active condition. All the embryonic germinal layers furnish matrices for benign and for malignant tumors. The clinical type of the tumor depends upon the stage of arrest of development of the cells composing the matrix derived from the embryo or from embryonic cells of post-natal origin. The cells composing the tumor-matrix produce a tumor that is either benign or malignant. We shall speak of benign and malignant tumors of the epiblast and hypoblast and the mesoblast. A benign tumor is one which never extends beyond the germinal layer in which it had its origin, while a malignant tumor extends to and involves tissues derived from germinal layers other than the one from which it had its origin. The extension of a tumor to adjacent tissues irrespective of their structure or their embryonic origin has been regarded for a long tunc as the most reliable clinical proof of the malignant nature of the tumor. We shall classify tumors with special reference to their origin from the different germinal layers — the epiblast, the hypoblast, and the meso- blast — and to the stage of arrest of development of the cells composing the tumor-matrix. The lowly-organized tumor-tissue will represent the malignant tumors, and tumors composed of highly-organized cells will include all benign growths. In the description of the different varieties 136 PATHOLOGY AND TREATMENT OF TUMORS. tumors. of tumors the benign tumors will be considered first, as the tissues of which they are composed bear a closer resemblance to normal tissue than do the tissues of malignant tumors, and hence the deviation from the laws governing normal growth and nutrition is less marked. Author's Classification. ( Papilloma; 1. Epiblastic and hypoblastic J Adenoma; Cystoma ; Carcinoma. Fibroma ; Lipoma ; Myxoma ; Chondroma ; Osteoma ; Angioma ; Lymphangioma ; Lymphoma ; Laevi-cellulare ; Stri-cellulare ; ■nt f Myelinic ; Neuroma, \ ' ' { Amyelinic; (. Glioma (Klebs) ; 2. Mesoblastic tumors. Myomata, Neuromata, Sarcoma. 3. Epiblastic, hypoblastic, and \ -p f mesoblastic tumors. j 4. Swellings caused by reten- ~) tion of physiological se- J- Retention-cysts, cretion. ) XIII. PAPILLOMA AND ONYCHOMA. Papilloma. A papilloma is a non-malignant epithelial tumor of the cutaneous or mucous surface. The essential part of the tumor is composed of epithe- lial cells ; the framework is furnished by the connective tissue under- neath the epithelial proliferation. The tumor-tissue proper is outside the limits of the vascular area, being separated from it by the mem- brana propria. The tissues of the epiblast and the hypoblast possess no independent organ-producing power, as their blood-supply is derived from the mesoblast. Epithelial cells in the normal mesoblast have no power to proliferate, hence in cases in which we find them multiply- ing here the mesoblast has undergone changes. The epithelial cells receive their nourishment from the blood-plasma and the leucocytes. As the stroma of an epithelial tumor is derived from the mesoblast, an epithelioma is a mixed tumor, in which, however, in accordance with the law of the legitimate succession of cells, the epithelial cells are derived from the epiblast or the hypoblast, and the connective tissue from the mesoblast. The development of new tissue from these sources is usu- ally unequal : sometimes the product of one, and sometimes that of the other, predominates. The unequal representation of the two different tissue-elements, epithelial cells and connective tissue, in this form of tumor has given rise to a great deal of confusion in classification. As papillary formations are found in many tumors not belonging to this variety, and as in many specimens fibrous tissue predominates, Virchow objected to papilloma as a separate variety of tumors. Rokitansky also treated papilloma as a variety of fibroma. Virchow proposed the name fibroma papillarc. However, in most tumors which deserve the designation " papilloma " the epithelial elements predominate and impart character to the tumor — the reticulum, if it predominates, being an accidental product. It is the intention of the writer to show, as far as possible, in connection with every variety of tumors, the counter- part in the normal tissues of the body. A papilloma of the skin under low power presents in a hypertrophic condition all the tissues of which the skin is composed. Histology and Pathology. — Papilloma of the skin, as shown in Figures 56 and 57, represents the same papillary structure as the skin, 137 138 PATHOLOGY AND TREATMENT OF TUMORS. the number of papillae depending on the size of the tumor. In papil- loma of the hypoblast the villi correspond with the papillae of the epiblastic papilloma. The connective tissue and the vessels occupy the centre of the papillae (Fig. 57, a), and present, on vertical section of the tumor, finger-like projections conical in shape, the base corre- sponding with the base of the tumor, and the apex with the summit of each papilla. The epiblastic papilloma is covered by stratified layers of squamous epithelial cells. The new cells are produced near the vascular territory (Fig. 57, b). As the cells become older they lose the liquid part of their contents by exposure on the surface and by more Fig. 56. — Section of human skin (after Piersol) : a, stratum corneum ; b, stratum lucidum ; c, stratum granulosum ; d, stratum Malpighii ; e, /, papillary and reticular layers of corium ; g, stratum of adipose tis- sue ; /:, i, spiral and straight portions of duct of sweat-gland ; k, coiled portion of sweat-gland ; /, vascular loops occupying papillae of corium. distant removal from the vascular supply, forming the horny layer of the papilloma (Fig. 57, c). The papilloma of the hypoblast is composed of a connective-tissue stroma, usually softer and more vascular than that of epiblastic papilloma, and of cells corresponding in type to the cells of the mucous membrane in which the tumor is located. The pave- ments of cells which constitute the essential part of the tumor are made up of cylindrical cells. As hypoblastic tumors are constantly exposed to maceration by the contents of the hollow organs in which they are located, the epithelial cells become oedematous and are very liable to undergo myxomatous degeneration. Even by excluding the papillo- PAPILLOMA AND ONYCHOMA. J 39 mata of inflammatory origin, we have, so far as the texture of the tumor is concerned, two varieties — (i) hard and (2) soft. The density of a papilloma depends on the amount and character of the stroma and the location of the tumor. If the stroma is abundant and compact, Fig. 57. — Papilloma of skin ; X 50 (Surgical Clinic, Rush Medical College, Chicago) : a, connective tissue; b, embryonic epithelial cells; c, old squamous epithelial cells. and if the tumor is not exposed to maceration by constant moisture, the tumor is firm ; on the contrary, if the stroma is scanty, if the con- nective-tissue fibres are loosely arranged and vascular, and if the epithelial cells, by constantly imbibing moisture from their environ- ment, become cedematous, the tumor is soft. The former conditions are most frequently presented by tumors of the skin and of mucous membranes derived from the epiblast, and the latter condition by tumors of mucous membranes lining hollow viscera and paved with columnar epithelium. In some instances a papilloma is covered by columnar epithelia if the tumor occupies a location surrounded by squamous epithelia. Hard papillomata are found most frequently in the skin and in the mucous membrane of the lip, mouth, soft palate, nose, larynx, urethra, vagina, and cervix uteri. The soft variety" is found most fre- quently in the mucous membrane of the intestinal canal and of the bladder. If a number of papillomatous tumors develop simultaneously 140 PATHOLOGY AND TREATMENT OF TUMORS. or in succession in the same neighborhood, they form tumor-masses of greater or less circumference with a mushroom-like surface. The papillary excrescences are often branched, producing the so-called " dendritic vegetations." This condition is often found upon mucous surfaces. If the papilloma is not subjected to injury and is otherwise surrounded by favorable conditions for rapid growth, it often elongates into a delicate filamentous tumor, as is frequently seen in the bladder. The connective-tissue core conveys vessels and nerves to each papil- lary growth, the vessels forming loops as in the papillae of normal skin and in the villi of the intestinal mucous membrane. In papillary growths in joints the vessels are absent. In benign epithelial tumors of the skin we often find epithelial cells in concentric layers arranged in pearl-like masses, a proof of the independent proliferation of the epithelial cells. A papilloma never attains great size, large tumors of this kind being met with only as a result of the confluence of a number of tumors. By the aggregation of numerous tumors, masses the size of a fist are observed in the rectum and upon the prepuce and the labia majora. An individual tumor seldom exceeds the size of a cherry. The growth of a true papilloma is always very slow, papilloma manifesting in this respect much less activity than infective papillomatous growths. Among the degenerative processes which most frequently affect papil- lomatous tumors are cretefaction, myxomatous degeneration, and ulcer- ation. Cretefaction often arrests the further growth of a papilloma of the skin. Myxomatous degeneration most frequently attacks tumors of hypoblastic origin. Ulceration is the result either of mechanical irritation or of infection with pathogenic microbes through an abrasion or a fissure of the surface of the tumor. If in a pedunculated papil- loma the principal artery becomes thrombosed, either in consequence of an injury, such as twisting of the pedicle or traction, or as one of the results of an accidental inflammation, gangrene of the tumor is produced, usually resulting in a permanent cure. Psammoma is very prone to undergo calcification which limits tumor-growth — a fortunate occurrence, considering the importance of the locality occupied by such tumors. Transformation into Malignant Tumors. — Of all tumors, papillo- mata are most liable to undergo malignant transformation. The irrita- tion to which such tumors are frequently exposed by their location upon a surface will account satisfactorily for this well-established clinical fact. This transition is observed most frequently in tumors which occupy local- ities most exposed to irritation. We seldom hear of a papilloma of the cavity of the mouth undergoing such a transformation, while carcinoma frequently originates in a papilloma of the lip. Papilloma constitutes PAPILLOMA AND ONYCHOMA. 141 a more frequent starting-point of a carcinoma than of a sarcoma. The deepest stratum of epithelial cells is composed of young cells which are in touch with the membrana propria, which, so long as the tumor remains benign, constitutes an impermeable partition between the essen- tial tumor-elements and its stroma, the subcutaneous or submucous connective tissue. If, in consequence of prolonged irritation or other exciting causes, this partition is damaged, the embryonic cells have access to the vascular part of the tumor, and, once there, the trans- formation from a papilloma into a carcinoma takes place. If, on the contrary, fetal " rests " or post-natal embryonic cells in the connective- tissue part of the tumor become environed by causes favoring tumor- growth, the papilloma is transformed into a sarcoma. Such a trans- formation was observed by Simon in a papillary growth of a joint. Sarcoma of the skin has occasionally a similar origin. Topography. — Papilloma is met with in various parts of the body, but some parts are more predisposed to it than others. It is most fre- quent in localities most exposed to irritation. We shall not include papilloma of an infective origin — as warts, condylomata, and molluscum contagiosum, all of which are inflammatory swellings and not true tumors — in the discussion of the topographical distribution of papil- loma. Warts (verruca) come and disappear mysteriously. They increase in size much more rapidly than papilloma, and they often disappear spontaneously. Condyloma, another papillomatous inflammatory swell- ing resembling in its structure papilloma, almost always appears mul- tiple in places where skin and mucous membrane meet and are bathed with infective discharges, usually of a gonorrheal origin. The vulva, the prepuce, and the anal region are the parts most frequently affected by condyloma. The removal of the primary causes usually results in a speedy cure. Molluscum (Bateman) or epithelioma contagiosum (Virchow) is now generally recognized as an inflammatory swelling. Its contagiousness is the best possible evidence that it is not a tumor. Haab succeeded in producing it artificially in animals by inoculation. Austrian and English dermatologists have traced its starting-point to sebaceous glands. The papillary growths of non-infective origin, the true benign epithelial tumors, do not disappear spontaneously ; their growth is limited by an inherent limitation of tissue-proliferation or by degenerative changes. These tumors have a very wide distribution, and the more important localities inhabited by them, and the different clinical varieties, will now be discussed. Skin. — Papilloma of the skin occurs in two principal forms: 1. Cornu cutaneum ; 2. Fibrous papilloma. In the former variety the tumor is composed almost exclusively of epiblastic tissue ; in the latter 142 PATHOLOGY AND TREATMENT OF TUMORS. the connective tissue derived from the mesoblast is present in varying proportions. Cor mi Cutaneum. — The cutaneous horn represents a form of pap- illoma in which the tumor is composed almost exclusively of desic- cated epithelial cells corresponding with the horny layer of the skin. The old cells, instead of becoming desquamated, remain attached to the tumor-matrix, forming projections varying in length from half an inch to twelve or more inches. Such horns are found most frequently on the scalp, temple, forehead, eyelid, nose, lip, cheek, shoulder, arm, elbow, thigh, leg, knee, toe, axilla, thorax, buttock, loin, penis (Fig. 58), Fig. 58. — Cornu cutaneum of penis (after Pick). and scrotum. The matrix of such tumors is very vascular. Horny tumors of the skin can readily be enucleated, and they seldom return after removal. A post-natal matrix for cutaneous horns is furnished most frequently by scars. Cruveilhier described a specimen of cornu cutaneum which originated from a scar following a burn of the forearm, the tumor reaching such an enormous size that amputation became necessary (Fig. 59). The tumors in this case were multiple. That desiccation is not the sole cause in the production and fixation of such an enormous mass of epithelial cells is shown by the fact that papillomata of a similar structure are occasionally found in dermoid PAPILLOMA AND ONYCHOMA. 143 and sebaceous cysts. The matrix of a cutaneous horn undoubtedly not only possesses the inherent capacity of producing epithelial cells very rapidly, but also furnishes the cement-substance which fixes the old epithelial cells, thus preventing their removal by desquamation. There is no reason why papillomata should not develop as secondary formations in epithelial tumors of either a benign or a malignant type. Fig. 59. — Cornua cutanea from the scar of" a burn {after Cruveithier). Not infrequently we find in the interior of an adenoma, a cystoma, or a carcinoma papillary growths which resemble in every respect the surface papillomata, and which impart to the tumor additional pathological and clinical characteristics. Papillomatous cysts of the ovary (Fig. 60) are regarded with special interest by the surgeon. A semi-malignant nature was assigned to them long ago. There can be no doubt that in many instances such tumors are malignant from the beginning, but in other instances the papillomata are benign and remain so. The desquamated epithelial cells furnish here a part of the contents of the i44 PATHOLOGY AND TREATMENT OF TUMORS. cysts (Fig. 60, d). As in surface tumors, the epithelial cells are strati- fied. Tumors of large size are formed by the aggregation and coales- cence of numerous smaller tumors. The fibrous papillomata of the skin occupy most frequently the region /I "sfm»m ■ ■!'rU ■;■:-■■ ■■'■- ' ■ f?W ■Sir; •«%* -,;-■.;?■ f? . *—~ y* t }-^j, 9* » •"'"': A luJLf^ ", /-^^4 --«v.-fe Fig. 60. — Papillomatous cyst of ovary ; X no (Surgical Clinic, Rush Medical College, Chicago) : a, in- terpapillary space ; b, stroma ; c, epithelial lining ; d, amorphous, non-staining detritus with a few detached epithelial cells ; e, proliferating areas. of the face, scalp, and hands ; they are of slow growth and never attain large size. Respiratory Organs. — The larynx is the most frequent seat of papil- lomata. Morgagni's pockets are their favorite locations. They appear as isolated affections or as multiple tumors closely aggregated, giving to the mass a cauliflower-like appearance. The symptoms will vary ac- cording to the size and the location of the tumor. Hoarseness, cough harassing in character, and difficult breathing alternating with tempo- rary attacks of dyspnea, are some of the leading clinical features. Not infrequently, papilloma of the larynx undergoes transformation into car- cinoma, as was probably the case in the instance referred to in the sec- tion treating of the Transformation of Benign into Malignant Tumors. Digestive Tract. — The mucous membrane of the cavity of the mouth is derived from the epiblast and is frequently the seat of papilloma. The favorite localities are the mucous membrane of the cheek, the prolabium of the lip, the tongue, the soft palate, and the pharynx. The naso-pharyngeal space is frequently studded with papillomatous vegeta- tions. The stomach is almost exempt from this affection. The fre- quency with which the mucous membrane of the intestinal canal is affected increases in a downward direction. Papillomata are rare in the intestines, while in the rectum they are most frequent, and are either PAPILLOMA AND ONYCHOMA. 145 Fig. 61. — Papilloma of the rectum (after Liicke) : a, submucous connective tissue; /', papilla?, some of them branching, covered by columnar epithelia. sessile or pedunculated, constituting a frequent form of polypus of this organ. The writer has repeatedly seen the mucous membrane of the lower part of the rectum studded with papillary tumors varying in size from a hempseed to a cherry (Fig. 61). The symptoms which attend this affection of the rectum are hemor- rhage, usually slight, tenesmus, and a glairy discharge. Urinary Organs. — The urinary tract is very often the seat of papil- loma, and no part of it is exempt. Papillomata are frequently located in the urethra, and especially around the margin of the meatus in the female. In this locality they are often multi- ple, and they are a source of great distress to the patient. The tumors are very vascular, are extremely sen- sitive to touch, and are the source of great pain during micturition. Papil- lomata of the male urethra are more frequent than was formerly supposed, and their presence can now be ascertained and their removal be facilitated by the use of the urethro- scope. They simulate, and have usually been mistaken for, stricture. Papilloma of the bladder is a frequent affection of this organ. The connective tissue is usually abundant and carries with it one or more vessels of considerable size. The main stem of the tumor usually gives off branches which in turn again become branched, giving to the tumor an arborescent structure (Fig. 62). As the connective-tissue core of the tumor is often covered by only one layer of epithelial cells, and the ulti- mate branches are often exceedingly delicate, it is easy to understand that such tumors frequently give rise to hemorrhage. If the principal artery of such a tumor is eroded or torn, the hemorrhage may become alarm- ing and even fatal. Sometimes small fragments of such a tumor are voided with the urine or are removed in the eye of the catheter, afford- ing the surgeon an opportunity to make a correct diagnosis, by the aid of the microscope, in what was before an obscure case. The cysto- scope renders valuable assistance in ascertaining not only the existence, but also the exact location and character, of the tumor. The liability of such growths to become transformed into malignant tumors is well known and generally recognized. A very interesting case of papil- lomatous tumors of the pelvis of the kidney is reported by Murchison 10 146 PATHOLOGY AND TREATMENT OF TUMORS. and quoted by Sutton (Fig. 63). The pelves of both kidneys were similarly affected, and the bladder contained two similar tumors, one on each side near the ureteral orifice. Sutton believes that in this case the tumors in the bladder were secondary, and were caused by the implan- tation of tumor-cells from the primary tumors upon the mucous mem- brane of the bladder. While this mode of origin is possible, it is more likely that the tumors developed from so many different tumor-matrices independently of one another. Multiple papilloma of the same surface or organ is not of rare occurrence. Fig. 62. — Papilloma of the bladder (after Perls). Female Organs of Generation. — The external genitals, the uterus, and all its appendages represent conditions favorable to the origin and development of papillomatous tumors. We shall, of course, ex- clude infective papillary swellings, which are of such frequent occur- rence upon the external genitals of gonorrheal patients and syphilitics. The labia (Figs. 64, 65) and the fringes of the hymen are frequently the starting-points of such growths. The tumors may be either single PAPILLOMA AND ONYCHOMA. 147 Artery, Fig. 63. — Pelvis of a kidney with a villous papilloma (after Sutton). Jt^i Fig. 64. — Papilloma of right greater labium (after Winckel): a, minor labium; l\ dilated meatus of the" urethra; c, papilloma. 148 PATHOLOGY AND TREATMENT OF TUMORS. Fig. 65. — Papillomata of lesser labium (after Winckel) : a, clitoris ; 6, orifice of urethra ; c, papillomata ; d, fimbriated hymen. or multiple, sessile or pedunculated. In the absence of irritating dis- charges they occasion but little inconvenience, and they are usually accidentally discovered in examinations for other affections. The so-called " erosions " of the mucous membrane of the cervix uteri present under low power the typical structure of a papil- loma. Many of the small polypoid growths of the cervical canal are papillary tumors. The uterine mucous membrane is often the seat of multiple papillary tumors which may produce profuse menstruation and other symptoms simulating chronic endometritis or malignant disease (Fig. 66). Papilloma of the Fallopian tubes has been described by Hennig. Papillomata may develop upon the sur- face of the ovary, but more frequently from the wall of glandular cysts (Fig. 60). Papil- lary tumors upon the surface of the ovary have been observed by Gusserow, Klebs,-Birch-Hirschfeld, and Winckel. The intraglandular papilloma of the ovary will be described more fully in connection with proliferating papillary cysts of the ovary. Brain. — The brain is developed from the epiblast, but papillary tumors of this organ are exceedingly rare. The choroid plexuses are fringed with tufts of epithelium-covered villi which occasionally become the seat of papillary tumors. Douty describes a case of this kind in which the tumor attained the size of a bantam's egg. The patient was a boy seventeen years old, and the tumor produced focal symptoms which enabled the medical attendant to localize the tumor accurately during life. Sutton is of the opinion that psammoma is an epithelial tumor, but the majority of pathologists assign to it an endothelial origin, and it will be discussed more fully in connection with epiblastic tumors. Diagnosis. — The greatest difficulty encountered in the diagnosis of papilloma is to differentiate from it inflammatory papillary swellings and carcinoma. Inflammatory swellings usually grow rapidly and appear as a multiple affection. The microbic cause can often be ascer- tained. The swellings frequently present signs and symptoms of in- flammation which are lacking in papilloma. The difficulty would be greatly increased if a papilloma were at the same time in a condition of inflammation. Inflammatory papillary swellings may occur at any time of life, the only essential cause being the presence of pathogenic PAPILLOMA AND ONYCHOMA. 149 microbes in quantity sufficient to produce either a subacute or a chronic inflammatory process. Papilloma is most frequent in adults and in persons past middle life. Age is an important factor in the differential diagnosis between papilloma and carcinoma. Carcinoma affects most frequently persons past middle life. A papillary carcinoma almost with- out exception is indurated at its base — a condition absent in papilloma. •' Fig. 66. — Papillary excrescences of the mucous membrane of the cervix uteri, vertical section; X 22 (after Karg and Schinorl). The papilla:, as well as the remnants of glandular tissue, are covered by cylin- drical epithelia. This section was taken some distance from a carcinoma, and two of the papilla at i are infiltrated with epithelial cells, indicating the beginning of carcinomatous degeneration. In doubtful cases the microscope will decide the diagnosis. The part of the tumor that it is most important to subject to microscopic ex- amination is the base. If sections from this part of the tumor show no epithelial cells on the vascular side of the membrana propria, the tumor is benign ; the presence of even a limited number of epithelial cells in the subcutaneous or submucous connective tissue is a positive 150 PATHOLOGY AND TREATMENT OF TUMORS. evidence of malignancy. Papillomata of the meninges of the brain and of other inaccessible organs which produce no symptoms cannot, of course, be recognized during life ; if they produce symptoms, these must be studied carefully and be referred, if possible, to their proper source. Papillomata of the larynx, urethra, bladder, uterus, and rectum must be seen before they can be recognized, and for this purpose the different instruments that render them accessible to sight must be em- ployed. Prognosis. — Papillomata never attain a large size, consequently they only become a source of danger to life if, by causing compression of an important organ or by blocking an important passage, the function of an organ is impaired or abolished. A papillary tumor at the base of the brain may result in fatal cerebral compression. A papilloma of the larynx may be caught in the rima glottidis, and produce death from suffocation. Another element of danger is hemorrhage. A papilloma of the bladder has often been the source of serious and even fatal hemorrhage. The liability of a papilloma to undergo transformation into a malignant tumor must also be taken into consideration, and should be regarded as a forcible argument in favor of early operative treatment. Treatment. — The only treatment of a papilloma is a radical opera- tion. The tumors being usually small, they can be destroyed by the energetic use of the needle or the knife-point of the Pacquelin cautery, or be removed by excision. The cauterization or excision should in- clude the entire tumor-matrix ; if this is not done, a recurrence will almost surely follow the operation. Incomplete removal of a papilloma will also favor transformation of the balance of tumor-tissue into a malignant tumor. Laryngeal papillomata can be removed with a snare, aided by the use of the laryngoscope, or by laryngotomy. Laryngo-fissure is the preferable method if there is any question concerning the benign nature of the tumor. Small papillomata of the uterine cavity and the cervical canal can be removed with a sharp spoon followed by the use of the Pacquelin cautery (cervix) or of a safe caustic (uterine canal). Papillomata of the urethra require in their removal the urethroscope. When the tumor has been thor- oughly exposed to sight it can be removed by torsion or by linear crushing. Papillomata of the bladder can be rendered sufficiently accessible to operative removal only by a suprapubic incision. The Trendelenburg posture will greatly facilitate the operation. The tumor is removed either by torsion, by the wire ecraseur, or, if broad and flat, by scraping it away with a sharp spoon or a finger-nail. If the bed of the tumor can be exposed sufficiently well to sight and touch, it PAPILLOMA AND ONYCHOMA. 151 should be cauterized lightly with the actual cautery for the purpose of arresting hemorrhage as well as to destroy remnants of the tumor, which, if left, would give rise to a speedy recurrence. Onychoma. Virchow described a papillary tumor of the matrix of nails under the name of onychogrypliosis (Fig. 67), and distinguished it from an inflam- matory hyperplasia occupying the same locality, which he called onycho- mycosis. A papillary tumor of that part of the cutaneous surface occu- pied by the nails resembles in structure and in physical appearance the cornu cutaneum. Such a tumor is composed almost exclusively of the product of epithelial proliferation, and it has a vascular base. A true nail-horn usually appears clinically as a single tumor, while the inflam- matory swelling, onychogrypliosis, is a multiple affection attacking at the same time or in succession a number or all of the nails of both hands. Fig. 67. — Onychogryphosis of toes ; natural size (after Ziesing). The inflammatory form of onychoma is extremely common in the toes of bedridden patients, especially old women and those who are filthy. The true onychoma occurs in persons in perfect health and under the best sanitary and hygienic conditions. The nail often reaches several inches in length and becomes curved, resembling a ram's horn. The writer removed a nail of this kind which was three inches in length. A recurrence of the tumor can be prevented with certainty only by extirpation of the whole matrix of the nail. XIV. ADENOMA. Adenoma is a benign epithelial tumor which in structure resembles the glandular tissue of the organ in which the tumor is located. Ade- noma is the second variety of benign tumors of the epiblast and the hypoblast. The relation of the epithelial cells to the basement membrane is the reverse of that of papilloma ; that is, the basement membrane is on the outside of the parenchyma of the tumor, instead of on the inside, as is the case in papilloma. In papilloma of the cutaneous and mucous surfaces the cellular elements of the tumor often become detached and permanently lose their connection with the tumor ; in adenoma the cells arc confined in hollow spaces bounded by the basement membrane , and they or the miabsorbable products of their regressive metamorphoses remain permanently as a part of the tumor. These differences in the anatomical structure of the tumor will go far to explain why a papil- loma never attains a large size, and why the size to which a rapidly- proliferating adenoma may attain is unlimited. In reference to the relation of the tumor-cells to the subcutaneous or submucous connec- tive tissue, there exists a great analogy between papilloma, epithe- lioma, adenoma, and glandular carcinoma. An adenoma, as its name implies, is a glandular tumor. Broca included under the term " ade- noma " all circumscribed glandular swellings. Cornil and Ranvier embraced in this class only glandular tumors composed of new gland- ular tissue. In the strictest etiological and pathological sense the term should be limited to glandular tumors containing adenomatous tis- sue produced from a tumor-matrix independently of the pre-existing glandular tissue. As adenoma is present in all the glandular organs, the cells of which it is composed resemble the type of cells of the gland or duct in which the tumor is located. Glandular tumors, how- ever, are found in localities where glands do not normally exist. In such instances the tumor develops either from a matrix of embryonic cells displaced and isolated during fetal life — the so-called " rests " — or from a matrix of embryonic cells in a supernumerary or accessory gland. Such accessory glands are found in the vicinity of nearly all the glandular organs, notably the thyroid, pancreas, spleen, liver, kid- neys, and mammary gland. Adenomata are found quite often in the 152 ADENOMA. ^st axillary space unconnected with the mammary gland. A fetal matrix in the vicinity of the umbilicus, derived from the intestinal tract, may give rise to adenomata representing intes- tinal glands. Tumors of this kind were ob- served by Kiistner and Heukelem, and were freely supplied with unstriped muscular fibres. Glandular tumors springing from a post-natal matrix of embryonic cells are necessarily confined to normal or accessory glands. The histological similarity between an adenoma and the normal tissues in which such a tumor may be located is well shown in Figures 68 and 69. The difference be- tween an adenoma and normal gland-tissue, from a physiological standpoint, is best shown by tumors of glands in continuous physiological activity, such as the liver and the kidneys, from the absence of gland-ducts and the presence of an atypical in place of a typical circulation. Fig. 68. — Transverse section of follicles of large intestine of dog : the individual tubules are separated by the fibrous stroma of the mucosa (after Piersol). Fig. 69 — Polypus (adenoma) of rectum, showing the glands of the tumor; X 35° (after D.J. Hamilton) a, gland lined by columnar epithelium; />, stroma of the tumor. Histology and Pathology. — -The histogenesis of adenoma has been referred either to a congenital matrix of embryonic cells in glandular organs, accessory glands, or displaced islets of embryonic cells (hetero- topic), or to embryonic cells of post-natal origin in glands and acces- sor)' glands. Like the papilloma, it receives its stroma and its blood- supply from the mesoblast. The glandular part of a tumor remains in an adenoma permanently. The most important distinctive feature 154 PATHOLOGY AND TREATMENT OF TUMORS. between a localized or diffuse hyperplasia of a gland and an adenoma is the absence of function in the latter in common with all other tumors. The absence of ducts prevents the escape of the products of cell-proliferation, frequently re- sulting in the formation of cysts the contents of which vary ac- cording to the nature of the degenerative processes which occur in the cells of the paren- chyma of the tumor. Tumors in the interior of internal organs, as a rule, attain greater size than tumors of the cutaneous or the mucous surfaces. Adenoma of the breast seldom exceeds the size of a walnut. The essential structure of an adenoma is the stroma of fibrous or myxoma- tous connective tissue contain- ing newly -formed glands of either the acinous or the tubu- lar variety. A central space be- tween the epithelial cells can invariably be found, representing the glandular spaces in normal glands. Most of the myxomatous polypoid growths are glandular tumors. Adenoma containing tubular glands presents on section under the mi- croscope the appearance of tubular glands (Fig. 70). The cells are arranged in a single layer or in stratified layers ; the centre of each tubule shows a space toward which the unattached parts of the cells converge. Adenoma composed of acinous glandular tissue shows on section under the microscope spaces lined by flat epithelial cells (Fig. 71). The stroma varies in amount : if abundant, the tumor is hard ; if scanty, soft. The blood-vessels follow the stroma and supply each tubule or acinus of the tumor with an irregular network of capillary vessels. The cells of an adenoma are subject to fatty, mucoid, and colloid degeneration. The stroma frequently undergoes myxomatous degeneration. The progressive accumulation of the degenerated products of cell-prolifera- tion leads to cyst-formation. Such cysts vary in size from micro- scopical spaces to cavities which contain many quarts of fluid. The largest cysts are found in, or in the vicinity of, the ovary. The fetal Fig. 70. — Section of an adenoma from a child's rectum highly magnified (after Sutton). ADENOMA. 155 remains of ducts in the vicinity of the ovary give rise to the formation of adenoma containing tubular structures the vegetative power of which is much greater than that of the Graafian follicles. The liability of an adenoma to become transformed into a glandular carcinoma is Fig. 71. — Adenoma of mammary gland; X 50 (after Karg and Schmorl): a, epithelial cells lining gland-space; b, glandular space ; c, stroma. perhaps greater than that of papilloma. In fact, according to D. J. Hamilton, carcinoma is preceded by an adenomatous stage (Fig. 72), an opinion advanced years ago by Gouley of New York. The earliest evidences that such an occurrence has taken place are a more active multiplication of epithelial cells and their migration through the base- ment membrane into the connective tissue outside the limits of the tumor (Fig. 72, b). Etiology. — The essential cause, the matrix of embryonic cells, has been referred to in the introductory remarks of this section. Of the exciting causes, trauma, irritation, and inflammation are the most influ- ential. Adenomata are found most frequently in organs the seat of peri- odical congestion, such as the mammary and prostate glands, the uterus, and the ovaries. They are common also in mucous passages the seat of 156 PATHOLOGY AND TREATMENT OF TUMORS. catarrhal affections, such as the nasal cavities and the rectum. Adenoma is met with most frequently in the young and in persons not beyond middle life. The greater frequency of adenoma of the ovary as com- pared with that of the testicle is ex- plained by Klebs upon the ground that in the testicle the structures retain their fetal arrangements, while in the ovary they are trans- formed into isolated structures, the Graafian follicles. During the re- arrangement of the structures of the ovary in the embryo tubular remnants not utilized in the forma- tion of the Graafian follicles are set aside, and remain as fetal rests from which later the large adeno- matous cysts take their origin. Topography. — The topograph- ical distribution of adenomata fur- nishes an interesting proof of the importance of exciting causes in the production of tumor-growth. We shall find that benign glandular tumors frequent localities and organs the seat of prolonged vascular fluxions and exposed to inter- current affections which are calculated to diminish the phys- iological resistance of the tis- Skin. — Adenoma of the skin is represented by the two kinds of glands found in this struct- ure, the sebaceous and the su- doriparous glands. Retention- cysts of these glands are of course excluded from present consideration. True adenomata of the skin are veiy rare. Sebaceous glands found in other tumors, such Liicke Fig. 72. — Development of a cancer of the mamma : a set of adenomatous acini becoming cancerous ; X 350 (after D. J. Hamilton): a, an adenomatous swelling of an acinus ; b, the cells of a similar swelling which have broken out and are invading the surrounding stroma; c, part which is cancerous. Fig. 73. — Isolated sebaceous adenomata (after Demme). Adenoma Sebaceum.- as dermoid cysts, are not tumors, but hyperplastic glands, removed an ulcerating sebaceous tumor from the nose of a man eighty years old. He suspected that the tumor was a carcinoma, but micro- ADENOMA. 157 scopic examination showed only convolutions of sebaceous glands and interglandular connective tissue — no trace of carcinoma. The tumors when small assume the shape of sebaceous glands. In larger tumors the glandular tubules form a convoluted mass. Demme described a large sebaceous adenoma of the skin of the scrotum. The few cases of sebaceous adenoma that have been reported appear to show that this tumor is found almost exclusively in the aged, and that the face and the scrotum are its favorite localities. Anatomically, this tumor is dis- tinguished from a retention-cyst by the presence of numerous tubules instead of one cavity, as is the case in retention-cysts (Figs. 73, 74). W*W Fig. 74.— Sebaceous adenoma from the skin of the left side of the neck : upon the summit of the separate nodules the dilated outlets of the ducts can be seen (after Demme), Adenoma Sudoriparum. — Sudoriparous adenoma was first described by Verneuil. Virchow's doubts regarding the existence of such a tumor have not been confirmed by later investigations. Lotzbeck observed a case in which the tumor was congenital. In Thierfelder's case the tumor occupied the diploe, but communicated with the skin, in which it undoubtedly had its origin. The growth of the tumor takes place from the deeper part of the tubule, which elongates and becomes more convoluted than normal sweat-glands (Fig. 75). According to Verneuil and Demarquay, these tumors may reach the size of a fist, and may manifest a great tendency to ulceration ; the}' have been mistaken for angioma. The growth of the tumor is slow. Sweat-gland adeno- mata have been observed most frequently upon the skin of the face. 158 PATHOLOGY AND TREATMENT OF TUMORS. Demarquay saw such a tumor the size of an egg in the axillary space ; Verneuil, one upon the sternum and one upon the back. Digestive Tract. — Adenomata of the cavity of the mouth are rare. In the stomach adenoma occupies most frequently the pyloric part, and Fig. 75. — Sudoriparous adenoma from skin of frontal region of a woman ; transverse section of tubule, X 650 (after Lucke) : a, hair-follicle ; b, adipose tissue; c, sweat-glands in longitudinal section; d, d" , the same in transverse section. may attain the size of a hen's egg and cause pyloric obstruction. It is more frequent in the intestinal mucous membrane, and is often the direct cause of invagination. The mucous membrane of the rectum is more frequently affected by adenoma than is the remaining part of the whole intestinal tract. The majority of cases of polypus in this local- ity have an adenomatous structure. Nearly all the adenomata of the mucous membrane lining the gastro-intestinal canal present in section under the microscope a tubulated appearance. Adenoma of the rectum (Fig. 76) is more frequent in children than in adults. The tumor in- creases slowly in size, and in the course of time becomes pedunculated. ADENOMA. 1 59 Adenomata in this locality usually vary in size from that of a cherry to that of a walnut. At the base of the tumor or pedicle the mucous membrane of the tumor is continuous with that of the rectum. The symptoms are the same as in papilloma. Nasal Cavities. — Many of the polypoid growths of the nasal cavi- ties are adenomata. Billroth was the first to discover gland-follicles Fig. 76. — Adenoma of the rectum ; X 48 (after Karg and Schmorl). The tumor is composed of glandular spaces and, between them, a stroma infiltrated by small cells. The structure of the tubules corresponds with that of the normal glands of the rectum. The glandular spaces are lined with columnar cells with basal nuclei surrounded by the membrana propria. Between the columnar cells here and there can be seen goblet- cells ic). Some of the glands are enlarged and are supplied with lateral buds ; others are transformed into larger hollow spaces (a). At /' dilated blood-vessels are seen in the stroma. in the myxomatous polypus of the nose. The connective tissue sur- rounding the adenomatous growth and the epithelial cells of the mu- cous membrane covering the tumors are in a hyperplastic condition, caused by an increased blood-supply. Adenoma of the nasal mucous membrane often appears as a multiple affection. Catarrhal inflamma- tion often precedes, and frequently attends, adenoma of the nose. Uterus and its Appendages. — The uterus is the organ most frequently i6o PATHOLOGY AND TREATMENT OF TUMORS. affected by adenoma. The development of the tumors in this locality- is usually preceded by catarrhal inflammation. The inflammation evi- dently acts as an exciting cause in diminishing the physiological resist- Fig. 77. — Adenoma of the posterior wall of the uterus (after Winckel). ance of the tissue in the vicinity of the embryonic matrix. The fungous vegetations which so often cover the cervix uteri and its canal — the so-called " erosions " — are either papillomata (see Fig. 66) or adenomata. Fig. 78. — Uterine cavity entirely filled with adenomatous vegetations (after Winckel). In the uterine cavity adenoma is found as a single tumor or in the form of diffuse vegetations covering the entire surface. Adenoma of the uterine cavity (Figs. Jj, 78) or of the cervix seldom increases beyond the size of a walnut. The tumor appears first as a small nodule, pushes the mucous membrane before it, and, if it increases to the ADENOMA. 161 size of a cherry, becomes pedunculated. Multiple adenomata of the uterine mucous membrane usually remain sessile. Menorrhagia, a pro- fuse glairy discharge, and dysmenorrhea are some of the most promi- nent symptoms which point to the existence of adenomata of the mucous membrane lining the uterus. Adenoma of the Fallopian tubes is a very rare affection. Ascites is sometimes produced by tumors in this locality, as the increased secretion provoked by the tumor escapes into the peritoneal cavity. Adenoma of the ovary, according to Waldeyer, Thierfelder, and Klebs, does not originate from the Graafian follicles so frequently as was formerly believed. In the majority of cases the tumor starts from an embryonic tubular matrix, a remnant of Pfliiger's ducts. Glandular tumors of the ovary appear as globular, nodular tumors of widely different form and size. Some of these tumors become so large that they exceed the weight of the patient. They develop beneath the columnar epithelial cells of the surface of the ovary, within a strong layer of connective tissue in which are imbedded the blood-vessels. In the centre of this vascular connective-tissue layer a small space lined with cylindrical cells marks the beginning of the adenoma and the incipient formation of a cyst. Waldeyer claimed that the glandular spaces are lined by only one layer of epithelial cells, while Rindfleisch, Bottcher, and others found several layers. Into a space thus formed other tubules project and open, forming secondary cysts. If the walls of the secondary cysts, by distention and growth, come in contact, the joint septum formed breaks down and a communication between the cysts is established. Coalescence of many cysts in this manner may result in the formation of enormous spaces. Cruveilhier and Virchow found in the jelly-like, structureless contents of such cysts blood- vessels, the remnants of the broken-down septa. For this kind of glandular cysts Waldeyer proposed the name " myxomatous cysts." In typical adenoma of the ovary the cysts do not reach such great size. Constant friction on the surface of the tumor destroys the epithe- lial layer and leads to adhesions, which in cases of glandular cysts are often very extensive and firm. From the cyst-wall form buds covered by cylindrical epithelium, projecting into the cyst and presenting the appearance of placental villi (see Fig. 60). These papillary intracystic growths carry with them large vessels and take a very active part in the proliferation of tumor-tissue. By perforation of the cyst-wall these papillary excrescences reach the peritoneal cavity, and undoubtedly have much to do with the production of ascites, which so often attends this form of ovarian tumor. The small cysts contain a jelly-like, homo- geneous substance. The larger the cyst the more liquid its contents. 11 162 PATHOLOGY AND TREATMENT OF TUMORS. Waldeyer and Spiegelberg found in all cysts of the ovary paral- bumin. Thyroid Gland. — The thyroid is one of the ductless glands. It is only recently that its physiological importance has been ascertained definitely. Clinical observation and experimental research have demon- strated that the complete destruction of the gland by disease or its removal by extirpation results in myxedema and cretinism. It is a compound tubular gland, whose excretory duct, the thyro-glossal duct, in the early stages of the organ connects the tubules with the mucous surface, where its opening corresponds to the foramen caecum. It is along this tract that remnants of the gland are occasionally found, as well as accessory glands in the vicinity of the organ, which may become the seat of adenomata resembling the structure of the thyroid gland. This gland in its normal condition contains the product of one of the retrograde tissue-metamorphoses — colloid material. It would appear that this tendency of the cells to degen- eration into colloid material in a normal condition would naturally predispose adenomata of this organ to the forma- tion of cysts. Virchow divided the benign tumors of the thyroid gland into — (i) Struma hyperplastica ; (2) struma gelatinosa ; (3) struma cystica. This classification is no longer tenable, as the gelatinous and cystic varieties represent only an advanced stage of adenoma. The ordinary bronchocele, mias- matic struma, is not a true tumor, but an infective swelling caused by an unknown microbe. Enlargement of the gland from this cause is an endemic affection. The true glandular tumor of the thyroid is produced, like other tumors, from a matrix of embryonic cells. It is in this gland that the essential cause of tumor-formation has been actually demonstrated. Wolfler has found, in the substance of the gland, cell aggregations which did not appear to belong to the gland-structure and which he regarded as remnants of embryonic tissue. From these develop the adenomata. He formulates adenomata as " epithelial new formations which develop from embryonal gland-matrices with atypical vascularization." Wolfler has shown that the true benign tumor of the thyroid gland is an adenoma. The greater prevalence of adenomata in districts inhabited by miasmatic struma is an important proof of the part taken by the surrounding Fig. 79. — Section of thyroid body exhibiting detail of acini, which are cut in various direc- tions (after Piersol) : c, colloid material distend- ing the larger acini; i, interacinous connective tissue; v, blood-vessels. ADENOMA. 16- tissues in tumor-formation. The physiological resistance of the tissue: is diminished by the infective process, and matrices of embryonic cell: which have remained in a latent state until then assume active tissue proliferation and produce a true glandular tumor. The difference between an infective swelling of the thyroid gland anc a true tumor has already been pointed out. A miasmatic swelling yields to the internal and external use of iodine preparations ; a trui tumor is not affected by this treatment. Early treatment of a miasmati struma is a prophylactic measure against tumor-formation, as it restore, the physiological resistance impaired by the microbes which produced th struma. The glandular tumors are always imbedded in the substano of the gland or in the miasmatic struma, and are encapsulated. Fre quently they are multiple. Small recent cysts always contain a colloii substance. Multilocular cysts are formed in the same manner as ii cystic adenoma of the ovary, by coalescence of two or more cysts. Ii Fig. 80.— Enormous tumor of the thyroid gland (after Bruns). old cysts the contents become more liquid, and are often changed othei wise by hemorrhage into the cyst and by the formation of numerou 'Cholesterin-crystals. Other forms of regressive metamorphosis ar 1 64 PATHOLOGY AND TREATMENT OF TUMORS. amyloid, cheesy, and fatty degeneration and calcification. The tumors often attain great size. Rose has shown that death from sudden suffo- cation is caused by atrophy and softening of the tracheal rings resulting from pressure of the tumor. The trachea in such cases has been found flattened, resembling a sabre-sheath. Pressure-atrophy and flattening of the trachea do not take place in proportion to the size of the tumor. A small tumor, not larger than a hen's egg, of the middle lobe of the gland will do more damage to the trachea than will a large tumor, such as that shown in Figure 80. When a tumor has attained this size pressure-symptoms are often relieved by the weight of the tumor making traction away from the trachea. Retro-sternal tumors give rise to the most distressing symptoms, as the outward growth of the tumor is opposed by the unyielding sternum. Retro-tracheal tumors or tumors encircling the trachea are also the source of great suffering, and demand operative treatment. It is generally known that adenoma of the thyroid gland shows no tendency to increase in size after the patient has reached his fiftieth year. Numerous cases of congenital tumors of the thyroid gland have been recorded. They are most likely to occur in localities where bronchocele is endemic. If, in a person past middle life, a struma that has been stationary for years suddenly and without any special provocation commences to increase in size, it is very probable that the tumor has undergone transformation into a carcinoma or a sarcoma. Malignant disease of the thyroid gland is more likely to originate in a pre-existing tumor than in a normal gland. Tumors of the thyroid gland always receive a rich blood-supply. The gland is so abundantly supplied with blood from the four thyroid arteries that excessive vascularization of the tumor invariably occurs. The veins of the capsule of the gland, if the tumor is large or multiple, often attain the size of the little finger; the superficial veins in such instances are also enormously dilated (see Fig. 80). The differential diagnosis in tumors of the thyroid gland has for its object to distinguish between infective swelling, adenoma, cyst, carci- noma, and sarcoma. A miasmatic bronchocele presents itself as a smooth swelling involving usually the entire gland. It is endemic in certain districts in some countries (Switzerland and Austria), and it appears usually during childhood or at the age of puberty. A few weeks' treatment with preparations of iodine will make an impression on the swelling. Adenoma commences as a small nodule in the sub- stance of the gland, and follows the movements of the gland during deglutition. Adenoma is often multiple from the beginning, or addi- tional nodules appear in different parts of the gland in succession. ADENOMA. 165 Sarcoma and carcinoma develop in preference in a gland affected pre- viously by infective swelling or by adenoma, and occur, as a rule, in adults and in persons of advanced age. The malignant tumors grow rapidly in size, and soon render the tumor immovable by extension to the surrounding tissues. Cysts frequently mark an advanced stage of an adenoma. Unless the cyst-wall is very tense, fluctuation can be elicited without difficulty. If any doubt exists, an exploratory puncture will furnish the desired information. A miasmatic swelling or an ade- noma of the thyroid gland is prone to become the seat of microbic infec- tion during an intercurrent infective disease. Tavel studied this subject very exhaustively from a bacteriological aspect, and reported a number of cases of strumitis in which he found in the inflamed tumors microbes similar to those which caused the general infective disease, notably typhoid fever. Treatment. — Owing to the importance of the operative treatment of tumors of the thyroid gland, this subject will be discussed separately. The most efficient treatment of miasmatic bronchocele is by the internal and external use of iodine. The parenchymatous injections of iodine so extensively used by Liicke are no longer popular. It has been fol- lowed by disastrous results in a number of instances. Paralysis of the recurrent laryngeal nerve, great swelling, and suppuration are some of the immediate complications occasionally caused by this method of treatment. The late Professor Gunn used parenchymatous injections of a 5 per cent, solution of carbolic acid, repeated once or twice a week, with great success, and this method has remained in constant use in the clinic of Rush Medical College, and is yielding excellent results. It is perfectly safe, almost painless, and the carbolic acid appears to neutralize the primary microbic cause. The iodine treatment is em- ployed at the same time. The injection should be made into different parts of the tumor, and should be repeated at least twice a week. Extirpation of the thyroid gland for tumor is a comparatively recent operation. J. Collins Warren of Boston extirpated one lobe of the thy- roid gland, after preliminary ligation of the common carotid artery on the same side. He believed that the operation was impracticable with- out resorting first to tying of the common carotid artery. Green prac- tised rapid removal of the tumor, and ligated the bleeding vessels later. Rose tied each vessel before cutting, proceeding very slowly. The writer in 1878 witnessed one of his operations, which lasted for four hours. The operative technique of strumectomy has been perfected chiefly by the teachers of surgery in the universities of Switzerland — Billroth, Liicke, Julliard, Reverdin, Socin, and Kocher — men who were frequently called upon by patients from localities in which 166 PATHOLOGY AND TREATMENT OF TUMORS. bronchocele prevailed as an endemic affection. Kocher was the first to call the attention of the profession to the evil results following- complete removal of the thyroid gland. He observed, in a number of cases in which he removed with the tumor the entire gland, a condition which he termed cachexia strumipriva, which resembled what was later discovered to be myxedema. This subject then received careful ex- perimental investigations which corroborated Kocher's observations. Zesas found in his experiments on dogs that if only a part of the gland is extirpated the remaining part undergoes compensatoiy hypertrophy and that complete removal of the gland resulted sooner or later in the death of the animal. Similar experiments with the same results were made by Bardeleben and Horsley. The experiments have taught sur- geons that complete extirpation of the thyroid gland except for malig- nant disease is an unjustifiable operation. A part of the gland must be allowed to remain in order to prevent the probable occurrence of serious remote complications. Partial extirpation of the thyroid gland is still in use in the removal of benign growths, and complete strumectomy is absolutely necessary in the extirpation of malignant tumors. The external incisions selected for this purpose must be made in accordance with the size and location of the tumor. An incision along the margin of the sterno-cleido- mastoid muscle will secure good access for the removal of tumors or for extirpation of the lateral lobes. A median incision will reach tumors of the isthmus most directly. In large tumors or in tumors involving both lobes a transverse incision over the most prominent part of the tumor, with the concavity directed upward, is preferable. So far as pos- sible, the vessels should be ligated or be secured with pressure-forceps before being cut. This ligation is especially necessary when the thyroid arteries are reached. The isthmus of the gland is included in a ligature en masse. The operation should be performed slowly and carefully, and all tissues should be identified before being cut, to avoid injury to the recurrent branch of the pneumogastric nerve. Accidental section of this nerve is followed by paralysis of the vocal cords on the same side, which paralysis will in all probability remain as a permanent disability. Extirpation of parts of the thyroid gland has largely given way to enucleation, an operation devised by Socin and strongly endorsed by Julliard. It is the ideal operation, as it leaves the gland-tissue intact. This operation is not limited to the removal of small growths, as the enormous tumor depicted in Figure 80 was successfully removed by the same procedure. All glandular and cystic tumors of the thyroid gland are enclosed by a thick connective-tissue capsule which can be sep- arated from the surrounding tissues with ease and without much hemor- ADENOMA. 167 rhage. The great secret in the successful removal of glandular and cystic tumors of the thyroid gland is to find the exact place, between cap- sule and tissues, at which to commence the enucleation. The dissection down to the capsule must be made with the utmost care, and no attempts at enucleation should be made until the proper place is found. As soon as the capsule is reached the knife must be laid aside and the tumor be enucleated by the use of the finger or of blunt instruments. The parenchymatous hemorrhage generally yields to pressure and hot water, or, in case it is not controlled in this way, to the aseptic tampon. If the aseptic tampon is not used, the mantle of thyroid tissue which was cut in exposing the tumor should be sutured with absorbable material separately before closing the external wound. If the tampon is em- ployed, it is removed at the end of the first day and the wound is closed by secondary sutures. If more than one tumor is found, all the tumors can be removed through the same external incision by approaching them through separate incisions through the capsule or veil of gland- tissue which invariably covers them. The great advantages of enucle- ation over extirpation are greater ease of operation, less liability to troublesome hemorrhage, less deformity, and, lastly, that it does not deprive the patient of any normal gland-tissue, which has been found of such enormous importance in the preservation of health. Wolfler revived the operation of ligating the thyroid arteries in the treatment of tumors of the thyroid gland. This operation, of course, can attain what is claimed for it only in parenchymatous tumors. Cysts should invariably be enucleated unless calcification of the capsule has so far advanced as to render this procedure impracticable. Adenomata should be dealt with in the same manner unless the capsule of the tumor has become firmly attached to its surrounding tissues by an antecedent inflammation. Extirpation should be limited to tumors that cannot be enucleated, and it should never include the entire gland except in the removal of malignant tumors. Mammary Gland. — The benign tumor most frequently met with in the mammary gland is the adenoma. Until quite recently it was gen- erally conceded that the firm tumors of the mammary gland were in the majority of cases fibromata. Careful study under the microscope of sections from such tumors has shown that glandular elements are absent only in exceptional cases, and consequently that most of the benign tumors of the gland are not fibromata, but adenomata. Schimmelbusch has shown that the tumors of the breast heretofore designated as fibromata are in reality tumors in which the adeno- matous structures predominate — an opinion strongly supported by Haeckel. In order to realize the true nature and structure of such i68 PATHOLOGY AND TREATMENT OF TUMORS. tumors it is absolutely necessary to cxami}ie sections from different parts of the tumor. Some sections from the same specimen will often show epithelial cells almost exclusively, while other sections exhibit only fibrous tissue. The presence of epithelial cells in different parts of the tumor, however, leaves the impression that they take the essen- tial part in the production of the tumor. Billroth denied that epi- thelial cells took any part in the origin and growth of tumors of the breast, which he designated as fibroid tumors. The adenoid structure is well marked in the tissues of young tumors, while in old tumors the epithelial cells are found arranged in an irregular manner in the : ^/#^^P?:V Y'f<, w&m^^ : '^ w Mtf" ■-S> s^^ Fig. 81.— Adenoma of mamma (after Haeckel) : a, fibrous tissue; £, epithelial cells. (Zeiss, Obj. A., Oc. 2.) connective-tissue spaces. Figure 81 shows that the connective tissue has separated the acini, but the glandular appearance is well preserved. The fibrous tissue is increased by active proliferation of the interacinous connective tissue, and the new elements impart to the tissues a grayish- red or yellowish color instead of the pearly-white color of old connec- tive tissue. At some points in the older portions of the tumor the fibrous tissue is pale and firm, at others cedematous or myxomatous. It is a question whether pure fibromata ever occur in the mammary gland. Un- mixed adenomata are also exceedingly rare. Haeckel had an opportunity to remove and examine a pure adenoma of the breast, and he gives the accompanying illustration (Fig. 82) to explain its histological structure. The tubules were lined by at least twenty strata of epithelial cells. The writer removed a tumor the size of a hazelnut from the breast of a young lady, and from its firmness Fig. 82. — Pure adenoma of the mammary gland (after Haeckel). (Zeiss, Obj. D., Oc. 2.) ADENOMA. 169 was led to believe the tumor to be a fibroma. The macroscopical appearance of a section of the tumor showed wavy bundles of connec- tive tissue, thus confirming the opinion formed. Under the microscope the tumor revealed itself as a genuine adenoma. The microscopic ap- pearance of the tumor-tissue and the relative proportion of glandular and connective tissue are shown in the accompanying illustration (Fig. 83). It will be seen from this illustration that, although the tumor had existed for several years, the tubules are lined by a number of layers of epithelial cells and that the glandular spaces are small. We have «K3!&$fc Fig. 83. — Adenoma of breast ; X 115. reduced one-fifth (Surgical Ciinic, Rush Medical College, Chicago) : a, shrinkage due to hardening; b, proliferating ducts ; c, fibrous tissue. reason to believe that during the future growth of such a tumor the stroma would increase more than the parenchyma, and so render the fibrous structure more apparent. Adenomata without cyst-forma- tion never attain a large size. Usually they range in size from that of a pea to that of a walnut ; 99 per cent, of them occur in females. Adeno- mata occupy more frequently the superficial and peripheral than the deep and central parts of the gland. They are often multiple in one breast, seldom in both breasts. They often cause great pain and are quite tender on pressure. These Astiey Cooper) symptoms are much less prominent in the early history of carcinoma of the breast. Adenoma of the breast (Fig. 84) is always well encapsulated. Adhesion to the skin and retraction are Fig. 84. — Adenoma of the breast, showing capsule (after 170 PATHOLOGY AND TREATMENT OF TUMORS. therefore never observed. The existence of a well-defined capsule is of great assistance to the surgeon in doubtful cases after he has exposed the tumor to make a positive diagnosis of its non-malignant nature. A section of the tumor (Fig. 85), if the fibrous tissue predominates, very much resembles in its naked-eye appearances fibroma of the uterus. The surface of the section appears as though the tumor were composed of separate parts, each of which indicates a different centre of growth. Cystic adenoma often attains great size. The contents of the cysts are variable. Colloid degeneration seldom takes place. The serous fluid is Fig. 85. — Large adenoma of breast, cut surface resembling fibroma of tbe uterus (after Astley Cooper). often stained a dark color, owing to the presence of blood and cholesterin- crystals. The writer has found cystic degeneration most frequent in women advanced in years. In the diagnosis it is important to remem- ber that carcinoma seldom, if ever, occurs in the breast as a multiple affection, while this is frequently the case in adenoma. Retraction of the nipple and the skin may follow inflammatory affections of the breast, but is never present in uncomplicated adenoma, and is of fre- quent occurrence in carcinoma. Adenoma resembles more closely sarcoma than carcinoma. Sarcoma, however, grows much more rapidly than carcinoma, and is usually attended by dilatation of the superficial veins. Adenoma and sarcoma occur frequently in young adults, while carcinoma is seldom met with in women less than thirty-five years ADENOMA. 171 of age. The prognosis must always be guarded, as adenoma of the breast undergoes transformation into malignant tumors — carcinoma and sarcoma — perhaps more frequently than any other benign tumor. Early operative removal should be recommended, as an operation brings mental as well as physical relief, and protects the patient against the possibility of the occurrence of malignant disease caused by the transi- tion of a benign into a malignant tumor. Prostate Gland. — The prostate is a glandular organ and part of the genital apparatus. It was until recently supposed that the en- largement of this gland in men past fifty years of age was a tumor resembling myofibroma of the uterus. This idea, in the light of recent investigations, has been abandoned, and the enlargement is now regarded as a glandular swelling or tumor. White of Philadelphia ascertained by his experiments on dogs that castration resulted almost uniformly in great diminution in the size of the prostate. Surgeons have made use of the knowledge thus gained, and in a few instances have resorted to castration for the relief of enlargement of the prostate gland. Ramm Fig. 86.— Median prostatic adenoma, sketched from within the bladder (after Sutton). of Christiana reports two cases in which this operation afforded perma- nent relief and was followed by progressive diminution in the size of the gland. Harrison of London reports a case of hypertrophy of the pros- tate greatly benefited by subcutaneous section of the spermatic cord on both sides. The patient begged to have castration performed, and as a compromise Harrison made subcutaneous section of both cords. Should future operations produce similar results, they would prove that in the majority of cases enlargement of the senile prostate is not a tumor, but a swelling. The writer is firmly convinced that in most in- 172 PATHOLOGY AND TREATMENT OF TUMORS. stances this is the case. There is, however, a tumor of the prostate that is glandular in structure and that appears as a single or a multiple affection involving any or all of the lobes of the gland (Fig. 86). The general enlargement of the gland consists of a hyperplasia of the glandular and connective-tissue part of the gland; the isolated nodules are ade- nomata. Adenomata are found almost exclusively in hyperplasic glands, in this respect bearing a strong resemblance to adenomata of the thy- roid gland. The hyperplasia of the organ occurs as one of the many pathological conditions incident to old age, in the production of true tumors taking the same part as the miasmatic struma. The prostate, like the uterus and the thyroid gland, is an organ in which and around which complicated developmental changes take place ; consequently there is here, as in the other organs mentioned, great liability of the deposition of unutilized embryonic cells which later become the essen- tial tumor-matrix. So long as the physiological resistance of the tis- sues around the matrices remains unimpaired, tumor-growth does not take place, but when this resistance becomes diminished by senile debil- ity, and particularly by the changes which the prostate undergoes during advanced age, the embryonic cells assume active tissue-prolifer- ation which results in the formation of a tumor. Billroth asserted that he never observed an adenoma in the prostate gland, and he attributed the senile enlargement to dilatation of the acini and hyperplasia of the epithelial cells. It took a long time for pathologists to make a distinc- tion between hyperplasia of the thyroid gland and the adenomata, and the same confusion has prevailed in regard to the two entirely different kinds of enlargement of the prostate gland. The extirpation of the hyperplasic prostate in toto has not yielded encouraging results, and will never become a feasible surgical procedure ; on the contrary, enu- cleation of adenomata of this organ from the perineum through Zucker- kandl's incision or through the bladder above the pubes has a promis- ing future. Lachrymal Gland. — Adenoma of the lachrymal gland has been studied by P. Becker and others. It appears as a lobulated, nodular tumor of moderate size, and it is very liable to undergo hyaline degen- eration. The tumor increases in size very slowly, and the formation of small cysts is of frequent occurrence. Enucleation of the tumor should be done in preference to extirpation of the whole gland. Parotid Gland. — According to C. O. Weber, the parotid gland is very rarely the seat of adenoma. Billroth maintained that adenoma of this organ, when it does exist, is only a part of a compound tumor. It cannot be denied that compound tumors of the parotid gland, such as adeno- chondroma, adeno-cystoma, and adeno-carcinoma and adeno-sarcoma, ADENOMA. : 73 are frequently met with in the examination of tumors of this organ. Pure adenoma of the parotid gland has, however, been found, and it resembles in structure similar tumors of the thyroid gland. Glandular tumors occur most frequently in young adults. Cystic degeneration often takes place at different points, large cavities being formed by the coalescence of smaller cysts. The cyst-wall, lined by epithelial cells, often projects into the cysts at different points in the form of papillary excrescences. The tumor is well encapsulated, and it can be enucleated very readily without serious damage to the gland. The incision should be made with special reference to the location and direction of Sten- son's duct and the branches of the facial nerve. A thin veil of gland- tissue has to be divided before the capsule of the tumor is reached, and the operation occasionally results in the formation of a temporary salivary fistula. Testicle. — The relative proportion of true tumors of the testicle to inflammatory swellings is unusually small. Adenoma of the testicle has only recently been described. Liicke called attention to its existence in connection with cystic disease of the testicle. Eve has examined a large number of cysts, including adeno-cystoma, sarco- mata, myxomata, and carcinomata ; they were lined by columnar, strati- fied, or ciliated epithelium ; some were papillomatous, and cartilage and unstriated muscular fibres were occasionally present in the stroma. The adeno-myxomata were charac- terized by slit-like tubes or solid rods of gland-tissue surrounded by a zone of transparent tissue. Eve and Sutton believe that the majority of glandular tumors of the testicle originate in the remnant of the Wolffian body lying between the globus major of the epididymis and the testicle proper. This remnant of the Wolffian body is known as the " paradidymis " (see Fig. 87). Adenoma of the testicle is characterized by the existence of numer- ous small cysts. The cyst-spaces are lined with columnar or stratified epithelium. If the tumor attains large size, it causes atrophy of the testicle by pressure. The tumors are encapsulated, but in the few cases that have come under the observation of the writer their enucleation Paradidymis. s tabes. Fig. 87. — Diagram to represent the relation of the mesonephros and its ducts to the adult testicle (after Sutton). 174 PATHOLOGY AND TREATMENT OF TUMORS. has been found quite difficult. The tumors varied in size from a hickory-nut to a walnut, and on section presented a honeycomb appear- ance, owing to the presence of numerous cysts, the largest of which did not exceed the size of a hempseed (Fig. 88). The differential diagnosis of adenoma of the testicle must take into consideration tuberculosis, gumma, carcinoma, sarcoma, and circum- Fig. 88. — Testicular adenoma (after Sutton). scribed hydrocele of the tunica vaginalis. In the removal by enucleation great care is required in preventing injury to the cord and the testicle. Liver. — Adenoma of the liver during the last year or two has become a more interesting topic to the surgeon from the fact that in several cases tumors of this kind have been removed successfully by excision. Keen and Von Bergmann have each reported a successful case. The earliest communications on adenoma of the liver were made by Hoffmann and Lancereaux. Gruber, Wagner, and others have found detached portions of liver-tissue, often very numerous, in the peritoneal folds supporting the liver and in the portal fissure ; these fragments may be a possible source of cysts and tumors. Friedreich found in the liver itself groups of cells which did not appear to form part of the parenchyma, as they were isolated from it by a capsule. These embryonic remnants are undoubtedly the matrices from which adenomata originate. Isolated tumors may be no larger than a marble ; larger tumors are formed by a collection of multiple tumors. In some parts of the tumor the seat of active proliferation, metaplastic condi- tions of the parenchyma-cells are developed, as in a case reported by ADENOMA. 175 Rindfleisch-Griesinger : the nodules in the acini of this specimen were Fig. 89. — Adenoma of the liver (after Paul) : a, section of blind duct filled with green fluid : b, liver-cells ; c, connective tissue. made up of columnar epithelial cells. Small adenomata, consisting of cylinders lined by columnar epithelium and imbedded in fibrous tissue, s*« X^ >U2 A. &>y Fig. 90. — Papillary adenoma of kidney ; X 250 (after Karg and Schmorl) : hollow spaces lined by cylindrical cells ; stroma scanty and moderately cellular ; papillary proliferations project into the glandular spaces. occur (Fig. 89). The acini may be solid and hard, or they may consist of large cells and may resemble the acini of the pancreas. A slow- 176 PATHOLOGY AND TREATMENT OF TUMORS. growing tumor in the substance of the liver in a non-syphilitic subject would indicate the necessity of making a careful investigation with a view of determining the propriety of an abdominal section to make a positive diagnosis, and, if the tumor is found to be an adenoma, to attempt its removal. In the cases thus far operated upon a positive diag- nosis was made only after the tumor was rendered accessible to direct examination by abdominal section. Kidney. — The frequency with which the kidney is now subjected to operative treatment adds renewed interest to everything pertaining to the pathology of the numerous affections of this organ that have recently been brought within the reach of successful surgery. Very little is known of benign tumors of this organ. Occasionally small cystic adenomata are found, some of which are undoubtedly derived from retention-cysts, but it is also probable that Wolffian-body rests may be a cause. Shattock maintains, with good reason, that remnants from the mesonephros (Wolffian body) and the metanephros (true kidney) often serve as matrices for tumor- formation. The papilloma- tous projections into the cysts of renal adenomata as well as the cyst-wall are covered with columnar epithelium which bears no resemblance to the epithelial cells lining the uriniferous tubules (Fig. 90). Adenomatous tumors of the kidney sometimes reach a considerable size in case the cysts are large and numerous, as in Mr. Edmunds' case (Fig. 91). The kidney represented in Figure 91 was successfully removed by Mr. Edmunds from a girl eighteen years old. Such a tumor might easily be mistaken for a sarcoma. Diagnosis. — The differen- tial diagnosis between ade- noma and other glandular affections is of great practical importance, often is exceedingly difficult owing to the location of the organ affected, and is frequently rendered more perplexing by misleading statements on the part of the patient. -Adenoma of the kidney (after Edmunds). ADENOMA. 177 Chronic infective swellings, tuberculosis, and gumma are most likely to be mistaken for adenoma. Mistakes of this kind have sometimes been made by careful and competent surgeons. Search for additional evidences of the primary cause of infection will frequently furnish valu- able information. In gumma of the testicle the presence of other less apparent tertiary lesions and the existence of tuberculosis in other organs are points upon which the surgeon often rests his diagnosis in differentiating between an adenoma and an infective swelling. The central part of an infective swelling frequently degenerates and liquefies, still further complicating the diagnosis between a cystic adenoma and an infective swelling. An exploratory puncture is often of great value in ascertaining the character of the contents of a doubtful swelling. Primary tuberculosis does not often attack the organs which are the favorite seat of adenoma. Tuberculosis of the mammary, thyroid, and prostate glands is a comparatively rare affection. Carcinoma of a gland differs from adenoma by the absence of any attempts at encap- sulation of the tumor and by the presence of regional dissemination through the lymphatics. Metastasis never attends adenoma. Cohnheim claimed to have found metastasis in a case of adeno-myxoma of the thyroid gland. The tumor perforated a vein-wall, and fragments were detached and reached the pulmonary vessels, where the secondary tumors were found. It is more than probable that in this case, the only one of the kind on record, the tumor was malignant, the strongest proof of this being the manner in which the tumor reached the lumen of the vein. Sarcoma in its earlier stages resembles adenoma, but its more rapid growth and the local and often general infection are the most important points upon which to base a correct diagnosis. Prognosis. — Adenoma without cyst-formation never grows beyond certain limits, so that it seldom interferes with important functions by its presence. Adeno-cystoma of the ovary often reaches an immense size. Adenoma of the middle lobe of the prostate and of the isthmus of the thyroid gland of moderate size gives rise to serious symptoms of obstruction. With the exception of adenoma of the prostate, gland- ular tumors seldom originate in persons advanced in years, and usually they become stationary at the age of fifty. Adenoma not infrequently undergoes transformation into carcinoma or sarcoma. Malignant tumors of the thyroid gland frequently have such an origin. The transition into carcinoma is observed oftener than a resulting sarcoma. Treatment. — Most of the adenomata can be removed successfully by enucleation. In adenoma of the breast the surgeon is often in doubt as to whether the tumor is benign or malignant when the operation is undertaken. A positive diagnosis can be made after the tumor has 12 178 PATHOLOGY AND TREATMENT OF TUMORS. been reached. If the tumor is an adenoma, it is supplied with a perfect capsule, and can be shelled out from its bed without any difficulty; if it is a carcinoma, all evidences at limitation of the growth are absent, the tumor infiltrates the surrounding tissues, and the operation is incomplete unless the entire breast and all of the axillary glands are removed. If any doubt exists in the mind of the operator in cases of glandular tumors of the breast, the patient should be informed beforehand that conditions might be revealed by the operation which would necessitate removal of the entire breast. In the enucleation of benign tumors of the breast the incision should be made in the direction of the milk- ducts, and the capsule of the gland should be sutured separately after the removal of the tumor. Adenomata of the uterus and cervix are usually removed by the use of the sharp curette. Preliminary rapid dilatation of the cervical canal and thorough disinfection of the parts are essential in effecting com- plete removal of the diseased tissue and in preventing septic infection. Tamponade of the uterine cavity with iodoform gauze and rest in bed for at least a week will add to the beneficial effects of the operation and will minimize the liability to complications. Cystic adenoma of the kidney does not justify nephrectomy, as the opposite organ is frequently found similarly affected. If the kidney has been exposed by a lumbar incision and the nature of the tumor has been determined, enucleation or partial nephrectomy is preferable to complete removal of the organ. Adenoma of the liver may become an object of operative treatment if the abdomen has been opened for the purpose of determining the nature of an obscure tumor of that organ. The hemorrhage after removal of the tumor by enucleation or excision should be arrested by the employment of the aseptic tampon, which is brought out at the upper angle of the wound, by the application of the actual cautery, or by suturing Glisson's capsule, as advised by Von Bergmann. XV. CYSTOMA. The term " cystoma" in this book will be used in the most restricted histogenetic sense, and will be applied only to those cysts in which both cyst-wall and contents are formed anew and independently of pre-existing gland-structures. A sharp etiological distinction must be made between a cyst, in the ordinary sense in which this word has been used, and a cystic tumor or cystoma. The word " cyst " has been used very indiscriminately to indicate the existence in a closed cavity of various solid and liquid contents. It has been, and is still, used to designate the existence of the products of extravasation, inflammation, and re- tained secretions in a closed cavity. We shall limit the term " cystoma," cystic tumor, to cystic formations in which the cyst-wall is produced from a matrix of embryonic cells, and the contents are the products of tissue-proliferation of the cells lining the cyst-wall. Used in such a limited sense, a cystic tumor is a hollow tumor, the interior of the cyst- wall being lined by epithelial or endothelial cells. The cells lining the cyst-wall are the essential tumor-cells. Retention-cysts and cysts caused by extravasation or inflammation will be excluded from this section. The epithelial lining of the cyst-wall is derived either from the epiblast or the hypoblast or is composed of endothelial cells. We have already described adeno-cystoma and proliferating adeno-cystoma in the section on Adenoma. In adeno-cystoma the glandular structure of the tumor predominates, the cystic part being accidental and usually limited. Proliferating cysts may attain great size, but the glandular part pre- dominates permanently. The epithelial cells correspond in shape and structure to that part of the epiblast or the hypoblast from which the matrix is derived. In cysts representing mucous membrane and ducts the cells are usually columnar ; in cysts of epiblastic origin the cells are flat, corresponding to the pavement epithelium of the skin (Fig. 92). Cysts composed exclusively of mesoblastic tissue are lined by endothe- lial cells. Heterotopic cysts are cysts lined with epithelial cells and entirely disconnected with tissues or organs of epiblastic or hypoblastic origin. Mesoblastic cysts are never heterotopic, as connective tissue can be transformed into endothelial cells and endothelial cells into connective tissue, and connective tissue is present in the body everywhere. 179 i8o PATHOLOGY AND TREATMENT OF TUMORS. Sterile cysts are cysts in which the epithelial or endothelial lining has disappeared by degeneration of its cells (Fig. 92, d). Growth of a cyst will continue so long as the cells lining the interior of the cyst-wall continue to proliferate. When the cells are destroyed by degeneration or otherwise the contents of the cyst cease to increase, and the cyst remains stationary or diminishes in size. In Figure 92 the cystic spaces at b and c, being lined by proliferating epithelial cells, Fig 92. — Adeno-cystoma of thyroid gland ; X 50, reduced one-third (Surgical Clinic, Rush Medical College, Chicago) : a, stroma ; b, acinus rilled with colloid material and lined by epithelial cells ; c, epithelial lining; d, acinus from which all epithelial cells have disappeared, constituting a sterile cyst. would increase in size by the addition of new colloid material to the contents of the cyst, while the space at d would remain stationary in size, because all the epithelial cells have been destroyed by degenera- tion, and with the destruction of the epithelial cells the cyst has been deprived of any further source of colloid material. The framework of the cyst-wall to which the epithelial or endothelial cells are attached is composed of connective tissue. The connective tissue in a true cystoma is derived from the pre-existing connective tissue, which at first is condensed by compression caused by the gradual enlargement of the cyst, and later becomes increased in thickness by the production of new connective tissue. The cyst-wall may be exceedingly thin and delicate if it contains only a small amount of connective tissue, or in the course of time it may become enormously thickened by the pro- duction of new connective tissue. If the cyst is surrounded by tissue on all sides, this tissue gradually becomes more and more isolated from the external surface of the cyst-wall, so that finally only the vascular connections remain — a condition exceedingly favorable for the removal of the cyst by enucleation. The cyst-wall may also become CYSTOMA. 181 firmly attached to the surrounding structures by inflammatory adhe- sions, as is so often the case in ovarian cysts and in cysts in other parts of the body subjected to partial extirpation or to other inadequate methods of treatment. The cyst-contents will vary according to the type of the cells which produced them. Cysts lined by epiblastic epithelial cells usually contain the products of fatty degeneration, an atheromatous material, or, if the fatty degeneration has progressed still further, pure oil. Cysts lined by columnar epithelial cells analogous to those found in the gastro-intestinal canal usually contain mucus. Cysts of the thyroid gland contain most frequently colloid material, or, if the col- loid material has disappeared by liquefaction, a serous fluid. Meso- blastic cysts generally contain a serous fluid. The cyst-contents are modified by hemorrhage into the cyst and by the addition of choles- terin-crystals — a frequent occurrence, especially in cysts of an epiblastic origin. A simple, single cyst is called a monolocular cyst. A cyst in which we find different compartments from the beginning, or produced later by coalescence of several cyst-walls or by proliferation from the cyst-wall, is called a multilocular cyst. The cyst-wall often undergoes calcareous degeneration, and sometimes ossification, particularly in cases in which the epithelial lining has been destroyed by degeneration. Etiology. — Cystoma very frequently appears as a congenital affec- tion. The tumor-matrix proliferates during intra-uterine life, and at the time of birth the activity of proliferation can be calculated by the amount of contents of the cyst. Congenital cystic tumors of the neck are of frequent occurrence. Although cystic tumors may occur at any time after birth, they are met with most frequently at the age of puberty. Sublingual epiblastic tumors make their appearance most frequently at this time of life. The great physiological activity of the organs derived from the epiblast plays an important part in stimulating a latent matrix to active tissue-proliferation, and if this matrix is of such a structure or nature that its product is not arranged in glandular form, cystic dilatation of its primary central space will follow. The growth of the cyst will depend on the amount of essential tumor-elements and the activity of their proliferation. Other exciting causes are trauma and prolonged irritation and inflammation in the immediate vicinity of the tumor-matrix. Diagnosis. — A cystic tumor usually grows more rapidly and attains a larger size than a papilloma or an adenoma. A central hollow space is present from the very beginning, and does not appear later, as is the case in adeno-cystoma. If the cyst-wall is not too tense or thick, fluctuation can be elicited by careful palpation. If the cyst-wall is thin 182 PATHOLOGY AND TREATMENT OF TUMORS. and near the surface, the tumor is translucent if it contains clear serum. In uncomplicated cases of hydrocele of the neck the tumor is trans- lucent. An exploratory puncture will often prove of great value, not only in showing the cystic nature of the tumor, but also in demon- strating the nature of its contents. This diagnostic resource must be employed with caution in the examination of abdominal tumors if the free peritoneal cavity cannot be avoided. Exploratory puncture through the free peritoneal cavity is ordinarily attended by more danger than an exploratory incision. In locating the tumor an effort should be made to ascertain its primary anatomical starting-point and to bring it in connection with the organ in which it originated. If the cyst occu- pies the pelvis, it should be ascertained whether it is connected with the ovary, the Fallopian tube, or the uterus. If it occupies the abdom- inal cavity and is not connected with the pelvic viscera, the relation of the tumor to the different abdominal organs must be studied with care to determine the organ with which the tumor is connected or to which it has become attached. Inflation of the stomach and the intestinal canal will often prove an invaluable diagnostic aid in such cases. Prognosis. — Cystoma is a benign tumor. A proliferating cyst of the ovary may perforate the cyst-wall and invade the peritoneal cavity, but aside from this a cystic tumor does not extend beyond the limits of the organ primarily affected. Cystoma, if in close contact with im- portant organs, may give rise to dangerous complications by causing harmful pressure. Cysts of the neck and of the pelvis may become a source of danger from pressure. Large cysts of the abdominal cavity ultimately interfere with digestion and respiration and become a source of danger from their size. Adhesions between pelvic and abdominal tumors and the surrounding organs may become a cause of intestinal obstruction. Infection of a cystic tumor with pyogenic microbes may result in suppuration and sepsis. Torsion of the pedicle of a cystic tumor of the pelvis or of the abdomen has often resulted in gangrene, septic peritonitis, and death. Malignant transformation is not as often observed in cystoma as in papilloma and adenoma. Topography. — Cystic tumors are met with most frequently in organs and parts of the body in which during intra-uterine life the most complicated tissue-changes occur. The favorite localities are the ovaries, the base of the tongue, the neck, and the region of the orbits. Traumatic Epithelial Cysts. — The accidental or intentional dis- placement of a small island of skin into the mesoblastic tissues brings about a condition closely resembling the relations of an epiblastic tumor- matrix to the surrounding tissues. A few cases have been reported in which epithelial cysts had such an origin. The difference between such CYSTOMA. 183 an artificial matrix and a genuine tumor-matrix is the limited prod- uct of the epithelial proliferation. Kaufmann studied the behavior of attached buried epithelial cells by resorting to a procedure which he terms enkatarrlwphy. He selected for this purpose the cock's comb. By two elliptical incisions an island of skin was circumscribed ; it was then buried by suturing over it the margins of the wound. In some of the successful cases the result was followed until the 210th day. Examination of the specimens obtained at variable periods after the operation showed that at the margins of the buried skin the epithelial cells proliferated, resulting in the formation of a cyst-wall lined throughout by epithelial cells. The cysts formed in this manner con- tained a material which resembled the contents of an atheromatous ,*v. m Fig. 93. — Traumatic epithelial cyst of finger (after Garre) : a, skin ; />, subcutaneous tissue ; c, epithelial cyst. cyst. The growth of the cysts continued until they reached a certain limited size, when it ceased and the cysts remained stationary. Garre recently reported two cases of traumatic epithelial cysts of the fingers. In both cases the injury which preceded the cyst-forma- tion was a punctured wound. The cyst developed soon after the injury. In one case the cyst was 12 millimeters in length and 7 to 8 millimeters in width. A section through the centre of the tumor showed a central cavity (Fig. 93). The implanted fragment of skin could readily be identified by its characteristic anatomical structure. The epithelial cells at the margins produced new cells which converted the piece of skin into a globular mass well supplied with blood-vessels. The cyst con- tained exclusively epidermic cells arranged in wavy stratified layers. In the other case the cyst had reached the size of a hempseed and showed a similar structure. The opinion of Chavasse that such cysts 184 PATHOLOGY AND TREATMENT OF TUMORS. Fig. 94. — Manner of production of traumatic epithe- lial cyst (after Garre) : a, skin ; b, subcutaneous tissue ; c, dislocated fragment of skin. W^Sm-'i; ,*•-. ■--"-/ are produced by the sweat-glands contained in the implanted skin is contradicted by Garre. The process of cyst-formation as explained by Garre can readily be understood by a glance at Figures 94, 95, and 96. He did not find any evidences of the formation of a cyst-wall as described by Kaufmann. Reverdin believes that epithelial cysts can originate from the dis- placement of detached mature epithelial cells into the mesoblastic tissues. Garre's second case was one 111 point. In this case only : ':'V>^"; ; ~~;i ' ■/'--- ; cells were forced into the subcu- ':>,;■'.- S-^ --,;.. <- taneous tissue before the point --J^y-CvljC-- of a needle, and from them a globular mass of epithelial cells developed, but no trace of a cyst-wall could be found. Rizet reported a case in which the epithelial cells that originated from a displaced fragment of skin became the seat of a calcareous degeneration. In other instances the cells have frequently been eliminated by suppurative inflam- mation. Tatum observed on the scar of a scalp wound an atheroma-cyst which undoubtedly was caused by a dislocated particle of skin. A conclusion of the greatest eti- ological moment that can be drawn from the experiments of Kaufmann and the clinical ob- servations of Garre and others is this, that a dislocated fragment of skin does not possess the same intrinsic capacity of continued progressive tissue-proliferation as an epi- blastic tumor-matrix. Epithelial cysts of a similar origin are found more frequently in the scars following burns than after trauma. Epi- thelial pearls in scar-tissue, the product of buried epithelial cells, are not of rare occurrence. Traumatic epithelial cysts must be removed by thorough extirpation, otherwise a recurrence will almost surely take place. Deep-seated Atheroma. — A retention-cyst of the sebaceous glands resembles a true atheroma so perfectly in the structure of the cyst-wall Fig. 95.— Beginning of healing of the skin-defect and commencing proliferation from the margins of the implanted skin (after Garre). Fig. 96.— Wound entirely healed, and the buried skin-graft enlarged by proliferation from the surface and margins of the graft (after Garre). CYSTOMA. 185 and in its contents that we must distinguish between them etiologically and clinically according to their location. Retention-cysts of the seba- ceous glands result from obstruction to the escape of the secretions, and always retain their relations with the skin. They are superficial, being covered only by the skin. The deep-seated atheroma has no con- nection with the glandular apparatus of the skin, and it always originates from a displaced matrix of embryonic cpiblastic cells. It should be dis- tinguished from a dermoid cyst by the character of its contents. An atheroma contains only epithelial cells as its characteristic morphologi- cal cellular element, while the cyst-wall of a dermoid cyst represents skin with its appendages in the simplest cases, and in more complicated cases systems of organs in various degrees of perfection. The displace- ment of the matrix of an atheroma occurred at a time prior to the differ- entiation of the cpiblastic cells into the organs representing the appendages of the skin, while the matrix of a dermoid cyst points to a later displace- ment of the matrix. Atheroma is met with most frequently in the ovaries, in the region of the orbits, especially the superciliary arch, and at the base of the tongue. In all these localities it is most frequent at the age of puberty. In the superciliary region it occurs occasion- ally as a congenital affection. In this locality it seldom exceeds the size of a walnut, while tumors at the base of the tongue the size of a cocoanut are not uncommon. Superciliary atheromata frequently contain pure oil which will ignite and burn like ordinary lamp-oil. When this stage of degeneration is reached further growth is generally arrested. In the majority of cases the tumor contains a substance resembling in every respect the contents of a retention-cyst of the sebaceous glands. The granular detritus is composed of epithelial cells which have undergone fatty degeneration suspended in a serous fluid in varying proportions. Cholesterin-crystals are often very abundant in old cysts. Cysts at the base of the tongue project toward the cavity of the mouth, and when they have reached a certain size they form a swelling in the submaxillary region, causing great disfigurement, and by pressure against the tongue interfering with speech and often also with deglutition. The differential diagnosis between such a tumor and a branchial cyst is often difficult, and sometimes can be made only by resorting to an exploratory puncture. A branchial cyst usually con- tains either mucus or a serous fluid ; an atheroma contains the product of fatty degeneration of epithelial cells. An atheroma may occur in almost any part of the body, and in the differential diagnosis of cysts in unusual localities this fact should be taken into consideration. The cyst-wall of an uncomplicated atheroma is loosely attached, and can readily be removed by enucleation. 1 86 PATIJOLOCV AND TREATMENT ()/< TUMORS. Mucous Cysts. — Cystic tumors with mucoid contents arc compara- tively rare if we exclude from this category retention-cysts with similar contents. They are analogous to atheroma in their etiology, except that the matrices art: derived from the hypoblast and that the interior of the cyst-wall is lined by columnar epithelium. In place of atheroma- tous material the cysts contain mucus, which in old cysts is usually transformed in the course of time into a serous fluid. Jf the cyst is derived from a matrix representing squamous or ciliated epithelia, it is lined by cells representing the part or organ from which the epi- blastic or hypoblastic matrix was derived. Frequent locations of these cysts are the orifice of the cervical canal of the uterus and the mucous membrane of the lips, mouth, phar- ynx, and intestinal canal. Mucous cysts seldom attain the size of a walnut, as, owing to the delicate- structure of the cyst-wall, rupture takes place- usually before the tu- mor reaches this size. Tin- epithe- lial cells are generally arranged in a single layer, and are not stratified as in cpiblastic epithelial cysts — an additional cause for (he early rup- ture of these cysts that so fre- quently takes place. Many of the so-called "hydatid" cysts are mu- cous cysts, the mucoid substance having become transformed into a transparent serous fluid. Among the morphological elements in the contents of a mucous cyst are epi- thelial cells, free nuclei, cholesterin- crystals, colloid masses, and sometimes concretions. The mucous cysts are usually globular in shape; owing to the fragility of the cyst-wall, they seldom become pedunculated. K.xtirpation and the complete- destruction of the epithelial lining of the cyst by cauterization are the only two operative procedures which can be relied upon in preventing a recurrence-. With very few exceptions, enucleation is impractical, owing to the great fragility of the cyst-wall. Cysts lined by ciliated epithelial cells always have their origin from an embryonic matrix derived from parts and organs supplied with ciliated epithelium in the fetal state. Cysts of this kind have been found in the brain, the external ear, the liver, and the testicles. ong'.-nital rvir.; ( | cyst ':xt-:n■'-■ -' jV -X'''£0iu< static lymphatic carcinoma, where ^'0'p'r'-l/-i /'■ylh£p(&'f;;l endothelial cells were transformed M - ~ - , - — ^1^__L c into epithelial cells. These views can - , - no longer be held, as more recent ' - srfi.h researches have established upon a Fig. 121.— Artery from connective-tissue stro- firm basis the law formulated by ma of secondary carcinoma of the lower jaw: -p, . , r . , TT . . endarteritis deformans et obliterans ; x 54 (Sur- Remak and confirmed by His, that gicai clinic, Rush Medical college, Chicago) : ce n s invariably produce their own a, thickened proliferating intima ; b, internal i elastic lamina ; c, tunica media. kind, and no other. We must there- fore assign to the pre-existing con- nective tissue the function of stroma growth. The stroma is always infiltrated by leucocytes and young carcinoma- cells (Fig. 121, a). In rapidly-growing soft carcinoma the stroma is scanty, the alveoli is large, the cells are numerous, and the local infection CARCINOMA. 215 is early and extensive. A well-developed, firm stroma renders the tumor hard and retards its growth and local infection. The vessels and lymphatics of a carcinoma are distributed through the stroma. The arteries in the carcinomatous tissue frequently undergo degenerative changes, which have not been studied with sufficient care since Thiersch first called attention to them. Proliferating endarteritis has been found a rather frequent accompani- ment of carcinoma in the laboratory of Rush Medical College, when there were no indications of the existence of the same condition of the Fig. 122. — Carcinoma of the skin ; X 450 (Surgical Clinic, Rush Medical College, Chicago) : a, stroma infiltrated by leucocytes and young carcinoma-cells; <5, epithelial nest; c, colloid degeneration in centre of pear! ; d, new cancer-nest. arteries in any other part of the body. The existence of this form of arterial degeneration on a large scale cannot but give rise to serious nutritive changes of the tumor-tissue (Fig. 122). It is a subject that calls for further investigation. Cylindrical-celled Carcinoma. — In carcinoma of the mucous mem- brane derived from the hypoblast the parenchyma of the tumor is composed of cylindrical cells arranged in the form of tubules in resem- blance of tubular glands. The tubules correspond with the cell-nests of squamous-celled carcinoma (see Fig. 28, p. 67). The columnar epithelial 2l6 PATHOLOGY AND TREATMENT OF TUMORS. J:^5-. ;>J **i>„ cells are arranged in a somewhat atypical manner in the crypts, forming a cellular lining of differing depths (Fig. 123). The tubules vary in size and shape, constituting in this respect a contrast to adenoma of the same part, in which symmetry of the tubules is pre- served (Fig. 124). The stroma of the tumor is infiltrated with leucocytes and young carci- noma-cells (Fig. 124, c). The cells and stroma of cylindrical-celled carcinoma are prone to undergo mucoid and colloid degeneration. Glandular Carcinoma. — Carcinoma of the acinous glands presents the same alveolation of the stroma as squamous-celled carcinoma. The morphology of the cells being similar, the gland- ular spaces correspond with the connective-tissue spaces, in which, in the latter variety, the epithe- Fio. 123.— a single mbuie from lial cells establish centres of growth and form a carcinoma of the rectum, show- the a i veo ij j n glandular carcinoma the acini ing multiplication of cells in its lining; x 170- At a, shrinkage constitute the alveoli, and the interacinous duetohardening(SurgicalClinic, connective t j ssue const j tute s the Stroma (Fig. Rush Medical College, Chicago). V o 125). In hard, slow-growing glandular carci- noma the stroma is abundant and the alveoli are small. In soft, rapid-growing carcinoma, formerly called " encephaloid," the stroma j?3^W- te%* ■',■}_;., Fig. 124.— From carcinoma of the rectum; X no (Surgical Clinic, Rush Medical College, Chicago); a, atypical tubule ; b, intratubular growth of cells ; c, extratubular infiltration. is scanty and the alveoli are large. A strong reticulum imparts to the tumor benign qualities. Malignancy. The clinical interest of carcinoma centres on its malignancy. Malignancy depends not upon the progressive increase in the size of the tumor, as is the popular belief, but upon the extension of the CARCINOMA. 217 tumor to near or distant parts and organs. The intrinsic tendency of carcinoma is to destroy life. For the lack of a better word, the pro- cess by which the tumor diffuses itself in its immediate vicinity, in the same region, and throughout the entire body, is termed " infection." Fig. 125. — Glandular carcinoma of mamma ; X 85 (Surgical Clinic, Rush Medical College, Chicago) : a, con- nective-tissue stroma; b, alveoli packed with epithelial cells. By the term "infection " as applied to malignant tumors is meant the intrinsic capacity of their cells to leave the primary tumor, and by wandering into the surrounding healthy tissue to establish new centres of growth, or by being transported through pre-existing channels to reproduce the disease in the same region or in distant parts of the body. 7/ is this cell-migration, and the intrinsic capacity of the cells to reproduce themselves in new and strange localities, that distinguish malig- nant from benign tumors, and upon which depends their malignancy. Local Infection. — The power of epithelial cells to penetrate into the apparently healthy tissue, as seen and described by Waldeyer and Thiersch, is evidenced in the local diffusion of every carcinoma, but it does not explain the malignancy of the tumor, as normal epithelial cells do not possess the same power to proliferate in mesoblastic tissues as do the epithelial cells of a carcinoma. The epithelial cells have 2l8 PATHOLOGY AND TREATMENT OF TUMORS. therefore undergone a change, the true nature of which is unknown, which endows them with a greatly augmented vegetative capacity. In the present state of our knowledge we must attribute this increase of their formative power, not to a change in the cells themselves, but to an altered condition of the tissues which they inhabit. This latter condition we have described as a diminution of physiological resistance. An anomalous location of epithelial cells under certain conditions may cause carcinoma ; this anomaly, however, does not constitute the real cause, but is only an additional factor, and not an essential ante- cedent condition. Every carcinoma has a benign stage. No matter where the matrix may be located, the cells composing it are at first isolated from the vas- cular tissues, and the carcinomatous stage begins with cell-migration. Local infection — that is, the growth of the tumor as a whole — is the result of cell-migration. The new epithelial cells, like the ameba and leucocytes, possess the power of independent locomotion. The ameboid Fig. 126.— From an epithelial carcinoma of the clitoris : epithelial nests imbedded in a stroma infiltrated by small cells ; X 250 (after Perls). movements of carcinoma-cells were studied in 1872 by Carmalt in Waldeyer's laboratory. Cells of carcinoma of the breast obtained im- mediately after amputation constituted the material used. The cells were detached by scraping the cut surface of the tumor, and were kept immersed on the thermal object-table of Strieker. The isolated young cells manifested active ameboid movements, while the deeper cells in fragments of tissue remained motionless. CARCINOMA. 219 In the stroma of every carcinoma small young epithelial cells besides leucocytes are found (Fig. 126). This infiltration of the tissues around a carcinomatous tumor was called by Waldeyer the " inflam- matory zone." Leucocytes escape through damaged capillary walls and are present in large number in rapidly-growing carcinoma, but among them young carcinoma-cells can always be seen. All these young epithelial cells, as soon as they have isolated themselves from the primary tumor, assume an individuality of their own and establish Fig. 127. — Colloid carcinoma of the colon : section through the margin of the tumor; X 21 (after Karg and Schmorl). The tumor (c), which started in the mucous membrane {a), has perforated the muscular coat {b) and presents an adenomatous structure. independent centres of tumor-formation. In cylindrical-celled carci- noma the membrana propria of the tubules is often absent, bringing thus the carcinoma-cells in direct contact with the vascular connective tissue, which they infiltrate, increasing thereby the size of the tumor and the area of tissue-proliferation. The glandular tubules are irregularly branched, are devoid of the membrana propria, and are lined in places by three layers of columnar cells (Fig. 127). To the right of the tumor 220 PATHOLOGY AND TREATMENT OF TUMORS. is to be seen a second carcinomatous nodule (d) which is undergoing colloid degeneration. Only at the periphery can carcinoma-cells be seen, while the centre of the space is occupied by colloid material and degenerated detached cells. The space is enclosed by the muscularis (<•). In glandular carcinoma the infiltration takes place in all directions, and the tumor is surrounded on all sides by a zone of new alveoli, the con- tents of each alveolus being the product of proliferation of a single cell. New alveoli are also found in the stroma, especially in rapid-grow- ing tumors, rendering the tumor softer by diminishing its stroma (Fig. 128, b,b). The local infection of carcinoma takes place in the direction of pre- existing connective-tissue spaces, and consequently spreads most rap- Fig. 128. — Rapid-growing carcinoma of the breast ; X "5 (Surgical Clinic, Rush Medical College, Chicago): a, vascular stroma; b, b, alveoli packed with large epithelial cells. idly and becomes most extensive in cases in which the primaiy tumor is surrounded by an abundance of loose connective tissue. It is in such cases that the tumor attains the largest size. The local infection, however, does not remain limited to the connective tissue. Carcinoma involves by local extension all tissues and organs, irrespective of their anatomical structure. This is the most conspicuous pathological and clinical feature of all carcinomatous tumors. Johannes Muller called special attention to this property of carcinoma, and surgeons have always regarded this feature as of the utmost diagnostic value in the differen- tiation between benign tumors and carcinoma. Neumann described and illustrated carcinomatous infiltration of muscular tissue, guided by the belief that the carcinoma-cells were produced by the inter- CARCINOMA. 221 muscular connective tissue. The tissues and organs the seat of local, regional, and general dissemination remain passive in the growth of carcinoma ; the increase in the size of the tumor is due exclusively to tissue-proliferation of -wandering displaced carcinoma-cells. The cells of the regional and metastatic tumors arc derivatives from the primary or maternal tumor. Diffuse local infection favors early regional and general infection. It is on this account that glandular carcinoma is followed more constantly and at an earlier stage by regional and gen- eral infection than is squamous-celled or cylindrical-celled carcinoma. A carcinoma of the cutaneous or mucous surfaces lias only one direction in zvhich to infiltrate the tissues, while a glandular carcinoma is surrounded by mesoblastic tissues on all sides, with a correspondingly increased area of infiltration. The progressive growth of a carcinoma is due to the establishment of independent centres of growth in the periphery of the tumor. It is for this reason that spontaneous sloughing of the tumor and its destruc- tion by caustics is not followed by a cure, as is the case in benign growths. Regional Infection. — It is a well-known clinical fact that a carcinoma, wherever it may be located, gives rise to infection of the lymphatic glands of the same region. Simon and Paget were of the belief that carcinoma extends from the primary tumor, not through any active part of the interposed lymphatic channels, but through the lymph. They explained regional infection as follows: I. The disease in the lymphatic glands resembles the primary tumor, the deviation being dependent on the structures surrounding the carcinoma in the lym- phatic gland ; 2. It appears about midway in the course of the disease toward death ; 3. Usually the primary tumor makes more rapid prog- ress, but occasionally the reverse is the case ; 4. The disease extends along the lymphatics in the direction of the thoracic duct ; distant lym- phatics are rarely affected. Paget believes that minute fragments of the protoplasm of the cancer-cells, mingled with the blood, may be as effectual as whole cells in reproducing the disease. The migrating young epithelial cells find their way into the lym- phatic vessels within or near the primaiy tumor, are carried by the lymph-stream to the nearest lymphatic gland, which serves as a filter, arresting their further progress, and as soon as they become localized they establish new centres of growth in the lymphatic gland. There must exist in the primary tumor or in its vicinity favorable conditions for the entrance of the cells into the lymphatic channels. Langhans made a careful study of injected preparations of the mammary gland, with the special object of ascertaining the relations of lymphatics to the acini and ducts of the gland. He found the acini 222 PATHOLOGY AND TREATMENT OF TUMORS. and ducts surrounded by a delicate network of lymphatic vessels, but in none of the specimens did the lymphatic vessels reach the interior of the acini or ducts, or even the membrana propria. Such a direct communication between these structures is claimed by Ludwig Tomsa. The abundance of lymphatic vessels in the mammary gland is well shown in Figure 129. The lactiferous tubes are also partially injected, and may be seen under the network of lymphatics. It is more than probable that normal lymphatic vessels are impermeable to emigrating Fig. 129. -The internal lymphatics of the mammary gland injected, and terminating in two trunks in the axilla (after Astley Cooper). epithelial cells, and that their entrance is effected by destruction of the wall of pre-existing lymphatics or through the defective walls of new lymphatic channels in the tumor-tissue. This subject is well worthy of a most careful investigation. Gussenbauer maintained that second- ary carcinoma of the lymphatic glands results from the transportation of minute infective corpuscular elements which are carried from the primary tumor through the lymphatic channels into the lymphatic glands, where they infect pre-existing glandular tissue, bringing about a heterologous change in the tissue-elements resembling the structure of the primary tumor. He found in sections of glands recently infected, on staining with picro-carmine, minute granules of an intense red color in the cells of the infected gland-territory. The cells thus infected then presented various changes in their structure. This theory was in accord CARCINOMA. 223 with views expressed by Virchow and Creighton, that cancer-cells are produced by the action of a virus or saninium upon mature cells. We have shown conclusively that the cells of which the primaiy tumor is composed are derived not from mature tissue, but from a matrix of embryonic epithelial cells, and we shall now proceed to prove that all metastatic tumors, local, regional, and distant, owe their origin and growth to cells derived from the primary tumor. Afanassiew made some very interesting investigations in Rudnew's laboratory at St. Petersburg concerning the growth of secondary car- cinoma in the lymphatic glands. Inflammatory enlargement of the glands is observed only when the carcinoma has ulcerated, and is then caused by the entrance into the lymphatic system of pathogenic mi- crobes or of chemical irritants. Enlargement of the lymphatic glands under other circumstances denotes the regional dissemination of the disease. The first changes observed in such glands are the presence of carcinoma-cells from the primary tumor in the lymphatic channels, and irritation of the connective-tissue reticulum caused by the invaders. The lymphoid corpuscles take no active part in the process. As the carcinoma increases in size by proliferation of the transplanted carci- noma-cells new connective tissue is formed from the granulation- elements. The parenchyma of the gland is subjected to pressure and is gradually destroyed, its place being occupied by carcinoma- tissue. The carcinoma-cells that reach the interior of the lymphatic channels are conveyed with the lymph-current to the nearest lymphatic gland, in the meshes of which their onward course becomes arrested. As soon as a wandering carcinoma-cell has reached its destination it under- goes karyokinetic changes, and the product of tissue-proliferation constitutes the secondary gland- ular tumor, the connective tissue of the gland becoming its stroma (Fig. 130). The stroma of the carcinoma is derived from the pre-existing reticulum of the Fig. 130.— Secondary carcinoma of lymphatic gland: X 480. reduced one-third (Surgical Clinic, Rush Medical College, Chicago) : n, groups of carci- noma-cells ; I), lymphoid corpuscles and reticulum. Each one of the epithelial nests is the product of tissue-proliferation of a single carcinoma-cell. land, which reticu- lum is increased in consequence of the stimulation caused by the 224 PATHOLOGY AND TREATMENT OF TUMORS. carcinoma-cells, which act the part of a foreign body. Simultaneously or in succession additional centres of growth may become established in different parts of the gland by new cells emerged from the primary tumor to the lymphatic gland. New centres of growth are, however, exhibited also by the migration of young epithelial cells from the first glandular focus along the lymph-spaces into other parts of the gland (Fig. 131,4 The local infection of sec- ondary tumors is as marked as that of the primary tumor, and takes place in the same manner. The cells corre- spond in shape, size, and manner of grouping to those of the primary tumor. The stroma is modified by the character and amount of connective tissue in the new locality. It has been known for a long time that a secondary tumor frequently grows much more rapidly than the primary tumor. This fact can readily be explained by assuming that the pre-existing connec- tive tissue surrounding the secondary tumor is more scanty and of a looser structure than the stroma of the primaiy tumor. As the local infection in the lymphatic gland increases, the parenchyma of the gland disappears until its capsule becomes distended by carcinomatous tissue. During this time the capsule of the gland has become thickened in a vain attempt to limit further extension of the disease. As soon as the capsule is reached by the carcinoma-cells infiltration takes place, the capsule itself becomes carcinomatous, and the zone of infiltration extends now to the loose paraglandular connective tissue. Until now the gland has remained movable, but as soon as the disease reaches the surrounding tissues the gland becomes immovably fixed. From what has just been said in reference to the local infection of lymphatic secondary carcinoma it will be seen that enucleation of car- cinomatous glands is bad practice. Such practice prevails still to a large extent, and is responsible for the local recurrence that invariably follows such a procedure. Not only the paraglandular zone of infiltra- tion remains, but also the connecting lymphatic channels. Fig. 131. — Secondary carcinoma in the lymph-spaces of a lymphatic gland, from a carcinoma of the abdominal wall ; X 480, reduced one-third (Surgical Clinic, Rush Medical Col- lege, Chicago) : a, lymph-spaces ; b, groups of carcinoma- cells ; c, carcinoma-cells in the parenchyma of the gland; d, leucocytes. CARCINOMA. 225 Carcinoma of the lymphatic channels has not received the attention it deserves. The writer is firmly convinced that many of the second- ary glandular tumors that have invariably been regarded as infected lymphatic glands were carcinomatous nodules which developed in the lymphatic vessels. There is no reason to doubt that carcinoma-cells may by mural implantation become arrested in lymphatic vessels and produce the same results as in a lymphatic gland. The number of nodules removed from the axillary space in operations for carcinoma of the breast frequently exceeds by far the number of normal lymphatic glands in that locality. For the purpose of removing the zone of infil- tration around carcinomatous glands, as well as with a view of removing all the connecting lymphatic channels, the radical operation for regional carcinoma should consist in the removal by clean excision of the entire lymphatic apparatus in that locality, with the surroiinding connective and adipose tissue. Regional infection is always progressive. Epithelial cells from the first secondary tumor reach the efferent part of the lymphatic vessel and are conveyed to the second lymphatic gland, where the same pro- cess repeats itself, until finally, if the disease is allowed to pursue its course and the patient lives long enough, the last of the chain of glands is reached, when the cells from this tumor reach the thoracic duct and from there the general circulation, producing metastatic tumors in distant organs. Regional infection through the deep lymphatic glands begins near the primary tumor, and extends from there, from gland to gland, until the last filter is passed, when general infection takes place. Regional infection retards, and frequently prevents, general infection. Surgeons are aware of the fact that in the most rapidly fatal cases the lymphatic infection is either entirely absent or, at any rate, not well marked. Usually the lymphatic affection occurs in the same region as that occupied by the tumor. For instance, in carcinoma of the breast the axillary glands on the same side, in carcinoma of the rectum the retro-peritoneal glands behind the rectum, and in carcinoma of the lip the submental and submaxillary glands, are affected. The writer not long ago observed a case of carcinoma of the breast with extensive regional infection of the axillary glands. Local recurrence soon after the operation was followed by enlargement of the inguinal glands first on one side and then on the other. Microscopic exam- ination of sections taken from these regions showed typical gland- ular carcinoma. Local infection through the superficial lymphatics of the skin travels as often against as -with the lymph-current. The extension of carcinoma through the superficial lymphatics of the skin, as observed in cases of 15 226 PATHOLOGY AND TREATMENT OF TUMORS. lenticular carcinoma, always reminds one of the manner of spreading of erysipelas. In such cases the lymphatic vessels take an important part in the diffusion of the disease. Lymphatic channels become blocked, the lymph-current is arrested, and consequently the direction of the dissemination of the disease is no longer governed by the lymph- stream. The original infection takes place in all directions. The swell- ing of the arm in extensive regional infection of the axillary glands is the combined result of lymphatic obstruction and pressure of the glandular tumors upon the large axillary vessels. General Infection. — General infection in carcinoma consists in the appearance of carcinomatous tumors in organs or tissues of the body that have anatomically no connection with the region occupied by the primary tumor. Such tumors are called " metastatic tumors," and the process by which they are produced is termed " metastasis." Klebs speaks of a " cell-metastasis " in local and regional infection of a carci- noma, but we shall restrict the term " metastasis " to tumor-formation anatomically disconnected with the primary tumor. Carcinoma-cells retain their vitality and intrinsic power of tissue-proliferation during their journey through the lymphatic vessels and blood-vessels, and as soon as they become arrested by mural implantation or embolism they begin to proliferate and to produce tumors identical with the primary tumor. Metastatic carcinomatous tumors always occur in connection with a blood-vessel on the arterial side of the circulation. The process of distribution of tumor-tissue resembles embolism. Generalization of car- cinoma takes place in consequence of the entrance into the general circu- lation of carcinoma-cells or fragments of tumor-tissue, which, when arrested anyivlierc in the arterial system, constitute carcinomatous emboli from which the metastatic tumors grow. The entrance of carcinoma- cells into the general circulation is effected in two ways: i. Direct entrance by perforation of a vein-wall by the tumor; 2. Migration of cells through the lymphatic system. In the first instance isolated tumor-cells may be washed away from the projecting tumor-mass, or fragments maybe broken off and conveyed into the general circulation. In the second manner of general dissemination isolated cells reach the venous circulation through the thoracic duct by migration of cells through the lymphatic channels and glands from the primary tumor without causing lymphatic carcinoma ; or, what is usually the case, carci- noma-cells enter from the last gland of the chain of lymphatic glands in the region occupied by the primary tumor, reach the thoracic duct, and from there the venous circulation. The location of the metastatic tumors is determined largely by the sirje of the carcinomatous emboli. Isolated small epithelial cells can pass through the pulmonary capillaries, reach CARCINOMA. 227 the arterial circulation, and become arrested in the minute capillaries of some distant organ as minute emboli ; or they adhere to the intima of the arterioles or capillaries, mural implantation takes place, and the cell becomes the starting-point of a metastatic tumor. Large tumor- fragments become arrested as emboli in the branches of the pulmonary- artery (see Fig. 31, p. 78). General dissemination by isolated cells frequently gives rise to miliary carcinosis ; the fragments of tumor-tissue, to embolism of the pulmonary artery. A metastatic tumor of the lung becomes a distributing-point of carcinoma-cells, which from here reach the general circulation, becom- ing the direct cause of more remote metastatic tumors or, perchance, of miliary carcinomata. All histological varieties of carcinoma may give rise to metastatic carcinoma, and all vascular organs of the body may be- come the seat of a metastatic carcinoma. The type of cells of the primary tumor is reproduced in the metastatic tumors ; that is, a squamous- celled carcinoma produces a squamous-celled metastatic tumor ; a colum- nar-celled carcinoma, a columnar-celled metastatic tumor, etc. It seems that this reproduction of tissue of a similar structure is a strong proof against the microbic origin of carcinoma, and a convincing argument in favor of the doctrine that carcinoma is the result of erratic growth of epi- thelial cells, and that local, regional, and general dissemination is caused by the migration and transportation of cells derived from the primary tumor. The lungs and the liver are the organs most frequently the seat of metastatic carcinoma. Wagner of Chicago has collected fifteen cases of metastatic car- cinoma of the choroid, and has made some interesting observations in reference to the manner of local diffusion of the metastatic tumors in this locality. Rapid local dissemina- tion of the tumor in this locality ap- pears to be one of its main clinical features. In the case that came under Warner's observation, and illustrated by Figure 132, the primary tumor was a carcinoma of the stomach. If a large branch of the pulmonary artery is ob- structed by a carcinomatous embolus, hemorrhage around the infarct is of 0111 Fig. 132. — Metastatic carcinoma of choroid frequent occurrence, bkrzeczka de- (after Carl Wagner) . cribes such a case. The entire lung was the seat of hemorrhagic infiltration. Lebert examined twelve cases of colloid carcinoma of the gastro-intestinal canal, and found meta- 228 PATHOLOGY AND TREATMENT OF TUMORS. stasis in eleven of them. Hauser made a special study of metastatic carcinoma of the liver to determine whether the pre-existing liver- substance takes an active part in the growth of the tumor. He found that the parenchyma-cells in the vicinity of the carcinomatous nodules were destroyed and took no part whatever in the growth of the tumor, thus confirming the observations made by Thiersch and Waldeyer. ^fz&im w '«% ^ifi*0M Fig. 133- — Metastasis of a rectal carcinoma in the lungs ; X 36 (after Karg and Schinorl). The nodule in the lung resembles in structure the primary tumor. It is composed of tubules lined by a single layer of columnar epithelium imbedded in a delicate stroma of fibrillated connective tissue. The emphysematous pul- monary tissue in the upper part of the picture is sharply defined against the border of the nodule. It will be seen from Figures 133 and 134 that the glandular structure of the metastatic tumors corresponds with the type of the epithelial cells and the structure of the primary tumors. If a carcinomatous embolus becomes impacted in an artery or in a branch of the portal vein, the metastatic tumor first fills the lumen of the vessel — that is, a carcinomatous thrombus forms around the embolus (Fig. 135). As soon as the pre-existing space in the lumen of the vessel becomes completely blocked by the endovascular meta- static carcinoma, the wall of the vessel becomes infiltrated and is soon CARCINOMA. 229 incorporated in the tumor. After this time the paravascular tissues become successively involved, and on examining such tumors all traces of the original vessel-wall have disappeared and nothing remains to indicate the endovascular origin of the tumor. Carcinoma of bone, with very rare exceptions in which the tumor develops from a displaced epiblastic matrix, is the result of metastasis. Fig. 134. — Metastasis of a carcinoma of the breast in the liver; X 40 (after Karg and Schmorl). The carcinomatous nodule (a), which is quite sharply separated from the parenchyma of the liver (/?), consists of narrow cellular cords imbedded in a coarse reticulum of connective tissue. Metastatic carcinoma of bone (Fig. 136) is a frequent cause of so-called "spontaneous fracture." Fractures occurring under such circumstances should be called " pathological fractures," to distinguish them from fractures resulting from trauma. The writer has observed metastatic carcinoma of bone most frequently in aged women suffering from latent carcinoma of the breast with moderate or no regional infection. In metastatic carcinoma of bone spontaneous fracture usually occurs before any external swelling has developed. If life is sufficiently pro- longed, a tumor appears later at the site of fracture. As Rokitansk-y 230 PATHOLOGY AND TREATMENT OF TUMORS. Fig. 135. — Carcinomatous embolus in a branch of the portal vein after primary carcinoma of the breast; X 250 (after Karg and Schmorl). The branch of the portal vein (a) is dilated and filled by a plug of carci- noma-cells ; b, bile-duct. The surrounding liver-tissue is normal. says: " Cancer of the bone appears sometimes in the form of a nodule, Fig. 136. — Metastatic carcinoma of bone (after Hickmann) ; enlarged Haversian canals filled with carcino- matous tissue. of about the size of a walnut or a hen's egg, which is developed mostly in the medullary canal of the long bones ; it displaces the bony tissue. CARCINOMA. 231 and, producing atrophy of it by pressure, is frequently the cause of one or more spontaneous fractures of the bone which occur as the result of the most trifling causes." Union of the fracture by bony callus, despite the growth of the carcinoma, occasionally takes place. In patients suffering from advanced carcinoma the bones often become so brittle that fracture occurs upon the application of slight force without metastatic carcinoma. Paget remarks : " But some of the spontaneous fractures in cancerous patients are due to the wasting and degenerate atrophy which the bones undergo during the process of cancer, and which seems to proceed to an extreme more often than in any other equally emaciating and cachectic disease." There is, how- ever, reason to believe that in most cases of spontaneous fracture with- out tumor-formation, in which it was believed the fracture occurred without implication of the bone, the fracture was the result of the secondary bone-carcinoma, which was overlooked, life not being suf- ficiently prolonged for the appearance of a swelling. In favor of this view is the fact that pathological fractures under such circumstances are seldom multiple, which would be the case if the marasmus of car- cinoma produced general atrophy of the bones. The carcinomatous material is previously deposited in the Haversian canals, along which it infiltrates the bone, producing enlargement of the canals. Miliary carcinosis very closely resembles miliary tuberculosis. Demme reported seven cases of miliary carcinosis, and, basing his opinion regarding its etiology upon a study of the clinical history of Fig. 137.— Carcinomatous capillary embolism of the choroid; X 320 (after Perls): b, capillary net dilated and filled partly with red blood-corpuscles and partly with carcinoma-cells ; c, large nuclei. these cases, came to the conclusion that it is most frequently produced by trauma. The diffuse general dissemination of carcinoma is usually initiated by a rise in temperature and by other febrile disturbances that 232 PATHOLOGY AND TREATMENT OF TUMORS. closely simulate the general symptoms which inaugurate and attend miliary tuberculosis. In almost all organs of the body, and more par- ticularly upon the serous surfaces, innumerable nodules, from the size of a mustard-seed to that of a hempseed, appear. The nodules are produced by capillary emboli composed of carcinoma-cells (Fig. 137). Miliary carcinosis is a rapidly fatal affection. It is probably produced most frequently by perforation of a vein-wall by the primary or a secondary carcinoma, the epithelial cells of the projecting and rapidly- proliferating endovascular part furnishing the material for the diffuse embolic process. Etiology. Remaining true to the theory that all tumors originate from a matrix of embryonic cells of congenital or post-natal origin, we necessarily must regard the presence of a matrix of embryonic epithelial cells as the essential cause of carcinoma. In the absence of such an essential histological basis, no exciting cause or combination of exciting causes will result in the production of a carcinoma. The matrix of embryonic cells furnishes the essential material for the construction of a carcino- matous tumor ; the exciting causes simply set in motion the machinery which increases the building material. We took it for granted that non-malignant epithelial tumors spring from a similar matrix. The question naturally arises, What influences or agencies determine the difference in the character of the tumors springing from a similar matrix ? Two leading thoughts present themselves in answering this question : 1 . The epithelial cells in the matrix of carcinoma are arrested in their development and are set aside at an earlier stage, and the prod- uct of their tissue-proliferation will therefore be less specialized than that of epithelial cells which have reached a higher degree of differen- tiation. 2. The environment of a carcinoma-matrix offers less resistance to ingrowing of epithelial cells than does that of a papilloma or an adenoma. It is more than probable that the matrix of carcinoma is composed of cells of a lower degree of differentiation than that of a papilloma or an adenoma, and it is almost certain that the conditions under which a carcinoma-matrix assumes active tissue-proliferation result in a diminution of physiological resistance of the tissues in the immediate vicinity of the tumor-matrix. It remains for us to discuss more in detail the exciting causes concerned in awakening a dormant tissue-matrix to active tissue-proliferation. Heredity. — In the majority of cases the tumor-matrix is congenital. In the remaining cases it is of post-natal origin, formed in pathological products in which some of the young epithelial cells fail to reach maturity and are buried in the scar-tissue following the healing of a CARCINOMA. 233 wound or the repair of an inflammatory lesion. Friedreich records a case in which a carcinomatous mother gave birth to a child affected by carcinoma. A few cases of congenital carcinoma have been reported. An hereditary disposition, predisposition, or aptitude, local or gen- eral, for carcinoma-growth is generally recognized. It is a difficult task to obtain accurate information concerning the frequency with which carcinoma occurs in the offspring of carcinomatous parents. In this respect statistics as well as many family histories are exceed- ingly unreliable. Mr. Cripps wishes to exclude from such statistics all cases bearing upon distant relatives, excluding even grandparents. In this way he reaches opposite conclusions from those of Sir James Paget, who recognizes heredity as a fruitful cause of carcinoma. Figuring on the cases from Paget's practice, Mr. Baker makes the statement that 22.4 per cent, of the cancerous patients were of one or more relatives with the same disease. He then gives a table of 103 cases in which one or more relatives were affected. These 103 cases representing only 22.4 per cent, of the total number examined, the whole number must have been 460. In these 103 cases, among the relatives are included aunts, uncles, first, second, and third cousins, great-aunts, and a great- uncle. Among the parents of cancerous patients the death-rate from cancer is — (1) According to Paget, 1 in 24.8; (2) according to Baker, 1 in 22.4 ; (3) according to St. Bartholomew's Hospital, 1 in 28. Accord- ing to Mr. Cripps, among the whole community over twenty years of age the death-rate is 1 in 29. In studying the influence of heredity it is not fair to exclude from the statistics distant cancerous relatives, as has been done by Cripps, because it is well known that congenital deformities, physiognomy, and mental peculiarities frequently reappear several generations apart and in distant relatives. There is no reason to doubt that an aptitude for cancer is transmitted in a similar manner. In certain families the heredity of carcinoma has been shown in a marked manner. Paget relates a case in which a lady, two of her daughters, and eight of her grandchildren died of carcinoma. A still more marked and far-reaching hereditary influence has been referred to in the section on the Etiology of Tumors. Lebert relates two cases of colloid carcinoma of the rec- tum in which one of the parents in each case was similarly affected. To ignore the existence of an hereditary predisposition to carcinoma would be to ignore such a predisposition to the acquirement of all other pathological processes. What such an hereditary predisposition consists of is not known. We regard it as a diminution of the physiological resistance of the tissues adjacent to the matrix. Such a resistance diminished or abol- 234 PATHOLOGY AND TREATMENT OF TUMORS. ished, the tumor-matrix is no longer held in check, but assumes active tissue-proliferation, and the new cells infiltrate the tissues weakened by local or general causes. Traumatism. — Injuries of various kinds have been regarded from time immemorial as a fruitful cause of carcinoma. Without the presence of the essential tumor-matrix no amount or kind of injury will produce a carcinoma. Injury of a part inhabited by the tumor-matrix will act as an exciting cause by diminishing the physiological resistance of the tissues adjacent to the matrix. Paget asserts that about one-fifth of those who have cancer ascribe it to injury. In some the cancer follows almost immediately after the injury; in others it follows as a more remote effect. In another and more frequent class of cases repeated injuries are necessary to produce this result. Billroth maintains that in about 20 per cent, of all cases of carci- noma that came under his notice the growth of the tumor could be traced to an injury of some kind. Boll's statistics show a traumatic origin in 14 per cent., and Cohnheim in 350 cases estimated trauma as the principal exciting cause in about 20 per cent. Injuries to plants are quite frequently followed by tumor-formation. The immediate cause of tumor-growth under such circumstances is attributed by some authors (Williams) less to the injury itself than to a change in the nutrition of the tissues in the locality. Galls are produced by the instillation of the virus of gall-wasps into the tissues of oak-leaves. The virus comes in contact with only a few cells, and the new forma- tion is due to proliferation of the infected cells. The structure of the gall depends more on the kind of vulnerating insect than on the par- ticular variety of oak. In the plant buds may form in any place where undifferentiated cells are present. The stimulants which determine the nutritive flux may be either intrinsic or extrinsic. It is well known that in plants injuries frequently result in the formation of a large number of adventitious buds. The initial cause of such variations is probably to be found in perversions of the secretions of the affected part. Injury to a part inhabited by a tumor-matrix alters normal nutri- tion, which must result in a diminished physiological resistance of the tissues to infective diseases as well as to tumor-growth. Physiological resistance is illustrated by allowing one plant out of a number to go without water. Insect-stings in the weakly plant produce definite changes not produced in well-nourished plants. Local influences — and among them we must include trauma — which pervert nutrition diminish the physiological resistance of the tissues, and by doing so they become an exciting cause of carcinoma. Age. — Carcinoma is most prevalent in persons of middle and past CARCINOMA. 235 middle life. The tumor-matrix present at the time of birth or acquired later remains in a latent condition until the tissues undergo certain changes incident to advanced age, when there are created the local conditions necessary to enable the matrix-cells to resume their latent vegetative function and to assume active tissue-formation. That these senile tissue-changes are something different from ordinal")' marasmus caused by disease or by insufficient nourishment becomes evident from the fact that persons debilitated by disease or by starvation are not more liable to carcinoma than persons of the same age otherwise in perfect health. If carcinoma develops in a young person, it is a proof that the cells of the tumor-matrix possess more than the ordinary degree of vegetative power, or that the person is unduly adapted to cancer- formation, or, finally, that the part which contained the tumor-matrix has been subjected to influences which produced changes in the tissues analogous to those found in the tissues of the aged — in other words, a local senility of the tissues. Thiersch has shown that in the lips of old people the fibrous tissue wastes away while the glandular tissue becomes overgrown, this condition favoring the development of cancer. The capacity of a part of the organism to resist a certain amount of pressure and still to preserve its histogenetic function will determine its vitality. If this power of resistance is lost, then the part becomes subject only to passive changes. This is the case for physiological as well as for pathological conditions, and as a rule the quantity of paren- chymatous fluid is in direct proportion to the capacity of cell-produc- tion. This is the case in the skin of elderly persons as far as pertains to the stroma. When in this weakened stroma there are present organic parts the histogenetic properties of which are still operative, those parts will proliferate and lead to a hyperplasia of the epithelial tissue which eventually predisposes to the development of carcinoma. It may be objected that the abundance of capillaries and their dilatation are in opposition to the theory of atrophic condition of the stroma as a cause of carcinoma, as claimed by Thiersch. This vascular change is, however, only a result of the rarefaction of the connective tissue with consequent diminished support against intravascular pressure. As the blood furnishes a plasma to the tumor, and likely favors development much as a starting plant favors the growth of aphis, it is possible that in the aged there may occur blood-changes which favor the development of carcinoma. Walshe has clearly shown that the mortality from cancer — that is, the number of deaths in proportion to the number of persons living — " goes on steadily increasing with each succeeding decade until the eightieth year." His result is obtained from records of deaths, but it is 30 ' 40 4° ' ' 5o 5° ' ' 60 6o ' 70 70 ' ' 80 236 PATHOLOGY AND TREATMENT OF TUMORS. almost exactly confirmed by the tables collected by Paget showing the ages at which the cancers were first observed by the patients or ascer- tained by their attendants. Paget's Table showing the Influence of Age in the Development of Carcinoma. Under 10 years 5 per cent. Between 10 and 20 years 6.9 ' ; 20 " 30 " 21 48.5 100 "3 107 126 The influence of age in the production of carcinoma is pronounced ; the tissue-changes enumerated by Thiersch offer the most plausible explanation of this influence, and can be applied with equal propriety to carcinoma of all parts of the body as to carcinoma of the lips and the skin. Climate. — Climate and the attending habits of life and state of civilization appear to exert an influence in the causation of carcinoma. Walshe collected evidence that the maximum number of carcinoma patients are found in Europe, and that carcinoma is very rare among the people at Hobart Town and Calcutta and among the natives of Egypt, Algiers, Senegal, Arabia, and the tropical parts of America. Inquiries that have been made relative to the prevalence of carcinoma among the Indians of North America seem to show that they are singularly immune to this affection. Few authenticated cases of carci- noma have been reported among the Indians unaffected by advancing civilization. Mental Depression. — A few pathologists have attributed to the ner- vous system an important part in the etiology of carcinoma. Mental depression has often been quoted as one of the causes in the production of carcinoma. While mental anxiety and worry of all kinds may favor the origin and growth of carcinoma by impairing nutrition, and thus diminishing the physiological resistance of the tissues in the vicinity of a tumor-matrix, we have no evidence that nervous influences exert a more direct effect in the causation of carcinoma. It is different with dread or fear of carcinoma. The writer recollects two patients who for no tangible reason whatever were in constant dread of the disease for many years, when finally their fears were realized. Apprehensions of this nature certainly exert a positive influence in the etiology of carcinoma. CARCINOMA. 237 Tuberculosis. — Rokitansky maintained that tuberculosis and car- cinoma never existed at the same time in the same person. Other investigators have convinced themselves of the incorrectness of this assertion. Dittrich states that of one hundred and fifty cases, in only one did tuberculosis and carcinoma exist at the same time. Friedreich was the first to discover tuberculosis and carcinoma in the same organ. Recently there have been reported a number of well-authen- ticated cases in which carcinoma developed in tubercular affections of the skin. Tubercular lesions prepare the soil for carcinoma, and they may even furnish the essential post-natal matrix of embryonic cells. Prolonged Irritation and Inflammation. — Long-continued local irritation is frequently the exciting cause of carcinoma. If the irrita- tion is sufficient in intensity to stimulate the mature tissue-cells to pro- liferation, it may also furnish a post-natal matrix of embryonic cells, and consequently constitute both the essential and exciting causes. The frequency with which carcinoma is met with in localities exposed to repeated and prolonged irritation points to the fact that the latter is often a cause of carcinoma. Carcinoma is frequently found about the orifices of the body — the lips, the cervix of the uterus, the rectum, and the nose — localities often exposed to irritation. The tobacco-pipe has often been quoted as a cause of carcinoma of the lip, but since the publication of Melzer's statistics the views on this subject have under- gone a change. Carcinoma of the scrotum has been attributed to irritation caused by coal-dust: the effect of this source of irritation has, however, been over-estimated greatly. Abrasions, punctures of the skin, and small wounds have occasionally served as exciting causes. Unskilful shaving must also be enumerated as a possible cause. In one instance the writer saw a carcinoma develop from a small razor-cut. Similarly, insignificant lesions are often referred to as a possible cause of carcinoma. Chronic inflammatory lesions of all kinds and the rem- nants of acute inflammation have more often been starting-points of carcinoma than was formerly supposed or than many are willing to admit at the present time. Inflammation not only diminishes the physi- ological resistance of the tissues, but its product may also furnish a post-natal matrix of embryonic epithelial cells. In a chronic ulcer, for instance, young epithelial cells often become buried in the granulation- tissue, which may serve as a tumor-matrix, and assume active tissue- proliferation at any time when the local conditions are such as to per- mit such tumor-formation. The writer has repeatedly seen carcinoma develop in scar-tissue or upon the surface of a chronic ulcer. Langen- beck observed three cases of lupus in which, after healing of the 238 PATHOLOGY AND TREATMENT OF TUMORS. ulcerated surface, carcinoma developed in the scar-tissue. Similar cases have been referred to elsewhere. Goodhart has called special attention to irritation as a cause of ichthyosis of the tongue and of carcinoma. It has been known for a long time that this superficial chronic inflammation of the tongue fre- quently precedes carcinoma of this organ. In more than one instance carcinoma of the tongue and of the mucous membrane of the cheek has been traced to displaced carious teeth and to the sharp margins of normal teeth. One of the most instructive evidences of the influence of prolonged irritation and inflammation in the causation of carcinoma is chronic eczema of the nipple, known as " Paget's disease of the nipple." The etiological relation of this affection of the nipple to carcinoma of the breast was first pointed out by Sir James Paget. Mr. Butlin has cor- roborated Paget's views, and has shown that there can be traced struct- ural changes extending from the diseased part of the skin along the epithelial linings of the gland-ducts in the nipple, and thence along their branches into the acini of the carcinomatous part of the gland. These acini " become dilated and filled with proliferating epithelium, which is at length, so to speak, discharged into the surrounding tissues." Paget says: "The cases of cancer thus following eczema are illustra- tions of a general rule that a part which lias long been the seat of con- stant or often-recurrent inflammation, or, if I may write intentional obscurity, of frequent or constant irritation, is apt to become cancerous (the italics are the writer's). Similar instances of the rule are observed in tongues long affected with psoriasis or ichthyosis, in uteri long or often ulcerated, in scars that often 'break out,' in lower lips long cracked or excoriated, in warts often irritated, sore, and scabbed, some- times in old scrofulous or other ulcers or in sinuses." Paget admits that irritation alone and of itself is not enough to produce carcinoma. He continues : " It may therefore be deemed very probable that the chief or sole effect of irritation is, by inducing a degeneration, to render the parts more fit for the invasion of a disease which is essentially of an internal origin." Paget still adheres to the humoral etiology of carcinoma, but we assign, as he does, to chronic irritation and inflammatory products an important role in the causation of carcinoma by diminishing the physi- ological resistance and by occasionally at least furnishing at the same time the essential tumor-matrix of embryonic epithelial cells. Another inflammatory product very often the starting-point of car- cinoma is the wart. The warts upon the forehead and cheeks of aged persons (verruca senilis) most frequently undergo such a transformation. CARCINOMA. 239 The only cases in which the writer has seen primary multiple carcinoma were those in which carcinoma had such an origin. The claim might be made that these papillomatous swellings were carcinomatous from the beginning. Examinations of numerous specimens of this kind have furnished pictures showing all stages of transition of an inflammatory swelling into a carcinoma, and there can therefore be no doubt of their primary inflammatory origin. Microbes. — The local, regional, and general dissemination of carci- noma is strongly suggestive of the existence of some virus or microbe as the prime etiological factor of the origin and dissemination of carci- noma. In some respects carcinoma resembles several of the infective processes the microbic origin of which has been well established. The infectiveness of tuberculosis was recognized a long time before its microbic origin was demonstrated. Pathologists have made numerous experiments to prove the inoculability of carcinoma. Langenbeck injected cancer-juice into the jugular vein of dogs, and it is asserted that in one instance the experiment resulted in carcinoma of the lungs. Novinsky in 1876, and later Wehr and Hanau, succeeded in inocu- lating animals, and Hahn and Bergmann have inoculated the human being. Carcinoma has frequently been engrafted from one animal into another of the same species, and in some instances the experiment yielded positive results. The writer has made numerous experiments on dogs by implanting carcinoma and sarcoma from man, and the results were always negative. A slight induration around the implanted graft was all that was ever observed. Induration and graft all disappeared by absorption in the course of two or three weeks. The same results followed the implantation of malignant grafts from one animal into another of the same species. In a recent work Adamkiewicz declares that after implantation of a piece of a carcinoma in the brain of a rabbit death always took place in about two hours. In the brains thus inocu- lated were always found disseminated round-celled metastatic deposits of carcinoma which showed a tendency to break down in the centre. The carcinoma-cells nearly all disappeared from the engrafted piece, leaving only the stroma. Adamkiewicz believes that cancer-cells are living, inde- pendent organisms belonging to the class of protozoa. Geissler, who repeated the experiments of Adamkiewicz, found that fragments of carcinoma-tissue imbedded in the brains of rabbits produced no reaction and were absorbed like other aseptic absorbable substances. The views of Adamkiewicz regarding the origin of carcinoma are as fallacious as the hope he entertained of cancroin as a specific therapeutic agent has been shown to be unfounded. The search for a specific microbe dates 240 PATHOLOGY AND TREATMENT OF TUMORS. back to the early days of bacteriology as a science. One of the first efforts in this direction was made in 1881 by Wedopil. The excitement which Scheuerlen's alleged discovery of a specific bacillus of carcinoma produced spread over the world and stimulated others to renewed activity in the bacteriological investigation of carci- noma. For a short time Scheuerlen's claims were seriously entertained and considered, and Schill and Frere went to the trouble to dispute his claim to priority of the discovery of the carcinoma bacillus. Later, Darier, Wickham, Malassez, Albarran, and Soudakewitsch described coccidia-like bodies in tumors. These bodies were studied carefully in tumor-tissue by Pfeiffer, Sjobring, Thoma, Podysoski, Delepine, and especially by Ruffer. The last author regarded them as psorosperms, and he studied their behavior to different kinds of staining material. He found them in the protoplasm of cells in all carcinomatous tumors. Stroebe, Steinhaus, O. Israel, Karg, Eberth, Ribbert, Hauser, and other pathologists entertained more conservative views in regard to the etiological importance of these bodies in the causation of tumors. Many of these pathologists are of the opinion that the bodies which have been described as psorosperms are only the product of cell- degeneration. The experiments of Ballance and Shattock in the cultivation of cancer on nutrient media, and the direct inoculation of cancer per- formed by Hanau, Klebs, and others, argue against a microbic origin of carcinoma. The sporozoa which have been found in cancer-tissue by different observers no doubt play their part in irritation, but there is so far no evidence that they are the cause of carcinoma. Kurloff considers it very desirable that those engaged in investigating the supposed organism of carcinoma should furnish with each published case the history of the patient and a clinical and pathologico-anatomical account of the tumor. Only by some such plan can we hope to systematize the results arrived at by different investigators. Korotneff discovered in carcinoma an organism which he called rhopaloccphalns canceroniatosus. Kurloff found the same parasite in a vacuole within the epithelial cells of a carcinoma of the breast. Ohlmacher of Chicago made very extensive investigations concerning the etiological relation of sporozoa to carcinoma, and in a recent paper on this subject he pointed out that many objects have been described as the parasites of carcinoma because the subject has been treated unscientifically. A great number of reagents have been used, hence the diversity of results. Artificial products are sometimes found by the reagents. It has been found that sporozoa treated by different fixing solutions act differently. Some agents distort the spores and interfere with the subsequent CARCINOMA. 241 staining. All the present methods of investigation are faulty, and no results are to be looked for until new methods are devised. To prove the microbic origin of carcinoma it is necessary for bac- teriologists to demonstrate the presence of the same organism in every carcinomatous tumor. They must isolate the organism and cultivate it outside the body upon artificial nutrient media, and zvith pure cidturcs they must reproduce the disease in some of the lozi'cr animals. This has so far not been done, and until it is done we have no right to claim for carcinoma a microbic origin. It has been shown elsewhere that the local and general dissemination of carcinoma is effected exclusively by cell- metastasis and cell-transportation, and that the secondary and meta- static tumors are the exclusive products of tissue-proliferation of cells derived from the primary tumor. In all infective swellings the cellular elements are derived exclusively from the corpuscular elements of the blood and proliferation from pre-existing tissue. Carcinoma-tissue is derived exclusively from a matrix of embryonic epithelial cells. The pre-existing tissues remain passive in carcinoma as well as in all other tumor-formations. De Morgan in 1874 said: "I can see no analogy between new growth, whether as innocent as lipoma or as malignant as cancer, and the products of true general or blood disease. From the first a tumor is a living, self-dependent formation, capable of continued growth by virtue of its own power of using the nutritive materials supplied to it. Nothing like this is seen in any of the blood diseases." Until additional and more positive light is shed upon the microbic origin of carcinoma we must adhere to the theory that carcinoma is an atypical proliferation of cells from a matrix of embryonic epithelial cells of congenital or post- natal origin. Pathology. The most important aberration of the normal growth in carcinoma consists in the presence of epithelial cells in vascular connective tissue. The epithelial cells retain their vegetative power in the new locality. The stroma is derived from the pre-existing connective tissue, and its abundance depends largely on the amount of connective tissue in the part affected and the intrinsic vegetative capacity of the epithelial cells. If the organ affected is dense and fibrous, the pre-existing material for the stroma is abundant, and the tumor, at least during its earlier stages, will be firm. If the epithelial cells proliferate slowly, the pre-existing connective tissue constituting the stroma is increased by the production of new connective tissue in response to the stimulation created by the carcinoma-cells, which act as an aseptic foreign substance. If the epi- thelial cells possess a maximum power of tissue-proliferation, the stroma ifi 242 PATHOLOGY AND TREATMENT OF TUMORS. is rapidly broken down, and little or no new connective tissue is formed, the resulting tumor grows very rapidly, is soft, and local infection takes place early and in a short time becomes diffuse. In hard carcinoma of the breast, the so-called " scirrhus," the stroma is abundant and the parenchyma is scanty. The same conditions are found in atrophic carcinoma and in cancer en adrasse. In the so-called " encephaloid " carcinoma the conditions are reversed — a scanty stroma and an abun- dance of rapidly-proliferating cells. Carcinoma is distinguished from all other tumors by the irregularity of its surface and the existence of a wide zone of infiltration. Virchow years ago observed a zone of infiltration extending from three to four lines from the macroscopical boundary-line of the tumor. Waldeyer described this zone as the " inflammatory zone," because he found in the connective tissue numerous small cells. This zone often presents almost a typical appearance of tissue the seat of a chronic inflamma- tion. The infiltration consists of leucocytes and small young epithelial cells which, like the leucocytes, wander by virtue of their ameboid movements into and along the connective-tissue spaces (Fig. 138). The '■0yg£Lr "^ . &-. Fig. 138.— Zone of infiltration around carcinoma ; X 330 (Surgical Clinic, Rush Medical College, Chi- cago) : section from near the macroscopical boundary-line of a carcinoma of the abdominal wall : a, young epithelial cells infiltrating the stroma, beginning formation of new alveoli; b, stroma; c, wandering leuco- cytes. infiltration in rapid-growing carcinoma is so extensive that the con- nective-tissue spaces are packed with small round cells to such an extent as to obscure the stroma completely (Fig. 139, c). The leucocytes escape from new imperfect capillary vessels or from vessels damaged by the tumor-tissue, and consequently are present in great abundance in rapid-growing tumors — a condition which exem- plifies the well-known clinical fact that the more closely a carcinomatous tumor resembles an inflammatory product, the greater is its malignancy. The young epithelial cells possess the maximum capacity to change their location by ameboid movements ; hence we find in the zone of CARCINOMA. 243 ■■ii&l'.y-Ji. % ,_: v u, ,''"/^&.'" iS ' Fig. 139. — Extensive ground-cell infiltration at the margin of a carcinoma of the lower jaw ; extension of disease from the lip ; X 130: a, carcinoma-cells wandering into site of former pearl ; b, colloid material ; c, round-cell infiltration ; d, young carcinoma-cells. .-,:j • ■■■•iv-'S' - wmm K^a mmmm Fig. 140. — Carcinoma of the tongue ; X 85 (Surgical Clinic, Rush Medical College, Chicago) : a, columnar projections of carcinoma-cells ; b, epithelial nests ; c, blood-vessels ; d, submucous connective tissue. 244 PATHOLOGY AND TREATMENT OF TUMORS. infiltration exclusively young epithelial cells which have left the primary tumor and are actively engaged in increasing its area. From the sur- face of the carcinoma there project into the surrounding tissue tumor- masses which render its surface uneven and nodular. These projections of the tumor can be seen to greatest advantage in squamous-celled carcinoma. They appear first as conical or column-shaped infiltrations connected on one side with the primary tumor and projecting into the connective tissue on the other (Fig. 140). These projecting parts of the tumor impart to it from the very beginning a certain degree of immobility and cause the nodulated condition of its surface. The stimulation of the tissues caused by the invasion of so many foreign bodies results also in the formation of new blood-vessels, brought about by a process of budding from the pre-existing blood- vessels adjacent to the tumor-matrix. The vascularization, not being Fig. 141. — Deep-reaching epithelioma upon the leg, with papillary excrescences. Specimen injected. Section from the part of the tumor which occupied the cavity in the tibia ; X 6 (after Thiersch) : a, new vessels composed of numerous loops ; 6, elongated pedunculated proliferation of vessels ; c, large vessel- trunks which suddenly terminate in capillaries ; if, compact masses of epithelial cells arranged in concentric layers, cut transversely or obliquely, and surrounded by vascular stroma ; c , part of a cleft-like cavity con- taining epithelial debris ; /, flat polygonal cells in irregular layers, answering to the horny epithelial cells of the skin; g, layer of cells representing the rete Malpighii. under the normal control of the nervous tissue, and being in a district of planless tissue-proliferation, always assumes an atypical type. The epithelial cells in carcinoma are brought in direct contact with the new blood-vessels (Fig. 141, d). The atypical vascularization of a carcinoma exerts a potent influence in determining its clinical course. Great vascularity is a prominent CARCINOMA. 245 feature of rapid-growing tumors. In slow-growing hard tumors the blood-supply is scanty. In atrophic carcinoma the vessels are com- pressed and often obliterated by the cicatricial contraction of the massive stroma. Perforation of a vessel-wall by tumor-tissue is apt to be followed by metastatic carcinoma or miliary carcinosis. Thrombosis of a prin- cipal vessel of the tumor results in speedy and extensive degeneration or necrosis of the tumor-tissue. Carcinoma-cells retain their embryonic character and never reach maturity. The imperfect development of epithelial cells in carcinoma is one of the distinctive features between them and the mature epithelial cells of benign epithelial tumors. The juvenile condition of the paren- chyma-cells of a carcinoma explains the rapid growth of the tumor and the early degenerative changes which take place in its tissues. Thiersch has well said that the tissue of carcinoma is characterized from the start by degeneration. While the degeneration is progressing the parts first affected suffer a retrogressive change, without, however, it being followed by complete absorption. The pre-existing connective tissue is utilized as a temporary scaffolding for the tumor-tissue. The parenchyma-cells of all organs affected by carcinoma are subjected to pressure, undergo fatty degeneration, and are gradually removed by absorption as the tumor advances. The complete removal of glandular tissue in secondary carcinoma of the lymphatic glands furnishes a striking illustration of the gradual substitution of tumor-tissue for the pre-existing glandular structure. The connective tissue of the part affected furnishes the stroma of the tumor ; this stroma is increased under favorable circumstances, but is likewise subject to degenerative changes and to gradual removal by the increasing number of cells. The degenerative changes which occur most frequently in carcinoma- cells are — 1. Fatty degeneration ; 2. Colloid degeneration; 3. Mucoid degeneration. Fatty degeneration begins always „*>?*;*%»„ in the centre of the alveoli, in the oldest cells, and in the parts most distant from the vascular ^.f ~ i_„ supply. The cells in the centre of an epithelial f^f-ff-ff- fi£M-~'' nest (Fur- 142) show first in their protoplasm { '.;■ '■Xfl'"^,' f granules of fat which increase in size and number 'v';-S ; ^ : ??' until the cell breaks up in fragments, leaving '-f^:,".^f minute particles of fat and a granular detritus. FlG I42 .I!E P itheiiai pearl Fatty degeneration begins at different points in from ardnoml of f in °f c leg; J to ° X no, reduced one-fourth (burg- the Same alveolus (Fig. 143). ical Clinic, Rush Medical College, „, . c c , ... Chicago): a, a, centre of cancer- 1 he product of fatty degeneration in squa- nesls> showing fatty degeneration mous-celled and glandular-celled carcinoma in ° fcells - its naked-eye appearances resembles very much the contents of an athe- 246 PATHOLOGY AND TREATMENT OF TUMORS. roma. It is composed, like the latter, of detached dead and degenerated epithelial cells, granules of fat, and a granular detritus. While the centre of an alveolus is undergoing this change the disease extends in its periphery, where cell-proliferation is progressing in the outer layer of the younger epithelial cells. In ulcer- ating carcinoma of the lip and the skin the products of fatty degen- eration, in the form of small plugs presenting the appearance of athe- romatous material, can be squeezed out upon the surface by pressure. The same condition is not met with in any other ulcer, and is therefore of the greatest diagnostic importance. In glandular carcinoma the same kind of material can be squeezed from the surface on making a sec- tion through the tumor. Fatty de- generation of the parenchyma of a carcinoma is most marked in slow- growing hard tumors, and must be regarded as a favorable retrogressive change tending to retard the growth of the tumor. Fig. 143. — Multiple points of fatty degeneration in the same alveolus ; X 480 (Surgical Clinic, Rush Medical College, Chicago) : a, highly refractile non- staining area. Fig. 144 — Carcinoma of the rectum with extensive colloid degeneration of the cells lining the tubules (after Perls). In the small alveoli, beginning colloid degeneration of the cells ; the larger alveoli are distended by colloid material and are without attached cells. CARCINOMA. 247 Colloid degeneration occurs in the parenchyma and stroma of car- cinoma, and is not limited to tumors of any particular type of cells ( Fl g- 145)- Colloid degeneration of the stroma is found in rapid- growing glandular carcinoma. The colloid material is often so abun- dant as to obscure the cellular elements and the stroma— so much so Fig. 145. — Colloid degeneration of stroma in carcinoma of the mamma ; X 350 (Surgical Clinic, Rush Medical College, Chicago) : a, stroma ; b, alveoli packed with epithelial cells ; c, colloid masses in stroma. as to induce many authors to regard it as a special form of tumor. Lebert showed that what was known as " colloid carcinoma " is a car- cinoma modified by the character of the regressive tissue-metamor- phosis of its cells or its stroma, or both. Colloid degeneration is of very frequent occurrence in carcinoma of the alimentary canal, the favorite locality of what was formerly described as " colloid cancer " (Fig. 144). Mucoid or myxomatous degeneration may occur in either the cells or the stroma of a carcinoma. Columnar-celled carcinoma is very apt to undergo this form of regressive metamorphosis. It is again the oldest cells that first undergo this change. In cylindrical-celled car- cinoma, in which the cells are arranged in several layers, the layer next 248 PATHOLOGY AND TREATMENT OF TUMORS. to the lumen of the tubule is destroyed by the myxomatous process, and the mucoid material accumulates in the glandular spaces, forming cysts of various sizes (Fig. 146). If the areas of degeneration are 0' Fig. 146. — Cylindrical-celled carcinoma of stomach ; X 250 (after Perls). The cells in the central part of the alveoli are destroyed by myxomatous degeneration. extensive, the consistence of the tumor varies in different places — a matter of importance in diagnosis. Secondary tumors are subject to the same degenerative changes as the primary. Ulceration in car- cinoma of the skin and the mucous membranes is present almost from the beginning. Carcinomatous ulcers of the cutaneous surface are usually covered by a crust formed by inspissation of the secretion, which crust, if detached, uncovers an ulcer which bleeds upon the slightest touch. An ulcer once formed remains permanently , increases in size, and manifests no tendency to heal. The differentiation of such an ulcer from lupus and from ulcerating syphilitic affections is always difficult and sometimes impossible. When the tumor involves the skin or when a deep-seated carcinoma has reached the skin, ulceration takes place, the central part, being more abundantly supplied with epithelial cells and being less vascular, becoming the seat of necrotic changes. As soon as the continuity of the surface is destroyed, micro-organisms take a part in the subsequent work of destruction, as the tumor-tissue becomes the seat of suppurative inflammation. A carcinomatous ulcer is characterized by its deep, crater-like cavity, which again may present nodules, as well as by its thickened and indurated margins. The ulcer may also be flat where the thin infiltrations appear to be destroyed by ulceration. These ulcers are always surrounded by steep, abrupt CARCINOMA. 249 margins, and present a flat floor with few or no granulations, being thus distinguished from many other kinds of ulcers resulting from infective causes. Large ulcers are usually the seat of putrefactive pro- cesses and emit an exceedingly offensive odor. The putrefaction is caused by the presence of putrefactive bacilli which develop in the dead tissue attached to the ulcerated surface. A carcinoma covered by normal intact skin may become infected with pyogenic microbes by localization in the tumor-tissue of floating microbes. Suppurative inflammation of the tumor-tissue under such circumstances is attended by the usual symptoms which accompany acute inflammation. Tem- perature, rapid pulse, and other symptoms of sepsis, with increase of swelling, pain, tenderness, and oedema, are the symptoms to be relied upon in ascertaining the existence of this complication. If the tumor is large and the infection is extensive, a large part of the tumor may slough, leaving a crater-like excavation after the elimination of the dead material. It will be necessary to add to the general remarks on the pathology of carcinoma a brief description of the Histological Varieties of Carcinoma. Squamous-celled Carcinoma. — This variety of carcinoma develops upon the surface of the skin, and is usually described under the term " epithelioma." The term " epithelioma " has given rise to a great deal of confusion, as some authors describe under it a benign, and others a malignant, tumor of the skin or the mucous membranes. The word should be abolished in the nomenclature of tumors. A squamous-celled carcinoma contains as the essential tumor- element squamous or pavement epithelium in imitation of the epithelial layers of the skin. The growth usually begins as a small surface defect — a crack or fissure of the skin covered by a crust. With the cancer-formation the epithelial cells dip down beyond the membrana propria into the subcutaneous vascular connective tissue. The tumor then is slightly elevated above the level of the surrounding skin, with a hard base, and with indurated margins from which infiltrations extend into the surrounding tissues. The tumor beneath the skin or under the ulcer appears to the palpating finger as a hard mass, almost of the density of a piece of cartilage. The tumor ulcerates early, as the oldest portion does not receive a blood-supply adequate to nourish its tissues. When the epithelial layer is destroyed the connective tissue furnishes the surface with a layer of vascular granulations ; but an attempt in this direction is only partially successful, as some of the epidermal plugs penetrate deeply into the subcutaneous tissue. If these epidermal 250 PATHOLOGY AND TREATMENT OF TUMORS. plugs are carefully examined, their connection with the surface epithelia is readily traced by making the section in a right direction : if it is made oblique, the deeper parts of the tumor appear disconnected with the surface. In the proper interpretation of the diagnostic significance of these epithelial plugs not only is their net-like branching characteristic, but of greater import are their shape and combination. Benign epithelial proliferations show the same regular form and arrangement of the cells as the normal inversions of the epidermis, and they gradually become nar- rower toward the depth, while in the carcinomatous epithelial prolifera- tion the nature of the growth is revealed by the irregular arrangement of the epithelial cells and their relations to the connective tissue. New epithelial cells which form on the surface of granulations in the healing of a wound or an ulcer do not possess the power to penetrate into the deeper tissues, while penetration of the connective tissue is the most conspicuous pathological feature of carcinoma. The carcinoma-cells first penetrate the entire thickness of the skin, and later the subcutane- ous connective tissue and any other tissue within their reach. Another important differential point is that in non-malignant affections of the skin the normal shape of the different forms of epithelial cells is main- tained, while in carcinoma there is a great similarity in the shape of the cells. Epithelial pearls in non-malignant affections appear in the form of concentric layers of cells, with the oldest cells in the centre ; in car- cinoma the cells of such a pearl are the product of tissue-proliferation of a single cell. In carcinoma the cells are often multinuclear, and only gradually, by flattening and arrangement in concentric layers, form the epithelial nests. In ordinary granulation-tissue but few leucocytes are found ; in carcinoma they are abundant, especially near capillary vessels. In chronic ulcer of the leg, if malignancy sets in, young epithelial cells become buried underneath the benign granulations, and a carcinoma of considerable size may be produced by them before its presence would be recognized by surface indications. If a carcinoma of the skin is allowed to run its course undisturbed, regional infection is sure to take place, and other complications, in common with glandular carcinoma, set in sooner or later, furnishing an abundance of clinical evidence to prove the carcinomatous nature of the tumor. The favorite localities of squamous-celled carcinoma are the lips, the skin of the face, the mouth, the nose, the ear, the penis, the vulva, and the anus. In the oesophagus it most frequently attacks that part of the tube which lies behind the cricoid cartilage and the bifurcation of the trachea. Carcinoma of the tongue commences most frequently at CARCINOMA. 251 the margin and base of the organ, at points irritated by sharp or defect- ive teeth. Carcinoma is also quite frequent in the larynx, the vocal cords, and, as Stork has observed, from polypoid or papillomatous growths, warts, and scars in this organ. The deep, squamous-celled carcinomata originate from an incompletely obliterated branchial cleft (Volkmann), from remnants of the urachus and of dermoid tumors, or from a dis- placed matrix of embryonic cells in any part of the body. Friedlander found in the apex of the lung of a phthisical patient a squamous-celled carcinoma which projected into a principal bronchus. He believed that the columnar cells in this locality had become transformed into squa- mous epithelium, and he refers to the observations made by Griffini and Ziegler, who found pavement epithelium upon ulcerous, tubercular, and syphilitic defects of the trachea. It is, however, more probable that the carcinoma had developed from a displaced matrix of epiblastic tissue. Erbse saw a case of squamous-celled carcinoma of the lung after perforation into the trachea of an cesophagus-carcinoma composed of epithelial cells resembling the primary tumor. Klebs thinks that cells entered the lung by aspiration before perforation occurred. As compared with glandular carcinoma, squamous-celled carcinoma pursues a chronic course. This, as we have explained elsewhere, is to be attributed not so much to its lesser intrinsic malignancy as to the difference in the anatomical location of the two growths. If left to itself, squamous-celled carcinoma ultimately presents all the clinical features of glandular carcinoma. Melanotic carcinoma is a pigmented squamous-celled carcinoma. It develops in structures which are pigmented — most frequently in pig- mented moles. The pigment appears as granules in the protoplasm of the cells. This form of carcinoma is regarded as exceedingly malig- nant, giving rise to early and extensive regional infection and to general dissemination. The secondary tumors show the same structure, and are pigmented like the primary tumor. Cylindrical-celled Carcinoma. — The cylindrical-celled carcinoma resembles the squamous-celled in so far that it develops upon a free surface, but it differs from it in the shape and arrangement of its cells. The cells are derived from the hypoblast, are columnar in shape, and are attached in single or multiple layers to the inner surface of imper- fect tubules. The histological structure of a cylindrical-celled carci- noma is an imitation of gland-ducts and of mucous glands of the gastro-intestinal canal. The carcinomatous process begins with an anomalous vegetation of columnar epithelial cells. The membrana propria is defective at points, and permits the cells to escape from the tubules into the surrounding connective tissue, where they continue to 252 PATHOLOGY AND TREATMENT OF TUMORS. reproduce themselves by indirect cell-division. The connective tissue also proliferates and enters into the formation of the tumor. The dis- conuccted development of epithelial cells is an important factor in the local extension of the tumor. It marks the first deviation from normal growth, and it is always followed by local and regional infection, and, as Lebert has shown, very frequently by general dissemination. Metastatic tumors, especially of the bones, are often associated with a small primary tumor showing greater aptitude for local and general dissemination than does squamous-celled carcinoma. The primary tumor in such cases has often been overlooked entirely. Klebs believes that the extension to bone usually takes place through lymph- glands, especially those in the lumbar region. Compared with squamous-celled carcinoma, cylindrical-celled carci- noma is a much more malignant affection. A partial explanation of this difference in their clinical behavior is the presence in the former of an abundance of firm connective tissue to serve the purpose of stroma, and in the latter of a scanty, loose bed of connective tissue. Glandular Carcinoma. — The morphological prototypes of this variety of carcinoma in normal tissue are the acinous glands, some of which are derived from the epiblast and some from the hypoblast. The hard variety of glandular carcinoma has been called "scirrhus" for centuries, and this name still figures prominently in our modern text-books. The texture of the tumor varies according to the amount of stroma present. If the stroma is abundant and firm, the tumor is firm — the so-called " scirrhus ;" if the stroma is scanty and the amount of tumor-cells is consequently increased, the tumor is soft, constituting what was formerly, from its resemblance in consistence and appearance to brain-tissue, termed an enccphaloid or medullary cancer. If such a tumor ulcerated and fungous masses appeared on the surface of the ulcer, which bled easily on being touched, it was called fungus hema- todes. Such a distinction between glandular tumors is no longer justi- fiable upon histological or clinical grounds, as the same tissue-elements are present in all varieties, only in different proportions, and all of these varieties result in regional, and frequently in general, infection. The classification of carcinoma should be made upon a histological basis, and if this is done, all malignant epithelial tumors of acinous glands must be brought under one head as glandular carcinoma. Glandular carcinoma varies greatly according to the character of the mother-soil and the arrangements of its histological elements, but many of the features of the varieties formerly regarded as distinct types of tumors have so much in common as to constitute a well- defined form of carcinoma. The most distinguishing feature between ZARCINOMA. 253 V; ;4'T";'M s . :v1t:ji a» 254 PATHOLOGY AND TREATMENT OF TUMORS. glandular carcinoma and carcinoma of the cutaneous and mucous sur- faces is that the former gives rise to the formation of a large tumor. The reason that a surface carcinoma does not form a large tumor is that it can grow in one direction only, and that, being exposed to frequent irritation of all kinds, and receiving its blood-supply only from one direc- tion, it falls an early prey to ulceration. As soon as a surface carcinoma has ulcerated, the tumor-tissue is exposed to infection -with pathogenic microbes, which infection, by producing a suppurative inflammation, aids in the destruction of tumor-tissue. A glandular carcinoma is better pro- tected against irritation, injury, and infection with pathogenic microbes, is surrounded everywhere by tissue, and receives its blood-supply from all sides, and it is for these reasons that the tumor attains larger size and that ulceration sets in later than in a surface carcinoma. Carcinoma of the breast is the most familiar representative of the glandular group. In the hard glandular tumor the epithelial cells lose their typical shape sooner than in the soft variety, owing to the pres- sure to which they are subjected on the part of the massive stroma and to the scanty blood-supply. The defective acinous grouping of the epithelial cells (Fig. 147) points to a deeper nutritive disturbance than is the case in adenoma (Fig. 148), and should always be looked for in making a differential diagnosis by the aid of the microscope. The carcinomatous character of the tumor becomes evident when the tissues adjacent to the tumor are examined. If the tumor, for instance, is surrounded by fat, this tissue will be found infiltrated with new epithelial cells, and hence what might have been considered macro- scopically as the most important features, adhesion and infiltration, become corroborated by examination of these tissues under the micro- scope. When the tumor starts in the acini of the gland — or, rather, when the tumor presents an acinous structure — the picture is entirely changed, as the histological arrangement in a hard glandular tumor presents no resemblance whatever to normal gland-tissue : the glandular tissue has given way to a firm, quite homogeneous, fibrous mass ; only numerous, narrow, somewhat deeply-stained stripes indicate the location of the compressed, proliferating epithelial cells. The carcinomatous tissue pre- sents a peculiarly distinctive histological type. This tissue consists of a mixture of epithelial cells and connective tissue, the mutual topographical and numerical relations of which deviate completely from the normal structure of the mammary gland. The highest degree of atypical tissue-proliferation is met with in carcinoma of the mammary gland. The local infection extends along pre-existing connective-tissue spaces, and ultimately extends beyond the limits of the gland to the overlying skin and the wall of the thorax, CARCINOMA. 255 which is frequently perforated by the growth, either by continuity of growth and successive involvement of the different tissues, or in the course of the lymphatics until the pleura is reached, when the disease spreads rapidly over the serous surfaces, usually resulting in hydro- thorax. The serum in such cases is frequently stained by the admix- ture of blood. Glandular carcinoma is followed at an early stage by regional infection. The lymphatic glands nearest the organ affected in the direction of the lymph-current, are usually involved first, when step by step, successive glands are implicated until the entire chain of glands has become infected. General infection at this stage may occui at any time and may hasten the death of the patient. The gland. 5 most frequently the seat of carcinoma are the mammary, thyroid parotid, submaxillary, ovary, testicle, kidneys, pancreas, and prostate. Diagnosis. The difficulty in the diagnosis of carcinoma depends on the size anc location of the tumor. In advanced carcinoma of the external parts of the body a correct diagnosis can often be made on first sight. The diagnosis of carcinoma of internal organs is frequently made only ir the post-mortem room. The successful treatment of carcinoms depends upon an early and a correct diagnosis and prompt anc thorough operative interference. The early diagnosis requires a care- ful study of the clinical history of the case, supplemented by z thorough examination of the tumor, and followed by a critical analysis of the signs and symptoms presented. In doubtful cases a correct diagnosis is possible only by differentiating from a supposed carcinoma swellings and tumors which simulate it — that is, by exclusion. Inoc- ulation experiments and the use of the microscope may become neces- sary to make a differential diagnosis between carcinoma and some of the infective swellings. In obtaining the clinical history it is importanl to inquire into the family history in reference to the possible existence of an hereditary predisposition to carcinoma. To elicit information of value concerning this point it is necessary to trace back the familj history for two or three generations, because such an hereditary predis- position does not necessarily occur in the immediate offspring of car- cinomatous parents, but may appear in the second, third, or fourtr generation. The writer knows of one family in which both parent; died of carcinoma — the husband of carcinoma of the stomach, the wife of carcinoma of the uterus — and yet the children, one of whorr has now reached his sixtieth year, have shown no symptoms of this disease. In tracing the family history in the cases of carcinoma thai have come under his observation the writer has had patients tell hirr 256 PATHOLOGY AND TREATMENT OF TUMORS. repeatedly that one of the grandparents or great-grandparents died of carcinoma. It is also important to elicit the existence of malignant disease among more distant relatives, as the hereditary predisposition may follow with varying degrees of intensity different branches of the same family. The age of the patient is an important element in the diagnosis of doubtful tumors. Carcinoma is a disease that in preference attacks persons of middle or past middle life. The aptitude for this disease increases after middle life. In very rare instances it has been of con- genital origin or has developed during childhood. It is quite rare in persons less than twenty years of age, and is more common during the third decade of life. The writer has seen carcinoma of the rectum in a boy eighteen years of age, carcinoma of the breast in a girl twenty- five years old, carcinoma of the lower lip in a man twenty-seven years old, and carcinoma of the stomach in a man of thirty. Cases of carcinoma in persons less than thirty years of age are, however, extremely rare. A tumor of the lip occurring in a man less than thirty years of age is in all probability anything else than a carcinoma, while in persons past middle life the probability of its being carcinomatous is greatly increased. If a woman less than thirty years of age is suffering from pelvic distress, menorrhagia, and profuse leucorrhceal discharge, the probability of these symptoms being caused by carcinoma of the uterus is exceedingly small, while the same complexus of symptoms occurring in a woman at the time of the menopause or later points strongly in that direction. A solid tumor in females less than twenty- five years of age is usually of a benign nature, while its appearance in women past thirty years of age should arouse a strong suspicion of its malignant character. Sex exerts a strong influence in determining the location of carci- noma. Pyloric obstruction of the stomach is caused by carcinoma much more frequently in men than in women. Carcinoma of the lip is extremely rare in women. Carcinoma of the breast in the male is an exceptional occurrence. Carcinoma of the genital organs is much more frequent in women than in men. Rapidity of growth is a marked feature of carcinoma as compared with benign tumors. A rapid-growing tumor is therefore more apt to be mistaken for an inflammatory swelling than for a carcinoma. Rapidity of growth as a diagnostic evidence, however, must be weighed carefully before conclusions are drawn from it, otherwise the surgeon is very likely to be misled. A carcinoma may remain latent for many years before manifesting malignant qualities. An inflammatory swell- ing, as a rule, increases in size more rapidly than a carcinoma. Patients CARCINOMA. 257 have been sent to the writer repeatedly with the diagnosis of carcinoma of the breast, when the clinical history showed that the swelling had reached its maximum size in from four to six weeks — the result of an almost painless subacute suppurative inflammation of the breast. In rapidly-growing tumors particular pains should be taken to ascertain a possible source of infection. If, for instance, a tumor of the testicle attains the size of a hen's egg in a few weeks in a man more than thirty years of age, a suspicion of syphilitic infection should be excited. A gumma of the testicle will increase in size much more rapidly than a carcinoma of the same organ. A rapid-growing carcinoma must be differentiated carefully from infective swellings of all kinds — gumma, tuberculosis, actinomycosis, and chronic suppuration. Tenderness and pain, although present to a more or less marked degree in advanced carcinoma, are symptoms of greater prominence in inflammatory affections. Non-professional men and women have an exaggerated idea of pain as a symptom of carcinoma. They are im- pressed with the belief, handed down for ages, that carcinoma is an exceedingly painful affection, and it is difficult to make them under- stand that carcinoma may occur as a painless affection. Carcinomata of the skin and mucous membranes are not attended by much pain. Patients who have suffered perhaps for a year or more from carcinoma of the rectum generally complain of but little pain, and seek medical advice for what they have regarded all along as piles. Carcinoma of the stomach is a comparatively painless affection, and the suffering caused by it is more from the mechanical obstruction than from the carcinoma per se. The temporaiy sharp, shooting, lightning pains so frequently described as a characteristic symptom of carcinoma are often entirely absent and are always of an intermittent character. The writer has frequently opened the abdomen for acute intestinal obstruction, and has found carcinoma of the intestine without the patient's having known that there was anything seriously wrong before the symptoms of acute obstruction set in. Tenderness, a symptom of the greatest diagnostic importance in inflammatory affections, is usually entirely wanting in uncomplicated carcinoma. Dilatation of the superficial veins is the result of great vascularity or of deep-seated venous obstruction, and is present as fre- quently in infective swellings as in carcinoma. Redness is present in carcinoma when the tumor has reached and implicated the skin and is on the verge of ulceration. It is only under similar circumstances that it is present in infective swellings. (Edema, so significant of the presence of a deep-seated abscess, is present in carcinoma when the regional infection interferes with the lymphatic or venous circulation 17 258 PATHOLOGY AND TREATMENT OF TUMORS. or when the tumor has become the seat of infection with pus-mi- crobes. Primary multiplicity of the tumor seldom occurs in carcinoma, but is of frequent occurrence in the case of benign epiblastic, hypoblastic, and mesoblastic tumors. Carcinoma as a multiple affection is occa- sionally met with in the aged, when the disease originates by the trans- formation of senile warts into carcinoma. Cases of primary multiple carcinoma have been reported by Liicke, Winiwarter, Klebs, and Kauf- mann. Recently there came under the observation of the writer a case in which four carcinomata of the face developed almost simultaneously. One tumor occupied the malar region on the left side ; another, the lobe of the left ear ; a third was situated over the angle of the lower jaw ; and the fourth was a typical ulcerating carcinoma of the lower lip that had given rise to infection of the submental and submaxillary glands. Benign tumors are always encapsulated, hence, unless bound down by surrounding tissues, are movable and have well-defined margins. Carcinoma is an infiltrating tumor, and has abrupt, well-defined mar- gins. The infiltration gives rise to nodulation of its surface and to immobility of the tumor. A nodulated fixed tumor is in all probability a carcinoma. To test the mobility of the tumor it should be palpated carefully between the two index fingers to ascertain the points of fixa- tion caused by the infiltration. An adenoma of the breast will slip between the fingers, while a carcinoma of the same size will be more or less fixed in its location by the peripheral parts of the tumor which project into the surrounding tissues. Hardness of the tumor is usually recognized as a sign of malig- nancy. A fibro-adenoma could not be differentiated from a carcinoma by this sign. A carcinoma with a scanty reticulum and extensive de- generative changes is a soft tumor, resembling in this respect an adenoma with cystic degeneration. The diagnostic importance of this property of carcinoma has been overestimated greatly. Fluctuation, when too much relied upon, leads to frequent mistakes in diagnosis and treatment. It is present in cystoma, cystic adenoma, and inflammatory swellings with central softening, as well as in soft carcinoma with extensive regressive degeneration of the centre of the tumor. Psctido-fljtctuation is often present in soft carcinoma without cystic degeneration. This sign has often induced surgeons to puncture a malignant carcinoma under the belief that they were opening an abscess. Such mistakes, in addition to being a source of mortifica- tion to the surgeon, have always resulted disastrously to the patient by transforming a subcutaneous into an open carcinoma, with all the CARCINOMA. 259 annoyances and dangers incident to such a change. A suspicious fluctu- ating swelling should never be punctured or incised without having ex- cluded the existence of a soft carcinoma, sarcoma, or granuloma by the use of the exploratory syringe. One of the important steps in the diagnosis of a carcinoma is the examination of the lymphatic glands. In suspected carcinoma of the lip, the submental and submaxillary glands ; in tumors of the mam- mary gland, the glands of the axilla ; in ulcerative affections of the cervix of the uterus, the sacral glands, — should be examined carefully. Many conclusions have frequently been drawn from the results of such an examination. In tumors of the breast a diagnosis of their benign nature has often been based upon the absence of palpable lymphatic glands in the axilla. Some excellent modern authorities continue to advise, when no enlarged glands can be felt in the axilla, that this region should not be invaded in operations for carcinoma of the mam- mary gland. This is teaching of a dangerous kind. The writer has frequently failed to find any evidences of regional infection by examina- tion through the intact skin in cases of carcinoma of the breast, when during the operation, upon exposing the deep lymphatics of the axilla by free incision, numerous glands the size of a marble were found. In obese women it is impossible by external palpation to detect glands the size of a pea or even that of a marble, and consequently such an examination cannot be relied upon in determining the extent of the operation before- hand. Carcinoma of the skin does not give rise to early regional infec- tion, and yet when the disease has become quite extensive exposure of the submental and submaxillary glands by a free incision frequently reveals the presence of glands, as large as a pea, which could not be felt through the intact skin. Examination of the retroperitoneal lym- phatic glands in suspected cases of carcinoma of the uterus should never be neelected. In carcinoma of the skin of the extremities the glands in the different regions should be subjected to a scrutinizing examination. Enlarged glands under such circumstances have often been overlooked, and such oversights have been responsible for many disappointing results. Enlargement of lymphatic glands in the region occupied bv the tumor, without ulceration of the surface and without involvement of the glatids in other regions, is almost positive proof of the carcinomatous nature of the tumor. Enlargement of the lymphatic glands in the region occupied by an ulcerating tumor may be the result of infection of the lymphatic glands, in which case pathogenic microbes have entered the lymphatic channels through the surface defect. In lymph- adenitis the glands are not so hard as in secondary carcinoma of the lymphatic glands, and are more tender on pressure. In ulcerating car- 260 PATHOLOGY AND TREATMENT OF TUMORS. cinoma the lymphatic glands in the region occupied by the tumor may be the seat of both microbic infection and cell-metastasis, when the local signs and symptoms correspond with this double infection. If from other evidences a diagnosis of ulcerating carcinoma can be made, the lymphatic glands should be subjected to treatment as though their enlarge- ment were exclusively due to cellular infection. Universal lymphatic hyperplasia is one of the most important indications of syphilitic infection, and a tumor occurring in a person showing such a condition should be examined with the utmost care, to exclude the possibility of its being a gumma. The greatest difficulties are encountered in the diagnosis of ulcer- ating tumors. It is in such cases that it is so important to ascertain from the patient's statements the probable starting-point of the tumor. Epithelial tumors, with few exceptions, start in the tissues derived from the epiblast or the hypoblast — that is, in the skin, the mucous mem- brane, or the glandular tissue. If the tumor developed in the skin or the mucous membrane, it appeared first as a surface tumor, and could be moved only by moving the skin or the mucous membrane in which it originated ; that is, it was in the beginning superficial and not covered by skin or by mucous membrane. If it developed in an acinous gland, it could be moved with the gland and was covered by skin or by mucous membrane. All mesoblastic tumors start as subcutaneous or sub- mucous tumors. Infective swellings seldom appear primarily as surface lesions. If they occur as lesions of the skin or the mucous mem- brane, the incipient swellings appeared as nodules covered by skin or by mucous membrane. If they originated in the connective tissue more distant from the skin, as is more frequently the case, the skin or the mucous membrane became involved later as the infection extended toward the surface. The lesions most frequently mistaken for ulcerating carcinoma of the skin are tuberculosis, syphilis, actinomycosis, and chronic ulcers of the leg. The greatest diagnostic doubts arise in connection with ulcerating affections of the nose, face, lips, tongue, and cervix uteri. It will interest the student to know that primaty syphilis of the lip, tonsil, and vulva has repeatedly been mistaken for carcinoma. Such inflammatory swellings have been excised, and a correct diagnosis was only made, if the physician was honest enough to admit his mistake, after the appearance of secondary symptoms. In chancre the swelling appears rapidly upon the expiration of the usual period of incubation, and gives rise to regional infection of the lymphatic glands soon after the appearance of the first symptoms of local infection. Gland- ular infection is unusually severe and extensive in chancre of the lip. CARCINOMA. 261 Tuberculosis of the nose attacks in preference the alae, while syphilis attacks most frequently the septum. Carcinoma starts most frequently at the junction of the skin with the mucous membrane. Tubercular and syphilitic ulcers often heal wholly or in part spon- tanously or under proper local and general treatment. Carcinomatous ulceration may remain stationary for a long time, but never heals, and assumes sooner or later a progressive character. Syphilitic ulceration is preceded by gummatous infiltration, and examination of the whole body will usually reveal the marks of antecedent syphilitic lesions or the existence of such in other parts of the body, and among them hyper- plasia of the lymphatic glands in the different regions, notably the post- cervical and cubital glands. With few exceptions carcinoma appears as an isolated affection, while syphilitic and tubercular ulcers often occur as a multiple lesion. Regional infection through the lymphatics is sel- dom present in tuberculosis and syphilis, but is a frequent complication in advanced cases of carcinoma of the skin. Actinomycosis seldom presents itself to the surgeon except as a swelling connected with the maxillary bones, where it simulates sarcoma more closely than carci- noma. The discovery of actinomyces by the aid of the microscope, or the discovery of the fungus by the naked eye in the secretions as minute yellowish-gray particles, will settle the diagnosis. Sections taken from the margins of the ulcer in carcinoma will reveal the characteristic typical structure of the tumor, while the tissues from all infective swell- ings will exhibit the typical structure of granulomata. If the micro- scope is inadequate to make a positive diagnosis, inoculation experi- ments will shed additional light and dispel doubt. Implantation of carcinoma-tissue and of tissue from a gumma in guinea-pigs and rab- bits will yield a negative result, while inoculation with tubercular tissue will reproduce the disease in the animal. The diagnosis of carcinoma of internal organs must often be based almost exclusively upon the functional disturbances produced by the tumor. A circular constricting carcinoma of the pyloric end of the stomach often eludes detection by external examination during the lifetime of the patient, but the symptoms produced by pyloric stenosis in men more than thirty years old strongly suggest as the mechanical obstruction a malignant tumor. Progressive intestinal stenosis in per- sons advanced in years points in the same direction. In aged men hematuria not caused by stone in the bladder indicates the probable existence of carcinoma of this organ. CEsophageal obstruction in per- sons past middle life is in the great majority of cases caused by carci- noma* In the absence of urgent indications for prompt operative inter- ference the clinical history of the tumor should be followed carefully. 262 PATHOLOGY AND TREATMENT OF TUMORS. The rapidity of its growth and its extension to tissues irrespective of their anatomical structure should be noted carefully, and the micro- scope should be made use of as a diagnostic aid. The first indication of the malignant nature of an epithelial tumor is cell-metastasis, upon which depends the local infection. In non- malignant epithelial tumors the normal relations between the epithelial cells and the membrana propria are preserved. The epithelial cells may be increased greatly in number, the layers increased in number, 7~^ — .'J. '.'!■,',' J. i. 1 J 1 .' , r .l , L. . ■' ft, , ■■ ~ ■ "■* " ■ " ' -■' ^ !" ■ - to --.. . - Fig. 149. — Fibroadenoma of the breast, showing the epithelial cells lining the duct greatly increased in number, but in their normal anatomical locations (Surgical Clinic, Rush Medical College, Chicago) : a, massive stroma of fibrous tissue free from epithelial infiltration ; b t tubule cut longitudinally, lined by several layers of epithelial cells. and the cells closely packed and irregularly arranged, but the mem- brana propria remains as an impermeable wall (Fig. 149). The most reliable evidence of the malignant nature of the tissues shown on Plate 4 is the infiltration by epithelial cells of the adipose tissue adjacent to the tumor. Normal adipose tissue does not con- tain epithelial cells : their presence in it could have occurred only by migration from a carcinomatous tumor in its vicinity. The presence of young proliferating epithelial cells in any of the incsoblastic tissues is an unmistakable evidence of carcinoma. In making- a diagnosis of carci- noma under the microscope we search for the presence of epithelial cells in mesoblastic tissues, and when we find epithelial cells anywhere in vascular connective tissue in a state of proliferation, the diagnosis of carcinoma can be made with certainty. The student must make him- self perfectly familiar with the morphological appearance of the different kinds of epithelial cells under different circumstances, so that he will be CARCINOMA. Plate 4. stomy (illustration after Von Baracz). union between the parts interposed between the plates can be hastened by free scarification. Since using plates with a perforation at least two inches in length the writer has seen no ill results from cicatricial con- traction. In one case of pyloric carcinoma in a man thirty years of age, the patient, who was brought to the hospital on a stretcher, ema- ciated to a skeleton, gained sixty-five pounds in weight after operation, resumed his occupation, that of a butcher, worked for a year and a half, and then gradually sunk from the effects of the carcinoma. In another case, that of a man seventy years of age, emaciated to an extreme degree, the patient recovered sufficient strength to conduct his business for over a year after the operation. In a number of CARCINOMA. 33 1 instances the patients lived for three, four, and eight months in comfort and ease — a sufficient recompense for the risk assumed in subjecting themselves to a gastroenterostomy. In the majority of cases of pyloric carcinoma the surgeon will have to content himself with making a gastroenterostomy until by improved diagnostic resources we will be able to recognize carcinoma of the stomach early enough to warrant a more frequent recourse to a radical operation by pylorectomy or by partial gastrectomy. Intestines. — Carcinoma is more frequent in the lower than in the upper part of the intestines. Of every ioo cases, 75 occur in the rec- tum ; of the remainder, 23 would be localized in the large bowel and 2 in the small intestine, including the ilio-cecal valve, and would prob- ably be distributed in the following manner : Small intestine and ilio- cecal valve, 2 ; cecum, 2 ; hepatic flexure of colon, 3 ; splenic flexure of colon, 4 ; sigmoid flexure, 10 ; intermediate segments of colon, 4 (Sutton). Carcinoma of the intestines represents in its minute struct- ure the glandular appendages of the mucous membrane lining the intestinal canal (Fig. 213). The irregular tubules are lined with cylin- Fig. 213.— Cylindrical-celled carcinoma of the intestine; X 128 (after Hauser) : above, elongated and distended granular spaces ; below, without a sharp border, these tubules terminate in irregular carcinoma- alveoli. The black points indicate cells undergoing karyokinesis. drical cells. In the periphery of the tumor the cells which have parted from the parent soil and have escaped through the imperfect membrana 332 PATHOLOGY AND TREATMENT OF TUMORS. propria infiltrate the surrounding connective-tissue spaces, and the new cells which they produce arrange themselves again in tubular shape, the pre-existing connective tissue becoming the stroma of that part Fig. 214. — Periphery of cylindrical-celled carcinoma of the cecum; X no (Surgical Clinic, Rush Medical College, Chicago) : a, rows of carcinoma-cells in connective-tissue spaces ; b, intervening con- nective tissue. of the tumor. The section represented in Figure 214 was taken from the periphery of a circular constricting carcinoma of the cecum. The tumor had produced intestinal obstruction. The parenchyma and the stroma of intestinal carcinoma are very apt to undergo colloid degeneration. Regional and metastatic infection occurs earlier and more constantly than in squamous-celled carcinoma. Carcinoma of the intestines is seldom recognized, or even suspected, before the tumor has produced symptoms of obstruction. Chronic obstruction from this cause is frequently attended by diarrhea, a symp- tom which frequently leads patient and physician into errors in diag- nosis. Acute obstruction is caused either by the affected segment of the intestine becoming invaginated or by a suddenly-developed paretic con- dition of the bowel above the seat of obstruction. Great hypertrophy of the muscular coat of the bowel above the obstruction is usually associated with chronic obstruction, and an acute attack is initiated when compensatory hypertrophy no longer keeps pace with the increas- ing mechanical impediment or when the narrowed part of the bowel becomes impermeable by impaction of some foreign substance or of a hardened fecal mass. In cases of acute intestinal obstruction in per- sons advanced in years the existence of a malignant intestinal tumor should be borne in mind. As in the pylorus, carcinoma of the intestine occurs either as a diffuse tumor attaining considerable size or as a cir- cular constriction. The former variety is more liable to ulceration and CARCINOMA. 333 perforation ; the latter gives rise to intestinal obstruction. In the con- stricting variety the tumor involves the entire circumference of the bowel, and by constriction of its stroma the lumen of the bowel is gradually reduced in size (Fig. 215). The bowel on the distal side becomes much smaller in size, while on the opposite side of the constriction it becomes distended and all its coats are hypertrophied to some distance from the seat of obstruction. The catarrhal inflammation caused by the accumulation of feces and the greatly increased peristaltic action cause the fre- quent liquid discharges, which are taken only too often by the superficial observer as an indi- cation of the absence of a me- chanical obstruction. Chronic intestinal obstruction caused by a carcinoma is attended by inter- mittent paroxysmal pain which is referred to the region of the umbilicus, irrespective of the an- atomical location of the tumor. Operative Treatment. — Unless the tumor has given rise to a palpable swelling, the surgeon has seldom an opportunity to perform a radical operation until symptoms of chronic or acute intestinal obstruction set in. In making a laparotomy for intestinal obstruction the surgeon must be prepared to meet with such a condition. A radical operation is indicated if the carcinoma has not passed beyond the limits of the bowel and the patient's strength is adequate to resist the immediate effects of an enterectomy. If the patient has become prostrated from the effects of the intestinal obstruction, it is advisable to resort to the formation of an artificial anus above the obstruction, and to postpone the operation until his strength has been recuperated sufficiently. Enterostomy. — If the tumor occupies the ilio-cecal region, a tem- porary artificial anus is established in the right inguinal region by bringing into the wound the first distended knuckle of the small intes- tine that presents itself. The intestine is united with the peritoneum Fig. 215. — Cancer of the colon — constricting variety (after Sutton). 334 PATHOLOGY AND TREATMENT OF TUMORS. of the external incision, and the bowel is opened by a transverse incision about an inch in length. If the carcinoma is located below the sigmoid flexure, a sigmoidostomy in the left groin is made. These operations are indicated in cases in which the obstruction is acute and the patient's general condition does not permit of an operation requiring more time. Entcrectomy. — The removal of a malignant tumor of the intestine requires an enterectomy. The removal of a limited segment of the bowel for malignant disease, if the patient's strength has not been too much exhausted and no regional infection has occurred, is a legitimate procedure, and is often followed by a permanent cure. The operation should not be undertaken if extensive malignant adhesions have formed or if the lymphatic glands have become extensively infected. The bowel on each side of the tumor should be constricted with a piece of rubber tubing passed through an opening made in the mesentery near its attachment to the bowel (Fig. 216). Before the incisions through filBm Fig. 216. — Separation of mesentery from bowel (after Kocher). Fig. 217. — Circular suture and folding of mesen- tery after enterectomy (after Kocher). the bowel are made the mesentery should be tied in small sections with fine silk. The bowel sections are made somewhat obliquely at the expense of the convex side, and the ends are at once united with a double row of sutures. The mesentery corresponding with the section of bowel removed should not be excised, but be folded upon itself, and the ligatured margin should be sutured as shown in Figure 217. If the lumina of the bowel-ends do not correspond in size, the smaller end is cut more obliquely. If the difference in size is too great, to be equal- ized by this method, as after excision of the cecum, both ends are closed, and the continuity of the bowel is restored by lateral anasto- mosis, by suturing, or with the aid of perforated decalcified bone-plates. The use of decalcified perforated bone-plates to restore the continuity of the bowel has been resorted to by the writer in three cases of resec- CARCINOMA. 335 tion of the cecum for carcinoma, and in every instance this method of approximation proved eminently successful (Fig. 218). Fig. 218. — Restoration of the continuity of the bowel after resection of the cecum for carcinoma, with the aid of perforated decalcified bone-plates. Intestinal Anastomosis. — If the carcinoma, by the promotion of car- cinomatous adhesions with neighboring organs or by extensive regional infection through the lymphatic channels, has advanced beyond the limits of a radical operation, an intestinal anastomosis should be made. This operation consists in establishing a fistula between the bowel above and below the tumor. A R The operation can be done by making in the respective parts of the bowel an incis- ion four inches in length, as advised by Abbe, and the union is effected by a double row of silk sutures. A single row of sutures might prove all-sufficient, but as a matter of safety a double row is preferable. The same object can be accomplished in a shorter time and with a greater de- Fig. 219. — Intestinal anastomosis with the aid of perforated decalcified bone-plates in the operative treatment of inoperable carcinoma of the bowel (after Esmarch) : A, plates in situ ; b, operation completed. gree of security by substi- tuting for the inner row of sutures perforated decalcified bone-plates (Fig. 219). The anastomotic opening should correspond in size with the lumen of the bowel. The use of the Murphy button would be attended by great danger 33 6 PATHOLOGY AND TREATMENT OF TUMORS. in such cases, as the button would be just as likely to fall into the blind end of the bowel on the proximal side of the obstruction as into the opposite side. Besides, it has been shown by Keen and others that the opening, small in the beginning, is apt to become contracted beyond the limits of its requirements in a comparatively short time. Rectum. — Carcinoma of the rectum occurs more frequently than carcinoma of the remaining portion of the intestinal canal, its greater frequency here being probably accounted for by the rectum being more often the seat of benign growths, of chronic inflammatory affec- tions, and of prolonged irritations from different sources. The histo- logical structure of most of the rectal carcinomata presents a tubular Fig. 22o.-Cylindrical-celled carcinoma of the rectum ; X 480 (Surgical Clinic, Rush Medical College, Chicago) : a, connective-tissue stroma ; i, atypical tubules of carcinoma ; c, cylindrical epithelial cells. arrangement of the cells, surrounded and enclosed by a connective-tissue stroma which in the soft variety of tumors is exceedingly scanty, and in the hard, constricting variety is veiy abundant and compact (Fig. 220). In the rapidly infiltrating form the rectal tube becomes indurated and the surface ulcerates, but its lumen is not much reduced in size. In the circular constricting form the constricting ring is very dense and the lumen of the bowel is rapidly diminished in size. This is the form CARCINOMA. 337 of rectal carcinoma that produces obstruction and is most favorable to operative treatment, owing to the limited extent of the tumor and the dilated condition of the bowel above the obstruction, permitting the bowel to be drawn down after removal of the carcinomatous part. The writer has already referred to a case that came under his obser- vation of carcinoma of the rectum in a boy eighteen years of age. Car- cinoma of the rectum, however, with few exceptions is a disease of advanced life. According to Hildebrandt's statistics, 16 per cent, of rectal carcinomata occur in persons less than forty years old, 54 per cent, in persons forty to sixty years of age, and 30 per cent, in persons from sixty to eighty years old. The carcinoma is located most fre- quently in the lower third of the rectum. The stagnation of feces aggravates the ulcerative process and produces at the same time a catarrhal proctitis above the tumor. Local extension takes place in the direction of the connective tissue outside of the rectum, in advanced cases rendering the rectum as immovable as though it were held in a vise. Regional infection takes place in the rapid-growing variety at an early stage, and extends in the direction of the chain of sacral and lumbar lymphatic glands. In advanced cases the regional infec- tion occasionally includes the inguinal glands. Metastasis of different organs hastens the fatal termination. The statement has already been made that cylindrical carcinoma gives rise earlier and more constantly to metastasis than does carcinoma representing epiblastic tissue. Symptoms and Diagnosis. — Carcinoma of the rectum is not attended by much suffering until the tumor by its size or by constriction gives rise to obstruction. A sense of weight and an aching feeling in the sacral region, usually attributed to rheumatism or hemorrhoids, is about all the patient complains of during the early stages. The dis- charge of a little blood and mucus, and constipation alternated by diarrhea, are the symptoms which usually induce the patient to seek medical advice under the belief that he is suffering from piles. Patients giving such a clinical history should always be subjected to a thorough rectal examination. Digital exploration is more to be relied upon in conducting this examination than the use of the different kinds of rectal specula. The patient should be brought into the exaggerated lithotomy position. With the right index finger well lubricated the rectum is explored, and unless the carcinoma involves the first part of the rectum the tumor is discovered without any difficulty. In the constricting variety the lower end of the tumor with the constricted lumen feels very much like an enlarged lacerated cervix uteri. The size of the lumen and the mobility of the affected part are now determined, after which careful search should be made for enlarged lymphatic glands in 338 PATHOLOGY AND TREATMENT OF TUMORS. the sacral fossa. If the tumor has infiltrated the rectal wall without having produced contraction, the rectum feels like a firm, unyielding cylinder with points of ulceration of its mucous lining. In cicatricial stenosis of the rectum, the only condition liable to be mistaken for carcinoma, the stricture is usually near the anus, infiltra- tion of the rectal wall is less marked, any considerable enlargement of the sacral glands is absent, and the stricture is often multiple, which latter is not the case in carcinoma. Should any doubt exist as to the differential diagnosis between these two rectal affections, a fragment of tumor-tissue should be removed and sections of it be examined under the microscope. Indications for a radical operation are absence of paraproctitic infil- tration and of extensive lymphatic infection, and a sufficient accessibility of the tumor to enable the surgeon to remove all the diseased tissue by a radical operation. Opposite conditions must be regarded as posi- tive contraindications to any radical measures. Palliative Operations. — In inoperable cases of carcinoma of the rec- tum the surgeon can do a great deal to alleviate the suffering of the patient by establishing an artificial anus in the left inguinal region. Removal of the carcinomatous tissue projecting into the lumen of the bowel by scraping, and linear rectotomy, for the purpose of ame- liorating the symptoms due to obstruction, have become, for substantial reasons, obsolete measures. If the carcinoma produces obstruction, an arti- ficial anus will benefit the patient in two ways : it will exclude from the fecal circula- tion the diseased part of the rectum, and at the same time will establish a free outlet for the intestinal contents. If an artificial anus is made under such circumstances, it should be made with a view of com- pletely interrupting the fecal circulation and thus affording absolute rest for the excluded part of the bowel. Maydl's colostomy (Fig. 221) will answer these requirements to perfection. An incision four inches in length is made about two inches above Poupart's ligament, halfway between the symphy- Fig. 221. — Maydl's inguinal colostomy. CARCINOMA. 339 sis pubis and the anterior superior spinous process of the ilium, parallel with the fibres of the external oblique muscle. The muscular layers are separated as far as possible by the use of blunt instruments. The trans- versalis fascia and the peritoneum are incised to the extent of the external wound. Some care is now necessary to recognize, seize, and bring for- ward into the wound in proper position the sigmoid flexure. As soon as the proper loop has been found the mesentery near the bowel is tun- nelled with a hemostatic forceps, and a glass tube four inches in length, the size of an ordinary lead pencil, covered by several layers of gauze, is drawn through this opening with the forceps. The glass tube serves as a bridge for the prolapsed loop of the bowel. The two limbs of the bowel are now sutured tog-ether ° Fig. 222.— Maydl's co- on each side by two sero-muscular sutures under- lostomy, showing the posi- neath the bridge (Fig. 222). Next, the prolapsed ,ion of the bridge u and the ° x ° 7 1 L sutures underneath it. loop is sutured at its base to the parietal peritoneum by at least six points of suture, to prevent the escape of intestinal loops. If the symptoms are urgent, the base of the loop is surrounded by a ring of absorbent cotton fastened to the bowel and the skin by collodion ; the bowel is then, at the most prominent part, divided trans- versely to the extent of at least two inches. If the symptoms are not urgent, it is much safer to postpone the opening of the bowel for two or three days, until the peritoneal cavity has become shut out by adhesions all around. If this course is adopted, an ordinary antiseptic dressing is applied, taking the precaution that the intestinal loop should not be subjected to harmful pressure. On the second or third day the dressing is removed, the collodion ring is applied, and the bowel is incised as indicated above. It is advisable to keep the bridge in place for at least a week or two, in order to secure at a point opposite to it the formation of an efficient spur. Complete section of the bowel at this time is recommended by some ; but it is not necessary, as the spur, if well developed, will direct all the intestinal contents away from the lower part of the bowel, and the bowel on the distal side can be flushed from time to time as may appear necessary. Extirpation of the Rectum for Carcinoma. — Extirpation of the carci- nomatous rectum is now generally made through the sacral route. A long time ago, Kocher recommended removal of the coccyx as a pre- liminary step to the removal of the lower part of the rectum. Encour- aged by the success attending the removal of the rectum from this direction, surgeons have become bolder and have sacrificed parts of the sacrum for the purpose of securing better access to the diseased rectum. The resection, temporary or permanent, of a part of the pos- 34° PATHOLOGY AND TREATMENT OF TUMORS. Fig. 223. — Resection of sacrum in extirpation of rectum for carcinoma: a, after Kraske; a-a', after Bardenheuer ; b, after Volkmann, Rose. terior bony wall of the pelvis has enabled surgeons to extend the field of radical operations upon the rectum for malignant disease. The different points where the sacrum has been divided in the ope- ration for extirpation of the rectum are shown in Figure 223. As is the case with similar operations in other parts of the body, the application of the principle of sacral resection as a preliminary step to extirpation of the rectum has been carried too far. It appears to the writer unjustifiable to carry the resection of the sacrum as far as has been done by Volkmann and Rose. The simple removal of the coccyx will often suffice in afford- ing ample room for the removal of the lower part of the rectum, and Kraske's operation will usually ac- complish all that could be desired in the removal of a carcinomatous rectum when the disease is within the limits of a justifiable operation. The patient should be prepared for a number of days for the opera- tion by dieting, laxatives, warm baths, and colonic irrigation, so as to secure for the part, as nearly as can be done, an aseptic condition. Immediately before the operation the lower part of the rectum should be flushed thoroughly with Thiersch's solution, and the external sur- face should be scrubbed thoroughly with warm water and potash soap, and later be disinfected with a solution of corrosive sublimate or of carbolic acid. After the patient is under the influence of an anesthetic he is placed face down upon a low table or a cot, the pelvis is elevated by placing under it pillows covered by rubber sheeting, and the thighs and the legs are flexed. This position diminishes the amount of venous hemorrhage, and the abdominal organs gravitate toward the chest, leaving the pelvis comparatively empty. An incision is then made in the median line from the centre of the sacrum to the verge of the anus. The coccyx is enucleated, and the lower two sacral vertebras are isolated from the soft tissues by the use of the knife and the periosteal elevator.. The sacrum is then divided transversely between the last two foramina with a large chisel and a mallet. All hemorrhage is then carefully arrested. After this step of the operation minute details as to the immediate arrest of hemorrhage by the use of hemostatic forceps must be carried out. By careful dissection between tissue-forceps the rectum is reached. As soon as this has been done cutting instruments should. CARCINOMA. 341 be used sparingly. The rectum should be enucleated rather than excised. Connective-tissue bands and muscles are isolated before they are cut. The proximal end of the tumor should be reached first. If the rectum has to be removed high up, the peritoneal cavity is opened carefully, and prolapse of intestines, as well as the entrance of blood into the peritoneal cavity, is prevented by packing the opening with gauze sponges well secured in a hemostatic forceps. When healthy tissue is reached, a strip of gauze is tied around the rectum sufficiently tight to prevent escape of intestinal contents, after which the bowel is divided below transversely. The bowel is then drawn downward, and the diseased segment is separated by a careful dissection. If pos- sible, the external sphincter muscle is preserved. The course to be pursued now depends on how far the rectum has to be removed in a downward direction. If the distal end can be preserved, the surgeon can select one of two procedures. The proximal end can be united with the distal end by circular enterorrhaphy. Owing to the absence of a peritoneal investment in the lower end, this procedure has not yielded good results. Hochenegg has suggested that the proximal end should be invaginated into the distal end and be sutured to a cir- cular denudation at the anus. The results after this procedure have been more satisfactory than those after the first-named method. If the lower part of the bowel has to be removed, the resected end is drawn downward and is attached to the external skin by sutures. The bowel end must be ruffled so as to diminish its lumen before it is attached : this can be done with a circular purse-string suture of catgut. In either of these procedures the cavity of the wound is packed with iodoform gauze, over which the external wound is sutured except at from one to three places, where the gauze is brought out to the sur- face. The patient should be given a liquid diet for a few days, and small doses of opium to constipate the bowels temporarily. If no con- traindications arise, the gauze should remain for at least a week. At this time the whole wound-surface is covered by a pavement of active granulations that will guard against infection later. The wound pre- senting such a condition heals in a remarkably short time. If the rectum is amputated high up and the resected end cannot be brought down, a sacral anus is established by suturing the bowel into the upper angle of the external incision. The writer has pursued this course a number of times, and believes that an artificial anus in this locality has a number of advantages not possessed by an artificial anus devoid of a proper sphincter muscle lower down. Should the wound suppurate, enough sutures are removed to secure free drainage. In this event the dry dressing must give way to frequent antiseptic irriga- 342 PATHOLOGY AND TREATMENT OF TUMORS. tions and to a compress of gauze kept moist with a saturated solution of acetate of aluminum or of boric acid. If the carcinoma returns, little is to be expected from another ope- ration, as the local recurrence is usually accompanied by extensive infiltration and lymphatic infection. The formation of an artificial anus in such cases is never indicated, as the recurring carcinoma does not constrict the bowel, but extends to the pelvic connective tissue. Testicle. — Carcinoma as compared with sarcoma of the testicle is an exceedingly rare affection. Sometimes it engrafts itself upon the basis of an antecedent benign tumor or an inflammatory affection. The Fig. 224.— Carcinoma and tuberculosis of the testicle; X 85 (Surgical Clinic, Rush Medical College, Chicago) : a, stroma of carcinoma; b, alveolus packed with carcinoma-cells; c, focus of caseous degenera- tion; d, miliary tubercles in carcinoma-tissue. section from which the illustration (Fig. 224) was taken was derived from a testicle that had been tubercular for a long time and had only recently commenced to increase rapidly in size. This specimen refutes the assertion made by Rokitansky, that tuberculosis and carcinoma exclude each other. There can be no doubt in this case that the tuber- cular epididymitis was the primary and carcinoma the secondary affec- tion. Sutton has never seen a tubn^^^^uttia °fj]e testicle. That CARCINOMA. 343 such a carcinoma occasionally, although rarely, occurs is shown by Figure 225. Langhans never saw hard, but always soft, carcinomata of this organ. He believes that the tumor starts from the epithelial cells lining the seminiferous tubules. He also calls attention to the transformation of an adenoma of the testicle into a carcinoma. From a diagnostic point of view it is important to remember that tuberculosis almost always begins in the epididymis, and carcinoma in Fig. 225. — Tubular carcinoma of the testicle ; X 270 (after Karg and Schmorl). The tumor is composed of long, solid streaks of large epithelial cells (a). The nuclear structures cannot be seen, as the chromatin has been affected by the hardening solution, Muller's fluid. The stroma (£>) is scanty and is rich in cells. the testicle proper. As carcinoma of this organ is always soft, it is liable to undergo cystic degeneration — an occurrence which still further complicates the diagnosis. The regional infection extends along the lymphatics of the cord and from the cord to the iliac fossa. The tumor may attain the size of an adult's head. Early removal of the testicle with its envelopes and the cord as far as it can be followed is the only operation that promises a permanent result. Kocher has observed cases in which the disease did not recur for four and a half, eight and a half, and ten and a half years after operation. Penis. — Carcinoma of the prepuce and of the glans penis is observed in men past fifty years of age. Kaufmann estimates that one-third of all 344 PATHOLOGY AND TREATMENT OF TUMORS. the cases occur during the sixth decennium. Occasionally the tumo originates in Tyson's glands. Such a case is referred to by Tyson Usually the tumor commences in the epithelial layer of the skin an< of the glans penis, and presents itself as a cauliflower tumor with grea induration at its base. The surface ulcerates early, and is usually thi seat of a very offensive discharge. The histological structure of carcinoma of the penis (Figs. 226, 227 resembles essentially squamous-celled carcinoma of the skin in othe localities. Paget saw in a number of cases carcinoma of the penis pre ceded by balanitis. In other cases the disease starts in a pre-existing Fig. 226.— Squamous-celled carcinoma of the penis ; X 150 (after Perls) : to the right, normal skin ; to th< left, proliferating epithelial projections with numerous cancer-nests. inflammatory lesion of a more circumscribed nature. Injuries sustainec during coitus, during masturbation, and by friction of the clothing ma> furnish the exciting causes in other cases. It was formerly doubted that carcinoma of the penis could give rise to regional infection. Kaufmann and Gussenbauer have shown thai carcinoma of this organ pursues the same course as carcinoma of the skin in other localities — namely, that regional infection occurs, as a rule late, but that it is sure to ensue if the disease is allowed to pursue its own course. The writer has seen regional infection much more fre- quently in carcinoma of the penis than in carcinoma of the lip. The inguinal glands on both sides eventually become involved — a fact which has led to the conviction that it is necessary in most cases to resort al once to clearing out of the inguinal glands in all cases of carcinoma of the penis in which a radical operation is performed. CARCINOMA. 345 Amputation of the Penis for Carcinoma. — If the carcinoma is limited to the prepuce, and no evidences of lymphatic affection are present, the organ should be amputated behind the corona glandis. The penis is constricted at its base with a rubber cord or tube to render the opera- tion bloodless. The section through the penis should be made with the knife in such a manner as to secure for the stump a cutaneous covering. The writer generally makes an oval anterior flap with which Fig. 227. — Papillary carcinoma of penis ; X 10 (after Karg and Schmorl). Between the enlarged papillse, covered by thickened layers of epithelial cells, are found infiltrations of epithelial cells which in the vascular connective tissue show distinct cancer-nests. to cover the corpora cavernosa. The mucous membrane of the ure- thra is stitched to this flap and to the adjacent skin. The dorsalis penis artery is ligated. The hemorrhage from the corpora cavernosa, at first profuse, yields to compression, hot water, and the sutures. A small dressing held in place with a number of strips of adhesive plaster fin- ishes the operation. Rest for a few days in bed must be enforced. The suturing of the flap and the urethra should be done with fine cat- gut sutures, so as to obviate the necessity of removing them. 346 PATHOLOGY AND TREATMENT OF TUMORS. If the body of the penis is affected by extension of the primary tumor of the prepuce or the glans penis, the organ should be amputated close to the pubes, and at the same time the inguinal glands on both sides should be removed. The amputation is made with the knife and in the manner just described, but an outlet for the urethra is established in the perineum, as first recommended by Thiersch. The urethra is isolated, is brought out through a small buttonhole behind the scrotum, and is firmly anchored to the skin with a few sutures. In a case that recently came under the writer's observation the disease had extended along the penis and had involved the mons veneris as well as the glands in both inguinal regions. In this case the entire penis, part of the mons veneris, and both testicles were removed, and the posterioi part of the scrotum was utilized as a covering for the enormous wound The incision was extended on both sides the whole length of Poupart's ligament, and was joined over the large femoral vessels by a vertical incision reaching to the apex of Scarpa's triangle. The whole chain of glands on each side was removed with the penis in one continuous piece. The urethra was stitched to the margins of a small opening hi the perineum. The shock from the operation required active treatment by stimulants. The patient rallied in the course of six hours and made an excellent recovery. Three months after the operation he returnee to the hospital greatly improved in general health, but with a recurrence in the left groin. A second operation was performed, and a section of the internal saphenous vein was removed with the carcinomatous tissue by which it was surrounded. Six months after since the second opera- tion there were no signs of further recurrence. Ovary. — Carcinoma of the ovary occurs after the period of puberty as a comparatively rare affection as a primary tumor, in cystic tumors and as the result of extension by contiguity of a carcinoma of ar adjacent organ. Olshausen describes papillary carcinoma of the ovarj as a primary tumor. The same author makes the statement that Kleb; and Spencer Wells first called attention to this form of carcinoma of the ovary. The carcinoma appears as a malignant form of papillarj or proliferating cystoma. Marchand has shown that this form of cysti< tumor of the ovary gives rise to metastasis. In one case of papillar) cyst of the ovary in a woman thirty-five years of age the writer founc the tumor extensively adherent to the anterior abdominal wall. Th( tumor was, however, completely removed, and the patient made a gooc recovery. Six months later she again entered the hospital, and upor examination quite an extensive carcinoma was found in the scar jus below the umbilicus. A considerable portion of the entire thicknes: of the abdominal wall, and including the whole scar, was resected. Shi CARCINOMA. 347 recovered without any untoward symptoms, but died a few months later from diffuse carcinosis of the peritoneum. Rokitansky described a case of carcinoma of the ovary that started in a corpus luteum. The occurrence of carcinoma in cysts, and the resemblance anatom- ically of the carcinomatous and adenomatous proliferating cysts of the ovary, make it veiy difficult to distinguish, from the naked-eye appear- ances of certain cysts of the ovary, between malignant and non-malig- nant tumors. From a histological standpoint this difficulty is increased because endothelial tumors of a malignant character are included by some authors under the head of carcinoma. Endothelioma, which was . S- «#PC^^: •■•■-. ' Fig. 228.— Carcinoma of the ovary; X 75 (Surgical Clinic, Rush Medical College): a, scanty connective- tissue stroma ; b, nests of epithelial cells ; c, small colloid cysts ; d, blood-vessel. first described by Birch-Hirschfeld as carcinoma of the lymphatics, con- stitutes a tumor composed of tissue derived from the mesoblast, and it will again be referred to in the section on Sarcoma. Carcinoma as a primary tumor of the ovary undoubtedly originates, as does adenoma, in a remnant of the fetal ducts (Fig. 228). The stroma is alveolated and is usually scanty ; the cells are numerous, filling the alveoli and infiltrating the stroma. The tumor is soft and grows rapidly. Colloid 348 PATHOLOGY AND TREATMENT OF TUMORS. degeneration affecting both the parenchyma and the stroma of the tumor results in the formation of cysts. Diffuse carcinosis of the peri toneum takes place when the tumor perforates the capsule of the ovary Tumor-cells and fragments of tumor-tissue are disseminated over th( peritoneal surfaces by the peristaltic action of the intestines ; these cells and fragments of tissue become implanted at different places and establish in this manner independent centres of tumor-growtr everywhere. Ascites is often the first symptom which induces the patient to seel medical advice. Ascites in the female occurring independently of the existence of organic disease of the liver, heart, or kidneys indicates the existence of either peritoneal tuberculosis, malignant disease of the ovary, or a movable solid tumor of the uterus or the ovaries. If the patient is advanced in years, the possibility of the primary affection being of a malignant character is greatly increased. Carcinoma of the uterus is exceedingly prone to extend to the ovaries. Winckel records a case in which, a year and a half after amputation of the cervix foi carcinoma, the disease made its appearance in one of the ovaries, while no local recurrence had taken place. Many gynecologists are opposed to radical measures in the treat- ment of carcinoma of the ovary. This sense of helplessness on the part of the surgeon when confronted by such a case has been createc largely by the unfavorable experience of late operations. Usually before a laparotomy is made, the disease has extended from the ovary to the adjacent organs. The broad ligament is often extensively impli- cated. The adherent omentum frequently shows evidences of extensive involvement, and sometimes diffuse miliary carcinosis is present. If the general condition of the patient is such as to warrant an exploratory incision, this should always be done, if for no other purpose than tc make a positive diagnosis. It is just possible that the ascites and the other conditions which have induced the surgeon to make a diagnosis of carcinoma may have been produced by other pathological conditions which are within reach of successful treatment by direct measures The patient should therefore be given the benefit of the doubt by i resort to an exploratory incision. It appears that temporary relief anc prolongation of life have been obtained in cases in which the disease returned later. The writer can recall at least three instances in which by the removal of a carcinomatous tumor of the ovary with extensive adhesions, great relief was afforded and life was prolonged for from si> months to a year. If the disease is limited in extent, the success of ar operation should be the same as in operations for carcinoma of othei organs similarly situated. If the attachments are such that the remova CARCINOMA. 349 of the tumor would place the life of the patient in imminent danger, the operator should go no further, and should close the wound after having made a positive diagnosis. Uterus. — Carcinoma of the uterus was known to the ancient authors, and has been described elaborately by Hippocrates, Celsus, Galen, ^Etius, and others. In more recent times animated discussions have been carried on in regard to its starting-point. Cancroid, papil- lomatous carcinoma, scirrhus, and medullary carcinoma of the uterus have been regarded as distinct varieties of carcinoma. The histo- genetic origin of carcinoma of the uterus, like that of carcinoma of other mucous surfaces, can be traced either to a matrix of embryonic cells in the epithelial lining or to a matrix representing the glandular appendages of the uterus. Histogenesis and Histology. — The cauliflower excrescences of the cervix uteri, or the papillomatous variety of carcinoma, have been recog- nized for a long time as one of the most common malignant tumors of the uterus. How much confusion has existed in separating the malignant from the benign papillary tumors is evidenced from a de- scription of them by Virchow in 185 1 : " One must distinguish three different papillary tumors of the os uteri : the simple, such as Frerichs and Lebert have seen ; the cancroid ; and the cancerous : the first two forms together constitute the cauli- flower growth. This begins as a simple papillary tumor, and at a later period passes into cancroid. At first one sees only on the surface papillary or villous growths, which consist of very thick layers of peripheral, flat, and deeper cylindrical epithelial cells, and a very fine interior cylinder formed of a scanty stroma of connective tissue with large vessels. The outer layer contains cells of all sizes and stages of development, some of them forming great parent structures with endogenous corpuscles. The vessels are for the most part colossal, very thin-walled capillaries, which form either simple loops at the apices of the villi, between the epithelial layers, or toward the surface develop new loops in constantly increasing number, or, lastly, present a retic- ulate branching. At the beginning of the disease the villi are simple and close pressed, so that the surface appears only granulated, as Clarke describes it : it becomes cauliflower-like by the branching of the papillae, which at last grow out to fringes an inch long, and may present almost the appearance of a hydatid mole. After the process has existed for some time on the surface, the cancroid alveoli begin to form deep strings between the layers of the muscular and the con- nective tissue of the organ. In the early cases I saw only cavities simply filled with epithelial structures ; but in Kiwisch's case there 35° PATHOLOGY AND TREATMENT OF TUMORS. were alveoli on whose walls new papillary branching growths were growing — a kind of proliferous arborescent formation." It will be seen from this description that the cauliflower excrescence: in the two conditions distinguished by Virchow illustrate the usua clinical course of the most malignant growths of the cervix uteri The growths which he calls " simple papillary tumors " represent the same form of carcinoma of the skin. The outgrowth of the papillary excrescences is always attended by infiltration of the deeper structures (Fig. 229). The tumor is composed of enlarged papillae covered b> Fig. 229. — Papillary cancer of the cervix: pavement epithelium of the external OS; section, natural sizi (after Pozzi). squamous epithelial cells in greatly thickened layers. The enlargec papillae form the branching projections. The tumor begins in that pari of the cervix that is below the vaginal insertion, after it starts fron cylindrical epithelium which has invaded the surface. It remains foi a long time local, but later local and regional infection is sure to take place, extending to the vagina, the body of the uterus, the pelvic con- nective tissue, and the lymphatic glands. In other cases the carcinoma appears as an induration without an} papilliform projections. Ulceration in the centre of the growth take: place at an early stage, and continues to spread toward the peripherj as well as in the direction of the base of the ulcer. These are the case; which correspond with the flat, squamous-celled carcinoma of the skin Carcinomata originating in the mucous membrane of the cervica canal begin in the glands, and are composed of cylindrical cell: arranged in tubular form in a stroma very variable in its relativi proportions to the parenchyma of the tumor (Fig. 230). Primary car cinomata of the mucous membrane of the cervical canal and of th< CARCINOMA. 351 uterine cavity histologically resemble each other almost perfectly. The structure is in imitation of the mucous glands. The starting-point of the tumor is in a matrix of embryonic cylindrical epithelial cells that pre-exists in one of the glands or in their immediate vicinity, or that is <*p- *: J- •iH SgSK ■j£' Fjg. 230. — Carcinoma of the cervix uteri ; X 12 (after Karg and Schmorl) ; vertical section through the carcinomatous anterior lip of the cervix. The carcinoma commenced in the vaginal portion of the cervix. The mucous membrane of the cervical canal is completely destroyed. The tumor projects from the cervical canal, in the form of cauliflower excrescences (a), beyond the level of the squamous cells (c) of the anteriur lip ; at other points it infiltrates, in the form of solid strings of cells and nests of cells, the vascular mus- cularis (d) ; e, remnants of uterine glands lined with cylindrical cells. formed later in these localities by post-natal causes. Boyce had an opportunity to study the incipient stage of a tumor with such an origin (Fig. 231). The illustration represents a complete uterine gland, the mouth of which (a) is stopped by an epithelial overgrowth of the columnar lining, and on whose wall (at b) a plaque of proliferated epi- 352 PATHOLOGY AND TREATMENT OF TUMORS. thelium has formed in the midst of typically columnar cells. It is the beginning of a cancerous change which elsewhere in the uteru: has advanced to completeness. Where the change is complete the Fig. 231. — Uterine gland, showing very early malignant overgrowth of the columnar epithelium at a and t (after Boyce). (Ohj. 1 inch, with eye-piece.) glands have been converted into solid epithelial cylinders; these together with the proliferating epithelium on the surface, have branchec deeply into the stroma (Fig. 232). Fig. 232. — Cylindrical-celled carcinoma from the upper part of the cervix, invading the fundus ; X *5' (after Cornil) : m,e, hypertrophied glands of the body of the uterus, like those of chronic metritis ; t, en larged glandular cavity, the walls showing many layers of epithelium ; b, adjacent gland-wall in a simila state ; v, vessels ; c, connective tissue. Cylindrical-celled carcinoma is much more malignant than the squa mous-celled variety. Carcinoma of the cervical canal creeps along the mucous membrane into the cavity of the uterus. The intra-uterin< part of the tumor presents under the microscope a structure similar t( that of the primary tumor (Fig. 233). Primary carcinoma of the body of the uterus is a much rarer affec tion than carcinoma of the cervix. Clinically, carcinoma of the uterim cavity presents itself in two forms, the circumscribed (Fig. 234) and th< diffuse (Fig. 235). In the circumscribed form the tumor often attain; considerable size before it breaks down, and frequently it assumes ; CARCINOMA. 353 J FrG. 233.— Cylindrical-celled carcinoma of the body of the uterus, extending from the cervix ; X 150 (after Cornil) : c, c, connective tissue ; a, cavity full of cells, the external layer being cylindrical : these cells have a tendency to become detached from the wall, well seen at o ; f, cavity with mucous cells, and larger cells in mucous degeneration, polypoid shape. In the diffuse variety the mucous membrane is exten- sively involved from the beginning, and the disease infiltrates the mus- Fig. 234. — Carcinoma of the uterine mucous mem- brane, circumscribed form (after Pozzi). Fig. 235. — Carcinoma of the uterine mucous mem- brane, diffuse form (after Pozzi). cular tissues in all directions, resulting in a uniform pear-shaped enlargement of the body of the uterus. 23 354 PATHOLOGY AND TREATMENT OF TUMORS. The structure of a primary carcinoma of the uterine mucous mem brane, like that of a carcinoma of the cervical canal, is usually in imita Fig. 236. — Primary carcinoma of the uterus ; X 120 (after Pozzi) : b, b, lobules of the tumor ; m, lobule; showing empty spaces, which are either transverse sections of vessels or cavities filled with cells in mucou: degeneration ; n, smaller alveoli of the tumor. Nearly all these epithelial cells have a tendency towart isolation by the walls of the vessels that enclose them. tion of the uterine glands. Cylindrical cells are arranged in a tubulai form in an alveolated stroma (Fig. 236). The cylindrical cells art: Fig. 237.— Primary carcinoma of the uterine body ; X 300 (after Cornil) : a, numerous layers of stratifiet epithelium, the deepest being cylindrical ; e, e, cells with karyokinesis ; /, muscular tissue of the uterus, 01 which the cylindrical cells are directly implanted. arranged in the tubules in one or more layers. If the layers art numerous, the cells most distant from the matrix become flattened anc CARCINOMA. 355 resemble squamous or pavement epithelium (Fig. 237). Mucous and colloid degeneration leads to dilatation of the tubules and the formation of cysts of small size. The stroma often undergoes similar changes. The infiltration of the cervix and body of the uterus imparts to the affected organ that characteristic hardness with which the surgeon becomes so familiar as an important point in differential diagnosis. The formation of large tumors is rendered impossible by the destruc- tive ulceration which sets in at an early stage and continues in a pro- gressive manner. In the papillary form the copious vegetations slough off, leaving large ulcerating defects. Etiology. — Schroeder ascertained that 33 per cent, of all women who die of carcinoma succumb to carcinoma of the uterus. The only organs more frequently affected by carcinoma are the stomach and the mam- mary gland. Wagner estimated that of all persons who die of carci- noma, in one-fourth of them the uterus is the seat of the disease. From these statistics it is evident that the uterus is one of the organs which presents, next to the stomach, conditions, congenital or other- wise, most favorable to the development of carcinoma. The fifth decennium is the time of life most predisposed to the affection. A closer study of the statistics shows that the first five years after the cessation of menstruation furnish the largest contingent of cases. An hereditary predisposition was traced, according to different authors, in from 7.6 to 1 3 per cent. Winckel called special attention to the frequent occurrence of carcinoma of the uterus in tubercular families — another proof of the fallacy of Rokitansky's assertion that tuberculosis and carcinoma do not occur in the same person at the same time. Carci- noma occurs more frequently in married than in single women, and more frequently in sterile women than in those who have given birth to children. Of the women who have borne children, those who have passed most frequently through childbed are most disposed to carci- noma of the uterus. Difficult or instrumental deliveries and abortions appear to exert an etiological influence. These different etiological influences have been studied by Winckel on the hand of an extensive clinical material that came under his own observation. There can be no question that trauma, inflammatory affections, and benign tumors, which are so frequently found in the cervix, constitute an important element in the production of carcinoma. The most important cause, however, to explain the frequency with which carcinoma selects this locality, is the fact that in the embryo the squamous epithelium of the sinus urogenitalis blends with the cylindrical epithelium of Miiller's ducts at the external os of the cervix. It is at the point of junction of the epithelial cells of different embryonal origin and of different shape 356 PATHOLOGY AND TREATMENT OF TUMORS. and function that carcinoma most frequently takes its starting-point, Embryonal cells are here in excess or they are displaced, and become later the essential tumor-matrix. The reasons why carcinoma of the cervix appears in preference aftei the menopause are the same as Thiersch has advanced for carcinoma of the lip. The shrinking submucous connective tissue loses at this time its physiological resistance, thus opening pathways for invasion by epithelial cells. Emmet has called attention to laceration of the cervix as a cause of carcinoma. The writer is strongly inclined to believe that a laceration of the cervix may not only act as an exciting cause but that, in addition, it may furnish the essential matrix of embry- onic epithelial cells. It is not difficult to understand that during the healing of a laceration of the cervix new embryonal cells may become buried in the scar-tissue in an immature state, and remain in this con- dition, constituting a tumor-matrix of post-natal origin. E. Martin believes that acute infectious lesions of the vagina and the uterus, like gonorrhea, have an influence in the causation of uterine carcinoma — an opinion which receives the support of Winckel and others. Symptoms and Diagnosis. — The symptoms which point to the exist- ence of carcinoma of the uterus are (i) hemorrhage, (2) profuse anc often very fetid vaginal discharge, (3) pain, (4) dysuria, and (5) recta! tenesmus. If the patient has not ceased to menstruate, menstruation is profuse and prolonged. Greater significance attaches, however, to the occur- rence of hemorrhage between the menses. Bleeding during the interval occurring spontaneously or provoked by active exercise, by the use of the vaginal syringe, or by coitus, in a woman past thirty-five years of age is very suggestive of the existence of a carcinoma of the uterus and should induce the medical attendant to make a thorough examina- tion. The occurrence of hemorrhage after the menopause has a similai diagnostic significance. A profuse watery discharge, stained at times with blood, is one of the earliest external evidences of papillary carcinoma of the cervix The discharge is often very irritating, producing excoriation of th< external genital organs, and often a catarrhal vaginitis. When the dis ease has advanced to extensive ulceration, or the papillary excrescence: have become gangrenous, the discharge is always exceedingly fetid anc profuse ; at this time it also frequently contains fragments of cast-ofl tumor-tissue. The pain, of a dull, aching, burning, or lancinating character, i: referred most frequently to the back, the lower part of the abdomen the hips, the iliac regions, and the thighs. CARCINOMA. 357 The retention of secretions in the uterine cavity by the blocking of the cervical canal by the tumor-tissue causes expulsive pains. If the carcinoma presses upon the bladder or has reached this organ by extension, urinary disturbances set in, varying in intensity from a desire to pass the urine more frequently than usual to the involuntary escape of urine through a fistula produced by destruction of the posterior bladder-wall by the tumor. The function of the rectum is disturbed by pressure or by the extension of the disease from the uterus to the rectum. Constipation, tenesmus, and the escape with the feces of mucus or of mucus stained with blood are some of the indications showing the existence and extent of uterine carcinoma. If the disease has extended to the pelvic connective tissue or the peritoneum, it presents many symptoms and signs of parametritis and pelvic peritonitis — affections which must be excluded carefully in the differential diagnosis. Exten- sive local and regional infection is indicated further by great cedema of one or both lower extremities, caused by compression or thrombosis of one or more of the large veins in the pelvis, by ascites, by tympan- ites, and by carcinoma of the external genitals. Metastatic tumors in distant parts of the body would indicate that general infection has taken place. It is unfortunate that the onset of the disease is so insidious, as patients, as a rule, consult the physician only after the disease has manifested itself by symptoms which belong to its advanced stages. Unless discovered accidentally in the examination for obscure pelvic affections, carcinoma of the uterus presents itself to the surgeon in the majority of cases in its advanced stages. As most if not all of the symptoms that have been detailed may be simulated by benign tumors of the uterus and by inflammatory affections involving this organ and its appendages, a reliable diagnosis must rest upon a thorough exam- ination. In advanced cases, when the lower segment of the uterus is the seat of fungous masses or of a deep excavation with an infiltration of stony hardness at its base extending from the uterus to the parauterine con- nective tissue on both sides, completely immobilizing the organ, a positive diagnosis can be made by the mere touch of the finger. It is different in cases in which the disease is limited to perhaps one lip of the cervix, or where the disease originated primarily in the mucous membrane of the uterine cavity. In such cases it is sometimes exceed- ingly difficult to differentiate between chronic inflammatory affections, benign tumors, and carcinoma. Laceration of the cervix with hypertrophy of one or more of its 35§ PATHOLOGY AND TREATMENT OF TUMORS. lips, and ectropion of the cervical mucous membrane with erosion, hav frequently been mistaken for carcinoma. A hypertrophic lip of th cervix covered by papillary erosions presents to the palpating finger o: passing it lightly over the surface a velvety softness, while on deepe pressure the hypertrophied tissues feel uniformly dense, but lack th stony hardness of carcinoma (Fig. 238). The carcinomatous cervix feels not only hard but nodulated, and if ulceration has taken place the surface of the Fig. 238. — Broad erosions of both lips of cervix, with numerous glandular openings (after Winckel). Fig. 239. — Papillary carcinoma of cervix limited almos entirely to the anterior lip (after Winckel). ulcer is uneven and hard (Fig. 239). If the disease involves both lips at the same time and is limited in extent, the opening of the cervical Fig. 240. — Papillary carcinoma of both lips of the cervix {after Winckel). -Large retention-cysts of both lips of the cervix (after Winckel). canal is then surrounded by a ring-like induration of great firmness that does not yield on attempting to insert the tip of the index finger (Fig. 240). Retention-cysts of the external os of the cervical canal might be mistaken for carcinoma, as on palpation they feel quite firm, but lack the induration so characteristic of carcinoma, and on deep pressure a CARCINOMA. 35' sense of elastic resistance is produced. These cysts are also usuall; multiple, while carcinoma extends from one centre (Figs. 242, 243). Fig. 242. — Beginning cancer of the cervix, ulcer- ative form (after Pozzi). Fig. 243. — Cancer of the cervix, nodular fori (after Pozzi) : p, zone of intact pavement epith< lium ;/, cancerous nodule ; a, external os ; c, cervi) In doubtful cases a diagnosis must be made by the use of the micro scope. A small fragment of tissue near the margin of the supposet tumor is removed, and from it sections are made. In carcinoma thi Fig. 244. — Atypical columnar epithelioma derived from uterine glands (after Boyce) : a, the cancer-cylinder (Obj. i inch, without eye-piece.) section will show atypical proliferation of epithelial cells in the form of solid cylinders and epithelial nests in the vascular stroma. In papillary erosions the section will show an increase of glandular structure, but the epithelium is separated from the submucous vascular connective 360 PATHOLOGY AND TREATMENT OF TUMORS. tissue by the membrana propria. No epithelial cells are found in direc, contact with vascular connective tissue. Primary carcinoma of the body of the uterus is very rare, and espe- cially so in women less than fifty years of age. It is attended bj enlargement of the uterus, profuse and often fetid vaginal discharge and fitful attacks of hemorrhage. As some of these symptoms attenc adenomatous disease of the mucous membrane, it is often necessary tc remove with the sharp curette fragments of tissue for examination under the microscope. In adenoma the epithelial cells will be found tc occupy their normal relative position to the basement membrane, while in carcinoma the epithelial cells, almost always of the cylindrical variety, will be found in and among the vascular structures and arranged in a tubular form (Fig. 244). Retained placental tissue and myoma of the uterus undergoing sloughing are conditions which might lead to errors in diagnosis, and they must be considered carefully in making a differ- ential diagnosis between primary carcinoma of the body of the uterus and other intra-uterine affections. Supravaginal Amputation of the Cervix Uteri for Carcinoma. — The first supravaginal excision of the cervix uteri for carcinoma was made by Osiander. The operation was later perfected by C. J. M. Langen- beck and by Schroeder. This operation should be restricted to cases of carcinoma beginning upon the vaginal portion of the cervix and in which the disease has not extended to the body of the uterus. Surgeons are not agreed as to the value of this operation in the treatment of uterine carcinoma. The combined statistics representing cases from the practice of a number of able surgeons show a mortality of about 11.5 per cent. Some of the ardent advocates of this operation claim that in nearly half of the cases the carcinoma did not return after operation. Such a statement, however, must be accepted with a good deal of allowance. On the contrary, the champions of hysterectomy under- rate the value of this operation. Com- mon sense would dictate that in a limited carcinoma of the external os it is no more necessary to remove the entire uterus than it would be to extirpate the whole of the lower lip Fig. 245. — Schroeder's supravaginal ampu- tation of the cervix for carcinoma, showing the extent of the excision and the ligature of the lower branch of the uterine artery (after Pozzi). CARCINOMA. 361 in a beginning carcinoma of the lip. Here as elsewhere the surgeon must show good sense and judgment in selecting the cases for partial and those for complete removal of the uterus for carcinoma. Schroeder's operation is the one that promises the best results in well-selected cases. The uterus is drawn down to the vulva by vulsellum forceps, and a strong loop of thread is passed through and above each of the lateral culs-de-sac (Fig. 245). These loops serve to draw the parts down and to compress the uterine artery. The cervix is then isolated, through a circular incision made at the vaginal insertion, as far as the internal os. Spirting vessels are at once tied. The dissection is made as far as possible by the use of blunt instruments, to guard against wounding the bladder or the rectum or opening unintentionally the peritoneal cavity. The anterior portion of the cervix is removed first, when the vaginal mucous membrane is stitched to the mucous membrane of the cervical canal. The same is done after the amputation of the posterior half of the cervix. Schroeder has excised with the cervix the upper part of the vagina when the disease had extended in that direction. Some surgeons employ no sutures after amputation of the cervix, but follow the use of the knife by that of the cautery (Koeberle) or of chloride of zinc (Van de Warker). If all the diseased tissue can be removed — and these are the cases which are adapted for supravaginal amputa- tion — it is advisable to suture the vaginal mucous membrane to the mucosa of the cervical stump, as otherwise a stenosis or a complete obliteration of the cervical canal may become a source of trouble and an indication for more operating in the future. The writer has seen at least two cases of supravaginal amputation of the cervix for carcinoma in which the suturing was omitted, and in which complete obstruction by cicatricial contraction gave rise to great pain during the menstrual period, as all the menstrual discharge escaped into the peritoneal cavity, causing repeated attacks of pelvic peritonitis. In one of these cases removal of the uterine appendages disclosed both of the tubes greatly distended, the lumen at the fimbriated extremity having become greatly narrowed by firm adhesions, the remnants of repeated attacks of cir- cumscribed peritonitis. J \iginal Hysterectomy for Carcinoma of the Uterus. — C. J. M. Langen- beck in 18 13 made the first complete vaginal hysterectomy for carci- noma. Sauter and Dubourg appear next in the list of surgeons who undertook this operation. Vaginal hysterectomy was revived and per- fected in 1878 by Czerny. A radical operation for carcinoma of the uterus involving more than the cervix and limited to the uterus can be performed with less difficulty and greater safety by the vaginal than by the abdominal route. Freund's abdominal hysterectomy for carci- 362 PATHOLOGY AND TREATMENT OF TUMORS. Fig. 246. — Vessels of the uterus : uterine and utero-ovarian arteries (after Pozzi). noma has been replaced almost entirely by vaginal hysterectomy. Strict antiseptic precautions are necessary when the abdominal cavity is to be Fig. 247. — Vaginal hysterectomy : first step, opening the posterior cul-de-sac and suture of the peritoneur to the vaginal mucous membrane (after Martin). CARCINOMA. 363 opened in the removal of a carcinomatous uterus. The vagina and the external genitals should be disinfected in the usual manner, and if the carcinoma has ulcerated extensively, a preliminary scraping is neces- sary for the purpose of removing necrosed infected tissue that would escape the ordinary means of disinfection. The patient should undergo preparatory treatment as for laparotomy for a number of days. Bladder and rectum should be emptied before the operation is commenced. The patient must be placed in the lithotomy position, the thighs being well separated and properly immobilized. Hegar's speculum and re- Fig. 248. — Vaginal hysterectomy : second step, ligation of the uterine artery (after Martin). tractors, made for this special purpose, are best adapted for securing access to the uterus. The modern improved technique of vaginal hysterectomy has special reference to the prevention and arrest of hemorrhage. The principal vessels concerned in this operation are well shown in Figure 246. The uterus is secured and drawn down to the vulva in the same manner as in supravaginal amputation of the 364 PATHOLOGY AND TREATMENT OF TUMORS. cervix. The operation is commenced by opening the cul-de-sac 01 Douglas by a curved incision behind the cervix at its junction wit! the vagina, when the vaginal mucous membrane is sutured to thi peritoneum (Fig. 247). The suturing arrests the parenchymatous anc venous hemorrhage completely. The next step (Fig. 248) consists ii ligating the uterine artery on both sides en masse. The left indej finger is inserted through the wound, and the exact location of th< artery is ascertained by the pulsations ; then, with a large curved needle armed with strong silk, the arteiy is included in a mass of tissue a each angle of the wound and is secured by drawing the ligature tightly The cervix is then drawn backward and downward, and, by an incis- ion at a safe distance from the palpable margin of the tumor, the circulai incision is completed, the point of the knife being directed against the cervix to avoid wounding the bladder. The dissection between the bladder and the cervix is made chiefly by the use of the finger anc of blunt instruments. Hemorrhage is arrested by points of suture on the cut surface of the tissues. The uterus is now retroverted suf- ficiently to bring the broad ligaments within easy reach, when they are tied in three parts. The uterus is now, by means of scissors, severec from all attachments, including the peritoneal reflection between ii and the bladder, which attachment so far has been reserved to guarc against infection. Prolapse of the intestines is prevented by elevating the pelvis or by means of a large sponge well secured in long hemo- static forceps. The wound should be closed on each side by one or two sutures leaving an opening in the centre for an iodoform-gauze drain. If ovaries or tubes present conditions requiring operative treatment, they Fig. 249.— Bowed forceps for compression of the broad ligaments in vaginal hysterectomy (after Doyen). should be removed ; otherwise it is better to limit the operation to the removal of the uterus. If the bladder or the rectum should be injured during the operation, the visceral wound must be sutured. After com- pletion of the operation the vagina is lightly packed with iodoform gauze. The packing and dressing should not be removed for from three to five days unless hemorrhage or infection demands earlier interference. Ligation of the broad ligaments and blood-vessels is the CARCINOMA. 365 correct surgical way in which to prevent and arrest hemorrhage in vaginal extirpation of the uterus. Pean has substituted for the ligature long compression-forceps (Fig. 249). After detaching the cervix much in the same way as has been described, the broad ligament near the uterus is grasped with long, slightly curved catch-forceps, as shown in Figure 250. The for- ceps are prevented from un- locking by tying the handles together with a strip of gauze. After removal of the uterus the vagina is packed with gauze and the forceps are incorpo- rated in the external antiseptic dressing. The forceps are re- moved at the end of the second day. Many surgeons have adopt- ed Pean's method of control- ling hemorrhage in vaginal hysterectomy by permanent forceps pressure, but the pro- cedure is open to a number of serious objections which do not apply to the use of the ligature, the most important being insecurity against second- ary hemorrhage from slipping of the forceps and inability to carry out aseptic precautions to the required extent. The writer has always relied on the ligature, and has had no reason to change his views concerning its superiority over the forceps in the permanent arrest of hemorrhage in vaginal hysterectomy. Extirpation of the carcinomatous uterus through the sacral route was first practised by Hochenegg and is strongly endorsed by Czerny. The sacral resection is made in the same way as advised by Kraske for extirpation of carcinoma of the rectum. The sacral operation would certainly appear to present great advantages when the lymphatic glands and the connective tissue behind the uterus have become infected, as it secures better access to the retro-uterine tissues than does the vaginal operation. Extraperitoneal enucleation, first practised by the older Langenbeck, and recently revived by Frank and Lane, has no future in the operative treatment of carcinoma of the uterus. Fig. 250. — Vaginal hysterectomy : application of for- ceps and section of the base of the broad ligament (after Pean). 3 66 PATHOLOGY AND TREATMENT OF TUMORS. In inoperable cases of carcinoma of the cervix and uterus — and a such should be considered all cases in which, from the extent of th disease, complete removal of all infected tissues cannot be effected b; either vaginal or sacral hysterectomy — the removal of fungous masse with a sharp spoon, followed by thorough cauterization with thi Pacquelin cautery, constitutes an important palliative measure. External Female Genital Organs. — Carcinoma of the external gen ital organs of the female is a comparatively rare affection. Its priman starting-point may be either th< labium majus, the labium minus or the clitoris. Among 747c women suffering from carci noma, Winckel found that tht vulva was the primary seat of th< disease in 72, or about 10 pe: cent, of all the cases. The tu mor begins as a firm nodule ir the skin, with an indurated base The tumor is covered at firsi by thickened layers of epithelia cells, which in the centre of the growth soon disappear by ulcera- tion. Carcinoma of the vulva according to Klob and Winckel is always composed of squamous epithelial cells. As soon as ul- ceration has occurred, the oppo- site surface with which the tumoi may come in contact is often similarly affected. The tumoi does not attain any considerable size, as the older portions are destroyed by ulceration. The tumoi represented in Figure 25 1 was removed by Winckel. In another case the same authority satisfied himself that the carcinoma had originated in a congenital wart of the clitoris. The transformation of a wart of the lesser labium into a carcinoma is well shown in Figure 252. Lymphatic infection is an early occurrence in carcinoma of the clitoris and vulva. A case of primary carcinoma of the clitoris in a woman sixty years of age came under the writer's observation six months from the time the tumor was discovered. Both greater labia were involved, and very extensive regional infection had taken place in both groins. In this case an oval flap was made by carrying a curvec Fig. 251.— Carcinoma of the labium majus (after Winckel). The tumor is incised vertically, showing the appearance of its interior. The surface is nodulated, and on one side is a fringe of hair derived from the lesser labium. CARCINOMA. 367 incision the whole length of Poupart's ligament on both sides, and then across the lower border of the mons veneris. This flap was reflected in an upward direction to a point where the femoral vessels pass under- neath Poupart's ligament. An incision was then made downward to the apex of Scarpa's triangle on both sides. After reflection of the triangular flaps the whole chain of lymphatics was dissected out, being later removed with the mass containing the primary tumor and both Fig. 252. — Cancerous transformation of the epithelium of the labium majus (after Boyce) : a, normal epithe- lium ; b, warty condition; c, malignant change. (Obj. 7 inch, without eye-piece.) the greater labia in one piece. The hemorrhage was controlled by compression and by hemostatic forceps during the operation. The excision had to be carried to the margin of the meatus and to the lesser labia on the sides. The oval flap was then drawn downward and stitched to the upper margin of the meatus, and the wounds caused by excision of the labia were closed by stitching the lesser labia to the skin. The remaining parts of the wounds were closed in the usual manner. Primary healing of all the wounds on the right side took place ; a slight suppuration interfered with the healing of the wound below Poupart's ligament on the opposite side. The patient left the hospital three weeks after the operation, and three months later was reported as being free from recurrence. The only effective treatment of carcinoma of the external genital organs of the female is free excision. Large defects can be covered by sliding of the skin, and very large wounds heal in the most satisfactory 3 68 PATHOLOGY AND TREATMENT OF TUMORS. manner. If the disease has resulted in infection of the inguinal glands all the glands should be removed with the primary tumor in one con tinuous mass. This removal can be effected by extending the incisioi just below Poupart's ligament as far as the anterior superior spinou, process, and joining it by a vertical incision extending from the femora canal to the apex of Scarpa's triangle. Bye. — Malignant tumors in the interior of the eye are sarcomata The conjunctiva in rare instances is the seat of carcinoma. The tumo ulcerates early, and generally comes under the observation of the sur geon before extensive local or regional infection has occurred. Perfor ation of the eyeball takes place at the junction of the cornea and tht sclerotic, as resistance to cell-invasion here is less than in the sclerotic or the cornea. Regional infection takes place through the pre-auriculai and submaxillary lymphatics. The diagnosis should always be con- firmed by examination of sections of the tumor under the microscope as a positive diagnosis justifies the only radical treatment ir such cases — enucleation, with clearing out of all the orbital contents. Bladder. — Primary carci- noma of the bladder is a rare affection. It is more common in men than in women. It oc- curs as a sessile, indurated, ul- cerating tumor or as a papillary growth. The latter form oc- curs often as a transformation of a benign papilloma into a car- cinoma. Occasionally the urethra is the starting-point (Fig. 253). If in the female the urethra is primarily affected, the radical operation should be preceded by the formation of a supra- pubic fistula. After this has been established the entire urethra and the base of the Fig. 253.— Primary carcinoma of the urethra in the female (after Winckel) : a, urethra ; b, fundus of bladder. bladder should be excised and the opening in the bladder be closed permanently. This operation has been performed successfully by Pawlik and Oviatt. CARCINOMA. 369 Carcinoma of the bladder frequently selects that part of the bladder- wall corresponding to the insertion of the ureters. Secondary carci- noma of the bladder from extension of the tumor from the prostate invades the base of the bladder; after the growth has reached the vesical mucous membrane it becomes diffuse, often blocking the orifice of the urethra with masses of tumor-tissue. After ulceration has set in shreds of carcinomatous tissue are often voided with the urine. The ulceration usually extends in the course of time over the entire surface of the tumor (Fig. 254). Fig. 254. — Papillary carcinoma of the anterior wall of the bladder in the female (after Winckel) : a, papillary carcinoma ; b, orifices of ureters ; c, urethra. The most prominent symptoms of carcinoma of the bladder are hemorrhage, frequent desire to urinate, and great pain after evacuation of the bladder. Microscopical examination of fragments of tissue voided with the urine or removed in the eye of the catheter will often prove of great value in making a positive diagnosis. In women an incision through the vesico-vaginal septum, and in men a suprapubic cystotomy, will enable the surgeon to make a positive diagnosis, and will also afford relief by establishing a permanent fistula. If the car- cinoma is superficial, removal after opening the bladder should be attempted. If the tumor involves the anterior wall or fundus of the bladder, the indication is for a radical operation by excision of the entire thickness of the bladder-wall beyond the limits of the tumor through an abdominal incision. If the carcinoma is so situated that the bladder end of one ureter has to be removed, the resected end should be implanted into a slit of the bladder, as advised by Van Hook, before the opening in the bladder is closed by suturing. u 37° PATHOLOGY AND TREATMENT OF TUMORS. In all these operations the bladder should be drained either b; the use of a retaining catheter or through a separate opening. Scraping out of a carcinoma through either a suprapubic or a vaginal incisioi should not be considered even in the light of a palliative operation All that can be done in a case of inoperable carcinoma of the bladde is to establish a permanent fistula to relieve the vesical tenesmus and t< prevent retention of urine by closure of the urethral opening by thi tumor or by blood-clots. Kidney. — The kidney is more frequently the seat of sarcoma thar of carcinoma. Carcinoma of the kidney is of the tubular variety In a delicate, very vascular stroma the columnar epithelial cells an arranged in the form of tubules. According to the degree of develop- d -.v.v.v -'•>..;■ ,;«:#'■ ->*\ Aft-' . ' ' '- ' 7 *>- - ! '* » % fe.- -V 7' »> vV» 'i ■.?.■?»: -n' - ?>«.«<, •'■■^->r^«ji.: ..jar -\r •. ^ Ew - h. »' .■.„»' 2y '»*%•■• ■■--■ " o • " * • * ■ * '• -.& °- *'A ' : * * ■ • V *»- - o • :•»•■ ~ ■■;'} > »*•■; V» Fir,.2 55 .-Displaced tissue from the suprarenal capsule in the kidneys; X 5oo(after Karg and Schraorl) The lower part of the picture is occupied by normal kidney-tissue (a), in which a glomerulus and transverselj cut uriniferous tubules can be seen ; the upper part is occupied by typical tissue from the suprarenal capsuh (/'), which is imbedded in the kidney-tissue. ment of the stroma the tumor is either hard or soft, of slow or of rapic growth. In exceptional cases the tumor, instead of springing from e matrix of embryonic cells representing kidney-tissue, originates from £ displaced matrix of epithelial cells derived from the suprarenal capsule Such displaced groups of epithelial cells (Fig. 255) are found in the vicinity of the kidney, in the capsule, or in the parenchyma of the kidney itself (Klebs). Grawitz has shown that tumors originating frorr CARCINOMA. 37 1 such a matrix represent to perfection, histologically as well as clinically, similar tumors of the suprarenal capsule. The tumor gradually dis- places the parenchyma of the kidney, and when the pelvis and the ureter are reached it produces obstruction to the flow of urine secreted by the intact part of the kidney. Eventually the tumor may perforate the capsule of the kidney and extend to the adjacent organs. Lymphatic infection takes place at a comparatively late stage. If the tumor is large, it may produce intestinal obstruction by extending to the colon or by pressure. Hematuria is a frequent symptom after the tumor has invaded the pelvis of the kidney. During life it would be, of course, impossible to distinguish a carci- noma from a sarcoma. Advanced age and a nodular tumor would lead us to suspect carcinoma. James Israel discovered by palpation a car- cinoma of the kidney not larger than a cherry, removed the kidney, and the specimen confirmed the diagnosis. The average surgeon would Fig. 256. — Topography of the renal region (after Esmarch) : life, trapezius muscle; Mid, latissimus dorsi ; Sp, sacro-lumbalis ; Ql, quadratus lumborum ; Of, external oblique ; Oi, internal oblique ; Tr t trans- versalis ; Fid, lumbo-dorsal fascia ; R, kidney ; C, descending colon. have difficulty in detecting a tumor the size of a walnut, and conse- quently it is not very probable that another such early diagnosis will soon be recorded. If a diagnosis of the probable existence of a malig- nant tumor of the kidney can be made, it is the duty of the surgeon to make careful search concerning the condition of the opposite organ, and if this is satisfactory a radical operation is indicated if the disease has not extended beyond the capsule of the kidney. Partial removal of the kidney for malignant disease is not permissible. Nephrectomy for Carcinoma of the Kidney. — The location of the kidney and its relations to the parts concerned in lumbar nephrectomy 373 PATHOLOGY AND TREATMENT OF TUMORS. are shown in Figure 256. An accurate knowledge of the topographica anatomy of the renal region is an essential prerequisite in the perform ance of lumbar nephrectomy. A carcinomatous tumor of the kidney too large for the lumbar operation has in all probability reached thi inoperable stage. The lumbar operation is therefore the one that wil usually be selected to remove a carcinomatous kidney. The operatior of nephrectomy was devised and performed in 1871 by Simon. Th< incision named after him was in reality planned by his pupil, Dr. Hotz now of Chicago. One of two incisions is usually selected for the remova of the kidney through the lumbar region. Simon's incision, which give; the best access to the hilus of the kidney, is commenced over the eleventl rib, at the outer margin of the sacro-lumbalis muscle, and is extendec in a downward direction to a point halfway between the last rib anc the crest of the ilium. If more room is needed, the incision can be extended farther down. Konig's incision, which affords the most room extends from the twelfth rib, at the margin of the sacro-lumbalis muscle directly down to near the crest of the ilium ; it is then carried in a curve in the direction of the umbilicus to the outer margin of the rectus muscle. To enlarge the space between the last rib and the crest of the Fig. 257.— Position of patient and location of incision for lumbar nephrectomy according to Simon'; method. ilium a firm round cushion should be placed between the chest anc the pelvis on the opposite side, and the patient is placed on that side (Fig. 257). The different muscular layers are divided separately, and all hemorrhage is carefully arrested before the fatty capsule of the kidney is opened. When the kidney has been reached the upper half is first separated with the index finger ; then the kidney is seized with three fingers, drawn forward, and carefully isolated all around ; when the hilus is reached the ureter and vessels are exposed by blunt dissection ; all these structures are ligated en masse, and the kidney is separated by a cut at a safe distance from the ligature, after which ureter and vessels are ligated separately. Iodoform-gauze drainage and suturing of the balance of the wound complete the operation. CARCINOMA. 373 We have every reason to believe that if a diagnosis of renal carci- noma could be made at a time before the tumor has extended beyond the capsule and before it has given rise to regional infection, a nephrec- tomy would yield better results than most of the operations for carci- noma in other localities. Under such circumstances the removal of all carcinomatous tissue by a nephrectomy would be assured. XVII. FIBROMA. Fibroma is a representative mesoblastic tumor. Connective tissue which is found in all parts and organs of the body, is its prototype We shall include in this class of tumors also the benign endothelial tumors, which have been described as endothelioma because the con- nective tissue and endothelial cells have a common embryonic origin Histological investigations have shown that in the connective tissue may be formed, independently of pre-existing blood-vessels, vasculai spaces lined with endothelial cells derived from connective tissue ; anc it is well known that during the cicatrization of blood-vessels aftei ligature and during plastic inflammation of serous surfaces endothelial cells are converted into permanent connective tissue. Fibroma imitates the normal connective tissue in the arrangement of its fibres. If the tumor is soft, the elastic fibres and connective-tissue corpuscles are arranged loosely and the cells are separated from one another by ar abundance of intercellular substance (Fig. .,,,. 258). In hard fibromata the areolar struc- MM ture is lost, and the tumor presents to the Fig. 258.— Subcutaneous areolar tissue (after Piersol) : c, c, some of the connective-tissue corpuscles ; w, migratory cells ; v, plasma-cells ; e, elastic fibres. Fig. 259. — White fibrous tissue; on' end of the bundle has been teased ti display the component fibrillae (afte Piersol). eye and to touch the appearance of firm white fibrous tissue in whicl the fibrillae form bundles that run parallel, but more frequently inter lace, forming coarser or finer meshworks (Fig. 259). Fibromata occur in every part of the body supplied with connective tissue and blood-vessels. 374 FIBROMA. 375 Definition. — A fibroma is a tumor composed of mature fibrous tissue derived from a matrix of fibroblasts. This definition excludes from this class of tumors all swellings of infective origin and all benign tumors in which the predominating histological elements are not con- nective-tissue fibres, but epithelial cells. Virchow included elephantiasis and molluscum fibrosum among the fibrous tumors. We exclude these affections because their infective origin has been demonstrated satisfac- torily. A great deal of confusion has been caused by some pathologists who continue to describe a papilloma as a fibroma. In papilloma the epithelial cells compose the essential part of the tumor, the tumor develops from a matrix of epithelial cells, and the fibrous central part is fur- nished by pre-existing connective tissue which, under the stimulus fur- nished by the proliferating epithelial cells, undergoes hypertrophic changes. We shall exclude from fibroma those tumors of the skin and the mucous membranes that have an epithelial origin and in which the epi- thelial cells take an active part in the growth of the tumor. These tumors have been described in a previous section of this work as papillomata. The connective tissue is the tissue chiefly predisposed to inflammation, and the frequency with which infections of all kinds occur in the connective tissue makes it often exceedingly difficult to distin- guish practically between an infective swelling and a fibroma. It is for this reason that the adjective mature has been used in this definition. Connective-tissue corpuscles in inflammatory products do not reach the same degree of maturity as in fibroma, even if the inflammatory process is ever so chronic. Fibro-sarcomata, which by Paget and others have been described as fibroid tumors with a tendency to recurrence, are composed of connective tissue which has nearly, but not quite, reached maturity. " Fibroid," " desmoid," " corps fibrcux," are synonyms which even at the present time are occasionally used in place of fibroma. Histogenesis and Histology. — The matrix of a fibroma is a group of congenital fibroblasts which in the embryo were set aside, failed to reach maturity, and remained in the connective tissue in a latent condition until, under the influence of local or general causes, they were placed in a condition to assert their intrinsic capacity to proliferate. If we imagine a number of embryonic connective-tissue cells arrested in their develop- ment and unutilized in the embryo, remaining in their primitive condition awaiting favorable conditions for their growth and reproduction, we can readily understand how in later life they would result in the production of tissue of a character differing from, although similar in structure to, the surrounding tissues (see Fig. 2, p. 28). Arrest of differentiation would affect the intercellular substance as well as the cells. From 37° PATHOLOGY AND TREATMENT OF TUMORS. an embryological standpoint .1 fibroma is never a heterologous or a heterotopic tumor, as connective tissue is (bund in .ill parts and organs of the body. A matrix of fibroblasts undoubtedly forms frequently in scars following wounds and injuries of .ill kinds and in the healing process after the subsidence oi inflammatory affections, Keloid and other fibroid tumors of scars must have such an origin. A fibroma is always encapsulated, and can readily be enucleated. It it is located underneath a mucous membrane, the tumor-tissue fre- quently becomes cedematOUS. On section the surface shows a nunibei ot bands and bundles ot connective tissue interlacing in all directions without any definite arrangement, The cut ??&*i§A. . . surface often shows concentric arrangement c iA lik 01 the connective tissue in different parts 01 S the tumor, as though the tumor had been 5&4U growing hom different centres. Billroth has shown that the centre of these concentric yi>-'. masses corresponds with the location ot a blood-vessel, The firmness ot the tumor Fig .«o,-H«dfibrwn» from fascia rj epe nds on the amount o( intercellular sub- 01 rib (after Lttcke), ' ^{awcc and the degree oi compactness of the tumor-tissue. In the hard variety the tumor is almost as firm to the i« /T\ ' ' Fio. s6i,— Fibrous tumor from the antrum of Highmore; > 430 (after D, J, Hamtlton) : a, fusiform nucleus; ,'•, youngei nucleus of nn oval shape ; ,-, isolated fibroblast, touch as cartilage, the intercellular substance is very scanty, and the fibrillar are compactly arranged in wavy bundles or the fibres have a FIBROMA. 377 concentric arrangement as shown in Figure 260. Sections under the microscope show that the wavy bundles of white fibrous tissue interlace and surround blood-vessels. On each bundle lies an oval or fusiform connective-tissue nucleus, as on any other fibrous tissue (Fig. 261). The younger parts of the tumor show young connective-tissue cells of round or oval shape. The firmness and the histological structure of the tumor are not affected by the amount or the character of the connective tissue in which the tumor is developed. A fibroma in firm fascia may be soft, while a tumor in a soft vascular organ may be very dense. Fibroma in the soft parenchyma of the kidney may be very firm and be scantily Fig. 262. — Fibroma of the kidney; X 38 (after Karg and Schmorl). The renal tissue (a), which contains intact uriniferous tubules and glomeruli, is sharply separated from the tumor (£), which is composed exclu- sively of vascular fibrillated tissue. The bundles of fibrous tissue interlace in all possible directions, and include moderately numerous nuclei, which, according to the direction of the section, appear round or spindle- shaped. supplied with blood-vessels, although surrounded on all sides by an exceedingly vascular tissue (Fig. 262). In typical fibroma the vessels are small and scanty. In a special form of fibroma — vascular spaces, containing venous blood, that appear anatomically as a transition form between angioma and fibroma — the atypical vascularization of the tumor reaches the highest degree. Rindfieisch classifies this rare form of cavernous fibroma with the fibromata. Nothing is known regarding the existence of lymphatics in fibroma, but it is probable that they are present in the soft variety. Nerves are probably not present in fibroma, 378 PATHOLOGY AND TREATMENT OF TUMORS. but if present, they are pre-existing nerves from the sheath of which the tumor has developed. In fibroma of the uterus muscle-fibres are so constantly found that Virchow classified fibrous tumors of the uterus with the myomata. Retrograde Metamorphoses. — One of the frequent retrograde changes found in fibroma is myxomatous degeneration, due, in part at Fig. 263. — Myxomatous fibrous tumor of the deep fascia of the neck ; X 45° (after D. J. Hamilton). least, to cedema of the intercellular spaces (Fig. 263). The tumor undergoing this change becomes softer, and in the course of time there may form cysts with mucous or serous con- tents. This form of degeneration is observed very frequently in submucous fibroma. In cystic myofibroma of the uterus there form cysts, often of enormous size, which it is im- possible sometimes to distinguish from ovarian cysts. Calcareous degeneration occurs in one of two ways : the tumor is either coated with a thin, rough, nodulated layer of a chalky substance, or a similar substance is deposited more abundantly throughout the tumor (Fig. 264). Calcification is preceded by coagulation- necrosis, and the place occupied by the tumor- tissue is taken by the earthy salts. Further growth of the tumor in parts which have undergone calcification is arrested. Colloid degeneration does not occur in fibroma, as Mr. Symmonds has shown that it never takes place in the absence of epithelial cells. Fatty degeneration Fig. 264. — Calcareous deposit in a fibrous uterine tumor (after Dusseau). FIBROMA. 379 is not as constantly found in fibroma as in epithelial tumors, but occa- sionally it not only takes place, but it may destroy large portions of the tumor. The tumor when exposed to external irritation is subject to ulcer- ation. Infection and suppuration may occur without exposure of the tissue of the tumor to direct infection by ulceration or in- jury. Gangrene may occur if in a pedunculated tumor the pedicle is twisted or the prin- cipal artery becomes blocked by a thrombus. Transforma- tion of the tumor-tissue into a higher type is occasionally ob- served in fibroma. Ossification has been seen most frequently in fibrous tumors attached to bone (Fig. 265). It is difficult to decide in such cases whether the new bone is produced by transformation of fibrous tissue, or whether — what seems more probable — it is produced by displaced osteoblasts. Etiology. — Fibroma alone or in combination with other tumors — lipoma, angioma, adenoma — appears sometimes as a congenital tumor. Old age predisposes to epithelial tumors, while the aptitude for fibroma is lessened after the age of from thirty-five to forty years. The production of fibroma of the lobe of the ear by the wearing of ear-rings, of keloids in scars, and of desmoids in the abdominal wall of childbearing women, would indicate that trauma and irritation are potent factors in the etiology of fibroma. Virchow describes and recognizes an hereditary fibromatous disposition, and he alludes to an instance of the occurrence of multiple subcutaneous fibromata in members of the same family in three con- secutive generations. Symptoms and Diagnosis. — The growth of a fibroma is always slow. A simple, uncomplicated fibroma attains a certain limited size and then remains stationary. The large cystic fibroids described in some of the older text-books were sarcomata, as it is often stated that the tumor reached the size of a child's head in a year or less. Fibroma never pursues such a rapid course. Uterine myofibromata grow more rapidly than simple fibroids, are more vascular, and the muscular fibres Fig. 265.- -Ossification in a periosteal fibroma of the lower jaw (after Liicke). 380 PATHOLOGY AND TREATMENT OF TUMORS. constitute the most important part of the tumor-tissue. The tumor is smooth and is always well encapsulated, hence movable unless restrained by adjoining firm resisting tissues. A fibroma of the breast can be moved among the tissues between two fingers without moving the gland — an important point in the differential diagnosis between fibroma and carci- noma. The tumor displaces, but does not infiltrate, the adjoining tissues. The pressure of a periosteal fibroma frequently results in great displace- ment of the bone by bending and by pressure-atrophy. If the tumor occupies a cavity, it may interfere with important functions. A fibroma of the nasal cavity interferes with respiration, and, when it reaches the pharynx, with speech and deglutition. A fibroma of the uterus, if submucous, causes hemorrhage ; if subserous, it may by its size affect important functions. Pain and tenderness are absent unless the tumor is intimately connected with a sensitive nerve or unless it has become complicated by infection and inflammation. In fibroma ulceration is less likely to take place than in papilloma, because the tumor is covered at least by skin or by mucous membrane. If the skin or the mucous membrane becomes atrophied from pressure, ulceration is likely to ensue, commencing in that part of the surface in which nutrition has become most impaired. In differentiating a fibroma from a papilloma it is important to trace the tumor by the aid of its clinical history and by a careful examina- tion as to its origin in the mesoblastic tissues. A papilloma of the skin commences on the surface as an increase in the thickness of the epithelial layer of the skin; the papillary projections develop in. conse- quence of an accompanying hyperplasia of the underlying pre-existing connective tissue. In fibroma of the skin the tumor starts in the con- nective tissue underneath the layer of epithelial cells, and pushes this layer before it. A fibroma of the skin is therefore less liable to become pedunculated than is a papilloma. A fibroma only becomes peduncu- lated if the skin over it is yielding, and after the tumor has attained at least the size of a pea or a cherry. In pedunculated fibroma the skin which covers the tumor becomes atrophic, smooth, and glassy, while in papilloma the epithelial structures increase with the size of the tumor. In deep-seated fibroma the diagnosis between it and sarcoma is deter- mined by the clinical history and, if need be, by the removal of a frag- ment of tissue with a harpoon for microscopical examination. In cystic fibroma the use of the exploratory needle will often determine the cha- racter of the tumor. Prognosis.— Fibroma may at any time undergo transition into a sarcoma. As Virchow says, " A fibroma only needs an increase in the size of its cells and a diminution of the cement-substance to change it FIBROMA. 381 into a sarcoma." The hard variety is less apt to undergo this change than the soft, and particularly the pigmented, form. That irritation and incomplete removal should hasten, if not determine, the transforma- tion of a fibroma into a sarcoma no one would dispute. The young connective-tissue cells in the periphery of the tumor require only the addition of conditions which enable them to leave the parent-tumor and to migrate into the surrounding connective tissue to become sarcoma-cells. A pure fibroma does not attain large size ; hence the prognosis, aside from the possibility of the tumor undergoing transfor- mation into sarcoma, must rest on the importance of the location it occupies. If it involve passages essential for important functions, the obstruction it produces may prove a source of danger. Fibroma of the respiratory and urinary passages affords an illustration in point. A submucous fibroma of the uterus may become the cause of debilitating and even fatal hemorrhages. A large interstitial fibroma of the uterus may destroy life by the size of the tumor interfering with important functions of the abdominal oreans. Treatment. — Operative treatment is indicated in fibroma in all cases in which the tumor is accessible, as by the removal of the tumor the patient is protected against a frequent cause of sarcoma. In uterine fibroma an exception must be made to this rule, as the danger attending the operation outweighs the risk of a possible transition of the tumor into a sarcoma. In fibroma of the uterus other indications must decide the necessity of operation. Fibromata should be removed by enucleation. Excision is necessary if the tumor has ulcerated on the surface or if the interior of the tumor has become infected and the resulting inflammation has produced adhesions between its capsule and the adjacent tissues. Topography. Skin. — Fibroma of the skin occurs most frequently about the face, neck, shoulders, chest, and abdomen. It is of very slow growth, and seldom exceeds in size a pecan-nut. It appears first as a swelling in the connective tissue of the skin, which swelling projects toward the surface, becoming more and more prominent until the skin at its base becomes contracted and by the weight of the tumor elongated, resulting in the formation of a pedicle. In the course of time this pedicle becomes elongated and very slender. It contains in its centre the principal artery of the tumor, which artery sometimes, in consequence of an injury or of textural changes, becomes thrombosed — an accident which results in gangrene of the tumor and a spontaneous cure. The skin over the tumor atrophies, is thin and shining, and is usually thrown 382 PATHOLOGY AND TREATMENT OF TUMORS. into longitudinal folds. The tumor is soft, and under the microscope shows interlacing fibres with an abundance of intercellular cement- substance. The diagnosis can be made without difficulty, as in papilloma, which is most frequently confounded with fibroma, the epiblastic part of the tumor predominates, and instead of a smooth surface presents a warty appearance. If the tumor has become pedunculated, it is connected with the body only by a cylinder of skin, which can be clipped with scissors on a level with the skin, and the resulting wound can be sealed with a cotton-collodion crust. If the tumor is sessile, the skin over it or at its base is incised sufficiently to permit the removal of the tumor by enucleation. Mole. — A mole is a flat congenital fibroma of the skin. It is caused by fibroblasts in excess in the connective-tissue portion of the skin. Moles are usually pigmented, and giant growth is manifested by exces- sive growth of the appendages of the affected part of the skin, the hair, and the glands. Moles vary in size from that of a pin's head to that of the palm of the hand or even larger. The increase in size after birth reaches its maximum during childhood and up to the age of puberty, when the tumor generally becomes stationary. A mole is exceedingly prone to undergo transition into a carcinoma or a sar- coma, and for this reason should be removed if the area involved is not too extensive. A carcinoma or a sarcoma starting in a mole is usually pigmented ; the resulting malignant tumor is either a melano-carcinoma or a melano-sarcoma — both of them exceedingly malignant growths, and very prone to early diffuse regional infection and general dissemination. Keloid. — Another variety of fibroma in the skin is the fibrous tumor which starts in scar-tissue following a wound, the healing of a burn, or other surface lesions, particularly tubercular ulcers. Alibert in 18 14 was the first to describe this fibrous tumor, and from its resemblance to carcinoma he called it " keloid." Keloid resembles clinically some of the granulomata, and under the microscope it is a compromise between a fibroma and a sarcoma. Its frequent occurrence in tubercular scars and in minute scars resulting from small punctured wounds has led the writer to suspect that it might represent a particular form of tuber- cular inflammation. We are, however, not in a position to prove its tubercular origin and nature, and its clinical behavior would certainly tend to negative the idea that it is a form of sarcoma. For the present we must include it among the fibromata, although strongly inclined to believe that before long it will have to be classified with the infective swellings. The colored race is peculiarly predisposed to keloid. The sting of an insect, the prick of a needle, or a small abrasion frequently FIBROMA. 383 acts as the exciting cause. The wearing of ear-rings is also a frequent cause (Fig. 266). 1111 i^&Jl Fig. 266. — Keloid in the lobule of the pinna, associated with an ear-ring puncture (after Sutton). same elude Keloid sometimes affects different parts of the body at the time, but always develops in a scar, which may be so small as to detection (Fig. 267). The tumor slowly „ „ increases in size up to a certain point, and after having remained stationary for from ten to twenty years may slowly disappear — one of the strongest proofs that it is not a true tumor. The keloid tissue is charac- terized by its great vascularity as compared with other fibromatous tumors and by the existence of numerous connective-tissue spaces lined with endothelial cells. The inflammatory part of a keloid is shown by the numerous leucocytes in the perivascular spaces. From the structure of a keloid it would be reasonable to assume that occa- sionally it is transformed into a sarcoma. The benign clinical aspects of a keloid render it easy to distinguish between it and a malignant tumor of the scar-tissue. The treatment of keloid is extremely unsatisfactory. External appli Fig. 267. — Multiple keloid in a woman (after Taylor). otored 384 PATHOLOGY AND TREATMENT OF TUMORS. cations and compression are useless. Recurrence even after thorougr extirpation is common. The only treatment is by thorough excision The incisions should include a zone of apparently healthy tissue at leasi a few lines in width. The scar following the operation should be pro- tected carefully for a long time. Mucous Surfaces. — Fibroma of the mucous surfaces resembles that of the skin in every respect except that the surface of the tumoi is covered by mucous membrane instead of by skin, and that the tumoi in this locality is more prone to oedema. Many of the polypoid growths in mucous channels are cedematous fibromata. If pendulous, they should be removed with the wire ecraseur; if sessile, by excision 01 by enucleation. Subcutaneous Connective Tissue. — Two kinds of fibroma, clinically distinct, are met with in the subcutaneous connective tissue — the pain- ful tubercle and the soft multiple fibroma of Recklinghausen. Painful Subcutaneous Tubercle. — This is a little hard tumor, nol larger than a pea, noted for its painfullness, in the subcutaneous tissue, This tumor was first described by A. Petit, Cheselden, and Camper. The best description was given in 18 12 by Mr. Wm. Wood. These tubercles are most frequent in the extremities, especially the lower They are more frequent in women than in men, they rarely occur before adult life, and they are seldom multiple. Examined under the microscope, they are seen to be composed of dense fibrous tissue, with filaments laid inseparably close together in the fasciculi and compactly interwoven. The young cells in the periphery of the tumor contain large nuclei. The pain and tenderness appear either contemporane- ously with the tumor or after the tumor has reached a certain size The pain, which is usually paroxysmal, but which can always be pro- voked by pressure, is sometimes attended by muscular spasms. Vel- peau regarded these tumors as neuromata. Dupuytren, who made several very careful dissections, was never able to trace their connectior. with nerve-fibres. Other surgeons have succeeded in finding the nerve- filaments with which these tumors are connected. In one case the writer could trace the nerve from the capsule of the tumor on botr sides. The nerve was no larger than a fine silk ligature. There car be no doubt that these tumors are connected with sensitive nerve-fila- ments. Their removal by excision is often followed by recurrence Successful removals of recurrent painful tubercles are reported by Sii James Paget and by Mr. Lawson Tait. Multiple Subcutaneous Fibroma. — The true pathology of multipk fibrous tumors of the subcutaneous tissue was pointed out in 1882 b) Recklinghausen. He ascertained that these tumors are invariabl) FIBROMA. Plate 8. f i. Keloid of external ear (after Klebs) : a, dense fibrous cutis tissue with wide juice-canals, endothelial lining, and hyaline ground substance ; /■, fibrillated connective tissue with abundance of cells, with large vessels, F"~ : — — — -' — - --- — : — — ; — '■ i.ds ; c, attenuated epidermis, the papillae having i ^^hh^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^mb <, fibromata. FII5ROMA. Plate 9. Multiple neuro-fibroma, early stage (after Klubs) : a, outer, b, inner nerve-sheath with endothelial hollow spaces; c, nerve-substance. (Zeiss, E. 2.j FIBROMA. 385 connected with the sheaths of terminal nerves. They are sometimes congenital, but they usually develop after puberty. In number they vary from a few to more than a thousand. In the case of Michael Lawler, described in Smith's monograph, they were estimated at least at two thousand. This affection was formerly known as " molluscum fibrosum " (PL 8, Fig. 2). In size these tumors vary from that of a hemp-seed to that of a filbert. In the course of time some of the tumors become pendulous. Histologically, these tumors are composed largely of fibrous tissue around and between bundles of nerve-fibres. On Plate 9 a number of nerve-bundles can be seen cut transversely. The connective tissue between the nerve-bundles has been changed but little ; perhaps the connective-tissue spaces are somewhat dilated. Small round groups of nuclei stained blue with hematoxylin show the transverse cuts of blood-vessels. The connective tissue is greatly increased in the nerve-sheaths. The nuclei of the cells are oblong, oval, crowded closely together in the larger bundle (3), while the sheath of the smaller bundle contains fewer nuclei. The nerve-sheath can in many places be distinguished into an outer and an inner (a and b), as there can be seen between the fibres of the sheaths, arranged trans- versely, spaces which do not occupy in a continuous manner the entire periphery ; there can also be seen, on the inner surfaces of the sheath, spaces which at some points are quite wide, and which (at 3) show oval nuclei in their walls. These spaces are in contact with the nerve-fibres and are traversed by delicate connective-tissue threads. In the longi- tudinal section (at 2) they can be seen in the same form. During the growth of the tumor the interstitial connective tissue proliferates and the nerve-bundles are separated more widely. Clinically these tumors form a contrast with the painful subcutaneous tubercle by the absence of pain and tenderness and by their multiplicity. Owing to the multi- plicity of the tumors operative treatment is contraindicated. Should any of the tumors manifest malignant qualities, early and thorough excision is urgently indicated. Abdominal Wall. — A peculiar form of deep-seated fibroma of the abdominal wall was first described by Nelaton. In his cases the tumors either occupied the iliac fossa or were located near the crest of the ilium. These places are the favorite localities, but the sheath of the rectus muscle is also not infrequently the starting-point of fibroma of the abdominal wall. The primary starting-point is most frequently near the peritoneum, so that the tumor projects at the same time into the peritoneal cavity, pushing the peritoneum before it while it becomes prominent on the surface. It is most frequently met with in women after delivery. Among 42 cases collected by Guerrien there 3 86 PATHOLOGY AND TREATMENT OF TUMORS. were 39 women and only 3 men. Of the 4 cases which have come under the writer's observation, all were women, and in each of them the tumor appeared soon after childbed. As compared with other tumors of the abdominal wall, fibroma occurs most frequently. In 70 cases collected by Sanger, 60 were fibromata. Trauma appears to be the most important determining cause. Great con- fusion has existed in regard to the proper classification of these Fig. 268.— Desmoid fibroma of the abdominal wall ; X 330, reduced one-third (Surgical Clinic, Rush Medical College, Chicago) : a, tumor-tissue ; b, striated muscle-fibres in cross-section : the striae have disap- peared, and the muscle is degenerating and is infiltrated with young connective-tissue cells. tumors. Some authors are inclined to regard them as a variety of facial sarcoma. Their clinical course and histological structure do not justify their classification with the sarcomata. They seldom recur after thorough extirpation, and their histological structure bears a closer rjKSS£ll3£**v-«~ Fig. 269.— Vessel in a desmoid fibroma of the abdominal wall; X 33° (Surgical Clinic, Rush Medical College, Chicago) : a, vessel-wall. resemblance to fibroma and keloid than to sarcoma. To distinguish them from ordinary fibroma it is well to retain the name desmoid FIBROMA. 387 a term applied by Miiller to benign connective-tissue tumors (Fig. 26S). The tumor-tissue is composed of young connective-tissue cells with a scanty intercellular substance. The cells infiltrate the adjacent tissues besides displacing them, in this respect differing materially from ordinary fibroma. The walls of the new blood-vessels in the tumor display an intimate relation with the tumor-tissue (Fig. 269). The endothelial cells lining the new blood-vessels are large, and the tumor- tissue forms the greater part of the vessel-wall. gg^p^g?tjaJ:g^i: .^- . ■ ^- "^-_ ,■'".-' "-""» ■■• -*"" *"s-^5- ^-^^ .~*z*>-, " ■ ss■■• ■ '■;.■■■■-'■."-■' •.•■"'■ - ■■':■ •'-'^v- r-.m: v ~w. W ' T-, ~ •*--; - . * v« ® v Lffi"-" '" T?\» »■-■£. /*< ■■■:>::,' * r~£.» •- * »3i ,« vf W^' "~-i-'«& *~„r -'•»■ ®>/J *, -V^'S Fig. 292. — Hyaline chondroma of ilium ; X 130 (Surgical Clinic, Rush Medical College, Chicago) : a, amor- phous and granular stroma; b, cartilage-cells and capsule; c t cells in course of segmentation. supplied with blood-vessels, but the cartilage-masses are devoid of ves- sels of any kind. The spaces in which the cartilage-cells are enclosed are called " lacunae." The interior of these spaces is lined by a mem- branous structure from which the cells, after death, separate by shrink- age. The spaces are sometimes branched, and they have been described as " branched cells." Fibro-chondroma. — These tumors occur most frequently in the cap- sule of joints and in the fibrous structures adjacent to the parotid gland. In the latter location the tumor often reaches the size of a hen's egg. The tumor resembling fibro-cartilage is not so sharply cir- cumscribed as is the hyaline variety. The tumor-tissue consists of a uniform mass composed of fibrous tissue in the meshes of which car- tilage-cells are uniformly distributed throughout (Fig. 293). The cells frequently contain oil-globules. Reticulated Chondroma. — In this variety of chondroma the fibrous 27 418 PATHOLOGY AND TREATMENT OF TUMORS. tissue is arranged in a reticulate manner and the spaces are occupiec by groups of cartilage-cells (Fig. 294). The vascular system of chon- droma is imperfect. Lymphatics and nerves have not been found. dJMi/iliA 1 ■, 1 ^ili^^Mlin!,/ Fig. 293. — Fibro-chondrotna from a cartilaginous Fig. 294. — Reticulated chondroma from index finger tumor of the parotid gland (after Lucke). (after Liicke). Retrogressive Metamorphoses. — Calcification is the most common regressive metamorphosis ; it begins at circumscribed points of the iiiilSiii Fig. 295. — Chondroma of index finger, show (after Lucke). and tabulated structure of the tumor tumor, and often terminates in the formation of large plates which are exceedingly hard and which have often been mistaken for bone. The CHONDROMA. 419 granules of chalk form first in the capsules and later in the cells, and deposition in the intercellular substance takes place later. Cystic degeneration is often found in the interior of chondroma. Sometimes the tumor presents a honeycombed appearance from the presence of numerous small cysts. Coalescence of many cysts results in the formation of large irregular cavities. The softening which results in the formation of cysts is preceded by fatty degeneration of the carti- lage-cells. Fat-granules appear at different points in the protoplasm of the cells, and the fatty degeneration finally terminates in the dis- solution of the cells. At the same time the intercellular substance undergoes mucoid liquefaction. Hemorrhage into the cysts results in discoloration and pigmentation of the cyst-contents. If a cyst by ulceration on the surface is opened, there forms a fistulous tract which resists all treatment short of extirpation of the tumor. Development of cartilage-cells into bone is observed in chondromata of bone and periosteum as well as in those of soft parts. Complete ossification of the tumor has never been observed. The new bone appears in the form of spiculas representing cancellated bone (Fig. 295). The spiculas of bone form septa between the cartilage-masses. Very frequently small islets of bone are found disseminated throughout the tumor. Myxomatous degeneration is frequently observed in glandular chondroma. Cartilaginous tumors have always been looked upon with suspicion, as they are liable to undergo transformation into sarcoma. Wartmann asserts that embolism may occur in the centre as well as in the periphery of a chondroma, and that from the emboli secondary tumors develop with the assistance of the endothelial cells of the blood-vessels, the seat of the embolic process. It is more than probable that in all cases in which a chondroma invaded adjacent tissues, and in all instances in which metastasis occurred, the tumor had undergone transition into sarcoma. Etiology. — We have reason to assert that a chondroma cannot occur independently of the existence of a congenital matrix of chondroblasts or a post-natal matrix of embryonal cartilage-cells derived from the periosteum or the bone. O. Weber describes a case of multiple chon- droma of fifteen years' duration in a man twenty-five years of age. Regarding the heredity, it has been ascertained that the grandfather, the father, the brother, and one sister were also affected with the same disease. He alludes to similar cases proving the heredity of chon- droma. Chondroma of bone occurs usually before or at the age of puberty, 420 PATHOLOGY AND TREATMENT OF TUMORS. while in other tissues it frequently appears later in life. Traurm appears to exert a powerful influence in stimulating a latent matrix of embryonal cartilage-cells to active tissue-proliferation. 0. Webei proved by statistics that in one-half of all cases of chondroma the origin of the tumor could be traced to a trauma. Rachitis is a frequent exciting cause of chondroma of bones. We can readily understand that the serious changes which occur in this disease in the bone surrounding a matrix of chondroblasts would excite tumor-growth by diminishing the physiological resistance of the adja- cent tissues. Symptoms and Diagnosis. — A chondroma, from the unequal growth of its different parts, always appears as a lobulated tumor, Lobulation increases with the size of the tumor. In central chondroma of the long bones the tumor is surrounded by a shell of bone that becomes thinner as the tumor increases in size ; this shell eventually disappears entirely by absorption. Periosteal and glandular chondro- mata are never surrounded by a complete shell of bone. Occasionally an attempt at the formation of such a shell can be seen, but it is always imperfect. A chondroma displaces, but does not infiltrate, the adjacent tissues. So long as it remains as a benign tumor it is surrounded by a capsule which completely separates it from the adjacent tissues. The tumor is hard except at points where cysts may have reached the surface of the tumor, which upon palpation would impart a sense of fluctuation. A chondroma may attain the size of an adult's head, but it may become stationary at any time, especially at the age of puberty. Ossification arrests tumor-growth in that part of the tumor which is the seat of such a transition. Tumor-growth is also arrested by calcification. Epiphyseal chondroma often appears in many of the long bones at the same time, and is commonest in rickety subjects. Chondroma always grows slowly. Its growth is not attended by pain or by tenderness. A tumor in the vicinity of a joint may by its presence interfere with full motion. The slow growth and the frequency with which it occurs as a multiple affection distinguish chondroma from osteo-sarcoma. The differential diagnosis between chondroma and osteoma can often only be made by resorting to akidopcirasty. If the tumor is an osteoma, the advance of the steel needle will be arrested when the surface of the tumor is reached ; if the tumor is a chondroma, the needle can be forced into the substance of the tumor. Prognosis. — Aside from the aptitude of a chondroma to undergo transformation into a sarcoma, the prognosis is favorable. Epiphyseal chondromata may impair the range of motion of adjacent joints, but CHONDROMA. 42 1 otherwise functional disturbances do not occur. Glandular chondro- mata usually become stationary after they have reached a certain, and usually a very moderate, size. A chondroma upon the inner surface of the pelvis in females may complicate labor and necessitate Cesarean section. A chondroma of the shaft of the long bones may cause such a degree of atrophy of the bone by pressure that fracture will occur upon application of slight force. Chondromata of the bones usually become stationary after the completion of ossification of the skeleton. Treatment. — The removal of a chondroma is indicated only in exceptional cases. The removal of an epiphyseal chondroma should not be attempted unless the tumor interferes materially with the func- tion of an important joint or unless by pressure upon a nerve it causes pain. The removal of such a tumor should not be undertaken lightly, as during the operation recesses of the joint may be opened or bursa? overlying the chondroma may communicate with the joint. If the chondroma completely surrounds a long bone, its extirpation is out of the question, and amputation is only justifiable if the tumor is very large or its interior has become infected through a suppurating super- ficial cyst. Chondroma of the fingers, if pedunculated, can readily be extirpated. The same treatment will suffice in similar tumors of the shafts of the larger bones. Large encircling tumors of the phalanges may require amputation. In the removal of a chondroma of the long bones it must be remembered that the tumor usually has a central origin, and that removal on a level with the bone is generally followed by recurrence. The central part of the tumor must be removed with gouge and hammer to guard against a recurrence. The removal of chondromata of the soft tissues should be done by enucleation. If a chondroma manifests malignant properties, no time should be lost in making a correct diagnosis by the microscopical examination of sections of the tumor taken from the parts which are most suspicious ; in case the microscope reveals evidences of a malignant transition, the most radical measures must be resorted to, in removing not only the tumor, but also the adjacent infected tissues. Topography. Chondroma occurs most frequently in connection with bone and in organs situated in a locality where displacement of chondroblasts is most likely to occur. A post-natal matrix can occur only in bone- producing tissues, in bone, and in periosteum. Cartilage. — The overgrowth of cartilage Virchow calls " ecchondro- sis." Localized ecchondroses occur in four favorite localities — namely, 422 PATHOLOGY AND TREATMENT OF TUMORS. along the edges of articular cartilages, of the laryngeal cartilages, o the cartilages of the ribs, and of the triangular cartilage of the nose The tumors never attain large size, and they resemble in many respect the osteomata. Ecchondrosis of the articular cartilage is found mos frequently in persons past middle life, in connection with the conditio) known as " rheumatoid arthritis." Bruns collected 14 cases of laryngea Fie. 296.— Lad twenty years of age with multiple chondromata (after Steudel). chondromata; of these, 8 were connected with the cricoid, 4 with the thyroid, 1 with the arytenoid, and 1 with the epiglottis. Small chondromata of the triangular nasal cartilage are quite common. They are sessile, and they hardly ever exceed in size a pea. Bone and Periosteum.— The existence of islands of cartilage in the interior of the long bones near the epiphyseal cartilages has been demonstrated by Virchow and others. A chondroma of bone always CHONDROMA. 423 springs from such a matrix or from a matrix of post-natal origin pro- duced by the bone-forming cells of the marrow or the periosteum. Periosteal chondroma is rare, and springs from a matrix of displaced chondroblasts or from a post-natal matrix produced by the cambium. The greater frequency of chondromata in rickety subjects is due, as Virchow pointed out, to the existence of islands of cartilage that have failed to undergo ossification, and which serve the purpose of a tumor- matrix. Epiphyseal chondromata often appear simultaneously in different parts of the skeleton, notably in the epiphyseal extremities of the long bones. The phalanges of the fingers and toes are favorite localities (Fig. 296). The tumors are always lobulated, and in the central variety, when the tumor is covered by a thin shell of bone, a crackling sensation is produced on pressure. In the super- ficial form enucleation can be effected without difficulty, while in the central variety it may become necessary to remove the remnants of the tumor with chisel and hammer. Unless the tumor interferes seriously with the function of a joint or causes pain by pressure upon a nerve (Fig. 297), ope- rative treatment is not indicated, as in the majority of cases limitation of the growth takes place at the age of puberty. If the tumor causes great inconvenience from its weight or becomes the seat of ulceration, ampu- tation may become necessary. A resort to a mutilating operation may become necessary if a fracture occurs at the place where the bone has become partially destroyed by the tumor. Joints. — Floating or loose cartilages are found most frequently in the knee- and elbow-joints. They are in the majority of cases sub- synovial chondromata which are formed at the margin of the articular cartilage, project into the joint, become pedunculated, and finally are detached, changing their position in the joint with the movements of the joint. A less frequent source of such loose fragments of cartilage in joints is the detachment of fragments of the articular cartilage by a trauma. The ecchondroses of the articular cartilage exhibit under the Fig. 297, — Chondroma of humerus, show- ing relations of tumor to vessels and nerves (after Liston). 424 PATHOLOGY AND TREATMENT OF TUMORS. microscope a cartilaginous structure which has undergone partial cal- cification. They vary in size from a pea to double the size of the patella. In many instances the articular ecchondroses are multiple. Bentlif removed 1532 loose cartilages from the shoulder-joint of a girl. The presence of the foreign movable body usually produces hydrops of the joint. Impaction of the cartilage between the articular surfaces is attended by sudden pain and fixation of the joint — symptoms which continue until the cartilage becomes displaced to a part of the joint where its presence is less harmful. The most characteristic symptoms of a loose cartilage in a joint are attacks of sudden pain and arrest of function of the joint when the cartilage gets between the opposed surfaces of the joint, followed, as a rule, by more or less serous effusion into the joint. The removal of such cartilages from joints calls for special anti- septic precautions. Before the incision is made the cartilage should be immobilized in a sacculus of the joint by transfixing it with a stout aseptic needle. After the removal of the cartilage the capsule of the joint should be sutured separately with one or two catgut sutures before closing the external wound. The joint should be immobilized for at least a week or two. Salivary Glands. — Chondroma is found much more frequently in connection with the parotid than with the submaxillary gland. Of 12 cases of chondroma in the soft tissues observed by Bryant, 9 occurred in the parotid, 2 in the submaxillary, and 1 in the leg. Chondroma is found in connection with the salivary glands more frequently than any other benign tumor. Liicke and Konig have shown that the tumor springs from the capsule of the glands or from the surrounding con- nective tissue, and as it enlarges it grows into the glands and becomes bound up with the gland-substance. The growth of such tumors is always very slow. They seldom exceed in size a walnut. They are movable and lobulated, and displace the surrounding tissues. The proper treatment is enucleation. This operation requires special care in the removal of benign tumors of the parotid gland, in order to prevent injury to the facial nerve and to Stensen's duct. The ex- ternal incision must be made with special reference to these structures, and the deep dissection must be made between two dissecting-forceps, dividing the tissues only after they have been identified. Incomplete removal of cartilaginous tumors is very often followed by transforma- tion of the remnant of the tumor into a sarcoma. A case of this kind has recently come under the writer's observation. A chondroma in the parotid gland in a woman thirty-five years of age had existed for twenty years. It was removed partially by a timid surgeon. Two CHONDROMA. 425 years later, when the case came under the care of the writer, there was found in the scar and involving the entire gland a sarcoma larger than a hen's egg. This case and many similar cases must impress the sur- geon with the importance of a careful and complete removal of all cartilaginous tumors when a radical operation is deemed advisable. Testicle. — In rare cases the testicle is the seat of pure and of mixed chondromata. Kocher recorded eight cases of pure chondroma. O. Weber saw a case of congenital chondroma of the testicle. The cartilage is usually hyaline, seldom fibrous. The great liability of chon- droma of the testicle to undergo malignant transformation is shown by the fact that in half the cases regional and general infection were noted. Paget reports a number of such cases in detail. The tumors are very hard and lobulated, with softer portions between the nodules. Unless the tumor is very small enucleation should give way to castra- tion. Ovary. — Chondroma of the ovary occurs very rarely as an isolated separate tumor. Kiwisch reported two cases of cartilaginous tumors of the ovary, but only in one case was the diagnosis corroborated under the microscope. Klob has shown that the cartilage in such tumors appears in the form of large fen- estrated plates in the periphery of the tumor, or forms granular prominences, or, finally, is dis- seminated through the fibrous stroma in groups of cartilage- cells the size of a pea. Connective Tissue. — In ex- ceptional cases chondromata occur in the subcutaneous and deep connective tissue in different parts of the body. Their origin in such unusual localities must be sought in displaced matrices of chondroblasts. The tumors are met with most frequently in situations where such displacements are most liable to occur — that is, in localities in close proximity to parts containing cartilage in the embryo. Chondroma Branchiogenes. — Chondromata in line with the first branchial tract spring from displaced islands of cartilage derived from the external ear. Some of the cartilaginous tumors in the vicinity of the hyoid bone may derive their matrix from the hyoid bone and larynx, Accessory auricles of neck (after C. Beck). 426 PATHOLOGY AND TREATMENT OF TUMORS. as suggested by Callender. A number of writers have described acces sory auricles in lines of the branchial tracts. Beck of Chicago recentlj described such a case. Some of these isolated islands of cartilage have become the matrix of cartilaginous tumors the size of a hen's egg anc larger. Heusing describes the case of a large cystic chondroma of the neck. In Schaffer's case the tumor was of the size of an egg beneath the skin on the side of the neck. Beck described a case of accessory auricles of the neck in a man forty-eight years old (Fig. 298) Fig. 299. — Cartilage from accessory auricles of neck (after C. Ecck) : a, perichondrium ; b, new cartilage-cell under perichondrium ; c, reticulum; d, islands of cartilage-cells surrounded by stroma of fibrous tissue. He removed a particle of one of the cartilaginous masses and subjectec sections of it to microscopical examination. The sections showed tht typical structure of cartilage (Fig. 299). In the majority of cases of branchiogenous chondroma the matri? remains latent until after the age of puberty, as in most of the fourteei cases so far reported the tumors did not develop until some time afte puberty. XXI. OSTEOMA. Definition. — An osteoma is a tumor which possesses a structure resembling that of cancellous or compact bone, produced from a con- genital or post-natal matrix of osteoblasts. Osteomata occur usually in connection with some part of the skeleton, but they are also found in parts and organs that have no genetic relations with the skeleton, as in the pia mater and the brain. It is doubtful if the tumors which are not in connection with bone present the structure of bone so perfectly as do osseous tumors of the skeleton. Fleischer described an osteoma of the tendon of the ilio-psoas muscle in which he found the Haversian canals and the medullary tissue arranged in the same typical manner as in normal bone. In another heterotopic osteoma described by the same author the tumor was situated upon the inner surface of the dura mater. In both instances bone-production was traced to the connective tissue and independently of the presence of osteoblasts. According to Fleischer's interpretation, the connective tissue at the seat of tumor- formation became more vascular and presented active tissue-prolifera- tion, and was transformed into hyaline masses in the interior of which the bone-cells appeared. The hyaline lumps become coalescent and undergo calcification. Osteoblasts were active in the further develop- ment of bone. The capacity of connective tissue to produce bone has been recognized for a long time, and this view of the bone-pro- ducing power of connective tissue is accepted by most of the modern pathologists. A distinction must be made between calcification and ossification of connective tissue. The production of bone is carried on in the embryo by a distinct and specific part of the mesoblast, resulting in the forma- tion of the skeleton and the growth of bone, and the production of new bone can take place only from a matrix of cells derived from the osseous system. The displacement of osteogenetic matrices into the sur- rounding tissues is as liable to occur as the displacement of matrices of cpiblastic and hypoblastic tissue. Heterotopic osteomata are usually found in close proximity to a bone. Heterotopic matrices of osteoblasts usually result in impeifect development of the tissue of the tumor. Virchow found in the apex of the lung an osteoma in which Haversian 428 PATHOLOGY AND TREATMENT OF TUMORS. canals and medullary spaces were absent. Steudener found a numbe of small osteomata near the trachea, but entirely distinct from its rings Lesser found in the lung an osteoma which presented under the micro scope all the histological elements and the typical structure of bone. The metaplastic theory concerning the origin of bone is no longe tenable. A careful etiological distinction must also be made betweei a true osteoma and an exostosis. The origin of the former must b( restricted within the limits of the definition to a growth of bone fron a matrix of osteoblasts either in the bone or by displacement from ; bone, while the latter is the result of a localized or diffuse hypertroph) usually following a reparative process. Histogenesis. — The osteomata representing compact bone are usu- ally found upon the surface of bone, and they appear to be producec from the periosteal osteoblasts, as in the case of bony tumors of the flat bones of the skull and of the shafts of long bones ; or the) begin as chondromata, and proceed most commonly from the epiphys- eal lines and from the places of origin of ecchondroses. The lattei group of tumors, which have therefore a mode of origin distinct frorr the preceding, are usually pedunculated, are covered with cartilage and possess a cancellous structure continuous with that of the bone from which they arise. Osteomata from a displaced matrix of osteo- blasts are found most frequently at the insertion of tendons. Ossifica- tion of the deltoid from the shouldering of arms in the soldier, ossi- fication of the adductors of the thighs in cavalrymen, and the more diffuse bone-formation in myositis ossificans do not belong to osteoma but occur as one form of muscular degeneration. Histology. — In spongy osteoma (Figs. 300, 301) the cancellated structure of the bone is well shown in decalcified stained sections. If the tumor starts in the bone, it is surrounded by a zone of connective tissue which separates it from the surrounding tissues. In the ivory- like tumors upon the surface of the cranial bones and the shaft of the long bones the lamellae are so compact that the medullary spaces and the blood-vessels cannot be identified. The section of such a tumoi resembles ivory in compactness. In periosteal osteoma the tumor is at first not connected with the underlying bone, and at this stage can readily be detached. Later the surface of the tumor becomes attached to the bone and receives from it a part of its vascular supply. After the union has become complete a section through the tumor does not show the line where the union was effected. In the development of an osteoid chondroma into an osteoma the different phases of transition of cartilage into bone-tissue can be observed. Osteoma is almost immune to the different regressive meta- OSTEOMA. 429 Fig. 300. — Spongy osteoma of cranium ; X 250 (after Perls) : a, old bone-tissue with thick cancelli parallel with the surface ; b, young spongy bone-tissue with irregularly-arranged cancelli. Fig. 301. — Osteoma of finger ; X 30 (after Karg and Schmorlj. The tumor (a), separated by a narrow zone of connective tissue {&) from the epithelium of the surface (c), consists of cancellous tissue. The nar- row cancelli with delicate contour include the bone-cells, which appear as minute black dots and are covered on the surface with cells arranged like epithelium. Between the cancelli is a substance like myeloid tissue, which toward the periphery of the growth shows many nuclei. 430 PATHOLOGY AND TREATMENT OF TUMORS. morphoses which have been described in connection with the othe: benign mesoblastic tumors. Transformation of an osteoma into a sarcoma has never, to th< writer's knowledge, been observed. Anatomical Varieties. — Osteoma durum or eburuaim resemble: ivory by its hardness ; it is found most frequently upon the outsid< of the skull. Osteoma spongiosum resembles the cancellated structun of bone, and usually takes its origin from the epiphyses of the long bones. As the tumor is usually covered with a thin crust of cartilage Virchow used the term exostosis cartilaginca. Enostosis is a tern applied to a bony tumor which originates in the interior of a bone Exostosis apophytica is a term introduced by Virchow to denote the origin of a bony tumor in a tendon independently of the bone to whicr it is attached. A tuberous osteoma is an osseous tumor with a con- tracted, pedunculated base, as is the case in osteomata of the frontal sinus, the antrum of Highmore, and the orbit. Callus luxurious is a term used to designate an osteoma produced at the seat of a fracture (Van Heekeven). Symptoms and Diagnosis. — An osteoma always grows very slowly, and becomes stationary after it has reached a certain limited size. It is not attended by pain or by tenderness. The slow growth and the absence of pain and tenderness distinguish it from inflamma- tory swellings of bone. Sarcoma of bone is usually a painless affection but it increases in size more rapidly than osteoma, and its growth is progressive. Osteoma is frequently a multiple affection like chondroma, while sarcoma as a primary disease of bone seldom if ever appears except as an isolated tumor. The differential diagnosis between an osteoma and a chondroma can often be made only by resorting tc akidopeirasty. Prognosis. — The prognosis in osteoma is always favorable. Trans- formation into sarcoma does not take place, and regressive metamor- phosis of any kind is almost unknown. In the female, pelvic osteomata may become a source of danger to life by interfering with the passage of the child through the pelvis. As the osteoma rarely attains great size, ulceration of the skin is seldom observed. Osteomata in mucous cavities occasionally necrose and give rise to a continuance of sup- puration until they are removed by operation. Osteoma of the orbit by displacing the eyeball may cause impairment of vision and expose the eye to destructive inflammation from exposure. Treatment. — The indications for surgical interference in the treat- ment of osteoma are the same as in chondroma. This statement should be modified in so far that operative removal is less urgently OSTEOMA. 43 1 demanded in osteoma than in chondroma, because in chondroma there is some liability of the tumor undergoing malignant transformation, which is not the case in osteoma. The removal of an osteoma of bone should be done either with a fine saw or with a sharp, thin chisel. Topography. Cranial Bones. — The cranial bones are the most frequent seat of osteoma durum, or ivory exostosis. The tumors, which are occasion- ally multiple, are found most frequently upon the frontal bone, especially at or near the superciliary arch. The tumors are smooth with a wide base, and the overlying skin is usually intact. In con- sequence of a trauma or of the application of irritating salves or lotions ulceration of the skin will occasionally ensue. Osteomata of the cranial bones must be distinguished from syphilitic exostosis by a careful inquiry into the history of the case and by the exclusion of all signs and symp- toms suggestive of an inflam- matory origin. The removal of such tumors, in the absence of complications such as shown in Figure 302, is usually done only for cosmetic considerations. If an operation is decided upon, it should be performed under strictest antiseptic precautions, with a view of obtaining primary healing of the wound and of preventing necrosis, and pos- sibly also pyemic complications, which might result from sup- purative infection. The tumor should be well exposed by a semilunar incision following its base. After reflecting all the FlG 302 . —Osteoma durum of the frontal bone with Soft tissues With the skin-flap, superficial ulceration (after Textor). Tumor removed by r Texlor. the tumor should with a very fine saw be sawed off even with the surrounding bone. For this pur- pose the writer prefers a scroll saw to the metacarpal or butcher's saw. By using the scroll saw the cut surface can be made to correspond with the outlines of the surface occupied by the tumor. After all hemorrhage has been arrested the soft parts are replaced carefully and are sutured with fine catgut or with horse-hair. The wound should be 432 PATHOLOGY AND TREATMENT OF TUMORS. sealed with cotton and iodoform collodion, over which an elastic com- press is to be applied for the purpose of keeping the flap in uninter- rupted contact with the sawn surface of the bone. In Guy's Hospital Reports for 1864 four cases of ivory exostosis of the skull are described. Fig. 303. — Osteoma of the left frontal sinus, anterior view (after Sutton). In all of them the tumors were removed with a fine saw, as they were too hard to chisel. The internal surface of the skull is occasionally the seat of an osteoma. The small conical exostoses which Virchow describes as occa- sionally growing from the upper surface of the basilar process into the Fig. 304. — Osteoma of the left frontal sinus, seen from below (after Sutton). cranial cavity are ossifications of outgrowths of cartilage connected wit! the basicranial synchondrosis, and a thin layer of cartilage often remain: on the surface of the tumor. Osteomata have been found upon th< inner surface of nearly all the cranial bones, but more especially upoi the frontal. Endocranial osseous tumors, when they reach consider OSTEOMA. 433 able size, disturb the function of the brain by causing irritation and pressure-atrophy, which are frequently manifested by well-defined focal symptoms. Frontal Sinus. — Osteomata of the frontal sinus belong to the tuberous variety. Their origin from islands of persistent cartilage has been described fully by J. Arnold. An interesting specimen represent- ing an osteoma in this locality (Figs. 303, 304) is preserved in the museum of the Royal College of Surgeons, London. Many of these tumors extend into the orbit, and others sometimes enter the cranial cavity through the orbital roof. The tumor in this locality sometimes attains a very large size, growing externally and in the direction of the cranial cavity. One of the largest specimens of this kind is in Fig. 305. — Osteoma of the frontal sinus (after Paget). the Museum of the University of Cambridge, England. Clark, who examined this tumor, found in the hardest parts neither Haversian canals nor lacunae ; in the less hard parts the canals were very large and the lacunae were not arranged in circles around them ; and every- where the lacunae were of irregular or distorted forms. In a case examined by Turner the bony growth from the inner table and orbital plate of the left frontal bone, which had a knotted, irregular, cerebral surface, caused a considerable indentation in the anterior part of the left frontal lobe of the cerebrum. In the absence of suppurative in- flammation of the frontal sinus the presence of the tumor is indicated by an expansion of the anterior wall of the sinus and by displacement of the eye if the tumor has extended in the direction of the orbit. Headache and focal symptoms would point to the extension of the tumor toward the cranial cavity. Suppurative inflammation often results in detachment of the pedicle 434 PATHOLOGY AND TREATMENT OF TUMORS. of the tumor, when the osteoma becomes a sequestrum in the suppu rating cavity. Cases of this kind have been described by Dolbeau Volkmann, Badal, Fenger, Socin, and Konig. An osteoma large enough to expand the frontal sinus should b< removed by operation. The operation is not a difficult one if the osteoma has necrosed. In such cases the anterior wall of the sinus i: resected with the chisel and the loose sequestrum is extracted, aftei which the cavity is carefully disinfected, drainage into the nasal cavity is established, and the wound is sutured with the exception of the lower angle, which is used as an additional point for drainage. If the osteoma remains attached, its removal is attended by more difficult) and requires a larger opening. In such cases it would be advisable tc make a temporary resection of the anterior wall of the frontal sinus in order to prevent the unsightly deformity which follows the loss of so much bone. The pedicle of the tumor should be traced carefully to its point of attachment to the bony wall of the sinus, when it is severed with a chisel. External Meatus.- — Osteomata of the external meatus, which are not uncommon, are of importance, as they are apt to obstruct the meatus and cause deafness. The tumors always spring from an islanc of cartilage-tissue ; these islands are present in great numbers during the development of the external ear. Seligmann has given a very accurate description of osteoma of the external meatus. If the tumoi encroaches sufficiently upon the meatus to threaten deafness, i1 should be removed with a smal chisel and a hammer after detach- ing from it freely the surrounding soft tissues. Jaws. — Osteoma of the jaws is of very rare occurrence, and some of the tumors described as sue! have been cases of odontoma. The tumor may appear as an enostosi; or an exostosis, and usually belong; to the hard variety. Removal i: necessary only if the tumor inter- feres with speech or with mastica- tion or if it causes an unsightly deformity. In the case of symmetrica osteomata of the upper maxillae described by Hutchinson the tumor? had taken their starting-point from the nasal processes (Fig. 306) Fig. 306. — Symmetrical osteomata of nasal processes of maxillas (after Hutchinson). OSTEOMA. 435 Paget describes a specimen of an osseous tumor of the lower jaw. The tumor appeared as a nodulated mass nearly three inches in diameter, invested the right angle of the jaw, and was in its whole substance as hard and as heavy as ivory. He refers to another specimen in which ivory-like osseous tumors were formed in connection with the outer and inner surfaces, especially the latter, close to the alveolar border. Osseous tumors of the jaws are more frequent in the lower animals than in man. The antrum of Highmore and the nasal processes of the superior maxillae are sometimes the seat of large and disfiguring osseous tumors. Brain. — -Heterotopic osteomata are occasionally found in the brain. Some of these tumors are connected with the meninges ; others have their origin in the brain independently of its envelopes. These tumors spring from a displaced matrix of cartilage-tissue or of osteoblasts. Maschede describes an osteoma which was attached to the pia and which produced epilepsy and idiocy. Bidder found an irregular denticulated osteoma four centimeters in diameter in the left corpus striatum. The patient was the subject of contracture of the left arm and leg since infancy, the left leg being shortened two centimeters. In the case reported by Ebstein the tumor was located in the cerebellum and produced no symptoms. In operations upon the brain for epilepsy or other focal or cerebral symptoms osteoma as a possible cause should be remembered. Epiphyses of the Long Bones. — By far the greatest number of osteomata occur in the epiphyses of the long bones. Their origin is similar to that of chon- dromata in the same locality, only that in this instance the chondroblasts undergo a higher degree of development and the chondroma is transformed into an osteo- ma. Syme met with cases of epiphyseal osteoma in which the tumor was sur- rounded by a sort of synovial capsule ; in other cases the tumor projects into the joint. Epiphyseal osteomata are often multiple like the chondromata, and are nearly always covered by a thin crust of cartilage, resembling in this respect the articular extremities. The tumors, which are composed Fig. 307.— Exostosis of the femur (after Orl'AVi: its surface was clad with cartilage and surmounted by a bursa. 436 PATHOLOGY AND TREATMENT OF TUMORS. of cancellous bone-tissue, are often supplied on their surface with i bursa interposed between the tumor and the fascia, tendons, or muscle: overlying it. Occasionally an osteoma is pedunculated, and frequently it has a broad base. The tumors are painless, but they often produce pain by pressing on adjacent nerves. A favorite locality for osteoma is above the inner condyle of the femur (Fig. 307), close to the insertion of the adductor magnus. In this locality the tumor is peculiarly apt to acquire a narrow, pedunculatec base. The pedicle of such a tumor may occasionally fracture, as hap- pened in the cases reported by Paget and Lawrence. Epiphyseal osteomata, unless of great size, seldom interfere with the functions of adjacent parts, and unless this is the case operative treatment is contra- indicated. Muscles and Tendons. — Osteomata are occasionally found in soft parts as distinct and discontinuous tumors invested with capsules of connective tissue. Paget refers to a tumor of soft cancellous tissue occupying the dorsal surface of the trapezial and scaphoid bones, com- pletely isolated from them and from all .the adjacent bones. In the museum of St. George's Hospital, London, is a tumor formed of com- pact bony tissue that lay over the palmar aspect of the first metacarpal bone, loosely imbedded in the connective tissue, and easily separated from the flexor tendons of the fingers. Exostoses tendineae have frequently been observed. The bony growth originated in the tendon, independently of the bone to which the tendon was attached. Folk removed an exostosis apophytica which was attached with a broad base to the sacrum and which terminated in a conical projection several inches in length in the gluteus maximus. Seat of Fracture. — Under certain circumstances the callus in the repair of a fracture is so profuse that a large bone-tumor remains aftei consolidation has been completed. Van Heerkeven applied to this condition the term callus litxurians. A good example of this condition is furnished by the bony hyperplasia which often occurs around a frac- tured rib in a lower animal. Such enormous permanent callus-forma- tion has been observed by Konig and others as one of the remote results of fracture. In some cases it has been impossible to make a differential diagnosis between an osteoma at the seat of fracture anc an osteo-sarcoma. The tumor under such circumstances springs fron a post-natal matrix of osteoblasts produced by the injury. The differ- ence between a superabundant callus and an osteoma at the seat of a fracture is that in the former case the provisional callus disappears or is at least greatly diminished in size, while an osteoma remains per manently as a bone-tumor. The operative removal of such an osteom; OSTEOMA. 437 may become necessary if the tumor implicates important muscles, ves- sels, or nerves. An operation should not be undertaken until by the clinical course the true nature of the tumor has been revealed, by which means only is it possible to make a differential diagnosis between a superabundant provisional callus, an osteo-sarcoma, and an osteoma. Orbit. — Osteoma of the orbit occurs either as a primary tumor, when it is attached to the bony wall of the orbit, usually on the nasal side, or the tumor reaches the orbit from the frontal sinus or from the antrum of Highmore. In the latter case the appearance of the tumor in the orbit is usually preceded by signs and symptoms which point to its primary location in either of the adjoining cavities. In a case of orbital osteoma that recently came under the observation of the writer, con- siderable exophthalmos was observed and the eye was displaced out- ward. Beneath the orbital arch a hard tumor could be felt under the upper eyelid, at the inner angle. The tumor, which was exposed by an incision along the superciliary arch, was an inch and a half in length, and was attached to the inner wall of the orbit by a contracted, almost pedunculated, base. The tumor was detached from the bony wall with a narrow chisel, and was removed without inflicting any injury upon the more important contents of the orbit. The eye after the operation gradually resumed its normal position. If the tumor is located pri- marily in the frontal sinus or in the antrum of Highmore, its removal must be preceded by a temporary resection of the anterior wall of the cavity in which it is located. Bye. — Schiess-Gemuseus collected eight cases of osteoma of the eyeball. In each case the tumor occupied the elastic lamella and the choroid capillaries. Subungual Osteoma. — The last phalanx of the great toe is not infrequently the seat of a subungual osteoma (Fig. 308). It always grows on the margin, and usu- ally on the inner margin, of this bone. The tumor projects under the edge of the nail, lifting it up, and thinning the skin that covers it until an ex- coriated surface is presented at the side of the nail. The growth of the tumor is usually very slow, and when it has reached a diameter of from one- FlG . 3o8 ._ Suburgualoste . third to one-half an inch it becomes stationary, oma of the great toe (after The extirpation of subungual osteoma with cut- ting forceps must be preceded by partial or complete removal of the nail. XXII. ODONTOMA. Definition. — An odontoma is a tumor composed of dental tissue i> varying proportions and in different degrees of development, arising fron teeth-germs or from teetli still in the process of growth. This definitior and the description of the different varieties are gleaned from Sutton': excellent work on Tumors, which contains the most accurate accoun of tumors of dental origin. Sutton's Classification of Dental Tumors. — i. Epithelial odontome, from the enamel-organ. 2. Follicular odontome, 3. Fibrous odontome, \. Cementome, ;. Compound follicular odontome, 5. Radicular odontome, from the papilla. 7. Composite odontome, from the whole gum. 1. Epithelial Odontomes. — These tumors (Figs. 309, 310) occur, as a rule, in the mandible, but they have been observed in the maxilla 4- 5- 6. 7- f from the tooth-follicle. f=~\ K3L Fig. 309. — Epithelial odontome ; natural size (after Sutton). (Sutton). They are encapsulated and contain numerous small cysts In color they resemble myeloid sarcoma, for which they have beer mistaken. They consist of branching and anastomosing columns of epithelium, portions of which form alveoli. Although they may occui at any age, they are most frequent at the age of puberty. 2. Follicular Odontomes. — The follicular odontomes are the den- tigerous cysts (Fig. 31 1). They occur commonly in connection with teeth of the permanent set, and especially with the molars. The 438 ODONTOMA. 439 tumors often attain large size. The wall of the cyst may be very thin, so that it crepitates under pressure. The cavity contains a viscid fluid and the encysted tooth, which is often imperfectly developed. Fig. 310. — Microscopical characters of an epithelial odontome (after Sutton). Fig. 311. — Follicular odontome; natural size (after Sutton). The tooth has a truncated root. Dentigerous cysts rarely suppurate. Three cases of follicular odon- tome have come under the writer's observation. In one case the cyst was as large as an orange and contained an imperfectly developed molar tooth and a clear viscid fluid. In the second case a fistulous opening led into the bone above the permanent molars, and ne- crosis of the maxilla was suspected. The patient had been treated for a long time for If suppuration of the antrum. At the bottom of the cyst part of a molar tooth was found. A follicular odontome invariably occurs in connection with teeth the eruption of which is retarded or prevented from their being devel- oped in an abnormal position, whereby they become impacted by the surrounding bone. These tumors appear at a period of life succeeding that at which the alveolar portions of the maxillae are in a state of active development, in which they readily furnish an amount of bone sufficient to perfectly envelop the tooth. The capsule of the tooth, the remains of the enamel-organ, has been shown by Tomes to be, after the calcification of the enamel, quite free and detached from that struc- ture, and therefore, being attached only to its surroundings, will be carried away from the surface of the enamel with them ; there will thus be left a space into which, as a matter of course, serous fluid must under atmospheric pressure be effused, and thus there is formed a cyst, the walls of which will be the dental capsule, including the pro- jecting crown of the tooth (Coleman). 44o PATHOLOGY AND TREATMENT OF TUMORS. 312. — Fibrous odontome from natural size (after Sutton). goat; 3. Fibrous Odontomes. — The fibrous capsule of a tooth composec of an outer firm wall and an inner loose layer of tissue may becom< thickened, constituting with the con tained tooth a fibrous odontome (Fig 312). Such a tumor is often mistaker for a fibroma, especially if the tooth be small and ill-developed. Under the microscope fibrous odontomes presen a laminated appearance with strata oi calcareous matter. Rickets appears tc play an important part in the produc tion of fibrous odontomes. 4. Cementomes. — A cementome i: a fibrous odontome which has under- gone ossification. The tooth in sucl cases is encapsuled in a mass of cementome. Cementomes occur mosi frequently in horses (see Fig. 23, p. 58). Tomes describes a tumor of this kind which weighed ten ounces. Sutton refers to one which weighed seventy ounces. 5. Compound Follicular Odontomes. — "If the thickened capsule ossifies sporadically instead of cu masse, a curious condition is broughl about, for the tumor will then contain a number of small teeth or denticles consisting of cementum or of dentine, or ever ill-shaped teeth composed of three dental ele- ments, cementum, dentine, and enamel " (Sutton) As many as three hundred to four hundrec denticles have been found in a single tumor Tumors of this character have been seen in the human subject. Tellander met with a case ir fig. 313.— Denticles from the a woman aged twenty-seven ; from this tumoi compound follicular odontome re- ^ removed the denticles shown in Figure 3 I 3 moved by lellander (after Sutton). & *J J 6. Radicular Odontomes. — "This term i; applied to odontomes which arise after the crown or the root has beer completed and while the roots are in the process of formation " (Sut- ton). In the specimen represented in Figure 314 the outer layer of the tumor is composed of cementum ; within this is a layer of dentine deficient in the lower part of the tumor ; and inside this dentine is 1 nucleus of calcified pulp. A number of radicular odontomes have been observed in the human subject. Suppuration is a common com plication of these tumors. 7. Composite Odontomes. — These are hard tooth-tumors whicl bear little or no resemblance in shape to teeth, but which occur in the ODONTOMA. 441 jaws. The tumors, which consist of a disordered conglomeration of enamel, dentine, and cementum, arise from an abnormal growth of all Fig. 314. — Radicular odontome from human subject (after Salter) : a represents the natural size of the specimen. the elements of a tooth-germ (Fig. 315). In the majority of cases the tumors are composed of two or more tooth-germs indiscriminately fused (Sutton). It is supposed that odon- tomes are more frequent in the lower than in the upper jaw, but there is good ground for the belief that many such tumors have been described as exostoses of the antrum. The diagnosis of dental tumors is very obscure, and in consequence of faulty diagnosis uselessly severe operations have often been performed for the removal of tumors of this kind. It is important to examine solid and cystic tumors of the jaws, especially if they occupy the site of tooth-germs, with special reference to their possible dental origin. A diagnosis once made, a successful operation can be performed with little mutilation. The bone surrounding the tumor is removed by subperiosteal resection, when the tumor can be enucleated or removed with gouge and mallet. The cavity is tamponed for a few days with iodoform gauze. Fig. 315. — Composite odontome from a young lady aged eighteen ; natural size (after Heath). XXIII. ANGIOMA. Definition. — An angioma is a tumor composed of blood-vessels pro duced from a matrix of angioblasts. Angiomata were formerlj described as "teleangiectasia," " angiotelectasia," "angioma pleni forme," " erectile tumors," and " nsevi." Virchow included all vascula: tumors under the head of angioma. Tumors composed of lymphatic vessels are called " lymphangioma," to distinguish them from tumor; composed of blood-vessels, and this is what is generally understooc by the unqualified term " angioma." The definition excludes frorr this class of tumors all swellings caused by dilatation of pre-existing blood-vessels, aneurysm, and varicose veins. The angiomatous tumoi Fig. 316. —Angioma of tongue, showing newly-formed blood-spaces not yet in connection with pre- existing vessels; X 330 (Surgical Clinic, Rush Medical College, Chicago): a, angioblast; i, newly-formec spaces filled with delicate fibrous network and amorphous material. is composed of new blood-vessels which are in communication with the adjacent vessels, interstitial tissue composed of the pre-existing tissues in which the tumor develops, and the blood contained in the vascular spaces. The size of the tumor is very variable at different 442 ANGIOMA. 443 times and under different circumstances, according to the anatomical structure of the vessels and the amount of blood the vessels contain. Histogenesis. — Weil in a study of the growth of angioma came to the conclusion that the origin of new blood-vessels is as variable as is the formation of new embryonal vessels. He found projecting from the wall of old and new capillary blood-vessels streaks of proto- plasm which showed nucleated projections which in the course of time became laminated and were traversed by blood from the pre-existing vessels. In other places he found proliferation of the endothelial cells which formed buds and projected into the surrounding tissues. These masses of endothelial cells form new vessels by the formation of hollow spaces which communicate with the vessels from which they originated. Rokitansky has seen and described the formation in the connective tissue of blood-spaces discontinuous with pre-existing blood-vessels, and which only later entered into communication with them (Fig. 316). In a case of pulsating cavernous tumor of the spleen Langhans noticed an extraordinary proliferation of the endothelium of the venous spaces, and to this proliferation he ascribes the growth of the tumor, in oppo- sition to the theory advanced by Rindfleisch, and the illustrations which accompany his paper appear to justify his conclusions. If the matrix of angioblasts forms a part of the vessel-wall, the new blood- vessels are formed by budding, and are in communication with the pre- existing vessel from the beginning. If the angioblasts have become displaced into the connective tissue, the tumor-tissue becomes vascular after the new blood-spaces have formed a communication with the pre- existing vessels. Histology. — Angioma is closely related to endothelioma, as its cellular elements possess the shape and arrangements of their mother- soil. The angioblasts are a modified form of fibroblasts. Their intrin- sic function is to produce new blood-vessels. In the growth of normal blood-vessels the angioblasts furnish the essential tissue-elements of blood-vessels ; the blood-vessels reach their requisite normal size, when the process becomes stationary. The angio- blasts from which an angioma develops observe no such limitation of function ; their function is a progressive one, and their product of tissue- proliferation results in the formation of atypical blood-vessels which are not required by the part in which they are produced, and which con- stitute the essential tumor-tissue. The vascular spaces, whether capil- lary, venous, or arterial, are lined with endothelial cells the product of the angioblasts. In a growing angioma new blood-spaces continue to form, and again enter into communication with the older vascular spaces (Fig. 317). As the blood-spaces are formed by the production of an 444 PATHOLOGY AND TREATMENT OF TUMORS. intima from the angioblasts, active proliferation takes place in the remaining tissues of the vessel-wall. Connective tissue and muscle- Fig. 317.— Angioma of the back ; X no (Surgical Clinic, Rush Medical College, Chicago) : a, wall of blood spaces ; b, newly-formed blood-spaces. fibres derived from the pre-existing blood-vessels are produced, form- ing the outer and middle coats of the new vessels (Fig. 318). The vtfw'-'-;^ •■•■■■ i " ■■-/# Fig. 318.— Angioma of rib, showing new vessel-wall; X no (Surgical Clinic, Rush Medical College, Chi cago) : «, intima; b, adventitia ; c, proliferating cell-areas in the media. limits of the tumor, as in all benign growths, are well defined, as wil be seen in Figure 319. Angioma as a component part of other tumors gives rise to th< different combination tumors in which the angiomatous part so ofter ANGIOMA . 445 constitutes what imparts to the tumor its most serious clinical aspects, as in angio-lipoma, angio-fibroma, angio-adenoma, angio-sarcoma, and angio-carcinoma. The communication of all angiomata with blood- vessels is very free. Virchow and Maier have shown that an angioma of the liver can be injected from the hepatic artery and vein and from the portal vein. Complications. — According to the number and activity of the angioblasts, the tumor may grow rapidly, may remain stationary, or in exceptional cases may disappear spontaneously. Inflammation occur- Fig. 319. — Cavernous angioma of liver; X 30 (after Karg and Schmorl). The tumor (a), which shows a well-defined border at its junction with the liver-tissue (6), exhibits a structure similar to cavernous tissue. The tumor consists of irregular spaces lined with endothelial cells and separated by their connective-tissue septa. The hollow spaces contain blood ; c, a hepatic vein. ring spontaneously or produced by artificial means occasionally results in a permanent cure. This complication may, however, become a source of danger to life from septic thrombo-phlebitis. In venous angioma there sometimes forms a thrombus of a plastic character that may result in the formation of a phlebolith or vein-stone. Extensive thrombosis is one of the ways in which finally all the blood-vessels become obliterated. Transformation of an angioma into the most malignant form of sarcoma is by no means rare. Such a transition is shown in Figure 320. The tumor from which the section repre- sented in Figure 320 was taken was a superficial capillary angioma of 446 PATHOLOGY AND TREATMENT OF TUMORS. the face that had become stationary during childhood in a mar twenty years of age. Without any obvious cause the tumor com menced to grow very rapidly, and when removed it showed the typica structure of a round-celled sarcoma. The section represented in th< illustration was taken from the periphery of the tumor. Calcificatior of the stroma of the tumor and of the vessel-walls arrests the furthei growth of the tumor. The angiomata are occasionally the seat of s striking hyaline or colloid change, a cylindromatous appearance ofter being given to the tumor. Fig. 320. — Capillary angioma undergoing transformation into a sarcoma; X 55 (Surgical Clinic, Rush Medical College, Chicago) : a, connective tissue; b, capillary vessel cut transversely; c, capillary vessel cul obliquely ; d, group of sarcoma-cells. Anatomical Varieties. — The division of angioma into anatomical varieties is based on the kind of vessels the tumor-tissue represents. In superficial angioma the color of the tumor indicates its structure and the kind of blood it contains. An arterial angioma presents the bright- red hue of arterial blood ; the red color of a capillary angioma is of a less bright hue ; and the venous or cavernous angioma presents the dark-blue appearance of venous blood. Capillary Angioma — A capillary angioma, known as simple naevus or " mother's mark," is the incipient form of vascular tumor. Its ANGIOMA. 447 favorite sites are the skin of the face and the orbit. The tumors are flattened or slightly pendulous, and they are blue, pink, or purple in color. The difference in color, varying from a pink to a livid tint, depends, according to Billroth, upon whether the vessels be situated superficially or deeply. The most superficial form of capillary angioma is known as a " port-wine stain." If the terminal veins are involved, the tumor is more prominent and of a darker color. The tumor can usually be emptied of its blood by pressure ; sometimes, however, this cannot be done. The dilated capillaries and veins are separated by a variable quantity of connective tissue. If the connective tissue is abundant, the tumor is firm ; if scanty, it offers little resistance to pressure. As a rule, the tumor-tissue does not extend beyond the subcutaneous cellular tissue. The vessels are arranged in small groups from the size of a hemp-seed to that of a pea, consisting of dilated capillaries and venulae arranged around the appendages of the skin (Fig. 321). All capillary angiomata are congenital. They may be so small that Fig. 321.— Capillary angioma of the skin (after Perls). In the upper layer of the skin can be seen capil- laries dilated into cavernous blood-spaces. In the fatty layer only a few capillaries (a), somewhat dilated and with thickened walls, can be seen ; b, a sweat-gland. they cannot be detected at the time of birth, but they soon begin to increase in size, whereas the cavernous angiomata are not always con- genital and may develop at any time after birth. Their growth is best studied in the subepithelial fat, where the tumor forms small cellular masses of angioblasts and connective-tissue corpuscles. Cavernous Angioma. — The cavernous angiomata form tumors of 44 8 PATHOLOGY AND TREATMENT OF TUMORS. larger size than the capillary variety, and are composed of irregulai blood-spaces which communicate freely with one another. The new blood-spaces are formed by angioblasts in the cellular connective tissue, Cavernous angiomata are found in the deep connective tissue, in the bones, the liver, the spleen, and the kidney, and are composed of a tissue almost identical with that of the corpus cavernosum penis — that is, of irregular blood-spaces communicating freely with one another and separated by fibrous septa of variable thickness (Fig. 322). The walls Fig. 322. — Cavernous angioma of the liver ; X 350 (after D. J. Hamilton) : a, liver-cells at margin of the tumor ; b, blood contained in the cavernous spaces ; c, walls of the cavernous spaces. of the blood-spaces are lined by endothelium. The formation of new blood-spaces takes place in the fibrous septa and in the periphery of the tumor. Cavernous angioma is a much more formidable tumor than a superficial nsvus, as its tendency to progressive growth is ■ much greater and from its deeper location it involves more important struc- tures. A simple nsvus may, however, later in life become convertec into a cavernous angioma. Plexiform Angioma. — Plexiform angioma, which is a true angioma- tous tumor, and not an aneurysm, has been known as " aneurysm b> anastomosis " or " cirsoid aneurysm " — terms that should no longer be employed to designate an arterial angioma. Plexiform angioma con- ANGIOMA. 449 sists of a number of tortuous blood-vessels of moderate size arranged parallel with one another. These tumors, which are composed of arteries alone, of veins, or of arteries and veins in equal proportions, are found most frequently about the forehead, the temporal regions, the fingers, the anus, and the legs. The largest angioma that came under the writer's observation was in the axilla of a boy seventeen years old. The tumor had existed for many years and had undergone active growth for two years. It had reached the size of a child's head. Fig. 323.— Dissection of a plexiform angioma of the forehead (after H. Muller). Some of the veins were as large as the thumb, and the arteries, several in number, were about the size of an ordinary lead-pencil. Pulsations and bruit were well marked and extended along the subclavian vessels. Preliminary to excision, on two different occasions two of the largest arteries that fed the tumor were ligated. The operation of excision, despite the preliminary deligation, was an exceedingly bloody one. At least fifty compression-forceps were required, and nearly as many points were ligated after the excision of the growth. The boy made a good recovery, notwithstanding the excessive loss of blood. The tumors are found most frequently in young adults, and they almost always, sooner or later, manifest progressive tendencies. Plex- iform angioma in many instances develops in pre-existing blood-vessels, 29 450 PATHOLOGY AND TREATMENT OF TUMORS. being then caused by an excessive quantity of angioblasts in the vessel wall. During the growth of the tumor there are produced new blood vessels which remain in communication with the lumen of the vesse similarly affected. Bruit and pulsation are usually frequent, and the size of the tumor is greatly diminished by pressure. In cases of epicranial plexiform angioma the bone beneath the tumor undergoes pressure-atrophy, so that deep depressions occur, and even perforatior of the skull may take place. Symptoms and Diagnosis. — The diagnosis of a surface angioma can be made from the color of the tumor alone. The color depends on the kind of blood the tumor contains, and is also modified, accord- ing to Billroth, by the amount of tissue over the tumor. In mosl instances the color of the tumor disappears under pressure, and returns with the entrance of blood into the tumor-tissue. In plexiform angioma pulsation and bruit are frequently present, and the tumor almost dis- appears under pressure. Any and all of the causes which increase intravascular pressure, as coughing, laughing, straining, and active exercise of all kinds, increase the size of plexiform and cavernous angiomata. In plexiform angioma, if the tumor is subcutaneous, the tortuous vessels can be outlined distinctly. The differential diagnosis between intracranial angioma and angioma of other internal organs and aneurysm is impossible. A positive dif- ferential diagnosis between pulsating inflammatory swellings and angioma can be made by resorting to an exploratory puncture. Prognosis: — Surface angioma in exceptional cases becomes con- verted into a plexiform angioma, and not infrequently it serves as a starting-point for sarcoma. With the exception of these possible termi- nations it is a benign affection. In some cases a spontaneous cure is effected ; in other cases a cure follows inflammation occurring acci- dentally or produced intentionally. In cavernous and plexiform angiomata the prognosis is more grave. Inflammation of such tumors may result in septic thrombo-phlebitis, pyemia, and death. Wounds of angiomata may give rise to serious and even fatal hemorrhage. The progressive growth of a plexiform angioma may interfere by pressure with the function of important adjacent organs. Ulceration may resull in serious hemorrhage or may give rise to dangerous inflammatory complications. Treatment. — The probability of the occurrence of a spontaneous cure in angioma is so small that operative treatment should be institutec in appropriate cases as soon as the tumor is discovered. In the super- ficial variety, the so-called " port-wine mark," operative treatment is contraindicated if the tumor is diffuse — that is, if it occupies an ares ANGIOMA. 451 larger than a silver dollar. If the tumor is limited, excellent results are obtained by electrolysis. Only a small part of the surface should be treated at each sitting, and the operation should be repeated every few days. Among the other surgical resources which have been em- ployed in the treatment of ordinary naevus may be mentioned ignipunc- ture, coagulating injections, ligature, and the application of caustics. Ignipuncture with the needle-point of a Pacquelin cautery is an excel- lent method of treating superficial angiomata in localities not easily accessible to excision, as the soft palate and the mucous membrane of the mouth and the pharynx. The method can also be employed in the removal of surface angiomata in parts of the body not exposed, as the chest, abdomen, arms, and legs. The scarring following ignipunc- ture is much greater than after excision. The needle should be heated to a dull-red heat, as puncturing with a needle heated to a white heat is likely to give rise to hemorrhage. The punctures should be made a few lines apart and in a circle corresponding with the periphery of the growth. The central portion may be treated in the same manner at the same time, or this part of the tumor may be treated later. If the tumor is larger than a half-dollar, a number of sittings are necessary to complete the treatment. Before puncturing the surface should be made aseptic, and after the puncturing it should be protected carefully against infection. Coagulating injections in the treatment of angiomata are mentioned simply for the purpose of condemning them. Their employment has produced instant death from embolism, and has frequently been fol- lowed by suppuration and ulceration. The ligature causes pain and sloughing, and the resulting scar is more unsightly than that following excision. The ligature is now seldom used in the treatment of angioma. The same may be said of percutaneous threads saturated with coagulating solutions. Nitric acid has been recommended strongly by Billroth and others in the treat- ment of circumscribed superficial angiomata. All caustics are inferior to the use of the knife. The fear of hemorrhage attending the excision of angiomata is unfounded, provided the incisions are not made through, but outside of, the tumor-tissue, or, as Sutton so happily says, " if the naevus is cut out, not cut into." The writer never encountered trouble- some hemorrhage when this advice was followed in the excision of angiomata. The ideal treatment of angioma is excision. The incision should be made a fcio lines atcav from the visible boundary of the tumor, on the sides as ivcll as at its base. The bleeding vessels can be caught at once 452 PATHOLOGY AND TREATMENT OF TUMORS. with hemostatic forceps, the surgeon being enabled to remove tht growth quickly before the bleeding points are tied. Circular pressun some distance from the periphery of the tumor is a material aid ir diminishing the amount of bleeding. If the wound cannot be closec by suturing, the surface should be covered at once by a Wolfe graf or by Thiersch grafts. The surgical treatment of plexiform angioma has so far not yieldec very encouraging results. Ligature of the principal artery of the pari occupied by the tumor has not proved satisfactory. Ligature of the arteries supplying the tumor has not yielded much better results. Ir tumors of moderate size and readily accessible on all sides, excisior offers the best prospects. If the tumor is large, as in the case men- tioned on page 449, it is well to tie several of the larger vessels prioi to the excision. If it is important to make the incision some distance away from the growth in the excision of an ordinary nasvus, this advice applies with still greater force to the excision of a plexiform angioma, The principal vessels which nourish the tumor should be exposed and be secured with hemostatic forceps before they are cut. Pressure is an important factor in removing provisional hemostasis in the excision of a plexiform angioma. In such cases the skin over the tumor should be reflected and preserved if it is intact. If the angioma involves the skin, this must be excised with the tumor, and the resulting wound- surface is paved at once with Thiersch grafts. Topography. Skin and Mucous Membranes. — The skin and the mucous mem- branes are the seats of capillary angioma. The face and the mouth are the favorite localities. The most superficial form, the " port-wine mark," frequently is very extensive, occupying the larger part of one side of the face, and in some instances even one half of the body. This variety of tumor is occasionally converted into a cavernous or a plex- iform angioma. Breschet relates the case of a girl who was born with a port-wine mark on the external ear. The tumor remained stationary for several years, when it became the seat of pulsation, ulcerated, and bled freely from time to time. In her eighteenth year all the arteries in the temporal region were consistently enlarged, as was also the occipital, which, together with the tumor, made a pulsating swelling of considerable size. At the necropsy it was ascertained that the arteries had such thin walls that they could hardly be distinguished from the accompanying veins. Breschet believed that the arteries communicated directly with the veins. In another case observed by Breschet an insignificant angioma behind the ear was followed by dilatation of the ANGIOMA. 453 carotid artery on the same side to three times its natural size ; the aorta and the common iliac artery showed similar changes, while the arteries of the extremities were normal in size and in structure. The disease in this case was progressive, extending from the congenital angioma to the vessels mentioned by an uninterrupted process. The most typical structure of angioma of the skin is seen in the growing tumors in young children. The appendages of the skin in the part affected undergo hypertrophy. In port-wine mark the skin is but little thicker than normal ; the epidermis is thinner than normal, the papillae are flattened, and the epithelial depressions between them are more shallow. The arteries and veins can be distinguished with- out difficulty, and the dilated capillaries can be identified readily. A closer study of the process under the microscope reveals the places where the new vessels permeate the fatty tissue. Klebs has seen the angioblasts form solid cylinders of cells which project into and displace the adipose tissue and which mark the beginning of a new blood- vessel. These cell-masses are in immediate connection with open vessels, and within the mass can be seen red corpuscles which push before them the cellular wall. The new vessel is at first composed simply of a tube of endothelial cells. Weil has seen how the angio- blasts in pre-existing vessels proliferate and form cell-masses outside the vessel-wall ; these masses become hollow cylinders and form new vessels. The same process is observed in arteries which supply the fat-tissue. According to Ziegler, this process is characterized by active karyokinetic changes. The new endothelial cells perforate the muscu- lar coat, and outside form cell-masses which are transformed into new blood-vessels. Klebs is inclined to believe that other angioblasts find their way through the muscular coat by ameboid movements. Most of the new vessels are formed from the capillaries in the form of solid buds of new endothelial cells. The process is accomplished exclusively by the angioblasts. All the superficial angiomata are congenital. Port-wine marks seldom increase much in size after birth. The deeper variety often appears as small red dots not larger than a pin-head at the time of birth, but later they increase in size. These small tumors should be destroyed by ignipuncture as soon as they are discovered. If the tumors are larger than a split pea and occupy exposed parts of the body, they should be excised. If the wound is too large to be closed by suturing, it should be covered at once by skin-grafts. Deep Connective Tissue. — The deep connective tissue is the seat of cavernous or plexiform angiomata. The tumors may have their primaiy origin in the skin, and reach the deep connective tissue by 454 PATHOLOGY AND TREATMENT OF TUMORS. extension, or may originate primarily in the connective tissue. The formation of blood-spaces is not always the result of dilatation b> growth of the vessel-wall, but is also produced by confluence. The vessel-walls, at points where they come in contact, undergo absorptior by pressure-atrophy and impaired nutrition. In cavernous and plex- iform angioma the skin overlying the tumor is usually intact if the tumor originated primarily in the deep connective tissue. In large pulsating tumors the skin is subjected to pressure, becomes atrophic and, in consequence of impaired nutrition or of injury, ulceration ma)/ ensue, giving rise to recurrent hemorrhages and to infection. Venous cysts, which often result from passive dilatation of veins, are a form of deep varices, and do not belong to tumors. In other cases such cysts occur as a congenital affection, and are discontinuous from pre-existing vessels. These cysts are produced by a displaced matrix of angioblasts. The frontal and parietal regions are favorite localities for deep angio- mata. The tumors are usually congenital, but from their deep location they are not discovered until they become larger. W. Koch reports a case where, immediately after birth, an angioma the size of a walnut was discovered above the right clavicle ; the tumor could be seen through the normal intact skin. Uninterrupted slow growth took place until the child was eighteen months old, when it died. The tumor then measured fifteen inches in a horizontal and seven inches in a vertical direction. After the fourth month pressure had no effect in diminish- ing the size of the tumor, but brought on asphyctic symptoms. Post- mortem examination showed that the tumor was made up of three compartments which communicated with one another, of which only one compartment answered to the external swelling. Of the othei compartments, one occupied the deep region of the neck, and the thirc occupied the anterior mediastinum and the right pleural cavity, where it had displaced the lung. The chambers contained spaces variable ir size occupied by fluid and coagulated blood. The right subclavian veir was absent, and the tumor was undoubtedly composed of the tissue: which were intended for its structure. In a case of cavernous angioma of the arm Esmarch removed ir a man twenty-eight years old fifty-four tumors, each of which com municated with veins. The first tumor appeared about the region of the wrist when the patient was six years old. Esmarch believed tha the tumors developed from pre-existing veins. The legs and arms, and more especially the fingers, are sometime: the seat of plexiform angioma. Vascular tumors of the fingers shoulc be excised ; if their size renders this procedure impracticable, multiplt ligation should be tried before resorting to amputation. Deep plexi ANGIOMA. 455 form angiomata of the leg and the arm are always grave affections. If the extent of the tumor contraindicates excision, multiple lio-ation should be tried; in some cases this procedure may be followed by excision. In the gravest cases amputation may become necessary. Plexiform angioma of the frontal, temporal, and occipital regions should be treated by excision with or without preliminary ligation of the prin- cipal vessels supplying the tumor, according to the size of the tumor and the accessibility of the vessels which feed it. Bones. — Most difficult to explain is the origin of vascular tumors of bone, called by Virchow myelogenous angiomata. There is good reason to believe that pulsating sarcoma of bone has often been mis- taken for so-called "aneurysm of bone." Only a very few well-authen- ticated cases of myelogenous angioma of bone have been recorded. Dupuytren ligated the femoral artery in a case of pulsating tumor of the tibia, and the tumor disappeared, but returned (sarcoma) after seven years. Virchow in a case of cavernous angioma of the liver found also two similar growths in two separate vertebrae. Klebs saw a case of genuine bone-aneurysm and cavernous angioma in the same patient. The case occurred in Kronlein's practice. The patient was a woman twenty-four years old. The tumor was of one year's standing, and occupied the upper portion of the vertebral column and the lateral aspect of the neck. The tumor was covered by a thin shell of bone, and presented neither bruit nor pulsation. On incising the tumor there was found a blood-cyst from which at one point there was free hemor- rhage. It was ascertained that the hemorrhage was from the vertebral artery. As the vessel could not be ligated, hemorrhage was arrested by grasping the bleeding point with a hemostatic forceps which was incorporated in the dressing. Death occurred from sinus-thrombosis. The necropsy showed that the vertebral artery was bent at an acute angle and terminated in a network of vascular spaces, and that through a small opening these spaces communicated with a large blood-cyst. The third and fourth cervical vertebrae were involved by the tumor. Microscopical examination of sections of the tumor showed giant-celled sarcoma. Angioma of bone, as angioma in other localities, is always produced by the formation of new blood-vessels from a matrix of angioblasts. The differential diagnosis between angioma of bone and myeloid sar- coma is impossible. In doubtful cases, in view of the fact that the more benign forms of sarcoma have been treated successfully by a local operation, it is advisable to resort to removal of the diseased tissue with a sharp spoon. Should the subsequent clinical course and microscopical examination of the tissue removed reveal the sarcomatous nature of the 456 PATHOLOGY AND TREATMENT OF TUMORS. tumor, amputation should be performed as soon as evidences of ; recurrence show themselves. Angioma of bone is an exceedingly rar> affection, whereas myeloid sarcoma is common — facts which should no be forgotten in the differential diagnosis between these two affection; of bone. Intracranial Angiomata. — Demme has described blood-cysts of the superior longitudinal sinus that perforate the skull and appear exter- nally as pulsating vascular tumors. A positive diagnosis between sucr cysts and an extracranial plexiform angioma must be made before an operation is decided upon. Akidopeirasty with a fine needle will show whether or not the skull has been perforated. Intracranial angiomata may belong to blood-cysts of bone developed from the vasa nutritia of the parietal bone. As the walls of such cysts are lined by endothelial cells, the cysts are undoubtedly produced by angioblasts, possibly aided by mechanical causes. Other cysts communicating with the longitudinal sinus are multilocular. Bruns cites such a case. The cyst, which was discovered when the patient was fourteen years old, was situated in the parietal region and was composed of veins covered by normal skin. The cystic spaces communicated freely with one another. In a case of large plexiform angioma of the frontal region, the writer, in excising the tumor, found at its base large veins which com- municated with the longitudinal sinus. The hemorrhage from this source could be controlled only by compression. Death resulted from suppurative sinus-phlebitis. Angioma in the central nervous system occurs where the vessels are all new, all of them starting from the pia. Brunetti found such a tumor the size of a pea in the fourth ventricle. Klebs found a similar growth upon the surface of the middle lobe. Liver. — Cavernous angioma of the liver is of common occurrence. It appears in the form of round or wedge-shaped spaces filled with blood in parts of the organ not occupied by parenchyma. The spaces are nearly uniform in size. New spaces form in the fibrous septa and in the periphery of the tumor. It has been asserted that the cavernous spaces are formed by dilatation of pre-existing vessels accom- panied by pressure-atrophy — an opinion which receives the sanction of Ziegler. Such a view is untenable, as the structure of the tumor does not represent the conditions produced by vascular obstruction. The endothelial cells which line the spaces are attached to and sup- ported by a strong scaffolding of connective tissue. In the neighbor- hood of such angiomata no evidences of inflammation can be found. Johannes Muller found in the lining of such spaces large spindle-shaped cells which are the endothelial cells. The number of these cells is not ANGIOMA. 457 the same in all parts of the wall : they are most numerous where the process of cell-proliferation is most active, and less numerous where the growth of the tumor has become stationary. Similar tumors are found less frequently in the spleen and the kidney. Mammary Gland. — In rare instances the mammary gland is the seat of an angioma. Sutton relates the case of a boy, seventeen years of age, who as a child had an ordinary nevus of small size in the skin above the left nipple. For many years this nevus gave no trouble ; it then gradually increased in size until the whole breast was converted into a cavernous angioma three inches in diameter. At intervals the surface ulcerated, and profuse hemorrhages were the consequence. Another and larger angiomatous tumor of the breast came under the observation of Smage. Tongue. — The tongue is not infrequently the seat of simple and cavernous angioma. In a lad fifteen years old the writer successfully removed a tumor the size of a pullet's egg. The excision was greatly facilitated by elastic constriction of the affected side of the tongue. Muscles. — Cavernous angiomata of the voluntary muscles have been observed by a number of surgeons. In the clinic of Rush Medical College, Chicago, such a case came under the care of the writer during the session of 1894. The patient was a boy sixteen years of age. The tumor, which was first discovered five years previously, extended from a point three inches above the patella, over the outer aspect of the thigh, ten inches in an upward direction. The swelling was oblong, very prominent and firm when the patient was standing, but disap- peared almost wholly when he was placed in the recumbent position with elevation of the affected limb. The tumor, which was removed by excision, involved the outer part of the extensor quadratus femoris muscle, and extended on the outer side as far as the intermuscular septum. A strip of the muscle three inches wide and eight inches in length was removed, and on examination it was found to contain numerous vessels the size of a crow's quill. The hemorrhage upon the removal of the elastic constrictor was very profuse, and about fifty vessels had to be ligated before it was controlled. The boy made a good recovery and regained perfect use of the limb. The formation of a muscle-hernia was prevented by careful suturing of the fascia lata with a separate row of buried catgut sutures and rest in bed for six weeks. Liston removed a cavernous angioma from the popliteal space in connection with the semimembranosus muscle. Holmes Coote removed a similar tumor from the deltoid, and Campbell de Morgan removed one from the semimembranosus in a girl ten years old. 458 PATHOLOGY AND TREATMENT OF TUMORS. In the diagnosis of muscular angiomata the variable size of the tumor in different positions of the body is an important element. Larynx. — Except in the tongue and the rectum, angioma of the mucous membranes is very rare. It has been observed in the laryns in a few instances, springing from the vocal cords, the ventriculai bands, from the ventricle, and from the sinus pyriformis. Angiomata of the larynx are either sessile or pedunculated. They are rarely larger than a haricot bean, and are red or purple in color. They should be removed with the snare, with the aid of the laryngoscope. XXIV. LYMPHANGIOMA. Definition. — A lymphangioma is a tumor composed of lymphatic vessels produced from a matrix of angioblasts. The lymphatic vessels of the tumor are new structures containing lymph, and they constitute the essential part of the tumor. Their walls are more delicate than those of angioma, but they are composed of the same histological elements. A lymphangioma is a firmer tumor than an angioma, as the connective tissue between the vessels is more abundant. Anatomical Varieties. — Wagner divides lymphangioma into — i. Capillary ; 2. Cavernous ; and 3. Cystic. In the capillary variety the tumor is composed of lymph-spaces and lymphatic vessels which con- stitute an anastomosing network. The cavernous variety is composed of a framework of connective tissue with communicating spaces which contain lymph. The cystic form presents to the naked eye an appear- ance of a convolution of large and small vesicles with translucent walls containing lymph. These vesicles are dilated new lymphatic vessels which have lost in part or completely their connection with the lymphatic system. Such cysts can be produced experimentally in rabbits by forcing atmospheric air under considerable pressure into the abdominal cavity. Under such conditions the air is forced into the lymph-spaces, especially those of the pelvis, producing rapid dilatation. Histology and Histogenesis. — In capillary lymphangioma the new vessels are formed by angioblasts in the wall of pre-existing lymph- spaces by a process of budding, in the same manner as in capillary angioma. As the vessels are composed of exceedingly delicate walls lined with endothelial cells, they dilate earlier and under less pressure than in angioma, consequently cystic dilatation takes place at an earlier period and to a greater extent. Capillary lymphangioma is always congenital, whereas the cavernous and cystic varieties may develop at any time after birth. The beginning of a capillary lymphangioma manifests more or less swelling before its lymphangiectatic character can be discerned. Microscopically, lymphangioma of the tongue, a comparatively frequent affection, appears in the form of a sym- metrical swelling of the tongue, while the same affection of the skin begins in the subcutaneous connective tissue as a softer swelling with ill-defined borders. The loose connective tissue is cedematous, and 459 460 PATHOLOGY AND TREATMENT OF TUMORS. only in cases where large quantities of clear lymphatic fluid escapes can we suspect the existence of dilated vessels. In specimens that an somewhat finer, spaces can be seen traversing the tumor, while the delicate walls of the ectatic lymphatic vessels and cysts collapse sc that the openings in the vessels cannot be seen. Microscopical exam- ination, unless carefully conducted, may lead to errors in diagnosis, as the specimens often present more the appearance of hyperplasia of the tongue than that of dilated lymph-channels. In lymphangioma of the Fig. 324 — Lymphangioma of the skin ; X 375 (Surgical Clinic, Rush Medical College, Chicago) : a, connec- tive-tissue reticulum ; b, round cells (lymphoid cells) ; c, lymph-space : d, blood-vessels. tongue young muscle-fibres are met with, which proves that the mus- cular tissue is also increased in quantity. In the subcutaneous tissue the growth of lymphangioma is attended by an increase of connective tissue (Fig. 324). The subcutaneous lymphangioma differs from elephantiasis arabum by the tumor being composed of new lymphatic channels instead of dilated diseased pre-existing vessels, as is the case in elephantiasis. Lymphangioma of the tongue (Fig. 325), or, as it is called, macroglossia, is always a congenital tumor. It commences with an enlargement of the blood-vessels ; the veins are thin-walled, but a new tissue-product L YMPHANGIOMA. 461 cannot be recognized so far. On the contrary, the new lymph-spaces are dilated and are paved with numerous large nuclei. The dilatation of the lymphatic spaces progresses parallel with the new tissue-prolif- eration. The muscular bundles are at some points ensheathed by Fig. 325. — Lymphangioma of the tongue; X 50 (after I) J. Hamilton); a, lymphadenoid deposits; b, : cavernous lymphatic space ; c, muscular fibres of tongue, d, a small artery. lymphoid tissue. An increase of endothelial cells is apparent, but vessel-dilatation has not as yet occurred. At other points free hyper- plastic lymphatic vessels are seen in the connective tissue. In the further development of macroglossia, angiomata as well as multilocular lymph-cysts appear. If angioma predominates, it is interesting to observe that the blood often circulates through the new dilated lymph- channels. Liicke observed that on puncturing such cysts, at first lymph escaped, and at subsequent repetitions of puncturing blood instead of lymph escaped. In such cases the communication between blood-vessels and lymphatic vessels is not accidental, but is due to an embryonal relationship between the two kinds of vessels. The new lymph-spaces contain at first a colorless fluid. Thrombi are also found, and their occurrence renders a diagnosis less difficult. Wagner found in the lymph ectatic muscular-sheathed hyaline thrombi, and this discovery made it easy to give a correct interpretation of their patho- logical significance. Lewinski described a case of calcification of lymphatic thrombi in a boy twelve years old suffering from lymph- angioma of the scrotum. Cavernous lymphangioma (Fig. 326) presents upon section a honey- combed appearance, the spaces being separated by their septa lined 462 PATHOLOGY AND TREATMENT OF TUMORS. Fig. 326. — Lymphangioma of the lip; X 55 (after Karg and Schmorl). In the connective tissue under the epithelium numerous lymph-spaces of different size, lined by endothelial cells, are seen; these spaces contain a few finely granular leucocytes in a mass of lymph (coagulated by hardening). with endothelium. The septa are perforated, so that all the spaces com- municate with one another. In other cases the interior of the tumor is Fig. 327.— Lymphangioma of the orbit ; X 350 (after D. J. Hamilton) : a, stroma of the walls of the cavernous spaces ; b, a cavernous lymphatic space ; c, endothelium lining the space. occupied by larger spaces, as though coalescence had taken place by the breaking down of septa (Fig. 327). The spaces not only undergo LYMPHANGIOMA. 463 cystic dilatation, but are enlarged by coalescence. In some cases hyper- plasia of the other tissues also takes place. Cystic lymphangioma differs from the cavernous variety only in that the individual separate spaces arising from new and dilated lymph- channels possess forms which correspond with their origin : they are more or less globular in shape, corresponding in this respect with the rosary-like appearance of the lymphatic vessels during the early stages of the growth of the tumor. Cysts of large size are produced by the confluence of numerous smaller spaces. The cystic variety is more prone to progressive growth than the cavernous ; in this respect the distinction between the two varieties is of importance from a prognostic standpoint. This difference in the clinical aspects of these tumors applies only to cases where the cysts are multiple, as when only one cyst is present its increase in size takes place more on account of reten- tion of secretions than by tissue-proliferation. The skin covering the tumor is at first intact. As the tumor increases in size it may become hyperplasic or it is thinned out by pressure from beneath, constituting an important element in the production of ulceration. Cystic lymphangioma of the neck has seldom been interpreted correctly, and has been described under the vague terms of " cyst hygroma," " hydrocele of the neck," " cystic tumor of the neck," "serous cyst," etc. Forster first pointed out the correct histogenesis of cystic lymphangioma of the neck. He demonstrated the endothelial nature of the lining of the cysts by silver-staining. He also showed that these cysts communicated with the lymphatic vessels. Luschka asserted that the serous cysts of the neck originate from the glainiula carotica or from the glomeruli of the artcria intcrcarotica, but in two cases at least Arnold was able to show the presence of these organs in a normal condition in connection with the cysts. Klebs, who found in a large cyst of this kind lymphatic glands in the cyst-wall, believes that the glands occasionally take part in the production of the cyst. In none of these cases was a connection found between the cavity of the skull and the cyst, hence meningocele takes no part in their production ; neither was there found any connection between the skull and the cyst, hence meningocele can be excluded as a factor in their causation. If located in the neck, the cyst may extend in an upward direction as far as the cavity of the mouth and downward as far as the mediastinum. If very large the cysts become pendulous. Besides the cysts which can be seen with the naked eye, endothelial proliferation and the forma- tion of new lymphatic vessels can be seen under the microscope in the adjacent connective-tissue spaces. In the neck the tumor follows the direction of the lymphatics, along the large blood-vessels and the inter- 464 PATHOLOGY AND TREATMENT OF TUMORS. muscular septa. In cases where proliferation is active the blood-vessel; are also enlarged, and many of these tumors attain the structure of 1 mixed tumor — a hazmo-lymphangioma. In such instances the transfor- mation of lymph-cysts into blood-cysts, as first described by Liicke takes place. Multilocular lymphangioma is also found in glandular organs Weichselberg reported a case of lymphangioma of the mesentery It was a flat tumor, the size of the palm of the hand, between the layers of the mesentery at a point corresponding with the upper por- tion of the ileum. It contained a fluid which by chemical tests and by microscopical examination was shown to be chyle. In the same cate- gory belong the congenital cysts of the lung described by Virchow. These cysts might be regarded as dilated lymphatics, but the active endothelial proliferation which is always found present in the smallest lymphatic channels speaks in favor of their being true tumors. The kidney is another organ in which multilocular lymphangioma is occasionally met with. The histological structure of the cysts in this organ is a counterpart of angioma of the liver. The tumor is composed of multiple spaces lined by a single layer of endothelial cells and communicating freely with one another. The multilocular structure of the tumors distinguishes them from retention-cysts of the uriniferous tubules. Klebs describes a specimen of multilocular lymph- angioma of the kidney. Varicose lymphangioma must be distinguished from simple dilata- tion of pre-existing lymphatic vessels. It differs from lymphatic vari- cosity by the absence of obstruction and by an abnormal increase in the amount of lymphatic structures. Dr. Busey, in his monograph on Congenital Occlusion and Dilatation of Lymph-channels (1878), describes minutely a case that came under his observation. The disease was congenital and involved one of the lower extremities, and, as the post- mortem showed, extended behind the peritoneum far up into the pelvis, The child lived a little more than a year. He collected in addition 87 cases. In some of them the disease was limited to fingers and toes, and resulted in great hypertrophy of all the tissues, including the bones. In Busey's case the surface of the limb was covered with translucent vesicles which contained a serum-colored fluid. The sweat-glands were found enormously hypertrophied. A lymphangioma, wherever it occurs, is characterized by the forma- tion of new lymphatic structures, the process extending to places in which, in normal condition, no lymphatics are found. Lymphangioma may occur almost in any part of the body if il springs from the perivascular lymph-sheaths. In some cases the pro- LYMPHANGIOMA. 465 liferation is very active and the extension of the disease is progressive. The endothelial cells are large, and the connective-tissue reticulum is infiltrated with lymph-corpuscles (Fig. 327). Langhans, in a child seven years old, saw the disease affect the perivascular lymph-sheaths in almost the entire panniculus adiposus, while the large lymphatic vessels were free. The inguinal lymphatic glands were permeable to injection. Holmes, in a child three years old, saw a case where the disease was limited to the right leg. Extension to the external genital organs and the lymphatics of the groin and the pelvis took place when the child reached its seventh year. A somewhat similar case is the one reported by Busey. In this instance the disease extended very rapidly, and when the child died the corresponding side of the pelvis was found extensively involved. Regressive Metamorphoses. — The connective-tissue stroma of lymphangioma is subject to nearly all the retrograde tissue-metamor- phoses found in other tumors. The most frequent forms of degenera- tion met with in such tumors are fatty degeneration and calcification. Myxomatous degeneration is liable to occur in large tumors in which the connective tissue is abundant. Cystic degeneration by the break- ing down of fibrous septa, caused by pressure-atrophy, is of frequent occurrence, especially in tumors in which the tissue-proliferation is very active and their growth, consequently, rapid. The pathological complication that occurs most frequently is thrombosis. Aseptic throm- bosis renders the affected part of the tumor harder, and frequently results in arrest of growth, as the removal of the thrombi is followed by obliteration of the vessels by granulation and cicatrization. The enlargement of the tumor caused by this accident under such favorable circumstances is followed by progressive shrinkage which attends the obliteration of the vessels. Of more serious import is septic tJirombo- lymphangitis , which occurs most frequently in connection with ulcera- tion of the surface of the tumor. The ingress of pyogenic microbes through such an infection-atrium results in suppurative inflammation of the walls of the infected lymphatic channels and of the interstitial connective tissue. If the suppurative infection is severe, the resulting inflammation assumes a phlegmonous character and may successively involve the entire tumor, attended by all the risks to life incident to septic infection and pyemia. The septic thrombo-lymphangitis is usu- ally accompanied by a septic thrombo-phlebitis. In septic thrombo- lymphangitis the thrombi are not observed, but they undergo puriform softening. The transformation of a lymphangioma into a lympho-sarcoma is possible, and there is good reason for believing that in cases in which 30 466 PATHOLOGY AND TREATMENT OF TUMORS. the disease extended over a large territory in a short time, resulting ir death, such a transformation had occurred. Symptoms and Diagnosis. — Lymphangioma in the majority of cases presents itself as a congenital affection with an intrinsic tendenc) to increase in size after birth. In some cases the growth is very rapid involving different regions successively, and resulting in death by th« tumor interfering with important functions. If the tumor is not com- plicated by inflammation, it is pale and the overlying skin is intact The density of the tumor depends on the amount of connective tissue it contains and on the presence or absence of thrombosis. The effect of pressure is more marked if the tumor is composed of new blood- vessels as well as lymphatic channels — that is, in cases of hemo- lymphangioma. If the skin or the mucous membrane is broken anc the surface defect communicates with lymphatic spaces, lymph in varying quantities escapes. The escape of lymph is the most reliable diagnostic clement in the differentiation between a lymphangioma and other tumors or inflammatory swellings. The surface of the tumor is often undulated from the presence of superficial cysts. Lymphangioma of the tongue and the lips can usually be recognized without much difficulty. In both instances all the tissues implicated by the tumor are in a hypertrophic condition and constitute a part of the swelling. Lymphangioma is ordinarily not limited by a well-defined capsule, as the connective tissue in the periphery of the tumor is progressively invaded by new lymphatic vessels. Cystic tumors of the neck, of lymphatic origin, are almost always congenital, are thin-walled, and contain a clear serous fluid ; or, if hemorrhage into the cyst has taken place, the serum is discolored by the admixture of blood. The use of the exploring syringe will fre- quently render material aid in the differential diagnosis between cystic lymphangioma and other cystic tumors and inflammatory- swell- ings. If the exploratory puncture yields first lymph, and later lymph and blood or pure blood, the diagnosis of hemo-lymph- angioma is established. In the differentiation between a lympho- sarcoma and lymphangioma the use of the microscope may be re- quired. Prognosis. — With few exceptions, lymphangioma is a chronic affec- tion and does not tend to destroy life. Great enlargement of the tongue in macroglossia may interfere with speech and deglutition. A cystic lymphangioma of the neck may become a source of danger by interfering with deglutition and respiration. In rapid-growing tumors the prognosis should be guarded, more especially if cystic degeneration is a permanent feature. The liability to infection, and also to trans- L YMPHANGIOMA. 467 formation into sarcoma, should not be forgotten in the prognosis of lymphangioma. Treatment. — Complete excision is indicated if the tumor can be removed safely. Partial excision is indicated in lymphangioma of the lip and the tongue if the tumor interferes with deglutition, speech, or respiration, or for cosmetic reasons. In the removal of cystic tumors of the neck, of lymphatic origin, it must be remembered that the cyst- wall is in close relation with the large vessels, and that parts of the tumor often dip deeply into the intermuscular septa. Amputation in uncomplicated lymphangioma of the extremities is not a justifiable pro- cedure. In cystic tumors of the neck not amenable to enucleation or excision a cure may be effected by free excision, cauterization of the interior of the cyst with the Pacquelin cautery, and packing of the cavity with iodoform gauze. In progressive inoperable cases paren- chymatous injection of a 10 per cent, solution of chloride of zinc may be tried with a view of arresting further growth by cicatricial contraction. Topography. Tongue. — Lymphangioma of the tongue is known as macroglossia (Fig. 328). Clinically, the condition manifests itself as a congenital enlargement of the tongue, implicating mainly its anterior two-thirds. The growth is progressive, and when the organ becomes too large to be accommodated by the cavity of the mouth, its tip protrudes from the mouth. The irritation and repeated injuries of the enlarged organ by the teeth during mastication, and the exposure of the organ to external influences after it protrudes from the mouth, aggravate the condition by producing inflammation of the surface of the tongue or of the tumor-tissue itself. The disease begins in the submucous con- nective tissue, but later implicates the muscular tissue of the tongue. Capillary lymphangioma of the tongue is limited to its surface, and appears in the form of enlarged papillae. The proper treatment consists in partial excision of the tongue if the organ has become sufficiently enlarged to interfere with mastication and speech. In some cases the lymphangioma is complicated by angioma, which calls for special prophylactic precautions to control the hemorrhage during the operation. Lymphangiomata of the cavity of the mouth have been described by Sachs. Lips. — Lymphangioma of the lips is called macrochilia. Billroth described a case that came under his own observation. The patient, who was fifteen years of age, was born with a diffused tumor of the upper lip, which projected considerably beyond the lower lip. The 468 PATHOLOGY AND TREATMENT OF TUMORS. tumor was painless, firm, pale, and hard, and could not be diminishec in size by pressure. It was often the seat of inflammation, and it blec readily on being handled or when injured. The tumor was extirpated A section through it showed that it was composed of a firm framework of connective tissue, the meshes of which were occupied by coagula Fig. 328. — Macroglossia in a girl eleven years old (after Humphrey). and a serous fluid. The spaces were lined by endothelial cells, and the connective tissue contained many elastic fibres. The fluid contained lymphoid corpuscles. Macrochilia is very rare, and in the cases which have been described it was always congenital. As the disease is sure to become complicated by repeated attacks of inflammation, it should receive attention during infancy or childhood. If the tumor is limited in extent, as in Billroth's case, it should be removed by excision. If it is too extensive for complete removal, the size of the lip should be reduced to the desired extent by wedge-shaped excisions. Under such circumstances Lanne- longue's sclerogenic method of treatment deserves a trial. Neck. — Many cases of congenital hydrocele or serous cysts of the neck are of lymphatic origin. Usually, although not always, they are L YMPHANGTOMA. 469 congenital. The development of the capsule is very imperfect as com- pared with true cystomata in the same locality. Arnold divides these tumors into superficial and deep. The former are situated between the skin and the platysma ; the latter, beneath the platysma, usually along the anterior surface of the larger vessels. The deep tumors generally reach the greater size. They may surround the whole neck, and may extend beneath and below the clavicle, in the direction of the axillary space. In an upward direction they may encroach upon the cavity of the mouth. Rokitansky and Gurlt believed that these cysts originated in the connective-tissue spaces during intra-uterine life. The formation of multilocular cysts they explained by assuming that collections of serous fluid formed in different parts of the connective tissue at the same time. It would be impossible to explain why similar hydropic conditions of the connective tissue should not take place in other parts of the body if hydrocele of the neck had such an origin. Luschka maintained that serous cysts of the neck originated in the ganglion caroticum — a theory which does not deserve further consideration, since Arnold found this ganglion intact in two cases of hygroma of the neck. The existence of an endothelial lining of the cyst in all cases and the presence of lymphoid tissue in the cyst-wall leave no doubt that in the majority of cases of serous cysts of the neck, of congenital origin, we have to deal with cystic lymphangioma. The serum contained in these cysts is often stained by the admixture of blood, in which event the cysts lose their translucency. If the diagnosis is not clear, an exploratory puncture will provide the desired information. The tumor either remains stationary after birth or increases very rapidly in size. In the former case no treatment is indicated, as a spontaneous cure not infre- quently takes place ; if this should not be the case, operative treatment is postponed until the child is older. In rapid-growing tumors death often results from pressure of the tumor on the trachea, the oesophagus, and the large vessels and nerves of the neck. In such cases urgent symptoms call for aspiration, which may be repeated as often as the pressure-symptoms demand it. In older children strong enough to withstand the immediate effects of a radical operation, the tumor should be excised, in whole or in part, under strict antiseptic precautions. If complete removal is impracticable, the part of the cyst-wall which remains should be seared with the actual cautery sufficiently deep to destroy its endothelial lining, and the wound should be packed with iodoform gauze. Injections of iodine are too uncertain and dangerous. Injections of carbolic acid after tapping are less objectionable, and should be resorted to if partial or complete excision of the sac is contraindicated. 470 PATHOLOGY AND TREATMENT OF TUMORS. Subcutaneous and Submucous Connective Tissue. — Most of th( chronic lymphatic affections of the subcutaneous connective tissue an of an infective origin and nature. They are caused by the filaria san girinis hominis, and they are prevalent in northern countries, where thi: parasite has its habitat. Reference has been made to a case of almos general lymphangioma of non-infective origin. True lymphangioma- tous tumors of the submucous and subcutaneous connective tissue an exceedingly rare (Fig. 329). Steudener described a cavernous lymph- Fig. 329. — Busey's case of lymphangioma. angioma of the conjunctiva. Biesiadecki found a small lymphangioma in the subcutaneous connective tissue. Gjorgewic found a similar tumor, the size of a fist, in the subcutaneous tissue of the thigh in a girl nine- teen years old. In this case large quantities of lymph escaped through two small openings. Reichel described a congenital lymphangioma, the size of a pigeon's egg, which he found in the perineum. More comprehensive statistics of lymphangioma can be found in the mono- graphs on this subject by Busey and Wagner. Uterus. — The lymphatic origin of some of the cystic tumors of the uterus has been established by Leopold and Fehling. These cysts contain a fluid which coagulates on exposure to air, and which is often stained by the admixture of blood. The cyst-wall is lined by endo- thelial cells. Many of these cysts are multilocular, the septa being composed of firm fibrous tissue. The new cysts show in their interior, on silver staining, the characteristic reaction of endothelium. In most instances these cysts occur in connection with myofibromata. XXV. LYMPHOMA. Upon histogenetic, histological, and physiological grounds tumors of the lymphatic glands should be excluded from tumors of the true glandular organs. The lymphatic glands are mesoblastic structures, and are not secreting organs. They are hematoplastic organs, physio- logically closely allied to the medullary tissue of bone and the spleen. They are composed of lymphoid corpuscles and a delicate reticulum of connective tissue enclosed in a firmer capsule of connective tissue. They contain normally no epithelial cells (Fig. 330). The lining of the lymph- sinuses and the follicles is composed of numerous plate-like connective -tissue cells, in places these elements constituting almost an endothelial cover- ing. The lymphatic vessels and glands are found wherever blood-vessels are present ; besides, lymph- spaces are found in the cornea. In the submucous tissue lining the different hollow viscera lymphoid tissue is found as a diffuse infiltration in the form riG. 330. — Elements ofade- of follicles (Fig. 33l). noid tiss u e from partially a 1 i . • i 1 • ii.i brushed section of lymphatic As a lymphatic gland is not a true gland, the glandofa child (after Piersol) . tissue composing it is called, from its resemblance <*, fibres of reticulum ; *,iym- , , . .... . phoid cells : c, expanded con- to glandular tissue, adenoid tissue ; and as it pro- nective-tissue plate, duces the lymph, it is also called lymphoid tissue. Its essential histological element is the lymphoid cell or lymphoid cor- puscle, the product of proliferation of the plate-like connective-tissue cell. Definition. — A lymphoma is a benign tumor formed of lymphatic tissue produced from a matrix of lymphoblasts. In no department of surgical pathology do we meet with more confusion than in the differentiation between benign and malignant tumors and infective swellings of the lymphatic glands. Virchow includes under the term " lymphoma " all tumors and swellings composed of lymphoid tissue. Many authors still continue to speak of a " primary carcinoma " of the lymphatic glands. Some pathologists entirely ignore the existence of non-malignant tumors of the lymphatic glands. This confusion of terms and pathological conditions was increased when Billroth intro- duced the term " malignant lymphoma." At the present time it is 472 PATHOLOGY AND TREATMENT OF TUMORS. easier to say what a lymphoma is not than what it is : it constitutes in surgical pathology at the present time a veritable lucus a non lucendo. Lymphoid tissue is exceedingly susceptible to infection, and i< therefore predisposed to acute and chronic inflammation ; it is alsc frequently the seat of sarcoma, but lymphoma, in the restricted sense Fig. 331. — Diffuse lymphoid tissue occupying deeper layers of mucosa of human stomach {after Piersol). The lymphoid cells infiltrate the fibrous tissue between the glands without being definitely limited. P ■mmm Fig. 332. — Simple lymph-follicle from the con- junctiva of a dog (after Piersol) : a, lymphoid tissue limited by the fibrous capsule (3) ; c, surrounding connective tissue. in which this term will be used here, is exceedingly rare. The resem- blance in the structure of tumors and infective swellings of lymphatic glands is so close that a reliable differentiation must be based on the clinical aspects and the etiology of the different affections of the lymphatic glands. Enlargement of the lymphatic glands may be due (1) to infection, (2) to sarcoma, (3) to carcinoma, or (4) to lymphoma. The acute affections of the lymphatic glands, characterized by rapid enlargement, pain, tenderness, and fever, are produced by the entrance into the lymphatic system of pyogenic microbes, of the bacillus mal- leus, or of pre-formed septic material. If the process is chronic, the immediate cause is usually the virus of either syphilis or tuberculosis, In leukemia and pseudo-leukemia the infection is diffuse and is unat- tended by the usual symptoms which indicate the existence of an acute or a subacute inflammation ; the glandular affection either appears diffusely from the beginning or becomes diffuse during its course These affections point so strongly to the existence of a microbic origin that no doubt can be entertained as to their infective origin. Sarcoma invades successively the glands of the same chain, and frequently terminates fatally by general metastasis. Carcinoma of the lymphatic glands is always a secondary affection ; it never occurs as a primary disease, as the lymphatic glands do not contain the essential histologica elements — epithelial cells. Lymphoma is a tumor of the lymphatic L YMPHOMA. 473 glands composed of lymphoid tissue ; the growth remains as a local affection, and appears clinically as an encapsulated tumor which mani- fests no tendency to implicate adjacent glands, and which is never com- plicated by affections of other blood-producing organs. The lymphoblasts of the matrix of the tumor produce lymph-corpuscles which are not transformed into leucocytes, but which remain in the reticulum of the tumor as the essential tumor-elements. Lymphoma is a fuuctionless tumor, in this respect differing from the hyperplastic, highly active glands iu leukemia. Histology and Histogenesis. — A lymphoma is not produced from pre-existing adenoid tissue, as are the infective swellings. It is the product of tissue-proliferation from an embryonal matrix of lympho- blasts of congenital or post-natal origin. A lymphoma is a tumor which has no more connection with the adjacent lymphatic channels than an adenoma has with the surrounding ducts of a gland. The connective- tissue plates, modified endothelial cells of the matrix, the lymphoblasts, produce the lymph-corpuscles which are the essential histo- logical elements of the tumor (F'g- 333)- In its structure a lymphoma bears a strong resemblance to myeloma (PI. 1 1, Fig. i). The lymphoid cells are so numer- ous that often they almost completely obscure the stroma. The capsule of the tumor is firm, being composed of con- centric layers of fibrous tissue. The atypical structure of the tumor is characterized by the absence of well-defined lymph-sinuses, while the follicular structure is well pre- served. The surface of the tumor is smooth, and lacks completely the prolongations into the surrounding connective tissue that are such conspicuous features of lymphangioma. The lymphoid corpuscles, which are only occasionally present in lymphangioma, form the bulk of the tumor in lymphoma. Retrograde Metamorphoses. — Permanency of the tumor-tissue as compared with the inflammatory products which constitute the infective swellings is one of the most important elements in the differentiation between a lymphoma and the different forms of inflammatory swellings of the lymphatic glands, both acute and chronic. Suppuration can occur only if the tumor becomes the seat of infection with pyogenic Fig. 333.- Lymphoma, showing lymphoid cells and delicate reticulum (after Paget). 474 PATHOLOGY AND TREATMENT OF TUMORS. microbes, and caseation can take place only in the event of the tumoi becoming infected with tubercle bacilli. A lymphoma may attain con- siderable size before any degenerative changes occur, in this respect differing greatly from suppurative, tubercular, glandulous, septic, and gonorrheal adenitis. Myxomatous degeneration of the stroma may occur — a change which renders the tumor softer — or the tumor may become harder by an increase of the connective-tissue reticulum. A hyaline degeneration such as that shown on Plate 1 1 (Fig. 2) some- times inaugurates graver degenerative changes in a lymphoma. Calcare- ous degeneration preceded by fatty degeneration has been observed. Small cysts occasionally form by dilatation of follicles. A lymphoma, after having remained stationary for a long time, may become trans- formed into a sarcoma. Symptoms and Diagnosis. — Lymphoma is a rare tumor of the lymphatic glands, if we exclude, as should be done, all infective swell- ings. It is found most frequently in the region of the neck, in the groins, the axilla?, the mediastinum, and the retroperitoneal space — that is, in localities in which the lymphatic glands are most numerous. Lymphoma occurs most frequently in young adults. If several tumors appear at the same time, they increase in size at the same rate, and are movable, painless, and not tender on pressure. The skin over the tumor remains intact. The tumor is smooth and is surrounded by a perfect capsule. Extension to other glands never takes place, as is the case in sarcoma and in infective swellings. All signs and symptoms of inflammation are absent. The general health is not impaired. The tumor or tumors, if large, may cause pressure upon important organs, and in this way may become a source of danger. In the differential diagnosis between lymphoma and other tumors and swellings of the lymphatic glands it is important to consider the following affections : lymphangioma, sarcoma, lymphadenitis, tuberculosis, glanders, leu- kemia, pseudo-leukemia, and syphilis. Lymphangioma. — Lymphangioma occurs as a more diffuse tumoi and is not encapsulated. In many cases lymph escapes from one or more openings in the tumor — an occurrence never observed in lymphoma. Sarcoma. — Lympho-sarcoma appears first as a single tumor, which is followed by successive infection of glands in the same region, usuall} in the direction of the lymph-stream. The tumors grow very rapidly and general infection not infrequently takes place. Lymphadenitis. — Acute suppurative lymphadenitis is attended b> fever and all the local signs and symptoms of inflammation, and is always attended by lymphangitis between the infection-atrium and the LYMPHOMA. Plate i i . i> T A i. Myeloma of rib (after Klebs) : myeloid cells with large nuclei in a delicate network of connective tissue. 2. Hyaline degeneration of a lymphatic gland (after Karg and Schmorl). The reticulum of the gland has been transformed into a chining - -.,-,,,-t,, ,-,■!. -3c f,-,in P >„,,rl.- J )ir hi, iline musses are confluent in some places; h"p — — — ; of gl.-ind-tissiLL- The glandular structure is mor mor mor mor L YMPHOMA . 475 inflamed glands. In the chronic form the symptoms of inflammation are often masked, so that the source of infection is overlooked and the accompanying or preceding lymphangitis is not recognized. The disease may be limited to one or two glands, which renders it still more obscure. Some tenderness is, however, always present, and foci of suppuration can often be detected by palpation or by explor- atory puncture. Tuberculosis. — Glandular tuberculosis is a progressive disease. The affection extends from gland to gland in the infected region. Regres- sive metamorphoses, coagulation-necrosis, caseation, and liquefaction of the cheesy product are early and almost constant manifestations. The extension of the disease beyond the capsule of the gland in advanced cases is also an important factor in distinguishing between a lymphoma and swellings of an infective origin. Glanders. — Glanders occurs, if it affects the glands, as an acute or a subacute diffuse affection, in this respect differing entirely from lymphoma, which remains as a local tumor. The discovery of the bacillus of glanders in the inflammatory product will render the diag- nosis positive. Leukemia. — Leukemia, as was correctly shown by Virchow in 1845, appears as a hyperplasia of all hematoplastic organs — the spleen, the lymphatic glands, and the marrow of bone — and is characterized by a specific pathological change in the blood — an excess of white blood-cor- puscles. The increase in the number of leucocytes that typifies this dis- ease led Bennet to apply to it the term leucocythemia. Neumann added to the splenic and lymphatic forms the myelogenous variety. The lymphatic glands in different parts of the body become enlarged and hard, and, as a rule, this process is attended by enlargement of the spleen and by a simultaneous affection of the marrow of the bone, which affection is often manifested by tenderness over the junction of the xiphoid cartilage with the sternum and over the epiphyseal extremities of the long bones. The excess of leucocytes in the blood is never absent, and from a slight change during the incipiency of the disease may reach such an extent that the red and white corpuscles are present in the same proportion. Neumann traced in the blood of leukemic patients cells intermediate between the red and the white cor- puscles — small nucleated red corpuscles. In the commencement of the disease it is often difficult, if not impossible, to differentiate simple leucocytosis and leukemia by micro- scopical examination of the blood. Huss thinks that if the pro- portion of white to red corpuscles is increased to 1 : 20, such blood is leukemic blood ; but this is not always the case. Staining of the 476 PATHOLOGY AND TREATMENT OF TUMORS. blood-corpuscles with eosin is an important diagnostic aid. Leukemii blood always contains eosinophilous cells. In doubtful cases micro- scopical examination of the blood will succeed in making a positivt differential diagnosis between lymphoma and enlargement of the gland; attending leukemia. W. S. Church reports a case of leukemia in whicr Fig. 334.— The blood in leukemia (after Karg and Schmorl). Besides the pale-red blood-corpuscles are leucocytes in various forms, the number of the leucocytes being immensely increased. The smaller leucocytes contain irregular lobulated nuclei ; the larger ones contain large nuclei equally stained throughout ; a, nucle- ated red blood-corpuscles. only the thoracic and abdominal lymphatic glands were found enlarged at the post-mortem examination. Murchison records the case of a child twelve years old, in whom no enlargement of any subcutaneous lymphatic glands existed, who died with " lymphatic new formations " in the liver and enlargement of the glands in the fissure of the liver. In Church's case the disease was attended by fever, which he regards as of diagnostic importance in the differentiation between leukemia and malignant tumor. Pseudo-leukemia. — This affection of the lymphatic glands, known also as " anaemia lymphatica," " Hodgkin's disease," " adenie " (Trous- seau), "malignant lymphoma" (Billroth), and " lympho-sarcoma " (Vir- chow), resembles lymphoma more closely than leukemia. It is unques- tionably an infective disease in which the undiscovered microbe select! the lymphatic tissue as its field of action. The lymphatic glands ol one region of the body, most frequently the cervical, become success- ively enlarged, forming hard masses, to be followed by a similar con dition of the glands in other regions of the body. The disease is attended by progressive anemia, but the blood-changes which hav( been described as occurring in leukemic blood are absent. In thi: L YMPHOMA. 477 disease the lymph-cells are increased in number in the meshes of the enlarged glands, and the cortical and medullary portions of the glands cannot be distinguished from each other. The disease sometimes remains stationary for a certain length of time. The spleen, the ton- sils, and the marrow of the bones are frequently implicated. Meta- stasis in the liver and kidneys has frequently been observed. The disease terminates fatally in from one to two years. The appearance of enlarged glands in the different regions of the body distinguishes this disease sufficiently from lymphoma, in which such a dissemination is never observed. Lymphoma, being a strictly local disease, is not attended by impairment of the general health. Syphilis. — Enlargement of lymphatic glands in syphilis after the disease has become general is not limited to one region : all the glands are more or less implicated. In primary syphilis the extension of the disease to the lymphatic structures is indicated by enlargement (bubo) of the glands which are in connection through lymphatic channels with the primary sore. We must restrict the term " lymphoma " to non-malignant tumors of the lymphatic glands, single or multiple, but their number is limited and usually confined to one region in which an infective origin can be excluded either by a careful study of the clinical aspects or by bacteriological examination. As has previously been stated, lymphoma is quite rare. The writer has seen these tumors in the cervical and axillary regions and in the groins. The tumors are movable, painless, and firm, and may in the course of several years attain the size of a hen's egg. The tumors may occur at any time of life, but they are most frequently met with in young adults. After the tumors have reached a certain size they become stationary throughout life, unless they become the seat of infection or undergo transformation into sarcomata. They do not return after extirpation, and they become dangerous only when from their size they exert harmful pressure upon important adjacent organs. Treatment. — The proper treatment of lymphoma is enucleation. The tumors are always well encapsulated, and there is no danger of recurrence after complete removal by this method. XXVI. MYOMA. Myoma was first described as a distinct variety of tumors by Virchow. It has often been mistaken for fibroma, on account of the predominance of fibrous tissue in many of the myomatous tumors. Fibrous tumors which contain muscular fibres should be classified with the myomata, and not with the fibromata, as the muscle-fibres constitute, from a histogenetic standpoint, the essential part of the tumor. In myoma the concentric striated appearance so characteristic of a proper fibroma is frequently less marked, and the substance of the tumor seems to be more homogeneous in its structure. Fibrous tissue is always present in varying proportions, and often is so abundant as almost to obscure the essential tumor-tissue. Definition. — A myoma is a tumor composed of muscle-tissue produced from a matrix of myoblasts. Vogel called them " muscular tumors ; " Virchow, " myomata." Zenker made a subdivision of this group of tumors necessary, as he described tumors which were composed of striated muscular fibres, while before his time it was believed that all myomatous tumors were composed of unstriped muscular fibres, A tumor composed of striped muscular fibres is called a " rhabdo- myoma" or "myoma striocellulare," whereas a tumor composed of unstriped muscular fibres is called a " leiomyoma " or " myoma laevi- cellulare." For the sake of brevity we shall describe the two histo- logical varieties as rhabdomyoma and leiomyoma. There are many reasons to believe that a myoma springs from a matrix of myoblasts independently of the pre-existing muscular fibres between which the tumor takes its origin. Embryology. — According to Rabl, the muscular tissue in the embryo is derived from a part of the mesoblast enclosed by the three-faced original vertebra; at a point, corresponding with the mesia junction, which is in contact with the nerve-tube, while the ventral border surface, which adjoins the primitive aorta, becomes the sclero toma, which forms the axial connective tissue, while the upper wal furnishes the skin with its connective tissue. The embryonal tissue destined to become transformed into muscular tissue develops into £ large plate under the connective tissue of the skin, and sends forth, ir the form of muscular buds, projections to the extremities. The con- 478 MYOMA. 479 nective tissue cannot produce muscle-tissue, and when muscular fibres are found in a locality not normally supplied with this tissue, its occur- rence is always due to an erratic deposition of embryonal cells during early life. Rhabdomyoma. — Benign tumors composed of striated muscular fibres are exceedingly rare. They were first described by Zenker. Marchand, Eberth, and Cohnheim confirmed Zenker's observation and reported new cases. The tumors usually grow in connection with the kidney, sometimes in the testis, and they are always congenital. Reck- linghausen found in several new-born children myomata the size of a pigeon's egg in the heart-muscle. Fibromatous and myomatous tumors of the heart have been described by Zander, Bostrom, and others. $ -V" **$M ?$.<:& ';i!%W ■**■ Fig 335. — Adeno-rhabdosarcoma of kidney (after Karg and Schmorl) : the tumor (a) is composed of bun- dles of striated muscular fibres arranged in different directions ; the striations can be seen by the aid of a magnifying lens. The interstitial tissue at b is scanty and the nuclei are small ; at c the nuclei are larger and more numerous, and appear as round-celled sarcoma arranged in spaces ( MYOMA. 485 finger into the uterine cavity and pressing the organ with the opposite hand well down into the pelvis. Prognosis. — The danger which attends myofibroma depends on the organ or part of an organ from which the tumor springs and upon the histological structure of the tumor. A circular myoma of any of the different parts of the digestive tube is more likely to result in obstruction than is a tumor involving only a part of the circumference of the tube. Progressive growth will take place in proportion to the amount of muscular tissue in the tumor. Tumors in which the muscle- fibres predominate grow more rapidly and attain larger size than the hard, fibrous variety. Great vascularity also tends to increase the growth of the tumor. Submucous tumors of the uterus undermine the health and shorten life from hemorrhages. Large interstitial and subserous tumors of the uterus may interfere mechanically with the functions of important abdominal organs. Uterine myomata sometimes give rise to sepsis from infection with pus microbes. Not infrequently a pregnancy results in dangerous, and occasionally in fatal, complica- tions. The possibility of myofibroma undergoing transformation into sarcoma must not be lost sight of in rendering a prognosis. Treatment. — Medical treatment in the management of myoma should be restricted to alleviation of the symptoms which a tumor may produce. The administration of ergot as a curative agent has not met the expectations of those who have given this drug a fair and prolonged trial. In bleeding uterine myomata rest and the internal administration or injection of ergot have yielded good results, but have no effect in arresting the growth of the tumor. The treatment of uterine myoma by electricity, so strongly advocated by Apostoli, is still on trial. It has not yielded the results claimed for it, and seems fast giving way to operative measures. In the treatment of uterine myoma demanding operative measures the surgeon either resorts to removal of the tumor through the vaginal route, by abdominal hyster- ectomy or by myomectomy, or he seeks to arrest further growth of the tumor by diminishing its blood-supply by removal of the uterine appendages. Myomata of the intestinal canal are not diagnosed before they give rise to intestinal obstruction, in which event a positive diagnosis should be made by opening the abdominal cavity, when the tumor is dealt with according to the indications that present themselves. Topography. Uterus. — The uterus is by far the most frequent seat of myomatous tumors. For anatomical, clinical, and pathological reasons it has been 486 PATHOLOGY AND TREATMENT OF TUMORS. Fig. 342.— Myoma at the fundus of the uterus, Fig. 343.— Myoma from fundus, growing inwai growing outward {after Winckel) : a, anterior lip; (after Winckel). ^.posterior lip; c, cavity of the uterus; d, tumor. Fig. 344. — Two interstitial myomata near cervix (after Winckel). Fig. 345. — Two interstitial myomata near fund (after Winckel) : a, posterior lip; b, bladder. MYOMA. 487 customary to describe these tumors, according to their location, as — 1. Interstitial ; 2. Submucous ; 3. Subserous. A tumor that is primarily Fig. 346. — Subserous and submucous myomata (after Winckel) : a, cavity of the uterus ; b, submucous tumor ; c, subserous tumor. interstitial may eventually grow in the direction of the mucous or serous surface, and become a submucous or subserous tumor (Figs. 342, 343). d Fig. 347.— Multiple myofibromata of the uterus and broad ligament (after Winckel) : a, right ovary ; i, right Fallopian tube; c, interstitial myoma; d, submucous myoma; e, subserous myoma; /, orifice of uterus; g, interstitial myoma; h, intraligamentous myoma. Interstitial— or, as they are also called, intraparietal — tumors may start in any part of the uterine wall. A frequent location is near the cervix (Fig. 344). Another favorite locality is at the fundus (Fig. 345). 488 PATHOLOGY AND TREATMENT OF TUMORS. Not infrequently subperitoneal and submucous tumors are found in thi uterus at the same time (Fig. 346). In multiple myofibromata of th< uterus tumors are often found in all three localities, and sometimes alsc in the broad ligaments. Uterine myomata become encapsulated at an early stage and grow in the direction offering the least resistance. If they are located nearei the external than the internal surface, the) become prominent on the serous surface, anc eventually may become pedunculated. If the reverse is the case, they finally become sub- mucous, and pedunculation in this direction may take place. If the resistance is equal or all sides, they remain as interstitial growths, The vessels in the uterine wall, from which the tumor receives its nourishment, become dilated, forming a system of channels which communi- cate freely with one another and with the vessels of the tumor. The vessels appear like channels, devoid of a proper vessel-wall, but lined by an intima resembling the sinuses of the pregnant uterus (Fig. 348). In some instances myoma of the uterus is associated with other tumors of a benign type, the increased vascularity at- tending the presence of growths of the mucous membrane acting as an exciting cause in the production of the myoma (Fig. 349). There is also reason to believe that the engorgement of the uterus which attends the presence of a myoma is favorable to the development of papilloma and adenoma of the uterine mucous membrane. Histology and Histogenesis. — The propor- tion between the muscular fibres and fibrous tissue varies greatly. The hardness of the tumor increases with the amount of fibrous tissue it contains. The muscular fibres are larger than in the non-pregnant uterus and con- tain large nuclei. The arrangement of the fibres is very irregular ; they interlace freely with one another and with the stroma of connective tissue. In sections the fibres that have been cut trans- versely retract much more than those divided longitudinally, imparting an uneven surface to the section (Fig. 350). Fig. 348. — Cavernous wall of the uterus as found in connection with large myomata (after Winckel). Fig. 349. — Myoma and adeno- ma of the uterus (after Winckel) : a, adenoma of mucosa ; b, inter- stitial myoma. MYOMA. 489 Tumors in which the fibrous tissue predominates are firmer, less vas- cular, and grow more slowly than those in which muscle-cells pre- dominate. The vessels in the tumor itself are usually not large, and such tumors can be enucleated without difficulty so far as hemorrhage is concerned, provided the uterine tissue is not torn. In rare cases the Fig. 350.- -Myoma of the uterus; X 85 (Surgical Clinic, Rush Medical College, Chicago): section of muscle-fibres ; b, transverse section of muscle-fibres. . longitudinal tumor is very vascular and is permeated in all directions by cavern- ous spaces like those of the uterine wall, when the tumor is called myoma telangiectodes. If the lymphatic vessels between the muscular bundles and in the vicinity of the vessel-sheaths are dilated, we speak of a myoma lymphangiectodes (Leopold). Great dilatation of the lymphatic spaces in a myofibroma is the most frequent cause of cyst-formation. The muscle-fibres and the connective tissue are arranged in concentric layers around the vessels of the tumor — a condition which has induced some pathologists to assert that myofibroma of the uterus springs from the wall of pre- existing blood-vessels. The blood-vessels in a myofibroma, like those in any other tumor, are new structures formed from pre-existing blood- vessels in the vicinity of the tumor-matrix. Nerves have been found 49° PATHOLOGY AND TREATMENT OF TUMORS. only in a few instances in myomatous tumors of the uterus. Bidde found nerve-fibres in one of these tumors. Regressive Metamorphoses. — The degenerative changes that occu in a myoma of the uterus are dependent largely upon the locatioi of the tumor. They occur most frequently, according to Lee, if tin tumor is located in the body of the uterus. Originally most of thi tumors are interstitial. Pedunculation diminishes the blood-supply ol the tumor and brings about regressive metamorphoses. Pedunculatec subserous tumors frequently undergo fatty degeneration and calcifica tion. Calcification occasionally takes place in interstitial tumors, but according to Virchow, it has never been observed in polypoid growth' projecting into the uterine cavity. Subserous myomata frequently form adhesions with the surrounding viscera, and then receive a new blood-supply from this source. Whethei pedunculated subserous tumors ever become completely detached is, according to Virchow, questionable. That such an occurrence is pos- sible the writer is satisfied, as in one instance, in making a laparotomy for the removal of multiple myofibromata, there was found in the abdominal cavity a detached tumor as large as a small pear ; the apex of the tumor tapered to a very small point, marking the place where the pedicle became detached. The uterus may undergo serious pathological changes from traction on the part of a large pedunculated tumor, resulting in great elongation of the organ — hydrometra ; and instances are on record in which the body of the uterus was severed from the cervix. If the tumor is sur- rounded on all sides equally by uterine tissue, pedunculation does not take place. Intramural tumors frequently attain great size. Walter reports a case in which such a tumor weighed seventy pounds. The posterior wall at a point a little below the fundus is the favorite location for intra- mural tumors. The uterine cavity in such cases, if the tumor is large, may reach the size of the cavity of the pregnant uterus at full term. Lateral growth of a uterine myofibroma involves the broad ligaments, and the tumor becomes partly or wholly intraligamentous. Intra-uterine growths attached by a broad surface result in enlarge- ment of the uterine cavity in all directions, and the cervix becomes gradually obliterated in the same manner as in pregnancy. Intramural tumors may undergo fatty degeneration in the same manner as the muscular fibres of a pregnant uterus after delivery. Calcification fre- quently follows fatty degeneration. Myxomatous degeneration fre- quently takes place, during which mucin, nucleated round cells, and mucous cells appear, changing the tumor into a myxomyoma. The MYOMA. 491 cysts which form in consequence of this form of degeneration are empty spaces between the bundles of muscle-tissue, and do not possess a proper cyst-wall. CEdema of the tumor-tissue also gives rise to the formation of spaces which resemble cysts. The so-called " fibrocysts " originate in this way or develop in consequence of an interstitial extravasation of blood. The cysts contain a synovia-like fluid often stained by the admixture of blood. In rare cases the tumor becomes exceedingly vascular by the formation of large venous spaces, when the tumor resembles a venous angioma. Such tumors increase in size under influences which produce intravascular tension. The venous spaces occasionally, by such influences or by distention, become con- verted into blood-cysts. If in a myxomyoma the intercellular con- nective tissue begins to proliferate actively, the tumor undergoes trans- formation into a sarcoma. Suppuration in myofibroma of the uterus has repeatedly been observed. This complication is announced by temperature, rapid pulse, and other symptoms indicative of pyogenic infection, and is attended by a sudden increase in the size of the tumor, by pain, and by tender- ness. If the tumor takes its starting-point near the mucous membrane, it pushes the tissues before it as it projects in the direction of the uterine cavity, and soon it becomes submucous. Pedunculation of submucous myofibromata takes place most rapidly if the growth of the tumor toward the uterine cavity is not retarded by strong layers of muscular fibres. The nearer the tumor is to the mucous membrane, the more rapidly does pedunculation take place. Spontaneous detach- ment and escape of such tumors has repeatedly been observed. Intra- uterine myofibromata undergoing ulceration and sloughing have often simulated carcinoma of the cavity of the uterus. Transformation of intra-uterine myofibroma into carcinoma has never been demonstrated. Etiology. — Myoma of the uterus has never been observed as a congenital tumor. The most important cause in exciting tissue-pro- liferation from the essential matrix of myoblasts is the congestion of the organ during menstruation. Winckel found in his cases the tumors subserous in 25 per cent., intramural in 65 per cent., and submucous in 10 per cent. Of 528 cases collected by Chiari, West, Beigel, Schroeder, and Winckel, 18 per cent, occurred in women between twenty and thirty years of age, 3 per cent, between thirty and forty, one-third of the whole number before the age of thirty-five, and one- fourth of the whole number had symptoms before the age of thirty. It is safe to assume that in the majority of cases the tumors appear during the latter part of the third and the beginning of the fourth decennium. The youngest patients suffering from myofibroma have 492 PATHOLOGY AND TREATMENT OF TUMORS. been ten years of age (Beigel). Marriage increases the frequency of myoma of the uterus. In 33 per cent, of the married women the tumors caused sterility. Abortions and injuries to the uterus of aL kinds must be regarded as exciting causes. Chronic inflammation of the uterus and its appendages is another fruitful source of tumor- formation. Symptoms and Diagnosis. — The degree of suffering caused by a uterine myoma does not depend on the size of the tumor : a tumor the size of a pea or a hazel-nut frequently produces graver symptoms than a tumor the size of a child's head. Small myomata often pro- duce a complexus of nervous symptoms frequently mistaken for hysteria. The uterus is exceedingly tender to the touch ; the organ is turgid and occasionally displaced, and rectal and vesical distress often obscures the original difficulty. As soon as the tumor is large enough to escape from the pelvis the subjective symptoms may disappear almost completely, and the patient, who has been, per- haps, a sufferer for years, is suddenly relieved and apparently restored to health. As the tumor increases in size new symptoms arise by its pressure anteriorly upon the bladder or posteriorly upon the rec- tum ; circumscribed peritonitis, rotation of the uterus, or torsion of the pedicle gives rise to new symptoms which often force the patient to seek medical advice. If the tumor ascends into the abdominal cavity and does not become pedunculated, its growth is usually rapid, and the tumor often reaches an enormous size in the course of a few years. The abdominal cavity becomes greatly distended and its contents are subjected to pressure. If the tumor involve the lower segment of the uterus, its ascent into the abdominal cavity is impeded, and its increasing size results in impaction of the tumor in the pelvis, attended by the unavoidable pressure-symptoms which accompany such a condition. The pain which attends a uterine myoma is caused by tension of the uterine wall and by pressure upon adjacent organs, and especially upon nerves. Pressure upon the sciatic nerve on one side will often produce sciatica, which, unless its cause is investigated, is often treated uselessly for months. Intra-uterine myoma is often the cause of ex- pulsive pains which occur at irregular intervals. During the begin- ning of menstruation the symptoms are usually aggravated. Profuse menstruation is the most important symptom in submucous tumors, It is less constantly present in the interstitial form, and is entirely absent in subserous tumors. Menstruation is not only more profuse but the duration of the period is also increased. The loss of blooc not only undermines the patient's general health, but may become a MYOMA. 493 source of danger to life. Hemorrhage is frequently aggravated by the coexistence of adenomata and by great vascularization of the tumor. The menorrhagia is variable in its intensity. Sometimes several months will elapse without undue loss of blood, when, without any obvious cause, the hemorrhage returns with menstruation. In submucous myoma there is present between the menstrual periods a copious catarrhal discharge caused by the great vascularity of the uterine mucosa and the hypertrophic condition of the glandular appendages. The cervix is soft and easily dilatable, and when the tumor has reached the internal os it can readily be discovered by a digital examination. Expulsion of the tumor by uterine contractions and traction upon the tumor not infrequently result in inversion of the uterus. After the tumor has reached the vagina it is exposed to infection ; ulceration and sloughing may occur, and under such cir- cumstances the patient's life is in danger from pyemia and septic peritonitis. The growth of uterine myomata is usually arrested with the cessa- tion of menstruation. The tumors at this time, as a rule, not only cease to grow, but are also reduced in size by fatty degeneration and shrinkage. The danger to be apprehended from uterine myomata is greater if the tumors occur at an early age. The progressive anemia which inevitably attends the repeated hemorrhages and bleeding myomatous tumors of the uterus, and the profuse offensive discharges caused by ulceration and sloughing, have often given rise to mistakes in diagnosis, prognosis, and treatment. Tumors producing such conditions differ clinically from malignant affections principally in the length of time since the first symptoms appeared. The diagnosis of small myomata is always difficult and frequently impossible. An increased localized resistance in some part of the uterine wall is often the only evidence of the existence of a small myoma. As soon as the tumor becomes prominent on the surface of the uterus, its presence can be ascertained by bimanual palpation, as it moves with the uterus, which is not the case if the swelling consists of the remnants of a hematocele or of pelvic peritonitis. Repeated exam- inations are at times necessary to avoid errors in diagnosis. A careful use of the uterine sound is often invaluable in distinguishing between tumors of the uterine wall, ovarian tumors, and inflammatory swellings. It is understood that the use of the sound should be restricted to cases in which a pregnancy can safely be excluded. Auscultation should never be omitted, as in more than one-half of all cases of large uterine myomata a bruit can be heard. The removal of fragments of tissue 494 PATHOLOGY AND TREATMENT OF TUMORS. by harpooning is a harmless procedure if done under proper antiseptic precautions, and the microscopical examination of sections made from such fragments is of great value in differentiating between a benign and a malignant tumor of the uterus. Digital exploration of the uterine cavity for submucous myomata can be done to greatest advantage during menstruation, as at this time the cervix is most dilatable. If the tumor involve one of the lips of the cervix, its presence should be suspected if the lip is enlarged and unusually vascular. If the tumor in this locality is large, it is often difficult, if not impossible, to find the os uteri, which may be displaced above the pubes or against the prom- ontory of the sacrum, according to whether the tumor involves the posterior or the anterior lip. The greatest difficulties are often encountered in making a differen- tial diagnosis between myofibroma and pregnancy. Numerous are the instances in which experienced surgeons have opened the abdominal cavity with the expectation of removing a myofibroma or an ovarian tumor, when a direct examination revealed a pregnancy. Such mis- takes have frequently been made, and will continue to be made in the future. The surgeon is often misled by misstatements on the part of the patient. Exploratory laparotomy will occasionally be resorted to in settling the doubt in certain obscure cases : this is as far as the sur- geon should go. After the abdomen has been opened and the uterus exposed to sight and touch, it is not difficult to recognize a pregnant uterus. The thoughtless use of the trocar under such circumstances has brought great reproach upon surgery in many a community. The writer has twice been in the unenviable position of having to close the abdomen over a pregnant uterus : in one instance a double uterus mis- led him, and in the other a pregnancy was overlooked in a woman over fifty years of age who had not borne children for twenty-five years. Fortunately, both patients recovered without any untoward symptoms, and were delivered at full term of healthy children. In myoma the resistance is greater than that of a pregnant uterus, and the swelling is more circumscribed. In pregnancy the lower segment of the uterus presents a characteristic bluish-red color, and both uterine arteries are enlarged — conditions that are not present to the same degree in myoma. Examination of the breasts should never be omitted Repeated examinations are often necessary to exclude the possibility of a pregnancy. In doubtful cases not calling for prompt active interference it is advisable to postpone operative measures until a sufficient time has elapsed to exclude a pregnancy. If for any reason it is deemed necessary to establish a positive diagnosis, an explora- tory laparotomy is justifiable, but the trocar should not be used unti. MYOMA. 495 by careful examination the possibility of a pregnancy can safely be excluded. The affections that call for special attention in the differential diag- nosis of uterine myoma are retroflexion, endometritis and parenchym- atous metritis, hematocele, pelvic peritonitis, ovarian tumors, pyosal- pinx and hydrosalpinx, chronic inversion of the uterus, retroperito- neal tumors, and malignant tumors of the uterus. Myofibromata of the uterus appear more frequently as multiple tumors than as an iso- lated affection, and, unless the uterus has become adherent, if it is the seat of multiple tumors the nodulated mass is movable. Chronic inversion can readily be distinguished, by the use of the sound, from partial or complete inversion produced by a myoma. In affections of the ovaries and tubes the swelling can usually be separated from the uterus, especially if the patient be examined under the influence of an anesthetic, which should never be omitted in doubtful cases. Prognosis. — The prognosis of myofibroma of the uterus is more grave than is generally supposed. Winckel's statistics show that in about 10 per cent, of all cases death ensues after a longer or shorter duration of the affection. Hemorrhage and uremia are the most fre- quent immediate causes of death. The profound anemia which is such a common occurrence in submucous tumors is incompatible with the performance of important functions for any length of time, and, besides, a chronic progressive anemia engenders fatal complications, such as thrombosis, embolism, and pulmonary cedema. In rare cases the patients succumb to the immediate effects of hemorrhage alone, when death is usually preceded by convulsions and coma. Organic disease of the kidneys is produced by compression of the ureters. If the tumor distends the abdominal cavity, death results in consequence of dyspnea caused by compression of the contents of the thorax. Infection of the tumor has resulted in death from sepsis, pyemia, peritonitis, and ex- haustion from prolonged suppuration. In other cases death is pro- duced by the complications arising from abortion or from delivery at full term. In 119 cases of myomata of the uterus complicated by pregnancy, collected by Soloczinow, in 21 cases the patients aborted, and in 98 they were delivered at full term. It has been observed that tumors that remained perhaps stationary for a long time begin to grow rapidly during pregnancy. This is particularly true of the soft variety and of cavernous myoma. Both these forms of uterine myoma are interstitial, and hence become sur- rounded on all sides with large blood-vessels which develop during pregnancy. A great deal has been said regarding the spontaneous disappearance 496 PATHOLOGY AND TREATMENT OF TUMORS. of uterine tumors and the curative effects of certain non-operative measures. A myoma seldom if ever diminishes in size during the active sexual life of the patient, whereas the menopause, whether nat- ural or brought about by the removal of the uterine appendages, ha; a decided influence in arresting further tumor-growth, and is usually followed by fatty degeneration of the muscular fibres and shrinkage if not total disappearance, of the tumor. Virchow thinks it unlikely that complete disappearance by retrograde metamorphoses ever takes place, and it has never, to the writer's knowledge, been proved by dis- section. The muscular fibres under favorable circumstances degenerate and are removed by absorption, but the connective-tissue stroma remains ; hence it is the soft myomata that are diminished in size under conditions which induce fatty degeneration of the parenchyma of the tumor. The liability of a myofibroma to undergo transformation into a sarcoma has repeatedly been referred to. Virchow has described a number of such cases. A most interesting case of malignant trans- formation of a myoma of the stomach has been reported by Brodowski. The tumor, after it had undergone this transition, caused myosarcoma- tous metastatic deposits in the liver. The metastasis of muscle-fibre is almost unique, but it has been observed in a case of myosarcoma of the kidney that produced similar metastatic deposits in the dia- phragm (Eberth). The prognosis of the operative treatment of myofibroma of the uterus has become vastly better since aseptic surgery has more gen- erally been adopted, and since the technique of the different operative procedures has been so decidedly improved during the last ten years. Only twelve years ago laparo-hysterectomy had a mortality of from 30 to 35 per cent, in the hands of expert surgeons; to-day the mortality probably does not exceed 10 per cent., and some operators have reduced it to 5 per cent. The success of the operative treatment will be improved with a better selection of cases and a still more improved technique of the different operative procedures. Treatment. — The treatment of uterine myofibroma should not be neglected, as much can be done in retarding the growth of the tumor by rational treatment. All measures that diminish the blood-supply to the uterus are calculated to diminish tissue-proliferation, and thus retard tumor-growth. The patient must be advised to avoid active exercise, such as dancing, skating, horseback riding, or the climbing of heights, and should remain the greater part of the time in the recum- bent position during menstruation. Constipation is a common evil ir nearly all patients suffering from uterine myoma. The bowels shoulc MYOMA. 497 be kept in a soluble condition by the administration of saline laxatives, enemata, or by the use of glycerin suppositories. If pain is a con- spicuous symptom, it should be controlled by the administration of the milder narcotics, such as potassic bromide, hyoscyamus, and belladonna. Preparations of opium and of chloral hydrate must be used with the greatest caution and restriction, lest patients become habituated to their use. Warm baths are nearly always beneficial and grateful to the patients. The use of pessaries is occasionally indicated if the uterus has become displaced, and can be replaced and held in its normal posi- tion by a proper mechanical support. The internal use of ergot was strongly recommended by the late M. H. Byford. Favorable results were also obtained by its subcutaneous administration in the clinic of Hildebrandt at Konigsberg. The writer believes the general experience in the use of this drug coincides with that of Winckel, who states that he has observed in several instances, under the prolonged use of ergot, decided diminution in the size of the tumor, but in none of them was there a complete disappearance. Ergot has little or no effect in the treatment of hard myofibromata. Its therapeutic value as a palliative is limited to the soft myomatas and teleangiectatic varieties. Large and long-continued doses not infre- quently produce ergotism, especially in very anemic patients. The writer has found a combination of ergotin, extract of nux vomica, and sulphate of iron to be of more value in checking hemorrhage than ergot alone. Parenchymatous injections of ergotin, as advised and practised by Delore, have yielded no better results than the internal or subcutaneous use of this drug; besides, the procedure is attended by considerable risk of infection. Curetting of the uterine cavity has yielded good results in diminish- ing the hemorrhage. The effect of this treatment is particularly well marked if the mucous membrane is the seat of adenomata, as is so often the case. The insertion of strips of gauze saturated with tincture of the sesquichloride of iron into the uterine cavity has also been found useful in diminishing the hemorrhage. Hot vaginal douches have also proved beneficial. The tincture of digitalis alone or in combination with ergot has a well-earned reputation for diminishing hemorrhage, especially in patients suffering at the same time from a weak heart. During the interval between the menstrual periods the different prepa- rations of iron with strychnia have a salutary effect. In patients greatly reduced from repeated and severe hemorrhages intravenous infusions of a physiological solution of salt will be indicated if stimulation by ordinary means is not sufficient to maintain the requisite degree of intravascular tension. 49 8 PATHOLOGY AND TREATMENT OF TUMORS. • ^ t I Electrolysis has had quite an extended trial, but it has not yielded the anticipated results. Kimbal and Cutter inserted strong needles seven and a half inches in length not far apart into the substance of the tumor and passed through 1 i them the electrical current. In 2 cases death resulted from peri- tonitis ; in 23 the tumor is said to have diminished in size ; in 10 no effect whatever was pro- duced. Apostoli and his followers have revived this treatment, and have claimed that in some in- stances the tumor disappeared completely. Apostoli increased the strength of the current from 100 milliamperes, used first, to 250 milliamperes. One of the poles is applied to the abdomen by means of a moist clay elec- trode, and the other pole is intro- duced into the uterine cavity in the form of an insulated sound. The electrode is pushed into the substance of the organ " after preliminary puncture where we desire to hasten the demolition of the neoplasm, or where the cervix is impermeable or inaccess- ible." It is difficult to conceive in what way complete removal of the tumor is accomplished. That electrolysis combined with rest will diminish hemorrhage and in a certain percentage of cases bring aboul reduction in the size of the tumor no one will deny, but as a curative measure its claims have been, to say the least, over-estimated. Ir many cases the treatment has produced complications that proved fatal and in others it has necessitated operative treatment. The reputatior of this method of treatment will diminish with the improved result: following operative procedure. Operative Treatment. — Myomata of the lower segment of the uterus accessible from the vagina should be removed by enucleation The use of the ecraseur and of the galvano-caustic wire should be I Fig. 351. — Apostoli's uterine electrode : A, natural size of the instrument; a, ordinary hysterometer ; b, trocar for puncture ;/, notch marking average depth of uterus ; b and c, entire instrument, reduced to one- third size, in c, celluloid handle, to protect the vagina ; e, electrode ; d, thumb-screw, to regulate length of exposed sound ; d, carbon electrode for galvano-chem- ical cautery, one-third size. MYOMA. 499 displaced by this operation. In cases of intra-uterine tumors the adjustment of the wire is attended by the greatest difficulties, and not infrequently there is left a part of the tumor, which is responsible for many recurrences of pedunculated benign tumors. The twisting off of a pedunculated growth if the pedicle is narrow is usually attended by satisfactory results, but the operation of enucleation is applicable in all such cases and is attended by less risk. Vaginal Enucleation. — This operation is the ideal one in all cases in which the base of the tumor can be reached. In tumors of the cervix and in pedunculated tumors of the uterine cavity the base of the tumor can be reached without much difficulty. The tumor should be brought down as far as possible by the use of one or more vulsellum forceps, when the mucous membrane covering the pedicle is divided by a circular incision sufficiently far away from the attached part of the pedicle to allow the cuff of mucous membrane to cover the entire wound after the enucleation has been com- pleted. The mucous membrane is then detached with a pair of blunt-pointed scissors or with Pozzi's enucle- ator (Fig.352). Very little hemorrhage is caused during this part of the operation. By reflection of the cuff of mucous membrane the pedicle, containing the principal blood-vessels of the tumor, is reduced considerably in size, and at the same time the capsule of the tumor is exposed thoroughly at the base of the tumor. The tumor is then enucleated if the pedicle is broad, or if it is narrow the tumor is wrenched from its base by twisting it around its axis. The danger of hemorrhage attending this opera- tion has been over-estimated greatly. If the mucous membrane is divided by a circular incision and reflected, and the tumor is removed by the use of blunt instruments or by torsion, the hemorrhage is very slight. After the removal of the tumor the wound is tamponed with a long F,G - 332 -, — Pozzi " s 1 ° enucleator. strip of iodoform gauze, which is allowed to remain for three or four days. After the removal of the gauze the mucous mem- brane will cover the granulating surface, and healing of the entire wound is effected in a few days. The writer has enucleated in this manner tumors the size of a child's head attached by a pedicle to the fundus of the uterus. If the pedicle is short, traction upon the tumor sufficient to partially invert the uterus will facilitate the operation. After the removal of the tumor the in- version usually corrects itself, otherwise the fundus is pushed into its 500 PATHOLOGY AND TREATMENT OF TUMORS. normal position. If the tumor occupies either the anterior or posterioi lip and is sessile or interstitial, it is exposed by an incision parallel witr the long axis of the uterus, and as soon as its capsule has been reachec it is grasped with vulsellum forceps and is removed by enucleation Care must be exercised to make the blunt dissection close to the capsule, as otherwise the laceration of uterine tissue might result in troublesome hemorrhage. Vaginal Myomotomy. — If the tumor is too large to be removed through the vagina by enucleation, it often becomes necessaiy tc remove the growth by fragmentation or morcelkmait. Pean, who practised this operation on a large scale and carried its indications to their utmost limits, successfully removed through the vagina by this method many large myomata which other surgeons would have attacked by an abdominal section. The operation is especially intended for sessile and interstitial myofibromata of the body of the uterus. Pean employs in this operation forceps of special construction Fig. 353.' — Pean's forceps, serrated and with teeth, for morcellation of myofibromata. (Fig. 353), with which he performs morcellation of the tumor. It is the object of the operation to remove the tumor piecemeal, and not by enucleation. The tumor is attacked from the centre, and fragments are removed in the direction of the periphery until all tumor-tissue has been removed. The first step of the operation consists in rendering the tumor accessible. This is done by detaching the cervix in the same manner as in performing a vaginal hysterectomy, only that opening of the peritoneal cavity is carefully avoided. Hemorrhage during this step of the operation is controlled by the use of hemostatic forceps. After the cervix has been isolated it is incised, and the incision is carried intc the uterus as far as the tumor. The tumor is then carefully located with the finger, after which the morcellation is begun in the centre of the growth. The vagina is retracted by elbow retractors, so as tc MYOMA. 50I expose the field of operation as thoroughly as possible for the fingers and forceps. When the tumor has been reached it is drawn down with vulsellum forceps and a deep incision is made into it parallel with its long axis. The sides of the tumor are then grasped with forceps, retracted, and fragment after fragment is drawn down with forceps and removed with scissors or with a bistoury (Fig. 354). Fig. 354. — Removal of myofibroma by morcellement (after Pean). After the removal of the lower part of the tumor by this method the upper portion can often be detached by traction and twisting. Bleeding vessels are caught with forceps and tied. When the tumor is very large, Pean excises the two cervical lips, and after the removal of the tumor sews the lips of the vaginal wound. If the peritoneal cavity is opened, Pean advises that the wound should be closed with sutures. If more than one tumor is present, the operation is repeated until all the tumors are removed. After the removal of the tumor, if the cervical lips have not been amputated — which is necessary only in exceptional cases — the cavity is cleansed thoroughly by mopping, and after hemorrhage has been attended to carefully it is packed with a long strip of iodoform gauze. If compression-forceps are used in arresting the hemorrhage, they are removed after thirty-six or forty- eight hours. The cervical as well as the circular incision is closed by 502 PATHOLOGY AND TREATMEN1 OF TUMORS suturing. The iodoform-gauze tampon is brought out of the cervix into the vagina. There can be but little doubt that Pean and his followers have carried vaginal myomotomy by morcellation too far. The average aseptic surgeon will obtain better results by laparotomy than by piece- meal extraction if the tumors are large, multiple, and subperitoneal. The operation, however, has a legitimate field, and it will undoubtedly find favor with many operators. Vaginal Hysterectomy. — Removal of the entire uterus for myofi- broma has been performed by Pean, Sanger, Richelot, Terrier, Leopold, and others. The mortality has been about 13 per cent. Tumors not too large to be removed through the vagina should be removed by enucleation or morcellement — operations that have yielded better results than vaginal hysterectomy, and with less mutilation. Laparotomy. — The removal of myofibromata through an abdominal incision or the removal of the uterine appendages to arrest further tumor-growth is indicated in cases of myofibromata in which vaginal operations are inapplicable and the tumors threaten to destroy life, or incapacitate the patient from following her occupation, or cause sufficient suffering to warrant an operation. Contraindications are cessation of growth of the tumor, unimpaired health of the patient, and advanced age. If a tumor at the menopause causes no serious inconvenience, conservative treatment should be pursued. Soft myomata are more frequently subjected to operative treatment than hard tumors, because, as a rule, they grow more rapidly and occur more frequently in the young than in women approaching the menopause. Abdominal section for myofibroma should be done under the same strict aseptic precautions as in other operations requiring opening of the abdominal cavity. The patient should be placed on a course of pre- liminary treatment, including a daily warm bath, laxatives, and a restricted diet, for at least three or four days before the operation. Salpingo-oophorectomy. — The removal of the uterine appendages is indicated in the operative treatment of myofibroma of the uterus in which enucleation is impossible and the tumor or tumors have not pro- duced serious pressure-symptoms. Arrest of menstruation, effected by the removal of the uterine adnexa, exerts the same effect on uterine myofibroma as the natural menopause. The tumors, as a rule, not only cease to grow, but also are materially reduced in size by fatty degene- ration and shrinkage. Salpingo-oophorectomy yields the best results ir soft multiple myomata occurring in women from twenty to thirty-five years of age. The danger attending this operation in well-selected case; is very small. The first operation of this kind for uterine myoma was MYOMA. 503 performed in 1876 by Trenholme. Tait and Hegar prefer it to other operations in the majority of cases. If the uterus is movable and the tumors are not large, the uterine appendages can be removed through Fig. 355. — Hegar's forceps for cauterizing the pedicle in castration : a, upper surface : b, under surface with ivory plat?. a two-inch median incision. If the ovaries are imbedded in inflamma- tory adhesions, it is often exceedingly difficult to find and isolate them. Under such circumstances it is advisable to enlarge the incision to the Fig. 356. — Castration (after Pozzi): the tube and the ovary are seized in Hegar's forceps; the ligature is passed around the pedicle by a blunt needle. requisite extent, so that the surgeon can not only feel but see what he is doing. The operation will prove of value only if every vestige of ovarian tissue is removed or destroyed. For this reason many opera- 504 PATHOLOGY AND TREATMENT OF TUMORS. tors advise that the stumps should be cauterized thoroughly after the ovaries and the tubes have been removed. For this purpose a forceps of suitable construction should be employed (Fig. 355). The pedicle below the forceps, consisting of the broad ligament, the Fallopian tube, and the ovarian ligament, should be transfixed with a blunt needle armed with medium-sized Chinese silk ; the silk is then cut in the centre and each part is tied on its respective side, after which one of the liga- tures is made to encircle the whole pedicle. The tying must be done slowly and with jerks, so that the ligatures may cut their way deeply into the tissues to prevent slipping. The ligatures are then cut short to the knot. The cauterization of the stump outside the compression-forceps is an additional safeguard against hemorrhage, and frequently destroys ovarian tissue that has escaped the scissors. For the purpose of aiding the mummification of the stump the writer has been in the habit of covering it with a thin film of iodoform before dropping it into the abdominal cavity. Wiedow collected 149 cases of castration for myofibroma, and found that in 54 cases the tumors underwent shrinkage and hemorrhages ceased. In 15 cases the result was fatal. The mortality of this opera- tion has been reduced greatly since Wiedow's statistics, and at the present time probably does not exceed 5 per cent. Menstruation is either arrested at once by the operation, and with it the hemorrhages, or it ceases a few months later. The writer has seen tumors the size of a fist shrink to the size of a hen's egg in the course of three or four months after the operation. Laparo-myomectomy. — In pedunculated intraperitoneal myofibroma of the uterus the pedicle should be transfixed and securely tied, close to the uterus, with medium-sized Chinese silk. As little of the uterine tissue as possible should be included in the ligatures. The uterine tissue in the vicinity of a tumor is always quite vascular and is easily cut by the ligature — an accident which is invariably followed by trouble- some hemorrhage. In a case where this occurred the writer was forcec to suture the margins of the wound to the parietal peritoneum of th< margins of the external wound, when he was able to make efficien use of the antiseptic tampon, which was placed over the now extra peritoneal wound and compressed under the deep sutures which con trolled the hemorrhage. Two days after the operation the suture: were cut and re-tied after the removal of the tampon. Intraperitoneal Enucleation. — This operation is adapted for singli tumors of moderate size. The uterus should be brought well forwan into the wound and be surrounded by a gauze compress wrung out ol MYOMA. 505 warm sterilized water. As a provisional hemostatic precaution the uterus is constricted by an elastic cord above the cervix (Fig. 357). The uterine tissue covering the tumor is then incised at a point where Fig. 357. — Enucleation of an interstitial myoma ; A, disposition of sutures after enucleation (after Pozzi). the large vessels can be avoided, when the tumor can easily be shelled out from its bed with the fingers or with the aid of blunt instruments. Occasionally strong septa of fibrous tissue passing from the adjacent tissues into the tumor have to be cut with scissors. Bleeding points are at once ligated with catgut. When the cavity is large Martin uses a cross-drain passed through the cervix into the vagina. The cavity is closed by several rows of catgut sutures, as shown in Figure 357, a. It has happened in 10 cases out of 16 in Martin's practice that the uterine cavity was opened. He recommends suturing of the mucous membrane with a continuous catgut suture. The writer has had excellent results from tamponing the cavity with a long strip of iodoform gauze which was brought into the vagina through the cervix as shown in Figure 358. The wound over the gauze tampon is sutured in the same manner as after Cesarean section. The gauze tampon answers an excellent purpose in arresting the Fig. 358. — Vaginal drainage of cavity after intraperitoneal enucle- ation. 506 PATHOLOGY AND TREATMENT OF TUMORS. parenchymatous oozing, and serves also as an efficient capillary drain. It should not be removed before the third or fourth day after operation. In favorable cases several subserous and interstitial myofibromata can be removed successfully by enucleation. Should the hemor- rhage prove troublesome, the wound can be made extraperitoneal by suturing the margins of the visceral wound to the margins of the external wound, after which the hemorrhage can be controlled by the antiseptic tampon placed under the provisional deep su- tures. Laparo-hysterectomy. — Laparo-hysterectomy has been performed too frequently in the treatment of myofibromata. It is a mutilating opera- tion, and as such it should be limited to cases not amenable to success- ful treatment by less heroic measures. The operation includes the removal of a part or the whole of the uterus with the tumors in one mass. This operation is undergoing rapid changes in its technique. The methods now being discussed and advocated by different surgeons are — (i) Complete laparo-hysterectomy; (2) Partial hysterectomy with intraperitoneal treatment of the stump ; and (3) Partial hysterectomy with extraperitoneal treatment of the stump. Complete Abdominal Hysterectomy. — Bar, Krug, and others have taken advantage of Trendelenburg's position in the complete removal of the uterus for myofibroma. The operation is not a difficult one, as, after tying off the broad ligaments and ligation of the uterine arteries, hemorrhage is under control, and Trendelenburg's position secures ready access to the floor of the pelvis in suturing the pelvic wound. It is well known, however, that myofibromata of the uterus, with few exceptions, involve the upper part of the organ, and that the cervix and the lower part of the uterus are free, and do not require removal on account of pathological indications. The best surgery is always conservative surgery. In operations for benign tumors healthy organs or parts of healthy organs should not be sacrificed unnecessarily. Tht writer is inclined to believe, notwithstanding the satisfactory results of this operation so far as the mortality is concerned, that its popularity will be of short duration. Laparo-hysterectomy with Intra-abdominal Treatment of the Pedicle — This operation, which was introduced by Schroder, has been but littlt modified since his time. The broad ligaments in each side are tied ofl with two or three separate ligatures of silk or with the chain ligatun (Fig. 359) before they are cut between the ligatures and compression forceps on the uterine side. After the uterus has been brought wel forward upon the surface of the abdomen it is constricted above th< cervix with a strong rubber cord. The uterus is then surrounded witl MYOMA. 507 compresses of guaze, which are also made use of to prevent intestinal prolapse. The incisions through the uterus below the tumors are then made behind and in front in an oblique downward direction, Fig. 359.— Chain ligature (after Pozzi) : A, separate ligatures as introduced, showing the method of looping: B, the same, tied. so that the lower portion of the part removed presents the shape of a wedge. All visible vessels are tied. The mucous membrane below the cone-shaped excision, to the depth of half an inch or Fig. 360. — Schroder's intraperitoneal suture of pedicle : 5, deep suture, passed at once under the whole bleeding surface; C, continuous suture of catgut in different terraces, bringing together the whole wounded surface, whose lower portion is marked by the heavy line a a, formed by the cauterized uterine cavity; P, peritoneal investment. more, is either cauterized or excised, after which the wound is sewed transversely with several rows of catgut, as shown in Figure 360. 5 o8 PATHOLOGY AND TREATMENT OF TUMORS. Fig. 361. — Vaginal drainage with a cross tube after abdominal hysterectomy (after Martin). The last row of sutures brings the serous surfaces over the wounc in accurate contact (Fig. 361). After a careful toilet the pedick is dropped and the external in- cision is closed. The two greal dangers which attend this opera- tion are hemorrhage and sepsis Martin aimed to reduce these dangers to a minimum by estab- lishing drainage from the cul-de- sac into the vagina. The danger of infection is always greater when the uterine cavity is opened. Schroder's operation is an ideal one, and it is to be hoped that the technique will become so perfect that it will yield as good results as when the pedicle is treated by the extraperitoneal method. Laparo-hysterectomy with Ex- traperitoneal Treatment of the Ped- icle. — The extraperitoneal treatment of the pedicle aims to eliminate or to minimize the danger from hemorrhage and sepsis. G. Kimball first proposed abdominal hysterectomy for interstitial myofibroma, and his patient recovered. He was followed by Koeberle and Pean in rapid succession. The uterus is liberated in the manner described above. Elastic constriction as a prophylactic hemostatic agent is also employed. Koeberle secured the pedicle with an instrument of his own device, the serve nceud, which is still quite extensively used. It is a miniature wire ecraseur, with which he constricted the pedicle, tight- ening the wire loop from time to time until it cut its way through the tissues ; this result was generally accomplished in from twenty to twenty-five days. Hegar modified the operation in so far that he excluded the peritoneal cavity from the mortifying stump by suturing the pedicle below the constricting elastic ligature to the parietal perito- neum of the margin of the wound ; this modification marked a decided advance in the extraperitoneal treatment of the pedicle. Koeberle's wire loop and the elastic ligature used by most surgeons in the extra- peritoneal treatment of the pedicle to control hemorrhage and to effect gradual division of the pedicle are objectionable, as they invariably give rise to necrosis or sloughing of the stump — a condition which has been a frequent remote source of infection and of ventral hernia, and which prevents rapid healing of the wound. MYOMA. 509 If the amputation has to be done close to the cervix in cases in which the uterus is not much elongated, harmful and painful tension has been one of the drawbacks of Hegar's operation. The writer aimed to overcome this difficulty by making, below the level of the rectum, through the broad ligaments, a peritoneal cuff long enough to permit the balance of the pedicle to recede, and at the same time to shut out completely the peritoneal cavity. A circular incision is made through the peritoneum, at a point corresponding with that at which the broad ligaments have been divided. The peritoneum is then, with the fingers and by means of blunt instruments, peeled off from the pedicle to the point at which it is desired to apply the elastic constrictor — that is, beyond the limits of the part to be removed. If the incision is not extended into the muscular tissues, this part of the operation is attended by very little hemorrhage. The peritoneal cuff is now sutured with catgut to the parietal peritoneum all around in the lower angle of the incision, and the balance of the incision is closed (Fig. 362). A solid Fig. 362. — Extraperitoneal abdominal hyster- ectomy: elastic constrictor in place; balance of wound sutured. Fig. 363. — Extraperitoneal abdominal hysterectomy : operation completed. rubber cord is now tied firmly around the denuded pedicle, and the uterus is amputated about an inch above it. Thorough cauteriza- tion of the stump and of the uterine cavity as far as the elastic ligature is advisable. Gauze is now packed around the pedicle as far as the bottom of the peritoneal cuff, after which the usual external dressing is applied (Fig. 363). As the pedicle is not fixed with pins or needles, it sinks back and all tension is avoided. The writer made nineteen con- secutive operations by this method, and not only did all the patients recover, but they never complained of a single untoward symptom. ;io PATHOLOGY AND TREATMENT OF TUMORS. The ligature with the stump usually came away about the twenty-fifth day, after which the wound rapidly healed. This peritoneal cuff is transformed into a solid string which makes no traction on the scar, anc which so far has not given rise to ventral hernia. The only drawback of this method of operating is the inevitable necrosis or sloughing of the stump, something in common with Hegar's and Koeberle's operations. The writer has recently abandoned the elastic ligature, and instead has resorted to ligation of the uterine arteries and suturing of the cut surface ; the results have been very satisfactory. The operation is performed in the manner just described until after the amputation of the uterus. The elastic constrictor may be Fig. 364. — Extraperitoneal abdominal hysterectomy without the use of the elastic constrictor or the wire loop : operation completed. dispensed with if both uterine arteries are tied immediately after they are divided, and parenchymatous oozing is arrested by suturing the cut surface with several rows of catgut sutures. A small strip of mucous membrane is then excised, after which the cut surfaces are brought together with several rows of catgut sutures (Fig. 364). The pedicle is accessible at all times in case of hemorrhage. By abandoning the elastic ligature sloughing of the stump is avoided and the wound heals by primary intention. The space around the sutured pedicle is packed with iodoform gauze. Secondary sutures are in place, and are pro- MYOMA. 5" visionally tied in a loop over the gauze packing. On the second day the gauze is removed and the sutures are tied. A little oozing has been observed in several cases operated upon by this method. In some of the cases the external gauze dressing had to be changed at the end of the first twenty-four hours. All the patients operated upon by this method recovered without any compli- cations whatever. Until the intraperitoneal treatment of the pedicle has been made safer, the writer regards this method of disposing of the pedicle preferable, as it gives the surgeon access to it should any complications set in. Broad Ligament. — Myofibroma of the uterus not infrequently extends between the folds of the broad ligaments, and the tumor becomes in part intraligamentous, greatly complicating the operations for its removal. As the connective tissue of the broad ligament con- tains unstriped muscular fibres, it is not surprising that occasionally there is met with in this locality a myoma which has developed inde- pendently of the uterus. Tumors in the broad ligament seldom attain great size and usually give rise to but little disturbance, but occasion- Fig. 365.— Myoma of the broad ligament (after Sutton) : f, Fallopian tubes ; o, ovaries ; u, uterus ; c, cysts. ally they rapidly increase in size and produce pressure-symptoms which may require operative interference. The tumors occurred in women past thirty-five years of age in the eleven cases so far reported. In one instance the tumor weighed sixteen pounds ; usually the tumors did not exceed the size of a fist (Fig. 365). 5 J 2 PATHOLOGY AND TREATMENT OF TUMORS. It would be next to impossible to diagnosticate a myoma of the broad ligament without an exploratory laparotomy. If such a tumoi is revealed by an exploratory laparotomy and its removal is deemec necessary, this should be done by enucleation. Large vessels should be avoided so far as possible in cutting down upon the tumor. The enucleation is to be done exclusively with the fingers and with blunt instruments. If the cavity is not large, the wound can be sutured after the hemorrhage has been arrested completely. If parenchymatous oozing is troublesome or if the cavity is large, drainage into the vagina by means of a cross-tube, as advised by Martin and Kaltenbach, should be resorted to (Fig. 366). The wound is sutured throughout with special Fig. 366. — Myofibroma in the broad ligament: decortication and suture of the cavity and drainage by the vagina (after Martin). reference to bringing the serous surfaces in accurate apposition. Infec- tion from the vagina is prevented by iodoform-gauze packing, which should also embrace the distal end of the tube. The drain may be removed as soon as all discharge from it has ceased. Fig. 367. — Subserous myofibroma of Fallopian tube (after Winckel). Fallopian Tube. — -Myofibroma of the Fallopian tube is exceedingly rare. Winckel describes such a specimen (Fig. 367). In this instance MYOMA. 513 the tumor was small, oblong, and immediately underneath the peri- toneum. Sutton saw only one specimen, and in this case the myoma was associated with dermoid cyst of one of the ovaries (Fig. 368). The Fig. 368. — Myoma of the Fallopian tube (after Sutton). tumor, which was of the size and shape of a Tangerine orange, involved the whole thickness of the tube. Alimentary Canal. — Myomatous tumors of the alimentary canal are rare. Pharynx. — Myomata of the posterior wall of the pharynx have been described by Middeldorpf. They are either sessile or pedunculated. The sessile tumors cause pressure-symptoms of various kinds accord- ing to their size and location. Polypoid growths, from their mobility, often produce acute attacks of dyspnea, and even death, when they become displaced into the entrance of the pharynx. They should be removed with the galvano-caustic wire, as their point of attachment is usually so low down that arrest of hemorrhage by other measures usually proves inefficient. The tumor is made accessible by exciting vomiting ; the tumor is then seized and drawn out at one angle of the mouth, when the wire loop is pushed over it and adjusted. (Esophagus. — Hilton Fagge reports the cure of a myomatous tumor of the oesophagus in a man thirty-eight years of age. The tumor was situated in the anterior wall just below the level of the bifurcation of the trachea. Virchow refers to a specimen which he found at the 514 PATHOLOGY AND TREATMENT OF TUMORS. cardiac end of the oesophagus. In neither of these cases was the tumor pedunculated. Stomach. — Virchow makes the statement that myomata are more frequent in the stomach than in any other part of the digestive tract. We have already referred to a myoma of the stomach that was con- verted into a sarcoma. If the tumor should occupy the pyloric extremity and produce obstruction, a gastro-enterostomy should be performed in preference to making an attempt to remove the tumor by enucleation or by excision. Small Intestines. — Myoma of the small intestines has been described by Flenier, Aufrecht, Wesener, and Bottcher. In Flenier's case the tumor produced invagination, and enterectomy was performed success- fully by Czerny. In nearly all cases which have so far been reported the tumors were located in the upper part of the intestinal canal. Rectum. — The rectum is more frequently the seat of myoma than any other part of the intestinal canal. On the mucous surface the tumors appear either as sessile tumors or as polypoid growths. Konig removed a pedunculated tumor in the region of the prostate gland in a man ; in a girl eighteen years of age he removed a myoma- tous tumor with a long pedicle. A few years ago the writer removed by laparotomy a subserous myoma from the rectum of a woman forty-five years old. The probable diagnosis was either a peduncu- lated myofibroma of the uterus or a dermoid cyst of the ovary. The tumor, which had been growing for ten years, was movable. From its size it produced distressing pressure-symptoms. On opening the abdominal cavity a smooth, hard, movable tumor was found, covered by peritoneum. In seeking for its attachment a broad pedicle was found behind the uterus and extending in the direction of the pelvis. Uterus, ovaries, and tubes were normal. The peritoneum was incised where the pedicle appeared to be narrowest, and the tumor was enucle- ated. As soon as the tumor was removed gas escaped, and an exam- ination revealed, in the anterior wall of the rectum, an opening large enough to admit two fingers. With a moist compress the intestines were protected, and after cleansing the wound an attempt was made tc close the opening by suturing. Owing to the depth of the rectal open- ing the suturing was unsatisfactory. A large drain was placed vis-a-vu with the sutured place and was brought out at the lower angle of tht wound. Iodoform gauze was packed around the tube. The remain- ing part of the external incision was sutured. On the second day ga: and feces escaped ; otherwise there were no untoward symptoms. Th< intestinal fistula swelled in the course of a few weeks, after which th< patient recovered quickly and perfectly, and remains well at the presen MYOMA. 515 time. Microscopical examination of sections of the tumor showed the typical structure of myofibroma. Bladder. — According to Virchow, myoma of the bladder can develop only in the prostatic portion of the urethra and the base of the bladder. Belfield's investigations have shown that myomata of the bladder not only occur as tumors projecting into the bladder, but that they also may grow in the direction of the perivesical tissues. Knox and Gussenbauer observed cystic degeneration in vesical myomata, and Volkmann observed partial necrosis. Konig removed through a perineal incision a tumor the size of a pigeon's egg from the caput gallinaginis in a boy twelve years old. Volkmann removed a similar tumor by suprapubic cystotomy. XXVII. NEUROMA. Definition. — A neuroma is a tumor composed of nerve-tissue pro- duced from a matrix of neuroblasts or fibroblasts, according to the anatomical structure of the tumor. Virchow made a distinction between benign nerve-tumors according as the tumor is composed of medul- lated or of non-medullated nerve-fibres, designating the former neur- oma myelinicum, and the latter neuroma amyeliniatm. This anatomical distinction is retained at the present time. By far the greatest number of benign tumors of the nerves belong to the amyelinic variety, as they do not contain a numerical increase of medullated nerve-fibres. Some of these tumors have already been discussed in the section on Fibroma. The nerve-sheaths not infrequently contain matrices of fibro- blasts from which true fibromata develop, the pre-existing nerve-fibres being simply an accidental anatomical constituent of the tumor. In other cases the fibrous tissue is more intimately intermingled with terminal nerve-fibres, as in cases of amputation-neuroma. Embryology. — In the embryo the neural canal consists at first of a solid cylinder of epithelial cells developed from the epiblast. During the differentiation of these cells there forms a supporting frame- work of which the neuroblasts constitute the essential element. They are the " germinal cells " of His, and they multiply by karyokinesis. Further differentiation of the neuroblasts results in the formation of ganglion-cells and conducting cells. The conducting cells, which are connected with nerve-fibres and acquire sheaths of greater or lesser thickness, are known as the medullated and the non-medullated fibres. In the central nervous system the connective tissue is represented by neuroglia. Ranvier asserts that the processes of the pia mater and the vessels are surrounded by a sheath of neuroglia. It is, however, difficult to determine just where the connective tissue ends and the neuroglia begins. In the brain and the spinal cord the connective- tissue tumors, benign and malignant, develop from the neuroglia Biirgner and Klebs regard the nuclei and the protoplasm of the sheath of Schwann as neuroblasts. From these neuroblasts new nerve-fibres are produced in the case of myelinic neuroma, and the proliferation from them is concerned in the repair of nerves after injury or disease Histology and Histogenesis. — The structure and origin of a neur- 510 NEUROMA. 517 oma depend upon the nerve-trunk or the part of the central nervous system from which the tumor springs. A tumor produced from nerve- cells or neuroblasts is composed very largely of nerve-tissue, whereas a tumor produced by proliferation of neuroglia or from fibroblasts contained in the nerve-sheath is more akin to a fibroma than to a neuroma. Virchow classifies neuromata as follows : 1. Hyperplastic fascicular neuroma : a. White, containing medullated nerve-fibres ; 1 b. Gray, containing non-medul- v. lated nerve-fibres. 2. Hyperplastic medullary neuroma, usually occurring in the brain or as a congenital tumor. 3. Heteroplastic medullary neuroma, found in the ovary by Virchow and Gray, found in the testicle by Verneuil. The majority of neuromata are simply fibrous tumors lying along the course of a nerve or attached to the nerve-terminations in a stump. True nerve-tumors are most common on the ears, the eyelids, and the side of the face. They usually have a plexiform ap- pearance, and these ramifications can be felt under the skin (Fig. 369). The tumor consists of a fibrous framework through which run bundles of nerve-fibres, some of them completely medullated, others only partially so (Fig. 370). Large gan- glion-cells with characteristic nuclei and nucleoli are also sometimes found im- bedded in the tumor-mass. Waldenstrom, who doubts the correctness of Virchow's idea that a neuroma is composed largely of nerve-fibres without medullary sheath, regards them as fibromata originating from the interstitial connective tissue. Westphal has traced neuromata of the skin to the endoneurium. The nerve-fibres in neurofibromata undergo a change which is conceded by nearly all observers, in that the medullary sheath under- goes atrophy, and that the nerve-sheaths become the seat of hyaline degeneration, which was first noticed and described by Schuster. The enlargement of a nerve-end in amputation-neuroma is due to an abun- dant formation of small myelinic fibres produced from the neuroblasts Fig. 369. — Portion of a neuroma from the right ear (after Bruns). 5i8 PATHOLOGY AND TREATMENT OF TUMORS. which have been exposed for a long time to irritation caused by cica- tricial tissue. It is well known that an amputation-neuroma will only develop in connection with scar-tissue and the irritation incident to the Fig. 370. — Transverse section of a painful subcutaneous tubercle (Surgical Clinic. Rush Medical Col- lege, Chicago): a, fine connective-tissue reticulum; b, axis-cylinders; c, nerve-bundle cut transversely; d, neurilemma, somewhat thickened. conditions producing it. Witzel has recently shown that in many cases the neuroma is found attached to the end of the bone in the stump. The tumor presents itself in the form of a bulbous enlargement of the end of the nerve, which closely resembles a spring onion in outline (Fig. 371). Cross-sections of such tumors show the numerical increase of myelinic nerve-fibres (PI. 12, Fig. 1). Under the same influence the fibroblasts proliferate and greatly increase the amount of connective tissue, producing thus a true neurofibroma. In the majority of cases the tumor is limited and forms the bulbous extremity of the nerve in some instances, as in the case reported by Hayem and Gilbert, the nerve is at this time enlarged for a very considerable distance, the enlargement being due to an abundant formation of small myelinic fibres and to hyperplasia of the pre-existing interstitial connective tissue. Every surgeon of large experience knows that an amputation NEUROMA. Plate i: i. Simple neuroma after amputation (after Koyce) : ,; ;im:I />, nerve-bundles ; c, connective tissue. (Obj . i inch ; osmic acid.) 2. Neuroma of the fourth ventricle (after Klebs). (Nierosin and haematoxylin ; Zeiss, r V, 2.) NEUROMA. 519 neuroma in some cases is exceedingly prone to return after excision, and these cases are undoubtedly those in which the nerve is enlarged far beyond the bulbous extremity. The writer has known instances in Fig. 371. — Amputation-neuroma (after Karg and Schmorl). Upon the crural nerve ia) is seen the bulbous tumor ib), which has been produced by proliferation of the bundles of nerve-fibres. The tumor is composed of interlacing myelinic nerve-fibres ; at c is seen a bundle of nerve-fibres which is divided into numerous filaments in a downward direction. which such neuromata were excised four and five times, and an early recurrence of the pain, with return of the tumor, followed each opera- tion. In one case a cure was finally effected by excising four inches of the sciatic nerve, far beyond the apparent limits of the tumor. Klebs is of the opinion that neuromata of the central nervous system are not composed, as is usually asserted, of cells derived exclu- sively from neuroglia, but that the nerve-cells take an active part in their development (PL 12, Fig. 2). He consequently regards them not as histioid but as organoid tumors. He proposes the name " neuro- 520 PATHOLOGY AND TREATMENT OF TUMORS. glioma " in place of " glioma." With due deference to the weight oi opinion of this author, it must be maintained that in glioma the neuroglia-proliferation furnishes the bulk of the tumor, and that the nerve-cells constitute an accidental product incident to the increased vascularity caused by the tumor-formation. The mesenteric nerves are occasionally the seat of diffuse miliary fibromyxomatous neuromata (Fig. 372). Fig. 372. — Miliary fibromyxomatous neuromata of the mesenteric nerves; X 50 (after Perls). In tin nodule (a) the nerve passes unchanged through the centre of the swelling ; in b it is separated by myxomatoui degeneration of the perineurium into two bundles ; in c its fibrillar are separated. Neurofibroma is occasionally diffuse, following different nerve-trunks when it is called a " plexiform neurofibroma." The tumors often attair NEUROMA. 521 great size, imbedding the nerve-trunks in large masses of fibrous tissue (Fig- 373)- Marchand, who reports two cases of this affection, regards the tumor as a cylindrical fibroma of the nerve-sheaths. In one case Fig. 373. — Plexiform neurofibroma of the plexus pudendus and ischiadicus, one-fourth natural size (after O. Weber). The whole mass forms a tumor weighing several pounds. a boy twelve years old, the tumor involved the upper lid of the left eye and the adjacent part of the temporal region ; at the same time it pene- trated deeply into the orbital cavity. It was first noticed when the child was six months old. The second case was a boy eight years old. The tumor was soft, extended from a point behind the right ear in the direc- tion of the temporal region and beyond the parietal eminence, and projected an inch beyond the surrounding skin. The tumor in each case was composed of convoluted cords which contained remnants of 522 PATHOLOGY AND TREATMENT OF TUMORS. nerve-fibres. Schwann's sheath was intact, consequently the tumoi must have developed from the perineurium, with participation of the walls of the blood-vessels. In the only case ofplexiform neurofibroma that has come under the writer's observation, the tumor, which occu- pied the palmar side of the hand and extended along the branches of the median nerve which supply the thumb and the index finger, was several inches in length, quite hard, and presented the characteristic convoluted appearance. The tumor was extirpated, and did not return after the operation. Regressive Metamorphoses. — With the exception of plexiform neurofibroma, benign tumors of nerves do not attain large size. After they reach the size of a hemp-seed or that of a walnut they remain stationary. They are not much disposed to regressive metamorphosis. Besides hyaline and myxomatous degeneration, no other retrograde pathological changes have been observed. The liability of a neuroma to become transformed into a sarcoma is perhaps a little greater than that of a sim- ple fibroma, more especially in cases in which the tumor has undergone myxoma- tous degeneration. Etiology. — In many instances neuroma appears as a congenital tumor, particularly the heterotopic variety and plexiform neur- oma. Plexiform neuroma has usually been met with in young persons, and the growth of the tumor was in most instances referred to infancy or early childhood. The heredity of neuroma, like that of many other forms of benign tumors, is unquestionable. The heredity of multiple neurofibromata is particularly well marked. Chronic inflammatory affections of the nerve-sheaths or of tissues in close proximity to nerve-trunks is a potent exciting cause. The trau- matic influence in the etiology of neuroma is well shown in the case of amputation-neuroma. Wounds and contusions may exert a similar influence in exciting a latent tumor-matrix to active tissue- proliferation. Symptoms and Diagnosis. — The symptoms produced by a neur- oma consist in varying degrees of functional disturbance of the nerves which are the seat of the tumor. With the exception of amputation- neuroma and the subcutaneous painful tubercle, pain and tenderness are not conspicuous symptoms unless the tumor causes nerve-compres- Fig. 374. — Fibromyxomatous tis- sue from specimen shown in Figure 372 ; X 25°- NEUROMA. 523 sion, as when the tumor is located in a bony channel through which the nerve passes. In multiple neurofibromata of the skin pain and ten- derness are usually absent. In some cases in which pain is absent it can be produced by pressure. With the exception of plexiform neur- oma, the tumor is circumscribed, encapsulated, and movable; it is smooth, and often is spindle-shaped. In multiple neurofibromata the diagnosis is not difficult, as tumors can be felt in the course of different nerves. A plexiform neuroma can be distinguished from an arterial angioma by the size of the tumor, by its undergoing no changes under pressure, by placing the part in different positions, and by the absence of pulsations and bruit. Prognosis. — The prognosis in neuroma is favorable, aside from the liability of the tumor to undergo transformation into sarcoma. The tumor does not involve adjacent tissues, and metastasis has never been observed. In the painful varieties the general health of the patient is often undermined by the loss of sleep and by inadequate out-door exercise. The rapid growth of a neuroma that has been sta- tionary for a long time is a probable indication that malignant trans- formation has occurred. Treatment. — Operative treatment in multiple neurofibromata is con- traindicated unless some of the tumors should cause pain by pressure, when, if accessible, such nodules are to be removed by excision. Amputation-neuroma must be excised with the surrounding scar-tissue, and the section of the nerve must be made beyond the limits of the disease. If the nerve above the bulbous tumor is enlarged, it must be followed sufficiently far and excised with the tumor in order to guard against a recurrence of the neuroma. A plexiform neuroma must be excised if all parts of the tumor can be reached, as eventually the tumor may attain great size, and the nerves imbedded in the fibrous mass are destroyed in the course of time. Painful subcutaneous tubercles should be excised. The removal of circumscribed tumors of nerve-trunks must be effected without destroying the continuity of the nerve. This can be done without difficulty by enucleation. After the affected nerve has been exposed the capsule of the tumor is incised in the direction of the nerve-fibres and the tumor is enucleated. The writer recently removed from the median nerve above the wrist- joint a tumor the size of a hickory-nut. The patient was a girl twenty years of age, and the tumor had been growing for five years. It was centrally located. On the surface of the tumor could be seen bundles of nerve-fibres. The capsule of the tumor was incised between the visible nerve-fibres, after which the tumor was enucleated without diffi- culty. The nerve-sheath was sewed with fine catgut. The wound, 524 PATHOLOGY AND TREATMENT OF TUMORS. which was sutured throughout and was then sealed with aseptic cottor and iodoform collodion, healed by primary intention. The pain anc the prickling sensations which the tumor had produced disappearec slowly after the operation. Topography. Multiple Neurofibromata. — Superficial multiple neurofibromata of the skin have been described in the section on Fibroma. The relatior of these tumors to the nerve-sheath was first pointed out by Reckling- hausen. The deeper nerves are occasionally the seat of multiple neuro- fibromata in which nearly all the nerves of the body may become involved. The tumors are due to multiple matrices of fibroblasts 01 of fibroblasts and neuroblasts. Sorzka does not believe that the development of multiple neuro- fibromata is caused by metastasis, as has been claimed by some authors ; he attributes them to a congenital disposition of the nerves, so that the tumors may appear simultaneously or in rapid succession at different points independently of the primary tumor. In nearly all cases the patients were children or young adults. Heusinger records the case of a sailor twenty-three years old in whom all the nerves were affected by numerous nodular enlargements. Not a nerve in the entire body was found normal. The enlargements were caused by increase in the connective tissue. The axis-cylinders were normal. There was neither pain nor tenderness. Prudden reports the case of a girl twenty-five years of age who during convalescence from variola became paraplegic, and during this time multiple neuromata appeared. At the post-mortem more than a thousand tumors were found, affecting not only the peripheral branches and the sympathetic, but also the cranial nerves and the pneumogastric. Under the microscope these tumors showed an enor- mous increase of the intrafascicular as well as the perivascular con- nective-tissue fibres. The nerve-fibres were not increased in size or in number. Only one tumor, in connection with a branch of the lumbar plexus, contained within its capsule cells resembling ganglion-cells of the sympathetic nerve. Virchow collected thirty cases of multiple neurofibromata, which he calls " general neuromatosis." In one case he found five hundred, in others from eight hundred to a thousand, tumors. In multiple neurofibromata operative treatment is contraindicated unless one or more of the tumors, occupying localities in which pain from pressure is produced, are accessible, in which case the tumors should be excised. NEUROMA. 525 Cranial Nerves. — The cranial nerves are frequently the seat of neuromata. If the tumor occupies that part of a nerve which passes through a bony canal, intense pain, usually diagnosticated and treated as neuralgia, is the result (Fig. 375). Sensory nerves are more fre- Fig. 375. — Neuroma of the infraorbital nerve invading the antrum (after SuttonJ. The patient was a woman twenty-two years of age. quently affected than motor nerves. According to Virchow, among the nerves of special sense the acoustic nerve is the most frequent seat of neuroma. Neuroma of the facial nerve is exceedingly rare. Jocqs col- lected sixty-two cases of neuroma of the optic nerve. Myxofibroma is the kind of tumor most frequently found in this locality. Myofibromata do not extend to the globe, but are apt to involve the intracranial por- tion of the nerve. They are painless tumors, but affect and destroy vision at an early stage. Perls has described a true neuroma of the optic nerve the size of a hen's egg. The new nerve-fibres were not supplied, like the normal fibres of the optic nerve, with a nucleated sheath. The specimen showed also that the new nerve-fibres were formed, not by coalescence of spindle-cells, but by prolongations of the individual cells. Toynbee reported several cases of neurofibroma of the acoustic nerve, and in every case the tumor produced progres- sive deafness. Spinal Nerves. — The roots of the spinal nerves are frequently the seat of neuroma. Owing to the depth of the location of the tumor, it is seldom recognized during life. Chavasse reports a case in which the tumor, occupying the cervical region, was removed with a fatal result, the patient dying of septic spinal meningitis. Upper Extremity. — Neuroma of the axillary plexus has been 526 PATHOLOGY AND TREATMENT OF TUMORS. observed and has successfully been removed. The operation in this locality is difficult, owing to the proximity of the large vessels and to the number of large nerve-trunks. The ulnar, radial, and median nerves are more favorably situated for the successful removal of neur- omata (Fig. 376). The writer has referred to a case that came under his observation, in which the tumor, which involved the median nerve just above the wrist, simulated ganglion almost to perfection. A case of plexiform neuroma of two digital branches of the same nerve has also been alluded to by the writer. Fig. 376. — Neurofibroma of the radial nerve at the wrist, from a female nineteen years old (after Sutton). The tumor sim- ulated a ganglion. Fig. 377. — Lower extremity from a case of multiple neurofibromata; one-third natural size (after Perls): a, superficial peroneal; b, sural nerve ; c, superficial branches of saphenous major nerve ; d, tumor upon deep peroneal. Lower Extremity. — The sciatic nerve below its exit from the pelvis is occasionally the seat of a neuroma, but is more frequently the seat of neuro-sarcoma. Benign tumors may occur in any part of its course and are occasionally multiple (Fig. 377). The removal of tumors of a benign character from large nerve- trunks calls for special care. Nerve-resection is unjustifiable. The con- tinuity of the nerve must be preserved. The tumor is exposed by ar incision parallel with the nerve ; if the tumor is centrally located, th« mantle of overlying nerve-tissue is incised between the visible bundle; NEUROMA. 527 of nerve-fibres, after which the tumor is enucleated. In central neuro- fibromata that are accessible to operation removal should be advised, as the pressure-atrophy caused by the tumor will ultimately destroy the function of the nerve. Plexiform Neuroma. — Plexiform neuroma is always congenital. The tumor may not be detected at the time of birth, but it is always found in children and young adults, and the clinical history frequently dates back to early infancy. In most of the cases that have been ex- amined carefully the mass of the tumor was composed of fibrous tissue in which the nerves were found imbedded. Bruns found in some speci- mens a marked increase of nerve-fibres. The tumors are found most frequently in the temporal region, the neck, and the side of the face, but they may affect almost any part of the body. Christot reports two cases in which the tumors were located upon the cheek and the neck. Czerny observed a case in which the tumor involved the lumbar plexus. In this case the patient was also the subject of a very large congenital fibroma of the skin. He found in the tumor, besides fibrous Fig. 378.— Arm in which the musculo-spiral nerve was neuromatous (after Campbell de Morgan). tissue, new non-medullated nerve-fibres. Campbell de Morgan met with a plexiform neuroma of the musculo-spiral nerve and its branches (Fig. 378). The patient was a young lady. The tumor, which was not painful, had undergone myxomatous degeneration. Plexiform neuromata are painless tumors which grow slowly, but which may attain large size. The affected nerves become tortuous, because they increase in length as well as in circumference. The rami- fications correspond with the directions of the branches of the nerves that become successively involved. Thorough excision of the tumor is the only proper surgical treatment. Vulva. — Neuroma of the vulva is a pathological curiosity. In one case reported by Simpson the tumor appeared as a painful nodule near the urinary meatus. Another case is reported by Kennedy. In this 528 PATHOLOGY AND TREATMENT OF TUMORS. case the tumor appeared as multiple subcutaneous tubercles exquisitely tender to touch. Prepuce. — A number of authors have described a very painful recurring herpes of the prepuce, which they regarded as being of a nature similar to herpes zoster (Hebra, Mauriac, Verneuil, Kaufmann). The attacks occur every four or five weeks, are preceded by pain in the back and along the thighs, and subside in the course of a few days. In i860, Verneuil resorted to circumcision in the treatment of this obstinate affection, and effected a permanent cure. He found in the specimen removed a peculiar form of neuroma (iieurome cylindriqne plexiforme), which in its distribution and structure resembled plexiform neuroma. XXVIII. SARCOMA. It is less than fifty years since all malignant tumors were included under the one term " carcinoma." Johannes Mueller found and de- scribed in some malignant tumors spindle-shaped cells, but he regarded them as a variety of carcinoma-cells. A description of similar cells was later given by Valentin. Lebert in 1845 made these cells the basis for his fibroplastic tumor. In 1847, Virchow introduced the term " sarcoma," and upon a histological basis separated from carcinoma a large group of malignant tumors. He asserted that the spindle-cells were not characteristic of sarcoma, and he called attention to the dif- ferent forms of sarcoma-cells. He relied upon the relation of cells to the reticulum in making a differential diagnosis between carcinoma and sarcoma. He placed special stress upon the absence of a well-marked stroma and alveolar grouping of the cells. Follin called sarcoma plasmome. Rindfleisch called attention to the histological resemblance of sarcoma to granuloma. By degrees pathologists were brought to admit that under the term " sarcoma " must be included all malignant tumors originating from tissue of mesoblastic origin. Carcinoma repre- sents the malignant tumors of the tissues of epiblastic and hypoblastic origin. Sarcoma represents the malignant tumors of the tissues of meso- blastic origin. As the typical tumor-element of the former the embry- onal epithelial cell is recognized ; of the latter, the embryonal con- nective-tissue cell is the prototype. Definition. — Sarcoma is an atypical proliferation of connective-tissue cells from a matrix of fibroblasts of congenital or post-natal origin. This definition acknowledges the connective tissue as the sole origin of sarcoma. Histological investigations have shown that sarcoma originating in the different parts and organs always begins in the connective tissue primarily, and that the other tissues are involved secondarily — that is, by extension. Sarcoma springs from the subcu- taneous or intermuscular connective tissue, fascia, submucous and subserous connective tissue, the neuroglia of the central nervous sys- tem, the lymphoid tissue, the periosteum, the marrow of bone, and the stroma of other tumors. Only the cartilage is exempt as a primary starting-point of sarcoma. The atypical proliferation of the connective- tissue cells is evidenced from the fact that the sarcoma-cells do not 53° PATHOLOGY AND TREATMENT OF TUMORS. reach maturity, and that they invade the adjacent tissues and very frequently give rise to metastasis. We have already shown, in connec- tion with carcinoma, that mature normal cells never take an active part in the formation of a malignant tumor. The same remarks apply to the essential cause of sarcoma. The mature connective tissue is acted upon by microbic causes, and if these causes are not sufficiently intense in their action to destroy the tissue, it proliferates and forms granula- tion-tissue, of which the different infective swellings, the granulomata, are composed. It is impossible to explain satisfactorily the origin of a tumor from pre-existing normal connective tissue without assuming the presence of a localized specific microbic cause. It is true that the different forms of sarcoma resemble more closely chronic inflammatory processes than does carcinoma, but we are not yet, and probably never will be, in possession of demonstrative proof of the microbic origin of sarcoma. We are therefore forced to conclude that sarcoma-tissue is produced from a matrix of embryonic connective-tissue cells of congenital or post-natal origin. Of all tumors, sarcoma probably develops more frequently from a matrix of embryonic connective-tissue cells or fibroblasts than any other tumor. The matrix is composed of the same kind of cells as the matrix of fibroma, except that the cell-development was arrested at an earlier stage. The cells of a sarcoma as compared with those of a fibroma possess greater reproductive power, but do not reach the same degree of development, owing to a more imperfect specialization of the cells of which the matrix is composed. Every surgeon knows that trauma plays a more important role in the etiology of sarcoma than in that of carcinoma. The trauma in sarcoma not only acts as an exciting cause in stimulating a latent matrix to active proliferation, but it frequently produces at the same time the essential cause, a post- natal matrix of granulation-tissue. It would be difficult to explain satis- factorily in any other manner the frequent origin of sarcoma in inflam- matory products and at the seat of a fracture. As the endothelial cells are only a modified form of connective-tissue cells, malignant endothe- lial tumors will be included among the sarcomata. Histology and Histogenesis. — The presence of a reticulum ir sarcoma was formerly denied. Ackermann and others have shown thai a reticulum is always present. In some specimens the stroma is wel marked ; in others it is so fine that it is almost hidden by the tumor cells. Teasing preparations of hardened specimens shows the fibril lated structure best. Ackermann claims that the reticulum of sarcorm is the product of sarcoma-cells. Schwann asserted that embryona SARCOMA. 531 connective-tissue cells elongate and break up into fibrillar until the cells are lost. His views were supported by Virchow, Danders, and K61- liker. Virchow denied that fibrillar are produced by the breaking up of cells. Liicke and Rindfleisch were of the same opinion. The origin of normal connective tissue from a blastema was asserted by Bizzozero, Kollmann, Valentin, M. Schulze, and Bruecke. Ackermann studied fibrillation in spindle-celled sarcoma, and observed that fibrillae were produced by splitting up of the protoplasm of the cells. The fibrillar in sarcoma resemble the same structures in connective tissue. The reticular arrangement of the fibrillar has been explained by union occurring between projections of different cells. The meshes of this reticulum become apparent when filled with fluid or cells. If the meshes are empty, they collapse. A jelly-like substance is always present in embryonal connective tissue, and is always found in the connective-tissue spaces. This substance, which is a mucin-serum, can be seen best around transverse sections of fibrillae. In old portions of the tumor this material is scanty, as the fibrillae become more com- pact by contraction. Cicatricial contraction does not occur from loss of substance, but from the disappearance of the intercellular substance. Many authors consider this substance, with the fibrillae, as one body which constitutes the cement-substance. Bizzozero says the stroma of a sarcoma is either soft, amorphous, mucoid, or jelly-like, at times more compact and fibrillated. The intercellular substance holds a relation to the question of the origin of fibrillae. If the fibrillae originate from the blastema, they form a part of the cement-substance ; if they are a product of cells, they are derivatives of these structures, which would leave the mucin- serum only as the proper cement-substance. In sarcoma cell-proliferation takes place in the immediate vicinity of blood-vessels, and is controlled and influenced by them. Spindle- cells are formed in the adventitia ; these cells either cannot be distin- guished from the cells of this part of the vessel-wall or they differ only in size. The cells either come in direct contact with the vessel-wall or are separated from it only by a gelatinous layer. The latter contains the sarcoma-cells, few in number, imbedded in a fine net-like ground- substance, the wide meshes of which contain the mucin-serum. There grow into the tumor young buds of capillary vessels which have imper- fect walls ; the cells arrange themselves into minute cylinders, the cen- tres of which correspond with new blood-vessels. The intimate relations of the walls of new blood-vessels with the paren- chyma of the tumor is the characteristic feature of sarcoma. As sarcoma, starting from a central point, extends almost equally in all directions, 532 PATHOLOGY AND TREATMENT OF TUMORS. the resulting tumor usually approaches a globular shape, unless at some points obstacles to its growth are presented. In organs where the structure is uniform throughout, as in the brain, tumors grow in a globular shape, while in organs presenting parallel arrangement of Fig. 379. — Sarcoma of skull, showing capillary vessels, the walls of which are composed in part of sar- coma-cells (Surgical Clinic, Rush Medical College, Chicago): a, delicate stroma of connective tissue; b, groups of small round cells ; c, new capillary vessels. the structures the tumor assumes an oblong shape, as is the case in muscles and long bones. In bone the tumor either destroys the bone- tissue or pushes the compact layer before it. All these properties of the tumor indicate the presence of great tension, which can be referred to increased blood-pressure. This increased pressure can be explained readily in the case of sarcoma from the presence of numerous and dilated blood-vessels. In many cases the tumor is composed largely of new blood-vessels with the characteristic cells interposed between them. In the vascular variety of sarcoma the tumor differs from an angioma in the greater amount of tissue which exists between the vessels and in the greater firmness of this tissue. In fibro-sarcoma the vessels are scanty, but are gradually increased in size. The vessels ir sarcoma remain patent in the cut surface, as in cases of papilloma SARCOMA. 533 The spindle-cells with a scanty intercellular substance constitute the walls of the new capillary blood-vessels, as was first shown by Waldeyer. In all capillary vessels the endothelial cells are preserved. In a new sarcomatous growth the vessels increase in size and are later pushed apart by the cellular elements. The walls are thin and remain thin, so that finally the lumina of the vessels appear to be surrounded by only a single layer of endothelial cells (Fig. 379, c). The circula- tion in the capillaries is active and the blood-pressure is considerable, and, as the walls are weak, the blood-pressure is communicated to the tissues of the tumor, in which event the tumor pulsates. In all histological varieties of sarcoma the cells are characterized by the existence of a large nucleus, which in young tumors almost obscures the cell-protoplasm. In the spindle-cells the nucleus is centrally located (Fig. 380). The giant-cells are multinuclear (Fig. Fig. 380. — Spindle-cells from sarcoma (after Liicke). 381). The cells vary greatly in size and shape, but a certain uniformity is observed in each tumor. The shape of the cell is not only greatly influenced by the structure of the mesoblastic tissue in which the tumor originates, but also by the cell-environments. The cells are often moulded into different shapes by pressure. The shape of the nucleus is determined by the shape of the cell. The nucleus is always clear, well-defined, and surrounded by a proper nuclear membrane. The con- tents of the nucleus vary according to the age of the cell. In young and rapid-growing sarcoma the contents are rich in chromatin ; later the chromatin is diminished and there appears a beautiful network of chromatin threads that do not readily absorb staining material. One or two nucleoli which are deeply stained are always present. In young 534 PATHOLOGY AND TREATMENT OF TUMORS. Fig. 381. — Giant-cells from sarcoma (after Liicke). tumors, besides cells, leucocytes are always present, but their numbei is usually limited. They are most numerous along the course of blood- vessels. Although the imperfect condition of the capillary walls would appear to favor emigration of leuco- cytes, the escape of leucocytes is limited, Leucocytes are found in abundance only in young and rapid-growing tumors. In a specimen examined by Klebs he found the large vessels of the tumor partly closed by normal white thrombi. The existence of the leucocytes in the tumor is of short duration. Sarcoma-cells reproduce themselves by karyokinesis, as was first observed and described by Van Henkelem. The same method of cell-reproduction in sarcoma has been studied by Aryama and Klebs. Distinct alveolation of the stroma of sarcoma is observed only in exceptional cases. Billroth in 1869 introduced the term alveolar sarcoma, and included in this variety of sarcoma all tumors in which the connective-tissue stroma showed a reticulated structure, in the meshes of which the sarcoma-cells are arranged in groups (Fig. 382). He insists that such tumors are often wrongly considered as sarcomatous from the size of the cells and the alveolated structure of the reticulum. As such tumors are found in localities devoid of epithelial cells, they must be classified with the sarcomata. In these cases the reticulum is composed of the pre-existing connective tissue of the part in which the tumor grows. A good illustration is furnished by the malignant primary tumors of the lymphatic glands. Although the alveolated structure of the reticulum of some sarcomatous tumors is undisputed, the arrangement of the cells in the alveoli is different from that in carci- noma, in that the cells are not arranged in concentric compact layers. Alveolation is observed most frequently in sarcoma of endothelial origin. Pacinotti demonstrated the existence of lymphatics in sarcoma by injections of asphalt dissolved in chloroform. Lymphatics were found both in the parenchyma and in the capsule of such tumors. Morphology of Sarcoma-cells. — The morphology of sarcoma-cells is less uniform than that of carcinoma-cells. Many pathologists, but more especially Rindfleisch, have considered different forms of cells as SARCOMA. 535 belonging to the same kind, differing only in reference to the degree of development. Rindfleisch believed that round-cells are converted into spindle-cells, and vice versa. Ackermann and Klebs have seen no such transition. No intermediate forms have been found. Histological Varieties. — Round-celled Sarcoma. — It is not neces- sary to make a histological or clinical distinction between large and small round-celled sarcoma. Some tumors are composed exclusively of round cells, and as these cells, according to Ackermann, lack the power of fibrillation, the tumors possess a minimum amount of inter- Fig. 382. — Alveolar sarcoma; X IO ° (Surgical Clinic, St. Joseph's Hospital, Chicago). cellular substance, are soft, and grow rapidly. The appearance of sections of round-celled sarcoma under the microscope bears a strong resemblance to granulation-tissue, from which, without the aid of a clinical history, it is difficult to distinguish it (Fig. 383). In some tumors the round cells are scattered between the spindle-cells and the giant-cells (Fig. 384). In the genuine round-celled sarcoma starting in tissues other than lymphatic glands, the separate phases of develop- ment occur in the same order as in spindle-celled sarcoma, and are more accurately defined than in the latter. In the first place, the ves- sels are dilated and new ones are formed, which show the same character as in spindle-celled sarcoma. According to Ehrlich, the round cells always appear in close proximity to the vessel-wall. The vessel-lumina are more patent, and the walls of the vessels are lined with well-devel- 536 PATHOLOGY AND TREATMENT OF TUMORS. SARCOMA. 537 oped endothelia. The round cells which compose the principal mass of the new tissue are distinguished by their large nuclei containing an abundant supply of chromatin. A superficial examination reveals the picture of an inflammatory process. A careful examination, however, shows that the cells are arranged in rows along the course of blood- vessels, which peculiar arrangement constitutes one of the most reliable diagnostic evidences of the character and variety of the tumor. If these rows of cells are examined more carefully, it becomes evident that they are the product of connective-tissue proliferation. Very frequently short rows of four or five quadrangular cells are met with, densely packed, which are joined on the sides by triangular cells. The cells in such circumstances lose their round shape from mutual pressure. Round cells differ from spindle-cells in that the cell-seg- mentation by indirect division more speedily extends from the nucleus to the cell-proliferation. Mitotic figures are never present. Between the round cells are found leucocytes, which are recognized by their small and intensely stained nuclei. Spindle-celled Sarcoma. — This is the " fibro-plastic tumor " of Lebert, the " fasciculated sarcoma " of Cornil and Ranvier, the " recurrent fibroid " of Paget. The subdivision into small and large spindle-celled sarcoma is superfluous ; the difference is simply one regarding the size of the cells, the structure of the tumors representing these varieties being the same. Spindle-celled sarcomata are the commonest of this group of tumors, and are found most frequently in dense fibrous tissues, Fig. 385.— Small spindle-celled sarcoma ; X 3°° (after D.J. Hamilton) : a, the spindles exposed entire ; b, the same cut across. such as the skin, the periosteum, and the sheaths of muscles. The inter- cellular substance is very variable : in some cases the tumor is com- posed almost exclusively of cells ; in others the stroma is so copious as to justify the name fibrosarcoma or fasciculated sarcoma — terms which are frequently used in the designation of hard sarcomatous 538 PA THOLOG Y AND TREA TMENT OF TUMORS. tumors. The cells are frequently arranged in fascicles which surroun the blood-vessels. The; spindle shape of the cells can be shown bes in separating the cells from hardened specimens by teasing. In sec Fig. 386. — Large spindle-celled sarcoma ; X 400 (after D. J. Hamilton) : a, ordinary spindle ; b, branched fls ceil ; c, flat endothelium-iike cell, tions the shape of the cells will depend on the direction of the section Cells that are cut transversely appear as round or oblong nucleate< fx § # Fig. 387. — Oat-seed-like spindle-celled sarcoma ; X 300 (after D. J. Hamilton). cells ; if the section is made oblique, the cells appear ovoid, and th spindle shape is preserved only if the cut falls parallel with the cells (Fig 385). The spindles interlace in bundles at somewhat obtuse angle: SARCOMA. 539 The large spindle-cell is three or four times larger than the small cells, and some of the cells frequently show a number of terminal prolonga- tions (Fig. 386). Another variety of sarcoma-cell, differing from spindle-celled sar- coma only in that the terminations of the spindles are more obtuse, has been described by D. J. Hamilton under the name of " oat-seed-like spindle-celled sarcoma " (Fig. 387). The reticulum is composed of connective-tissue fibrils and the fibrillated prolongations of the spindles. The spindle-cells possess the maximum power of fibrillation. In sec- tions in which the cells have been brushed out the reticular spaces are not empty, as in carcinoma, but contain a network of the finest fibrils. The large spindle-celled sarcoma is usually softer than tumors com- posed of small spindle-cells. Spindle-celled sarcoma grows less rapidly than tumors composed of other histological varieties of cells. The degree of malignancy is determined by the abundance of the stroma. If the connective-tissue stroma is well developed, the tumor is hard and grows slowly ; if the stroma is scanty, the tumor is corre- spondingly soft and more malignant. Giant-celled Sarcoma. — This tumor consists of various forms of cells, of which the large, many-nucleated cell, resembling the myeloplaques or osteoclasts in the bone, is the prototype. Giant-celled sarcoma arises pre-eminently from bone (Fig. 388), but similar tumors are also Fig. 388. — Giant-celled sarcoma from upper jaw ; X 230 (after Perls). found in other tissues. In bone, giant-cells, the " myeloplaques " of Robin, are found in a normal condition. According to Kolliker, these cells act the part of osteoclasts, or bone-destroyers. In connection with bone giant-celled sarcomata occur as tumors which are clinically very different from one another. The periosteal form is most frequently found in the alveolar sockets of the teeth (epulis), where the tumors 54o PATHOLOGY AND TREATMENT OF TUMORS. manifest the lowest degree of malignancy. The myelogenous form productive of early metastasis — an occurrence which often takes pla before the primary tumor is detected. The so-called " malignant epuli: is composed mostly of spindle-cells (and between them, here and the: a giant-cell with multiple nuclei in the centre of the cells) and roun cells (Fig. 389). If such a tumor is carefully examined, it will be se> Fig. 389. — Sarcomatous epulis ; X 480 (Surgical Clinic, Rush Medical College, Chicago) : a, small round eel b, spindle-cells ; c, c t giant-cells ; d, d, blood-vessels. that the giant-cells are derived from the bone ; hence it is easily unde stood that a local recurrence can be prevented only by removing wi the diseased gingiva the superficial portion of the bone where tl tumor is attached. Another diagnostic sign may be mentioned, tl brownish color of the tumor-tissue — an appearance which chara terizes all giant-celled sarcomata. The greater danger which attach to the central or myelogenous form consists in the greater vasculari of the tumors, as within them the vessels undergo an astonishir degree of development and dilatation. The arteries are frequently : numerous and so large, and their walls are so thin, that the pulsatio: are imparted to the tumor-tissue. Other tumors of the same kind ha - undergone angiomatous degeneration to such an extent that they a SARCOMA. 541 often mistaken for blood-cysts, and their true nature can often be ascer- tained only by the aid of the microscope. The great vascularity of these tumors makes a diagnosis between aneurysm of bone and sar- coma difficult. Distinguished surgeons have ligated large arteries on the proximal side on the supposition that the pulsating tumor was an aneurysm, when the subsequent clinical history revealed the sar- comatous nature of the tumor. During the earliest stage of the tumor no swelling of the bone can be detected, the pain is slight, and tenderness is frequently wanting. If the bone is opened at this stage, its interior presents the appearances of a hemorrhagic focus. The blood in some parts is fluid, in others coagulated. More important from a diagnostic standpoint is the absorp- tion of bone, if such has already taken place. If considerable of the bone has been removed by absorption, or if perforation has already taken place, the diagnosis no longer remains doubtful. The earliest stages of the development of myeloid sarcoma consist of dilatation of the medullary vessels in the immediate vicinity of the tumor-matrix, followed by active cell-proliferation. Sections of the tumor show a variety of color : some parts of the cut surface are dark red, brownish, or yellow ; others are of a pearly whiteness. The brownish-red spots which appear isolated and scattered through the substance of the tumor are most characteristic. Some tumors contain cysts with clear con- tents. The white parts of the tumor are frequently dotted with small pigmented points. All these different parts of the tumor correspond with definite histological changes. In the red patches the blood-vessels have undergone the greatest degree of dilatation. In the brown spots the cells are pigmented with the coloring material of the blood. In the white portions of the tumor the blood-vessels are scanty and the tumor-tissue is composed largely of spindle-cells. The nuclei of giant-cells, like those in other forms of sarcoma, have a granular structure. They are surrounded by a nuclear membrane, and they contain often large nucleoli of a homogeneous structure ; others can be considered as compound or giant-nuclei. From a histological point of view two kinds of giant-cells are found in sarcoma. In one kind the cells appear as aggregations of nuclei, in the interior of which a well-defined nuclear space may be seen occupied by nucleoli which lie free in the space or are imbedded in a somewhat clearer granular ground-substance ; in the other form proliferating nuclei are found within the nuclear membrane. The giant-cells cannot be considered as a further development of the normal giant-cells, as they are found in localities where the latter are absent. In a case of primary sarcoma of the epistropheus and secondary aneurysm of the 542 PATHOLOGY AND TREATMENT OF TUMORS. vertebral artery, quoted elsewhere in detail, Klebs was able to trac< the origin of giant-cells to osteoblasts in the decalcified bon< specimen. Van Henkelem claims that sarcoma-cells cannot produce mature tissue, and that in this respect they differ from ordinary embryona connective-tissue cells. This function, however, is not entirely wanting but is greatly diminished. In epulis this tissue-transformation is seer to a certain extent, as most of the sarcoma-cells are converted intc tissue of a higher physiological type, and in periosteal sarcoma new bone is frequently found as one of the constituents of the tumor. The giant-cells are endowed with fibrillating power, in this respect being closely allied to the fibroplastic cells ; this function explains the more benignant character of giant-celled as compared with round-celled sar- coma. Arnold found in tumors giant-cells surrounded by small spindle-cells. Destruction of giant-cells by fibrillation may be seen in the oldest portions of tumors. In giant-celled sarcoma there may always be found spindle-cells in greater or lesser abundance. Mixed-cell Sarcoma. — In mixed-cell sarcoma none of the cells which have been described are found as the exclusive tumor-elements. Pure round-celled and spindle-celled sarcomata are not infrequent. In the remaining sarcomatous tumors there is a mingling of spindle-cells, round cells, and giant-cells in varying proportions. Such a tumor is shown in Figure 389. Mixed-cell sarcoma is found most frequently in myeloid and peri- osteal sarcomata. The degree of malignancy of such tumors depends on the preponderance of non-fibrillating tumor-elements. In the most benign forms the fibrillating cells are present in abundance, the tumor is hard and of slow growth, while the reverse histological structure results in opposite conditions which determine greater malignancy. Melano-sarcoma. — Pigmented sarcomata, which form a distinct and separate group of tumors, surpass any other histological form of sarcoma in malignancy. These tumors are characterized by early regional and general dissemination. The primary tumor is always found in tissues which, in a normal state, contain pigment ; hence the tumors occur most frequently in the skin and the eye. Melano-sarco- mata are particularly prone to develop in pigmented warts and moles. If the primary tumor occurs in tissues in which, in a normal condition, pigment material is absent, we must assume the presence of pigmented cells deposited in the tissues by errors of development — that is, the existence of a matrix of pigmented cells. The pigment is not derived from the coloring material of the blood, as was formerly supposed, as SARCOMA. 543 Neuski has shown the presence in the pigment material of sulphur, which is a constituent of some of the mosoblastic tissues. It is possible that iron may take a part in the pigmentation, but this supposition is improbable. Dressier found iron in the coloring material melanin. Rindfleisch was quite positive that the melanin is derived from the hematin of the red blood-corpuscles. Kolaczek, who made a careful study of eight cases of melanotic tumors with a view of ascertaining the source of melanin, maintains that it is not produced by metabolic activity of cells, but is derived from the coloring material of the blood. Gussenbauer claimed that thrombosis is the cause of pigmentation in tumors, but this position is no longer tenable. Virchow was the first to show that the pigmented cells are first stained diffusely a yellow color, and that the pigment-granules form later. Eiselt found that the «6| * '•'*'?: & Fig. 390.— Cells from melano-sarcoma of skin ; X 720 (after Karg and Schmorl). The protoplasm of the large tumor-cells is filled with fine granules of pigment material, so that the cells appear as though they were covered with a thin film of coal-dust. pigment material which is eliminated through the urine in persons suffering from melano-sarcoma is identical with the coloring material of the blood. In Oppenheimer's case, studied by Neuski, the epithelial cells in the kidneys and alveoli of the lungs were stained yellow. The pigmented cells receive their material from the tissue-juices. The presence of pigmented cells of normal or abnormal origin is essential for the occur- rence of melano-sarcoma. The tumor-growth takes place by prolifer- ation of pigmented cells. Pigmentation of the tumor-cells follows the course of blood-vessels, but is irregularly distributed through the tumor-tissue (Fig. 390). 544 PATHOLOGY AND TREATMENT OF TUMORS. The unequal distribution of the pigment is particularly well marked in the metastatic tumors. The pigmented cells are the carriers of the coloring material. The cut surface of melanotic tumors presents often almost a black appearance, and shows certain parts of the tumor more deeply stained than others. The metastatic tumors closely resemble the primary tumor so far as the pigmentation is concerned. Pigmented sarcoma-cells do not fibrillate, which fact explains the great malignancy of melanotic sarcoma. The fibroplastic part of such tumors is always composed of spindle-cells which are not pigmented. Alveolar Sarcoma. — In alveolar sarcoma, as has been stated pre- viously, the reticulum of the tumor is composed of a meshwork of Fig. 391. — Alveolar sarcoma of skin ; X 85 (Surgical Clinic, Rush Medical College, Chicago) : a, alve- olated connective-tissue stroma; b, group of round sarcoma-cells somewhat shrunken from hardening; c, 3 space, surrounded by connective-tissue recticulum, from which the cell-contents have been lost during prepa. ration of specimen. delicate fibres of connective tissue, in the spaces of which are founc groups of round sarcoma-cells not arranged in compact concentric layers as in carcinoma (Fig. 391). Alveolar sarcoma grows very rapidly, and the tumor-tissue is sub- ject to early degenerative changes. The blood-vessels follow the connective-tissue stroma, but do not traverse the alveoli, the cell SARCOMA. 545 contents of which, owing to an inadequate blood-supply, undergo early regressive metamorphosis. This form of tumor, which in some cases at least is determined by the new formation and the peculiar arrano-e- ment of the blood-vessels, is found most frequently in the skin, the lymphatic glands, the bones, and the pia mater. Angiosarcoma. — Kolaczek described this variety of sarcoma, known also as siplwnoma, cylindroma, etc. These tumors are usually of a more or less tuberous structure ; their consistence varies from a jelly-like Fig. 392.^Angio-sarcoma of the orbit ; X 75 (Surgical Clinic, Rush Medical College, Chicago) : a, con- nective-tissue capsule or stroma ; b, b, cells lining the spaces ; c, c, c, lumina of dilated new capillary vessel ; d, a tear in the specimen caused by handling mass to the density of cartilage. On section the surface presents an alveolar structure, but seldom regular, to which, in addition to great vas- cularity, occasionally blood-cysts and hemorrhages impart a variegated appearance. Under the microscope angio-sarcomata present usually a reticulated, seldom an alveolar, structure (Fig. 392). The cells are arranged in the form of strands corresponding with the blood-vessels located in their centre ; if the vessels do not contain blood, the tumor simulates carcinoma. The cells, which are epithelioid in shape and are normally multinuclear, often show prolongations, and their margins are not so sharply defined from the ground-substance as in carcinoma. 546 PATHOLOGY AND TREATMENT OF TUMORS. The ground-substance is composed of all possible forms of con- nective tissue — homogeneous, granular, myxomatous, cellular, anc fibrillary. The vessels are numerous, large, and always capillary, and the intercellular tissue is scanty, imparting to the structure an angioma- tous appearance. In many forms the cells are closely grouped around the vessels, as if they were developed in their wall and had closed sheaths around them. The masses of cells thus formed, with a blood- vessel for a centre, may be packed closely together in long strings with more or less frequent anastomoses, or they may be arranged in rounded groups, giving the tumor an alveolar appearance. Sometimes the walls of the blood-vessels and the adjacent tissues, in these as in other forms of tumors, undergo hyaline degeneration, giving to the whole or to parts of the tumor a more or less gelatinous appearance. Fig. 393. — Endothellomatous sarcoma of the pleura; X 350 (Surgical Clinic, Rush Medical College, Chi- cago) : a, round cells ; b, b, oblong cells ; c. delicate reticulum. Angio-sarcomata are quite rare, and are most frequently found about the head. In 46 out of 60 cases this part of the body was affected. In the only case which came under the writer's observation the tumor involved the skin over the frontal bone, at a point near the hairy scalp. Ackermann saw a case of angio-sarcoma of the corpore cavernosa of the penis. The growth of the tumor is slow. Recurrence SARCOMA. 547 after excision is rapid. Only in five cases did the tumor give rise to metastasis. Endotlicliomatous Sarcoma. — It is very probable that in angio- sarcoma the angioblasts take an active part in the production of the tumor, in which event this tumor should be classified with the sar- comata of endothelial origin. Malignant tumors which spring from matrices of embryonal endothelial cells are sarcomata. The structure and vascularization of endotheliomatous sarcoma (Fig. 393), as seen in primary malignant tumors of the serous membranes, are almost identical with sarcoma of connective-tissue origin. The cells are round, oval, and sometimes cylindrical or cuboidal, the latter modifications in shape occurring in consequence of pressure. The connective-tissue stroma is more abundant than in round-celled sarcoma, and is packed more densely in the stroma-spaces. Endotheliomatous sarcoma not infrequently contains cholesterin- crystals. The tumor, which may be nodular and of considerable size, or multiple, is found most frequently in the pleura, the peritoneum, the pia mater, the ovary, the testicle, the lymphatic glands, and the brain. Nepvue describes an endothelial sarcoma of the pleura in a child seven years of age, the tumor simulating pyothorax. The tumor was the size of an adult's head, and displaced the lung. Exploratory punc- ture made the diagnosis of a solid tumor possible, and no operation was undertaken. Glioma. — Sarcoma of the connective tissue of the central nervous system, the neuroglia, is called "glioma." It is the most frequent of all brain-tumors. The tumor is composed . ,, , of small round or oval cells in a mesh- 1 d;)ky'Jl;^%M$\\\., work of exceeding delicate fibnlk, , ' "* (Fig. 394). In some cases the tumor- V 1 ' \ WJ&M cells are spider-like (Fig. 395). The ^ A >■ ^ lated reticulum varies greatly, and, as ^Amj^MHW/,. Miura pointed out, the cells may be F '<=- 394-Giioma of the corpora quadrigem- 1 J ina ; X 250 (after Perls). more abundant at the margin of the tumor. In exceptional cases the cells assume a spindle shape. Owing to the delicate structure of the reticulum and its great vas- cularity, glioma is a soft tumor, and when centrally located in the brain is globular in shape. Gliomata sometimes have a well-defined border, but more frequently it is impossible to determine where the tumor ends and the healthy tissue begins. They are found most frequently in the posterior segment of the lateral ventricles, but they may occur in any part of the brain and spinal cord, and not infrequently they attain quantitative relation of cells to the fibril- ^(^'Jf-' 54§ PATHOLOGY AND TREATMENT OF TUMORS. the size of a fist or a child's head before death ensues. The tumo grayish-white in color, with reddish-pink lines indicating the locat of the blood-vessels. Klebs and Bertheau insist that the nerve-D Fig. 395— Gliomatous tumor of the brain, from a boy; X 350 (after D. J. Hamilton): a, blood-ves b, spider-cell with double nucleus ; c, small round cell. take part in the production of the tumor, as they found nerve-cells one of its component parts. This opinion is not generally endorsed The growth of a glioma is slow, and in other ways it pursue more benign course than the connective-tissue or the myeloid sarcoi Metastasis in the pia mater of the brain and the spinal cord \ observed in one case by Lemcke. The liability to hemorrhage o stitutes one of the immediate sources of danger. Gliomata have a SARCOMA. 549 been found in the spinal cord by different observers, and in the acoustic nerve by Virchovv. Glioma of the retina is an affection of childhood. In the cases reported the ages of the children varied from two to four years. The tumors often extend along the optic nerve and form large retrobulbar tumors. Recurrence after enucleation of the eyeball is frequent. From the orbit the tumor frequently extends to the cranial cavity, either along the optic nerve or through the orbital fissure. As a heterotopic tumor glioma has been found in exceptional cases in the kidney, the ovary, and the testicle. Knapp reported the first case in which the tumor gave rise to metastasis. Similar cases have since been reported by Schiess-Gemuseus, Hofmann, Rusconi, Bizzozero, Dresch- feld, Nellessen, and Heymann and Fiedler. Helfreich reported a case of congenital glioma of both retina?. Eisenlohr believes that glioma of the retina develops from nests of mesoblastic cells from the vitreous body that fail to undergo complete development, and from which the tumor subsequently takes its origin. Psammoma. — Psammoma is an endothelial growth of the envelopes of the brain that was first described by Virchow as a separate tumor. Although this tumor lacks the clinical features of sarcoma, Virchow included it with the sarcomata. Sutton refers it to an epithelial matrix in the villous processes of the choroid plexus ; but as it is found more fre- Fig. 396. — Microscopical appearance of a typical psammoma. quently in localities where there are normally no epithelial cells, it is advisable to include it among the connective-tissue type of tumors. The tumor is composed of onion-like cell-masses separated by a stroma of connective tissue. These concentric bodies consist of endothelium- like cell-nests arranged around blood-vessels, which in the course of 55Q PATHOLOGY AND TREATMENT OF TUMORS. time become infiltrated with calcareous salts. The relation of the tumor-tissue to blood-vessels is well shown in Figure 397. Fig. 397. — Psammoma from choroid plexus ; X 300 (after D. J. Hamilton) : a, branching vessels with the cell-nest-like bodies upon them ; b, cell-nests calcined. It was first believed that the dura mater was the favorite seat of psammoma, but more extended observations have shown that it occurs most frequently in the choroid plexus and the ventricles of the brain. Progressive growth of the tumor is arrested by fatty degeneration of the tumor-cells and by calcification. The tumors, which usually vary in size from a pea to that of a walnut, are often symmetrical, occupying in the brain the same location on both sides. In the lateral ventricles a tumor of fair size may not give rise to any symptoms ; in other cases it has caused cerebral disturb- ances of different kinds, and focal symp- toms which pointed to the location of the tumor. If the tumor does not undergo calcification, its growth is progressive, and it eventually destroys the patient's life. Psammoma of the spinal membranes is very rare. A specimen of this kind is fig. 39 8.-Ponion of the spinal cord shown in Figure va%. The patient from with psammoma (after Sutton). ^ r whom this specimen was taken was a woman forty-six years of age who died paraplegic. The clinical SARCOMA. 55 1 history of all such cases has been one of slow progressive paralysis and death. Regressive Metamorphoses. — The absence of a well-developed reticulum, the great proliferating activity of the cells, and the atypical vascularization of sarcoma render the tumor liable to early and exten- sive degenerative changes. Fatty degeneration is common, but calci- fication is only observed in psammoma. The granular detritus in fatty degeneration is either absorbed or, by the addition of serum, remains as a turbid fluid which occupies spaces surrounded by tumor-tissue, forming cysts without a proper cyst-wall. The imperfect development of the walls of blood-vessels is the cause of frequent hemorrhages into the substance of the tumor, where the blood either coagulates, is absorbed, or remains in a fluid state. Fig. 399. — Myxomatous degeneration in sarcoma ; X 75 (Surgical Clinic, Rush Medical College, Chicago) : a, connective-tissue stroma; b, b, sarcoma-cells ; c t c, c, myxomatous tissue. The staining of the tissues of the tumor in the vicinity of ruptured capillaries is one of the characteristic features of most of the sarcoma- tous growths. The liability to hemorrhage is increased by the exten- sion of fatty degeneration to the capillary walls. If the hemorrhage is copious, the tumor-tissue is compressed by the extravasated blood, and 552 PATHOLOGY AND TREATMENT OF TUMORS. a blood-cyst forms, which frequently adds to the difficulty in diagnosis The sudden increase in the size and tension of the tumor should leac to the suspicion that a free hemorrhage has taken place into the sub- stance of the tumor. In subcutaneous sarcomata this accident is often announced a day or two later by discoloration of the skin. Hyaline degeneration is not as frequently observed in sarcoma as in carcinoma, Myxomatous degeneration is of frequent occurrence in sarcoma, The myxomatous degeneration, as seen in Figure 399, begins at dif- ferent points at the same time, usually in the oldest parts of the tumor, when, by confluence of the spaces, a large territory of myxomatous tissue is formed. Both stroma and cells undergo this change, but the blood-vessels remain intact for a long time (Fig. 400). In myxo-sar- 'Illllliii m wmmm Sir-- ■ l'.IV'-j? /• .*:?'■. :v " ~ "wVr^^El « , /_. •.-•if '• -■ - Fig. 400.— Myxomatous cavity in the centre of a sarcomatous tumor; X 4° (after D. J. Hamilton): a, substance of the tumor as yet unaffected with the degeneration ; b, the clear myxomatous part ; c, a vein ; d, an artery in the midst of the mucoid. coma the cells become macerated in the sero-mucin — several delicate processes which form a network in the meshes of which the myxoma- tous material is deposited— and the tissues assume the appearance of what was formerly called " net-cell sarcoma." With the myxomatous degeneration the tumor becomes softer, and a sense of fluctuation is fell on palpation if the degeneration has become extensive. Caseation has been observed in sarcoma as another form of regres- sive metamorphosis. It begins in different parts of the tumor at the same time, and by the coalescence of different foci large cavities fillec with cheesy material are formed. It is questionable if such a regres SARCOMA. 553 sive metamorphosis is possible without infection of the tumor with tubercle bacilli. The structure of the vessels in the tumor is such that localization of floating microbes easily occurs, and it is more than prob- Fig. 401. — Portion of the edge of the myxomatous space shown in Figure 400; X 450 (after D. J.Hamil- ton): a, the edge of the tumor; b, the branching cells lying in the clear mucoid. able that future investigations will show that caseation in sarcoma follows in consequence of infection with tubercle bacilli. Ulceration and sloughing take place as soon as the tumor, by invasion and pressure, reaches a free surface. The sloughing is often very extensive, attended by a foul-smelling discharge caused by infec- tion with putrefactive microbes. Sloughing of the skin relieves the tension, and the tumor-tissue projects beyond the surface defect in the form of fungous masses, furnishing a good representation of what was called by the old authors the fungus hcematodes. Infection of the tumor may occur without ulceration by localization of floating pus- microbes in the defective capillary vessels by mural implantation. With the occurrence of this complication the symptoms of an acute phlegmonous inflammation are superadded to the symptoms caused by the tumor. When extensive sloughing is the result of such an acute inflammation, although the inflammatory process may destroy appar- ently the entire tumor, a spontaneous cure is never effected in this way. The transformation of sarcoma-tissue into tissue of a higher physio- logical type is observed most frequently in connection with sarcoma- tous epulis and periosteal sarcoma, and in rare instances in glandular sarcoma. In periosteal sarcoma new bone is almost constantly pro- duced. Frequently, if not always, the new bone is produced through 554 PATHOLOGY AND TREATMENT OF TUMORS. the medium of cartilage-cells, as cartilage-cells and bone-cells are often found side by side in the same specimen (Fig. 402). In some cases the process of development is arrested with the formation of cartilage. Especially is this the case in glandular sarcoma (Fig. 403). Durham observed two cases of ossifying sarcoma. One of the patients was a man seventy-three years of age, who, when a boy twelve years of age, sustained a severe burn in the iliac region, extending to the median line. The tumor originated in the scar, and contained, besides the usual sarcoma-cells, cartilage-cells and well-developed bone. Fie. 402. — Ossifying periosteal sarcoma of the humerus; X 75 (Surgical Clinic, Rush Medical College Chicago): a, connective-tissue stroma ; It, round sarcoma-cells ; c, cartilage-cell ; d, d,d, bone-cells. The other case was a sarcoma of the breast in a woman twenty-seven years old. Ossification of a sarcoma tends to retard tumor-growth and it must be regarded as an indication that the tumor will pursue a chronic course. Local and General Infection. — The growth of a sarcoma take; place exclusively by proliferation of the cells composing the embry- onal matrix. The type of the cells is determined by the location anc the stage of arrest of development of the cells of the matrix. A matrix representing lymphoid tissue will produce, as a rule, round cell; SARCOMA. 555 and giant-cells, while a connective-tissue matrix produces more fre- quently spindle-cells. If the cells of a connective-tissue matrix are arrested at an early stage in their development, the probability is strong that the tumor produced from the matrix will be a round-celled NWX; ~Xi #£# ; ^\ wj^ *j &»*■#■*? Fig. 403. — Myxo-chondro-sarcoma of parotid ; X 38 (after Karg and Schmorl). The upper half of the picture consists of the subcutaneous tissue, in which hair-follicles and sweat-glands may be seen. From this tissue the tumor can be distinguished sharply by its peculiar structure. In the ground-substance, which is composed partly of connective tissue (a), partly of myxomatous tissue {b), and partly of cartilage {c), are imbedded strings of cells id). These are made up of small endothelial cells. sarcoma. The rapidity of the growth of the tumor is largely influenced by the stroma. An abundant stroma retards tumor-growth, whereas a tumor composed almost exclusively of cells will grow rapidly. The stroma acts like a filter : the denser it is, the greater will be the diffi- culties met with by the cells in leaving the primary tumor and reaching the surrounding tissues. A great deal has been written concerning the capsule of a sarcoma. To the naked eye many sarcomata appear to be encapsulated. Micro- scopical examination of the capsule and of the tissues immediately outside 556 PATHOLOGY AND TREATMENT OF TUMORS. of it shows that what appears to be a capsule is the connective tissui around tlie periphery of the tumor, zchich tissue has become condensed bj pressure, but which holds in its meshes young sarcoma-cells, which an also found in a zone of lesser or greater width in the adjacent tissues The enucleation of a sarcoma is invariably followed by a speedy local recurrence — the best possible proof that the capsule does not indicate thi limits of the tumor, and is in reality a pathological delusion. The growth of a sarcoma is rapid in proportion to the activity of cell-migration. The young sarcoma-cells leave the primary or mother- tumor and migrate into the surrounding connective-tissue spaces, estab- lishing wherever they become located independent centres of tumor- growth. The pre-existing connective tissue serves the purpose of a temporary framework or stroma, which is later removed and replaced Fig. 404. — Small round sarcoma-cells infiltrating muscular fibre at some distance from the tumor; X 45< {after D. J. Hamilton). by the product of fibrillation of the sarcoma-cells. Sarcoma displaces tissue to a greater extent than carcinoma, but it eventually invades anc destroys adjacent tissues regardless of their anatomical structure. The tumor grows in the direction offering the least resistance, in this respeel resembling benign tumors, but no tissue, no matter how dense it ma) SARCOMA. 557 be, offers an impermeable barrier to its local extension. Of all the tis- sues, cartilage offers the greatest resistance to progressive local exten- sion of sarcoma. In sarcoma of the epiphyseal region of the long bones the articular cartilage is often found completely detached, show- ing but slight traces of the destructive action of the tumor ; but ulti- mately even this structure gives way and the joint becomes involved. In sarcoma of the intermuscular connective tissue the muscle-fibres are destroyed some distance from the tumor by cell-infiltration (Fig. 404). Sokolow made some very interesting investigations concerning the behavior of muscle-fibres in sarcomatous tumors. He came to the conclusion that the muscle-fibres take no active part in the growth of sarcoma, but are removed by the infiltrating cells. While the central part of a sarcoma is undergoing regressive meta- morphoses the peripheral growth adds to the size of the tumor. It is in the periphery that the most active tissue-changes are observed. If the tumor is located in parts that offer equal resistance to the extension of the tumor, it always assumes a globular shape. Surface sarcomata are flat tumors. The tumor also becomes flattened beneath firm fasciae. If the tumor perforates a dense structure at a point corresponding with the centre of a tumor, the tumor grows with great rapidity on the sur- face upon which the perforation opens. It is in this manner that a sarcoma of the dura mater, after perforation of the cranium, assumes the shape of a sleeve-button, the contracted portion corresponding with the perforation in the bone, and the flattened masses with the primary tumor of the dura and its external pericranial portion. Regional extension of a sarcoma takes place along the sheaths of blood-vessels and nerves, seldom through the lymphatics except in cases of lympho-sarcoma. As lymphatics have been demonstrated in sarcoma, it is somewhat singular that regional infection so seldom takes place through the lymphatic vessels. That local and regional extension takes place by migration of sarcoma-cells is well shown in cases of central sarcoma of bone. In these cases minute sarcomatous tumors are often found in the medullary tissue at a distance from the primary tumor, with perfectly healthy tissue between them. We can only assume that cells have wandered away from the mother-tumor into the myeloid tissue, and that the young daughter-tumors are the product of tissue- proliferation of these cells, which have reproduced the tumor in the same tissue in the neighborhood of the primary tumor. Barth ascer- tained that in local recurrence of spindle-celled sarcoma the disease is rendered much more malignant by an increase of the round cells and a decrease of the spindle-cells. Metastasis. — General dissemination in sarcoma takes place much 558 PATHOLOGY AND TREATMENT OF TUMORS. more frequently and at an earlier stage than in carcinoma. In thi. regard sarcoma is much more malignant than carcinoma. Smal round-celled sarcoma gives rise to metastasis much more frequently than do spindle-celled and giant-celled sarcoma. The smaller the cells the greater the liability to early and extensive general dissemination The intimate relations which exist between the blood-vessels and thi tumor-tissue in sarcoma serve to explain the frequency of metastasis Isolated cells can permeate the vessel-wall, and are then carried witl the blood-current to distant parts or organs, where, after the cells hav< Fig. 405. — Metastasis of a round-celled sarcoma in the liver; X 40 (after Karg and Schmorl), Botl tumor-nodules are composed of round cells, and can be distinguished clearly from the adjacent liver-tissue Jn the vicinity of the sarcomatous nodules the liver-ceils are flattened. Several capillary vessels in th vicinity of the tumors are blocked by tumor-cells. become implanted upon a vessel-wall, there are produced secondary o metastatic tumors which resemble the primary tumor in every respect In round-celled sarcoma the metastatic tumor is composed of roun< cells ; in spindle-celled sarcoma the metastatic tumor is composed 01 spindle-cells ; and in melano-sarcoma the metastatic tumor is compose* of pigmented cells. In the very rare cases of myosarcoma the meta static tumors contain muscular fibres which answer in their structure t< SARCOMA. 559 the fibres of the primary tumor. Brodowsky recorded a case of myo- sarcoma of the stomach with metastases, and found in the secondary metastatic tumors small unstriped muscular fibres. Birch-Hirschfeld examined a case of myosarcoma of the uterus which contained, besides flat muscular fibres, many small muscular fibres and cells which appeared to be a transition into spindle-cells. The metastatic tumors which were found in the liver and the bronchial glands showed a similar structure (Fig. 405). Very frequently the tumor grows into the lumen of the vessel, which then becomes closed by a sarcomatous thrombus from which fragments may become detached ; these fragments may form emboli and become arrested in the distal branches of the pulmonary artery, where new centres of tumor-growth are established. Melano-sarcoma has the reputation of giving rise frequently to early and diffuse metastasis. The whole surface of the body is at times studded with innumerable pigmented nodules, and many of the internal organs may be affected similarly. Mr. Holden reports the case of a boy ten years old upon whom two operations were performed for sarcoma of the parotid. After the second operation both testicles became sarcomatous almost simultaneously. At the post-mortem very diffuse metastasis was found involving the subcutaneous and internal lymphatic glands. The extent to which various organs become implicated in some cases of general dissemination of sarcoma is well illustrated by a case minutely reported by Forster. The patient was a man thirty-seven years of age. The primary tumor was a small round-celled sarcoma of the thigh. A year later the post-mortem showed metastatic tumors in the right and left submaxillary regions, the scalp, the axilla?, the skin covering the breast, the thyroid gland, the pleurae, the large bronchi, the pericardium, the peritoneum, the mesentery, the omentum, the pan- creas, the duodenum, the ascending colon, the stomach, the dura mater, and the pituitary body. In the brain there were six nodules. Strange as it may appear, the liver and the spleen were free. Etiology. — An hereditary predisposition to sarcoma must be recog- nized. In a few instances sarcoma occurred as a congenital tumor. Although no age is exempt, sarcoma is met with most frequently in children and in young adults. Sarcoma of bone is rare in the aged. Glandular sarcoma is more frequent during old age. At the age of puberty the genital organs are more frequently the seat of sarcoma than at any other period of life. That sarcoma not infrequently starts in chronic inflammatory products is well known. Chronic irritation is often an exciting cause. The inflammatory tissue produced under 560 PATHOLOGY AND TREATMENT OF TUMORS. such circumstances undoubtedly furnishes frequently the essential tumor-matrix. Sarcoma occurs at times in scar-tissue in which there are buried unspecialized connective-tissue cells which only await the influence of conditions, local or general, which will enable them tc assume active tissue-proliferation. The subcutaneous and the deep connective tissues are frequently the starting-points of sarcoma. The serous membranes are more commonly affected than the submucous connective tissue. The lymphatic glands, the periosteum, and the marrow of bone are favorite localities for the development of the primary tumor. Of the glandular organs, the thyroid, the testicle, the ovary, and the mammary gland are most frequently affected. Sar- coma of the central nervous system and its envelopes is of common occurrence. The influence of trauma is more pronounced in the etiology of sarcoma than in that of carcinoma. Not infrequently a bruise or a contusion acts as the exciting cause. The development of a sarcoma at the seat of a fracture has repeatedly been observed. The writer has referred to such a case that came under his observation. Mr. Griffith records a very similar case. The patient was a man twenty-one years of age who sustained a fracture of the femur at the junction of the middle and lower thirds. The usual treatment by rest and fixation of the fragments was carried out for five weeks, when the limb was immobilized in a plaster-of-Paris bandage. Ten weeks after the acci- dent a swelling was observed where the bone had been fractured. The patient refused an amputation at this time. Five months after the acci- dent the thigh was enormously enlarged, the skin was tightly stretched, the superficial veins were coursing in the form of dark broad bands, and the whole surface was intersected with silvery streaks. The patient died less than eight months after the injury. The post-mortem revealed that the shaft of the femur had disappeared, except two small pieces of detached bone about an inch in length, forming the anterior wall at the lower end, and a piece about four inches long and one inch in width at the upper end. The articular cartilages were intact. The tumor was a spindle-celled sarcoma that weighed twenty-five pounds. The influence of trauma in the production of sarcoma should be remembered in the examination of remote swellings appearing at the site of an injury. The immature callus in fractures, failing to undergc transformation into tissue of a higher physiological type, in rare cases becomes the sarcoma-matrix. In injuries of the soft tissues there may be produced a similar matrix, which becomes the starting-point for the sarcoma. The influence of trauma and of chronic irritation in the pro- SARCOMA. 561 duction of sarcoma is shown most conclusively in connection with the origin of sarcoma in warts and pigmented moles. A wart which is the seat of chronic irritation not infrequently becomes the starting-point of a sarcoma. The subepithelial connective tissue in a state of chronic inflammation reverts to its embryonal condition and furnishes the essen- tial tumor-matrix (Fig. 406). A pigmented mole may remain harmless Fig. 406. — Sarcoma which originated in a wart of the scalp (after Liicke) : a, granulating ulcer of the surface ; b, sarcoma-tissue ; c, level of the skin ; d, cutis. throughout a lifetime, but when it is exposed to chronic irritation or becomes the seat of an injury it is exceedingly prone to undergo trans- formation into a melano-sarcoma. Symptoms and Diagnosis. — The diagnosis of sarcoma must be based upon a careful study of the clinical history of the case and a minute examination, which, if need be, should be supplemented by exploratory puncture and by microscopical examination of sections of fragments of tissue removed with the harpoon-trocar. A failure to elicit from the patient and his friends a clear clinical history has led to many serious mistakes in diagnosis and treatment. The most import- ant points to be brought out in the clinical history are the length of time the tumor has existed and its primary anatomical starting-point. The statements made by patients are often vague and unreliable. For instance, a tumor may have existed for several months, when from the patient's statements it often appears that it has developed suddenly; or the tumor is often discovered accidentally after it has existed for some time and has attained considerable size. This fact should be borne in mind, as otherwise the tumor might be mistaken for an infective swelling. As inflammation always affects vascular connective tissue, and thus shares with sarcoma the same anatomical location, an accurate know- ledge of the primary anatomical starting-point of a sarcoma is of special value in the differential diagnosis between sarcoma and carcinoma and benign mesoblastic tumors. Let us take, for the purpose of illustration, a malignant tumor involving the bones of the cranial vault. In differ- entiating between a sarcoma and a carcinoma it is important to ascer- 36 562 PATHOLOGY AND TREATMENT OF TUMORS. tain from the patient whether the growth began in the skin as ar ulcer, or whether the tumor made its appearance first under the intact skin, as it is plain that in the former instance the tumor wouk be a carcinoma with secondary implication of the bone, whereas in the latter case there could be no further doubt of the sarcomatous nature of the tumor. It would be immaterial, so far as the nature of the tumor is concerned, whether it originated in the dura mater, the bone the periosteum, or the subcutaneous connective tissue. The subcu- taneous origin of the tumor would exclude the possibility of its being a carcinoma, unless the tumor developed from a displaced tumor- matrix composed of epithelial cells — a very rare occurrence indeed in this locality. In the differential diagnosis it is exceedingly important tc ascertain whether the tumor originated in epiblastic, hypoblastic, or meso- blastic tissues. With few exceptions malignant tumors originating in mesoblastic tissues are sarcomata, whereas all malignant tumors of epiblastic or hypoblastic origin are carcinomata. In the examination of ulcerating malignant tumors the surgeon is often unable to make this distinction, and must rely upon the patient's statement regarding the early history of the tumor. With veiy rare exceptions primary malignant tumors of the lymphatic glands, the bone, and the connec- tive tissue are sarcomatous. In malignant tumors of the glands it is, of course, impossible to decide whether the tumor started in the paren- chyma or in the connective tissue — in other words, whether it had an epithelial or a connective-tissue matrix. In such cases we must rely upon the shape of the tumor and its relations to the adjacent tissue in distinguishing between a sarcoma and a carcinoma. As a rule, sarcoma grows more rapidly than carcinoma. There are, however, exceptions to this rule. Malignant epulis and psammoma grow slowly, and in the latter tumor limitation of growth is often brought about by fatty degeneration and calcification. Billroth relates a case of sarcoma in the occipital region in which, during twenty years, fifty operations were performed. Sarcoma is usually not attended by much pain unless a nerve is involved directly or by pressure. In a case of neuro-sarcoma of the median nerve reported by Volkmann the pain was severe in the region of the distribution of the nerve. Muscular atrophy was also a marked feature. Even in central sarcoma of bone the pain is usually not severe. A sarcomatous tumor is usually globular, oblong, flat, or spindle- shaped, according to the location of the tumor and the anatomical arrangement of the tissues in which it is located. Its surface is smooth ; its consistency is variable. In the soft tissues the tumoi SARCOMA. 563 is movable, in this respect differing greatly from carcinoma, in which fixation of the tumor is present almost from the beginning of the growth. Sarcoma attains greater size before ulceration occurs. The principal reason for this difference in the clinical behavior of sarcoma and carcinoma, undoubtedly is to be found in the fact that sarcoma is always covered by intact skin or mucous membrane, while carci- noma begins as a surface affection. In large sarcomata the superficial veins are always enlarged. In soft tumors a sense of fluctuation is imparted to the palpating fingers. The margins of the tumor are more defined in sarcoma than in carcinoma. In carcinoma of the breast the tumor can be moved without moving the surrounding gland-tissue. In myelogenous sarcoma pulsations and bruit are often present. True aneurysm of bone is very rare. Klebs has never seen such a case. The differential diagnosis between an infective swelling and a sarcoma can often be made only by resorting to an exploratory puncture. If the diagnosis between a gumma and a sarcoma is not clear, the patient should be given the benefit of the doubt and should be placed on a vigorous antisyphilitic treatment for several weeks. Billroth was the first to point out that regional glandular infection is very rare in sarcoma, while it is the rule in carcinoma. The regional infection is in the direction of intermuscular septa and along the sheaths of blood-vessels and nerves. Metastasis occurs earlier and more fre- quently in sarcoma than in carcinoma. The general health is usually little impaired until ulceration or general dissemination takes place. In sarcoma of the serous surfaces the primary tumor gives rise to multiple growths by cells becoming detached, displaced, and im- planted at different points. In sarcoma of the internal organs the presence of the tumor is usually not suspected until symptoms are produced from pressure. Mr. Barclay reports a case of sarcoma of the anterior mediastinum in which the only subjective symptom was dyspnea. The sternum was slightly elevated, and the tumor extended above it into the tissues of the neck. It has been ascertained by Ebstein, Pel, Renvers, Erb, Volkers, and Kast that the temperature rises in irregular curves in sarcoma of the internal organs. Priestly recently reported a case of sarcoma of the liver in which this phenomenon was regularly observed. In a case of sarcoma of the pancreas, mentioned to the writer by Drs. Vande- venter and Northrop of Marquette, Michigan, the evening rise in the temperature was so constant and persistent that the case was diagnosed as typhoid fever by a most competent practitioner. The thermometer should be employed as a diagnostic resource in cases of suspected sarcoma of internal organs. 564 PATHOLOGY AND TREATMENT OF TUMORS. Pathological fracture is frequently caused by myelogenous sarcomj and by metastatic carcinoma. In melano-sarcoma the color of th« tumor and its origin in pigmented tissue render the diagnosis suf- ficiently positive. In glioma and psammoma of the central nervous system a probable diagnosis can often be made from the focal symp- toms that are sometimes, but not always, present. Prognosis. — The most malignant forms of sarcoma are soft and small-celled, and they are attended by rapid regional extension and early generalization. The degree of malignancy is determined by the rapidity of growth. In some cases the growth is so rapid that clin- ically the sarcoma resembles more closely an inflammatory process than a tumor. In one of Billroth's cases the tumor grew so rapidly that a diagnosis of furuncle was made. The patient died of pulmonary sarcoma in less than three months. Mistakes in diagnosis are oftenest made in the most malignant forms of sarcoma. Slow growth indicates a more benign tendency of the tumor. Sometimes the primary tumor grows slowly, the secondary tumors very rapidly. Sarcoma leads to a fatal termination sooner than carcinoma. Melano-sarcoma is the most malignant of all tumors and the least amenable to successful treatment by operation. Local recur- rence after operation is more frequent and takes place sooner in sar- coma than in carcinoma. Billroth maintained that a local recurrence may take place twenty years after the removal of the tumor. The same author was of the opinion that in may cases the recurrence after a thorough operation was due to inoculation of the margins of the wound with sarcoma-cells deposited there by the knife used in the operation. Giant-celled and spindle-celled sarcomata offer the most favorable prognosis. The prognosis is, of course, greatly modified by the loca- tion of the tumor, the physiological importance of the adjacent tissues or organs, the degree of accessibility of the tumor, and the presence or absence of metastasis, but, on the whole, it is much graver in sarcoma than in carcinoma. The most favorable cases for successful operative treatment are sarcomatous epulis and myeloid sarcoma of bone. Treatment. — If we have found it necessary to urge the necessity of early and thorough removal of carcinoma, this advice applies with double force to the necessity of early and thorough operations in the treatment of sarcoma. Sarcoma gives rise to local, regional, and general infection at an earlier stage than carcinoma ; hence the disease passes sooner beyond the limits of a successful operation. In sarcoma the lymphatic glands do not stand guard between the primary tumoi and the general circulation as in carcinoma, and metastasis follows SARCOMA. 565 more frequently by the direct route through the blood-vessels of the tumor. Not infrequently a sarcomatous thrombus which does not quite block the blood-vessel forms in one of the vessels of the tumor and extends far beyond the limits of a radical operation. Billroth relates an instance in which such a thrombus formed in the spermatic vein in connection with a sarcoma of the testicle. The thrombus by proximal growth finally reached the right side of the heart, where it became attached to the septum between the ventricles, and the septum was finally perforated by the tumor. It is not difficult to conceive that the existence of such an intravascular extension of the tumor would pre- clude all possibility of a successful operation. Operative treatment should be resorted to before regional and general dissemination of the tumor has taken place. The employment of efficient caustics in the treatment of incipient surface carcinomata is sometimes excusable, but in the treatment of sarcoma caustics should invariably be avoided. As soon as a diagnosis can be made the tumor should be removed by excision or by amputa- tion. A radical operation by excision offers the only reasonable pros- pect of success. Local recurrences should be dealt with in the same manner as soon as their existence is discovered. In the excision of a sarcoma a zone of apparently healthy tissue at least an inch in width should be removed with the tumor, if this can be done without coming in conflict with tissues and organs that do not admit of such a radical procedure. The skin overlying a sarcoma should invariably be removed with the tumor. In sarcoma of glands and of the uterus the whole organ must be removed. The incisions should be made in the direction of the large vessels of the part affected, not only for the purpose of exposing the vessels well with a view of guarding against unintentional injury, but also with the object of removing as much as possible of the connective tissue between the tumor and the vessels. In the radical operation for carcinoma the surgeon has in view the removal of the lymphatics in the region of the tumor; in operations for sarcoma he seeks to remove not only the proximal lymphatics — a possible route for regional infection — but he aims to remove as much as possible of the connective tissue in the region of the tumor, through which tissue local and regional infection takes place. In extensive sarcoma of the extremities amputation at some distance from the tumor is indicated in the majority of cases ; whether the tumor has started in soft parts or in bone is immaterial. Fascial sarcoma of the limbs so often involves important vessels and nerves that amputation is the only alternative. Resection in the con- tinuity of a long bone is applicable in the case of the radius, the ulna, 566 PATHOLOGY AND TREATMENT OF TUMORS. and the fibula if the disease has not extended beyond the periosteun Removal of central myeloid tumors by scraping has in a few cast recently been practised with success, but the cases are few for whic this procedure is adapted, and it is always attended by great risks c a speedy recurrence, which, after it has manifested itself, calls for a amputation without delay. Operations for glioma of the brain hav yielded a number of brilliant immediate results, but with few exceptior the operations were followed, as would be expected, by an early loc; recurrence. Sarcoma of large nerve-trunks usually requires amput; tion, as excision of an extensive section of a nerve would be followe by permanent paralysis and an early local recurrence. Operativ treatment is contraindicated in the presence of metastasis and if th tumor cannot be removed completely, either on account of its size, it insufficient accessibility, or its implication of structures the removal o which with the tumor is not feasible or justifiable. The administration of drugs has very generally been abandonee as ample experience has demonstrated that we are not in possessio of any remedy that exerts a curative effect upon sarcoma. Arsenii so strongly advised by Billroth and others, has yielded negative result It was urged that Fowler's solution should be given in graduall increasing doses both by the mouth and by parenchymatous injectior until symptoms of intoxication are produced, when the use of the dru should not be suspended, but the doses should be diminished. Th writer has resorted to this treatment in a number of instances, but he never witnessed even a retarding effect. The beneficial effects of an intercurrent attack of erysipelas in case of sarcoma have been noticed by different surgeons for a long tim Bush was the first to intentionally inoculate with erysipelas patien' suffering from sarcoma, but his expectations were not realized. Aft< the discovery of the streptococcus of erysipelas by Fehleisen numero; inoculations with pure cultures of this microbe were made in cases c inoperable carcinoma and sarcoma. A few cases appear to have bee cured permanently ; some were benefited, others were not improve' and in some death was caused by the erysipelas. These inoculatioi have been deprived of the risk to life by using sterile cultures of tl streptococcus erysipelatis in place of active cultures. Coley and Bu report a series of cases in which this method of treatment appears 1 have been followed by encouraging results. It seems that the toxim of the micrococcus prodigiosus increase the curative effect of the to: ines of the microbe of erysipelas. The treatment of inoperable casi of sarcoma by this method should be encouraged and persistent carried out. The directions for this treatment are laid down in tl SARCOMA. 567 section on the Treatment of Tumors. The writer has recently treated six cases of inoperable sarcoma with the combined sterilized cultures without any appreciable effect. It would be advisable to treat cases of sarcoma by this method after all operations, with the expectation that the treatment would prove useful in preventing a local recurrence. The palliative treatment of inoperable cases of sarcoma is the same as in carcinoma. Topography. Skin.— With the exception of the pigmented variety, sarcoma of the skin is rare. It occurs most frequently in scars, or by the trans- formation of the connective tissue of a wart or the stroma of a papil- loma or a fibroma into a sarcoma. Independently of such pre-existing Fjg. 407. — Large round-celled sarcoma of skin ; X 250 (after Karg and Schmorl). The tumor is composed of large round cells, which in some places, by crowding together, have been somewhat flattened. Most of the cells contain one nucleus ; some of them are multinuclear. The intercellular granular substance is scanty, and can be seen only in certain parts of the field. pathological conditions, its starting-point is in the subcutaneous con- nective tissue. That sarcoma is often caused by chronic irritation there is no doubt. In a case of sarcoma over the scapula the writer found that the location of the tumor corresponded exactly with a point where the suspender had produced the greatest amount of pressure and fric- tion. Sarcoma may be composed either of round cells or of spindle- 5 68 PATHOLOGY AND TREATMENT OF TUMORS. cells, or these two kinds of cells may be present in varying proportioi in the same tumor (Figs 407, 408). The most frequent form of sarcoma of the skin is the melano-sa coma. This tumor originates either in a pigmented nevus, a wart, < the bed of a finger-nail. In either locality the tumor is so near tl surface of the skin that ulceration is an early occurrence (Fig. 40c A melano-sarcoma seldom attains great size, because, as a rule, tl tumor at an early stage reaches the surface of the skin and ulcerates. Much of the pigment produced in melanotic tumors is eliminate through the urine. It not infrequently happens that the secondai Fig. 408. — Small spindle-celled sarcoma of the skin ; X 250 (after Karg and Schmorl). The tumor cc sists of numerous bundles of spindle-cells, which have been cut longitudinally in the centre of the fie transversely in the periphery. A few cells contain fine granules of pigment, which appear in the picture minute black dots. lymphatic tumors grow very rapidly, while the primary tumor grov slowly or remains stationary. In melano-sarcoma regional infection followed soon by general dissemination, although there are exceptioi to this rule. Melano-sarcoma occurring in the matrix or the neighbo hood of the nail presents itself at first as a black nodule which ulce ates early, and local, regional, and general dissemination follows rapidl The great toe is most frequently thus affected. In a case which can under the writer's notice the matrix of the nail of the right index fing was the starting-point of the tumor. The patient, a tailor thirty-fr SARCOMA. 569 years of age, attributed the tumor to the prick of a needle. In this case the whole chain of glands from the primary tumor to the apex of the axilla became infected in less than three months, and death resulted from general dissemination within a year from the time the tumor was discovered. The case was treated repeatedly with caustics, which greatly aggravated the local conditions and hastened the fatal termination. Melano-sarcoma of the skin is characterized by the pigmentation Fig. 409. — Melano-sarcoma of the skin; X 9 (after Karg and Schmorl) : vertical section through a melano-sarcoma of the skin of the arm. The tumor (a), which projects mushroom-like beyond the level of the surrounding skin (b) and penetrates into the underlying cutis ft:), is composed of dense streaks of large round cells, which, with the magnification used here, cannot be seen. On the surface the tumor is ulcerated and covered with crusts which appear as dark homogeneous masses ; at the margins the tumor is covered by epithelium (d) which has proliferated irregularly ; at the border of the tumor, under the cutis, masses of pig- ment material are deposited {e). of the primary and secondary tumors and by the rapidity with which local, regional, and general dissemination occurs. The only proper treatment for melano-sarcoma of the skin is early excision of the primary tumor. If the tumor starts in the neighbor- hood of a finger-nail or a toe-nail, amputation is preferable to excis- ion. In sarcoma of the skin occurring in other parts of the body, whether pigmented or not, the incisions should be made at least an inch distant from the visible and palpable margins of the tumor. It is very doubtful whether anything can be gained from an operation after extensive regional infection has occurred. Such cases should be treated by sterilized cultures of the streptococcus of erysipelas admin- istered subcutaneously. Submucous Connective Tissue. — As a primary tumor of the sub- 570 PATHOLOGY AND TREATMENT OF TUMORS. mucous connective tissue sarcoma is an exceedingly rare tumor. Tl tumor in this locality does not become pedunculated : it remains se sile, and ulceration sets in early and progresses with the growth of tl tumor. The cedema of the tumor-tissue that is almost a constant co; dition in submucous sarcoma imparts to the tumor under the micr Fig. 410. — Pigmented mole which ulcerated and infected the inguinal lymph-glands (after Sutton), patient was sixty-five years of age. scope a myxomatous appearance at an early stage and hastens t actual myxomatous degeneration. Sarcomata of the uterus and of t intestinal canal usually begin as submucous tumors. Fascial Sarcoma. — Fascial sarcoma may appear anywhere in t deep connective tissue ; it occurs most frequently, however, betwe SARCOMA. Plate 13. 1. Sarcoma of breast 2 Enormous fascial sarcoma between scapula; SARCOMA. 571 the planes of large muscles, presenting itself as a smooth, globular, painless tumor which displaces and infiltrates the adjacent tissues. Unless bound down by resisting structures, the tumor is quite movable, and when it is soft pseudo-fluctuation is present. The tumor is com- posed of spindle-cells or of round cells, or these two kinds of cells may occur in the same tumor. In some of the soft tumors the round cells are unusually large and multinuclear. The tumor, which develops within a few weeks after a contusion, follows the intermuscular septa and the sheaths of vessels and nerves ; it differs from a myxoma and a lipoma by its rapid growth, and from inflammatory swellings by the absence of pain and tenderness. In large tumors central necrosis occa- sionally takes place. Hemorrhages into the substance of the tumor and myxomatous degeneration are of frequent occurrence. Regional infection takes place along connective-tissue routes, seldom through the deep lymphatics. Sarcoma is met with most frequently in the deep connective tissue of the neck, the thigh, the leg, the arm, the abdomen, and the scapular region. During the college session of 1894 the writer removed from the interscapular region such a tumor, the circumference of which equalled that of a large soup-plate. Portions of the scapular muscles were removed with the tumor on both sides. The enormous wound was greatly diminished in size by the use of tension-sutures. About a week after the operation the patient contracted erysipelas, which commenced at the borders of the wound and spread over the entire surface of the chest, abdomen, neck, and upper extremities. The entire wound healed by granulation in two months, leaving a circular pale scar the size of the palm of the hand. No recurrence had taken place six months after the operation. In fascial sarcoma of the trunk and neck the tumor should be removed as early as possible by a thorough excision, including with the tumor a wide zone of apparently healthy tissue. In fascial sar- coma of the limbs involving the principal vessels and nerves, ampu- tation is indicated, and the operation should be performed at a safe distance from the tumor. If the tumor is located some distance from important structures and is limited in extent, excision may be tried. It has been the experience of the writer that such tumors deeply located return almost without exception after excision ; this cannot be said of sarcoma of the superficial fascia. In the deep sarcomata the adjacent muscular fibres become infiltrated at an early stage, and the disease creeps along the connective-tissue spaces far beyond the pro- posed line of incision long before the operation is performed. Fascial sarcoma in children is an exceedingly malignant tumor. In 572 PATHOLOGY AND TREATMENT OF TUMORS. the winter of 1893-94 the writer had under his care, at the clinic Rush Medical College, a girl eight years of age, who was otherw: in good health. Within two months a tumor the size of a child's f had formed among the deep muscles of the calf of the leg, about thi inches below the knee-joint. There was no pulsation ; neither pain n tenderness existed. The skin over the tumor was normal. An expk atory puncture yielded blood. A diagnosis of fascial sarcoma w made, and the limb was amputated by the Gritti-Stoke supracondyk operation. Primary healing of the wound took place. Two mont after the operation a soft tumor appeared among the deep muscles ov the posterior aspect of the stump, and unconnected with the scar. 1 soon as the parents' consent could be obtained amputation through t hip-joint was made; from this operation the little patient recover without any untoward symptoms. From his own experience the writer has come to regard amputati as preferable to excision in cases of deep fascial sarcoma of the liml It is possible that with the aid of sterilized injections of the micro of erysipelas we will be able more frequently to dispense with mu lating operations. Lymphatic Glands. — Primary sarcoma of the lymphatic glam lympho-sarcoma, is a comparatively rare affection. The primary tum Fig. 411. — Lympho-sarcoma; \ 270 (after Karg and Schmorl). The cells of which the tumor is ( posed show the character of lymphoid corpuscles. Besides these small round cells there are seen larger with pale nuclei. infects adjacent glands of the same region. The tumors, as a n present to the palpating finger a sense of elastic resistance. They smooth and movable before the tumor perforates the capsule of ' gland. The pre-existing glandular tissue takes no part in the gro\ SARCOMA. 573 of the tumor, and is gradually displaced by the tumor-tissue. The cells of which the tumor is composed are small round cells which are imbedded in an exceedingly delicate reticulum, the meshes of which frequently are occupied by a single cell (Fig. 411). The regional infection is usually followed sooner or later by general infection, which in these cases is more frequently the result of migration of sarcoma- cells in the lymph-stream than of direct infection through a vessel- wall. The metastatic tumors present the same lymphoid appearance as the primary tumor. As soon as the capsule of the tumor is per- forated by the tumor, the sarcoma involves the surrounding connective tissue ; and when the disease in neighboring glands has reached the same stage, the glandular tumors are incorporated with the perigland- ular tumor-tissue in one mass, in which the separate glands can no longer be identified. At this stage the common tumor-mass frequently implicates the overlying skin, when ulceration and sloughing take place. Before dissemination and ulceration occur the health of the patient is but little impaired. When the glands occupy the region of the neck or the mediastinum, the tumors may cause great suffering and death from pressure. The characteristic features of lympho-sarcoma are the successive enlargement of the glands of the region occupied by the primary tumor, followed by metastasis without leucocythemia. In leukemia other blood-producing organs become successively affected, and the blood under the microscope shows the characteristic textural changes. In pseudo-leukemia the glands in different parts of the body become enlarged. In tuberculosis the glands never attain such large size as in lympho-sarcoma without the occurrence of extensive regressive meta- morphoses. In primary syphilis the enlargement of the glands can be traced to the proper source of infection ; and in secondary and tertiary syphilis the glandular hyperplasia is universal and the swellings seldom exceed an almond in size. The prognosis in glandular sarcoma is very grave, as recurrence after extirpation is the rule. An operation holds out encouragement if it be performed before the capsules of the affected glands have become perforated. As the deep glands are more frequently affected by sarcoma than the superficial glands, the operation is often very difficult on account of the close proximity to the tumors of important vessels and nerves. Sarcomatous glands should never be enucleated. Even if the capsules of the glands are not perforated, young sarcoma-cells have passed through them into the periglandular connective-tissue spaces. The opera- tive treatment of lympho-sarcoma consists in a clean and thorough excision of the glands with the surrounding connective tissue. 574 PATHOLOGY AND TREATMENT OF TUMORS. An operation is justifiable only if there is reasonable hope, from the number and location of the glands, that all diseased tissue can be removed. Incomplete operations increase the malignancy of the tumor and hasten the fatal termination. The only exception to this rule arises when the glandular masses threaten life from compression of an import- ant organ, when the largest glands may be removed to meet urgent symptoms. In attempting to remove sarcomatous glands by a radical operation the region affected should be exposed freely by a large incis- ion in a direction parallel with the chain of glands. If necessary, the overlying skin is included in two elliptical incisions. No blunt instru- ments should be used, and no attempt should be made to remove the glands by enucleation. The whole chain of glands, with the connecting lymphatic channels and the connective tissue surrounding the glands, should be removed by a clean dissection with scalpel and dissecting forceps. In the region of the neck, when the deep glands are the seat of sarcoma, it is often necessary to include also in the part to be removed several inches of the internal jugular vein, and sometimes it is necessary to include also the carotid artery and the pneumogastric nerve. Any or all of these structures should be saved if possible, but when they are implicated in the tumor they must be sacrificed fear- lessly. The vessels are to be resected between two ligatures. Resec- tion of the pneumogastric nerve has been performed by Kocher, Kap- peler, the writer, and other surgeons without any immediate disastrous results ; the operation is invariably followed, however, by permanent paralysis of the vocal cords on the affected side. Healing of the wound by primary intention should be aimed at in all operations for sarcoma, as healing by granulation cannot but favor a local recur- rence. Bones. — Sarcoma of bone is met with clinically more frequently than sarcoma of any other organ or tissue. Miiller assigned the name "osteoid tumor" or " ossifying fungus growth " to what we now recognize as sarcoma. Stanley called the same kind of tumor of bone " malignant osseous tumor." Miiller was inclined to classify it with carcinoma. Similar tumors are occasionally met with independently of bone. Pott described such a tumor which lay " loose between the sartorius and vastus internus muscles." In the museum of St. Thomas's Hospital, London, there is a tumor like an osteoid carcinoma that was removed from near a humerus, and another from a popliteal space. In all these cases the removal of the tumor was followed by the growth of an ordinary sarcoma devoid of osteoid material. The osseous part of the tumor is always attached to the bone from SARCOMA. 575 which the growth had its origin. The microscopic characters of the ossified part are those of true bone, but rarely of well-formed bone. Among 19 cases collected by Paget, 5 of the patients were between ten and twenty years old, 9 between twenty and thirty, 4 between thirty and forty, and 1 between forty and fifty. In more than one-half the cases the immediate cause of the tumor was attributed to an injury. Although no age is exempt, sarcoma of bone occurs more fre- quently in children and young adults. The active physiological changes which take place during the development of the skeleton constitute a potent exciting cause. Sarcoma is found most frequently in that part of the bone where the circulation is most active — that is, in the epiphyseal extremities of the long bones and in the inner layer of the periosteum, the cambium. The most malignant form is the periosteal, and the most benign form is sarcomatous epulis. Histological Varieties. — Giant-celled or- Myeloid Sarcoma. — A sar- coma should be called " myeloid " or " giant-celled " if the tumor Fig. 412.— Giant-celled sarcoma of upper jaw ; X 250 (after Karg and Schmorl). Between the densely packed spindle-cells and round cells of the tumor are numerous multinuclear giant-cells variously shaped. The nuclei, which contain distinct nucleoli, are distributed equally through the protoplasm of the cells, in contrast to the giant-cells in tubercular products, in which the nuclei occupy the peripheral zone of the cells. is composed in at least one-half of giant-cells. Many sarcomata contain giant-cells, but when these cells do not predominate the tumor is designated according to the cell-elements which form the 576 PATHOLOGY AND TREATMENT OF TUMORS. greater bulk. A pure giant-celled sarcoma does not exist: we fine at the same time between the giant-cells round cells, spindle-cells, 01 both (Fig. 412). The intercellular substance is scanty, amorphous or in the shape of fibrillae. The prototypes in normal tissue of the giant-cells are the myeloplaques in the marrow of bone. Giant-cellec sarcoma is rare in children and in the aged, and is found most fre- quently in the lower jaw, the femur, and the tibia. The tumor, which is not encapsulated, but is circumscribed, is of slow growth, of a red 01 brownish color, and is not prone to ossify or degenerate. Cysts are produced by hemorrhage or by degenerative changes in tumors of large size. The vascular supply of these tumors is so great that pulsation and bruit are frequently present (Fig. 413). Fig. 413. — Myeloid cystic giant-celled sarcoma of the lower epiphysis of the femur, from a girl twenty-two years old; longitudinal section, one-half natural size (after Ziesing). The lower end of the tumor is round and is covered by the articular cartilage id) ; e, patella. The dark streak (a) indicates thickness and direc- tion of the secondary shell of bone, which can be traced a certain distance along the outer and inner surfaces of the shaft of the bone {a'). The cyst-walls were smooth; some of the cysts contained serum, others extrav- asated blood (/). The bone-producing function of myeloid sarcoma is always limited, and in many cases is entirely wanting — a circumstance which frequently results in pathological fracture. SARCOMA. 577 Round-celled Sarcoma. — In this variety of sarcoma the round cells compose the entire tumor or the bulk of the tumor, the balance being represented by spindle-cells and a few giant-cells. Round-celled is more malignant than giant-celled sarcoma, more especially if the repre- sentative cells are small and when the tumor is located near the trunk. The long bones are most frequently affected, especially their epiphyseal extremities. The tumors are found oftenest in the upper end of the humerus, the lower end of the radius, the lower end of the femur, and the upper end of the tibia. The flat bones are also frequently affected. The round sarcoma-cells possess no fibrillating power ; the tumor is therefore soft, is not encapsulated, and grows more rapidly than giant- celled sarcoma. In both giant-celled and round-celled sarcoma the tumors, instead of producing new bone, destroy the pre-existing bone-tissue, thus in the case of the long bones leading to weakening of the shaft, so that often upon the slightest application of force, as turning in bed, a path- ological fracture is produced. If the tumor is located centrally, the resistance being equal on all sides, a spindle-shaped enlargement of the bone is produced, the centre of the spindle corresponding with the primary location of the tumor. This enlargement is not caused by tumor-tissue of the bone, but by the expansion of the compact layer of the bone and the periosteum under the greatly increased intra-osse- ous tension. The compact layer is weakened by the destruction of pre-existing bone-tissue from within outward by the tumor. The sarcoma-cells act in the capacity of osteoblasts. New bone is produced by the periosteum when this is reached by the tumor (Fig. 413,(2). If the tumor is not centrally located, or if it starts in the compact layer of bone, the tumor occupies one side of the bone, and will grow in the direction offering the least resistance— that is, away from the bone. In such cases pathological fracture is of less frequent occurrence. Round-celled sarcoma gives rise to regional and general infection more constantly and at an earlier stage than giant-celled sarcoma. Round-celled sarcoma may originate from the inner layer of the periosteum, when the resulting tumor soon encircles the bone, and almost from the beginning implicates the connective tissue outside the periosteum, where the tumor exhibits more of the phenomena of a deep connective-tissue sarcoma than sarcoma of bone. Spindle-celled Sarcoma. — A spindle-celled sarcoma is very rare in the interior of bone as a primary tumor. It originates most frequently in the periosteum, where, by continuity of tissue, it soon extends around the shaft of long bones, appearing as a fusiform tumor. Between the 37 578 PATHOLOGY AND TREATMENT OF TUMORS. spindle-cells there are often found, in varying proportions, round cells and sometimes giant-cells. Periosteal sarcoma very often produces new bone, when we speak of an ossifying sarcoma. Ossification of the tumor takes place fre- quently in sarcoma of the flat as well as in sarcoma of the long bones, The tumor is hard if ossification takes place on a large scale or if the tumor is composed almost exclusively of spindle-cells ; it is soft in non-ossifying tumors composed in part at least of round cells and giant-cells. In ossifying periosteal sarcoma the bone left after maceration consists of beautiful spiculae which radiate and branch from the affected bone (Fig. 414). Decalcified speci- mens show delicate trabecular, usually per- pendicular to the old bone, and between them a very cellular tissue containing spindle- cells and round cells. Pathological fracture does not occur in periosteal sarcoma, as the affected bone is not much weakened by the tumor. Clinic- ally, periosteal sarcoma differs from primary sarcoma of bone by the existence of greater pain and tenderness, by its greater malig- nancy, manifested by its more rapid growth, and by its tendency to give rise to regional and general dissemination. Sarcomata of some of the bones present such peculiar clinical features that a special reference to them is necessary. Cranial Bones. — Periosteal sarcoma of the cranial bones forms at first an external tumor which attacks the bone beneath, often leading to diffuse secondary sarcoma of the dura mater, and even of the brain itself. Anatomically the tumor is characterized by massive radiating spiculae of bone. Myeloid sarcoma begins in the connective tissue or myeloid tissue of the diploe, and by its growth causes destruction of both tables of th< bone, resulting in the formation of large intracranial and extracrania tumor-masses connected by a constricted portion which correspond; with the primary location of the tumor and the perforation in tht skull. New bone is produced when the tumor has reached the peri osteum, so that the tumor is covered externally by a thin shell of bone Fig. 414. — Periosteal fascicular sarcoma of the femur ; one-third nat- ural size (after Ziesing). The lower end of the femur is sawn through in an oblique frontal direction. SARCOMA. 579 which, however, yields to the increasing intracranial tension when the tumor pulsates synchronously with the heart's action ; the tumor also presents other symptoms which point to its partly intracranial location. In some cases no new bone forms, and pulsation appears as soon as perforation takes place. The tumor gradually becomes softer and softer, and finally implicates the overlying skin, when ulceration and sloughing hasten the fatal termination. The external tumor has been known to attain a bulk of half the size of the head. The intracranial extension of the tumor often causes well-marked cerebral symptoms. Formerly, for obvious reasons, myeloid sarcomata of the cranial bones were regarded as absolutely fatal. Bold operation under strict antiseptic precautions has placed them within the reach of successful operations, provided the operative treatment be resorted to in time. The extension of the tumor to the dura mater does not preclude a successful operation, as during the last ten years large pieces of the dura mater have been removed with the tumor without any immediate or remote unfavorable complications. During one of these operations Volkmann accidentally injured the superior longitudinal sinus, and the patient died on the table from the immediate effects of the entrance of air. Extirpation of these tumors requires the removal of the cranial wall as far as the limits of the intracranial part of the tumor, when, if the dura mater is affected, it is removed with the tumor. Special care is necessary to prevent the entrance of air and undue hemorrhage if a part of the superior longitudinal sinus has to be excised with the tumor. Air-embolism can be prevented with certainty by keeping the head on a level with the body during the operation ; hemorrhage is guarded against by preliminary compression of the sinus outside the line of incision on both sides, or by excising the sinus between two ligatures. Hemorrhage from the sinus in accidental injuries is arrested by ligature, by suture, or by compression-forceps which are allowed to remain and are incorporated in the dressings and removed on the second or third day. The interruption of the circulation in the sinus is a harm- less procedure if the wound remains aseptic ; should suppuration set in, the patient is exposed to the dangers of septic sinus-phlebitis and its remote results, sepsis and pyemia. If a large part of the cranial wall has to be excised, the defect should be filled with an accurately-fitting plate of perforated decalcified bone, which furnishes a temporary pro- tection for the exposed brain and aids the bone-producing tissues in greatly diminishing the size of the cranial defect. The wound is closed over the bone-plate by sutures except at the most dependent part, where tubular or capillary drainage is established. Serious brain- symptoms usually indicate the extension of the tumor beyond the 574 PATHOLOGY AND TREATMENT OF TUMORS. An operation is justifiable only if there is reasonable hope, from the number and location of the glands, that all diseased tissue can be removed. Incomplete operations increase the malignancy of the tumoi and hasten the fatal termination. The only exception to this rule arises when the glandular masses threaten life from compression of an import- ant organ, when the largest glands may be removed to meet urgent symptoms. In attempting to remove sarcomatous glands by a radical operation the region affected should be exposed freely by a large incis- ion in a direction parallel with the chain of glands. If necessary, the overlying skin is included in two elliptical incisions. No blunt instru- ments should be used, and no attempt should be made to remove the glands by enucleation. The whole chain of glands, with the connecting lymphatic channels and the connective tissue surrounding the glands, should be removed by a clean dissection with scalpel and dissecting forceps. In the region of the neck, when the deep glands are the seat of sarcoma, it is often necessary to include also in the part to be removed several inches of the internal jugular vein, and sometimes it is necessary to include also the carotid arteiy and the pneumogastric nerve. Any or all of these structures should be saved if possible, but when they are implicated in the tumor they must be sacrificed fear- lessly. The vessels are to be resected between two ligatures. Resec- tion of the pneumogastric nerve has been performed by Kocher, Kap- peler, the writer, and other surgeons without any immediate disastrous results ; the operation is invariably followed, however, by permanent paralysis of the vocal cords on the affected side. Healing of the wound by primary intention should be aimed at in all operations foi sarcoma, as healing by granulation cannot but favor a local recur- rence. Bones. — Sarcoma of bone is met with clinically more frequently than sarcoma of any other organ or tissue. Miiller assigned the name "osteoid tumor " or " ossifying fungus growth " to what we now recognize as sarcoma. Stanley called the same kind of tumor of bone " malignant osseous tumor." Miiller was inclined to classify it with carcinoma. Similar tumors are occasionally met with independently of bone. Pott described such a tumor which lay " loose between the sartorius and vastus internus muscles." In the museum of St. Thomas's Hospital, London, there is a tumor like ar osteoid carcinoma that was removed from near a humerus, and anothei from a popliteal space. In all these cases the removal of the tumoi was followed by the growth of an ordinary sarcoma devoid of osteoic material. The osseous part of the tumor is always attached to the bone fron SARCOMA. 575 which the growth had its origin. The microscopic characters of the ossified part are those of true bone, but rarely of well-formed bone. Among 19 cases collected by Paget, 5 of the patients were between ten and twenty years old, 9 between twenty and thirty, 4 between thirty and forty, and 1 between forty and fifty. In more than one-half the cases the immediate cause of the tumor was attributed to an injury. Although no age is exempt, sarcoma of bone occurs more fre- quently in children and young adults. The active physiological changes which take place during the development of the skeleton constitute a potent exciting cause. Sarcoma is found most frequently in that part of the bone where the circulation is most active — that is, in the epiphyseal extremities of the long bones and in the inner layer of the periosteum, the cambium. The most malignant form is the periosteal, and the most benign form is sarcomatous epulis. Histological Varieties. — Giant-celled or Myeloid Sarcoma, — A sar- coma should be called "myeloid" or "giant-celled" if the tumor Fig. 412.— Giant-celled sarcoma of upper jaw ; X 250 (after Karg and Schmorl). Between the densely packed spindle-cells and round cells of the tumor are numerous mullinuclear giant-cells variously shaped. The nuclei, which contain distinct nucleoli, are distributed equally through the protoplasm of the cells, in contrast to the giant-cells in tubercular products, in which the nuclei occupy the peripheral zone of the cells. is composed in at least one-half of giant-cells. Many sarcomata contain giant-cells, but when these cells do not predominate the tumor is designated according to the cell-elements which form the 576 PATHOLOGY AND TREATMENT OF TUMORS. greater bulk. A pure giant-celled sarcoma does not exist : we find at the same time between the giant-cells round cells, spindle-cells, or both (Fig. 412). The intercellular substance is scanty, amorphous, or in the shape of fibrillae. The prototypes in normal tissue of the giant-cells are the myeloplaqites in the marrow of bone. Giant-celled sarcoma is rare in children and in the aged, and is found most fre- quently in the lower jaw, the femur, and the tibia. The tumor, which is not encapsulated, but is circumscribed, is of slow growth, of a red or brownish color, and is not prone to ossify or degenerate. Cysts are produced by hemorrhage or by degenerative changes in tumors of large size. The vascular supply of these tumors is so great that pulsation and bruit are frequently present (Fig. 413). Fig. 413.— Myeloid cystic giant-celled sarcoma of the lower epiphysis of the femur, from a girl twenty-twc years old; longitudinal section, one-half natural size (after Ziesing). The lower end of the tumor is rount and is covered by the articular cartilage (d); e, patella. The dark streak (a) indicates thickness and direc tion of the secondary shell of bone, which can be traced a certain distance along the outer and inner surface of the shaft of the bone (a'). The cyst-walls were smooth ; some of the cysts contained serum, others extrav asated blood (/). * The bone-producing function of myeloid sarcoma is always limited and in many cases is entirely wanting — a circumstance which frequentlj results in pathological fracture. SARCOMA. 577 Round-celled Sarcoma. — In this variety of sarcoma the round cells compose the entire tumor or the bulk of the tumor, the balance being represented by spindle-cells and a few giant-cells. Round-celled is more malignant than giant-celled sarcoma, more especially if the repre- sentative cells are small and when the tumor is located near the trunk. The long bones are most frequently affected, especially their epiphyseal extremities. The tumors are found oftenest in the upper end of the humerus, the lower end of the radius, the lower end of the femur, and the upper end of the tibia. The flat bones are also frequently affected. The round sarcoma-cells possess no fibrillating power ; the tumor is therefore soft, is not encapsulated, and grows more rapidly than giant- celled sarcoma. In both giant-celled and round-celled sarcoma the tumors, instead of producing new bone, destroy the pre-existing bone-tissue, thus in the case of the long bones leading to weakening of the shaft, so that often upon the slightest application of force, as turning in bed, a path- ological fracture is produced. If the tumor is located centrally, the resistance being equal on all sides, a spindle-shaped enlargement of the bone is produced, the centre of the spindle corresponding with the primary location of the tumor. This enlargement is not caused by tumor-tissue of the bone, but by the expansion of the compact layer of the bone and the periosteum under the greatly increased intra-osse- ous tension. The compact layer is weakened by the destruction of pre-existing bone-tissue from within outward by the tumor. The sarcoma-cells act in the capacity of osteoblasts. New bone is produced by the periosteum when this is reached by the tumor (Fig. 413,12). If the tumor is not centrally located, or if it starts in the compact layer of bone, the tumor occupies one side of the bone, and will grow in the direction offering the least resistance — -that is, away from the bone. In such cases pathological fracture is of less frequent occurrence. Round-celled sarcoma gives rise to regional and general infection more constantly and at an earlier stage than giant-celled sarcoma. Round-celled sarcoma may originate from the inner layer of the periosteum, when the resulting tumor soon encircles the bone, and almost from the beginning implicates the connective tissue outside the periosteum, where the tumor exhibits more of the phenomena of a deep connective-tissue sarcoma than sarcoma of bone. Spindle-celled Sarcoma. — A spindle-celled sarcoma is very rare in the interior of bone as a primary tumor. It originates most frequently in the periosteum, where, by continuity of tissue, it soon extends around the shaft of long bones, appearing as a fusiform tumor. Between the 37 578 PATHOLOGY AND TREATMENT OF TUMORS. !'?' spindle-cells there are often found, in varying proportions, round cells and sometimes giant-cells. Periosteal sarcoma very often produces new bone, when we speak of an ossifying sarcoma. Ossification of the tumor takes place fre- quently in sarcoma of the flat as well as in sarcoma of the long bones, The tumor is hard if ossification takes place on a large scale or if the tumor is composed I almost exclusively of spindle-cells ; it is soft '/Zff^ " '-'k^ in non-ossifying tumors composed in part at least of round cells and giant-cells. In ossifying periosteal sarcoma the bone left after maceration consists of beautiful spiculae which radiate and branch from the affected bone (Fig. 414). Decalcified speci- mens show delicate trabecular, usually per- pendicular to the old bone, and between them a very cellular tissue containing spindle- cells and round cells. Pathological fracture does not occur in periosteal sarcoma, as the affected bone is not much weakened by the tumor. Clinic- ally, periosteal sarcoma differs from primary sarcoma of bone by the existence of greater pain and tenderness, by its greater malig- nancy, manifested by its more rapid growth, and by its tendency to give rise to regional and general dissemination. Sarcomata of some of the bones present such peculiar clinical features that a special reference to them is necessary. Cranial Bones. — Periosteal sarcoma of the cranial bones forms at first an external tumor which attacks the bone beneath, often leading to diffuse secondary sarcoma of the dura mater, and even of the brain itself. Anatomically the tumor is characterized by massive radiating spiculae of bone. Myeloid sarcoma begins in the connective tissue or myeloid tissue of the diploe, and by its growth causes destruction of both tables of the bone, resulting in the formation of large intracranial and extracrania tumor-masses connected by a constricted portion which correspond; with the primary location of the tumor and the perforation in th( skull. New bone is produced when the tumor has reached the peri osteum, so that the tumor is covered externally by a thin shell of bone Fig. 414. — Periosteal fascicular sarcoma of the femur ; one-third nat- ural size (after Ziesing). The lower end of the femur is sawn through in an oblique frontal direction. SARCOMA. 579 which, however, yields to the increasing intracranial tension when the tumor pulsates synchronously with the heart's action ; the tumor also presents other symptoms which point to its partly intracranial location. In some cases no new bone forms, and pulsation appears as soon as perforation takes place. The tumor gradually becomes softer and softer, and finally implicates the overlying skin, when ulceration and sloughing hasten the fatal termination. The external tumor has been known to attain a bulk of half the size of the head. The intracranial extension of the tumor often causes well-marked cerebral symptoms. Formerly, for obvious reasons, myeloid sarcomata of the cranial bones were regarded as absolutely fatal. Bold operation under strict antiseptic precautions has placed them within the reach of successful operations, provided the operative treatment be resorted to in time. The extension of the tumor to the dura mater does not preclude a successful operation, as during the last ten years large pieces of the dura mater have been removed with the tumor without any immediate or remote unfavorable complications. During one of these operations Volkmann accidentally injured the superior longitudinal sinus, and the patient died on the table from the immediate effects of the entrance of air. Extirpation of these tumors requires the removal of the cranial wall as far as the limits of the intracranial part of the tumor, when, if the dura mater is affected, it is removed with the tumor. Special care is necessary to prevent the entrance of air and undue hemorrhage if a part of the superior longitudinal sinus has to be excised with the tumor. Air-embolism can be prevented with certainty by keeping the head on a level with the body during the operation ; hemorrhage is guarded against by preliminary compression of the sinus outside the line of incision on both sides, or by excising the sinus between two ligatures. Hemorrhage from the sinus in accidental injuries is arrested by ligature, by suture, or by compression-forceps which are allowed to remain and are incorporated in the dressings and removed on the second or third day. The interruption of the circulation in the sinus is a harm- less procedure if the wound remains aseptic ; should suppuration set in, the patient is exposed to the dangers of septic sinus-phlebitis and its remote results, sepsis and pyemia. If a large part of the cranial wall has to be excised, the defect should be filled with an accurately-fitting plate of perforated decalcified bone, which furnishes a temporary pro- tection for the exposed brain and aids the bone-producing tissues in greatly diminishing the size of the cranial defect. The wound is closed over the bone-plate by sutures except at the most dependent part, where tubular or capillary drainage is established. Serious brain- symptoms usually indicate the extension of the tumor beyond the 580 PATHOLOGY AND TREATMENT OF TUMORS. dura mater, and contraindicate an attempt to perform a radical operation. Sarcomatous Epulis. — -Sarcomatous epulis is a spindle-celled sarcoma of slow growth that usually springs from the alveolar border of the jaws, and involves the gum secondarily. Such tumors, although of slow growth, may attain considerable size and cause great deformity. Malignant epulis is found most frequently in persons more than twenty years of age, and occasionally is seen in children. The tumor is sometimes so much contracted at its base that it appears as a pedunculated growth. The teeth are loosened, and are often extracted under the belief that the swelling is caused by disease of their roots. The tumor sometimes undergoes in part transformation into cartilage. The harder the tumor, the slower its growth and the less the liability to regional and general dissemination. If the tumor is allowed to pursue its own course, extension to the periosteum, usually over the outer surface of the bone, and destruction of the bone, are sure to follow. The small-celled variety of epulis is particularly destructive. Tumors with intercellular substance are soft and grow rapidly. In soft tumors the round, non-fibrillating cells predominate. After the tumor has attained considerable size it is subjected to all kinds of injuries on the part of the teeth and by eating, and inflammation and ulceration set in, aggravating the local conditions and increasing the malignancy of the tumor. Fibrous epulis is only attached to the bone ; sarcomatous epulis grows into the bone. A careful distinction between the benign and malignant forms of epulis is important from a practical standpoint, as in the former instance it is not necessary to extend the operation beyond the bone, whereas in malignant epulis, in order to remove all of the diseased tissue, it is necessary to resort at least to the removal of the alveolar border of the jaw, and in advanced cases, where the periosteum has become extensively involved, nothing short of resection of the jaw in its entirety will fulfil the pathological indications. Sarcoma of the Jaws. — With few exceptions, tumors of the jaws are sarcomata. Giant-celled, round-celled, and spindle-celled tumors occui in the jaws. In the majority of cases the tumors are mixed-cell sar- comata. Their degree of malignancy is determined by the abundance of non-fibrillating cells. The round-celled variety is the most malig- nant, giant-celled the most benign, and in mixed-cell tumors the malig- nancy increases with the number of round cells. Myeloid centra sarcoma is much less malignant than periosteal sarcoma, sarcomatous epulis excepted. Periosteal sarcoma of the lower jaw is especially : very malignant tumor. Myeloid central sarcoma of the lower jaw, 01 SARCOMA. 581 the contrary, is a comparatively benign tumor. Sarcomata starting in the follicles of the teeth (Fig. 415) are mixed-cell tumors. In the early stages these tumors are encapsulated, but later they give rise to regional and general infection. " Sarcoma of a tooth-follicle only occurs in Mandibular nerve. Developing tooth. Sarcoma. Fig. 415. — Sarcoma arising in the follicle of a developing tooth (after Sutton). The dotted lines indicate the amount of bone removed by the operation. children, and is particularly apt to involve the germ of the first per- manent molar" (Sutton). Myeloid sarcomata are rarely met with after the twenty-fifth year, whereas the periosteal variety occurs more frequently in persons advanced in years. Naso-pJiarynx. — Spindle-celled sarcomatous tumors of the naso- pharynx usually spring from the under surface of the body of the sphenoid bone. Both nasal cavities are often occluded, and processes of the tumor extend forward into the nostrils and backward into the pharynx. These tumors are the source of great distress in preventing nasal breathing and sometimes in- terfering with deglutition ; they are also attended by excruciating frontal headache. Hemorrhage is of frequent occurrence. Nose. — Sarcoma of the nose is seldom seen except in persons between the ages of fifteen and twenty years. Nasal sarcomata frequently involve one or both antrums. A case of this kind is shown in Figure 416. In this instance pain was absent, the sense of smell was lost, and the sight of the right eye was impaired. Moore attempted to remove the tumor, but the patient died on the table in consequence of some interference with the respiration. Fig. 416. — Deformity produced by a sarcoma of the nasal septum (after Moore). 582 PATHOLOGY AND TREATMENT OF TUMORS. Subsequent examination showed that the tumor was surrounded by a bony capsule and that its wall was continuous with that portion of the nasal septum formed by the mesethmoid. Vertebra. — Primary sarcoma of the vertebrae is rare ; metastatic tumors are of frequent occurrence. The writer has seen two patients die from the remote effects of metastatic sarcoma of the vertebrae, In the first case the patient was a girl fourteen years old suffering from a round-celled fascial sarcoma in the deltoid region. A few weeks after the operation she complained of pain in the lower part of the dorsal region. Kyphosis and complete paraplegia soon appeared, and were followed by a very extensive sacral decubitus, from the immediate effects of which the patient died in less than six months after the opera- tion. The second patient was a man sixty-five years of age, from whom there was removed a small round-celled sarcoma of the seventh rib on the right side. During the operation the pleural cavity was opened, the lung collapsed, and the patient nearly died on the table from the effects of the accident. The wound in the pleural cavity was stuffed with iodoform gauze, and the tumor was rapidly removed with a considerable portion of the parietal pleura. The patient rallied and recovered rapidly from the operation. The wound healed by primary intention, in a few days the air in the pleural cavity was absorbed, and the lung expanded. Several weeks after the operation, after the patient was able to leave his bed, intense pain in the middle dorsal region set in. A slight projection of one of the spinous processes of the middle dorsal vertebra was noticeable in a few weeks. Progressive paraplegia, retention of urine, and decubitus followed in rapid succession, from the combined effects of which the patient died four months after the operation. Sarcoma of the vertebra, whether primary or secondary, in its clinical aspects bears a close resemblance to acute spondylitis. Diagnosis. — Mistakes in diagnosis are frequently made in cases of sarcoma of the bones. More than this, the diagnosis is often only made after the clinical history of the tumor has revealed its malignant nature. All histological forms of sarcoma of bone are characterized by progressive growth. The tumor is either soft or hard according to the histological type of the cells of which it is composed. Encapsula- tion, which may be present at first in some forms of sarcoma, disap- pears during the growth of the tumor, when, in degrees of intensity, local, regional, and general infection manifests itself. Local exten- sion from tissue to tissue, irrespective of its anatomical structure, constitutes the distinctive feature between sarcoma and benign tumors of bone. In central sarcoma the extension to other tissues takes place SARCOMA. 583 through the blood-vessels of the bone, the Haversian canals, and after the compact layer of the bone has become perforated. Regional infec- tion takes place in preference along the course of blood-vessels, nerves, and intermuscular septa, but in some cases the lymphatics are im- plicated. General dissemination may take place through the lymphatic channels, but in the majority of cases the tumor-cells enter the blood-vessels, or the tumor grows into a vein, and the emboli, large or small, are derived from the in- travenous, sarcomatous thrombus (Fig. 417). Round cells and giant-cells de- stroy bone. In periosteal sarcoma bone-destruction and the produc- tion of new bone take place side by side. Periosteal sarcoma pre- sents itself usually as a firm tumor attached to the underlying bone or encircling the bone. Round-celled periosteal sarcoma is the most ma- lignant of all bone-tumors. In its clinical aspects it more closely re- sembles an inflammatory affection than a tumor. Its great malignancy is manifested by rapidity of growth and by early regional and general infection. Local extension takes place along the periosteum to the underlying bone and the adjacent tissues. No new bone is produced. In central sarcoma of the long bones, as long as the tumor is covered by a thin shell of bone, pressure produces a crackling sensation. Pulsa- tions are felt in perforating, non-ossifying sarcoma of the skull and in vascular myeloid central tumors of the long bones. A bruit is often heard in very vascular central sarcomata of the long bones. Glandular infection occurs most frequently in round-celled sarcoma of the jaws, the tarsus, the sternum, and the ilium. The signs and symptoms of sarcoma of the vertebrae resemble acute spondylitis. Pathological frac- ture is one of the consequences of central sarcoma of the long bones. The affections most frequently mistaken for sarcoma are infective swellings, cysts, aneurysm, carcinoma, and actinomycosis. Fig. 417. — Periosteal sarcoma of the ilium invading the inferior vena cava (after Sutton). 584 PATHOLOGY AND TREATMENT OF TUMORS. Infective Swellings. — Subacute and chronic suppurative osteomy litis has frequently been mistaken for myeloid and periosteal sarcorr and vice versa. Primary osteomyelitis is a disease of childhood ai young adults, the same as myeloid sarcoma. Periosteal sarcoma affec most frequently persons between twenty and sixty years of age. Ce tral osteomyelitis is a very painful affection, whereas myeloid sarcon produces little or no pain. Inflammatory affections occur more fr quently in the young than tumors, the proportion being about 3 : Injury may precede and constitute an etiological factor in both affe tions. Paget related an instance of a malignant tumor within ai around the fibula that attained a large size within eight weeks aft a strain or perhaps a fracture of the bone. The swelling both in oste myelitis and in sarcoma of the long bones may be either fusiform one-sided. The consistency of the swelling often offers no clue as the nature of the enlargement. An inflammatory swelling may be ve hard, and a sarcoma may be soft. A sarcoma may increase in size rapidly as an inflammatory swelling. In chronic central osteomyelii no external swelling may appear for months or years. If, howevt careful observation shows that the enlargement is not increasing, tl circumstance would be suggestive of osteomyelitis rather than of malignant tumor. The condition of the skin over the swelling affor no trustworthy indication of the nature of the swelling. Enlargeme of the subcutaneous veins is found in sarcoma and in deep-seated oste myelitis before the abscess has reached the skin. The soft parts ha' their circulation uninterfered with until the tumor or the inflammato process has implicated the skin by extension of the morbid proce; (Edema is more suggestive of the presence of pus than of a tumc Tenderness is always present over an osteomyelitic focus, and is abse or slight in central sarcoma. In periosteal sarcoma pain and tenderne are more conspicuous symptoms. The temperature may be normal chronic osteomyelitis, and a slight rise of temperature is observed pure cases of sarcoma. In periosteal sarcoma the temperature not infi quently rises three or four degrees above normal. An exploratory puncture may prove useful as a diagnostic a: In obscure cases an exploratory operation will often be the only mea of differentiating a sarcoma from an infective swelling. The exploratii in central disease of the bones should be carried not only down 1 but into, the bone by the use of mallet and gouge. If the disease inflammatory, the bone removed will present the structure of ca cellous bone — that is, it will be more or less porous — and when t abscess-cavity is reached at least a few drops of pus will be discovere If a tumor is exposed by the operation, tumor-tissue and no pus w SARCOMA. 585 be found. At this stage of the operation, in case of doubt the micro- scope may prove of great value in making a positive diagnosis. Tuberculosis of the long bones usually affects the epiphyseal ex- tremities, and the adjacent joint is frequently found implicated, while in sarcoma in the same localities joint-complications seldom occur, as the articular cartilage, although not impermeable to sarcoma, protects the joint for a long time. In advanced tuberculosis of the short and flat bones that has terminated in the formation of a tubercular abscess an exploratory puncture will reveal the true nature of the swelling. Syphilitic gummata of bone or of periosteum have frequently been mistaken for sarcoma. Careful inquiry into the history of the case is important in cases in which there is any doubt as to the syphilitic nature of the bone-affection. Gummata often appear as a multiple affection, and careful examination of the patient will often reveal the presence of marks of antecedent syphilitic lesions or the existence of additional syphilitic affec- tions. The histological structure of gummata under the microscope bears such a close resemblance to small round-celled sarcomata that micro- scopical examination should ?wt be relied upon in making a differential diagnosis between gumma and round-celled sarcoma. In doubtful cases the patient should be placed upon a vigorous antisyphilitic treatment for a few weeks, during which time the enlargement should be exam- ined frequently in order to observe the effects of the treatment. If the enlargement is a sarcoma, the treatment will make no impression on the tumor; if it is syphilitic, a decided improvement will be noticeable in a few weeks. Cysts of bone, parasitic and non-parasitic, grow very slowly, remain local, and are not apt to give rise to any subjective symptoms. They are also extremely rare. In pulsating myeloid tumors of the long bones a careful examination must be made to distinguish them from true aneurysm. In many pulsating sarcomata no bruit can be heard, while in true aneurysm this symptom is present almost without exception. In aneurysm a more decided impression is made upon the swelling by compression of the principal artery on the proximal side than in pulsating sarcomata. In sarcoma a distinct crackling sensation is produced on making pressure upon the tumor as long as it is covered with a thin shell of bone. The differential diagnosis between sarcoma and actinomycosis can only come in question in cases in which the jaws are the seat of the affection. Microscopical examination of fragments of tissue will show the presence of the essential cause, the actinomyces, if the enlarge- ment is an actinomycotic swelling. Treatment. — The operative treatment of sarcoma of bone is indicated 586 PATHOLOGY AND TREATMEN1 OF TUMORS. in all cases in which there is reasonable hope that all diseased tissue can be removed and in which metastasis has not occurred. The last point is difficult to determine, as some sarcomata give rise to metastasis at a very early stage, and the metastatic tumors may be very small or may be located in internal organs, thereby eluding detection. Meta- static tumors of the brain are often attended by impairment of vision and by other focal symptoms. Metastatic tumors of the lungs and the pleurae must be suspected if the patient has a hydrothorax. Ascites is another condition which sometimes develops in consequence of metastatic tumors of some of the abdominal viscera. It is superfluous to insist that sarcoma of the bones should be operated upon at the earliest possible moment. Although the chances for a permanent cure after early operations are not so favorable as in carcinoma, there can be no doubt that thorough operations in cases of sarcoma, performed before regional and general dissemination has occurred, will in a fair percentage of cases not be followed by recur- rence of the tumor. In central sarcoma the disease often has become diffused through the numerous imperfect blood-vessels before such a condition is sus- pected ; and in periosteal sarcoma regional dissemination through the surrounding connective-tissue spaces often takes place at a very early period. Long Bones. — In myeloid sarcoma of the long bones a conservative operation is justifiable in small tumors if the disease is limited to the bone. In slow-growing myeloid tumors favorably located removal of the tumor with the sharp spoon, the chisel, and the hammer has in a few instances yielded a satisfactory result. The cases adapted for this operation are, however, few and far apart. Resection of the bone in its continuity is another operation adapted for well-selected cases. It is inapplicable if the tumor involves the pancreas or the femur. This operation must be limited to the bones of the forearm, the clavicle and the ribs. Many years ago the writer excised the inner two-third: of the clavicle for central sarcoma. The patient was a boy sixteer years of age. The tumor, which was located near the sternal end, wa: larger than a hen's egg, had not extended beyond the periosteum, anc was covered by an imperfect thin shell of bone. The boy recoverec almost perfect use of the arm, and the tumor never returned. In 1876 Henry Morris excised the lower end of the right radius and the lowe fourth of the ulnar for sarcoma. No recurrence had taken place six teen years after the operation (Fig. 418). The patient recovered con siderable use of the hand. A few other cases have been reported ii which excision of a part of the shaft of the long bones yielded satis SARCOMA. 587 factory results. In the majority of cases it is necessary to resort to amputation in sarcoma of the long bones. Periosteal sarcoma invariably necessitates a mutilating operation. As a rule, the entire bone should be removed. In sarcoma of the bones of the forearm amputation should be performed at or above the Fig. 418. — Forearm of a woman four years after excision of the lower fourth of the ulnar and the radius for a myeloid sarcoma of the radius (after Henry Morris). elbow-joint ; if the bones of the leg are the seat of the tumor, Gritti- Stokes's supracondyloid amputation will fulfil the pathological indica- tions and will yield the most serviceable stump. In sarcoma of the humerus amputation through the shoulder-joint, and in sarcoma of the femur hip-joint amputation, is necessary. If the upper part of the humerus is affected, removal of the scapula and of part of the clavicle may become necessary ; in myeloid sarcoma of the lower end of the femur amputation at the junction of the upper and middle thirds of the femur will in all probability remove all the diseased tissue. Lower Jazv. — In sarcomatous epulis and in central limited myeloid tumors the continuity of the bone can often be preserved. In the former case the alveolar border and as much of the bone as may be deemed necessary are removed with the chisel. The tumor is exposed by an incision along the lower border of the jaw, the incision being large enough to give free access to the parts to be removed. With the bone a corresponding piece of the periosteum is removed. In central limited myeloid sarcoma the compact layer of the bone is removed with chisel and hammer, and the same instruments are employed in removing the tumor, including with it a zone of bone-tissue adjacent to the tumor. In periosteal sarcoma and in large myeloid tumors one- half of the bone must be removed, even if the tumor does not extend to the ascending ramus, as the proximal fragment is rather detrimental than useful to the patient later, and the severity of the operation is not increased by disarticulating the bone at the temporo-maxillary joint. The bone is exposed by an incision shown in Figure 419. In operating for malignant disease no attempt should be made to preserve the periosteum. After the hemorrhage has been arrested by PATHOLOGY AND TREATMENT OF TUMORS. the employment of hemostatic forceps the symphysis of the bone is divided. One or two incisor teeth are extracted, when the bone is divided either with a Butcher saw or a chain-saw, as shown in Figure 419. If Butcher's saw is used, the section is made from without inward if the chain-saw is employed, a tunnel is made with a narrow-bladeo knife behind the symphysis mentis ; through this tunnel the chain-saw is passed, and the bone is divided from behind forward. After the jaw Fig. 419. — Excision of one-half of the lower jaw ; external incision (after Esmarch). Fig. 420. — Disarticulation of one-half of the lower jaw by twisting (after Esmarch). has been detached from the soft parts to near the temporo-maxillary joint the disarticulation is effected by twisting the bone forcibly in the direction shown in Figure 420. The bone is wrenched from the joint for the purpose of preventing injury to the internal maxillary artery, which would be likely to occur if the disarticulation were done by the use of cutting instruments. The mucous membrane should be sutured from the side of the mouth by a separate row of catgut sutures, tc exclude the cavity of the mouth from the wound. The external wound is sutured and drained in the usual manner. In some cases it is neces- sary to divide the lower lip in the centre, affording additional room. Upper Jaw. — Localized myeloid tumors of the upper jaw and epulis are treated in the same manner as similar affections of the lower jaw In periosteal sarcoma and in tumors involving the antrum excision of the entire jaw is absolutely necessary. The incisions proposed by differenl surgeons in exposing the upper jaw are shown in Figure 421. Of al incisions so far proposed, Weber's incision (Fig. 422) gives best access tc the bone and leaves the least deformity. The upper lip is divided in the SARCOMA. 589 median line as far as the septum of the nose, when the incision is carried below the nostril on the affected side to the base of the nose Frc. 421. — Incisions for resection of the upper jaw (after Esmarch) : a, Gensoul*s ; b, Velpeau's ; c, Syme's ; d, Malgaigne's ; e, Nelaton's ; f, Fergusson's ; g; Dieffenbach's ; h, Weber's ; 2, Von Langenbeck's. and along the side of the nose to a point a little below the level of the inner canthus of the eye, when it is extended outward below the eye- lid as far as the external angle of the eye. The flap is now detached -Weber's incision for excision of the upper jaw. Fig. 423. — Bone-section in excision of the upper jaw (after Esmarch). and turned downward and outward. In resecting the upper jaw for malignant disease the periosteum is removed with the bone. The orbital contents are carefully separated from the floor with a periosteal elevator. The malar bone is divided with a chain-saw fastened by a strong silk thread to a large curved needle. The needle, thus armed, is passed through the orbital fissure, along the posterior surface of the malar bone, and is brought out at the malar fossa, where the bone is divided (Fig. 423, a). The nasal process is next divided with cutting forceps (Fig. 423, b). The section through the junction of the maxil- 59° PATHOLOGY AND TREATMENT OF TUMORS. lary bones is made with a chain-saw. The tampon which was inserted into the nostril before the operation was begun is next removed. A drainage-trocar is now inserted into the nostril, and is pushed into the mouth at the junction of the hard with the soft palate, and with it the chain-saw is drawn through the cavity of the mouth and nose (Fig. 424, a). After the extraction of one or two teeth at the point where the bone is to be divided, the section is made with the saw. The Fig. 424. — Showing line of median bone-sec- tion and method of applying chain-saw (after Esmarch). Fig 425. — Removal of bone with Fergusson's lion-jaw forceps (after Esmarch). next step is to separate with the knife transversely the soft from the hard palate (Fig. 424, b). The bone is now loosened with an elevator inserted into the section made through the malar bone, whereupon the bone is seized with Fergusson's lion-jaw forceps and twisted from its location (Fig. 425). The internal maxillary artery is tied at the bottom of the large wound if it bleeds. After hemor- rhage has been arrested the cavity of the wound (Fig. 426) is packed with iodoform gauze and the external wound is sutured. Great care is required in the after-treatment. The patient should be kept in a half-sitting position for several days. Frequent use of an antiseptic mouth-wash and careful feeding Fig. 426— Wound-cavity after constitute important features in the after-treat- ment. The tampon is removed at the end of three or four days, and, after carefully cleansing the wound, is replaced by a smaller one. The writer has frequently dispensed with the chain-saw in resection of the upper jaw, and has relied on the chisel and strong cutting forceps. The operation, by sub' resection of the upper jaw (after Esmarch). SARCOMA. 591 stituting the chisel for the chain-saw, can be performed in half the time — an important matter in performing the operation without a full general anesthetic. The writer has been in the habit of administering subcutaneously \ grain of morphia immediately before the anesthetic is administered, and 2 ounces of whiskey by the mouth. As soon as the patient is unconscious the external incision is made, but the sections through the bone are not made until the patient can be roused suf- ficiently to spit out the blood which accumulates in the mouth. By pursuing this plan there is no danger of the entrance of blood into the bronchial tubes, and, although the patient continues to talk during the balance of the operation, his recollection of the operation is very imperfect and indefinite — the best proof that the pain experienced was not severe. In some cases of extensive sarcoma of the upper jaw the writer has been obliged to remove the entire malar bone and the septum of the nose, and in several instances has followed the disease as far as the frontal sinus. In two cases, at the time of operation the orbital contents were removed, as the sarcoma had perforated the orbital floor. By using the chisel these additional operations can be done with ease and without adding much to the gravity of the operation. Mammary Gland. — As compared with carcinoma, sarcoma of the mammary gland is a rare affection. It is met with most frequently in young women. It is composed either of round cells, of spindle-cells, or of a mixture of these two kinds of cells in varying proportions. The tumor begins in the periacinous connective tissue. During the growth of the tumor a part of the acini are destroyed by pressure ; the ducts remain open, and as new tumor-tissue is added to their walls they become greatly distended (Fig. 427). In this way the dilated ducts, compressed by the tumor-masses, become spaces which contain a mucoid material, and which are encroached upon by leaf-like masses of tumor-tissue. Virchow compares the appearance of sections of the tumor to that of a cabbage-head. The cyst-walls project into the spaces in the form of papillomatous dendritic branching formations. At other times the walls are perforated by the tumor-tissue, which then appears in the spaces as polypoid leaf-like masses. Johannes Mueller applied to this tumor the term cysto-sarcoma prolifcrum phyllodes (Fig. 428), and Astley Cooper called it "hydatid tumor." The peri- canalicular proliferation projects into the dilated ducts and constitutes, with the intracanalicular excrescences, the proliferating masses. Gland- tissue is sometimes found in the tumor-substance which has grown around it, but it is soon removed by degeneration and by pressure- atrophy. The stroma of the tumor is very apt to undergo myxomatous degeneration. 592 PATHOLOGY AND TREATMENT OF TUMORS. Round-celled sarcoma grows very rapidly ; the tumor is soft (medul- lary sarcoma), and life is often destroyed in three or four months aftei the discovery of the tumor. The rapidity with which such tumors grow has often led surgeons to mistake them for abscesses, and abscesses have not infrequently been mistaken for sarcomata. A few years ago a woman forty years of age was sent to the writer by an able practitioner with the diagnosis of sarcoma. The enlargement of the breast had begun two months before, had increased slowly, Fig. 427. — Cysto-sarcoma proliferum (after Konig): a, cysts; t>, proliferating masses of sarcoma-tissue; c, cellular lining of cysts ; d, stroma. and was not attended by any considerable pain. The breast was the size of a child's head, smooth, and fluctuated on deep palpation. The skin over the swelling was movable and only slightly discolored As the swelling came on some time after the patient ceased to nurse her child, the writer was led to resort to an exploratory puncture, and somewhat to his astonishment, pus was withdrawn, The case revealec itself as a subacute submammary abscess. The cases are perhaps more frequent in which a rapid-growing sarcoma is mistaken for an abscess The bistoury has often been plunged into such tumors with the inten- SARCOMA. 593 tion of opening an abscess, when, to the great chagrin of the operator, only blood escaped. A puncture made under such circumstances often does an incalculable amount of mischief. It becomes the starting- o point of ulceration and sloughing, which convert the subcutaneous sar- coma into a fungous bleeding mass and initiates the danger incident to suppuration, sepsis, and pyemia. In spindle-celled sarcoma the tumor is firm, and regional and gen- eral dissemination is a later occurrence. Firm tumors are also less subject to cystic and myxomatous degeneration. Sarcoma of the breast manifests itself clinically as a rapid-growing tumor with a smooth sur- Fig. 428. — Cysto-sarcoma proliferum phyllodes ; two-thirds natural size (after Haeckel) : a, normal gland- tissue; b, myxomatous part; c, great proliferation in a cyst. face, and it is more movable than sarcoma. The rapidity of growth distinguishes it sufficiently from adenoma, fibroma, and cystoma. The absence of cicatricial contraction in sarcomata explains why the nipple and the skin over the tumors are not retracted, as is often the case in carcinoma of the breast. Sarcoma of the breast is not attended by pain. The tumor attains greater size before it ulcerates than does carcinoma. In very rare instances patients suffer from sarcoma and carcinoma at the same time. Billroth relates an instance in which one breast was the seat of a carcinoma, and the other of a sarcoma. As young round-celled sarcoma-tissue resembles granulation-tissue, the microscope cannot be relied upon in making a differential diagnosis 594 PATHOLOGY AND TREATMENT OF TUMORS. between sarcoma and chronic infective swellings. Enlargement of the axillary glands, so constantly observed in carcinoma, is seldom seen in sarcoma of the breast. After the tumor has perforated the capsule of the gland regional infection takes place in the direction of the con- nective-tissue spaces. Chronic suppurative mastitis and submammary abscess can be distinguished from sarcoma by resorting to an explora- tory puncture. The proper treatment in cases of sarcoma of the breast is an early and thorough excision. If the disease has not extended beyond the limits of the gland, the prospects of a radical cure are better in sarcoma than in carcinoma. It is essential not only to remove the entire gland, but also to include with it the overlying skin and as much of the periglandular connective tissue as may be deemed necessary. As regional infection is very prone to extend along the connective tissue accompanying the axillary glands from the margin of the breast, the writer has been in the habit of laying the axilla freely open and clearing it out much in the same way as in operations for carcinoma, removing at the same time the fascia of the pectoralis major and the serratus magnus muscles. By undermining the skin for some distance on both sides and using tension-sutures the wound can usually be closed throughout : this procedure should be carried out whenever it is practicable in all operations for malignant disease of the breast. In cases beyond the reach of a radical operation, treatment by sub- cutaneous injections of the sterilized toxines of the streptococcus of erysipelas recommends itself. Partial operations in sarcoma of the breast are not permissible, as they invariably increase the malignancy of the remaining portion of the tumor. In open fungous tumors the employment of strong antiseptic solutions will accomplish much in diminishing the intensity of the fetor and in retarding the sloughing process. Salivary Glands. — The parotid gland is more frequently the seat of sarcoma than the submaxillary gland. The tumor presents itself as a smooth or lobulated, rapid-growing mass, which in a shorl time involves the entire gland, and after perforation of its capsule extends in all directions, notably beneath the sterno-mastoid muscle toward the pharynx and the external ear, often implicating the facia nerve as it issues from the stylo-mastoid foramen (Fig. 429). Th< writer has seen two cases of parotid sarcoma in which the facial nerv< was completely paralyzed at the time of the operation. In eacl instance it was found that the tumor had extended to the point of exi of the nerve from the stylo-mastoid foramen. Billroth estimated tha three-fourths of all tumors of the parotid gland are of a sarcomatou: SARCOMA. 595 nature. The largest number of patients suffering from parotid sarcoma are between thirty and forty years of age. Of the cases which have come under the writer's observation, the youngest was twenty-five and the oldest seventy-two years of age. Kaufmann, who has investigated Fig. 429. — Parotid sarcoma implicating the pinna in a woman thirty-five years of age {after Sutton). the histology of sarcomatous tumors of the parotid gland more thor- oughly than any other author, classifies these tumors, according to their structure, into pure sarcomata, fibro-sarcomata, myxo-sarcomata, and chondro-sarcomata. The pure sarcomata are composed either of round cells or of spindle-cells, and are encapsulated from the beginning. Fibro-sarcomata appear as hard, smooth, or lobulated tumors composed of spindle-cells. The tumors are also encapsulated, and the results of operation in this as well as in the first variety are favorable. Myxo-sarcomata often grow to the size of a child's head. The tumors are round and soft ; the tissue is of a yellowish or red- dish tint. The tumors contain myxoma-cells, spindle-cells, and round cells. Chondro-sarcomata present a nodulated surface. From the capsule bundles of interlacing fibres extend into the substance of the tumor. The cartilage-tissue appears in islands dispersed throughout the tumor, some of them being as large as peas. The great variety in the histological structure of sarcoma of the parotid renders the diagnosis often very difficult. From benign tumors 596 PATHOLOGY AND TREATMENT OF TUMORS. it can be differentiated by the rapidity with which the tumor grows i by the regularity with which it extends ultimately beyond the limits the gland. In carcinoma of the parotid lymphatic infection is obsen at an early stage ; in sarcoma regional infection takes place throv. the periglandular connective tissue. It is more probable that in ch dro-sarcoma the islands of cartilage-tissue are formed from chond blasts derived from the pinna and deposited in the substance of parotid gland, than that they result from a development of sarcor tissue into tissue of a higher physiological type. In the more ben forms of sarcoma of the parotid extirpation of the tumor should performed without division of the facial nerve. If the tumor grc rapidly or if it has involved the entire gland, a radical operation necessarily followed by permanent facial paralysis. The technique the operation has been described fully in connection with Carcino of the Parotid Gland. In sarcoma of the submaxillary gland ' whole gland and the surrounding connective tissue should be remo\ with the tumor. Tongue. — Butlin regards sarcoma of the tongue as an exceedin; rare affection. Mr. Targett reports a case in which, in a patient twen five years of age, a sarcoma developed on the under portion of left side of the tongue, involving at the same time the floor of ■ mouth. The tumor appeared as a hard, painless mass, and the muc< membrane over it was not ulcerated. It was removed through incision of the cheek extending in a backward direction from the angle of the mouth. Examination of sections of the tumor un the microscope showed it to be a round-celled sarcoma. In fifti months it returned in the left submaxillary region and below zygoma of the right side. Mr. Targett gives the history of t additional cases which occurred in Guy's Hospital. Sarcoma of tongue must be distinguished from carcinoma, tuberculosis, gumi and actinomycosis. Tonsil. — Sarcoma of the tonsil is of more frequent occurrence tl carcinoma. It also grows more rapidly and attains larger size bef ulceration occurs than does carcinoma. Infection of the deep lymph glands, of such constant occurrence in carcinoma and primary syph is absent in sarcoma. Excision of the tumor through Cheever's Kocher's incision is the only proper surgical treatment, and sho be done if all the diseased tissue can be removed and no indications metastasis are present. Intestinal Canal. — Sarcoma of the intestinal canal as compa with carcinoma is an extremely rare affection. It occurs most quently in the upper part of the small intestines, about the ileo-ci SARCOMA. 597 region, the colon, and the rectum. Rokitansky described spindle-celled sarcoma of the intestines that projected in a nodulated form into the lumen of the bowel. Billroth and Esmarch have reported cases of alveolar sarcoma of the rectum. Frerichs and Meyer have seen speci- mens of melano-sarcoma involving the intestinal canal. A sarcoma of the intestines never comes to the attention of the surgeon until the tumor has given rise to some form of intestinal obstruction. A sarcoma produces intestinal obstruction either by the tumor-mass filling the lumen of the bowel, by invagination, or by volvulus, and never by cicatricial contraction, as is so often the case in circular carci- noma. Sarcoma of the intestines begins in the submucous connective tissue, and is composed either of spindle-cells or of round cells ; in both varieties and in mixed-cell sarcoma myxomatous degeneration is a constant and early occurrence. A correct diagnosis is only made in the operating- or the post-mortem room. If in operating for intestinal obstruction a sarcoma is found as its cause, an enterectomy is indicated if the tumor has not extended beyond the intestinal wall ; if this extension has taken place, a radical operation is out of the question, and the surgeon must content himself with making an artificial anus above the tumor, or, what is better, an intestinal anastomosis. Omentum. — The great omentum is occasionally the seat of primary sarcoma, and the tumor in this locality often attains an enormous size. The writer removed, in a man fifty years of age, the entire omentum for a tumor that weighed over thirty pounds. Kidney. — Sarcoma of the kidney is more common than carcinoma. It is met with most frequently in children and young adults. The growth of the tumor is rapid, and the tumor usually reaches an enor- mous size before it destroys life. The mass is smooth, and pseudo- fluctuation is generally present. The tumor is composed usually of round cells. The malignancy of sarcoma of the kidney is very great, and recurrence after extirpation of the kidney is the rule. Diagnosis. — The diagnosis of sarcoma of the kidney is usually not very difficult. The only affections for which it is liable to be mistaken are hydronephrosis, pyonephrosis, and on the right side a distended gall- bladder. Hemorrhage from the kidney in sarcoma occurs frequently, and its occurrence in children is very suggestive of malignant disease of the kidney. The retroperitoneal location of the tumor can be determined positively by inflation of the colon. If the tumor is intra- peritoneal, it will be displaced by the distended colon ; if it is retroperi- toneal, the tumor can be felt less distinctly in front, and where dulness existed before the inflation there is resonance due to the location of the 598 PATHOLOGY AND TREATMENT OF TUMORS. distended colon in front of the kidney. Soft sarcomata of the kidney present pseudo-fluctuation on palpation, and if a large cyst occupies the anterior surface of the kidney, true fluctuation can be felt. In some cases tumor-tissue escapes with the urine, and examination under the microscope will be of great value in rendering the diagnosis positive. Buhl in his lectures on pathological anatomy used to cite and show a specimen in which the sarcoma-tissue extended from the pelvis of the kidney in a string-like projection to the meatus urinarius. In hydro- nephrosis and pyonephrosis, if any doubt exists between these affec- tions and sarcoma, an exploratory puncture through the lumbar region is harmless, and will enable the surgeon to make a positive diagnosis. Ureter. Fig. 430. — Renal tumor originating in an accessory adrenal (after Henry Morris). If the tumor is large, it can be felt immediately under the abdominal wall, when it feels like the back of a turtle. Ascites is usually present. Extension to other organs and over the peritoneal surfaces is of com- mon occurrence. If the disease is limited to the omentum, a radical operation is indicated. Girls appear to be more predisposed to primary sarcoma of the kidney than boys. The tumor is composed of spindle-cells and large and small round cells. The origin from a matrix of embryonal cells is well shown in sarcoma of the kidney by the frequency with which striped muscular fibres are found in the tumor. Sarcoma of the kid- ney grows very rapidly and often reaches an enormous size. Tumors weighing ten pounds are not rare. The tumor is usually soft, anc SARCOMA. 599 cysts, large and small, are common. Hemorrhage into the cysts occurs frequently. In pyonephrosis an examination of the urine will throw much light on the kidney affection, and in case the ureter is completely obstructed, lumbar exploratory puncture will demonstrate the presence of pus in the pelvis of the kidney. In two cases of sarcoma of the kidney the writer found a large renal calculus in the pelvis. In one case the calculus was a perfect mould of the dilated pelvis and was in direct contact with the tumor-tissue. It is a question whether the calculus acted as an exciting cause of the tumor or whether it devel- oped in consequence of the tumor. Treatment. — As sarcoma of the kidney destroys life in such a short time, an early operation is indicated, provided the opposite kidney is in a healthy condition. This question can be determined by a careful analysis of the urine, and in females by catheterization of the ureter with Kelly's catheter. The mortality after the operation has been great. According to S. W. Gross, of 64 nephrectomies for malignant disease, 33 died — a mortality of 52.45 per cent. A number of the cases died later of metastasis or local recurrence, so that of all the cases, only 5 were alive and well two years after the operation. Not- withstanding these discouraging results, it is the duty of the surgeon to operate if the patient's strength is such as to warrant the operation, and if no indications are present that the tumor has extended beyond the organ primarily affected. Age is no contraindication to the opera- tion. Steele of Chicago in 1894 successfully removed an enormous sar- coma of the kidney from a child only a little more than a year old. The child not only recovered from the operation, but afterward gained in general health. The mortality of intraperitoneal operation is over 50 per cent.; that of lumbar nephrectomy, about 25 per cent. If the tumor is not too large to be removed through a lumbar incision, this method of operating should invariably be resorted to. Konig's incision is the one that should be selected, as it affords more room than Simon's and inflicts less traumatism than Bardenheuer's. Tumors too large for the lumbar operation should be removed by an incision through the linea semilunaris. A tumor that is too large to be removed by lumbar nephrectomy cannot be removed by an extraperitoneal opera- tion through an anterior incision, as has been claimed by some surgeons. If an extraperitoneal operation in part is attempted, the peritoneum will surely be torn during the operation. The external border of the rectus muscle serves as a guide in making the incision. The incision through the abdominal wall is made in the usual manner. After the abdominal cavity has been opened to the requisite extent, the kidney, covered by the parietal peritoneum, will at once come in view. The intestines are 600 PATHOLOGY AND TREATMENT OF TUMORS. kept out of the way by aseptic gauze compresses. The peritoneurr covering the tumor is then carefully incised, and when the capsule of the kidney has been identified the kidney with the tumor is enucleated If the hilum of the kidney cannot easily be reached, and the vessels anc the ureter cannot be tied separately, these structures are grasped with a covered compression-forceps, the kidney is removed, and the uretei and the vessels are tied later. After arresting all hemorrhage the peritoneal incision through which the kidney was removed is carefully closed with fine silk or catgut sutures, and the external wound is closec in the usual manner. As the incision has been made through the abdominal muscles, at least four rows of sutures should be employee in closing the external incision. If for any reason it is deemed neces- sary to drain the retroperitoneal wound, a counter-opening should be made in the lumbar region by tunnelling the tissues with a pair of strong and long hemostatic forceps from within outward, when the skin in the lumbar region over the point of the instrument is cut, and with the forceps either a tubular drain or a strip of iodoform gauze is drawn through. After this has been done the peritoneal wound and the abdominal incision are dealt with in the manner just described. From a woman thirty-eight years of age the writer removed a sarcoma of the kidney by laparotomy according to the method described. The tumor weighed eight pounds. No outward symptoms followed the operation, and the patient left the hospital at the expiration of five weeks. For several weeks her general health continued to improve, but four months after the operation a local recurrence could clearly be made out. The patient succumbed six months later, ten months after the operation. The tumor in this case was so large that intestinal obstruction was threatened on several occasions. The intestinal symp- toms were produced by pressure of the tumor upon the colon. Al the time of operation the colon was found in front of the tumor stretched and flattened by it. Uterus. — The first case of sarcoma of the uterus was described in i860 by Mayer. The diagnosis was verified by a microscopical exam- ination of the specimen by Virchow. Soon afterward Langenbeck reported a case of inversion of the sarcomatous uterus. In 1867 Veit was able to find only three recorded cases. In 1871, Keegai based his investigations on sarcoma of the uterus on nine cases whicr had been reported up to that time. Diffuse sarcoma of the submucous connective tissue of the endo- metrium is much more frequent than sarcoma of the muscular wal of the uterus. Of 144 cases collected by Williams, one-third wen. limited to the mucous membrane of the cavity of the uterus. The SARCOMA. 60 1 tumor occurs as a diffuse infiltration or as a polypoid growth. In the diffuse infiltrating form the tumor is composed of round cells and spindle-cells with a very scanty intercellular substance (Fig. 431). Fig. 431. — Diffuse sarcoma of the uterine mucous membrane (after Wyder). The neoplasm is separated from the peritoneum on the left by a well-marked layer of healthy muscular tissue several millimeters thick ; the superficial portions toward the cavity of the uterus, on the right, are beginning to disintegrate. In the deeper parts are seen the connective-tissue fibres, rich in fusiform cells with long and short processes. Be- tween them is an amorphous basement-substance with a large accumulation of cells, the nuclei of which appear to resemble those of the others. In the superficial portions the bands of the connective and muscular tissues have entirely disappeared, being replaced by round cells. The tumor is rich in vessels about which are foci of hemorrhage. In no part of the tumor can we find any trace of mucous membrane or of glands. Fig. 432.— Cells from a spindle-celled sarcoma of the neck of the uterus (after Pernice). Some of the cells present a cross-striation. Klebs and Abel have found in the uterine mucous membrane a combination of carcinoma and sarcoma — a carcino-sarcoma. Diffuse 602 PATHOLOGY AND TREATMENT OF TUMORS. sarcoma of the uterine mucous membrane grows very rapidly, destroy- ing the glands and the mucous membrane and infiltrating the musculai wall of the uterus. Local infection spreads much more rapidly thar in carcinoma. The polypoid variety appears as a firmer tumor and contains more spindle-cells (Fig. 432). In the more circumscribed form of sarcoma of the uterine mucous membrane the tumor attains considerable size before it ulcer- ates and invades at its base the uterine wall (Fig. 433). Sarcoma of the muscular wall of the uterus is also either circumscribed or diffuse. The circumscribed form resembles myoma. In the diffuse variety the whole body of the uterus becomes enlarged. Cyst-forma- tion by degeneration or dilata- tion of lymphatics is common in both forms. In a few cases cartilage has been found in uterine sarcomata. Sarcoma is most frequently met with in young women. It presents many of the clinical aspects of carcinoma. The dis- charge is, however, less fetid during the early stages, ulceration appears later, and the cervix is not so much dilated as in carcinoma. Infection of the retro-uterine glands, so common in advanced cases of uterine carcinoma, is absent in sarcoma. The prospects of a permanent cure by operation are not so good in sarcoma as in carcinoma, as recurrence has followed early operations, Vaginal hysterectomy is indicated in all cases in which the sarcoma has not extended beyond the uterus. Ovary. — Sarcoma of the ovary is of rare occurrence. Cohn estimates its frequency at about 1 per cent, in relation to cystic disease It is usually bilateral, and it gives rise to ascites at an early stage It is composed of spindle-cells or of round cells, the former variety being more frequent. According to Eckhardt and Pomorski, many sarcomata are of endothelial origin, springing from lymphatics or from blood-vessels (Figs. 434, 435). Fig. 433.- -Sarcoma of the uterine mucous membrane (after Pozzi). SARCOMA. 603 The symptoms of an ovarian sarcoma are those of rapidly-develop- ing malignant tumors. The tumor is found in preference in young women. Ascites with hard nodular masses on one or both sides of the uterus should arouse suspicion regarding the malignant nature of the pelvic difficulty. The extension of the tumor to the tissues outside the tumor often renders an operation very difficult and results in early local recurrence. If the tumor is removed before it has extended to the broad ligament, the uterus, and other adjacent parts, a permanent cure is possible. Braun removed a sarcoma of the ovary, and the patient remained in good health eleven years after the operation. Vagina. — Sarcoma of the vagina is found as a diffuse affection in children ; in the adult it presents itself as a firm, circumscribed tumor manifesting little tendency to degene- ration. As pathological curiosities in this location there must be mentioned sarcoma- tous tumors, containing striated muscular fibres, and melanotic carcinoma. Vulva. — Among 10,000 patients Winckel saw only two cases of sarcoma of the vulva, was as large as a man's head and was attached to the vulva by a pedicle the size of a child's arm. The patient was twenty-five years of age. The tumor, which was first noticed when she was seventeen years old, was removed, and microscopical examination showed that it was a round-celled sarcoma. In the second case the patient was a multipara forty-six years of age. The tumor, which was as large as a child's head, sessile, hard, and lobulated, was removed, and examination showed it to be a myxo-sarcoma. Hildebrandt reports two similar cases. Other cases have been recorded by Kleeberg and by Gustav Simon. Testicle. — Sarcoma of the testicle is not of frequent occurrence. Virchow maintains that it is found most frequently in children, boys, and old men. The writer has seen several cases of sarcoma in men from twenty to forty years of age. The tumor is composed of spindle- cells or of round cells, or it presents itself as a mixed-cell tumor. The round cells are very large and are often multinuclear. The tumor is quite firm, and on section presents a yellowish- or grayish-red color. Fig. 434. — Endothelioma of the ovary; commencing proliferation of endothelium in the lymphatic spaces (after Pomorski) : /, lymphatic space, with endothelial cells in the midst of an interstitial substance of the nature of connective tissue; a, alveolar dilatation of lymphatic space; /, proliferation of cells, which arrange themselves like a row of beads. (Hartnack; oc. 3, ob. 7.) In one case the tumor 604 PATHOLOGY AND TREATMENT OF TUMORS. It frequently begins in the epididymis. As the tumor increases in size the parenchyma of the testicle is displaced and destroyed. If perfora- Fig. 435. — Endothelioma of the ovary ; reticular modification of connective tissue under the influence of the endothelial proliferation (after Pomorski) : I, lymphatic space elongated and becoming transformed into an alveolus ; b, bundles of interstitial connective tissue; r, transformation of fibrous connective tissue in a retic- ulum ; efi, transformation of epithelial cells into epithelioid cells ; connection of the large cells with the ground- substance. (Magnification same as that of Figure 434.) tion of the tunica albuginea has taken place, the tumor grows very rapidly. Extension along the spermatic cord results in speedy and extensive regional infection. Metastasis fre- quently precedes the fatal termination. Very often the same affection appears in the opposite testicle. In the differential diagnosis of sarcoma of the testicle it is important to exclude carcinoma, tuber- culosis, gumma, and hematocele. Figure 436 represents a sarcoma of the testicle that occurred in a child three and a half years old, and which was carefully reported by Neumann. Castration is indicated if the spermatic cord is not affected or if the diseased part of the cord car be removed. In all operations for malignant dis- ease the cord should be removed as high as pos- sible. For this purpose the inguinal canal shouk be laid open, and by gradual traction as much of the cord as practicable should be brought down and liberated. Enlargement of the retroperi Fig. 436. — Myosarcoma of the testis (after Neumann). SARCOMA. 605 toneal glands in the inguinal region contraindicates castration. Some of the sarcomatous tumors of the testicle contain striated muscular fibres, and in very rare cases the tumor is pigmented. Brain and its Envelopes. — In the brain we have described, as peculiar varieties of sarcoma, psammoma and glioma. The dura mater is not infrequently the starting-point of sarcoma. The tumor destroys the bone over it, and appears, after perforation has taken place, as a pulsating tumor. Operative treatment is contraindicated in psammoma and is of doubtful propriety in glioma. Bergmann for good reasons opposes intracranial operation for malignant disease. Surgeons, however, will continue to operate for glioma, as the tumor frequently produces focal symptoms which enable them to locate it with precision, and a positive diagnosis is usually made only after the tumor has been exposed or after operation, by examination of sections of the tumor under the microscope. Sarcoma of the dura mater, if it could be diagnosed at an early stage, should be removed by operation. After the tumor has perforated the skull the intracranial part of the tumor is usually so extensive that an operation would prove of no avail. Eye. — The optic nerve and its branches are not infrequently the seat of glioma. In the interior of the eye the malignant tumors are represented by melano-carcinoma and melano-sarcoma, the latter being much the more frequent. Pigmented sarcoma may arise from any part of the uveal tract — that is, from the pigmented tissue of the iris, the ciliary body, and the choroid. The commonest seat is the choroid. The intraocular sarcomata are either round-celled, spindle-celled, or mixed-cell sarcoma. Sarcoma of the eye occurs most frequently in per- sons from forty to sixty years of age, but is occasionally seen in children. The tumor extends along the blood-vessels and the optic nerve. The increased intraocular tension results in sloughing of the cornea, when the tumor protrudes in the form of a pigmented fungous mass. Exten- sion of the tumor along the optic nerve into the cranial cavity does not often take place. Metastasis at quite an early stage is of frequent occurrence, the tumor in this respect resembling melano-sarcoma of the skin. Early enucleation is the only surgical resource in all cases of melano- sarcoma of the interior of the eye. This operation should be performed as soon as the tumor can be detected and diagnosed by the aid of the ophthalmoscope. Bladder. — Sarcoma is a very rare affection of the bladder, and most of the cases so far reported were in young females. Kiister 606 PATHOLOGY AND TREATMENT OF TUMORS. reported five cases, and one case came under the observation of Konig, who removed a pedunculated round-celled sarcoma the size of a hen's egg from the neck of the bladder by perineal section. Sarcoma in the bladder, in its structure and its manner of local extension, very closely resembles sarcoma of the uterus. It starts most frequently in the submucous connective tissue. In the differential diagnosis between sarcoma and carcinoma of the bladder it is important to remember that sarcoma is much the more rare, that it is found in preference in young females, and that ulceration occurs later than in sarcoma. The differential diagnosis between sarcoma of the bladder and benign tumors, and the treatment, are the same as in carcinoma. Prostate. — Malignant tumors of the prostate start primarily in this organ, as the prostate is seldom affected secondarily either by extension of the tumor from an adjacent organ or by metastasis. Wyss collected 28 cases of malignant disease of the prostate in young boys less than ten years old. In all of the cases the prostate was the primary seat of the tumor. The symptoms resemble those of carcinoma of the same organ. Thompson has reported 18 cases of primary malignant tumors of the prostate. Kapuste has shown by his investigations that tumors of the prostate in children are usually sarcomatous, while carcinoma of this organ is a disease of advanced age. Besides the functional disturbances produced by the tumor, spontaneous pain, hemorrhages and the escape of fragments of the tumor after ulceration has set in are the most conspicuous clinical phenomena. Radical operations for tumors of the prostate have been performec by Billroth, Demarquay, Nussbaum, and others. In Nussbaum's anc Billroth's cases a part of the rectum was removed with the prostate and a part of the bladder-wall. If the disease has not extended beyonc the prostate — and these are the cases to which radical operations shouk be restricted — the prostate and as much of the neck of the bladder a; is endangered by the tumor should be removed through the perinea incision devised by Zuckerkandl. The efficiency and safety of the operation would be enhanced by a preliminary suprapubic cystotomy. XXIX. TERATOMA. So far we have considered tumors composed of a single representa- tive histological element. We have studied tumors composed of cells derived from one of the germinal layers — the epiblast, the hypoblast, and the mesoblast — and have found that the different classes of tumors represented the tissues of only one of these embryonal layers. The epiblast and the hypoblast were represented by papilloma, adenoma, and carcinoma ; the mesoblast, by the different tumors representing the connective-tissue type of benign tumors and sarcoma. We now come to the last class of tumors that contain tissues and organs derived from two or all of the germinal layers. Definition. — A teratoma is a tumor composed of various tissues, organs, or systems of organs which do not normally exist at the place inhere the tumor grows. The highest type of a teratoma is a foetus in faztu. In the simpler varieties the tumor is composed of heterotopic tissues, such as bone, teeth, skin, mucous membrane, etc. All teratoid tumors arc congenital ; that is, the tumor cither exists at the time of birth or the patient is born with the essential tumor-matrix. A teratoma never springs from a matrix of post-natal origin. Origin of Teratoid Tumors. — A tumor composed of a single rep- resentative histological element frequently starts from a matrix of post- natal origin, as the writer has aimed to show in connection with all the tumors so far discussed ; but the more complicated matrix of a tera- toma has invariably a congenital origin, and is produced in the embryo by errors of growth and by displacement of tissue by inclusion. One of the strongest arguments in support of the correctness of Cohn- heim's theory concerning the origin of tumors is furnished by the teratomata. Maas succeeded in producing dermoid cysts artificially in animals by implantation of dermoid fetal tissue. He produced dermoid cysts in young rats by introducing into the peritoneal cavity of young animals of the same species pieces of skin and parts of limbs of new- born rats. After two and a half months he found small cysts contain- ing pus, cholesterin, and hair. The lining of these cysts was composed of tissues representing all the histological elements of true skin. A great deal of speculation has been rife in reference to the origin 607 608 PATHOLOGY AND TREATMENT OF TUMORS. of the higher types of teratoma. Rauber pointed out that two embryos may spring up in union in the same blastoderm or close to one another in which case they may afterward fuse. Fusion is more frequent al the caudal extremity, but occasionally it occurs at the cephalic end or elsewhere along the vertebral axis. In the subsequent growth the embryos usually develop unequally until one becomes a mere parasite on the other. In conformity with this explanation is the fact that der- moid teratoid formations in the region of the coccyx are proportionately common. At the cephalic end, in the region of the hypophysis, tera- toid tumors are occasionally met with, the origin of which could be explained upon the same hypothesis. Williams, on the contrary, is firmly convinced that such tumors are produced not by blending of two distinct embryos, but by giant growth of undifferentiated cells : " Occasionally a mass of undifferentiated protoplasmic cells manifests reproductive properties similar to those of the hydra, so that from a single cell two or more individuals may proceed. Thus, when the division of the undifferentiated embryo into two symmetrical parts is complete, and each of these develops into a new being, homologous twins are the result; and this, so common a mode of reproduction in the lower animals and plants, is the only instance of reproduction by gemmation in the highest animals. In this way double monsters arise. The locality and degree of fusion present many variations. The usual points of attachment are the sacrum, sternum, umbilicus, and head. The sex of the individuals in homologous twins and double monsters is invariably the same. In other instances the distribution of proto- plasmic cells in the embryo is unequal, so that only one of the two fetuses attains full development. The former are called ' autosites ; ' the latter, 'parasites,' because they depend for nutrition upon the body to which they are attached. The parasite is either attached to the sur- face of the autosite by implantation or is surrounded by the tissues of the autosite by inclusion. Sometimes only a part of a new individual is formed in such a manner, which gives rise to tumor-like formations called by Virchow ' teratoma.' Such tumors are found most fre- quently in the region of the ovaries, testicles, sacrum, and sella turcica They represent imperfect parasitic fetuses. Partial fission of the embryc at the cephalic end gives rise, according to the degree of fission, tc duplication of the pituitary body, to the formation of two distinct anc complete faces. Additional masses of protoplasmic cells result in the formation of all kinds of deformities, as supernumerary fingers and toes supernumerary mammary and thyroid glands, and, if the cells only possess the intrinsic capacity to produce one tissue, all conceivable form; of local hypertrophies, such as angiomas, moles, warts, lipomas, etc." TERATOMA. 609 There can be but little doubt that double monstrosities are the result of fusion of two distinct embryos, as symmetrical segmentations of an embryo to this extent in man and the higher animals is not likely to occur. We have also reason to believe that ectogenous and en- dogenous parasites originate in a similar manner, while the different varieties of dermoids, the teratomata proper, originate in the manner indicated by Williams and others. Endogenous Teratomata. — These tumors are represented by the histioid and organoid varieties. The histioid variety is represented by heterotopic tumors, such as chondroma branchiogenes, branchial cysts, and the simplest forms of dermoid cysts. The organoid tumors spring from displaced embryonal matrices representing different tissues and u £ -4, ■! w= Fig. 437. — Laloo, a Hindoo with an acardiac parasite attached to the thorax (after Sutton). organs, and occur in localities where in the embryo displacement of tissue has taken place. The capacity of tissue-proliferation of the cells of which the matrix is composed does not exceed that of the cells of the corresponding normal tissue. For instance, a dislocated tooth- germ will produce a tooth not larger than a normal tooth, and a dis- 6io PATHOLOGY AND TREATMENT OF TUMORS. located acinus of a gland will produce an acinus which in size d< not exceed the acinus of a corresponding normal gland. The endogenous skin-teratoma is the most frequent form of fe inclusion. Portions of the embryonal skin become buried in the me blast and are isolated by constriction from the skin, and serve later Fig. 438. — Louise L., dame a quatre jambes (after Buguion). matrices for dermoid tumors. In many endogenous teratoid tun the matrix, derived in a similar manner, has a more complicated sti ture, and from it develop teeth, bone, portions of the alimentary ca etc. In such a manner originate, in the interior of the skull, tun containing striated muscular fibres (Arnold) and teeth (Hugo Beck Ectogenous Teratomata. — Ectogenous teratomata are produce* TERATOMA. 611 the blending or fusion of two distinct embryos. The tumors originate either by the allantois of one fetus entering the cavities of the body of the other fetus, where its vessels enter into communication with those of the other, or by attachment between two impregnated ova, of which one grows around the other. In the first case inclusions, allantoid inclusions, are formed in connection with the umbilical cord and the placenta-like productions ; in the latter instance the development of the included fetus is impaired by the greater development of the organs and tissues of the autosite, and often only remnants are found in the place formerly occupied by the parasitic fetus. In the museum of the College of Physicians and Surgeons in Lon- don is the most perfect specimen of foetus in foctii. The autosite, a boy, lived to be fourteen years of age and was well developed. At the post- mortem there was found in the abdominal cavity a perfect, full-grown fetus surrounded by a sac or membrane. In some of these cases of fetal inclusion parts of the parasitic fetus grow, while other parts are dwarfed by insufficient vascular supply, cease to grow, and are removed by absorption. To the pre-allantoid teratomata belong the fetal implantations in which parts of the parasitic fetus are contained in cysts. Such cysts are found in the mediastinum, the brain, the abdomen, the ovaries, and the testicles. Ahlfeld separated from these tumors what he calls " fetal transplantation " — cases in which ru- dimentary fetal parts are engrafted upon the surface of the body. In partial fetal inclusions the acardiac parasite may present externally to the autosite all limbs (Fig. 437), or the upper part of the body may be de- stroyed by inclusion and the lower limbs may project from the autosite (Fig. 438). An implanted fetus in the sacral region, only one of the lower limbs and the imperforate ano-genital orifice remaining, is shown in Figure 439. The included parasitic fetus is often blighted at a very early stage, and none of its organs reach a full degree of development. The more important organs either are absent or are present only in a rudimentary form. This form of teratoma has been well described by Sutton as " acardiac fetus." fUmplc. Fig. 439. — Sacral teratoma with i numerary leg (after Sutton) 6l2 PATHOLOGY AND TREATMENT OF TUMORS. In some cases the fetus simply consists of a shapeless mass in which only traces of the skeleton and of the more important organs are found. ^ — Fig. 440. — Acardiac fetus (after Sutton). The sex is invariably the same as that of the autosite ; the acardiac can only occur in plural births (Figs. 440, 441). Acardiacs may appear in plural births as separate beings, or they (Zrvical vertebra Centrum of vertebra Sjiinal cord — - Fig. 441. — Acardiac in Figure 440 shown in section (after Sutton). may be attached to the twin autosite in a variety of ways. In a few instances the autosite and the acardiac parasite have lived and attained maturity. The diagnosis of included parasites according to their location is usually impossible and is at all times uncertain. The recognition of TERATOMA. 613 parasitic fetuses or parts of them on the surface of autosites is attended by no difficulty. Sutton has well said that parasitic acardiacs are in almost all cases so valuable as sources of gain in dime museums, fairs, shows, and large cities that the parents or the unscrupulous individuals who get pos- session of these children will not permit operative interference, and hence it is useless to discuss the propriety and feasibility of operation in cases of autosites bearing an acardiac fetus. The different forms of superfetation and blending of twins by attach- ment or by allantoid inclusion, so interesting to embryologists and pathologists, are of little practical value to the surgeon. The surgical interest of teratoma attaches itself to those tumors caused by displace- ment of fetal tissues, parts, or organs, to which Virchow applied the term "teratoma," or, from their resemblance to a terato, "teratoid tumors." We shall discuss at greater detail the tumors included in this class — branchial and dermoid cysts. Branchial Cysts. Tumors in the branchial clefts are not so very rare as was formerly believed. Chondroma branchiogenes was described in the section on Chondroma. Branchial fistula; and cysts result from imperfect oblitera- tion of one of the branchial clefts. Anatomy and Embryology. — Toward the end of the first month of fetal life we see under the frontal process, open in front and bounded on the sides by four plates, the pharyngeal cavity. The upper pair of plates constitute the first branchial arch. The next three pairs of plates make up the second, third, and fourth branchial arches, which decrease in size from above downward, so that their median interspaces in front are narrow above and wider lower down (Fig. 442). Between each pair of branchial arches on each side remains a transverse cleft, the branchial clefts, which are obliterated during early fetal life, with the exception of the first one, tig. 442. — Early mam- from which the external auditory canal, the cavity maiian embryo, showing of the tympanum, and the Eustachian tube are devel- ^ chial clefts (after Sut " oped. From the second branchial arch are developed the styloid process, the stylo-hyoid ligament, and the lesser horn of the hyoid bone. The third arch forms the large horn and the body of this bone. The fourth arch assists in forming the soft tissues of the neck. The larynx, the trachea, and the adjacent glands are developed from other centres of fetal growth. The relative positions of these arches in the adult are shown in Figure 443. 614 PATHOLOGY AND TREATMENT OF TUMORS. Fig. 443. — Diagram to indicate the orifices of persistent branchial fistulae (after Sutton). The primary starting-point of branchial cysts must necessarily cor- respond with the location of one of these branchial clefts, and clinical observation has demonstrated that branchial cysts are most frequently found in the region of the second and third clefts, in the vicinity of the larynx and pharynx, and in intimate relation with the sheath of the large vessels of the neck, in contradistinction to dermoid cysts about the orbits and the scalp, which are more superficially located (Langenbeck), We shall have frequent occasion to allude to the intimate connection of these tumors with the sheath of the large vessels of the neck, and consequently it is very important Fig. 444.— Branchial cyst of the to study their anatomical relations to these third branchial cleft in a woman ; m rf t structures . The jugular Vein JS thirty-eight years old. * jo surrounded throughout its whole course ir the neck by a distinct and separate sheath of areolar tissue, which or the outer side of the artery penetrates into the deep tissues of the neck thus completely separating the two vessels. The jugular, enclosed ir its sheath, may easily be drawn over the artery toward the mediar line without producing any change of location of the artery. Th( TERATOMA. 615 vein being in front of the artery and covering half of the circumference of the latter, it can readily be understood that when the vein is drawn forward with its sheath it can be injured, while the artery is not exposed to the same danger. Branchial cysts of the second and third clefts are always found in the sheath of the large cervical vessels, usually in the carotid triangle above the omo-hyoid muscle. These cysts, which appear to occur more frequently on the left side of the neck, are invariably round or oval, with a smooth surface. The contents of these cysts being either fluid or semi-fluid, fluctuation can be felt, more particularly if the tumor is palpated between two fingers from the pharynx or the floor of the mouth and the external surface. Only lateral motion of the tumor is possible, on account of its peculiar attachments to the deep tissues of the neck. If the tumor is of only moderate size, the pulsations of the carotid artery can be felt on its inner margin. If the tumor is large, it overlaps the artery, and the pulsations of the vessel are communicated to the tumor. Small tumors can be made to pulsate by bending the head backward and in a direc- tion opposite to the tumor. History. — Branchial fistulae, persistent branchial clefts, have been known longer than branchial cysts. It appears that Hunczowski more than a hundred years ago described two cases of congenital fistulous openings in the side of the neck. About fifty years later Roser made the statement that many of the so-called " ranulas " about the base of the tongue, the mucoid and dermoid cysts of the upper cer- vical region, are due to imperfect closure of one of the branchial tracts. All these tumors he included in one group under the name " branchial cysts." He described three distinct conditions which may result from entire absence or from imperfect obliteration of any one of the branch- ial clefts: 1. Branchial fistula, in case the entire tract remains open; 2. Cystic fistula, in case only one end of the cleft is obliterated, while the other open end communicates with the pharynx or with the cutane- ous surface; 3. Branchial cysts, in the event that the cleft is closed at both ends, while between them it remains open, and by proliferation from the inner surface produces an accumulation — the contents of the cyst. Hensinger in 1862 collected a number of cases of branchial cysts, and associated them with the branchial clefts discovered by Rathke. Branchial fistulae are always congenital. Branchial cysts are congenital in the sense that patients are born with the tumor-matrix, which con- sists of the unobliterated portion of a branchial cleft ; but the tumor frequently does not appear until the person arrives at the age of puberty, when, by the stimulus imparted by an increased physiological 6i6 PATHOLOGY AND TREATMENT OF TUMORS. function of the skin, active tissue-proliferation of the cells composing the cyst-wall sets in, resulting in the formation of the cyst-contents. Although these cysts are by no means common, being less frequent than congenital branchial fistulae, a sufficient number of cases have been placed on record to remove all doubt as to the etiological relations existing between imperfectly obliterated branchial clefts and the serous, the dermoid, and the so-called "deep-seated" atheromatous tumors of congenital origin located in the regions formed by the branchial arches. These tumors have been made a special object of study by Langen- beck, Liicke, Gurlt, Virchow, Schede, Esmarch, and Hensinger. Classification. — Branchial cysts must be classified according to their contents. The cyst-wall being lined with epithelium displaced from the pharynx or from the skin, the only histological element in the contents is epithelium (Fig. 445). The wall is composed of con- Fig. 445. — Structure of wall of branchial cyst, from case represented in Figure 444; X 280: a, blood' vessel ; b, inflammatory infiltration ; c, connective tissue ; d, epithelial lining of cyst ; e, contents of cyst. nective tissue lined on the inside with epithelial cells. In most instances the epithelium lining the cyst-wall and contained in the cyst-contents represents the epithelium of the skin (Fig. 446) ; but Rehn discovered in a blind congenital fistula ending near the mucous membrane of th« pharynx, ciliated epithelium, which, of course, must have been derivec from the pharynx. Neumann found cylindrical and pavement epithe^ Hum in two cystic tumors of the neck ; one of the tumors was con genital, while the other was developed in later years. The presence of ciliated epithelium may be explained by assuming its origin to hav< been in the upper part of the cleft, the fornix pharyngis, where thes< TERATOMA. 617 fistulae oftentimes end and where ciliated epithelium normally exists. The lower end was probably derived from the skin, and was lined with flat cells. The physical and chemical properties of the cyst-contents will depend largely on the kind and degree of regressive transformation Fig. 446. — Contents of branchial cyst; X 140. of the epithelial proliferation. In making the character of the cyst- contents a basis for classification it is, however, important to remember that, as in ordinary retention-cysts, the contents of a branchial cyst are liable to undergo changes depending on the retrograde changes of the epithelial product, on hemorrhage and other transudations into the sac, or on the occurrence of inflammation in the cyst-wall itself. It is only durinsr the earliest stages that the characteristic secretion is found in its purity. In the course of time the original character of the cyst- contents may be lost completely by retrograde metamorphosis or by the addition of new material. Clinical experience and pathological investigations have shown that branchial cysts, according to the physical properties of their contents, may be divided into the following principal varieties : I. Mucous cysts ; 2. Atheromatous cysts ; 3. Serous cysts ; 4. Hemato-cysts. Variable as the contents of these different varieties of cysts may be, more uniformity is observed in the structure of the cyst-wall. In the begin- ning the cyst-wall consists of a connective-tissue capsule with an epithelial lining on its inner surface (Fig. 445), and a delicate layer of a loosely connected reticulum of connective tissue, the pericystium, which is very vascular and which covers the outer surface of the cyst. 6i8 PATHOLOGY AND TREATMENT OF TUMORS, A high degree of intracystic pressure may cause atrophy of th( epithelial lining and thinning of the walls of the sac ; on the contrary inflammatory proliferation produces great thickening of the cyst-wall While dermoid cysts contain the characteristic secretions of the skir and its appendages, the branchial cysts contain the product of epithelial cells, because their walls do not contain any hair-follicles, sebaceous glands, or sweat-glands, as the branchial clefts close before these appendages are formed. Mucous Branchial Cysts. — As a primary tumor this form of branchial cyst is found in the upper part of the branchial clefts. The origin of mucous branchial cysts is attributable to an imperfect closure of the upper portion of a branchial tract ; consequently the cyst-wal] may derive its lining from the mucous membrane of the pharynx, and the retention of the physiological secretion produces a mucous cyst, Many of the so-called " ranular " cysts about the base of the tongue belong to this variety of tumors. Congenital mucous cysts in the region of the base of the tongue and the sides of the larynx in the majority of cases are due to an imperfect closure of the upper portion of one of the branchial tracts. Atheromatous Branchial Cysts. — This form of branchial cyst has been described as a deep-seated atheromatous cyst of the neck (Schede) and as a dermoid cyst of the sheath of the large vessels of the neck (Langenbeck). The cysts are usually located in the second or third branchial tract, in the region of the hyoid bone, and they are inti- mately connected with the sheath of the large vessels. They contain an atheromatous material resembling the contents of an ordinary reten- tion-cyst of the sebaceous glands. They never contain lanuginose hair, as do many of the dermoid cysts. Gurlt mentions the great similarity existing between the contents of these tumors and those of some ovarian cysts. Besides fat-globules and epithelial debris these cysts contain an abundance of cholesterin-crystals and of small pris- matic crystals which seem to be some form of inorganic salt, as well as lime in granular form. In some cases the inner surface of the cyst- wall is covered with papillomatous excrescences, the product of epithe- lial proliferation. These atheromatous branchial cysts may occur in the first branchial cleft, as is shown by a case reported by Virchow, who described the cyst as an " auricular teratoma." The patient was a seamstress twenty- four years of age. The tumor was first noticed when she was fourteen years old, when it was as large as a filbert ; it increased slowly in size and when first seen by Virchow it was as large as a goose-egg ; it was located between the angle of the jaw and the mastoid process, and was TERATOMA. 619 firmly attached to the sheath of the carotid artery. The cyst was filled with a creamy yellowish fluid which contained free fat and epithelium. The portion attached to the sheath of the vessels contained a plate of cartilage resembling the cartilage of the ear ; hence Virchow designated the tumor as an " auricular teratoma." Virchow, who attributed the origin of this and of analogous growths to an imperfect obliteration of the first branchial cleft, in his classification of tumors includes among the teratoid tumors the cysts developed from branchial clefts. Serous Branchial Cysts. — This form of branchial cyst is composed of thin cyst-walls and serous contents. The cysts very much resemble in structure and contents the lymphangiectatic cysts of the neck, for which cysts they have often been mistaken. They occupy one of the branchial clefts, and they are lined by epithelial instead of endothelial cells, as is the case in cysts originating from lymphatics. The lymph- angiectatic cysts are usually congenital. We have seen that branchial cysts are not necessarily developed during intra-uterine life or soon after birth. All that is necessary is that the matrix for the cyst be present at the time of birth ; from this matrix, at some future time, the tumor is developed. These tumors appear as either single or multiloc- ular cysts with thin membranous walls ; their internal surface is lined with epithelial cells. Besides serous fluid they contain epithelial cells and cholesterin-crystals. Clinically, they may be recognized from their location, their globular form, their soft fluctuating feel, and their pain- less growth. The existence of pavement epithelium upon the inner surface of these cysts has been demonstrated by Neumann and Baum- garten. When these cysts spring from the second or third branchial clefts they are usually deeply located. Hueter, in extirpating a tumor of this kind in a child two years of age, found that the tumor extended between the two carotid arteries back to the pharynx. That these tumors may sometimes grow to an enormous size is evident from a case reported by Treves. The tumor, which occurred in an infant, took its origin in the region of the inferior maxilla and occupied the whole side of the neck and the upper part of the thorax on the same side, whence it extended as far as the umbilicus. It contained one large and numer- ous smaller cysts, and it corresponded with the region of the second branchial tract. No histological report of the specimen was made. Vonwiller reports a case of double serous branchial cyst. The writer has seen a number of such cysts in young children. The cysts were either present at the time of birth or developed a few months later. Hemato -cysts of Branchial Clefts. — In some instances of serous branchial cysts the fluid is discolored by an admixture of blood from minute hemorrhages into the sac ; but when the contents are of such 620 PATHOLOGY AND TREATMENT OF TUMORS. dark color as to resemble venous blood the cysts are properly calk " hemato-cysts," and from a pathological, clinical, and diagnostic poii of view they constitute a distinct and well-marked variety of branchi cysts. Albert remarks that two kinds of these cysts have been ol served: I. Those which can Be emptied by pressure and which a: in direct communication with blood-vessels ; 2. Those which are m affected by pressure, and which simulate the appearance of an ordinal serous cyst so closely that their nature is recognized only by explor; tory puncture. The latter class of cysts, when they occur in the necl usually belong to the branchial cysts, because they are observed durin early life and originate in places which correspond with the location c branchial clefts. This variety of cysts has been called licmatocele col by Michaux, and hematocele by J. P. Frank. Aside from their origi from branchial clefts and the admixture of blood with the contents c serous cysts, hemato-cysts may develop from dilated veins, both extren ities of the dilated portion undergoing contraction and finally comple' obliteration, completely isolating the contents of the cyst from tl general circulation. Again, a vein may dilate at one point, formin a pouch or a sac, and by contraction and obliteration of the orifk a blood-cyst is formed. Hemato-cysts resemble serous cysts in every particular, with tl exception of the presence of blood in their contents. Their diagnosi however, is more difficult than that of serous cysts, and it shou' always be made by exclusion, due attention being given to the locatic of the cyst, its time of development, and the character of its content The last point can be settled definitely by an exploratory puncture. Etiology. — Branchial cysts of the neck, as compared with oth tumors in this locality, are of rare occurrence. The statistics < branchial tumors cannot be relied upon in estimating the comparatn frequency with which these tumors occur, as many branchial cysts hai been classified and described under the generic and indefinite ter " cystic tumors of the neck," without regard to their etiology. Gui in 1855 compiled 44 cases of serous and 6 cases of atheromatous cysl Since that time a great many more cases have been reported. Tl serous variety is more apt to develop early. The tumors are oft< congenital or appear during infancy or childhood, while the ath romatous cysts are most frequently met with in young adults. Of ; cases tabulated by Schede, 9 occurred between the first and tenth yeai 21 between the eleventh and twentieth, 10 between the twenty-first ai thirtieth, 6 between the thirty-first and fortieth, 5 between the foi'ty-fii and fiftieth, and 2 between the fifty-first and sixtieth years. Like t dermoid cysts, the branchial cysts show a tendency to develop durii TERATOMA. 621 the period of puberty, at a time when the tissue of epiblastic origin enters upon a new and more active phase of development. The remnant of a branchial cleft may remain dormant as a matrix for the future growth of the tumor for an indefinite period of time, and become the seat of tissue-growth during puberty or upon the advent of any other determining cause or causes. There are undoubtedly many instances where remnants of fetal tissue remain latent in the branchial tracts throughout a long lifetime for want of an adequate exciting cause, which is necessary to stimulate into morbid activity the slumbering forces inherent in the histological elements of the matrix. Diagnosis. — 'To diagnose the presence of a branchial cyst is often no easy task. The importance of the tissues and organs in close and intimate relation with these tumors renders it imperative upon the surgeon to make a correct diagnosis before an operation is undertaken for their removal. All signs and symptoms should be investigated carefully, and every diagnosis should be fortified by eliminating by exclusion the existence of all other forms of tumors and infective swellings. The following conditions may stimulate a branchial cyst : 1, Aneurysms; 2. Hemato-cysts and lymphangioma ; 3. Dermoid cysts; 4. Retention-cysts; 5. Lymphangiectatic cysts; 6. Struma cystica. After eliciting a careful clinical history as to the location and the time of development of the tumor, these affections should be gone over seriatim in making a differential diagnosis between them and a branchial cyst. The exploratory syringe will frequently be called into requisition to ascertain the character of the cyst-contents. Prognosis. — Branchial cysts, although heterologous formations, always remain purely local affections, manifesting no tendency to destroy life except when they are of a size sufficient to interfere by their presence with the performance of important functions of neighboring organs. The tumor may encroach upon the cavity of the mouth, inter- fering with speech, mastication, and deglutition, or it may compress the larynx or the trachea, thus interfering with respiration. Branchial cysts manifest no tendency to spontaneous cure, and prove exceedingly rebellious to all kinds of treatment short of complete extirpation. In a case of branchial cyst of the second branchial cleft with mucous contents, the writer was informed by the patient that she had been operated upon more than fifty times, the tumor reappearing each time within a few weeks after the operation. That part of the cyst-wall which had not been extirpated was found greatly thickened and firmly attached to the internal carotid artery and the hyoid bone. The serous variety is most amenable to the milder forms of treat- ment. Frequently the tumor attains a certain size and then remains 622 PATHOLOGY AND TREATMENT OF TUMORS. stationary, but the tendency is to increase in size progressively ur important organs are encroached upon, when the suffering and distn occasioned demand prompt operative interference. Treatment. — The inner surface of branchial cysts being lined w epithelium, it is evident that obliteration of the sac can be secured or after the destruction or removal of this epidermal lining. The surgii treatment must have for its object the production, in the interior of t sac, of an artificial inflammation of sufficient intensity to destroy t epidermal matrix, or complete extirpation of the cyst. The font procedure is exceedingly unreliable in its results, and extirpation many instances may be looked upon as a formidable and dangero operation. The following methods have been resorted to in the tre ment of branchial cysts: i. Incision; 2. Actual cautery; 3. Seto 4. Puncture, with subsequent injection; 5. Extirpation; 6. Antisep drainage. In all cases where incision was practised the relief frc existing symptoms was prompt. The cyst collapsed ; a certain amoi of inflammation followed ; usually, after the healing of the wound th< remained a small nodule which in a few weeks became the seat active tissue-growth, and a speedy recurrence followed. The res was not materially modified in case the sac was drained and inject with iodine or with other irritating solutions. In infants the laying open of cysts of the neck is a perilous pi of treatment. Volkers relates a case where a cystic tumor was 1; open in a new-born child, which died sixteen days later in consequer of the operation. In the case of serous cysts where the seton and iodine injectic have occasionally been successful in producing obliteration, it seei to the writer that the same object would be accomplished mc speedily and safely by incision and drainage, practised in a manr similar to that in Volkmann's operation for hydrocele. Dieffenbach employed the actual cautery in opening the cyst in c of his cases, after he had made an unsuccessful attempt at removal extirpation, and after incision had failed in producing obliteration of t sac. The use of the cautery also failed in producing obliteration the sac. It would seem to the writer that incision, combined with a use the actual cautery sufficiently energetic to destroy the entire thickn< of the epithelial lining, would be most applicable in the more dang ous and formidable class of cases — namely, in cysts that have beco: firmly adherent to the sheath of the larger vessels by repeated attac of inflammation provoked by inefficient treatment. After cauterizati the wound should be packed with iodoform gauze. If, during \ TERATOMA. 623 progress of the healing of the wound from the bottom by granulation, it becomes apparent that the entire matrix has not been destroyed, the use of the actual cautery can be repeated. The seton has resulted in a permanent cure in a few cases of serous cysts, but its use should be abandoned, as the result is uncertain and the consequences are often disastrous. Butlin reports a case where, in a young child, a seton was passed through a serous cyst : death from inflammation followed on the third day. For this and other obvious reasons the seton should never be employed in the treatment of branchial cysts. Esmarch's experience with puncture and injection of Lugol's solu- tion of iodine (iodini, pot. iod., gm. 1.25 ; aqua?, 30.0) has been favorable. The following remarks were made by him on this subject at the fourth meeting of the Congress of German Surgeons : " I have cured about a dozen cases by puncture and subsequent injection of Lugol's solution of iodine. Against this treatment it has been urged that complete extirpation of the cyst can always be done and is free from danger. I must deny this assertion, because in a majority of cases the cyst is adherent to the sheath of the internal jugular vein — a fact which may remind you of a paper on this subject by Prof, von Langenbeck, which served as an introductory to his Archiv in i860. In this paper Langenbeck called special attention to the dangers connected with this operation. But even if the operation were free from danger, yet by resorting to it we obtain an unsightly cicatrix in the neck, to which the female sex objects. I can, on the other hand, recommend injections of iodine as an efficacious and en- tirely safe procedure. If some of you have failed to see its benefits, it is, I believe, because you have not had the necessary patience and perseverance. As a rule, I have repeated the operation whenever oblit- eration did not promptly follow the first puncture. It is very essential to irrigate the sac thoroughly before the introduction of the iodine. I have generally proceeded as follows : By means of a fine hydrocele trocar I empty the sac of its contents, and then make repeated injec- tions of a 1 per cent, solution of carbolic acid. This removes the masses of epithelium adherent to the cyst-wall. I continue these injec- tions until the water returns perfectly clear, and then I inject 10 to 20 grams of Lugol's solution of iodine, which, after gentle pressure to bring it in contact with the inner surface of the sac, is allowed to escape. The patient is then directed to return in six or eight weeks. Like a hydrocele, the cyst refills rapidly and becomes somewhat painful. If, after the lapse of time mentioned, it has not greatly decreased in size, I repeat the same operation and tell the patient to return in six months, 624 PATHOLOGY AND TREATMENT OF TUMORS. when the cyst will be found atrophied to a small tubercle. In mosl cases the cure has been permanent." In the discussion which followed Langenbeck said : " I have treatec a number of dermoid cysts with fatty contents by means of injections of iodine, but the injections always required repetition. I puncturec the cyst with a large trocar, introduced a piece of elastic catheter, anc made daily injections. A few cases were cured after three or foui injections. In one case the tumor returned. I consider it very diffi- cult to cure these fatty cysts with injections of iodine or any othet substance." Roser admitted that injections of iodine might succeed in serous and mucous cysts, but that they would prove of no avail in atheromatous cysts. Baum asserted that extirpation was an easy matter, and that these cysts could be removed without difficulty. Bardeleben believed that some of these cysts, especially those which extend behind the sternum, could not be extirpated, but obliteration in one instance was accomplished by antiseptic drainage. Volkmann spoke in favor of extirpation, and warned against injections of iodine, as in case of failure they would render a subsequent excision more difficult. It is evident that most German surgeons who have given attention to this subject have no confidence in the efficacy of iodine injections in obliterating branchial cysts. If we consider the numerous failures of iodine injections in cases of hydrocele, where the anatomical con- ditions for success are so much more favorable than in branchial cysts, we will be better prepared to appreciate the causes of the still more frequent failure of this method when used in the treatment of branchial cysts. Again, clinical experience has shown that a branchial cyst can be extirpated with comparative ease and safety before the cyst has become firmly fixed to the subjacent cervical vessels by inflammatory infiltration, and that in this class of cases iodine or any other injections will not only prove useless, but will render a subsequent extirpation still more difficult. In infants even simple tapping is not always devoic of danger, as one instance is recorded of death caused by puncture The case occurred to Volkers, who tapped a cystic cervical tumor ir an infant eight days old, the child dying of trismus on the third day Extirpation. — A positive diagnosis made, the best plan to pursue is to make an incision over the most prominent portion of the tumor parallel with the sterno-mastoid muscle ; in case the adhesions car be separated without endangering the deep cervical vessels, the entire cyst should be removed. If inflammatory infiltrations obscure the fielc of operation at the base of the tumor, and after careful examination TERATOMA. 625 it is deemed inadvisable to perform complete extirpation, the sac should be opened and the lateral walls excised, and the epidermal matrix, which remains adherent to the sheath of the cervical vessels, can be destroyed completely by a careful but vigorous use of the actual cautery. The treatment of the wound should be conducted as in cases of complete excision. If an early diagnosis is made and prompt treatment is instituted, complete extirpation should always be attempted, and will in the majority of cases prove successful and comparatively free from danger. Antiseptic Draiiiagc. — In the case of infants and very young children suffering from large serous cysts it would be imprudent to resort to any of the severer measures with a view to a radical cure. In such instances drainage under antiseptic precautions should be resorted to as a temporary measure, and in some cases it may be followed by perma- nent results. The same course of treatment should be adopted in adults suffering from cysts which are inaccessible to any other opera- tion and in which irritating injections are contraindicated. The writer's experience in the extirpation of branchial cysts, amount- ing now to about fifteen cases, has been uniformly favorable. No deaths occurred from the operation, and in every case the result was permanent. In one case the internal jugular vein was cut in dissecting away the adherent inflamed sac from the vessels of the neck. The hemorrhage was controlled by the use of hemostatic forceps on both sides of the wound. The forceps were allowed to remain until the cyst was removed, when the jugular vein was completely divided and both ends were tied with catgut. The patient made an uneventful recovery. Dragging upon the vein if the cyst-wall has become adherent should be avoided. Branchial cysts which have not become adherent by antecedent attacks of inflammation can readily be removed by enu- cleation. Dermoid Cysts. A dermoid cyst is a teratoid tumor. It is called "dermoid" because it contains skin derived from the epiblast by displacement of an embry- onal epiblastic matrix, from which, during the development of the tumor by proliferation of the skin and its appendages, the principal contents of the tumor are formed. In the simplest varieties of dermoid cysts the contents of the cyst are composed of epithelial proliferation alone, when nothing is found in the cyst but epithelial cells and their detritus mixed with serum, forming the peculiar atheromatous material which constitutes the characteristic contents of retention-cysts of the sebaceous glands. This kind of cyst is produced from a matrix derived 40 626 PATHOLOGY AND TREATMENT OF TUMORS. from the epiblast before differentiation has advanced to the formatior of the appendages of the skin. A matrix derived from the epiblasi after its differentiation into appendages of the skin (hair-follicles, seba- ceous glands, and sweat-glands) has taken place not only yields epithe- lial cells, but produces also hair and the secretion of sebaceous glands and sweat-glands. In tumors from such a matrix hair is constantly found. According to Epstein, in new-born infants it is not uncommon tc find isolated pearls of epithelial cells which have become buried in the connective tissue by inclusion. It would therefore be more proper tc look upon subcutaneous atheroma as the product of tissue-prolifera- tion from such an isolated island of epithelial tissue, as was done by Heschl, than as a sebaceous cyst. The difference between a dermoid and such an atheroma would be that in the former a whole section of skin had become buried, while in the latter only a projection of epidermis with a single hair had taken place. Heiberg demonstrated the identity of the lining of a dermoid cyst of the neck with normal skin from a practical standpoint. He utilized the lining membrane as grafts in the healing of a large ulcer of the leg. The grafts united promptly with the granulating surface, and the new skin showed the same properties and structure as in cases of skin- grafting. Some dermoids contain not only skin, but also mucous membrane, the latter owing its existence to a matrix derived from the hypoblast. The term " dermoid " is, however, also used to designate cysts with more complicated contents, such as teeth, bone, cartilage, and combina- tions of different parts and organs that could originate only from a displaced matrix representing different tissues and organs. Definition. — A dermoid cyst is a lictcrotopic tumor containing the product of epithelial proliferation , hair, teeth, etc. Dermoid cysts were first described in 1852 by Lebert, who applied the term " dermoid" tc all cysts lined by a cyst-wall resembling in structure that of the exter- nal skin. Dermoid cysts are found most frequently in the ovary and in parts of the body where, during development, the different germinal layers meet, as about the orbita, the neck, and the coccygeal region In 188 cases of dermoid cysts Lebert found that the ovary was the seat of the tumor in 129. Histology. — The wall of a dermoid cyst is composed of connective tissue ; its inner surface is often smooth, resembling a serous surface, but microscopical examination always reveals an epithelial lining com- posed, according to the character of the epithelial cells, of one or more TERA TOM A. 627 tffO te Fig. 447.— Section from a congenital teratoma of the coccygeal region ; X 90 (after Perls), a : a, ciliated epithelial lining of cysts ; i, smooth muscle-fibres in which the stnations are indistinct ; c, cartilage ; d, fatty tissue. B, wall of a cyst lined by ciliated epithelium ; X 350 (after Perls). layers (Fig. 447). If the cysts are lined with columnar or ciliated epithelium, the cells are arranged, as a rule, in a single layer; if, on the X) '■'>"v.-^ i;rV - 4 OA '-■—: r'K V •m'-ft*.' ~™js2-.u_-,- 0^,' Fig. 448. — Magnified section of an ovarian dermoid, to .show the large size of the sebaceous glands (after Sutton). contrary, the matrix represents skin in place of mucous membrane, pavement cells in many layers line the cyst. In cyst-walls supplied 628 PATHOLOGY AND TREATMENT OF TUMORS. with the appendages of the skin these appendages are seen and occupy the same relations to the cutis as in normal skin (Fig. 448). Hair is the most frequent of the many cutaneous appendages in dermoids. The hair in a dermoid, called by Virchow lanugo, is fine and of a blonde or light-brown color, even in negroes. In birds dermoids contain feathers ; in pigs, bristles. In sequestral dermoids the hair is short ; in ovarian dermoids it is often several feet in length. The hair in dermoids of aged persons turns white, and baldness of the b — Fig. 449.— Dermoid cyst of ovary ; section through wall ; X iB (after Karg and Schmorl). On the sur face, to the left of the picture, the cyst is covered with a thin layer of flat epithelial cells (a), with remnant: of glands and hair ; next follows the infiltrated corium (d), beneath which are bundles of flat muscle-fibres (c cut transversely and longitudinally ; d, hollow spaces surrounded by a layer of unstriped muscular fibres am lined with cylindrical epithelium; between these hollow spaces is myxomatous tissue. inner surface of dermoid cysts is as often met with as baldness of th( scalp. The hair grows, as on the skin, from perfect hair-follicle; (Fig. 449). Teeth and bone are found most frequently in ovarian dermoids Teeth have also been found in dermoid cysts of the rectum and behinc the rectum, in cysts of the first and second branchial clefts, and ii exceptional cases in dermoids of the brain. The teeth are composei of dentine, enamel, and cementum, arranged in the same manner a; in normal teeth, and they are developed on the same plan (Fig. 450). TERATOMA. 629 The so-called " epithelial pearls," resembling in structure the cholesteatomata, are also found in some dermoid cysts. They form where the epithelial cells are crowded together; they arrange themselves in onion-like layers (Fig. 451). The cutaneous lining of dermoid cysts, like the external skin, is subject to the formation of benign and malignant tumors. Carcinoma may develop in a dermoid cyst. Benign epithelial tumors, papilloma, and adenoma are frequently met with (Fig. 454 Regressive Metamorphoses. — The degenerative changes which take place in a dermoid cyst consist in retrograde metamorphoses of the cells which con- stitute its lining, and which are detached „ ""''","""""' r r ig. 450. — Ihe germ of an ovarian tooth, and Constitute a part Of the CySt-COntentS. from a dermoid (after Sutton) :e, the enamel- Squamous epithelium undergoes most orgMl: P ' dealim papilk ' frequently fatty degeneration. The contents of the cyst are then com- posed of granular detritus, free fat-globules, and cholesterin-crystals. Fig. 451.— Epithelial pearl (after Kanthack). Fatty degeneration of the epithelial cells in dermal tumors is often so extensive that the cyst contains pure oil. Mr. Hunter preserved a specimen of what he marked " oil from an adipose encysted tumor," 630 PATHOLOGY AND TREATMENT OF TUMORS. taken from a cyst that grew between the bony orbit and the upper eye- lid of a young man. The liquid fat burned with a very clear light anc Twitted pedicle. Corpus hiteum.. 'J-il 1 - Sebaceous ~ adenoma. Fig. 452. — Ovarian dermoid with a sebaceous adenoma, from a woman (after Sutton). The cyst contained hair, but its walls were bald. did not mix with water, and when it was exposed to cold it became as solid as human fat. The hair which falls out in a dermoid cyst forms masses suspended in the emulsion. In cysts lined by columnar epithelial cells the gland- ular secretion is mucus, which accumulates in the cyst. In old cysts the mucus is frequently transformed into serum. Inflammation of the interior of the cyst by the entrance into it of pyogenic microbes occa- sionally takes place, whereupon the products of the suppurative inflam- mation of the cyst-wall are added to the contents of the cyst, resulting in great distention ; frequently the inflammation extends beyond the limits of the sac, producing, in the case of ovarian dermoids, peritonitis and in other localities a phlegmonous inflammation. Inflammatior always results in firm adhesion of the outer surface of the cyst-wal to the adjacent tissues or organs. TERA TOM A, 631 A dermoid cyst is not infrequently the starting-point of a carcinoma. Carcinoma of the branchial clefts, "carcinoma branchiogenes," was first described by Volkmann. Primary carcinoma in localities in which no epithelial cells exist not infrequently starts from a dermoid cyst that perhaps had never been discovered, or from a dermoid cyst-matrix. Sarcoma may develop from a matrix of a dermoid cyst containing the essential tumor-matrix of embryonal connective tissue. Diagnosis. — Dermoid cysts grow slowly and, as a rule, do not attain a very large size. With the exception of dermoids of the ovary, tumors larger than a hen's egg are rare. They produce no pain except from pressure or when they become the seat of inflammation. They develop most frequently during the age of puberty, although they occur some- times as congenital tumors. They occupy localities where, during embryonal life, the most complicated tissue-changes take place. It has been asserted that the ovary is the most frequent seat of dermoids : this is probably a mistake ; the impression has been caused by the fact that subcutaneous dermoids, constituting insignificant affections from an operative standpoint, are not recorded so constantly as der- moids of the ovary, which have a peculiar fascination for the abdominal surgeon. We have reason to believe that the subcutaneous tissue is the most frequent seat of dermoid tumors. Dermoid cysts accessible to palpation fluctuate in proportion as the contents have undergone liquefaction. If the contents are solid and the cyst-wall is tense, fluctuation is absent. Subcutaneous dermoids are frequently mistaken for retention-cysts of the sebaceous glands. Retention-cysts of the sebaceous glands commonly occupy the hairy scalp, where dermoid cysts are comparatively rare. The retention- cysts usually retain their connection with the skin, while the skin is not connected with the subcutaneous dermoid. In dermoids of the ovary, as compared with other cysts, the slow growth of the tumor serves as an important point in the differential diagnosis. The differen- tial diagnosis of sacral dermoids and of spina bifida is often very diffi- cult, and conclusions should be postponed in doubtful cases until an exploratory puncture has demonstrated the character of the contents of the cyst. Prognosis. — The prognosis in dermoid tumors is generally favor- able, as these tumors grow slowly and often reach only a certain definite size, thereafter remaining stationary. Ovarian dermoids often become dangerous to life from inflammatory complications. The con- tents of a dermoid cyst of the ovary must always be regarded as of an infectious nature. The escape of the contents into the peritoneal cavity during removal of a cyst has frequently caused septic peri- 632 PATHOLOGY AND TREATMENT OF TUMORS. tonitis of a most violent character. The sudden increase in size of a dermoid cyst that has for a long time been in a quiescent state indicates ■either the existence of an inflammation or the transformation of a benign into a malignant tumor. Treatment. — The proper surgical treatment of a dermoid cyst is complete extirpation. Tapping, seton, irritating injections, and caustics are all inappropriate measures in the treatment of dermoid cysts. In the removal of dermoid cysts it must be remembered that the tumor will surely return if the slightest particle of the lining of the cyst-wall is allowed to remain. The dissection is frequently a very difficult one, and recesses of the cyst-wall are often overlooked ; these recesses become the starting-point of the recurrent tumor. If possible, the cyst should be removed without rupturing the cyst-wall. If this can be done, the surgeon has the satisfaction of knowing that the lining has been removed completely, and he can give the patient the assurance that no recurrence will take place. In the extirpation of dermoid cysts a knife not much larger than a tenotomy-knife should be employed, and very little traction upon the cyst-wall should be made, as this is sometimes exceedingly fragile and easily torn. Topography. Dermoid cysts are found most frequently in those parts of the body where, during the development of the embryo, the different germinal layers meet and blend ; this is more especially the case with tumors of complicated structure, in the production of which all the germinal layers take part. Trunk. — In the embryo the two lateral halves of the body blend ir. the median line posteriorly from the occipital protuberance to the coccyx. It is in the centre of the body, following the line of coalescence that dermoids are found, more especially in the region of the sacrurr and the coccyx. In this locality dermoid cysts are very apt to be mistaken for spina bifida if the opening in the spinal canal is smal and the integument covering it is normal. The difficulty in diagnosis is increased if, as sometimes happens, the spina bifida is associated witl a dermoid. Wild reported the case of a man twenty-two years ok who was born with what was supposed to be a spina bifida in th< lumbo-sacral region (Fig. 453). The swelling never caused any paii or inconvenience until it became inflamed, when it suppurated am opened spontaneously, discharging a large quantity of offensive pus hair, and sebaceous material. The cyst was freely incised. Its wal showed numerous openings of sweat-glands, from which drops oi sweat escaped when the patient perspired. TERATOMA. 6 33 At the junction of the sacrum with the coccyx, and over the coccyx at a point corresponding with the post-anal dimple, dermoid cysts are quite frequently found. They are usually small, and they are often associated with a blind fistulous tract. In a number of cases where Fig. 453. — Dermoid in the lumbo-sacral region of a man twenty-two years of age (after Sutton). cysts in this locality had suppurated a small fistulous opening remained, and when this opening became closed the swelling reappeared and again suppurated. In the removal of suppurating dermoids in the sacro-coccygeal region the careful use of the probe is necessary to ascertain the extent and exact location of the cyst. The writer has usually found more or less hair as a part of the cyst-contents. The displacement of skin takes place here so frequently because of the early adhesion of the skin to the underlying bone, and the subsequent growth of the sur- rounding fat and muscle-tissue, causing the dimpling, sinus-formation, or epithelial inclusions as the case may be. No operation for a supposed dermoid anywhere over the spine should be undertaken until spina bifida has positively been excluded by an exploratory puncture, which can be repeated if necessary. Thorax. — Dermoid tumors of the thorax are rare. They are found usually over the median part of the chest, over the sternum, or 634 PATHOLOGY AND TREATMENT OF TUMORS. in the anterior mediastinum. Bramann reported a case in which a dermoid cyst of small size was located over the sternum, at the junc- tion of the manubrium with the gladiolus, and a similar cyst in the anterior median line of the neck near the left cornu of the hyoid bone (Fig. 454). Cahan saw a dermoid cyst over the sternum in a child Fig. 454. — Dermoid situated over the junction of the manubrium and the gladiolus of the sternum ; there was also a dermoid near the left cornu of the hyoid bone (after Bramann). eight months old. The tumor at birth was not larger than a pea, Chitten removed a dermoid having the same situation from a female thirty-nine years of age ; the cyst contained eleven ounces of atheroma- tous material. The dermoids in the mediastinum spring from a matrix of skin that in the embryo became imprisoned between the two lateral halves of the sternum, becoming detached when coalescence of the sternuir took place. A remarkable specimen of this kind was presented b> Mr. Kingdon to the museum of St. Bartholomew's Hospital, London In the anterior mediastinum of a woman twenty-one years old ; tumor, probably of congenital origin, contained portions of skin anc fat, serous fluid, sebaceous material, and two pieces of bone, like part; of an upper jaw, in which seven well-formed teeth were imbedded TERATOMA. 635 In a case of substernal dermoid which projected above the manu- brium of the sternum, Roser incised the tumor; after decomposition of its contents had taken place he trephined the sternum, securing in this way efficient drainage. A large dermoid cyst in the mediastinum may simulate inflamma- tory disease of the lungs or pleura or a malignant tumor. A suppurat- ing dermoid with rupture into the bronchial tubes would perfectly resemble empyema unless hair were to be discovered in the expec- torated material, making the diagnosis of dermoid cyst positive. In suppurating substernal dermoid it would be necessary to resort to resection of a part of the sternum over the cyst to secure efficient drainage and disinfection. Farther than this it would not be prudent to extend the operative procedure, owing to the importance of the organs to which the cyst-wall would necessarily be attached firmly. Face. — Facial dermoids occur in the lines of the facial fissure in the embryo. The central portion of the face in the early embryo is an opening from which five fissures radiate (Fig. 455). "The upper pair are the orbito-nasal ; the two lower fissures are termed 'mandibular;' and a fifth, not shown in the figure, the ' intermandibular ' fissure. The median fold projecting into the opening from above is the fronto-nasal process, which ulti- mately forms the nose. As it develops, a rounded prominence known as the ' globular process ' forms at each angle and gives rise to a portion of the ala of the nostril and the corresponding premaxilla. These globular processes fuse to- gether in the middle line to form the central piece, or philtrum, of the upper lip. The elon- gation of the fronto-nasal process necessarily lengthens the orbito-nasal fissures. Eventually the sides of the fronto-nasal plate coalesce super- ficially with the maxillary processes in such a way as to leave a cleft on each side, which becomes the orbit, the line of union being perma- nently indicated in the adult by the naso-facial sulcus or groove, and indicated still more deeply by the lachrymal duct, which is a persistent portion of the original orbito-nasal fissure. The union of the fronto- nasal plate with the maxillary processes completes the nose, cheeks, and upper lip " (Sutton). From the foregoing description of the development of the face it will be understood that dermoid cysts will appear in certain definite positions, such as the inner and outer angles of the orbit, the upper Fig. 455. — Head of an early- human embryo, showing the disposition of the facial fissures (after His). 6 3 6 PATHOLOGY AND TREATMENT OF TUMORS. eyelid, in the naso-facial sulcus, on the cheek slightly posterior to the angle of the mouth, in the middle line of the chin, and on the nose Dermoid cysts in all these localities seldom exceed a filbert in size. They often contain hair, and they some- times contain pure oil. The under- lying bone shows a shallow or deep depression after their removal. They are firmly attached to the bone ; they are frequently congenital ; fluctuation is distinct ; the skin overlying them is normal. The most frequent locatior of dermoid cysts of the face is at the outer angle of the eye (Fig. 456). Ir this situation the orbital arch of the frontal bone often shows a depressior deep enough to hold one-half of the cyst. If the cyst occupies the innei angle of the eye, the nasal process of the frontal bone suffers from pres- sure-atrophy. The depression in the bones of the face caused by tumors Fig. 456.- ■Dermoid at the outer 1 (after Sutton). igle of the eye Fig. 457. — Dermoid arising in naso-facial sulcus (after Bramann). TERATOMA. 6 37 Fig. 458. — Nasal dermoid in a child (after Sutton). that have existed for a long time diminishes somewhat after their removal, but is never entirely effaced — a matter to be taken into consideration when patients, especially young girls, request an operation for cosmetic reasons. Nasal dermoids are situated either on the side or over the centre of the nose (Figs. 457, 458)- Palate and Pharynx. — In the hard palate very complicated teratoid tumors containing even a part of a limb have been found. The soft palate is more frequently the seat of ordi- nary dermoids than the hard palate (Fig. 459). The tumors may attain the size of a hen's egg ; they contain often numerous epithelial pearls, and the stroma frequently undergoes myxomatous degeneration. As these tumors are always encapsulated even when pendulous, they can be removed by enucleation. Fig. 459. — Pcdunculateddermoid tumor Irom the pharyngeal aspect of the soft palate (after Arnold). 6 3 8 PATHOLOGY AND TREATMENT OF TUMORS. Scalp and Dura Mater. — Retention-cysts of the sebaceous glands of the scalp may occur on any part of its surface, while dermoid cysts, owing to the manner of development of the cranium in the embryo, are found almost exclusively in the median line, at the occipital fontanelle, and over the anterior fontanelle. Occasionally these tumors are con- nected with the dura mater. Sutton describes such a specimen (Fig. Fig. 460. — Dermoid of the sculp connected by a pedicle with the dura mater (after Sutton). 460). Cases have been recorded in which the tumor reached the size of a cocoanut. As these tumors are congenital and are most frequently located over the anterior fontanelle (Fig. 461), it is not astonishing that they have usually been mistaken for meningocele. This deception is increased from the fact that in some cases the tumor pulsates. Such a case was published by Arnott. In the case recorded by Giraldis aspira- tion was performed and a clear serous fluid was withdrawn, but when the tumor was removed some time latei it was found to be a typical dermoid. Dermoids of the scalp are under- neath the periosteum ; they produce great defects in the bone from pressure In some instances the pressure-atrophy was so extensive that the bone was perforated. In other cases the tumor was surrounded by a new wall of bone. In rare cases dermoids originate in the bones of the skull. According to Mikulicz, the petrous portion of the tempora bone, the occipital bone, and the frontal bone are the most frequen seats of dermoids. Fig. 461. — Congenital tumor over the anterior fontanelle (after Hutchinson). TERATOMA. 639 In the differential diagnosis between retention-cysts of the scalp and dermoid cysts it is important to remember that the former never appear before puberty, while the latter are either congenital or, at any rate, occur during infancy or childhood. The wall of a dermoid cyst is much thinner than that of a retention-cyst. Dermoid cysts are less apt to become infected than retention-cysts. In the operative treatment of dermoid cysts the possibility of a connection with the dura mater should not be forgotten. Bye. — The first cases of open dermoids of the bulb were described in 1853 by Riba. Sutton classifies open dermoids of the conjunctiva with moles. They occur most frequently at the margins of the cornea, and usually in the line of the palpebral fissure. In the embryo the tissue which becomes the conjunctiva is continuous with the skin, and by differentiation is derived from the skin. If a part of the epiblast that is intended to form conjunctival tissue should become transformed into skin, Fig. 462.— Mole on the caruncle, as- k'11 * 1 ' j *ll c sociated with an eccentric pupil (after will remain as skm and will form an „ . v v \ Demours). open dermoid, such as that shown in Figure 462. Open dermoids of the bulb are consequently frequently complicated by congenital defects of the upper eyelid, especially the one known as " Colombo," which corresponds in its location with the dermoid of the conjunctiva. Tongue. — Barker collected sixteen cases of dermoid tumors of the tongue and made a special study of their anatomical location. Bryk, who made a most valuable contribution to this subject, removed a tumor, the size of a fist, which filled the entire cavity of the mouth and formed a large swelling in the upper anterior part of the neck, whence it was successfully removed. Bauer and Linhart reported similar cases. Guterbock removed from the lateral aspect of the base of the tongue a cyst of this kind that contained atheromatous material and fine hairs. Central lingual dermoids are rare. Richet removed one from a child a few days old. Sutton reports, in a man twenty-four years of age, a case of central lingual dermoid which during nine years had been operated upon, without success, seven times. Sutton found the cyst firmly adherent to the body of the hyoid bone, and extending from the genio-hyoglossi to the foramen cecum. Dermoids lying in the middle of the tongue arise in the lingual duct, which extends from the foramen cecum on the dorsum of the tongue to the 640 PATHOLOGY AND TREATMENT OF TUMORS. posterior surface of the body of the hyoid bone. They originate from unobliterated parts of the duct, in the same manner as the branchial cysts originate from partially obliterated branchial clefts. An enormous tumor of this kind was removed from a negro by Wellington Gray (Fig. 463). The tumor contained forty ounces of atheromatous material In a case operated upon by Stephen Paget, in a child four years old, the tumor was congenital and contained a yellowish serum. A rare form of tumor of the tongue in the neighborhood of the foramen cecum resembles in structure thyroid tissue. Bernays, who removed such a tumor from a girl seventeen years of age, traced its origin to the lingual Fig. 463. — Large lingual dermoid protruding from the mouth (after Gray). duct. Similar cases have been reported by Butlin, Rushton, Parker and Wolf. Wolf believed that thyroid tumors of the tongue originate from accessor}? thyroid glands. Small lingual and sublingual dermoids can be removed successfully through the mouth by enucleation, as the tumors are always wel encapsulated ; and, unless the walls have become firmly adherent ir consequence of inflammation or of inadequate treatment, enucleatior can be effected without difficulty. If the tumors are too large foi intra-oral operation, they should be removed through a median incis ion extending from the symphysis mentis to the upper border of th< thyroid cartilage. As soon as the pericystium is reached the enuclea tion is begun. The operation is facilitated by removing the content: TERATOMA. 64I of the cyst, after which the sac can be removed through a small incision. In several cases the writer has been able to remove sublingual der- moids the size of a goose-egg through a small incision in the mouth by first evacuating their contents, and then dragging the sac out in the same manner as in the removal of the sac of a retention-cyst of the sebaceous glands. Rectum. — Dermoids of the rectum and of the space between the rectum and the sacrum are not uncommon ; they usually occur as con- genital tumors. Sutton explains their embryological origin as follows : " In the early embryo the central canal of the spinal cord and the ali- mentary canal are continuous around the caudal extremity of the noto- chord. This passage, which brings the developing cord and gut into such intimate union, is known as the ' neurenteric canal.' When the proctodeum invaginates to form part of the cloacal chamber, it meets the gut at a point some distance anterior to the spot where the neuren- teric canal opens into it ; hence there is for a time a segment of intestine extending behind the anus, and termed in consequence the ' post-anal gut.' Afterward this post-anal section of the embryonic intes- tine disappears, leaving merely a trace of its existence in the small structure at the tip of the coccyx, known as the ' coccygeal body.' " There is good reason to re- gard the post-anal gut as the source of that variety of congen- ital sacro-coccygeal tumor named by Braun and several writers who followed him " congenital cystic sarcoma." What was regarded by Braun as tumors of Luschka's gland and congenital cystic sar- coma are thyroid-dermoids. Diverticula from the central spinal canal forming cysts are sometimes displaced laterally, as in a case operated upon by Wolff in Central Africa, the specimen of which was examined by Virchow. Manuel refers to two dermoid tumors situated in the loose connective tissue between the peritoneum and the levator ani. Konig observed in a young girl a case of suppurating dermoid in the same location ; from the tumor numerous pieces of bone, teeth, and hair escaped. 41 Fig. 464.— Thyroid-dermoid (after Hutchinson). 642 PATHOLOGY AND TREATMENT OF TUMORS. In rare cases such tumors are also found between the bladder and the rectum. Thyroid-dermoids in the coccygeal region acquire a large size (Fig 464). Middeldorpf first associated them with the post-anal gut. In the interior of the tumor are spaces or cysts lined by columnar epithelium ; these spaces contain a ropy mucus. Dermoid cysts between the rectum and the sacrum often attain great size, and frequently they suppurate. They are found as frequently in men as in women. Interesting cases of dermoids in this location have been reported by Bryant, Ord, and Page. Open dermoids of the rectum and bladder were first described in 1874 by Danzel and Martini (Fig. 465). The tumors are furnished Fig. 465. — Rectal dermoid (after Danzel). with long locks of hair that protrude from the anus ; sometimes they also contain teeth. It was formerly supposed that dermoids of the rectum originated in the ovary and reached the rectum by invagination — an opinion which is no longer tenable. In Danzel's case the tumoi was as large as an apple and was said to contain brain-substance en- closed in a bony capsule ; a tooth projected from the tumor. Clutton removed a rectal dermoid from a girl nine years of age. In the rec- tum as well as in the pharynx dermoid tumors eventually become pedunculated. Auricle. — The external ear in the embryo is formed by coalescence of a number of tubercles. If, during the process of fusion, an islanc of skin becomes buried, it forms a matrix from which at any time £ dermoid cyst may grow. Dermoids of the auricle never attain large size, and they are usually mistaken for sebaceous cysts. The tumoi sometimes occupies the groove between the pinna and the mastoic process. TERATOMA. 643 The removal of pedunculated open dermoids of the rectum offers no difficulties ; on the contrary, the extirpation of perirectal tumors requires often a formidable operation. Usually the difficulties of ope- rative removal are increased by inflammation and suppuration, which render the dissection tedious and difficult. The writer remembers dis- tinctly a case of post-rectal dermoid which had suppurated and ruptured just below the coccyx. When the case was examined there was found an opening, large enough to admit three fingers, lined by skin and lead- ing into a cavity, the size of a child's head, lined with hairy skin. In this case the decision was against opera- tive interference, as the cyst-wall gave rise to no inconvenience, and the writer could hardly imagine in what manner such a large cavity could be made to heal after dissecting out the entire sac. In suppurating dermoids it may become necessary to make counter- incisions for the purpose of establish- ing more efficient drainage ; and the removal of the entire cyst-wall in suppurating post-rectal dermoids may require excision of the coccyx and of one or more of the sacral vertebrae as a preliminary step to the removal of the tumor. Tumors which are attached to the sacrum should not be removed, as they may be connected with the spinal canal. Ovary. — Olshausen, who collected from different sources statistics of 3275 cases of ovariotomies, ascertained that dermoid tumors were represented by about 3% per cent. Ponpinel collected 44 cases in which both ovaries were similarly affected. Histology and Histogenesis. — Waldeyer offered a novel explanation of the origin of dermoid tumors in the ovary. He maintained that the normal epithelial cells of the ovary, which must be considered as unde- veloped ovum-cells, under certain circumstances, without intercurrence of spermatozoa, undergo a parthenogenetic development during which they furnish, in the direction of an imperfect embryonal development, products different from themselves. This theory could hardly be enter- tained seriously at the present time, in view of the embryological inves- tigations which have been made regarding the origin of similar tumors in other organs. Epithelial cells cannot produce bone ; and teeth only Fig. 466. — Dermoid of the auricle and nevus of the palpebral conjunctiva (after Lannelongue). 644 PATHOLOGY AND TREATMENT OF TUMORS. grow from a matrix of cells producing their essential histological parts dentine, enamel, and cementum. Dermoids of the ovary arise, as do dermoids of any other part 01 organ, from matrices derived from an erratic development in the em- bryo. In the embryo the ovaries develop from the genital ridge, whicr at an early date is intimately associated with the cells lining the peri- toneum and connected with the peritoneal funnels. The origin of the Wolffian duct is intimately connected with the epiblast ; consequently the ovaries are the seat of the most complicated histological processes during their development, and must necessarily frequently become the seat of rests which, when excited to active tissue-proliferation, furnish Fig. 467. — Dermoid cyst of the ovary (after Wyder). The cyst-wall was filled by a fatty mass enclosing reddish hairs. The structure of the wall is seen to be like that of the skin. The upper stratum in the illus- tration (the inner layer of the cyst) is formed of closely-packed cells, flattened toward the surface by mutua pressure. Beneath are two layers of fibrous tissue separated by loose adipose tissue. The fibrous stroma of the latter is formed by fibrillar from the two connective layers. An important detail of this specimen is the presence of sweat-glands by the side of sebaceous glands and hair-follicles. the material for the different kinds of dermoids. We observe here the simplest kinds of dermoid cysts, containing nothing but atheromatous material, as well as the most complicated forms, in which there are found not only hair and teeth, but also brain-tissue, mucous mem- brane, and incomplete skeletons. So many fetal parts are sometimes found in dermoid tumors of the ovary that they have been regarded TERATOMA. 645 as instances of ovarian pregnancy, and have been the means of ques- tioning the morality of many innocent patients. Cyst-walls which represent the external skin in their structure fre- quently contain all the appendages of the skin (Fig. 467). The papillae of the skin are usually not well developed ; in other instances they become the seat of papillomatous excres- cences. Cysts with a dermal lining con- tain the product of epithelial proliferation, which forms a pultaceous mass, variable in its consistency, resembling in every respect the contents of sebaceous cysts. The lanu- ginose hair may consist of a fine down or may grow to the length of several feet (Fig. 468). The hair is of a yellowish or reddish color, and as it is shed from the follicles it accumulates in the cyst in masses pasted together by the sebaceous material. Plates of compact bone are frequently found in the cyst-wall ; they are sometimes connected by a fibrous union, as was first pointed out by Labbe and Verneuil. The teeth, which are never perfect, project into the cavity ; they are often loosely inserted into imperfect alveoli, and they may vary in number from one to several hundred, dermoid cyst over three hundred teeth. The teeth are often surrounded by tufts of hair (Fig. 469). Cruveil- hier quotes a case where nails were found in a dermoid cyst. In a speci- men examined by Baumgarten, be- sides skin, hair, and teeth, there was found a body which represented an imperfect eye. Brain-matter was found by Virchow, Key, and Roki- tansky ; other pathologists have found nerve-filaments supplying the teeth. Cholesterin-crystals are usu- ally present in abundance in the atheromatous material in dermoid cysts. Mucous cysts in dermoid cysts of the ovary are derived from rests of the embryonic intestinal canal. They are lined by columnar epithe- Fig. 468. — Switch of hair five feet long taken from dermoid cyst (after Munde). Autenrieth found in one Fig. 469.— Part of cyst-wali from dermoid cyst of ovary (after Winckel) : a, canine tooth; if', two molar teeth. 646 PATHOLOGY AND TREATMENT OF TUMORS. lium (Fig. 470). The contents of such cysts consist of mucus, and cases of long standing the mucus is often converted into a serous fli and the stroma is apt to undergo myxomatous degeneration. Clinical Aspects. — Ovarian dermoids grow very slowly, but tl" may eventually attain great size. The beginning of the growth c /'/■••'I z&'.'K Fig. 470. — Mucous membrane from an ovarian dermoid (after Sutton). usually be traced to the age of puberty. The tumor-matrix participa in the increased physiological activity observed in the skin and appendages at this time. At first the tumor is movable and painl< Localized peritonitis, which undoubtedly occurs frequently in con quence of a mild infection, is productive of pain and is followed adhesions. If the tumor is movable and pedunculated, it may rot on its axis, thus leading to torsion of the pedicle. This accident resi in serious disturbances of the circulation in the tumor. If the ve are more obstructed than the arteries, there results intense venous c gestion, manifested by pain and by an increase in the size of the tun If the circulation is completely interrupted in acute torsion, gangr of the tumor and death from septic peritonitis will follow. If the culation is interrupted more gradually, the tumor often receives a r blood-supply from adjacent organs through adhesions. In a few ca of this kind the pedicle disappeared entirely and the tumor was foi attached to adjacent organs. Such a tumor, which had become attacl TERATOMA. 647 to the omentum, from which it received its blood-supply exclusively, was removed by Sir George Humphrey (Fig. 471). Very often a dermoid tumor is associated with cystic disease of the ovary, in which case it is overshadowed by the symptoms produced by the cystic part of the tumor, which is frequently the largest part of the Fig. 471. — Ovarian dermoid detached from the uterus and hanging from the omentum (after Sutton). mixed tumor. There may be a dermoid cyst on one side and a mucoid cyst upon the other. Rupture of a dermoid is often the cause of a fatal peritonitis. In a few instances this accident has been followed by mul- tiple secondary dermoids on the peritoneum. The secondary tumors, each of which is furnished with a tuft of lanugo-like hair, are usually the size of a cherry, and occur in clusters or imbedded in adhesions. The entrance of pyogenic microbes into a dermoid cyst, either through a small perforation in the intestine, by puncture with an aspirat- ing needle, or by the localization of floating microbes, produces a sup- purative inflammation with all its immediate and remote consequences. 648 PATHOLOGY AND TREATMENT OF TUMORS. Death from peritonitis is a frequent termination of this complication If the peritonitis is circumscribed, rupture of the cyst occurs, wit! escape of its contents at the umbilicus or through the rectum, vagina or bladder. The escape through the sinus of hair, teeth, or fragments of bon< indicates the character of the cyst. Spontaneous healing of the fistul; in such cases seldom if ever takes place unless the entire cutaneou: lining of the cyst is destroyed by the inflammation. In the removal of ovarian dermoids the trocar must be used witr caution, as the escape of the contents of the cyst may cause septic peritonitis or dissemination of the tumor by epithelial infection. The removal of suppurating dermoid cysts which have rupturec on the surface or into one of the adjacent organs is always an exceed- ingly difficult operation, and one attended by great risks to life. Man) cases of suppurating dermoid cysts have been mistaken for extra uterine pregnancy. In dermoid cysts which are adherent to the floor of the pelvi: extirpation through the sacral route offers great advantages. Scrotum. — There is no doubt that most of the cases of dermoic tumors of the testicle that have been reported were not within the testicle, but were upon it — that is, were dermoids of the scrotum That dermoids in this locality are not common is evident from the fact that Kocher found only fourteen cases recorded in literature. The teratoid tumors of the scrotum are always congenital, and a correct diag- nosis is generally made only after the character of the contents has beer ascertained by suppuration and rupture or during an operation foi removal of the tumor. Verneuil attributed their origin to fetal inclu- sion — inclusion scrotalc et tcsticulaire fcetus infcetn. Lebert and Pagei regarded them as heterotopic tumors. They originate undoubtedly like the dermoids of the ovary and of other organs, from misplacec matrices of embryonal tissue. Scrotal dermoids present often a ver> complicated structure. The simplest cysts contain sebaceous materia and hair. In the more complicated cysts brain-substance, striatec muscular fibres, and bone have been found. The cysts grow slowly occasionally they suppurate and rupture spontaneously, in which eveni the character of the escaping material indicates the nature of the cyst The testicle is usually found atrophied from pressure and function- ally useless. If the cyst is extirpated, the testicle should be removec with the tumor. Extirpation of the tumor without castration has no' yielded satisfactory results. XXX. RETENTION-CYSTS. All true tumors are composed of new tissue produced from matrices of embryonic cells. All inflammatory swellings are composed of, or are derived from, pre-existing tissue. It remains for us to discuss in this section a form of swelling composed of a sac of pre-existing tissue, with an accumulation of some one of the secretions or excre- tions of the body as its contents. Definition. — A retention-cyst is a swelling due to the retention in a pre-existing space of a physiological secretion or excretion by obstruction of tlie outlet of a gland. The enlargement of a part should be named in accordance with the histogenetic source of its cellular elements, according to which a " hypertrophy " consists of a numerical increase of the tissue-elements of a part or an organ. The term " tumor " should be restricted to a localized production of tissue independently of mature normal cells ; " inflammatory swellings " should include all enlargements consisting of cells derived from the blood or by proliferation of mature tissue, or of accumulations of serum or synovia in pre-existing spaces ; and "retention-cysts" should occupy the ground covered by the definition preceding this paragraph. The greatest confusion exists in the minds of the student in differ- entiating, from etiological and pathological standpoints, between the different kinds of cysts ; this confusion is largely due to the manner in which the subject is treated even in the most recent text-books. A cystoma is a true tumor in which both walls and contents are new products derived from a tumor-matrix. We have seen that all tumors undergo cystic degeneration by regressive metamorphoses or by the cells producing a secretion which accumulates in the tumor-tissue, owing to the absence of an excre- tory duct. A cyst may also form in consequence of the extravasation of blood into tumor-tissue or into normal tissue ; and, lastly, many so-called " pseudo-cysts " are produced by transudations into pre- existing serous spaces. It would be just as proper to call a hydrops of the knee-joint a " hydrothorax," or a hydrocephalus a " cyst," as a hydrocele. Pathological accumulations of synovia or of serum in serous cavi- 649 650 PATHOLOGY AND TREATMENT OF TUMORS. ties and in parasitic cysts do not come under the head of retent: cysts. They are inflammatory products, and have no place in a trea on tumors. The writer will therefore exclude from this section hydroceles, diverticula, bursas, neural cysts, and parasitic cysts. A 1 retention-cyst can form only in organs that produce a physiolog secretion or excretion which is discharged by an outlet upon the : or upon a mucous or serous surface ; in other instances the secre is absorbed at the place where it is produced. The only instance in which, normally, a glandular secretion is charged into a serous cavity is furnished by the Graafian follicles of ovary. The secretion of the follicles of the thyroid gland in a nor condition is absorbed ; but if, for any reason, absorption is suspenc the follicles become dilated and eventually form retention-cysts. Histology. — The cyst-wall is composed of the connective tis basement membrane, and epithelial lining of the follicle, tubule, acii m m m\- u*w m Fig. 472. — Wall of atheromatous cyst (after Boyce) : a, fibrous wall ; />. epithelial layer ; c, horny amor transformation of epithelium. (Obj. ± inch, without eye-piece.) or duct which has become obstructed. The amount of connective sue as compared with the normal structure of the part affected v; greatly. If the obstruction is acute and the part on the distal side 1 tinues to secrete, the pre-existing spaces, according to the activit; the physiological function of the part affected, dilate rapidly, resul in distention of the gland or duct, with thinning of the wall. If obstruction forms slowly and the amount of the retained secre RE TENTION-CYSTS. 651 accumulates slowly, the cyst-wall is often enormously thickened by the formation of new connective tissue. The best illustration of the former condition is furnished by acute hydronephrosis, and of the latter by sebaceous cysts. The epithelial cells which line the cyst-wall corre- spond in structure and manner of arrangement with the epithelial cells which exist normally in the lining of the obstructed space. Cysts of glands lined by stratified epithelium show stratified layers of squamous epithelium (Fig. 472). If the cyst forms in a duct or a gland lined by columnar epithelium, the cyst, at least in its early stages, is lined by columnar epithelium. Fig. 473. — Section of the wall of a cyst of the vagina (after Schroder). The external surface is the pavement epithelium of the vagina ; the internal, the cylindrical epithelium of the cyst. In branchial cysts, as well as in retention-cysts of other tubes or ducts lined by similar epithelium, the cyst-wall is always found lined by ciliated epithelium. Through great pressure the columnar epithe- lium is often flattened, resembling squamous epithelium, but it always retains its intrinsic capacity to produce, under more favorable auspices, cells of its original type. Retention-cysts result from mechanical obstruction of the outlet of glands, leading to the accumulation of the secretion behind the point of obstruction. If the obstruction is located near the point at which the secretion is produced, the cyst forms at this point, as is the case in obstruction in a ductlet of an acinus of a gland. If the obstruction is located in a duct some distance from the point at which the secretion is produced, the obstructed duct becomes distended and forms the wall of the retention-cyst. The cyst-contents are subject to various changes. If inflammation of the cyst-wall occurs, the contents of the cyst are modified by the addition of inflammatory products. Hemorrhage into the cyst, accord- ing to its amount, may simply stain or may constitute the bulk of the 652 PATHOLOGY AND TREATMENT OF TUMORS. cyst-contents. In cysts lined by stratified epithelium the product of epithelial degeneration forms the well-known atheromatous material which is subject to still further changes. In young cysts this materia appears as a hard mass composed of cells arranged in concentric layers while in old cysts the cells disintegrate and the detritus is suspendec in a serous fluid, presenting the appearance of a thin emulsion. The addition of fat- and cholesterin-crystals further modifies the appearance of the cyst-contents. In mucous cysts the mucoid material is fre- quently transformed into a clear serous fluid. Cysts frequently become isolated from the gland in which they originated by complete oblitera- tion and detachment of the duct. In retention-cysts that have not beer the seat of inflammation the outside of the cyst-wall is surrounded by Fig. 474. — Chronic interstitial nephritis (after Boyce) : a, glomerulus with connective-tissue cell-proliferation b, commencing cystic dilatation of renal tube ; c, fibroid glomerulus. (Obj. ^ inch, without eye-piece.) a delicate, loose, vascular layer of connective tissue which- supplies the cyst with blood-vessels, and which is such an important structure ir removing cysts by enucleation — the pericystium. Etiology. — The mechanical obstruction which is invariably the cause of retention-cysts maybe — 1. Inflammation; 2. Cicatricial stenosis; 3 Tumors; 4. Flexion of a duct, and 5 valvular closure; 6. Altered secre- tion ; 7. Impaction in the duct of a foreign body, a concretion, or 1 parasite. By far the most frequent cause of mechanical obstruction is inflammation and its consequences. The effect of inflammation in the production of an obstruction to the RETENTION-CYSTS. 653 outflow of a secretion can be studied most profitably in the kidney. In chronic interstitial nephritis the over-production of connective tissue obstructs the outflow of urine by obstructing the tubules (Fig. 474). The cicatricial contraction of the connective tissue narrows the tubules, resulting in increased intratubular pressure and destruction of the tubule above the seat of obstruction. The immediate effects of acute inflammation of the mucous mem- brane of a gland-duct is well illustrated in catarrhal duodenitis, which so constantly results in retention of bile and in icterus. Catarrhal in- flammation of the mucous membrane of the cecum is a frequent cause of retention of secretion in the appendix vermiformis, resulting from narrowing of the lumen of the organ on the cecal side. Acute inflam- mation, as a rule, gives rise to temporary obstruction, which disappears with the subsidence of the inflammation. The acute inflammation, however, may be followed by conditions resulting in permanent obstruc- tion from cicatricial contraction or flexion of a gland-duct. Cicatricial stenosis of a duct follows most localized ulcerative processes. Valvular obstruction may exist as a congenital affection, as is the case in hydro- nephrosis developing in consequence of a valvular obstruction at a point where the ureter expands into the pelvis of the kidney ; or it may exist in consequence of inflammation. The secretion of a gland may be so altered that it cannot escape through the normal outlet of the gland : this condition in itself would result in accumulation and progressive increase of the mechanical difficulties, as the retention of the secretion would naturally produce irritation, and the irritation would give rise to progressive stenosis of the outlet of the gland. The effect of the impaction of a concretion in the gland-duct in producing obstruction is well shown in cases of impaction of a biliary calculus in the cystic or common duct, and of a renal calculus in the ureter. In rare cases a gland-duct is made partially or completely im- permeable by the impaction of a foreign substance or of one of the large parasites which infest the human body. Tumors may produce obstruc- tion of a duct by growing into its lumen, by compression, or by the production of a flexion. Symptoms and Diagnosis. — The swelling increases in size slowly or quickly according to the degree of obstruction, the size of the gland, the character of its secretion, or the quantity of secretion produced. An atheromatous cyst increases very slowly in size, while an acute obstruction of the duct of the gall-bladder or of the ureter results in rapid destruction of the obstructed organ and the formation of a swell- ing of considerable size in a short time. The writer has made numerous experiments on dogs to ascertain the immediate effects of complete 654 PATHOLOGY AND TREATMENT OF TUMORS. obstruction of the ureter. The ureter was cut transversely aboul three inches below the pelvis of the kidney ; the proximal end was tied in a knot, and loosening of the knot was prevented by tying il with a catgut ligature. Almost all the animals survived the operation They were killed in from a few days to six months after the operation Considerable destruction of the pelvis of the kidney and the ureter was observed a week after the operation. The distention continued pro- gressively, so that after three months the kidney on the side operatec upon was at least four times as large as the opposite one. After six months the kidney consisted simply of a large bag filled with a cleai fluid. To the naked eye all kidney-tissue appeared to have been removed by pressure-atrophy, but under the microscope sections of the thin cyst-wall showed normal kidney-tissue, but in an exceedingly atrophic condition. It is of interest in this connection to relate the effects of nephrotomy on the kidney. Soon after a lumbar renal fistula was established the amount of secretion began to increase, and it was shown by examination of the kidney at different periods after the nephrotomy that regeneration of kidney-tissue occurred, so that in a few months the kidney nearly recovered its normal size and function. Rapid growth of the cyst in some organs which produce large quantities of secretion — as, for instance, the liver and the pancreas — is prevented by the absorption of the secretion. Mechanical obstruction of the common bile-duct does not produce marked distention of the bile-duct or gall-bladder, because the bile is removed by absorption, which in this instance is well demonstrated by the progressive icterus which follows the obstruction. The intensity of the icterus is a good indication of the extent of the obstruction. Obstruction of the cystic duct leads to distention of the gall-bladder, because the secretions of the gall-bladder are not removed to the same extent by absorption. The writer made a long series of experiments on dogs for the pur- pose of studying the effects of obstruction of the pancreatic duct in the production of cysts of the pancreas. He had been led to believe that mechanical obstruction to the escape of pancreatic juice was the principal factor in the etiology of pancreatic cysts. The pancreatic duct was divided near the duodenum, and the distal end was obstructec in various ways. In some of the cases the distal end was left open the gland continued to secrete, and the pancreatic juice was absorbec from the abdominal cavity as rapidly as it escaped into it, without any detriment to the animal ; in fact, animals thus treated were after severa weeks in a better condition than when the distal end was tied. In the RETENTION-CYSTS. 655 numerous experiments made by dividing the duct and ligating the distal end, only in one case did the writer find, after many weeks, the duct uniformly dilated to the size of an ordinary lead-pencil ; in the other cases little or no dilatation of the duct was produced by the ligation. The pancreatic juice was absorbed as fast as it was produced, and in the case in which the dilatation of the duct reached the size of a lead-pencil there were found in the pancreas textural changes which must have seriously interfered with auto-absorption of its secretion. Cyst-formation to any considerable extent is therefore only to be expected in obstruction of the outlet of glands the secretion of which is not amenable to auto-absorption and in which the obstruction to the escape of the secretion is complete. Pain is present, as a rule, only in cases in which rapid distention takes place and the swelling acquires considerable size. Pain becomes a conspicuous clinical feature in all cases of retention-cysts complicated by infection and inflammation. Retention-cysts are much more liable to become infected than other cysts, because the spaces which serve as starting-points for the cysts not infrequently contain, in a normal condition, pathogenic microbes, or when the obstruction is incomplete, as is most often the case, microbes enter later. The microbes in retained secretions are much more liable to assert their specific pathogenic qualities than when the same number are present in the space in a normal condition, because they are retained with the secretion, and the latter frequently constitutes a favorable culture-medium for their growth and reproduction. The retention of the secretions can often be ascertained by evidences pointing to their absorption, as is the case in absorption of the com- mon bile-duct ; or it can be learned from examination of the secretion, as is always done by examination of the urine in suspected renal affections. The location of the cyst is of great importance in the differential diagnosis between retention-cysts and other cysts. A retention-cyst always occupies the location of the affected organ. An atheromatous cyst can occur only in parts of the skin in which sebaceous glands normally exist. A retention-cyst of the gall-bladder will occupy the position in which the gall-bladder is normally situated. A hydro- nephrotic kidney will be found in the location normally occupied by the kidney. A retention-cyst, from its size, may wander away from the place at which it had its starting-point, but the early history of the case usually points to the position normally occupied by the affected organ. The character of the contents of a retention-cyst can often be ascer- tained only by an exploratory puncture. 656 PATHOLOGY AND TREATMENT OF TUMORS. Prognosis. — The danger to life from a retention-cyst depends upor the physiological importance of the organ affected and upon the occur rence of complications. Small retention-cysts of unimportant gland; not only are harmless, but give rise to no symptoms. Retention of urine caused by obstruction of one or of both ureters may destroy life in a short time. Rupture of a retention-cyst of any of the abdominal organs often results in fatal peritonitis. All retention' cysts are apt to become infected, when the complicating suppurative inflammation and its consequences constitute the chief sources of danger. Treatment. — The treatment of a retention-cyst has for its aims the removal of the primary cause, the obstruction, and, if this cannot be done, the establishment of an external fistula or the extirpation of the cyst. If the outlet of the gland has become obstructed by inflam- mation, the rational treatment consists in combating the inflammation If the duct of a gland has become blocked by the impaction of a con- cretion or a foreign substance, the removal of the impacted body, if this can be done, is indicated. If the duct has become completer); obliterated by cicatricial stenosis, the formation of an external or an internal fistula or extirpation of the cyst constitutes the proper surgical treatment. If the lumen of the duct has become narrowed by inflam- matory thickening of its mucous lining, the removal of intracystic pressure by the formation of a temporary external fistula is often the most efficient way in which to subdue the inflammatory affection and to restore the normal size of the passage. Should this treatment nol yield the desired result, a radical operation will prove safer after inflam- mation has subsided. In the extirpation of retention-cysts surrounded on all sides by tissues, the cyst should be exposed by an incision made in such a way as to render the cyst most accessible, and as soon as the pericystiurr is reached the cyst should be enucleated by the use of the fingers anc of blunt instruments, and, if the cyst is not too large, without rupturing the sac. If the sac, as the result of inflammation, has become adherent to the adjacent tissues, it can be removed safely and completely only by a careful dissection. In retention-cysts which have ruptured externally and which cannot be removed safely a radical cure can often be effectec by enlarging the fistulous opening sufficiently to render the whole interior of the cyst accessible, after which the epithelial lining may be destroyed by deep cauterization with the Pacquelin cautery ; the cavity is then packed with iodoform gauze until the surgeon can satisfy him- self that every particle of mucous membrane has been destroyed, wher the wound is allowed to heal by granulation. RETENTION-CYSTS. 657 Topography. Thyroid Gland. — The thyroid gland is one of the ductless glands, and in case the secretion from any part of the gland fails to become absorbed, it accumulates in one or more follicles of the gland, resulting in a simple cyst or in follicular cysts. We have already described cystoma and adenomatous cysts of the thyroid gland, as well as cystic degeneration of other tumors of this organ, but follicular cysts are the genuine retention-cysts of the thyroid gland. The pre-existing con- nective tissue of the gland forms the capsule of the cyst, which in its interior is lined by endothelial cells ; these cells, as cystic dilatation pro- ceeds, are very apt to disappear, leaving the cyst-wall bare or barren. By the coalescence of several follicular cysts there are formed cysts of considerable size that fluctuate distinctly. Cholesterin-crystals are frequently found in retention-cysts of the thyroid gland. Unless complicated by inflammation, retention-cysts of the thyroid gland can readily be removed by enucleation. Their treatment by tapping followed by the use of irritating injections is uncertain and unsatisfactory. Ovary. — The ovary is another organ in which we find genuine retention-cysts. If, from thickening of the walls of a Graafian follicle, rupture and escape of the ovum fail to take place, the follicle becomes distended and a follicular cyst is the result. All the large ovarian cysts are tumors which develop from a tumor-matrix, as an adenoma, a cystoma, or a dermoid. The impression still prevails that many of the large cysts of the ovary are retention-cysts. This view is no longer tenable, as it has been shown that single follicular cysts of the ovary do not acquire a size larger than that of a walnut, and that by coales- cence of several cysts masses larger than a fist are seldom met with. (See Fig. 106, p. 194.) The imprisoned ovum in the hydropic follicle is destroyed. These cysts contain a clear yellowish or bloody serum. In one case Pozzi found, besides serous cysts, others which contained a cheesy or lardaceous material which he regarded as the product of epithelial degeneration. The cysts are lined by cylindrical epithelium, and upon the most prominent parts of the cyst-wall small blood-vessels are visible. Ovula have been found in retention-cysts of the ovary by Ritchie and Webb, Lawson Tait, and Rokitansky. Very often both ovaries are simultaneously affected. The removal of retention-cysts of the ovary is more akin to a castration than an ovariotomy, so far as the technique and the ease with which the operation can be performed through a small incision are concerned. 42 6 5 8 PATHOLOGY AND TREATMENT OF TUMORS. Skin. — The skin is the seat of retention-cysts of the sebaceous glands and the sweat-glands, the former of which are by far the mosl frequently affected. The sebaceous cysts are also called " atheromatous cysts," from the character of their contents. They are found mosl frequently in the scalp, but they may occur in the skin of any pari of the body where sebaceous glands are present. As the sebaceous glands are connected with hair-follicles, the retention-cysts frequently contain fine lanuginose hair. Comedo represents the smallest sebaceous cyst. The outlet of the gland is obstructed by a minute black mass which completely blocks the lumen of the duct. If the duct of a comedo becomes com- pletely obliterated by cicatricial contraction, and its contents inspissate ^S Fig. 475. — Atheromatous cyst of the skin of the cheek ; X 18 (after Karg and Schmorl). Under th normal epithelium (a) lies a small atheromatous cyst, the wall {b) of which is composed of connective tissu in which can be seen remnants of sebaceous glands flattened by pressure ; the cyst is lined by stratifiet layers of squamous epithelium; the pultaceous contents consist of fat-needles and plates of cholesterin the cutis is infiltrated ; c, shaft of hair ; d, sebaceous gland ; e, sweat-glands. it presents itself under the epidermis as a small white spot, but slightlj elevated, which is called a milium. The different forms of acne an comedos in a state of inflammation. In the deeper forms of sebaceous cysts the cyst-wall is separatee from the cutis and the connection with the skin is finally lost (Fig. 475) Astley Cooper first pointed out that sebaceous cysts result fron obstruction. The obstruction is first the result of accumulation of th secretion at the inflamed outlet of the gland, while material from with out forms the black plug in comedo; later the inflammation results ii cicatricial stenosis, and finally in complete obliteration of the duct am RETENTION-CYSTS. 659 isolation of the cyst from the skin. The cyst is surrounded by the vascular pericystium and is lined by stratified epithelial cells. The exfoliated cells in young cysts are closely packed together in concen- tric layers. When they undergo fatty degeneration they form the cha- racteristic pultaceous atheromatous contents. Besides this material sebaceous cysts contain cholesterin-crystals, and often lanuginose hair. In old cysts the sac becomes very much thickened, so that it can easily be extracted. At the same time the atheromatous material frequently undergoes liquefaction, so that the contents appear as a thin emulsion. The contents of the cyst are apt also to undergo cretefaction, in which event the cyst shrinks and can be felt as a hard mass under the skin. In sebaceous cysts of the scalp a deep dent in the bone, produced by pressure-atrophy, marks the location of the cyst after extirpation. Sebaceous cysts often appear multiple in the scalp and other parts of the body, notably the face and the scrotum. Inflammation and suppuration of a sebaceous cyst may terminate in a permanent cure if the entire lining of the cyst is destroyed ; if this is not effected, suppuration continues, and sometimes a fungous mass of granulations appears, suggesting a transformation of the lining of the cyst-wall into a carcinoma.. The origin of carcinoma in a cyst- wall that had undergone this change has been observed. A sebaceous cyst that has never been the seat of inflammation can be removed quickly by enucleation. The skin covering a sebaceous cyst is usually bald, but before performing this little operation it is advisable to shave the surface a little beyond the margin of the cyst, to disinfect the skin very thoroughly, and to resort to every other antiseptic precaution, as infection is very liable to occur during this operation, and has occasionally resulted in the death of the patient. Carelessness in performing this otherwise insignificant operation is inexcusable. The best method in removing a sebaceous cyst quickly and thoroughly is to transfix the base of the swelling with a narrow bistoury, to cut through its centre from within outward, then to grasp the cyst- wall where it is thickest — which is at one of the angles of the wound — with a pair of rat-tooth forceps, and by gentle traction extract the the cyst. Every particle of the lining of the cyst-wall must be removed, otherwise a recurrence is sure to take place. After carefully arresting the hemorrhage the wound is closed by two or three sutures of fine catgut; over the sutures an antiseptic dressing is applied; this dressing is held in place in such a manner as to exert gentle pressure, in order to keep the skin in contact with the opposite side of the wound. If compression is omitted the parenchymatous oozing will furnish enough 660 PATHOLOGY AND TREATMENT OF TUMORS. blood to form a swelling the size of the cyst, preventing an ideal heal ing of the wound, besides increasing the risk of infection. Inflamed sebaceous cysts must be removed by excision, as enucle ation usually fails on account of the presence of firm adhesions betweer the capsule and the adjacent tissue. If the scalp is the seat of numer ous sebaceous cysts, and the patient desires their removal at one sit- ting, it is better, from a cosmetic as well as a surgical point of view, tc shave the entire scalp, thereby enabling the surgeon to procure for the different fields of operation a perfectly aseptic condition. Very little is known regarding retention-cysts of the sweat-glands Verneuil described adenoma, and Foerster described retention-cysts of the sweat-glands, and there can be no doubt, owing to their greal resemblance, that one has been mistaken for the other. As a pathog- nomonic symptom is mentioned the occasional appearance of moisture upon the surface of the swelling, caused by leakage through a partially obstructed duct. Cysts of the sweat-glands are naturally of a veiy glandular type resembling the cystic adenomata in general. The few cases that have been recorded were found in the skin of the face and in the vicinity of the external ear. The cyst-wall is so delicate that the swelling can be thoroughly removed only by excision. Mucous Membrane. — The mucous membrane anatomically resem- bles very closely the external skin ; but, instead of stratified layers of squamous epithelium, it is with few exceptions lined by columnai epithelium in a single layer, and is more richly supplied with glands The mucous crypts present in all of the mucous membranes are the analogues of the sebaceous glands of the skin, and retention of theii secretion results in the formation of cysts resembling the three varieties of sebaceous cysts — comedo, milium, and deep cysts. Crypts are found in the mucous membrane of the bladder, the ureters, and the biliary ducts. In the neck of the uterus they are normally in a cystic condi- tion, and are described as the ovules of Naboth. They are especially well developed and very long in the mucous membrane of the intestina canal and the uterus. The post-tracheal glands occupy the entire thickness of the trachea wall, and when obstructed they form retro-tracheal cysts. If the crypt; are superficial, their cysts resemble the comedos and acne of the skin if they are deep, retention of their secretion results in the formation of larger swellings. The columnar epithelial cells are attached to the basement mem- brane of the delicate cyst-wall, and they produce the mucus, tin characteristic contents of a cyst of the mucous membrane. By pres RE TENTION-CYSTS. 66 1 sure the columnar epithelial cells are often flattened, appearing under the microscope as squamous cells. The mucus in old cysts is usually liquefied and converted into a serous fluid, so that old mucous cysts present themselves as serous cysts. These cysts were called by the old authors " hydatids." Inflammation of the cysts transforms mucous cysts into acne and molluscum in the same manner as retention-cysts of the sebaceous glands of the skin are formed. If the larger mucous cysts become elongated, polypoid, we speak of polypi cystici or liydatidosi. This form of mucous cyst is seen frequently in the rectum and in the neck of the uterus. Mucous cysts of the mucous membrane of the mouth are quite common. They contain a viscid fluid, and after spontaneous rupture 'Fig. 476. — Transverse section through the upper part of the cervix, showing the entire mucous mem- brane (after Cornil). The central cavity is the cervical canal; b, b, internal surface of mucous membrane, presenting small folds, superficial glandular depressions, and large incisions of the arbor vitas {d) ; g,g, deep glands; ci, a. ovules of Naboth ; m, m, muscular tissue of the uterine wall. they often leave a circular deep ulcer, which usually heals promptly after thorough cauterization with nitrate of silver. They are met with most frequently in the mucous membrane of the lips. Their walls are exceedingly delicate, and the mucous membrane covering them is so thin that it is generally excised with the cyst. Multiple mucous cysts of the inner surface of the lips result in 662 PATHOLOGY AND TREATMENT OF TUMORS. such great thickening of the lips that they appear to be double. Thi removal of the cysts restores the normal size and shape of the lips. Cysts of the soft palate, especially of the pillars in the vicinity oi the tonsils, which are of such frequent occurrence, are retention-cysts They never attain large size, and they can be destroyed effectually b) ignipuncture. In the antrum of Highmore there have been found mucous cyst: of such enormous size that they not only filled the entire cavity, bu also caused distention of the bony walls (Giraldes). Such cases hav< usually been mistaken for hydrops of the antrum, as the cyst-wal was not discovered. Retention-cysts of this size in the antrum of Highmore should be removed after making a temporary resection of the anterior wall by detaching from the mouth, with a small chisel a quadrangular muco-osseous flap on three sides, and fracturing its fourth or upper side, and b> raising the flap exposing the an- trum so thoroughly that every part of it is accessible to dired treatment. Free drainage through the nose should be established be- fore the flap is brought down anc fastened in place by a few points of chromicized catgut sutures. The ovules of Naboth are of special interest to gynecologists These mucous crypts are of un- usual size in a normal condition when the cervix is in a conditior of chronic inflammation they be- come greatly enlarged, frequently acquiring the size of a filberl (Fig. 476). The cyst-wall of dilated Nabothian glands is ex- ceedingly delicate, and the mu- cous membrane over the gland: is atrophied. They often rupture spontaneously, and they are fre- quently punctured in the treat- ment of chronic cervical metritis The glands of Bartholin, which Henzier called " vulvo-vaginal ' from their location, and which have also been called " Duverney's ' or " Cowper's glands," are frequently affected by chronic inflammatior Fig. 477. — Ketenlion-cyst of Bartholin's gland (after "Winckel) : a t left labium minus ; 6, left labium majus ; c, cyst laid open. RETENTION-CYSTS. 663 of their excretory duct and retention of their contents. The cysts are located on the internal aspect of the labium majus (Fig. 477). The swelling, which often acquires the size of a walnut, is either unilocular or multilocular, is generally unilateral, and is elongated in the axis of the greater lip. Either the duct or the gland, or both, may be affected. In the former case the cyst is superficial ; in the latter instance it is more deeply located. The cysts contain mucus, to which is often added blood or inflammatory products. In the differential diagnosis of cysts of Bartholin's glands it is important to consider solid tumors in that locality, hydrocele, hemato- cele, hernia, other cysts, and abscesses. Cysts of Bartholin's glands are exceedingly apt to become infected ; they then appear clinically as abscesses. Incision affords prompt relief, but seldom effects a cure. Retention and inflammation repeat themselves from time to time until the whole cyst-wall is extirpated. In open suppurating cysts the advice of Pozzi should be followed — to inject the cyst with hot spermaceti before the dissection is commenced, as otherwise there is a great prob- ability that the removal of the lining of the cyst will be incomplete. Pozzi recommends the same procedure in the extirpation of non-sup- purating cysts. After tapping the cyst and washing it out with hot water he injects melted paraffin at a low temperature. When the cavity is distended ice is applied, and after the mass has been solidified the dissection is begun with the anesthesia produced by the cold, and by cocaine if necessary. Hydrokolpos. — A retention-cyst of the vagina is produced by oblit- eration of the cervix above and atresia of the lower part of the vagina ; the mucus secreted by the vaginal glands accumulates in the interven- ing part of the vagina, which becomes the cyst-wall. Winckel describes a case of this kind in a woman fifty-seven years of age who died of carcinoma of the rectum. The atresia of the cervix and the vagina occurred independently of the rectal carcinoma, as can be seen from the illustration (Fig. 478). Atresia of the lower part of the vagina, acquired or congenital, in menstruating women would result in hematokolpos instead of hydrokolpos. Hydrometra. — Hydrometra occurs in women after the menopause. It is one of the conditions attending senile involution of the uterus ; it results from stenosis or complete closure of the cervical canal pro- duced by chronic catarrhal cervical endometritis, enlargement of the Nabothian glands, and sharp posterior flexions of the uterus. Some- times obliteration of the lower part of the uterine cavity leads to hydro- metra of the upper part (Fig. 479). As the uterine glands continue to functionate, and the escape of secretion is prevented by obstacles in the 664 PATHOLOGY AND TREATMENT OF TUMORS. lower part of the uterus or cervix, accumulation leads to distention o the cavity, and in the course of time the mucus is converted inti serum, hydrometra resulting. In women before the menopause th same conditions result in hemato metra. Hydrometra in the aged resulting from imperfect closure oi the cervical canal or the lower par of the uterine cavity from stenosi: or retroflexion, is very apt to b< followed by pyometra, and the offen sive discharge incident to this con dition has frequently been taken a; Cervix -}b Fig. 478. — Acquired hydrokolposin a woman fifty- seven years of age (after Winckel) : a, vaginal cyst ; b, several inches of vagina obliterated by cicatricial contraction; c, lower end of vagina. Fig. 479. — Hydrometra in a woman past th< menopause (after Winckel): a, hydrometra; b, ob- literation of lower part of uterine cavity. an indication of the existence of malignant disease of the uterine cavity. Hydrosalpinx. — Hydrosalpinx results from partial or complete closure of the fimbriated extremity of the Fallopian tube and obstruc- tion to the escape of secretions on the uterine side, and retention of the secretion produced by the mucous glands in the mucous lining of the tube. The tubes may be partially or completely closed — the tuba apcrtcc and tubes occlusce of Froriep. As closure of the distal end of the tube occurs usually from adhesions produced by pelvic peritonitis, RE TENTION-CYSTS. 665 the affection is frequently bilateral, as is the case in pyosalpinx. The lumen of the tube on the uterine side in a normal condition is quite small ; frequently it is narrowed by the catarrhal salpingitis which pre- cedes the peritonitis, or the escape of the tubal secretion is prevented by valvular closure of the orifice. By far the most frequent cause of catarrhal salpingitis, and of the subsequent pelvic peritonitis which obliterates the fimbriated extremities of the tubes, is gonorrheal infection. If the infection is of a mild cha- racter, little or no pus is produced, and the retained secretion in the tube consists at first of mucus which is later changed into serum, the characteristic contents of a hydrosalpinx. The serum frequently leaks into the peritoneal cavity, producing recurrent attacks of plastic peri- Hydrosalpinx (after Winckel) : a, fundus uteri ; /', tube ; c, hydrops of tube. tonitis if the fimbriated extremity of the tube is only partially closed ; or it escapes at times through the uterus in the form of intermittent profuse serous discharges. If the entire tube becomes distended, the swelling assumes a sausage-like shape, as the tube is not only dilated, but is also elongated (Fig. 480). The tube is often displaced by adhe- sions. If only a small part of the tube remains patent, the swelling is round or oval in shape. Hydrosalpinx is rare as compared with pyosalpinx, but in the majority of cases it precedes the latter affection. If gonococci are present in sufficient quantity, the suppurative inflammation of the 666 PATHOLOGY AND TREATMENT OF TUMORS. mucous membrane of the Fallopian tube converts the hydrosalpinj into a pyosalpinx. This change in the pathology and clinical aspect of the tubal affection is sure to occur if, as is so often the case, thi interior of the tubal swelling becomes the seat of secondary or mixe< infection with pus-microbes. The removal of the uterine appendages in cases of single or doubli hydrosalpinx is a much easier and less dangerous procedure than ii cases of pyosalpinx. There is here a rich field for conservative surgery as in many cases mutilating operations can be rendered unnecessary b) Fig. 481. — Hydrosalpinx, tube laid open (after Winckel). intelligent and persistent treatment aimed at restoring the free commu- nication between the uterus and the tubes by appropriate intra-uterine and intra-tubal applications combined with other treatment calculatec to eliminate the primary cause of the tubal obstruction. Trachea and Bronchial Tubes. — Retention-cysts of the trachea arc rare. They occur in the posterior wall, because here the tracheal ring; are defective. The first indication of the formation of a cyst is the appearance of a shallow depression, which as it deepens posteriorly i< deflected laterally by the oesophagus and the spine. As the cyst elongate; its base contracts, the cyst finally becoming pedunculated ; eventuall> the pedicle may disappear, the cyst becoming completely isolated frorr the trachea. Such cysts may appear behind the clavicle and ma) otherwise mimic retro-sternal struma and dermoid cysts. Textoi operated upon a cyst of this kind successfully. In bronchiectasis sac- culation may take place to such an extent that cavities of considerable size communicate only through a small opening with the bronchia tube from which they started. The bronchial secretion is usuallj mixed with an offensive purulent discharge. Appendix Vermiformis. — Affections of the appendix vermiformi; are attracting a great deal of attention. Virchow showed years age RETENTION-CYSTS. 667 that the appendix is richly supplied with glands ; he also described a retention-cyst of the appendix as large as a fist. In this case the long narrow organ, obstructed on the cecal side, had become so much dis- tended that the swelling was globular in shape. He also called atten- tion to the fact that an obstructed appendix frequently gives rise to typhlitis. Attention has elsewhere been called to the pathological conditions usually found in cases of stricture or of cicatricial closure in different parts of the lumen of the appendix. The writer has never seen reten- tion-cysts of the appendix holding more than a teaspoonful of mucus, but he has been informed by Hecktoen of Chicago, who had an immense experience in the post-mortem room, that on several occasions he found retention-cysts of the appendix vermiformis of the size of a hen's egg. It can readily be conceived that obstruction at the cecal end of the appen- dix might result in considerable distention of the lumen of the appendix on the distal side. In the cases which have come under the writer's observation the stenosis or obliteration was characterized more by increase in the thickness of the wall of the appendix than by dilata- tion. In the absence of a sufficient number of pus-microbes in the excluded portion of the lumen of the appendix, the mucous glands being in an active functional activity, the intracystic pressure would eventually lead to dilatation and cyst-formation. Cysts of the appendix vermiformis should be borne in mind in the differential diagnosis of obscure swellings in the ileo-cecal region. The proper treatment of a retention-cyst of the appendix vermi- formis is excision of the appendix. Rupture of the cyst should be avoided if possible, and proper preparation should be made for this accident by excluding the intestines from the field of operation with aseptic compresses. The appendix should be amputated near the cecum by the subserous circular method. Bile-ducts. — Retention of bile in any part of the bile-ducts is fol- lowed by absorption of the serous portion, leading to inspissation. In the inspissated bile there remain cholesterin, bilifulvin, and hematoidin. Cysts as large as a walnut, containing inspissated bile, are sometimes found in the substance of the liver. In obstruction of the hepatic and common ducts moderate distention of the bile-ducts takes place, but the formation of large cysts is prevented by the absorption of the retained bile. If this auto-absorption is interfered with by inflammatory processes affecting the bile-ducts and the connective tissue of the liver, retention of the bile produced by some intact portions of the liver takes place, and the bile-duct, and, in case of obstruction of the common duct, the gall-bladder, become greatly distended. 668 PATHOLOGY AND TREATMENT OF TUMORS. The gall-bladder is that part of the bile-tract most apt to undergc cystic dilatation. Retention of the secretions of the mucous crypts of the mucous membrane of the gall-bladder occurs most frequently ir consequence of obstruction of the cystic duct by impaction of a biliarj. calculus or by cicatricial stenosis. The latter is not infrequently one of the remote consequences of the injuries inflicted by the passage of a gall-stone. The pressure exerted by the gall-stone and the irrita- tion and inflammation caused by the calculus result in destruction of the mucous membrane, and during the healing of the defect the lumer of the duct becomes narrowed and even completely obliterated. The gall-bladder under such circumstances may become enormously dis- tended — much more so than if it contain bile. As no bile can enter the gall-bladder if the cystic duct is obstructed and the bile that may be present is soon absorbed, the organ contain; at first mucus, which later is transformed into a serous fluid ; hence the term " hydrops of the gall-bladder," or " hydrocholecyst." A mod- erately distended gall-bladder presents a pyriform shape, with the nar- row part of the swelling directed toward the liver. Hydrops of the gall-bladder, unless complicated by localized peri- tonitis, is not attended by much pain, nor does it give rise to mucr inconvenience unless the swelling is very large. A dull aching pain i; occasionally complained of. The suffering frequently attending this condition is referable to the presence of a stone in the cystic duct giving rise to those characteristic paroxysmal pains known as " biliarj. colic." In obstruction of the cystic duct icterus either is entirel} absent or is slight and usually of short duration. Infection of the interior of a gall-bladder either by extension of a suppurative inflam- mation of the bile-ducts or through a small fistulous opening betweer the gall-bladder and an adherent intestinal loop converts the hydrops into an empyema of the gall-bladder. The inflammation of the mucou; membrane diminishes or arrests the functions of the mucous crypts, anc pus soon takes the place of the serous fluid. Hydrops of the gall-bladder has occasionally, from the size of th( swelling, been mistaken for ovarian cyst. In distention of the gall bladder the early clinical history of the case points to a swelling in th< upper and right part of the abdominal cavity, while ovarian cysts an first discovered by the patient when the tumor rises out of the pelvis An ovarian cyst can always be reached with the finger from the vagina while this can seldom, if ever, be done in a distended gall-bladder In distention of the gall-bladder the early clinical history points to th existence of causes leading to obstruction of the cystic duct, while ii ovarian cyst the early symptoms are referred to the pelvis. Tumor RETENTION-CYSTS. 669 and cystic disease of the right kidney have often been mistaken for a distended gall-bladder, and vice versa. In renal affections a careful study of the clinical history of the case and chemical and microscopical examination of the urine will yield valuable information. The retro- peritoneal location of a tumor or a swelling of the kidney can usually be demonstrated satisfactorily by rectal insufflation — an important diag- nostic resource in differentiating between an intraperitoneal and a retro- peritoneal tumor or swelling. Another condition rendering a positive diagnosis of a distended gall-bladder often impossible is echinococcus- cyst of the lower surface of the liver. Hirschberg strongly urged the employment of the exploring needle in the differential diagnosis of fluctuating tumors or swellings in the region of the gall-bladder. This very useful diagnostic resource, if properly employed, is harmless in case the tumor or cyst is adherent to the anterior abdominal wall. We have no reliable means of ascertaining the presence and exact loca- tion of mural adhesions. The writer believes, with Konig, that explor- atory puncture should never be resorted to in the diagnosis of tumors or cysts in this locality unless there is positive evidence that the punc- ture can be made without invading the peritoneal cavity. The informa- tion derived from an exploratory puncture does not balance the risks to which it exposes the patient. Should the puncture be made through the peritoneal cavity, and the cyst should prove to be an echinococcus- cyst, the escape of its contents into the' preperitoneal cavity would be sure to result in dissemination of the parasitic disease and an early fatal termination. Should the cyst prove to be an empyema of the gall- bladder, escape of pus through the puncture could hardly fail to produce a diffuse septic peritonitis. Short of an exploratory puncture, we are not in possession of any means to make a positive differential diagnosis between a hydrops and an empyema of the gall-bladder. As we have advised against the use of the exploring needle, it is evident that in doubtful cases the surgeon should resort to an exploratory incision, fully prepared to do what is necessary after a correct diagnosis has been made. The patient should understand that the operation is performed in the first place for the purpose of ascertaining the nature of the swelling, and that after this has been done the necessary operative procedure will follow. An exploratory incision, in the writer's estimation, is safer and will yield more reliable diagnostic information than an exploratory puncture. Several incisions have been suggested to expose the gall-bladder to direct surgical interference. Billroth preferred an incision parallel with and about a finger's breadth below the costal arch. Other surgeons advise a vertical incision extending from the cartilage of the eighth 670 PATHOLOGY AND TREATMENT OF TUMORS. rib downward. Langenbeck in performing cholecystectomy make a vertical incision from the costal arch to the outer border of thi rectus muscle, and joins it by a shorter incision extending from th< upper angle of the wound as far as the ensiform cartilage. Czern) makes an incision from the ensiform cartilage to just above the umbil icus, and joins it by a transverse incision extending through the rectui muscle on the right side. By reflecting the triangular flap the unde: surface of the liver is well exposed. The exploratory incision shouk be made over the centre of the swelling, from the costal arch down ward. This incision will answer well if the conditions revealed require a simple cholecystotomy, and if it is deemed necessary to extirpate the gall-bladder, the incision can readily be converted into Langenbeck'; incision. If a hydrops of the gall-bladder is found, the gall-bladdei should be emptied by aspiration, after which it is drawn forward intc the wound, and is held in place with forceps, or, still better, with twc silk threads passed through the serous and muscular coats, one or each side of the proposed incision. After packing gauze around the empty bladder to protect the peritoneal cavity, an incision large enough to admit the index finger is made in the long axis of the gall-bladder and through this incision, with finger and probes, search is made foi the cause of obstruction. If a calculus is found in the cystic duct, il should be removed or crushed, after which the margins of the viscera! wound are stitched to the parietal peritoneum in the upper angle of the wound, for the purpose of establishing a temporary biliary fistula. The balance of the external incision is closed by buried and deep sutures If the cystic duct is found completely obliterated, the gall-bladdei should be extirpated. In empyema the same surgical procedures are indicated. A cholecystenterostomy is absolutely contraindicated excepl in irremediable occlusion or obliteration of the common bile-duct. Closely allied to hydrops of the gall-bladder are cysts of the pancreas. Pancreas. — The pancreas, like other secretory organs, is prone tc become the seat of cystic swellings, the result of obliteration or obstruc- tion of the common duct or of one or more of its branches. Cysts originating in this manner are true retention-cysts, containing the physi- ological secretion from the distal portion of the gland-tissue, with per- haps accidental products, such as altered secretions, blood, and the products of inflammation. Of the five cases of cyst of the pancreas which the writer has seen detailed mention will be made of the first case that came under hi: observation : Volz, aet. nineteen, laborer, German, was admitted to Milwaukee RETENTION-CYSTS. 671 Hospital November 28, 1884. He was small for his age and not robust, but he claimed that with one exception he had never been sick, and that no hereditary tendency to disease existed in his family. Five weeks previously, while enjoying perfect health, he was thrown from a wagon, striking the ground on the left side of the abdomen, a heavy keg falling upon his back and increasing the force of the fall. The pain felt immediately after the accident was confined to his back, at the point where he was struck by the keg, but it was not sufficient in intensity to prevent him from following his occupation as a mason's apprentice. In a few days, however, diarrhea set in, persisting for two weeks and greatly reducing his strength and weight. If he had any fever during this time, it was not sufficiently severe to attract his atten- tion. His appetite was not impaired, and, although he vomited occa- sionally, neither the vomiting nor the diarrhea seemed to be aggravated by the time of eating or the kind or variety of food. After two weeks he noticed in the left hypochondriac region a tumor which was round, smooth, and painless. The tumor increased rapidly in size, and soon gave rise to a sensation of fulness in the stomach, and later on to regurgitation and vomiting soon after meals. His appetite was slightly impaired. At this time the patient was treated for a short time by Dr. F. H. Day of Wauwatosa, Wisconsin, who resorted to symptomatic treatment, and, observing no improvement, referred him to the writer for diagnosis and, in case it should be deemed advisable, surgical treat- ment. On his admission to the hospital he presented a considerable degree of emaciation and complained principally of a sensation of fulness and weight in the region of the stomach, which was always aggravated after meals and only relieved by vomiting. On inspection a tumor was found occupying nearly the whole epigastric and the entire left hypochondriac region, its most prominent point being to the left of the median line and about three inches below the xiphoid cartilage. Percussion revealed a line of dulness extending from the left nipple to within an inch of the umbilicus ; posteriorly the dulness reached from the eighth to the lower margin of the twelfth rib ; in the epi- gastric region a limited area of tympanitic resonance was discovered along the costal arch of the lower ribs on the right side. Palpation showed distinct fluctuation, the wave being conveyed from side to side across the whole area of dulness. The tumor was round in contour and presented a smooth surface. The measurements were as follows : From the left nipple to the lowest point downward, 22 centimeters; transverse diameter, 2 1 centimeters ; anterior circumference, 63 centi- meters. The heart was pushed upward so that the impulse of the apex could be felt distinctly in the fourth intercostal space. The stomach 672 PATHOLOGY AND TREATMENT OF TUMORS. was artificially distended with carbonic-acid gas, when it was ascer- tained that it was pushed to the right and compressed by the tumor The liver appeared to be unaffected by the tumor, as on percussion il was found in its normal location and of natural size. Both lumbal regions were tympanitic. No evidences of ascites existed. Firm pres- sure over any part of the tumor could be made without causing pain The peculiar fremitus often felt in cases of echinococcus-cysts was absent. No pulsations could be felt in the tumor, and no impulse was imparted to it by the underlying ab- dominal aorta. The relative position of the tumor was changed during forcible inspiration and expiration. For the purpose of ascertaining the nature of the contents of the tumor a hypodermic needle was thoroughly disinfected and introduced at a point where the tumor was most promi- nent ; when in place, the distal end fig. 4 82.-Cyst of the pancreas -space witw„ of the syringe moved upward and dotted lines indicates area of duiness ; a-i, line downward synchronously with the of incision. . respiratory movements, showing that the adhesions with the parietal peritoneum, if any existed, were slight, The fluid removed, which was somewhat viscid and slightly opalescent, was alkaline in reaction and contained a considerable proportion of albumin, as it coagulated on applying heat and nitric acid. Under the microscope it showed only a few morphological elements, epithelial cells, a few leucocytes, and granular matter, but neither hooklets nor cholesterin-crystals. By exclusion the diagnosis was narrowed down to one of two things — a sterile echinococcus-cyst or a cyst of the pancreas. Against the former spoke the rapid growth of the tumor, its primary origin away from the liver, its favorite location, the presence of a considerable amount of albumin, and the absence of hooklets, the presence of which: are diagnostic of echinococcus-cysts. In favor of a pancreatic cysl spoke the history of traumatism in the region of the pancreas, the rapic growth of the tumor, and the early disturbance of digestion as mani- fested by diarrhea and vomiting, presumably caused by the partia or complete retention of the pancreatic secretion. As the treatmem remained the same in either case, it was decided to perform laparotomy to stitch the cyst-walls to the peritoneal covering of the wound in the absence of adhesions, and to open and drain the cyst after adhesion! had formed. This procedure was deemed preferable to the use of th< RETENTION-CYSTS. 673 trocar or the aspirator, as it would with certainty prevent extravasation of the cyst-contents into the peritoneal cavity, and the drainage-tube would guard against reaccumulation of the fluid, thus affording an opportunity for the cavity to undergo obliteration by adhesion of the inner surfaces of the cyst-walls. The patient, being cognizant of the fact that no other form of treatment would promise any relief, readily assented to the operation proposed. Every precaution was observed to render the operation aseptic. The patient was given several baths ; the parts were shaved, and were carefully disinfected with a 5 per cent, solution of carbolic acid ; the instruments, sponges, and operating-room were prepared as for an ovariotomy. Before ether was administered the stomach was emptied and washed out by means of an elastic stomach-tube, with a view to prevent retching and vomiting during and after the operation. An incision five inches in length was made obliquely over the most prominent portion of the tumor, about three inches below, and parallel with, the left costal arch. A portion of the rectus abdominis muscle was divided. After dividing carefully all the tissues down to the peritoneum all hemorrhage was completely arrested. On opening the peritoneal cavity the omentum was brought into view, the portion exposed containing an artery and a vein of consider- able size. As these vessels were placed in a vertical direction, they crossed the wound, and it became necessary to apply a double ligature, the omentum being then incised between the ligatures to the extent of about three inches. The omentum was slightly adherent to the pari- etal peritoneum and the surface of the tumor. Through the omental incision the tumor could be seen and felt distinctly, presenting a smooth, whitish, and glistening surface. As it had formed at least slight adhe- sions, it was decided to complete the operation. This plan was the more willingly adopted as it was evident that the intracystic pressure was great and the cyst-walls were thin, which would render stitching them to the margins of the wound difficult and unsafe. The sur- face of the tumor was then seized with two dissecting forceps about an inch apart, and gentle traction was made during incision and evacuation of the cyst, so as to prevent all risk of extravasation of fluid into the peritoneal cavity. The peritoneal covering was picked up and nipped, and a grooved director was inserted into the opening made : owing to the thinness of the walls of the sac, it penetrated the interior, and fluid escaped along the groove with considerable force. The opening was enlarged with the knife, when the fluid gushed forth in jets and was caught in basins. The contents were removed as completely as pos- sible by making external pressure and by placing the patient on his side. As the cyst was emptied its walls were drawn forward into the 43 674 PATHOLOGY AND TREATMENT OF TUMORS. wound and stitched to the peritoneum, which had previously been united with the skin. The interior of the cyst was explored by insert- ing the index finger, which passed directly backward toward the tail of the pancreas. The bottom of the cavity could, however, not be reached. The inner surface of the cyst was smooth. Two large drain- age-tubes were inserted to the bottom of the cyst, and the remaining portion of the wound was united in the same manner as after ovariot- omy, except that the rectus muscle was sutured separately. The fluid removed, estimated at three quarts, presented the same appearance as that removed by exploratory puncture. The wound was dressed with a large antiseptic compress, which was retained in situ with an elastic rubber bandage. This bandage of rubber webbing not only retains the dressing perfectly, allowing at the same time the movements of the chest and the abdomen, but has an additional advantage, inasmuch as it exerts equable pressure — an important element in the after-treatment of all abdominal operations. The patient never vomited during or after the operation, and expe- rienced immediate relief on removal of the pressure caused by the tumor. The pulse never rose over 90 , and the highest temperature observed was 100° F., the day after the operation. The appetite increased, and no unpleasant subjective symptoms were complained of at any time. On the third day the dressing showed moisture on the external surface, and it was changed. The gauze was saturated with the secretions from the cyst. The wound looked healthy, but the surrounding skin, as far as the dressing had extended, was red anc macerated, and the epidermis could be removed in large flakes, leaving beneath a raw surface. The changes in the skin presented the appear- ances described by Kulenkampff and Gussenbauer, and claimed b} them to be due to the digestive power of the pancreatic juice. Th< excoriated surface was sprinkled with salicylic acid and was agair covered with a Lister dressing. On account of profuse secretion fron the cyst the dressings were changed every few days, and at every changi the skin was found excoriated as far as it had been moistened by tin secretion. At the end of the first week the sutures were removed an< no further dressings were applied, whereupon the skin healed withou suppuration, and only a minimum amount of pus escaped through tb fistulous opening with the secretion. The secretion became cleare after the operation, and continued to be discharged in varying quantitie for almost four weeks. One of the drainage-tubes inserted at the tim of the operation was removed at the first change of the dressing, an the second was gradually shortened, being entirely removed three week after the operation. At the end of the second week the cyst wa RETENTION-CYSTS. 675 explored with a disinfected probe which passed to a depth of eight inches in the direction of the tail of the pancreas. The fistulous tract soon became live with granulations and grew smaller in length and diameter ; at the end of eight weeks it was very narrow, so as to admit only a small probe, which could be passed only to a depth of four inches. The skin around the fistulous opening was drawn inward, forming a deep funnel-shaped depression. January 22, 1885, the patient was discharged cured. The fistula was completely closed. Retraction of cicatrix was veiy marked. The general health was good, the digestion perfect. No swelling could be felt in the region of the pancreas. Remarks, — It was the intention of the writer to collect some of the secretion for the purpose of ascertaining its digestive properties on different articles of food, but before this could be done the amount secreted daily became so small that it was impossible to obtain corroborative diagnostic evidence from this source. The ana- tomical location of the tumor, its relations to the surrounding organs its rapid growth, and the character of its contents can leave no pos- sible doubt that we had to deal with a genuine retention-cyst of the pancreas. The question naturally arises, What was the cause of the obstruction ? The history of the case points clearly to traumatism as the exciting cause. The patient had been in good health until he received the injury, and since that time he had not been well, although he continued at his work for some time afterward. Whether the diar- rhea from which he suffered for the first two weeks resulted from injury to the pancreas we are unable to prove, but it may be possible that a retention of the pancreatic secretion occurred after the traumatism, and that the diarrhea may have been produced by the absence of the fluid in the intestinal tract. As the patient at this time was not under medical observation, the character of the stools was not ascertained. As the injury was inflicted in the region of the pancreas, it is reasonable to assume that the pancreatic duct and the parenchyma of the gland were lacerated at a certain point, producing obstruction to the outflow of the secretion from the distal portion of the organ, the nature of the injury and the manner of obstruction being the same as in cases of rupture of the male urethra. It would be difficult to imagine that the com- mon duct could be distended by the accumulation of the retained fluid to such an enormous extent in such a remarkably short time, hence we are forced to conclude that laceration of the duct took place, and that the pancreatic fluid infiltrated the gland, the cyst being formed at the expense of its parenchyma and by distention of the capsule of the organ. The cyst-wall anteriorly was so thin that after cutting the 676 PATHOLOGY AND TREATMENT OF TUMORS. peritoneal covering the grooved director penetrated directly into th< interior of the cyst without more than the slightest force being used showing that nothing but a little connective tissue was interposec between the peritoneum and the cyst-contents. The rapid growth oi the cyst would indicate that the obstruction occurred at some distana from the caudal extremity of the gland, thus making a considerabk portion of the secreting tissue contributory to the formation of th< cyst. The early cessation of the discharge of the secretion througl the abnormal outlet would tend to prove either that after the remova of the intracystic pressure the duct again became permeable, and thus furnished a free passage to the secretions into the intestinal cana through the natural channel, or that the gland-tissue in the vicinity anc distal to the cyst had been destroyed. In regard to the operation, it is necessary to say that the writei deviated from the usual plan in not making the incision through the linea alba. The incision was made over the most prominent part of the tumor, for the following substantial reasons : 1. If adhesions had formed, they would naturally begin at a poinl where the tumor impinged most firmly against the anterior abdominal wall. 2. Incision over the most prominent portion of the cyst would afford the best point for effective drainage. The band of connective tissue which would result from atrophy and obliteration of the cyst would form a permanent bridge between the cicatrix of the abdominal wound and the gland, consequently it is advisable to establish this necessary evil where it will do the leasl harm by interfering with the functions of important organs. Aspiration of the cyst was not practised, because the exploratory puncture had demonstrated that firm adhesions had not taken place and in the absence of these it was feared that some of the cyst-con- tents might escape into the peritoneal cavity and produce peritonitis The maceration of the skin was the result of the digestive action of the pancreatic juice, and this phenomenon furnished strongly corrobo- rative diagnostic evidence in this as well as in previous cases. Since this case was reported with six others which the writer hac collected at that time, about thirty new cases have been recorded ir literature, and in nearly all of these the formation of an external fistuk resulted in a permanent cure. Pathology and Morbid Anatomy. — Cysts in the pancreas always result from retention of the secretion and subsequent dilatation of th< secretory duct, or, in case of laceration of this structure, from extrava- sation of the secretion into the parenchyma of the gland and subse- RETENTION-CYSTS. 6~ t quent distention of its capsule. The size of the cyst is modified b the character and seat of the obstruction and by its relative position 1 the secreting gland-structure. The walls of the cyst are usually th: from over-distention in cases of rapid-growing cysts, or much thicl ened when the growth of the tumor has been slow and accompanie by chronic proliferation and induration of the connective tissue. Tr cyst-walls in chronic cases may become cartilaginous or even ossifie The inner surface is either smooth or presents evidences of degener; tion similar to those occurring on the internal surface of arteries i the later stages of endarteritis. If the canal of Wirsung is obstructe at or near its proximal end, the entire duct and its branches may becorr dilated, presenting the appearance of varicose veins, or a more uniform! rounded cyst may form, of the size of an orange, a child's head, c even so large as to occupy the whole abdominal cavity, as in Boz< man's case. As the cyst increases in size the gland-structure disaj pears by absorption in consequence of intracystic pressure. The caus which constitutes the obstruction will often also lead to destruction c the parenchyma of the organ by inducing a chronic interstitial pancn atitis which is followed by cirrhosis or fatty degeneration of the orgai Virchow alludes to cysts of the pancreas under the name of ranut pancreatica, and describes two essential and distinct varieties. In th first class the entire duct is found dilated, resembling in appearanc a rosary. In the second variety the outlet of the excretory duct : obstructed, and behind the seat of obstruction the duct undergoe cystic dilatation. He mentions a case that came under his observatio where such a cyst had attained the size of a fist. He believes thj cicatricial contractions or the pressure of tumors upon the duct cor stitutes the most frequent source of obstruction. Pancreatic juice i its purity is found only in small and recent cysts. Later on, in old o large cysts, various accidental products are added. Albuminoid deger eration or suppuration not infrequently takes place, or hemorrhag may occur, so that the cyst-contents assume a bright-red or chocolat color. Pepper found in such a cyst numerous crystals of hematoidir while Hoppe found in another instance urea in the proportion of o.i per cent, as one of the constituents of the contents of the cyst. Th pressure of the cyst upon neighboring organs will result in secondar; pathological conditions which will interfere with the physiological per formance of the functions of other organs, thus endangering the lif of the patient. Etiology. — The causes which result in the formation of small cyst of the pancreas, or cysts which result from compression by tumor which in themselves do not admit of an operation for their removal 678 PATHOLOGY AND TREATMENT OF TUMORS. and which at the same time constitute a source of danger to life, dc not come within the scope of this discussion. In the latter instance the cyst is simply a sequence of the primary cause, and as such it wil! seldom, if ever, become the sole or direct object of surgical treatment The causes of retention in cysts amenable to operative treatment arc ones which in themselves do not imperil the life of the patient. They maybe classified as follows : 1. Obstruction to the outflow of the secre- tion from impaction of calculi in the common duct or in its branches 2. Partial or complete obliteration of a portion of the duct from cica- tricial contraction. 3. Sudden or gradual obstruction of the duct without diminution of its lumen, from displacements of the pancreas. Calculi. — The impaction of the pancreatic duct at its outlet may be caused by the presence of a biliary calculus in the ductus communis choledochus, at the junction of the former with the latter. A case of this kind has been reported by Engel. In such cases the obstruction gives rise to retention of the secretions from the liver and the pancreas and to dilatation of the excretory ducts in both organs. Calculous concretions in the pancreatic ducts have frequently been observed tc give rise to retention-cysts. Johnson has collected thirty-five cases in which, upon post-mortem examination, stony concretions were found in the pancreas. Incrustations are not as frequent as free concretions Gendrin has described a pancreatic cyst where the normal pancreatic secretion was converted into a fatty, chalky pap. The causes which produce a concretion in the pancreatic duct are chemical changes ir the secretion itself or an obstruction to its free exit by inflammatory changes in or around the common duct. The degree of dilatation other things being equal, is in direct proportion to the completeness of the obstruction to the outflow of the secretion. It may be well tc allude to the possibility that in some instances a pancreatic calculus may remain stationary for an indefinite period of time in the duct giving rise to no symptoms and to only partial obstruction, until, bj the action of some determining cause, it is forced into a position when it effects complete mechanical obstruction to the outflow of the fluic and a rapid increase in the size of the cyst. As an impacted biliar) calculus may give rise to pancreatic obstruction, so a pancreatic calcu lus, when it is impacted at a point where compression of the commoi bile-duct can take place, will produce icterus and dilatation of the gall bladder and the bile-ducts. Meckel has reported such a case. Among the specimens of pancreatic cysts so far examined whicl were caused by concretions, none of them had attained the size of thosi which have been submitted to surgical treatment. As in most of thesi preparations the calculi did not completely fill the calibre of the duct RETENTION-CYSTS. 679 they caused only partial obstruction, which would furnish an explana- tion of the slow growth and the comparatively small size of the tumor. In the specimen described by Gould it appears that the common duct at its entrance into the duodenum was completely closed by two calculous concretions. This cyst had attained considerable size ; in fact, it is the largest cyst on record where it was proved that the dila- tation was caused by the presence of a calculus. As in the successful operations on cysts of the pancreas it has been impossible to ascertain the exact nature of the obstruction, the possibility of retention from a calculus cannot be eliminated with certainty. Cicatricial Contraction. — Cicatricial contraction is always the result of an antecedent inflammation. The cicatrix may be located in the peripancreatic tissue or in the substance of the gland itself. Hoppe made a post-mortem examination of a patient who had been deeply jaundiced during life. The gall-bladder and the bile-ducts were dis- tended with bile which contained blood ; the pancreatic duct was also cylindrically dilated, and many of its branches were distended into cysts the size of a hazelnut. The cause of retention of both secretions was found in a dense cicatrix which surrounded both ducts at their duodenal termination. Interstitial inflammation in the gland itself, with subse- quent cicatricial contraction, is one of the most frequent causes of retention, Wyss has reported a case where the interstitial inflamma- tion was limited to portions of the head of the pancreas through which the common bile-duct and the ductus Wirsungii passed, and which had resulted in dilatation of the latter and of its branches, which again com- pressed the bile-duct, producing in this manner intense icterus. Becourt has given a description of a similar specimen which he found in the Strassbourg Pathological Museum. The patient had died of icterus. The gall-bladder and the bile-ducts were found distended ; the pancreas was converted into a dense tissue, which, being cut into, presented a chalky deposit four to eight inches in length and of a yellowish color. The duct of Wirsung was dilated to such an extent as to form a large cyst which occupied the whole length of the pancreas, its walls being inseparable from the substance of the gland. In this case the inter- stitial inflammation was more extensive and the cyst was much larger. In the cases reported by Pepper and Hjett the obstruction was due to the same cause. In Curnow's case the common duct had become obliterated at its entrance into the duodenum by catarrhal inflamma- tion. The pancreas was atrophic, and its duct was filled with numerous calculi. The pancreatic juice had become inspissated. The cystic duct of the gall-bladder was impermeable, while in the common bile-duct a number of small gall-stones were found. 680 PATHOLOGY AND TREATMENT OF TUMORS. The writer has failed to find in literature an allusion to stricture of the duct the result of traumatism. The pancreas is an exceedingly slender organ, of loose and somewhat friable texture, and hence although remotely located and well protected by surrounding organs it is more frequently the seat of injury than has generally been sup- posed. If the stomach be empty and the abdominal muscles be relaxed, a blow over the region of the pancreas may result in serious contusion or laceration of the organ without rupture of its envelope Again, a well-directed blow over either extremity of the gland may cause a laceration of its tissue by traction force, the organ being securely fixed in its place by firm connective-tissue attachments. The clinical history of several cases of rapid-growing cysts tends to prove that obstruction occurred in this manner. If the duct escapes injury, the cicatricial contraction attending and following the reparative process in the lacerated gland-tissue will gradually compress the duct, or by lateral traction change its direction and thus impede the outflow of the secretion. If the duct is ruptured at the time of injury, its lumen may become completely filled by a thrombus which renders it impermeable, giving rise to retention and extravasation of the secretion primarily, and secondarily to definitive occlusion of the duct by cicatricial contraction at the point of injury. The writer is quite convinced that in the case reported the retention was the direct result of traumatic stricture of the common duct. Although this view is not supported by evidence from post-mortem examinations, it is confirmed by analogous produc- tion of cysts in other locations. It is evident that this class of cases would furnish the most favorable conditions for successful surgical treatment. Obstruction from Displacement of the Pancreas. — As the pancreas is retained in its normal transverse position by the surrounding organs and connective-tissue attachments, a relative change of position of por- tions of the gland would result in a bending of the organ and obstruc- tion in the duct at the point of flexion. This condition was the cause of retention in a case related by Engel, who found in a woman sixty years of age that the tail of the pancreas formed a right angle upwarc with the principal duct of the gland. A dislocation of this kind car occur in one of the following ways: (i) Abnormal relaxation of the connective-tissue attachments of the gland, permitting a portion of th< organ to descend by its own weight lower in the abdominal cavity (2) Pressure upon the gland by tumors or exudations. (3) Cicatricia contractions in the substance of the organ or in the peripancreatic space That the whole pancreas can become displaced is proven by thi case reported by Dobrzycki. A man fifty years of age fell a distana RETENTION-CYSTS. 68 of some yards. After the fall there arose symptoms similar to those o a floating kidney. By palpation the displaced organ could be locatec Saline fluid resembling pancreatic juice was vomited. In the hypo gastrium could be felt a movable tumor corresponding in position ani shape with the pancreas. Diagnosis. — The question of diagnosis can be entertained only ii cases where the cyst has attained very considerable proportions. Th most important points to be taken into consideration are the history o the case, the anatomical location of the tumor, and its relations t> the surrounding organs. The cases which have been reported hav occurred exclusively in adults. Sex appears to exert no determining influence. In a number of cases the clinical history points distinctb and forcibly to traumatism as the exciting cause. In Gussenbauer' case the beginning of the illness was traced to indiscreet eating am drinking. In all instances of cystic tumors in the region of the pancreas clos> inquiry should be made to ascertain the existence of antecedent inflam matory affections of the organ or in its immediate vicinity. A histor pointing toward the existence of a biliary or a pancreatic calculi wil also prove valuable in arriving at positive conclusions. Rapid growtl of the tumor speaks in favor of its pancreatic origin. In Gussenbauer's Kulenkampff's, and the writer's cases the tumors attained an enormou size within a few weeks. Considering the relations of these cysts t< important surrounding organs, it is remarkable that they give rise t< no serious symptoms aside from the pressure they exert upon adjacen organs. Pain is not a constant symptom, and when it is present it i due more to the causes which produce the cyst than to the cyst itsell In this respect cysts of the pancreas form a counterpart to malignan disease when it affects this or neighboring organs. Emaciation is du< either to coexisting affection of the gland or to the impairment of functioi of important organs by pressure of the cyst. It is never as marked ii these cases as in malignant disease. The supervention of fatty stool would point toward the existence of some coexisting serious lesion o: the pancreas rather than to the existence of a simple cyst of the organ This symptom was not found present, or it was overlooked, in all case which have been operated upon. Of 2cS cases of stearrhea which wer compiled by Ancelet, 16 were examined post-mortem. In 5 of thesi there was occlusion of the ductus choledochus and pancreaticus ; in 3 occlusion of the pancreatic duct alone; in 1, inflammation of the pan creas and some of the adjacent organs. In the remaining cases diseasi of the liver and the bowels, or only marasmus, was found. In 13 case of pancreatic calculi collected by Johnson only in 3 were fatty stool. 682 PATHOLOGY AND TREATMENT OF TUMORS. observed ; in 6 cases, diarrhea ; in 4 cases, melena ; and constipation in the remaining 6. The presence of fat in the stools is a symptom of great importance in the recognition of pancreatic disease, but that it is not of absolute diagnostic significance is proved by the well-known fact that the same condition will follow upon the obstruction of the biliary passages and affections which impair the functional activity of other organs of digestion. Obstruction of the principal duct impairs digestion more than when its distal extremity or one of the accessory ducts is involved. The actual illness of the patient is usually preceded for a variable length of time by more or less marked symptoms of gastro-intestinal derange- ment, accompanied in some instances by pain in the region of the pancreas. A peculiar color of the skin, which is believed by some to be cha- racteristic of pancreatic disease, must be mentioned, as it was observec in several cases of calculous affection and cysts of the pancreas. The appearance presented by these patients is variously described as being unhealthy, pale-yellow, dirty, or earthy. The intimate relations of the cyst to the celiac plexus will explain the cause of celiac neuralgia which is met with in some of these cases. Atrophy of the celiac plexus frorr long-continued pressure may give rise to mellituria for the same reasor that Klebs has affirmed — that partial extirpation or atrophy of the celiac plexus will cause the presence of sugar in the urine. Diverse diseases of the pancreas have also been known to produce diabetes mellitus. Cases of this kind have been reported by Cowley (1788) Bright, Elliotson, Frerichs, Fles, Hartsen, Silver, Recklinghausen Munk, Seegen, and Friedreich. Klebs demonstrated by his experi- ments that complete extirpation of the pancreas or ligature of its dud invariably gave negative results so far as diabetes was concerned, anc this may account for the fact that no sugar was found in the urine of the case reported on page 671. The cyst, when examined early, before it has attained considerable size, is always found in the region normallj occupied by the pancreas. The exact location, however, is not alway: uniform, as it will depend upon the portion of the pancreas from whicl the cyst has taken its primary origin. It may be situated below th< right lobe of the liver, as in KulenkampfTs case ; in the epigastrii region, as in Gussenbauer's case ; or in the left hypochondrium, a: noted in the writer's case. When the tumor has attained a large siz< or occupies the whole abdominal cavity, it will be difficult, and in tin latter instance impossible, to determine by any known means its pri mary origin. In such cases it is of paramount importance to stud} its relations to adjacent organs. The tumor is invariably situatei RETENTION-CYSTS. 683 in the bursa omentalis, and from this point, as it increases in size, it encroaches upon the space occupied by adjacent organs. The stomach is pushed forward in all cases, and later to the right. The transverse colon is displaced downward, the spleen to the left, and the diaphragm and the contents of the chest upward. The cyst being in direct con- tact with the diaphragm, it usually ascends and descends with the respiratory movements of the chest. In doubtful cases it will become necessary to inflate the stomach and colon, with a view to ascertain their position relative to the cyst. If the patient is a female and the tumor occupies the entire abdominal cavity, it will simulate cystic disease of the ovary so closely that a dif- ferential diagnosis between the two is impossible. The cases reported by Lucke, Bozeman, and Rokitansky furnish adequate proof of the correctness of this statement. The proximity of the abdominal aorta is such that the impulse of the artery is imparted to the tumor, which, however, pulsates only in one direction — away from the artery — a fact which will always distinguish it from an aneurysm. Unless the cyst is exceedingly tense, a sense of fluctuation is always imparted by palpa- tion. Palpation is rendered difficult on account of the deep location of the pancreas and the rigidity of the recti abdominis muscles. The normal pancreas can be felt under certain favorable conditions. Concern- ing this point Sir William Jenner says : " By deeply depressing the abdominal walls about a hand's breadth below the umbilicus, by then rolling the subjacent parts under the hand (the stomach and colon must be empty), it might be possible to detect it in an individual who is thin and whose tissues are lax." In case the examination is rendered diffi- cult on account of great rigidity of the abdominal muscles, this obstacle can be overcome by examining the patient while under the influence of an anesthetic. An exploratory puncture with a fine and perfectly aseptic needle of a hypodermic syringe will not only add material diagnostic information by revealing the character of the cyst-contents, but the procedure will also settle the question as to the existence or the absence of adhesions between the cyst-walls and the parietal peri- toneum. In the differential diagnosis the following affections will come up for consideration: I. Malignant disease of the pancreas or of the adjacent organs; 2. Aneurysm; 3. Echinococcus-cysts of the liver, spleen, or peritoneum ; 4. Affections of retroperitoneal lymphatic glands; 5. Hydronephrosis or pyonephrosis; 6. Cystic disease of the suprarenal capsule ; 7. Circumscribed peritonitis with exudation ; 8. Ascites ; 9. Cystic disease of the ovary. Malignant Disease of the Pancreas and of the Adjacent Organs. — Carcinoma and sarcoma of the pancreas or of the adjacent organs, as 684 PATHOLOGY AND TREATMENT OF TUMORS. in every other locality, always manifest their presence by their mos characteristic clinical features — pain, emaciation, and progressive loca and general infection. The age of the patient and the previous histor} of the case will also furnish important diagnostic information. Larg< pancreatic cysts are unilocular, while, on the contrary, if a malignan tumor has undergone cystic degeneration, usually more than one cys can be recognized. Hardness and irregularity of surface speak in favoi of malignancy; smoothness and a regular round or oval contour of the tumor are constant features of a pancreatic cyst. The time tha has elapsed since the beginning of the illness is also of importance A rapid-growing pancreatic cyst will in two or three weeks assume a size which even for a malignant tumor would require as man} months. Aneurysm. — An aneurysm of the abdominal aorta can be distin- guished from a pulsating pancreatic cyst by its pulsations being felt ir all directions and by the presence of a bruit. As a further test the suggestion of Dr. Pepper may be resorted to — that of placing the patient in the genupectoral position, when the tumor, by gravitation will leave the aorta and all pulsation will cease. Steady pressure wil diminish the volume of an aneuiysm, but it will have no effect on e cyst of the pancreas. Echinococcus-cysts. — An echinococcus-cyst of the liver, the spleen or the peritoneum could easily be mistaken for a cyst of the pancreas The peculiar fremitus sometimes felt on palpating an echinococcus-cysi should always be sought for. Multiplicity of cysts would decide ir favor of something else than a pancreatic cyst. The presence of hook- lets in the aspirated fluid would furnish positive evidence in favor of the presence of an echinococcus-cyst, while their absence would not exclude the possibility of the tumor being a sterile echinococcus-cyst. As the surgical treatment in both instances would be identical, it is sufficiem for practical purposes to narrow the diagnosis down to a probable existence of either affection. Affections of Retroperitoneal Lymphatic Glands. — Neoplasms, inflam- mation, suppuration, or hypertrophy of the retroperitoneal gland: behind the pancreas might simulate a pancreatic cyst, and as a wrong diagnosis in such an event might prove disastrous to the patient anc reflect discredit upon the surgeon, every diagnostic resource should be exhausted in order to prevent such an error. Enlargement of the lym phatic glands sufficient in extent to simulate a pancreatic cyst woulc almost of necessity give rise to serious constitutional disturbances ane to extension of the disease to neighboring organs. Hydronephrosis or Pyonephrosis. — In hydronephrosis or pyonephro RETENTION-CYSTS. 685 sis the early clinical history will present a group of symptoms pointing toward some lesions in the pelvis of the kidney or in the ureter. A chemical and microscopical examination of the urine may furnish con- clusive evidence of the existence of some renal affection which has produced the obstruction. Tumors of the kidney usually occupy a lower place and are more laterally located than tumors originating in the pancreas. In case of a pancreatic cyst the lumbar region below the kidney is tympanitic, which is not the case in hydronephrosis or in pyonephrosis. In case of doubt an exploratory puncture may enable us to arrive at a positive conclusion. Cystic Disease of the Suprarenal Capsule. — The suprarenal capsule may be the seat of cystic degeneration, and may simulate a cyst of the pancreas so closely that a differential diagnosis is impossible. In Gus- senbauer's case the diagnosis remained doubtful between a cyst of the pancreas and a cyst of the suprarenal capsule. The bronzed skin so frequently observed in diseases of the suprarenal capsule has also been seen in affections of the pancreas. As the operative treatment in either case would be the same, it is not essential for practical purposes to make a positive diagnostic distinction between the two. Circumscribed Peritonitis with Exudation. — Primary peritonitis with a circumscribed exudation in the region of the pancreas would reveal a history pointing toward an inflammatory affection accompanied by the usual symptoms attending inflammation of the peritoneum. Fever, pain, and tenderness are symptoms which are either foreign to the history of cysts of the pancreas, or, when present, are less intense than in peritoneal inflammations. In peritonitis the exudation would neces- sarily be in the peritoneal cavity, while pancreatic cysts always occupy the omental bursa. Ascites. — The question of diagnosis between a cyst of the pancreas and ascites can arise only in case the whole abdominal cavity is dis- tended by the tumor or the effusion. The causes which produce ascites must be considered separately and individually ; as they are usually of such a character as to exclude a suspicion of pancreatic disease, a satis- factory diagnosis can be reached without an exploratory puncture, but if any doubt remains, this harmless procedure will furnish the requisite information. Cystic Disease of the Ovary. — From the cases reported we have gleaned that in at least three cases large cysts of the pancreas were mistaken for cystic disease of the ovary by surgeons of prominence and ability who made thorough and repeated examinations. It is not difficult to conceive that in case the tumor has assumed such dimen- sions as to fill the entire abdominal cavity, it would be impossible to 686 PATHOLOGY AND TREATMENT OF TUMORS. differentiate between a cyst of the pancreas and one of the ovary, ever by a most scrutinizing examination. The physical signs presented bj either condition resemble those of the other so closely that they can not be relied upon in discriminating one from the other. The earl) history of the case, if it can be obtained from a reliable source, is of more diagnostic value. In pancreatic cysts the early symptoms an usually referred to disturbance of the digestive functions, and tht patient has been aware of the presence of a tumor in the uppei portion of the abdominal cavity. An ovarian tumor necessarily begin; in the opposite portion of the abdominal cavity, and gives rise to pelvic distress and disturbances of the menstrual function. As the surgica treatment in both instances would be the same, it is practically noi essential to make a positive distinction between the two before ar exploratory incision will reveal the true nature and origin of the cyst In recapitulation it may be stated that a positive diagnosis has so fai not been made in a single instance, and that for all practical purpose; it is only essential to make a probable diagnosis between a pancreatic cyst, or some other kind of a cyst which would call for the same kinc of surgical treatment. In very obscure cases an exploratory incision under antiseptic precautions, for diagnostic purposes is a justifiable procedure. Prognosis. — Physiologists are agreed in assigning to the pancrea; a most important function in the digestion of organic food. We know that by a special ferment it assists in the transformation of starch intc dextrin and sugar, and aids in the digestion of albumins and fat. We should naturally expect that in diseases of this organ the digestion of these substances would be impaired in proportion to the amount of gland-tissue destroyed. On the contrary, we have abundant evidence- to show that even total disorganization or destruction of the pancreas is not incompatible with normal digestion and perfect health. It woulc seem that in the absence of the pancreatic secretion other organs assume a vicarious action, and digestion proceeds unimpaired. It is alsc important to remember that even a large cyst of the pancreas does noi necessarily result in extensive destruction of the gland, and that the remaining gland-tissue continues to secrete and discharge a sufficiem amount of pancreatic juice. In Bozeman's case the cyst occupiec the entire abdominal cavity, and yet at the operation the greatei portion of the gland was found healthy in structure. The integrity of the structure and function of the gland depends less on the pres sure of the cyst than on the causes which were concerned in it; production. The dangers arising from the cyst itself consist in — i. It; interference with the functions of other abdominal organs by pressure RETENTION-CYSTS. 68; 2. Rupture of the cyst and escape of its contents into adjacent hollow organs or into the peritoneal cavity. Compression of the stomacl and interference with its normal peristaltic action are constant wher the cyst has developed to any considerable size. When such is ths case, vomiting soon after meals takes place, as was noted in a numbei of cases reported. When the cyst is of very large size, almost all th< abdominal organs suffer by compression, and both digestion and absorp tion are impaired by mechanical pressure. The diaphragm being at th< same time pushed upward, the heart and the lungs are displaced ir the same direction, and embarrassment of circulation and respiratior follows as a necessary sequence. Like any other benign abdomina tumor, the cyst proves dangerous to life by interfering mechanicallj with the functions of more essential and important organs. The sec ond source of danger is rupture of the cyst and escape of its content; into adjacent organs — an accident which may be followed by immediate death from hemorrhage, or by which the life of the patient is placed ir jeopardy by suppurative inflammation in the interior of the cyst, or b) peritonitis in case the contents have escaped into the peritoneal cavity In Pepper's case the immediate cause of death was hemorrhage conse quent upon rupture of the cyst into the stomach. At the post-morterr examination there was found in the stomach and the intestines a larg( quantity of blood which had entered through an opening, about half an inch in diameter, close to the proximal termination of the ductus communis. A probe passed through this opening directly entered i cyst in the head of the pancreas. A communication with any portior of the gastro-intestinal tract would almost of necessity lead to infectior and suppurative inflammation in the interior of the cyst ; this infection under unfavorable circumstances, might lead to a fatal termination frorr septicemia or from extension of the inflammation to adjacent organs The prognosis may be said to depend (i) on the nature and cause of the obstruction, (2) on the size of the cyst, and (3) on the absence 01 presence of complications. Treatment. — In the treatment of a pancreatic cyst the indications are the same as in the treatment of any other kind of cysts, namely— 1. Extirpation of the cyst; 2. Evacuation of its contents and oblitera- tion of the cyst. Extirpation was attempted in Bozeman's and Rokitansky's cases, ir the former instance with complete success ; in the latter the operatior was not completed, and the patient died a few days afterward of septic peritonitis. It is proper to state that in both cases the operation was done for the removal of a supposed ovarian cyst, and that a correct diagnosis was made in the first case during the operation, after the 688 PATHOLOGY AND TREATMENT OF TUMORS. pedicle was traced to the pancreas and the intact portions of the glanc were identified. In the second case the post-mortem examinatioi revealed the true nature and location of the cyst. The brilliant resul obtained by Dr. Bozeman is well calculated to stimulate others to fol low his example. Extirpation of the cyst would guard most effectuall) against the formation of a permanent pancreatic fistula ; but, on accoun of the deep location of the pancreas, the shortness or absence of ; pedicle, and the many obstacles thrown in the way of the operator b) adjacent organs, the procedure becomes one surrounded by innumer able difficulties, and in the present state of our science it is of doubtfu propriety. Simple evacuation of the cyst-contents by means of th< aspirator offers two principal objections against its adoption in th< treatment of cysts of the pancreas : i. Escape of cyst-contents into the peritoneal cavity ; 2. Reaccumulation of secretion. Reasoning from analogy, we should naturally expect that wher pancreatic juice is brought in contact with the peritoneum, it woulc produce a destructive effect upon it by its digestive properties, or ii might even be followed by diffuse peritonitis. In opposition to thi: assumption, it is affirmed that in experiments on the pancreas it hap- pens quite frequently that pancreatic juice escapes into the abdomina cavity, from the cannula introduced into the pancreatic duct, withoul any bad results on the animals. Concerning this point Heidenhair says : " The animals do not suffer from this circumstance, as the duel is regenerated in spite of the wounded surface being bathed in th« secretion. Nevertheless, it is difficult to explain this. Why do nol the wounded and suppurating tissues undergo digestion by the pan- creatic juice? The efficacy of the albumin-ferment is destroyed ir some way, probably by being changed into zymogen, the living tissues having on the juice the effect observed by Podolinski on treating th< pancreatic juice with pulverized zinc or yeast-ferment. Although smal quantities of pancreatic juice may escape into the peritoneal cavity of an animal without any serious consequences, we have no evidence tc show that the peritoneal cavity in man is possessed of the same im- munity against such accident, and it would not be prudent to expost a patient to such risk until more light is thrown on this subject b) further observation and experiment. At the same time, we must no forget that pure pancreatic juice is found only in small cysts, as th< contents of large cysts have undergone various transformations, anc are mixed with different accidental products which might prove ar additional source of danger in producing peritonitis. In all the cyst; where a pancreatic fistula was established the artificial opening con tinued to discharge the secretion for a variable period of time, and ir RETENTION-CYSTS. 681 two cases the discharge had not ceased at the time the report \va made, and hence reaccumulation would have been inevitable in case tb fluid had been removed by aspiration. For these reasons the treatmen by aspiration should be limited to cysts of moderate size and when adhesions have formed between the cyst and the anterior walls of tb abdomen. In cases presenting these favorable conditions aspiratioi deserves a trial, and the operation may be repeated as often as requirec or until symptoms arise which call for more radical measures. Tb needle should always be disinfected thoroughly by passing it througl the flame of a spirit-lamp and by dipping it in a 5 per cent, solutioi of carbolic acid. The puncture is made obliquely, so as to prevent tin formation of a fistulous opening. The fluid should be withdrawn slowly and the cyst be emptied as completely as possible. After the operation gentle pressure should be made over the cys by applying a compress and an elastic bandage. The safest and at th< same time the most efficient treatment consists in establishing a pan creatic fistula. The operation which accomplishes this purpose mos safely and in the shortest time consists in exposing the cyst by ai incision, stitching its walls to the margins of the wound. The sam< aseptic precautions must be observed before, during, and after th< operation as in any other abdominal operation. The stomach bein^ generally pushed forward, upward, and toward the right by the cyst it is advisable to empty this organ completely as a preliminary measun by abstinence of food and by the use of the siphon irrigator. Except ir the writer's case the incision was always made in the linea alba. I seems to the writer that the incision should always be made over th( most prominent part of the tumor, and as nearly as possible over the seat of obstruction. In following this rule we select the place where we are most apt to find adhesions, and at the same time we establish the straightest and most direct route to the primary origin of the cyst An incision through the linea alba or parallel with the costal arch wiL afford the easiest access with a minimum risk of injury to important parts. The external incision should be at least four inches in length while the peritoneum should only be opened to the extent of twe inches for the purpose of making an exploratory examination, the incision being enlarged as occasion may require. If adhesions are found between the cyst and the omentum and the omentum and the parietal peritoneum, the cyst is punctured with an exploratory needle, and, if the diagnosis is corroborated, the operation is finished by incis- ing and draining the cyst. If no adhesions are found between the omentum and the peritoneum, the former is incised so as to expose the cyst-wall, when either of the following plans may be pursued : The 44 690 PATHOLOGY AND TREATMENT OF TUMORS. parietal peritoneum is stitched to the skin with catgut. The margin: of the omental wound are pushed back under the abdominal walls s< as to expose the cyst freely, when the wound is packed from the bot torn with iodoform gauze, and an aseptic dressing is applied anc retained for six or eight days, or until adhesions have formed betweer the cyst and the margins of the wound, which have effectually shut off the peritoneal cavity, when the cyst is incised and drained. Suturing of the cyst-wall to the margins of the wound as a prelim inary operation should never be resorted to, as, on account of thinnes: of the cyst-walls, there is danger of escape of fluid into the peritonea cavity from the punctures made by the needle — an occurrence whicr the procedure was intended to obviate. With proper care, however the operation can be completed at once. The cyst-wall is grasped witr two many-toothed forceps, and is drawn forward so as to bring it ir accurate and close contact with the margins of the wound, when the fluid is removed with an aspirator or a trocar with the same care as ir emptying an ovarian cyst. As the cyst becomes empty it is pullec through the wound, obviating any further danger of escape of fluic into the peritoneal cavity. When the cyst is nearly empty it is freel). incised and sutured to the peritoneal lining of the abdominal wound The drainage-tube should be fully three-quarters of an inch in diam- eter, and must reach from the bottom of the cyst to the surface of the wound. After emptying the cyst completely by compression anc placing the patient on his side, a large Lister dressing is applied for the purpose of guarding against infection and to absorb the secretions Frequent change of dressing may be required on account of copious escape of pancreatic secretion. Past experience would dictate the advis- ability of protecting the skin against the digestive action of the pancreatic juice by freely applying carbolated oil. The antiseptic dressings shouk not be abandoned until the peritoneal cavity has become completely closed by firm adhesions and the size of the cyst has been reduced tc a fistulous tract. The drainage-tube is shortened from time to time as the depth of the fistulous opening is diminished by obliteration of the cyst from the bottom of the tract. The speedy obliteration of the cyst will depend on the continuance, abatement, or removal of the obstructing cause or upon the condition of the gland-tissue distal tc the seat of obstruction. If the stricture in the common duct of th< pancreas is complete and of a permanent character, the obstructior will continue, and if healthy gland-tissue remains on the distal side, th< fistula will continue to discharge pancreatic juice. If the inflammatioi which caused the obliteration of the duct subsides, and the passagi again becomes permeable, the natural outlet will again be establishec RE TEN TION- C YS TS. 691 and the artificial duct will become obliterated. If an impacted calculus has caused the retention, and the fistula continues to discharge, a care- ful examination should be made to detect the calculus, and if found, an effort should be made to remove it through the fistulous opening. If the obstruction has become permanent and the gland-tissue on the distal side has become destroyed either by the cause or causes which produced the obstruction or by the intracystic pressure, that portion of the organ has been deprived of its functional capacity, and, as no pan- creatic juice is secreted, definitive obliteration of the cyst and permanent closure of the fistulous tract will take place in a comparatively short time. wUSSVmKm A" : * w\P*'<* ' ^ „<$-i ' '\ ^ " I" M4M ' ,: ■ ' - 1 IMS?' b» %tSs? 11, 1 ! Fig. 403.— Congenital cystic kidney (after H. Morris). Kidney. — Retention-cysts of the kidney occur in the substance ol the kidney, constituting the hydrops reman cy stints, or the pelvi: of the kidney becomes distended from obstruction anywhere in th< urinary passage below — a condition called hydronephrosis. Cystic Hydrops of the Kidney.— Retention-cysts of the kidney fre quently occur as a congenital affection. In the congenital as well a: 692 PATHOLOGY AND TREATMENT OF TUMORS. in the acquired forms the cyst-formation is due to occlusion of urinifer- ous tubules. According to Erichsen, however, they may also form in connective tissue, in which the fluid is formed in the same manner as in hydrocele. Congenital cysts of the kidney are frequently found on both sides, and so large that the swellings distend the fetal abdomen to its utmost capacity. The kidney is in some cases a huge collection of cysts with little or no kidney-tissue (Fig. 483), and the children are born dead or die soon after birth. At other times the cysts are smal' and the kidney is contracted and is composed almost exclusively of connective tissue. The obstruction of the uriniferous tubules during intra-uterine life is caused, as in the formation of cysts later in life by a general nephritis causing blocking of the tubes either by casts or epithelial debris or by hyperplasia of the interstitial connective tissue. A localized connective-tissue hyperplasia extending from the pelvis of the kidney, resulting from nephro-pyelitis fibrosa, pyelo-papil- litis fibrosa ascaidcus, or a nephritis urica, from failure of union betweer the renal and collecting tubules, 01 from rests of the Wolffian or supra- renal bodies, may cause blocking of the tubes. The cysts appear ir different parts of the kidney (Fig 484). The spaces, which are linec with cubical or flattened epithelium appear to be smooth-walled. As the cysts enlarge many of them fust and form large cavities, so that ulti- mately the kidney acquires a honey comb appearance. In the adult, cyst: of this kind may form from smal cysts which originated during intra uterine life. In other cases they art the result of an interstitial nephriti: (Fig. 474). The cysts at first contaii urine, or at least urinary salts, whicl later disappear and are replaced bj serum. Children born alive witl double cystic disease of the kidney usually die of uremia in a short time In the adult the same condition is developed in the course of a chroni interstitial nephritis, which generally affects simultaneously both organs in which case surgical treatment is out of the question. In childrei with congenital unilateral cystic kidney nephrectomy is indicated if th size of the swelling interferes with important functions. Fig. 484. -Congenital cystic kidney, early stage (after Shattuck). RE TEN TION- C YS TS. 69. Hydronephrosis. — The effect of chronic obstruction to the outflov of the urine can be studied profitably in cases of stricture of th urethra or enlargement of the prostate. Dilatation of the urinar passage occurs from the seat of obstruction and ascends progressivel' the entire length of the urinary apparatus. In prostatic or urethra obstruction the bladder first becomes dilated, the valves guarding th ureteral orifices are rendered incompetent, the ureters dilate, and finall; the back pressure results in distention of the pelves of both kidneys producing a double hydronephrosis (Fig. 485). Fig 485.— Hydronephrosis secondary to a large calculus in the bladder; one-third natural size (aft( Sutton). Two fragments of calculus occupy the prostatic portion of the urethra; the left kidney was in similar condition. The patient, a man twenty-six years of age, died with complete suppression of urine. Unilateral hydronephrosis is the result of obstruction of the uretei Abnormal intracystic pressure often results in a localized yielding o the bladder-wall, sacculation, and eventually the formation of a pouc 694 PATHOLOGY AND TREATMENT OF TUMORS. which communicates with the bladder only through a very narrow opening. The presence of a stone in such a pouch frequently eludes detection with the sound, and offers great difficulties in its removal either by the perineal or the suprapubic route. In exceptional cases a diverticulum becomes completely detached from the bladder by obliteration of the communicating opening. Virchow saw such an isolated diverticulum in the perineum. In cases of unilateral hydronephrosis with a patent ureter Virchow years ago pointed out a valvular obstruction caused by a congenital or an acquired defect at a point where the ureter dilates to form the Fig. 486. — Unilateral (intermitting) hydronephrosis (after Sutton). pelvis of the kidney. This defect consists of an abnormal obliquity of the ureter at this place. The most frequent causes of obstructor of the ureter are impaction of a calculus, stricture, pressure, and th< extension to the ureter of a carcinoma of the uterus. Retroversior of the uterus and benign tumors of the uterus and the ovaries ma) compress one or both ureters to such an extent as to cause hydro nephrosis. If the obstruction is located at the osteum urctliralc pel vicwn, in the form of an impacted calculus, a stricture, or a valve the accumulation of urine leads to progressive dilatation of the pelvi: of the kidney and to atrophy of the kidney-substance from pressure RETENTION-CYSTS. 69, so that in the course of time the kidney is converted into a sac com posed apparently of a fibrous wall, and containing no longer urine, bu a serous fluid. If the pelvis of the kidney does not yield to the abnor mal pressure, pouches form, while other parts of the kidney show t< a lesser extent the effects of pressure. If the ureter is occluded o obliterated below the pelvis of the kidney, the part of the ureter abov- the obstruction dilates simultaneously with the pelvis of the kidnej, If the obstruction is not complete, the urine escapes from time to tim and the swelling diminishes in size or disappears altogether, to reappea with the accumulation of urine, constituting what is called an intermit ting hydronephrosis (Fig. 486). Congenital impermeability of the ureter results in congenital hydro nephrosis, unilateral or bilateral according to whether one or botl ureters are defective (Fig. 487). Hydronephrosis, like all other retention-cysts, is prone to becomi the seat of secondary pathological conditions by the entrance into th dilated pelvis of the kidney of pyogenic microbes. The suppurativi inflammation which then ensues converts the hydronephrosis intt pyonephrosis. The suppurative pyelonephritis destroys the atrophi* parenchyma of the kidney, so that ultimately nothing remains but th dilated capsule of the kidney filled with pus. Infection most frequenth takes place by an ascending suppurative ureteritis, or it may occur b} pus-microbes which reach the kidney through the circulation. From a diagnostic point of view hydronephrosis is a retroperitonea cyst which begins in a region occupied by the kidney. If the swelling is large enough to be palpable, fluctuation can usually be felt. Ii cystic kidney the surface of the organ is usually uneven from the pres ence of a number of cysts of unequal size. A hydronephrotic kidnej presents itself as a smooth swelling. The most important point in the . differential diagnosis of hydro nephrosis and of intra-abdominal fluctuating swellings and tumors i: to demonstrate the retroperitoneal location of the swelling, which ii doubtful cases can be shown satisfactorily by rectal insufflation. Ir women catheterization of the ureters as described and practised b) Kelly will often enable the surgeon to demonstrate not only the exist ence but also the exact location of the ureteral obstruction. If tht swelling can be located positively in the retroperitoneal space, a lumbal exploratory puncture under strict antiseptic precautions is not onlj permissible but will settle the diagnosis between hydronephrosis anc pyonephrosis and malignant tumor of the kidney. A careful chemica and microscopical examination of the urine will often indicate the kidnej as the primary seat of the swelling. 6g6 PATHOLOGY AND TREATMENT OF TUMORS. Treatment. — In unilateral hydronephrosis the opposite kidney under- goes compensatory hyperplasia. Experiments and clinical observatior have shown that one healthy kidney is sufficient to eliminate the urea and numerous cases have been recorded in which a hydronephrotic Fig. 487. — Bilateral hydronephrosis in a new-born child; one-fourth natural size (after Sutton). kidney was removed without any immediate or remote ill results. Tht kidneys are, however, subject to so many accidents and diseases tha there is no excuse for sacrificing a kidney unless its parenchyma ha: been destroyed or the continuity of the urinary passage cannot b< restored by some of the operative procedures that have recently beer devised. The writer, who cannot agree with Morris and Sutton that in case the opposite kidney is in a healthy condition, the hydronephrotic kidney should be removed, has shown that mechanical obstructioi of the ureter in dogs produces progressive hydronephrosis, and ha: demonstrated, by microscopical examination of the capsule of the cyst the existence of atrophic kidney-tissue and the capacity of this tissui to regenerate after a nephrotomy. It is different in cases of hydro nephrosis complicated by suppurative pyelonephritis. In such cases thi RETENTION-CYSTS. 697 parenchyma of the kidney, already atrophic from pressure, is quickly destroyed by the suppurative inflammation. In uncomplicated hydro- nephrosis it is the duty of the surgeon to relieve tension and to secure a new outlet for the secretion by a lumbar nephrotomy, and at the same time to search for and remedy the obstruction that has caused the hydronephrosis. Recent advances made in ureteral surgery dic- tate such a conservative course. It is certainly easier to extirpate a hydronephrotic kidney than to remove its primary cause, but this fact is no argument in favor of mutilating surgery. With this additional indication to meet, the kidney and the upper part of the ureter should be exposed by Konig's incision. This incision will expose the pelvis of the kidney and the upper part of the ureter for a thorough examina- tion by sight and touch. If the ureter below the pelvis of the kidney is not dilated, the obstruction must be sought for at the pelvic orifice of the ureter, through an incision into the lowest portion of the dilated pelvis. If an impacted stone is found, it is extracted, and the perme- ability of the ureter is demonstrated by catheterization. If a valve in the form of a projecting spur caused by a too oblique insertion of the ureter is found, it can be excised and the mucous membrane be sutured with fine catgut ; or if this procedure is impracticable, the ureter may be cut transversely below the pelvis, the proximal end tied, and the distal end implanted into a slit in the dilated pelvis, in which location it may be fixed by a few superficial sutures; the wound in the pelvis may then be closed, and an external temporary urinary fistula estab- lished by an incision through the convex side of the kidney, the fistula being kept open by a tubular drain. If the ureter at this point is com- pletely obliterated, a similar procedure is indicated. If it is narrowed by cicatricial stenosis, a plastic operation such as the one devised by Heineke-Mikulicz for cases of cicatricial stenosis of the pylorus will yield an excellent result, as has been shown by the experience of Fenger. Impacted calculi and cicatricial stenosis nearer the bladder are attended by dilatation of the ureter above the obstruction ; the obstruc- tion will therefore be found at the lower end of the dilated ureter. The lower end of the ureter can be reached through the sacral route. If the cicatricial stenosis is found at or near the insertion of the ureter into the bladder, transverse section, ligation of the bladder-end, and implantation of the upper end into a slit of the bladder, as advised by Van Hook, will restore the continuity of the urinary canal. In all these operations upon the ureter it is advisable to establish a temporary renal fistula in the lumbar region ; this fistula should be maintained until the patency and efficiency of the ureteral part of the urinary 698 PATHOLOGY AND TREATMENT OF TUMORS. passage have been demonstrated. If a considerable part of the lowe portion of the ureter is impermeable, implantation of the upper portioi into the rectum — an operation the feasibility of which has been demon strated by the experiments of Reed and the clinical experience oi Chaput and others — should be considered. The writer is firmly con vinced of the propriety of restricting primary nephrectomy in hydro nephrosis to cases in which the surgeon can satisfy himself that tht opposite kidney is intact, and in which the parenchyma of the affectec kidney has been destroyed. In all other cases a nephrotomy shouk be made, and, if possible, the ureteral obstruction be removed at the same time or subsequently. In the opinion of the writer, it is mucl better to subject the patient to the slight inconvenience of a permanem renal fistula than to deprive him of an important organ capable of parenchyma-regeneration. The writer has a number of patients whe wear a tube of special construction to which is attached a rubbei receptacle : the patients are perfectly comfortable, and they prefer this condition rather than subject themselves to a secondary nephrectomy In a number of such cases it has been observed that while the escape of urine soon after the operation was scanty, the amount of secre- tion gradually increased until after a few months the diseased kidney secreted nearly as much urine as the opposite one — the best possible proof that the atrophic kidney-tissue after the operation resumed its former physiological importance. Hydronephrosis caused by obstruction of the ureter from malignanl disease does not justify surgical interference. In hydronephrosis pro- duced by pressure upon the uterus the cause of compression shoulc be removed. This includes the removal of benign pelvic tumors inflammatory adhesions, and the correction of displacement of a patho- logical or a pregnant uterus. Testicle. — Cysts of the testicle arising from "rests" have been considered in the section on Cystoma. We shall describe here cysts resulting from obstruction of spermatic tubes. Such cysts are usually thin-walled, spherical or oval cysts, imbedded in and loosely connectec with the tissue of the cord. They may occur singly or in a group Their most frequent seat is just above the epididymis, but they may be found in any part of the spermatic cord. Mr. Lloyd and Mr. Listor discovered, independently of each other, spermatozoa in the contents of these cysts. Roth traces spermatic cysts to the retention of fluic from congenital vasa aberrantia. Silcock attributes them to cystic dilatation of tubules. The various forms of seminal cysts have beer described fully by Curling. The capsule of the cyst is composed of connective tissue lined with squamous epithelium. Kocher and Rosen- RETENTION-CYSTS. 699 bach demonstrated by fine dissections of specimens the connection of the spermatoceles resulting from retention with the spermatic tubules. Rupture of retention-cysts on the surface of the epididymis and the testicle and rupture of Morgagni's hydatid (Roth) give rise to sperma- tozoa in the fluid of hydrocele. Spermatoceles, which occur in persons after the age of puberty, grow slowly and occasionally attain large size. Paget removed from a cyst of this kind, in a man seventy years old, eighteen ounces of a milky fluid which contained spermatozoa, and Stanley removed in a similar case twenty-five ounces. The swelling is smooth, fluctuates, and in many cases is translucent. The treatment consists in tapping with or without the injection of carbolic acid, incision of the cyst, suturing of the cyst-wall to the skin, and drainage as in Volkmann's operation for hydrocele. In the case of small cysts that give rise to no inconvenience operative treatment is contraindicated. In cases in which repeated occurrences take place after tapping and injection, excision of the sac is indicated, and the operation yields good results. Mammary Gland. — In the mammary gland during lactation reten- tion of milk in the gland-ducts occurs quite frequently in connection with obstruction produced by acute or chronic interstitial mammitis. This form of retention-cyst is called galactocele. If the obstruction of the duct remains permanently, the cyst-contents change. The milk is either transformed into a cheesy mass or is absorbed, being replaced by a serous fluid which is often stained by the admixture of blood. In the causation of genuine cysts of the mammary gland, usually some form of obstruction leads to dilatation of the lacteal ducts. In some cases the cysts communicate with one another; in others multiple cysts appear simultaneously or in succession independently of one another. Sometimes such cysts attain an enormous size. Mr. Paget quotes a case in which a cyst of this kind contained nine pounds of limpid " serosity " which had developed in three months in a woman thirty years of age. In this case the walls of the cyst were thin and the fluid was serous. Degeneration of the cyst-wall retards or arrests growth, rendering the lining membrane which secretes the contents barren. Multiple cysts are often produced, as pointed out by Konig, in consequence of chronic interstitial mastitis, which obstructs the milk- ducts (Fig. 488). This form of interstitial mastitis with cyst-production has often been mistaken for carcinoma. Chronic interstitial mastitis occurs, according to Konig, as a circum- scribed and diffuse affection. Another variety of retention-cyst occurs in elderly women, frequently as a multiple affection, in consequence of 700 PATHOLOGY AND TREATMENT OF TUMORS. senile involution of the breast. The cysts give rise to no pain, bul occasionally they are the starting-points of carcinoma. The cysts are small, and they contain a mucoid substance which causes them tc assume a bluish tint when the breast is examined after removal. In galactocele complicated by inflammation a free incision relieves Fig. 488. — Circumscribed interstitial mastitis with cyst-formation (after Kbnig) : a, normal acini; h transition of normal acini into small cysts; c, dilated duct; ^.colostrum-corpuscles. The interstitial con nective tissue is infiltrated with young cells. the pain and tension and is followed by a speedy obliteration of the cyst. In chronic cases incision followed by cauterization and packing of the wound with iodoform gauze, or excision of the cyst, is indi cated. Chronic interstitial mastitis with cyst-formation, if circum scribed, indicates partial excision of the breast. If the disease is diffuse the entire breast should be removed. Involution-cysts require nc surgical treatment, Salivary Glands. — A retention-cyst of the ducts of the sublingua and submaxillary salivary glands is called a "ranula." Retention-cyst: of Stensen's duct have been seen and described by Bruns, but they art exceedingly rare. Various interpretations have been given as to thi origin and nature of the sublingual cysts that were formerly classifiec RETENTION-CYSTS. 701 under the head of " ranula." Pauli believed that they consisted of a dilated Wharton's duct, in which case he called the swelling a " ptyal- ectasis," or, after rupture of the duct, an accumulation of saliva in the connective tissue, in which case he called the swelling a " ptyalocele." Virchow, for good reasons, objected to the latter mode of origin, as he asserted that the saliva extravasated into the connective tissue would become absorbed. Fleischmann claimed that the salivary ducts could not dilate to the extent seen in cystic swellings under the tongue. He believed that these cysts are hygromata of the base of the genio- glossus muscle. Gurlt and Bernard asserted that the submaxillary gland secreted a mucoid substance analagous to the contents of the cysts so frequently found on the side of the tongue. Ptyalin and rhodankalium, however, have never been discovered in the contents of a ranula. The absence of these two substances in the contents of a ranula is, however, no proof that the cyst is not a dilated duct of a salivary gland, as the cyst-contents undergo chemical changes which make it impossible to refer the secretion back to its proper origin by chemical examination. Bernard and Weber not only detected the orifice of the duct upon the wall of a retention-cyst of Wharton's duct, but they succeeded in inserting through the orifice a fine probe into the cyst, thus establish- ing beyond all doubt the connection of the cyst with the duct. Neu- mann in a supposed case of ranula excised a part of the cyst-wall, and on examination of sections under the microscope he found the cyst lined with ciliated epithelium. This induced him to regard the foramen cecum as the starting-point of the cyst. Bochdalek showed that the foramen cecum in some cases does not terminate in a blind sac, but extends in the direction of the median glosso-epiglottic liga- ment. The posterior end of this prolongation possesses numerous mucous glands, of which several are situated in the floor of the mouth, on the side of the tongue, and hidden by the genio-glossus muscle. Recklinghausen is of the opinion that most of the cysts which heretofore have been called " ranula " are cysts which originate from Blandin-Nahn's gland in the substance of the tongue. He bases this opinion upon the form and growth of the cysts as well as the cha- racter of their contents. In multilocular ranula remnants of gland- tissue have been found in the cyst-wall. From these remarks it will appear that many of the mucous cysts in the floor of the mouth do not always consist of a dilated duct of one of the salivary glands and retained saliva. That retention-cysts of the salivary ducts occur has been shown by the investigations of Bernard and Gurlt. Richet in one case found as the cause of the 702 PATHOLOGY AND TREATMENT OF TUMORS. obstruction a fragment of a grass-blade lodged in the duct, and the duct behind the obstruction was dilated into a cyst. Kolliker, Bernard, and Birkett claim that Rivini's duct is as ofter the seat of retention-cysts as Wharton's duct. The writer, in several cases of dilatation of Wharton's duct to the size of a walnut, has nol only discovered its orifice upon the wall of the cyst, but by pressure has been able to empty the cyst through the constricted orifice. Ir many cases of ranula the outlet of the duct is not completely closed but is contracted. Stenosis and cicatricial obliteration of Wharton's and Rivini's ducts are caused by inflammation and cicatricial con- traction, producing incomplete or complete obstruction and retentior of saliva, which at first constitutes the contents of the cyst, but which undergoes speedy chemical changes. A retention-cyst of the ducts of the salivary glands appears clin- ically as a cyst with very thin walls and with mucous contents. The cyst is usually somewhat elongated in the long axis of the tongue it may become so large as to interfere with the free movements of the tongue, and at the same time may appear as a swelling of considerable size in the submaxillary triangle. The removal of a ranula by excision is the surest and shortest waj to effect a radical cure. The cyst cannot be enucleated, as the cyst wall is exceedingly delicate and firmly attached. Excision is no applicable in all cases. The second method of treatment is the on( usually resorted to ; this method consists in excision of a large par of the cyst-wall, after which the cavity is packed with iodoform gauz< to prevent the healing of the incision. The gauze packing shouk be changed daily until the margins of the wound have healed, thu: securing a free and permanent outlet for the duct. INDEX Adenoma, 152 diagnosis, 176 etiology, 155 history and pathology, 153 of digestive tract, 158 of Fallopian tubes, 161 of kidney, 176 of lachrymal gland, 172 of liver, 174 of mammary gland, 167 of nasal cavities, 159 of ovaries, 1 61 of parotid gland, 172 of prostate gland, 17 1 of skin, 156 of testicle, 173 of thyroid gland, 162 of uterus and its appendages, 159 prognosis, 177 sebaceum, 156 sudoriparum, 157 treatment, 177 Akidopeirasty, 98 Anastomosis, intestinal, 335 Angioma, 442 anatomical varieties, 446 complications, 445 definition, 442 histogenesis, 443 histology, 443 intracranial, 456 of bones, 455 of deep connective tissue, 453 of larynx, 458 of liver, 456 of mammary gland, 457 of muscles, 457 of skin and mucous membranes, 452 of tongue, 457 prognosis, 450 symptoms and diagnosis, 450 treatment, 450 Angio-sarcoma, 545 Apostoli's uterine electrode, 498 Atheroma, deep-seated, 184 Blepharoplasty, 283 Blood-corpuscles, immigration of, into paren- chyma of tumor, r 1 1 Branchial cysts. See Cysts. Bronchocele, 162 Carcinoma, 204 cylindrical-celled, 215, 251 definition, 204 diagnosis, 255 etiology, 232 age, 234 climate, 236 heredity, 232 mental depression, 236 microbes, 239 prolonged irritation and inflammation, 237 traumatism, 234 factors in the production of, 87 general infection, 226 glandular, 216, 252 histogenesis, 209 histology, 213 local diffusion, 217 malignancy, 216 of bladder, 360 of cervix uteri, supravaginal amputation for, 360 of external female genital organs, 366 of eye, 368 of face, 279 diagnosis, 2S0 operative treatment, 2S3 of internal organs, diagnosis, 261 of intestines, 331 enterectomy for, 334 enterostomy for, ^^^ intestinal anastomosis for, 335 operative treatment ol, 333 of kidney, 370 nephrectomy for, 371 of lip, 27S clinical course, 278 diagnosis, 278 703 7°4 INDEX. Carcinoma of lip, operative treatment, 2S0 of mammary gland, 300 acinous variety, 302 etiology, 304 prognosis, 312 symptoms and diagnosis, 305 treatment, 313 radical operations, 313 of mouth, 286 radical operations for, 288 of nose, operative treatment, 284 of oesophagus, 319 diagnosis of, differential, 320 gastrostomy for, 321 of ovary, 346 of parotid gland, 295 extirpation for, 29S of penis, 343 amputation of penis for, 345 of rectum, 336 extirpation of rectum for, 339 palliative operations, 33S symptoms and diagnosis, 337 of skin, 272 degeneration of tumor-tissue, 277 histological structure, 273 reginal infection, 276 of stomach, 322 gastroenterostomy for, 32S pylorectomy for, 324 treatment, 324 of testicle, 342 of thyroid gland, 297 of tongue, 289 radical operations for, 291 of tonsil, 288 operative treatment of, 2S8 of urethra, 368 of uterus, 349 etiology, 355 histogenesis and histology, 349 symptoms and diagnosis, 356 vaginal hysterectomy for, 361 origin and nature, 205 pathology, 241 prognosis, 263 regional infection, 221 secondary, growth of, 223 local infection of, 224 squamous-celled, 214, 249 treatment, 265 palliative operations, 267 radical operations, 269 ulcerating, difficulty in diagnosis of, 260 Carcinoma-cells, degenerative changes in, 245 Carcinosis, miliary, 231 Caustics in treatment of tumors, 1 20 Cementomes, 440 Cervix uteri, supravaginal amputation of, fc carcinoma, 360 Chassaignac's chain ecraseur, 125 Cheiloplasty, 283 Cholesteatoma, 395 Chondroma, 415 branchiogenes, 425 definition, 415 etiology, 419 histology, 417 of bone and periosteum, 422 of cartilage, 421 of connective tissue, 425 of joints, 423 of ovary, 425 of salivary glands, 424 of testicle, 425 origin, 415 prognosis, 420 retrogressive metamorphoses, 418 symptoms and diagnosis, 420 treatment, 421 Clamps, intestinal and stomach, 325 Colostomy, inguinal, Maydl's, 338 Comedo, 658 Cornu cutaneum, 142 Cystoma, 179 diagnosis, 1S1 etiology, 181 of bone, 201 of broad ligament, 198 of eye, 199 of mammary gland, 189 of ovary, 190 origin, 194 treatment, 198 of parovarium, 196 of testicle, 199 of thyroid gland, 187 of vagina, 199 prognosis, 182 topography, 1S2 Cysts, allantoic (urachus), 201 branchial, 613. See also Teratoma. anatomy and embryology, 613 antiseptic drainage in treatment of, 625 atheromatous, 618 classification, 616 diagnosis, 621 etiology, 620 extirpation of, 624 history, 615 INDEX. 7°l Cysts, branchial, iodine injections in treatment of, 623 mucous, 618 prognosis, 621 serous, 619 treatment, 622 dermoid, 625. See also Teratoma. definition, 626 histology, 626 hemato-, of branchial clefts, 619 mesoblastic, 1S7 mucous, 186 of corpus luteum, 196 of jaws, 201 of vitello-intestinal duct, 200 ovarian, 190 retention-. See Retention-cysts. sebaceous, 658 traumatic epithelial, 182 Dermoid cysts. See Cysts. Desmoid fibroma, 386 EcRASEUR, wire, 125 Embryo, differentiation of tissue in, 23 germinal layers of, origin and disposition, 24 Embryonic tissue of post-natal origin, trans- formation of, into malignant tumors, 85 Enkatarrhophy, 183 Enterectomy, 334 Enterostomy, 333 Epulis, sarcomatous, 580 Exostosis, 56 Exploratory syringe, value of, as an aid in diagnosis, 10 1 Fergusson's percutaneous ligature, 124 Fibro-chondroma, 417 Fibroma, 374 definition, 375 etiology, 379 histogenesis and histology, 375 of abdominal-wall, 385 of gums, 393 of mammary gland, 390 of mucous surfaces, 384 of nose, 388 of ovary, 391 of periosteum and bone, 394 of serous surfaces, 395 of skin, 381 of subcutaneous connective tissue, 384 of uterus, 391 of vulva, 392 45 Fibroma, prognosis, 380 retrograde metamorphoses, 378 symptoms and diagnosis, ^70 treatment, 381 Forceps, bowed, 364 intestinal, 326 Gai.actocele, 699 Gastroenterostomy, Lilcke's operation, 329 Senn's operation, 329 \\'6lfler's operation, 328 Glioma, 547 Gumma of liver, 104 Harpoon, Warren's, 103 Hegar's forceps, 503 Hydatids, Morgagni's, 197 Hydrokolpos, 663 Hydrometra, 663 Hydronephrosis, 693 bilateral, 696 unilateral, 694 Hydrops renum cysticus, 691 Hydrosalpinx, 664 Hysterectomy, complete abdominal, 506 vaginal, for carcinoma of uterus, 361 for myofibroma of uterus, 502 Infection, general, 77 glandular, sarcoma as a cause of, 51 local, 76 meaning of word as applied to tumors, 75 regional, 76 carcinoma as a cause of, 52 Inflammation, effect of, on tumors, 52 Karyokinesis, 30 Karyomitosis, 31 Knaurs, 55 Koch's syringe, 118 Kocher's director, 299 Roderick's rosary instrument, 123 Laparo-hysterectomy for uterine myofibro- ma, 506 with extraperitoneal treatment of the ped- icle, 508 with intra-abdominal treatment of the ped- icle, 506 Laparo-myomectomy, 5°4 Laparotomy for myofibroma of uterus, 502 Leiomyoma, 480 histology and histogenesis, 480 Lipoma, 397 anatomical varieties, 398 706 INDEX. Lipoma, definition, 397 histology, 397 intermuscular, 406 of broad ligament, 407 of eye, 407 of eyelids, 403 of joints, 407 of meninges of the brain and spinal cord, 405 of periosteum, 406 of scrotum, 407 of subcutaneous adipose tissue, 401 of tendon-sheaths, 407 of vulva, 407 prognosis, 400 regressive metamorphoses, 398 submucous, 404 subserous, 403 symptoms and diagnosis, 391, treatment, 401 Lymphangioma, 459 anatomical varieties, 459 definition, 459 histology and histogenesis, 459 of lips, 467 of neck, 468 of subcutaneous and submucous connective tissue, 470 of tongue, 467 of uterus, 470 prognosis, 466 regressive metamorphoses, 465 symptoms and diagnosis, 466 treatment, 467 Lymphatic glands, enlargement of, 51 Lymphoma, 471 definition, 471 histology and histogenesis, 473 retrograde metamorphoses, 473 symptoms and diagnosis, 474 treatment, 477 Lympho-sarcoma, 572 Macrochilia, 467 Macroglossia, 467 Maisonneuve's constrictor, 123 Manec's percutaneous ligation of a tumor, 124 Melano-sarcoma, 542 of skin, 569 treatment, 569 Metastasis during the growth of a malignant tumor, 77 Microscope, value of, as an aid in diagnosis, 103 Microtome, freezing, 107 Morcellement, 500 Myofibroma, regressive metamorphoses, 483 symptoms and diagnosis, 484 Myoma, 478 definition, 478 embryology, 478 of alimentary canal, 5 '3 of bladder, 515 of broad ligament, 511 of Fallopian tube, 512 of oesophagus, 5 13 of pharynx, 513 of rectum, 514 of small intestines, 514 of stomach, 514 of uterus, 485 etiology, 491 histology and histogenesis, 488 prognosis, 495 regressive metamorphoses, 490 symptoms and diagnosis, 492 treatment, 496 complete abdominal hysterectomy, 5 0< curetting, 497 electrolysis, 498 ergot, 497 intraperitoneal enucleation, 504 laparo-hysterectomy, 506, 508 laparo-myomectomy, 504 laparotomy, 502 salpingo-oophorectomy, 5 02 vaginal enucleation, 499 hysterectomy, 502 myomotomy, 500 prognosis, 485 regressive metamorphoses, 483 symptoms and diagnosis, 484 treatment, 485 Myomotomy, vaginal, 500 Myxoma, 408 definition, 408 etiology, 410 histology, 409 of glands, 414 of intermuscular spaces, 41 1 of middle ear, 413 of nerve-sheaths, 414 of nose, 412 of skin, 411 prognosis, 410 symptoms and diagnosis, 410 treatment, 41 1 Nephrectomy, 371 for carcinoma of kidney, 371 INDEX. 70 Neurofibromata, multiple, 524 Neuroma, 516 definition, 516 embryology, 516 etiology, 522 histology and histogenesis, 516 of cranial nerves, 525 of lower extremity, 526 of prepuce, 528 of spinal nerves, 525 of upper extremity, 525 of vulva, 527 plexiform, 527 prognosis, 523 regressive metamorphoses, 522 symptoms and diagnosis, 522 treatment, 523 Neuromata, Virchow's classification of, 517 Odontoma, 438 definition, 438 Sutton's classification of, 438 Odontomes, composite, 440 compound follicular, 440 epithelial, 438 fibrous, 440 follicular, 438 radicular, 440 Onychogryphosis, 151 Onychoma, 15 1 Onychomycosis, 151 Osteoma, 427 anatomical varieties, 430 at seat of a fracture, 436 definition, 427 histogenesis, 428 histology, 428 of brain, 435 of cranial bones, 43 1 of epiphyses of the long bones, 435 of external meatus, 434 of eye, 437 of frontal sinus, 433 of jaws, 434 of muscles and tendons, 436 of orbit, 437 prognosis, 430 subungual, 437 symptoms and diagnosis, 430 treatment, 430 Ovary, glandular cysts of, 1 92 hydrops of follicles of, 195 papillary growths of, 192 proliferous cysts of, 192 simple cysts of, origin of, 194 Pacquelin cautery, 119 Papilloma, 137 diagnosis, 14S fibrous, 144 hard, 139 histology and pathology, 137 of brain, 14s of digestive tract, 144 of female organs of generation, 146 of respiratory tract, 144 of skin, 141 of urinary organs, 145 prognosis, 150 soft, 139 topography, 141 treatment, 150 Papillomata, transformation of, into maligna tumors, 140 Parotid gland, extirpation of, 296, 298 Pean's forceps, 500 Pozzi's enucleator, 499 Psammoma, 549 Ptyalectasis, 701 Ptyalocele, 701 Ranula, 700 pancreatica, 677 Renal region, topography of, 37 1 Retention-cysts, 649 definition, 649 etiology, 652 histology, 650 hydrokolpos, 663 hydrometra, 663 hydrosalpinx, 664 of appendix vermiformis, 666 of bile-ducts, 667 of kidney, 691 treatment, 696 of mammary glands, 699 of mucous membrane, 660 of ovary, 657 of pancreas, 670 diagnosis, 681 etiology, 677 pathology and morbid anatomy, 676 prognosis, 686 treatment, 687 of salivary glands, 700 of sebaceous glands, 185 of skin, 658 of testicle, 698 treatment, 699 of thyroid gland, 657 of trachea and bronchial tubes, 666 708 INDEX. Retention-cysts, prognosis, 656 symptoms and diagnosis, 653 treatment, 656 Rhabdomyoma, 479 Rhinoplasty, 284-286 Salpingo-oophorixtomy for myofibroma of uterus, 502 Sarcoma, 529 alveolar, 544 beneficial effects of erysipelas in, 566 capsule of, 555 definition, 529 endotheliomatous, 547 etiology, 559 fascial, 570 giant-celled, 539 histological varieties, 535 histology and histogenesis, 530 metastasis in, 557 mixed-cell, 542 of bladder, 605 of bones, 574 giant-celled or myeloid, 575 round-celled, 577 spindle-celled, 577 treatment, 585 of brain and its envelopes, 605 of cranial bones, 578 of eye, 605 of intestinal canal, 596 of jaws, 580 of kidney, 597 diagnosis, 597 treatment, 599 of long bones, 586 of lower jaw, 587 of lymphatic glands, 572 of mammary gland, 592 excision of, 594 of naso-pharynx, 581 of nose, 581 of omentum, 597 of ovary, 602 of prostate, 606 of salivary glands, 594 of skin, 567 of submucous connective tissue, 569 of testicle, 603 of tongue, 596 of tonsil, 596 of upper jaw, 588 excision of, 589 of uterus, 600 of vagina, 603 Sarcoma of vertebra;, 582 diagnosis, 582 of vulva, 603 prognosis, 564 regressive metamorphoses, 551 round-celled, 535 spindle-celled, 537 symptoms and diagnosis, 561 treatment, 564 caustics in, 565 palliative, 567 Sarcoma-cells, morphology of, 534 Swellings, infective, 584 Syringe, exploratory, Senn's, 100 Teratoma, 607 definition, 607 diagnosis, 631 of auricle, 642 of eye, 639 of face, 635 of ovary, 643 clinical aspects, 646 histology and histogenesis, 643 of palate and pharynx, 637 of rectum, 641 of scalp and dura mater, 638 of scrotum, 648 of thorax, 633 of tongue, 639 of trunk, 632 origin, 607 prognosis, 631 regressive metamorphoses, 629 treatment, 632 by antiseptic drainage, 625 by extirpation, 624 Teratomata, ectogenous, 610 endogenous, 609 Thyroid-dermoids, 641 Thyroid gland, extirpation of, 165 partial, 166 infective swelling of, 163 tumors of, differential diagnosis, 164 treatment, 165 Tongue, amputation of, for carcinoma, 291-29; Traumatism, influence of, in transformation o benign into malignant tumors, 86 Tumor-cells, degeneration of, amyloid, 45 colloid, 44 fatty, 43 hyaline, 45 mucoid, 44 Tumors, accidental ulceration in, 52 anatomy of, 34 INDEX. JO Tumors and inflammatory swellings, differences between, 20 benign and malignant, clinical aspects of, 72 exciting causes effecting a transformation into malignant, 81, 84 biology of, 37 blood-vessels of, 35 calcification or cretefaction of, 47 capsule of, 51 carcinomatous, location a factor in deter- mining the malignancy of, 1 1 1 caseation of, 46 classification of, Cohnheim's, 132 Senn's, 136 Virchow's, 131 Williams's, 133 congenital, etiology of, 61 connection of, with mother-soil, 97 definition, 19 diagnosis, 89 auscultation and percussion in, 102 clinical history in, 89 crepitation in, 102 examination of patient, 92 of tumor, 94 length of time tumor has existed, 90 location, 90 pain, 91 pulsation, 102 rapidity of growth, 90 tactile examination, 96 tenderness, 91, 102 effect of local irritation on, 39 etiology, 61 age, 66 climate, 66 contagion, 70 heredity, 62 inflammation, 70 irritation, 70 race, 65 sex, 68 social status, 69 traumatism, 69 frequency of recurrence after extirpation, 79 grafting of a malignant upon a benign, 53 growth of, 38 hemorrhage into, 48 histogenesis, 22 history, 17 in animals, 57 adenomata, 58 cystic tumors, 59 epithelial tumors, 58 lipomata, 57 Tumors in animals, myomata, 58 odontomes, 57 osteomata, 57 sarcomata, 58 teratomata, 59 inflammation in, 52 in plants, 55 intrinsic tendency to destroy life, 80 lymphatic vessels of, 35 malignant, 75 mobility, 74 morphology, 28 nerves of, 36 operative interference in the treatment o 112 origin and nature, 17 ossification, 48 parasitism, 209 pathology, 42 prognosis, 108 pulsating, 39 radical operations for, contraindications tc 129 recurrence of, explanation of, 74 relation of, to adjacent tissues, 40 relative frequency of, in different organs, 7s resistance and consistence of, 98 teratoid, origin of, 607 treatment, medical, 113 palliative, 129 surgical, 115 by avulsion, 126 by cauterization, 118 with arsenic, 121 with caustic potash, 120 with chloride of zinc, 120 with chromic acid, 121 with nitric acid, 121 by ecrasement lineaire, 125 by extirpation, 126 by galvano-caustic wire, 124 by galvano-puncture, 116 by injection of erysipelas toxines, 118 by ligation of blood-vessels, 116 by ligature, 122 by parenchymatous injections, 117 typical and atypical, 210 ulceration of, 52 Tumor-tissue, pathological changes in, 43 1 Ulcers, spontaneous, 53 Veins, thrombosis of, 51 Warrkn's harpoon, 103 IMPORTANT ANNOUNCEMENT. SAUNDERS' American Year-Book of Medicine and Surgerj EDITED BY GEORGE M. GOULD, A.M., M. D. ASSISTED BT EMINENT AMERICAN PHYSICIANS AND TEAOHEES. Notwithstanding the rapid multiplication of medical and surgical worL still these publications fail to meet fully the requirements of the general physicia inasmuch as he feels the need of something more than mere text-books of we. known principles of medical science. Mr. Saunders has long been impressed wi' this fact, which is confirmed by the unanimity of expression from the professic at large, as indicated by advices from his large corps of canvassers. This deficiency would best be met by current journalistic literature, b most practitioners have scant access to this almost unlimited source of inform tion, and the busy practiser has but little time to search out in periodicals tl many interesting cases, whose study would doubtless be of inestimable value in 1: practice. Therefore, a work which places before the physician in convenient for an epitomization of this literature by persons competent to pronounce upon The Value of a Discovery or of a Method of Treatment cannot but command his highest appreciation. It is this critical and judici function that will be assumed by the Editorial staff of the " American Year-Boc of Medicine and Surgery." It is the sjsecial purpose of the Editor, whose experience peculiarly qualifi him for the preparation of this work, not only to review the contributio to American journals, but also the methods and discoveries reported in tl leading medical journals of Europe, thus enlarging the survey and making tl work characteristically international. These reviews will not simply be a seri of undigested abstracts indiscriminately run together, nor will they be retr spective of "news" one or two years old, but the treatment presented will 1 synthetic and dogmatic, and will include only what is new. Moreover, throuj expert condensation by experienced writers, these discussions will be COMPRISED IN A SINGLE VOLUME. The work will be replete with original and selected illustrations skilful reproduced, for the most part, in Mr. Saunders' own studios established f the purpose, thus insuring accuracy in delineation, affording efficient aids to right comprehension of the text, and adding to the attractiveness of the volume W. B. SAUNDERS, Publisher, 925 Walnut Street, Philadelphia. An American Text=Book of OBSTETRICS BY THE FOLLOWING Well=Known American Teachers £ Specialists James C. Cameron, M. D., Edward P. Davis, M. D., Robert L. Dickinson, H.D., Charles Warrington Earle, fl.D., James H. Etheridge, fl. D., Henry J. Qarrigues, n. D., Barton Cooke Hirst, H. D., Charles Jewett, H. D., Howard A. Kelly, n. D., Richard C. Norris, H.D., Chauncey D. Palmer, fl.D.,Theo- philus Parvin, H. D., George A. Piersol, H. D., Edward Reynolds, fl. D., Henry Schwarz, fl. D. Richard C. Norris, M. D., Editor. Robert L. Dickinson, M. D., Art Editor. THE advent of each successive volume of the series of the AMERICAN TEXT=BOOKS has been signalized by the most flattering comment from both the Press and the Profession. The high consideration received by these text-books, and their attainment to an authoritative position in current medical literature, have been matters of deep international interest, which finds its fullest expression in the demand for these publications from all parts of the civilized world. In the present prospectus of the "American Text-Book of Obstetrics" it is possible only to give a mere suggestion of the features of the work. For its preparation the editor has called to his aid proficient collaborators whose professional promi- nence entitles them to recognition, and whose disquisitions will exemplify Practical Obstetrics. While these writers have each been assigned special themes for discussion, the correlation of the subject-matter will, nevertheless, be such as will insure logical connection in treatment, the deductions of which will thoroughly represent the latest advances in the science, and which will eluci- date the best modern methods of procedure. The more conspicuous feature of the treatise will be its wealth of illustrative matter. Assisted by a corps of artists and draughts- men, the production of the illustrations has been in progress for several years, under the personal supervision of Robert L. Dickinson, M. D., to whose artistic judgment and professional experience will be due the most sumptuously illustrated work of the period. By means of the photographic art, combined with the skill of the artist and draughtsman, conventional illustration will be superseded by rational methods of delineation. Furthermore, the volume will be a revelation as to the possibilities that may be reached in mechanical execution, through the unsparing hand of its publisher. TO BE SOLD BY SUBSCRIPTION. Prices: Cloth, $7.00; Sheep, $8.00; Half Russia, $9.00. 6 s a; to PUBLISHED BY W. |J. gaunder^, Q2r Walnut gtpeet, aD^ilaslelp'^ia. MR. SAUNDERS, in presenting to the profession the fol- lowing list of publications, begs to state that the aim has been to make them worthy of the confidence of medical book-buyers by the high standard of authorship and by the excellence of typography, paper, printing, and binding. The works indicated in the Index (see next page) with an asterisk (*) are sold by subscription {not by booksellers), usually through travelling solicitors, but they can be ob- tained direct from the office of publication (charges of ship- ment prepaid) by remitting the quoted prices. Full descrip- tive circulars of such works will be sent to any address upon application. All the other books advertised in this catalogue are commonly for sale by booksellers in all parts of the United States; but any book will be sent by the publisher to any address (post-paid) on receipt of the price herein given. >3 CONTENTS, Anatomy. page Haynes, Manual of Anatomy 24 Nancrede, Anatomy and Manual of Dissection . 16 Nancrede, Essentials of Anatomy 26 Bacteriology. Ball, Essentials of Bacteriology 26 Frothingham, Laboratory Guide 20 McFarland, Text-Book of Pathogenic Bacteria . 13 Botany. Bastin, Laboratory Exercises in Botany 20 Chemistry and Physics. Broekway, Essentials of Physics 26 Wolff, Essentials of Chemistry 26 Children. *An American Text-Book of Diseases of Children 8 Griffith, Care of the Baby 21 Powell, Essentials of Diseases of Children ... 26 Clinical Charts, Diet, and Diet Lists. Hart, Diet in Sickness and in Health 22 Keen, Operation Blank 19 Laine, Temperature Chart 16 Meigs, Feeding in Early Infancy 14 Starr, Diets for Infants and Children 22 Thomas, Detachable Diet Lists, etc 22 Diagnosis. Cohen and Eshner, Essentials of Diagnosis ... 26 MacDonald, Surgical Diagnosis and Treatment . 27 *Vierordt and Stuart, Medical Diagnosis .... 12 Dictionaries, "Keating and Hamilton, New Pronouncing Dic- tionary of Medicine 12 Morten, Nurses' Dictionary of Medical Terms . 22 Saunders' Pocket Medical Lexicon 17 Ear. Gleason, Essentials of Diseases of the Ear ... 26 Electricity. Stewart and Lawrance, Essentials of Medical Electricity 26 Embryology. Heisler, Text-Book of Embryology 27 Eye, STose, and Throat. Corwin, Essentials of the Physical Diagnosis of the Thorax 07 *De Schweinitz, Diseases of the Eye 14 Jackson and Gleason, Essentials of Diseases of Eye, Nose, and Throat 26 Kyle, Manual of Diseases of Nose and Throat . . 24 Genito-urinary. Hyde, Syphilis and the Venereal Diseases ... 24 Martin, Essentials of Minor Surgery, Bandaging, and Venereal Diseases 26 Gynecology. *An American Text-Book of Gynecology .... 9 Cragin, Essentials of Gynecology 26 Garrigues, Diseases of Women IS Long, Syllabus of Gynecology 19 Histology. Clarkson, Text-Book of Histology 15 Life Insurance. Keating, How to Examine for Life Insurance . . 21 Materia Mediea and Therapeutics. s An American Text Book of Applied Therapeu- tics 4 Butler, Text-Book of Materia Medica, Therapeu- tics, and Pharmacology 27 Cerna, Notes on the Newer Remedies 17 Griffin, Manual of Materia Medica and Therapeu- tics 24 Morris, Essentials of Materia Medica, etc. . . ! 26 2 I I I Saunders' Pocket Medical Formulary Stevens, Manual of Therapeutics Thornton, Dose-Book and Prescription-Writing *Warren, Surgical Pathology and Therapeutics Medical Jurisprudence. Chapman, Medical Jurisprudence and Toxi cology . Semple, Essentials of Legal Medicine, etc. . . Medicine. *An American Text-Book of Practice Gould and Pyle, Anomalies and Curiosities 01 Medicine Lockwood, Manual of the Practice of Medicint Morris, Essentials of the Practice of Medicine Saunders' American Year-Book of Medicine anc Surgery Stevens, Manual of the Practice of Medicine . . Sfervous Diseases and Insanity. Burr, Manual of Nervous Diseases Shaw, Essentials of Nervous Diseases and Insanit; Xursing. Griffith, Care of the Baby Hampton, Nursing: its Principles and Practice Stoney, Practical Points in Private Nursing . . . Obstetrics. *An American Text-Book of Obstetrics Ashton, Essentials of Obstetrics Boisliniere, Obstetric Accidents Dorland, Manual of Obstetrics Jewett, Outlines of Obstetrics Norris, Syllabus of Obstetrical Lectures Pathology. Semple, Essentials of Pathology and Morbid Anatomy *Senn, Pathology and Surgical Treatment of Tumors Stengel, Manual of Pathology '..'.". *Warren, Surgical Pathology and Therapeutics . Pharmacy. Sayre, Essentials of Pharmacy Physiology. *An American Text-Book of Physiology .... Hare, Essentials of Physiology Raymond, Manual of Physiology Skiagraphy. Rowland, Archives of Clinical Skiagraphy . . Skin. Pictorial Atlas of Skin Diseases Stelwagon, Essentials of Diseases of trie Skin '. '. Surgery. *An American Text-Book of Surgery Beck, Surgical Asepsis DaCosta, Manual of Surgery Keen, Operation Blank ... MacDonald, Surgical Diagnosis and Treatment Martm, Essentials of Surgery Martin, Essentials of Minor Surgerv', etc Saunders' American Year-Book of Medicine and Surgery *Senn, Pathology and Surgical Treatment of lumors Senn, Syllabus of Surgery *Warren, Surgical Pathology and Therapeutics ". Urine. Wolff, Essentials of Examination of Urine Miscellaneous. •Gross, Autobiography of . Saunders' New Aid Series of Manuals 1' Saunders' Question Compends '3 Thresh, Water and Water Supplies CATALOGUE OF MEDICAL WORKS. For Sale by Subscription. AN AMERICAN TEXT-BOOK OF PHYSIOLOGY. Edited t William H. Howell, Ph. D., M. D., Professor of Physiology in the Johi Hopkins University, Baltimore, Md. One handsome octavo volume of ioc pages, fully illustrated. Prices: Cloth, $6.00 net; Sheep or Half-Morocc< $7.00 net. This work is the most notable attempt yet made in America to combine in or volume the entire subject of Human Physiology by well-known teachers who hat given especial study to that part of the subject upon which they write. Tl completed work represents the present status of the science of Physiology, pa: ticularly from the standpoint of the student of medicine and of the medic; practitioner. American teachers of physiology have not been altogether satisfied with tl text-books at their disposal. The defects of most of the older books are that the have not kept pace with the rapid changes in modern physiology, while few if an of the newer books have been uniformly satisfactory in their treatment of all par of this many-sided science. Indeed, the literature of experimental physiology so great that it would seem to be almost impossible for any one teacher to kee thoroughly informed on all topics. The collaboration of several teachers in the preparation of an elementary tex book of physiology is unusual, the almost invariable rule heretofore having bee for a single author to write the entire book. One of the advantages to be derive from this collaboration method is that the more limited literature necessary fc consultation by each author has enabled him to base his elementary account upo a comprehensive knowledge of the subject assigned to him ; another, and perhaj the most important, advantage, is that the student gains the point of view of number of teachers. In a measure he reaps the same benefit as would be obtaine by following courses of instruction under different teachers. The different stanc points assumed, and the differences in emphasis laid upon the various lines of pre cedure, chemical, physical, and anatomical, should give the student a better insigl into the methods of the science as it exists to-day. The work will also be foun useful to many medical practitioners who may wish to keep in touch with th development of modern physiology. The main divisions of the subject-matter are as follows : General Physiology o Muscle and Nerve — Secretion— Chemistry of Digestion and Nutrition — Movement of the Alimentary Canal, Bladder, and Ureter — Blood and Lymph — Circulation- Respiration — Animal Heat — Central Nervous System — Special Senses — Speci; Muscular Mechanisms — Reproduction — Chemistry of the Animal Body. CONTRIBUTORS: HENRY P. BOWDITCH, M. D., Professor of Physiology, Harvard Medical School. JOHN G. CURTIS, M. D., Professor of Physiology, Columbia University, N. Y. (College of Physicians and Surgeons). HENRY H. DONALDSON, Ph. D., Head-Professor of Neurology, University of Chicago. W. H. HOWELL, Ph. D., M. D., Professor of Physiology, Johns Hopkins University. FREDERIC S. LEE, Ph.D., WARREN P. LOMBARD, M. D., Professor of Physiology, University of Michigan. GRAHAM LUSH, Ph. D., Professor of Physiology, Yale Medical School. W. T. PORTER, M. D., Assistant Professor of Physiology, Harvard Medic School. EDWARD T. REICHERT, M. D., Professor of Physiology, University of Pennsylvani; HENRY SEWALL, Ph.D., M. D., IV. B. SAUNDERS' ILLUSTRATED For Sale by Subscription. AN AMERICAN TEXT-BOOK OF APPLIED THERAPE TICS. For the Use of Practitioners and Students. Edited James C. Wilson, M. D., Professor of the Practice of Medicine and Clinical Medicine in the Jefferson Medical College. One handsome oct volume of 1326 pages. Illustrated. Prices: Cloth, $7.00 net; Sheep Half-Morocco, $8.00 net. The arrangement of this volume has been based, so far as possible, upon m ern pathologic doctrines, beginning with the intoxications and following v infections, diseases due to internal parasites, diseases of undetermined origin, < finally the disorders of the several bodily systems — digestive, respiratory, cii latory, renal, nervous, and cutaneous. It was thought proper to include als consideration of the disorders of pregnancy. The list of contributors comprises the names of many who have acquired 1 tinction as practitioners and teachers of practice, of clinical medicine, and of specialties. CONTRIBUTORS: Dr. I. E. Atkinson, Baltimore, Md. Sanger Brown, Chicago, 111. John B. Chapin, Philadelphia, Pa. William C. Dabney, Charlottesville, Va. John Chalmers DaCosta, Phila., Pa. I. N. Danforth, Chicago, 111. John L. Dawson, Jr., Charleston, S. C. F. X. Dercum, Philadelphia, Pa. George Dock, Ann Arbor, Mich. Robert T. Edes, Jamaica Plain, Mass. Augustus A. Eshner, Philadelphia, Pa. J. T. Eskridge, Denver, Col. F. Forchheimer, Cincinnati, O. Carl Frese, Philadelphia, Pa. Edwin E. Graham, Philadelphia, Pa. John Guiteras, Philadelphia, Pa. Frederick P. Henry, Philadelphia, Pa. Guy Hinsdale, Philadelphia, Pa. Orville Horwitz, Philadelphia, Pa. W. W. Johnston, Washington, D. C. Ernest Laplace, Philadelphia, Pa. A. Laveran, Paris, France. Dr. James Hendrie Lloyd, Phila., Pa. John Noland Mackenzie, Bait., Md. J. W. McLaughlin, Austin, Texas. A. Lawrence Mason, Boston, Mass. Charles K. Mills, Philadelphia, Pa. John K. Mitchell, Philadelphia, Pa. W. P. Northrup, New York City. William Osier, Baltimore, Md. Frederick A. Packard, Phila., Pa. Theophilus Parvin, Philadelphia, Pa. Beaven Rake, London, England. E. O. Shakespeare, Philadelphia, Pa. Wharton Sinkler, Philadelphia, Pa. Louis Starr, Philadelphia, Pa. Henry W. Stelwagon, Phila., Pa. James Stewart, Montreal, Canada. Charles G. Stockton, Buffalo, N. Y. James Tyson, Philadelphia, Pa. Victor C. Vaughan, Ann Arbor, Mich. James T. Whittaker, Cincinnati, O. J. C. Wilson, Philadelphia, Pa. The articles, with two exceptions, are the contributions of American writi Written from the standpoint of the practitioner, the aim of the work is to fac tate the application of knowledge to the prevention, the cure, and the alleviat of disease. The endeavor throughout has been to conform to the title of book — Applied Therapeutics — to indicate the course of treatment to be pursi at the bedside, rather than to name a list of drugs that have been used at i time or another. While the scientific superiority and the practical desirability of the me system of weights and measures is admitted, it has not been deemed best discard entirely the older system of figures, so that both sets have been gr whprp occasion HemannVH. CATALOGUE OF MEDICAL WORKS. For Sale by Subscription. a AN AMERICAN TEXT-BOOK OF OBSTETRICS. Edited by Ri< ard C. Norris, M. D.j Art Editor, Robert L. Dickinson, M. D. C handsome octavo volume of over iooo pages, with nearly 900 colored half-tone illustrations. Prices : Cloth,"$7.oo ; Sheep or Half- Morocco, $8.1 The advent of each successive volume of the series of the American Tej Books has been signalized by the most flattering comment from both the Press a the Profession. The high' consideration received by these text-books, and th attainment to an authoritative position in current medical literature, have be matters of deep international interest, which finds its fullest expression in 1 demand for these publications from all parts of the civilized world. In the preparation of the " American Text-Book of Obstetrics " the edi has called to his aid proficient collaborators whose professional prominence entit them to recognition, and whose disquisitions exemplify Practical Obstetric While these writers were each assigned special themes for discussion, the corre tion of the subject-matter is, nevertheless, such as ensures logical connection treatment, the deductions of which thoroughly represent the latest advances in 1 science, and which elucidate the best modem methods of procedure. The more conspicuous feature of the treatise is its wealth of illustrative matt The production of the illustrations had been in progress for several years, un< the personal supervision of Robert L. Dickinson, M. D., to whose artistic juc ment and professional experience is due the most sumptuously illustrat work of the period. By means of the photographic art, combined with 1 skill of the artist and draughtsman, conventional illustration is superseded rational methods of delineation. Furthermore, the volume is a revelation as to the possibilities that may reached in mechanical execution, through the unsparing hand of its publisher. CONTRIBUTORS: Dr. James C. Cameron. Edward P. Davis. Robert L. Dickinson. Charles Warrington Earle. James H. Etheridge. Barton Cooke Hirst. Henry J. Ganigues. Charles Jevvett. Dr. Howard A. Kelly. Richard C. Norris. Chauncey D. Palmer. Theophilus Parvin. George A. Piersol. Edward Reynolds. Henry Schwarz. " At first glance we are overwhelmed by the magnitude of this work in several respects, v First, by the size of the volume, then by the array of eminent teachers in this department who h taken part in its production, then by the profuseness and character of the illustrations, and last, not least, the conciseness and clearness with which the text is rendered. This is an entirely r composition, embodying the highest knowledge of the art as it stands to-day by authors who occi the front rank in their specialty, and there are many of them. We cannot turn over these pa without being struck by the superb illustrations which adorn so many of them. We are confid that this most practical work will find instant appreciation by practitioners as well as students.' New York Medical Times. Permit me to say that your American Text-Book of Obstetrics is the most magnificent med work that I have ever seen. I congratulate you and thank you for this superb work, which alon sufficient to place you first in the ranks of medical publishers. With profound respect I am sincerely yours, Alex. J. C. Skene. W. B. SAUNDERS ILLUSTRATED For Sale by Subscription. AN AMERICAN TEXT-BOOK OF SURGERY. Edited by M liam W. Keen, M. D., LL.D., and J. William White, M. D., Ph. Forming one handsome royal-octavo volume of 1250 pages (10x7 inch with 500 wood-cuts in text, and 37 colored and half-tone plates, many them engraved from original photographs and drawings furnished by authors. Prices : Cloth, $7.00 ; Sheep or Half-Morocco, $8.00 net. SECOND EDITION, REVISED AND ENLARGED. The want of a text-book which could be used by the practitioner and at same time be recommended to the medical student has been deeply felt, especi; by teachers of surgery ; hence, when it was sug- gested to a number of these that it would be well to unite in preparing a text-book of this description, great unanimity of opinion was found to exist, and the gentlemen below named gladly consented to join in its production. Especial prominence has been given to Surg- ical Bacteriology, a feature which is believed to be unique in a surgical text-book in the English language. Asepsis and Antisepsis have received particular attention. The text is brought well up to date in such important branches as cere- bral, spinal, intestinal, and pelvic surgery, the most important and newest operations in these departments being described and illustrated. The text of the entire book has been sub- mitted to all the authors for their mutual criti- cism and revision — an idea in book-making that is entirely new and original. The book as a whole, therefore, expresses on all the im- portant surgical topics of the day the consensus of opinion of the eminent surgeons who have joined in its preparati One of the most attractive features of the book is its illustrations. Very m; of them are original and faithful reproductions of photographs taken directly fr patients or from specimens, and the modern improvements in the art of engrav have enabled the publisher to produce illustrations which it is believed are supei to those in any similar work. Specimen Illustration {largely reducea CONTRIBUTORS: Dr. Charles H. Burnett, Philadelphia. Phineas S. Conner, Cincinnati. Frederic S. Dennis, New York. William W. Keen, Philadelphia. Charles B. Nancrede, Ann Arbor, Mich. Roswell Park, Buffalo, N. Y. Lewis S. Pilcher, Brooklyn, N. Y. Dr. Nicholas Senn, Chicago. Francis J. Shepherd, Montreal, Canac Lewis A. Stimson, New York. William Thomson, Philadelphia. J. Collins Warren, Boston. J. William White, Philadelphia. " If this text-book is a fair reflex of the present position of American surgery, we must ac 1 it is of a very high order of merit, and that English surgeons will have to look very carefull their laurels if they are to preserve a position in the van of surgical practice."— Zo»<&» Lancet " The soundness of the teachings contained in this work needs no stronger guarantee tha afforded by the names of its authors." — ]-=^— — CATALOGUE OF MEDICAL WORKS. For Sale by Subscription. AN AMERICAN TEXT-BOOK ON THE THEORY AN PRACTICE OF MEDICINE. By American Teachers. Edit by William Pepper, M.D., LL.D., Provost and Professor of the Theo and Practice of Medicine and of Clinical Medicine in the University i Pennsylvania. Complete in two handsome royal-octavo volumes of abo iooo pages each, with illustrations to elucidate the text wherever necessai Price per Volume : Cloth, $5.00 net ; Sheep or Half- Morocco, $6.00 net. VOLUME I. CONTAINS: Hygiene. — Fevers (Ephemeral, Simple Con- tinued, Typhus, Typhoid, Epidemic Cerebro- spinal Meningitis, and Relapsing). — Scarlatina, Measles, Rotheln, Variola, Varioloid, Vaccinia, Varicella, Mumps, Whooping-cough, Anthrax, Hydrophobia, Trichinosis, Actinomycosis, Gli ders, and Tetanus. — Tuberculosis, Scroti Syphilis, Diphtheria, Erysipelas, Malaria, Ch era, and Yellow Fever. — Nervous, Muscular, a Mental Diseases. VOLUME II. CONTAINS; Urine (Chemistry and Microscopy). — Kidney and Lungs. — Air-passages (Larynx and Bronchi) and Pleura. — Pharynx, CEsophagus, Stomach and Intestines (including Intestinal Parasites), Heart, Aorta, Arteries and Veins. — Peritoneum, Liver, and Pancreas. — Diathetic Diseases (Rh matism, Rheumatoid Arthritis, Gout, Lithren and Diabetes). — Blood and Spleen. — Inflami tion, Embolism, Thrombosis, Fever, and Bat riology. The articles are not written as though addressed to students in lectures, but ; exhaustive descriptions of diseases, with the newest facts as regards Causatic Symptomatology, Diagnosis, Prognosis, and Treatment, including a large numl of approved formula;. The recent advances made in the study of the bacter origin of various diseases are fully described, as well as the bearing of the kno ledge so gained upon prevention and cure. The subjects of Bacteriology as whole and of Immunity are fully considered in a separate section. Methods of diagnosis are given the most minute and careful attention, tl enabling the reader to learn the very latest methods of investigation without cc suiting works specially devoted to the subject. CONTRIBUTORS: Dr. J. S. Billings, Philadelphia. Francis Delafield, New York. Reginald H. Fitz, Boston. James W. Holland, Philadelphia. Henry M. Lyman, Chicago. William Osier, Baltimore. Dr. William Pepper, Philadelphia. W. Gilman Thompson, New York. W. H. Welch, Baltimore. James T. Whittaker, Cincinnati. James C. Wilson, Philadelphia. Horatio C. Wood, Philadelphia. " We reviewed the first volume of this work, and said : ' It is undoubtedly one of the best t books on the practice of medicine which we possess.' A consideration of the second and volume leads us to modify that verdict and to say that the completed work is, in our opinion BEST of its kind it has ever been our fortune to see. It is complete, thorough accurate, and cl It is well written, well arranged, well printed, well illustrated, and well bound. It is a mode what the modern text-book should be."—JVeiv York Medical Journal. " A library upon modem medical art. The work must promote the wider diffusion of so knowledge." — American Lancet. " A trusty counsellor for the practitioner or senior student, on which he may implicitly rely, Edinburgh Medical Journal. W. B. SAUNDERS' ILLUSTRATED For Sale by Subscription. AN AMERICAN TEXT-BOOK OF THE DISEASES OF CHI DREN. By American Teachers. Edited by Louis Starr, M. assisted by Thompson S. Westcott, M. D. In one handsome royal-8vo a ume of 1 190 pages, profusely illustrated with wood-cuts, half-tone and colo plates. Prices: Cloth, $7.00 net; Sheep or Half- Morocco, $8.00 net. The plan of this work embraces a series of original articles written by sc sixty well-known pasdiatrists, representing collectively the teachings of the rr prominent medical schools and colleges of America. The work is intended to a practical book, suitable for constant and handy reference by the practitio and the advanced student. One decided innovation is the large number of authors, nearly every arti being contributed by a specialist in the line on which he writes. This, wl entailing considerable labor upon the editors, has resulted in the publication work thoroughly new and abreast of the times. Especial attention has been given to the consideration of the latest accep teaching upon the etiology, symptoms, pathology, diagnosis, and treatment of disorders of children, with the introduction of many special formulae and the peutic procedures. Special chapters embrace at unusual length the Diseases of the Eye, Ear, N and Throat, and the Skin ; while the introductory chapters cover fully the import subjects of Diet, Hygiene, Exercise, Bathing, and the Chemistry of Food. Trac otomy, Intubation, Circumcision, and such minor surgical procedures com within the province of the medical practitioner, are carefully considered. CONTRIBUTORS: Dr. S. S. Adams, Washington. John Ashhurst, Jr., Philadelphia. A. D. Blackader, Montreal, Canada. Dillon Brown, New York. Edward M. Buckingham, Boston. Charles W. Burr, Philadelphia. W. E. Casselberry, Chicago. Henry Dwight Chapin, New York. W. S. Christopher, Chicago. Archibald Church, Chicago. Floyd M. Crandall, New York. Andrew F. Currier, New York. Roland G. Curtin, Philadelphia. J. M. DaCosta, Philadelphia. I. N. Danforth, Chicago. Edward P. Davis, Philadelphia. John B. Deaver, Philadelphia. G. E. de Schweinitz, Philadelphia. John Doming, New York. Charles Warrington Earle, Chicago. Wm. A. Edwards, San Diego, Cal. F. Forchheimer, Cincinnati. J. Henry Fruitnight, New York. Landon Carter Gray, New York. J. P. Crozer Griffith, Philadelphia. W. A. Hardaway, St. Louis. M. P. Hatfield, Chicago. Barton Cooke Hirst, Philadelphia. H. Illoway, Cincinnati. Henry Jackson, Boston. Charles G. Jennings, Detroit. Henry Koplik, New York. Dr. Thomas S. Latimer, Baltimore. Albert R. Leeds, Hoboken, N. J. J. Hendrie Lloyd, Philadelphia. George Roe Lockwood, New York. Henry M. Lyman, Chicago. Francis T. Miles, Baltimore. Charles K. Mills, Philadelphia. John H. Musser, Philadelphia. Thomas R. Neilson, Philadelphia. W. P. Northrup, New York. William Osier, Baltimore. Frederick A. Packard, Philadelphia. William Pepper, Philadelphia. Frederick Peterson, New York. W. T. Plant, Syracuse, New York. William M. Powell, Atlantic City. B. Alexander Randall, Philadelphia. Edward O. Shakespeare, Philadelphii F. C. Shattuck, Boston. J. Lewis Smith, New York. Louis Starr, Philadelphia. M. Allen Starr, New York. J. Madison Taylor, Philadelphia. ■ Charles W. Townsend, Boston. James Tyson, Philadelphia. W. S. Thayer, Baltimore. Victor C. Vaughan, Ann Arbor, Micr. Thompson S. Westcott, Philadelphia. Henry R. Wharton, Philadelphia. J. William White, Philadelphia. J. C. Wilson, Philadelphia. CATALOGUE OF MEDICAL WORKS. For Sale by Subscription. AN AMERICAN TEXT-BOOK OF GYNECOLOGY, MEDICAL AND SURGICAL, for the use of Students and Practitioners. Edited by J. M. Baldy, M. D. Forming a handsome royal-octavo volume, with 360 illustrations in text and 37 colored and half-tone plates. Prices: Cloth, $6.00 net; Sheep or Half-Morocco, $7.00 net. In this volume all anatomical descriptions, excepting those essential to a clear understanding of the text, have been omitted, the illustrations being largely depended upon to eluci- date the anatomy of the parts. This work, which is thoroughly practical in its teachings, is intended, as its title implies, to be a working text-book for physicians and students. A clear line of treatment has been laid down in every case, and although no attempt has been made to discuss mooted points, still the most important of these have been noted and explained. The ope- rations recommended are fully illustrated, so that the reader, having a pic- ture of the procedure de- scribed in the text under his eye, cannot fail to grasp the idea. All ex- traneous matter and dis- cussions have been care- fully excluded, the attempt being made to allow no unnecessary details to cumber the text. The subject-matter is brought up to date at every point, and the work is as nearly as possible the combined opinions of the ten specialists who figure as the authors. The work is well illustrated throughout with wood-cuts, half-tone and colored plates, mostly selected from the authors' private collections. Specimen Illustration. CONTRIBUTORS: Dr. Henry T. Byford. John M. Baldy. Edwin Cragin. J. H. Etheridge. William Goodell. Dr. Howard A. Kelly. Florian Krug. E. E. Montgomery. William R. Pryor. George M. Tuttle. " The most notable contribution to gynecological literature since 1887, .... and the most com- plete exponent of gynecology which we have. No subject seems to have been neglected, .... and the gynecologist and surgeon and the general practitioner, who has any desire to practise diseases of women, will find it of practical value. In the matter of illustrations and plates the book sur- passes anything we have seen." — Boston Medical and Surgical Journal. IV. B. SAUNDERS' ILLUSTRATED PRACTICAL POINTS IN NURSING. For Nurses in Private Practice. By Emily A. M. Stoney, Graduate of the Training-School for Nurses, Lawrence, Mass. ; Superintendent of the Training-School for Nurses, Carney Hospital, South Boston, Mass. 456 pages, handsomely illustrated with 73 engravings in the text, and 9 colored and half-tone plates. Cloth. Price, $1.75 net. In this volume the author explains, in popular language and in the shortest possible form, the entire range of private nursing as distinguished from hospital nursing, and the nurse is instructed how best to meet the various emergencies of medical and surgical cases when distant from medical or surgical aid or when thrown on her own resources. An especially valuable feature of the work will be found in the directions to the nurse how to improvise everything ordinarily needed in the sick-room, where the embarrassment of the nurse, owing to the want of proper appliances, is fre- quently extreme. The work has been logically divided into the following sections : I. The Nurse : her responsibilities, qualifications, equipment, etc. II. The Sick-Room : its selection, preparation, and management. III. The Patient : duties of the nurse in medical, surgical, obstetric, and gyne- cologic cases. IV. Nursing in Accidents and Emergencies. V. Nursing in Special Medical Cases. VI. Nursing of the New-born and Sick Children. VII. Physiology and Descriptive Anatomy. The last section, while sketched very briefly, will be ample for the purposes of the nurse. The Appendix contains much information in compact form that will be found of great value to the nurse, including Rules for Feeding the Sick ; Recipes for Invalid Foods and Beverages ; Tables of Weights and Measures ; Table for Com- puting the Date of Labor ; List of Abbreviations ; Dose-List ; and a full and com- plete Glossary of Medical Terms and Nursing Treatment. Finally, the work, being based on a series of lectures delivered at the Carney Training-School for Nurses, will serve as a text-book for student-nurses and a useful teaching book for those occupying positions as teachers in training-schools ; it will also be of value to the "home" nurse who wishes to comprehend some- thing of the purposes of the different methods adopted in nursing treatment. " The author's style is most agreeable, and she handles her subject in a way that clearly shows her familiarity with it." — New York Polyclinic, Aug. 15, 1896. " There are few books intended for non-professional readers which can be so cordially endorsed by a medical journal as can this one." — Therapezriic Gazelle, Aug. 15, 1896. " This is a well-written, eminently practical volume, which covers the entire range of private nursing as distinguished from hospital nursing, and instructs the nurse how best to meet the various emergencies which may arise and how to prepare everything ordinarily needed in the illness of her patient." — American journal of Obstetrics and Diseases of Women and Children, Aug., 1896. " It is a work that the physician can place in the hands of his private nurses with the assurance of benefit." — Ohio Medical Journal, Aug., 1896. " We know of no more serviceable book for nurses than this one ; it is thoroughly practical in every sense of the word. Even the home nurse may profit by its reading " — Medical Summary Aug., 1896. ■" "This is an excellent work, which ™-~- : '- -~--:..i i; no ;,„g;,.;„„..i.. 1rr i clearlv." Canadian Medical Review, Aug., 1S96. CATALOGUE OF MEDICAL WORKS. For Sale by Subscription. PATHOLOGY AND SURGICAL TREATMENT OF TUMORS. By N. Senn, M. D., Ph. D., LL. D., Professor of Surgery and of Clinical Surgery, Rush Medical College ; Professor of Surgery, Chicago Polyclinic ; Attending Surgeon to Presbyterian Hospital; Surgeon-in- Chief, St. Joseph's Hospital, Chicago. 710 pages, 515 engravings, including full-page colored plates. Prices: Cloth, $6. 00 net ; Half-Morocco, $7.00 net. Books specially devoted to this subject are few, and in our text-books and systems of surgery this part of surgical pathology is usually condensed to a degree incompatible with its scientific and clinical importance. The author spent many years in collecting the material for this work, and has taken great pains to present it in a manner that should prove useful as a text-book for the student, a work of reference for the busy practitioner, and a reliable, safe guide for the surgeon. The more difficult operations are fully described and illustrated. More than one hundred of the illustrations are original, while the remainder were selected from books and medical journals not readily accessible to the student and the general practitioner. " The appearance of such a work is most opportune. ... In design and execution the work is such as will appeal to every student who appreciates the logical examination of facts and the prac- tical exemplification of well-digested clinical observation." — Medical Record, New York. " The most exhaustive of any recent book in English on this subject. It is well illustrated, and will doubtless remain as the principal monograph on the subject in our language for some years. The book is handsomely illustrated and printed, .... and the author has given a notable and lasting contribution to surgery." — Journal of American Medical Association, Chicago. SURGICAL PATHOLOGY AND THERAPEUTICS. By John Collins Warren, M. D., LL. D., Professor of Surgery, Medical Depart- ment Harvard University ; Surgeon to the Massachusetts General Hospital, etc. A handsome octavo volume of 832 pages, with 136 relief and litho- graphic illustrations, ^ of which are printed in colors, and all of which were drawn by William J. Kaula from original specimens. Prices: Cloth, $6.00 net; Half-Morocco, $7.00 net. " The volume is for the bedside, the amphitheatre, and the ward. It deals with things not as we see them through the microscope alone, but as the practitioner sees their effect in his patients ; not only as they appear in and affect culture- media, but also as they influence the human body ; and, following up the demon- strations of the nature of diseases, the author points out their logical treatment" (New York Medical Journal). " Indeed, the volume may be termed a modern medical classic, for such is the position to which it has already risen " (Medical Age, Detroit), " and is the handsomest specimen of bookmaking * * * that has ever been issued from the American medical press" (American Journal of the Medical Sciences, Philadelphia). Without Exception, the Illustrations are the Best ever Seen in a Work of this Kind. " A most striking and verv excellent feature of this book is its illustrations. Without exception, from the point of accuracy and artistic merit, they are the best ever seen in a work of this kind. * * * Many of those representing microscopic pictures are so perfect in their coloring and detail as almost to give the beholder the impression that he is looking down the barrel of a microscope at a well-mounted section." — Annals of Surgery, Philadelphia. IV. B. SAUNDERS' ILLUSTRATED For Sale by Subscription. A NEW PRONOUNCING DICTIONARY OF MEDICINE, with Phonetic Pronunciation, Accentuation, Etymology, etc. By John M. Keating, M. D., LL.D., Fellow of the College of Physicians of Phila- delphia; Vice-President of the American Paediatric Society; Ex-President of the Association of Life Insurance Medical Directors ; Editor " Cyclopaedia of the Diseases of Children," etc. ; and Henry Hamilton, Author of a "A New Translation of Virgil's ^Eneid into English Rhyme;" Co- Author of " Saunders' Medical Lexicon," etc. ; with the Collaboration of J. Chalmers DaCosta, M. D., and Frederick A. Packard, M. D. With an Appendix, containing Important Tables of Bacilli, Micrococci, Leucoma'fnes, Ptomaines ; Drugs and Materials used in Antiseptic Surgery ; Poisons and their Antidotes ; Weights and Measures ; Thermometric Scales ; New Official and Unofficial Drugs, etc. One volume of over 800 pages. Second Revised Edition. Prices: Cloth, 55.00; Sheep or Half-Morocco, $6.00 net ; Half-Russia, §6. 50 net, with Denison's Patent Ready-Reference Index ; without Patent Index, Cloth, $4.00 net; Sheep or Half-Morocco, $5- 00 net. " I am much pleased with Keating's Dictionary, and shall take pleasure in recommending it to my classes." Henry M. Lyman, M. D., Professor of Principles and Practice of Medicine, Rush Medical College, Chicago, III, " I am convinced that it will be a very valuable adjunct to my study-table, convenient in size and sufficiently full for ordinary use." C. A. Lindsley, M. D., Professor of Theory and Practice of Medicine, Medical Depl. Yale University ; Secretary Connecticut State Board of Health, New Haven, Conn. MEDICAL DIAGNOSIS. By Dr. Oswald Vierordt, Professor of Medi- cine at the University of Heidelberg. Translated, with additions, from the Second Enlarged German Edition, with the author's permission, by Francis H. Stuart, A. M., M. D. Third and Revised Edition. In one handsome royal-octavo volume of 700 pages, 1 78 fine wood-cuts in text, many of which are in colors. Prices: Cloth, $4.00 net; Sheep or Half-Morocco, $5.00 net; Half-Russia, §5.50 net. In this work, as in no other hitherto published, are given full and accurate explanations of the phenomena observed at the bedside. It is distinctly a clinical work by a master teacher, characterized by thoroughness, fulness, and accuracy. It is a mine of information upon the points that are so often passed over without explanation. Especial attention has been given to the germ-theory as a factor in the origin of disease. This valuable work is now published in German, English, Russian, and Italian. The issue of a third American edition within two years indicates the favor with which it has been received by the profession. " Rarely is a book published with which a reviewer can find so little fault as with the volume before us. All the chapters are full, and leave little to be desired by the reader. Each particular item in the consideration of an organ or apparatus, which is necessary to determine a diagnosis of any disease of that organ, is mentioned; nothing seems forgotten. The chapters on diseases of the circulatory and digestive apparatus and nervous system are especially full and valuable. Not- withstanding a few minor errors in translating, which are of small importance to the accuracy of the rest of the volume, the reviewer would repeat that the book is one of the best — probably, the best — which has fallen into his hands, hundred pages closes the volume." — W«!2'™»^_______ CATALOGUE OF MEDICAL WORKS. 13 For Sale by Subscription. AUTOBIOGRAPHY OF SAMUEL D. GROSS, M. D., Emeritus Professor of Surgery in the Jefferson Medical College of Philadelphia, with Reminiscences of His Times and Contemporaries. Edited by his Sons, Samuel W. Gross, M. D., LL.D., late Professor of Principles of Surgery and of Clinical Surgery in the Jefferson Medical College, and A. Haller Gross, A. M., of the Philadelphia Bar. Preceded by a Memoir of Dr. Gross, by the late Austin Flint, M. D., LL.D. In two handsome volumes, each con- taining over 400 pages, demy 8vo, extra cloth, gilt tops, with fine Frontis- piece engraved on steel. Price, $5.00 net. This autobiography, which was continued by the late eminent surgeon until within three months before his death, contains a full and accurate history of his early struggles, trials, and subsequent successes, told in a singularly interesting and charming manner, and embraces short and graphic pen-portraits of many of the most distinguished men — surgeons, physicians, divines, lawyers, statesmen, scientists, etc. — with whom he was brought in contact in America and in Europe; the whole forming a retrospect of more than three-quarters of a century. TEXT-BOOK UPON THE PATHOGENIC BACTERIA. Spe- cially written for Students of Medicine. By Joseph McFarland, M. D., Professor of Pathology and Bacteriology in the Medico-Chirurgical College of Philadelphia, etc. 359 pages, finely illustrated. Cloth. Price, §2.50 net. The book presents a concise account of the technical procedures necessary in the study of Bacteriology. It describes the life-history of pathogenic bacteria, and the pathological lesions following invasions. The work is intended to be a text-book for the medical student and for the practitioner who has had no recent laboratory training in this department of med- ical science. The instructions given as to needed apparatus, cultures, stainings, microscopic examinations, etc. are ample for the student's needs, and will afford to the physician much information that will interest and profit him relative to a subject which modern science shows to go far in explaining the etiology of many diseased conditions. The illustrations have been gathered from standard sources, and comprise the best and most complete aggregation extant. " It is excellently adapted for the medical students and practitioners for whom it is avowedly written. . . . The descriptions given are accurate and readable, and the book should prove useful to those for whom it is written." — London Lancet, Aug. 29, 1896. " The author has succeeded admirably in presenting the essential details of bacteriological technics, together with a judiciously chosen summary of our present knowledge of pathogenic bac- teria. . . . The work, we think, should have a wide circulation among English-speaking students of medicine." — N. V. Medical Journal, April 4, 1896. " The book will be found of considerable use by medical men who have not had a special bacteriological training, and who desire to understand this important branch of medical science." — Edinburgh Medical Journal, July, 1896. " We cordially recommend the book, believing it to be one of the most useful of recent publica- tions." — Philadelphia Polyclinic, June 6, 1 896. " The author has rendered a great service to the profession in bringing out this work at this ,^„,. t ,„v„ . ri mo »_The American Therapist. Aug.. 1896. 14 W. B. SAUNDERS' ILLUSTRATED Specimen Illustration. DISEASES OF THE EYE. A Hand-Book of Ophthalmic Practice. By G. E. de Schweinitz, M. D., Professor of Ophthalmology in the Jeffer- son Medical College, Philadelphia, etc. A handsome royal-octavo volume of 679 pages, with 256 fine illustrations, many of which are original, and 2 chromo-lithographic plates. Prices: Cloth, $4.00 net; Sheep or Half- Morocco, $5.00 net. The object of this work is to present to the student, and to the practitioner who is beginning work in the fields of ophthal- mology, a plain description of the optical defects and diseases of the eye. To this end special attention has been paid to the clinical side of the question ; and the method of examination, the symptoma- tology leading to a diagnosis, and the treatment of the various ocular defects have been brought into prominence. SECOND EDITION, REVISED AND GREATLY ENLARGED. The entire book has been thoroughly revised. In addition to this general re- vision, special paragraphs on the following new matter have been introduced : Filamentous Keratitis, Blood-staining of the Cornea, Essential Phthisis Bulbi, Foreign Bodies in the Lens, Circinate Retinitis, Symmetrical Changes at the Macula Lutea in Infancy, Hyaline Bodies in the Papilla, Monocular Diplopia, Subconjunctival Injections of Germicides, Infiltra- tion-Anaesthesia, and Sterilization of Collyria. Brief mention of Ophthalmia Nodosa, Electric Ophthalmia, and Angioid Streaks in the Retina also finds place. An Appendix has been added, containing a full description of the method of deter- mining the corneal astigmatism with the ophthalmometer of Javal and Schiotz, and the rotations of the eyes with the tropometer of Stevens. The chapter on Operations has been enlarged and rewritten. "A clearly written, comprehensive manual. . . . One which we can commend to students as a reliable text-book, written with an evident knowledge of the wants of those entering upon the study of this special branch of medical science." — British Medical Journal. " The work is characterized by a lucidity of expression which leaves the reader in no doubt as to the meaning of the language employed. ... We know of no work in which these diseases are dealt with more satisfactorily, and indications for treatment more clearly given, and in harmony with the practice of the most advanced ophthalmologists." — Maritime Medical News. "It is hardly too much to say that for the student and practitioner beginning the study of Ophthalmology, it is the best single volume at present published." — Medical News. " The latest and one of the best books on Ophthalmology. The book is thoroughly up to date, and is certainly a work which not only commends itself to the student, but is a ready reference for the busy practitioner." — International Medical Magazine. FEEDING IN EARLY INFANCY. By Arthur V. Meigs, M. D. Bound in limp cloth, flush edges. Price, 25 cents net. Synopsis : Analyses of Milk — Importance of the Subject of Feeding in Early Infancy — Proportion of Casein and Sugar in Human Milk — Time to Begin Arti- ficial Feeding of Infants— Amount of Food to be Administered at Each Feeding Intervals between Feedings— Increase in Amount of Food at Different Periods of Infant Development — Unsuitableness of Condensed Milk as a Substitute for Moth- er's Milk — Objections to Sterilization nr "Pasteurization" of Milk Advances made in the Method of Artificial F CATALOGUE OF MEDICAL WORKS. 15 A TEXT-BOOK OF HISTOLOGY, DESCRIPTIVE AND PRAC- TICAL. For the Use of Students. By Arthur Clarkson, M. B., C. M., Edin., formerly Demonstrator of Physiology in the Owen's College, Manchester; late Demonstrator of Physiology in the Yorkshire College, Leeds. Large 8vo, 554 pages, with 22 engravings in the text, and 174 beautifully colored original illustrations. Price, strongly bound in Cloth, $6.00 net. The purpose of the writer in this work has been to furnish the student of His- tology, in one volume, with both the descriptive and the practical part of the science. The first two chapters are devoted to the consideration of the general methods of Histology ; subsequently, in each chapter, the structure of the tissue or organ is first systematically described, the student is then taken tutorially over the specimens illustrating it, and, finally, an appendix affords a short note of the methods of preparation. In the descriptive portion of the work the writer has avoided, as much as possible, the discussion of disputed points and contending views of only historical value. In the practical part also the same principle has been followed — only the well-known and well-tried methods are given ; and, throughout, the object has been, while placing before the reader all that is necessary for his equipment as an histologist, to avoid withdrawing his mind from the salient facts of the science by the introduction of a number of comparatively unimportant ones, of main interest to the specialist. ARCHIVES OF CLINICAL SKIAGRAPHY. By Sydney Rowland, B. A., Camb., late Scholar of Downing College, Cambridge, and Shuter Scholar of St. Bartholomew's Hospital, London ; Special Commissioner to "British Medical Journal" for the Investigation of the Applications of the New Photography to Medicine and Surgery. A series of collotype illustra- tions, with descriptive text, illustrating the applications of the New Photog- raphy to Medicine and Surgery. Price, per Part, $1.00. Parts I. and II. now ready. The object of this publication is to put on record in permanent form some of the most striking applications of the new photography to the needs of Medicine and Surgery. The progress of this new art has been so rapid that, although Prof. Rontgen's discovery is only a thing of yesterday, it has already taken its place among the approved and accepted aids to diagnosis. WATER AND WATER SUPPLIES. By John C. Thresh, D. Sc, M. B., D. P. H., Lecturer on Public Health, King's College, London; Editor of the "Journal of State Medicine," etc. i2mo, 438 pages, illus- trated. Handsomely bound in Cloth, with gold side and back stamps. Price, $2.25 net. This work will furnish any one interested in public health the information requisite for forming an opinion as to whether any supply or proposed supply is sufficiently wholesome and abundant, and whether the cost can be considered reasonable. The work does not pretend to be a treatise on Engineering, yet it contains sufficient detail to enable any one who has studied it to consider intelligently any snhpmp which mav be submitted for suDDlving a community with water. 1 6 IV. B. SAUNDERS' ILLUSTRATED THE PICTORIAL ATLAS OF SKIN DISEASES AND SYPH- ILITIC AFFECTIONS (American Edition). Translation from the French. Edited by J. J. Pringle, M. B., F. R. C. P., Assistant Physician to, and Physician to the department for Diseases of the Skin at, the Middle- sex Hospital, London. Photo-lithochromes from the famous models of der- matological and syphilitic cases in the Museum of the Saint-Louis Hospital, Paris, with explanatory wood-cuts and text. In 12 Parts, at $3.00 per Part. Parts 1 to 4 now ready. " The plates are beautifully executed." — Jonathan Hutchinson, M. D. (London Hospital). " I strongly recommend this Atlas. The plates are exceedingly well executed, and will be of great value to all studying dermatology." — Stephen Mackenzie, M. D. (London Hospital). " The plates in this Atlas are remarkably accurate and artistic reproductions of typical ex- amples of skin disease. The work will be of great value to the practitioner and student." — William Anderson, M. D. (St. Thomas Hospital). ESSENTIALS OF ANATOMY AND MANUAL OF PRACTICAL DISSECTION, containing "Hints on Dissection." By Charles B. Nancrede, M. D. , Professor of Surgery and Clinical Surgery in the Uni- versity of Michigan, Ann Arbor; Corresponding Member of the Royal Academy of Medicine, Rome, Italy ; late Surgeon Jefferson Medical Col- lege, etc. Fourth and revised edition. Post 8vo, over 500 pages, with handsome full-page lithographic plates in colors, and over 200 illustrations. Price : Extra Cloth (or Oilcloth for the dissection-room), #2.00 net. No pains nor expense has been spared to make this work the most exhaustive yet concise Student's Manual of Anatomy and Dissection ever published, either in America or in Europe. The colored plates are designed to aid the student in dissecting the muscles, arteries, veins, and nerves. The wood-cuts have all been specially drawn and engraved, and an Appendix added containing 60 illustrations representing the structure of the entire human skeleton, the whole being based on the eleventh edition of Gray's Anatomy. A MANUAL OF PRACTICE OF MEDICINE. By A. A. Stevens, A. M., M. D., Instructor of Physical Diagnosis in the University of Pennsyl- vania, and Demonstrator of Pathology in the Woman's Medical College of Philadelphia. Specially intended for students preparing for graduation and hospital examinations. Post 8vo, 512 pages. Illustrated. Price, $2. 50. FOURTH EDITION, REVISED AND ENLARGED. Contributions to the science of medicine have poured in so rapidly during the last quarter of a century that it is well-nigh impossible for the student, with the limited time at his disposal, to master elaborate treatises or to cull from them that knowledge which is absolutely essential. From an extended experience in teach- ing, the author has been enabled, by classification, to group allied symptoms, and by the elimination of theories and redundant explanations to bring within a com- paratively small compass a complete outline of the practice of medicine. TEMPERATURE CHART. Prepared by D. T. Laine, M. D. Size 8x13^ inches. Price, per pad of 25 charts, 50 cents net. A conveniently arranged chart for recording Temperature, with columns for daily amounts of Urinary and Fecal Excretions, Food, Rem«>-V= „tr On the back of each chart is given in full the method of Brand in the treatment of Typt CATALOGUE OF MEDICAL WORKS. 17 MANUAL OF MATERIA MEDICA AND THERAPEUTICS. By A. A. Stevens, A. M., M. D., Instructor of Physical Diagnosis in the Uni- versity of Pennsylvania, and Demonstrator of Pathology in the Woman's Medical College of Philadelphia. 435 pages. Price, Cloth, $2.25. This wholly new volume, which is based on the 1890 edition of the Pharma- copoeia, comprehends the following sections : Physiological Action of Drugs ; Drugs ; Remedial Measures other than Drugs ; Applied Therapeutics ; Incom- patibility in Prescriptions ; Table of Doses ; Index of Drugs ; and Index of Dis- eases ; the treatment being elucidated by more than two hundred formulas. NOTES ON THE NEWER REMEDIES: their Therapeutic Appli- cations and Modes of Administration. By David Cerna, M.D., Ph.D., Demonstrator of and Lecturer on Experimental Therapeutics in the Univer- sity of Pennsylvania. Post 8vo, 253 pages. Price, $1.25. SECOND EDITION, RE-WRITTEN AND GREATLY ENLARGED. The work takes up in alphabetical order all the newer remedies, giving their physical properties, solubility, therapeutic applications, administration, and chem- ical formula. SAUNDERS' POCKET MEDICAL FORMULARY. By William M. Powell, M. D., Attending Physician to the Mercer House for Invalid Women at Atlantic City. Containing 1750 Formulae, selected from several hundred of the best-known authorities. Forming a handsome and convenient pocket companion of nearly 300 printed pages, with blank leaves for additions ; with an Appendix containing Posological Table, Formulae and Doses for Hypodermic Medication, Poisons and their Antidotes, Diameters of the Female Pelvis and Fcetal Head, Obstetrical Table, Diet List for Various Dis- eases, Materials and Drugs used in Antiseptic Surgery, Treatment of Asphyxia from Drowning, Surgical Remembrancer, Tables of Incompatibles, Eruptive Fevers, Weights and Measures, etc. Third edition, revised and greatly enlarged. Handsomely bound in morocco, with side index, wallet, and flap. Price, $1.75 net. " This little book, that can be conveniently carried in the pocket, contains an immense amount of material. It is very useful, and as the name of the author of each prescription is given is unusually reliable." — New York Medical Record. SAUNDERS' POCKET MEDICAL LEXICON; or, Dictionary of Terms and Words used in Medicine and Surgery. By John M. Keating, M. D., Editor of "Cyclopaedia of Diseases of Children," etc.; Author of the "New Pronouncing Dictionary of Medicine," and Henry Hamilton, Author of "A New Translation of Virgil's ^Fneid into English Verse;" Co- Author of a "New Pronouncing Dictionary of Medicine." A new and revised edition. 321110, 282 pages. Prices: Cloth, 75 cents; Leather Tucks, #1.00. "Remarkably accurate in terminology, accentuation, and definition."— Journal of American Mtdical Association. " Brief, yet complete .... it contains the very latest nomenclature in even the newest depart- ments of medicine." — Medical Record. 18 W. B. SAUNDERS' ILLUSTRATED DISEASES OF WOMEN. By Henry J. Garrigues, A. M., M. D., Pro- fessor of Obstetrics in the New York Post-Graduate Medical School and Hos- pital ; Gynaecologist to St. Mark's Hospital, and to the German Dispensary, etc., New York City. One octavo volume of nearly 700 pages, illustrated by 300 wood-cuts and colored plates. Prices: Cloth, $4.00 net; Sheep, $5.00 net. A practical work on gynaecology for the use of students and practitioners, written in a terse and concise manner. The importance of a thorough knowledge of the anatomy of the female pelvic organs has been fully recognized by the author, and considerable space has been devoted to the subject. The chapters on Operations and on Treatment are thoroughly modern, and are based upon the large hospital and private practice of the author. The text is elucidated by a large number' of illustrations and colored plates, many of them being original, and forming a complete atlas for studying embryology and the anatomy of the female genitalia, besides exemplifying, whenever needed, morbid conditions, instruments, apparatus, and operations. EXCERPT OF CONTENTS. Development of the Female Genitals. — Anatomy of the Female Pelvic Organs. — Physiology. — Puberty. — Menstruation and Ovulation. — Copulation. — Fecundation. — The Climacteric. — -Etiology in General. — Examinations in General. — Treatment in General. — Abnormal Menstruation and Me- trorrhagia. — Leucorrhea. — Diseases of the Vulva. —Diseases of the Perineum. — Diseases of the Vagina. — Diseases of the Uterus. — Diseases of the Fallopian Tubes. — Diseases of the Ovaries. — Diseases of the Pelvis. — Sterility. The reception accorded to this work has been most flattering. In the short period -which has elapsed since its issue, it has been adopted and recommended as a text-book by more than 60 of the Medical Schools and Universities of the United States and Canada. " One of the best text-books for students and practitioners which has been published in the English language ; it is condensed, clear, and comprehensive. The profound learning and great clinical experience of the distinguished author find expression in this book in a most attractive and instructive form. Young practitioners, to whom experienced consultants may not be available, will find in this book invaluable counsel and help." Thad. A. Reamy, M. D., LL.D., Professor of Clinical Gynecology, Medical College of Ohio ; Gynecologist to the Good Samaritan and to the Cincinnati Hospitals. OUTLINES OF OBSTETRICS: A Syllabus of Lectures Delivered at Long Island College Hospital. By Charles Jewett, A. M., M. D., Professor of Obstetrics and Pediatrics in the College, and Obstetrician to the Hospital. Edited by Harold F. Jewett, M. D. Post 8vo, 264 pages. Price, $2.00. This book treats only of the general facts and principles of obstetrics : these are stated in concise terms and in a systematic and natural order of sequence, theoretical discussion being as far as possible avoided ; the subject is thus pre- sented in a form most easily grasped and remembered by the student. Special attention has been devoted to practical questions of diagnosis and treatment, and in general particular prominence is given to facts which the student most needs to know. The condensed form of statement and the orderly arrangement of topics adapt it to the wants of the busy practitioner as a means of refreshing his know- ledge of the subject and as a handy manual for daily reference. CATALOGUE OF MEDICAL WORKS. 19 SYLLABUS OF OBSTETRICAL LECTURES in the Medical Department, University of Pennsylvania. By Richard C. Norris, A. M., M. D., Demonstrator of Obstetrics in the University of Pennsylvania. Third edition, thoroughly revised and enlarged. Crown 8vo. Price, Cloth, interleaved for notes, $2.00 net. "This work is so far superior to others on the same subject that we take pleasure in calling attention briefly to its excellent features. It covers the subject thoroughly, and will prove invaluable both to the student and the practitioner. The author has introduced a number of valuable hints which would only occur to one who was himself an experienced teacher of obstetrics. The subject-matter is clear, forcible, and modern. We are especially pleased with the portion devoted to the practical duties of the accoucheur, care of the child, etc. The paragraphs on antiseptics are admirable ; there is no doubtful tone in the directions given. No details are regarded as unimportant ; no minor matters omitted. We venture to say that even the old practitioner will find useful hints in this direction which he cannot afford to despise." — Medical Record. A SYLLABUS OF GYNECOLOGY, arranged in conformity with " An American Text-Book of Gynecology." By J. W. Long, M. D., Professor of Diseases of Women and Children, Medical College of Virginia, etc. Price, Cloth (interleaved), $1.00 net. Based upon the teaching and methods laid down in the larger work, this will not only be useful as a supplementary volume, but to those who do not already possess the Text-Book it will also have an independent value as an aid to the prac- titioner in gynecological work, and to the student as a guide in the lecture-room, as the subject is presented in a manner systematic, succinct, and practical. A SYLLABUS OF LECTURES ON THE PRACTICE OF SUR- GERY, arranged in conformity with " An American Text-Book of Surgery." By Nicholas Senn, M. D., Ph. D., Professor of Surgery in Rush Medical College, Chicago, and in the Chicago Polyclinic. Price, $2.00. This excellent work of its eminent author, himself one of the contributors to "An American Text-Book of Surgery," will prove of exceptional value to the advanced student who has adopted that work as his text-book. It is not only the syllabus of an unrivalled course of surgical practice, but it is also an epitome of, or supplement to the larger work. AN OPERATION BLANK, with Lists of Instruments, etc. re- quired in Various Operations. Prepared by W. W. Keen, M. D., LL.D., Professor of Principles of Surgery in the Jefferson Medical College, Philadelphia. Price per pad, containing Blanks for fifty operations, 50 cents net. SECOND EDITION, REVISED FORM. A convenient blank (suitable for all operations), giving complete instructions regarding necessary preparation of patient, etc., with a full list of dressings and medicines to be employed. On the back of each blank is a list of instruments used — viz. general instruments, etc., required for all operations; and special in- struments for surgery of the brain and spine, mouth and throat, abdomen, rectum, male and female genito-urinary organs, the bones, etc. The whole forming a neat pad, arranged for hanging on the wall of a surgeon's office or in the hospital operating-room. W. B. SAUNDERS' ILLUSTRATED LABORATORY EXERCISES IN BOTANY. By Edson S. Bastin, M. A., Professor of Materia Medica and Botany in the Philadelphia Col- lege of Pharmacy. Octavo volume of 536 pages, with 87 plates. Price, Cloth, $2.50. This work is intended for the beginner and the advanced student, and it fully covers the structure of flowering plants, roots, ordinary stems, rhizomes, tubers, bulbs, leaves, flowers, fruits, and seeds. Particular attention is given to the gross and microscopical structure of plants, and to those used in medicine. The illus- trations fully elucidate the text, and the complete index facilitates reference. Trailing Arbutus (Epigea repens). Specimen Illustration. LABORATORY GUIDE FOR THE BACTERIOLOGIST. By Langdon Frothingham, M. D. V., Assistant in Bacteriology and Veterinary Science, Sheffield Scientific School, Yale University. Illustrated. Price. Cloth, 75 cents. The technical methods involved in bacteria-culture, methods of staining, and microscopical study are fully described and arranged as simply and concisely as possible. The book is especially intended for use in laboratory work. OBSTETRIC ACCIDENTS, EMERGENCIES, AND OPERA- TIONS. By L. Ch. Boisliniere, M. D., late Emeritus Professor of Ob- stetrics in the St. Louis Medical College. 381 pages, handsomely illustrated. Price, $2.00 net. "For the use of the practitioner who, when away from home, has not the opportunity of consulting a library or of calling a friend in consultation. He then, being thrown upon his own resources, will find this book of benefit in guiding and assisting him in emergencies." CA TALOGUE OF MEDICAL WORKS. HOW TO EXAMINE FOR LIFE INSURANCE. By John M. Keating, M. D., Fellow of the College of Physicians and Surgeons of Phila- delphia ; Vice-President of the American Pediatric Society ; Ex-President of the Association of Life Insurance Medical Directors. Royal 8vo, 211 pages, with two large half-tone illustrations, and a plate prepared by Dr. McClellan from special dissections ; also, numerous cuts to elucidate the text. Price, in Cloth, $2.00 net. " This is by far the most useful book which has yet appeared on insurance examination, a sub- ject of growing interest and importance. Not the least valuable portion of the volume is Part II., which consists of instructions issued to their examining physicians by twenty-four representative companies of this country. As the proofs of these instructions were corrected by the directors of the companies, they form the latest instructions obtainable. If for these alone the book should be at the right hand of every physician interested in this special branch of medical science." — The Medical News, Philadelphia. THE CARE OF THE BABY. By J. P. Crozer Griffith, M. D., Clfhi- cal Professor of Diseases of Children, University of Pennsylvania ; Physician to the Children's Hospital, Philadelphia, etc. 392 pages, with 67 illustrations in the text, and 5 plates. i2mo. Price, $1.50. A reliable guide not only for mothers, but also for medical students and prac- titioners whose opportunities for observing children have been limited. "The whole book is characterized by rare good sense, and is evidently written by a master hand. It can be read with benefit not only by mothers, but by medical students and by any prac- titioners who have not had large opportunities for observing children." — American Journal of Obstetrics, July, 1895. "The best book for the use of the young mother with which we are acquainted. . . . There are very few general practitioners who could not read the book through with advantage." — Archives of Pediatrics, Aug., 1895. " No better book of its kind has come under our notice for some time. Although intended primarily for mothers and nurses, it will well repay perusal by medical students." — Birmingham Medical Review, Oct., 1895. " This is one of the best works of its kind that has been presented to the people for many a day." — Maryland Medical Journal, Aug. 13, 1895. NURSING: ITS PRINCIPLES AND PRACTICE. By Isabel Adams Hampton, Graduate of the New York Training School for Nurses attached to Bellevue Hospital ; Superintendent of Nurses, and Principal of the Training School for Nurses, Johns Hopkins Hospital, Baltimore, Md. ; late Superin- tendent of Nurses, Illinois Training School for Nurses, Chicago, 111. In one very handsome i2mo volume of 484 pages, profusely illustrated. Price, Cloth, $2.00 net. This original work on the important subject of nursing is at once compre- hensive and systematic. It is written in a clear, accurate, and readable style, suit- able alike to the student and the lay reader. Such a work has long been a deside- ratum with those intrusted with the management of hospitals and the instruction of nurses in training-schools. It is also of especial value to the graduate nurse who desires to acquire a practical working knowledge of the care of the sick and the hygiene of the sick-room. 22 W. B. SAUNDERS' ILLUSTRATED CATALOGUE. NURSE'S DICTIONARY of Medical Terms and Nursing Treat- ment, containing Definitions of the Principal Medical and Nursing Terms and Abbreviations ; of the Instruments, Drugs, Diseases, Accidents, Treat- ments, Physiological Names, Operations, Foods, Appliances, etc. encountered in the ward or in the sick-room. Compiled for the use of nurses. By Honnor Morten, Author of "How to Become a Nurse," "Sketches of Hospital Life," etc. i6mo, 140 pages. Price, Cloth, $1.00. This little volume is intended merely as a small reference-book which can be consulted at the bedside or in the ward. It gives sufficient explanation to the nurse to enable her to comprehend a case until she has leisure to look up larger and fuller works on the subject. DIET IN SICKNESS AND IN HEALTH. By Mrs. Ernest Hart, formerly Student of the Faculty of Medicine of Paris and of the London School of Medicine for Women ; with an Introduction by Sir Henry Thompson, F. R. C. S., M. D., London. 220 pages; illustrated. Price, Cloth, $1.50. Useful to those who have to nurse, feed, and prescribe for the sick. ... In each case the accepted causation of the disease and the reasons for the special diet prescribed are briefly described. Medical men will find the dietaries and recipes practically useful, and likely to save them trouble in directing the dietetic treatment of patients. " We recommend it cordially to the attention of all practitioners ; . . . . both to them and to their patients it may be of the greatest service." — Medical Journal, New York. DIETS FOR INFANTS AND CHILDREN IN HEALTH AND IN DISEASE. By Louis Starr, M. D., Editor of "An American Text- Book of the Diseases of Children." 230 blanks (pocket-book size), per- forated and neatly bound in flexible morocco. Price, $1.25 net. The first series of blanks are prepared for the first seven months of infant life ; each blank indicates the ingredients, but not the quantities, of the food, the latter directions being left for the physician. After the seventh month, modifications being less necessary, the diet lists are printed in full. Formula, for the prepara- tion of diluents and foods are appended. DIET LISTS AND SICK-ROOM DIETARY. By Jerome B. Thomas, M. D. , Visiting Physician to the Home for Friendless Women and Children and to the Newsboys' Home ; Assistant Visiting Physician to the Kings County Hospital; Assistant Bacteriologist, Brooklyn Health Department. Price, gi.50. Send for sample sheet. There is here offered, in portable form, as an efficient aid to the better practice of Therapeutics, a collection of detachable Diet Lists and a Sick-room Dietary. It meets a want, for the busy practitioner has but little time to write out Systems of Diet appropriate to his patients, or to describe the preparation of their food. Compiled from the most modern works on dietetics, the Dietary offers a variety of easily-digested foods. "A convenience that will be appreciated by the physician." — Medical Journal, New York. "The work is an excellent one, and — u * f ~ K » »clrnmpil bv rjhvsician, patient, and nurse alike.'' — Indian Lancet, Calcutta. Practical, Exhaustive, Authoritative. SAUNDERS' NEW AID SERIES OF MANUALS. FOR STUDENTS AND PRACTITIONERS. Mr. Saunders is pleased to announce the successful issue of several volume; of his NEW AID SERIES OF MANUALS, which have received the most flattering commendations from Students and Practitioners anc the Press. As publisher of the Standard Series of Question Compends and through intimate relations with leading members of the medical profession Mr. Saunders has been enabled to study progressively the essential desiderata ir practical "self-helps " for students and physicians. This study has manifested that, while the published "Question Compends' earn the highest appreciation of students, whom they serve in reviewing theii studies preparatory to examination, there is special need of thoroughly reliabl( handbooks on the leading branches of Medicine and Surgery, each subject being compactly and authoritatively written, and exhaustive in detail, without the intro- duction of cases and foreign subject-matter which so largely expand ordinary text- books. The Saunders Aid Series will not merely be condensations froir present literature, but will be ably written by well-known authors and practitioners, most of them being teachers in representative American Colleges. This new series, therefore, will form an admirable col- lection of advanced lectures, which will be invaluable aids to students in reading and in comprehending the contents of " recommended " works. Each Manual will further be distinguished by the beauty of the new type ; b) the quality of the paper and printing ; by the copious use of illustrations ; by the attractive binding in cloth; and by the extremely low price at which they will be sold. Saunders' New Aid Series of Manuals. VOLUMES PUBLISHED. PHYSIOLOGY, by Joseph Howard Raymond, A.M., M.D., Professor of Physi- ology and Hygiene and Lecturer on Gynecology in the Long Island College Hos- pital ; Director of Physiology in the Hoagland Laboratory ; formerly Lecturer on Physiology and Hygiene in the Brooklyn Normal School for Physical Education ; Ex- Vice- President of the American Public Health Association ; Ex-Health Commis- sioner, City of Brooklyn, etc. Illustrated. $1.25 net. SURGERY, General and Operative, by John Chalmers DaCosta, M. D., Demon- strator of Surgery, Jefferson Medical College, Philadelphia ; Chief Assistant Sur- geon, Jefferson Medical College Hospital ; Surgical Registrar, Philadelphia Hospital, etc. 188 illustrations and 13 plates. (Double number.) $2.50 net. DOSE-BOOK AND MANUAL OF PRESCRIPTION-WRITING, by E. Q. Thornton, M. D., Demonstrator of Therapeutics, Jefferson Medical College, Phila- delphia. Illustrated. Price, cloth, $1.25 net. SURGICAL ASEPSIS, by Carl Beck, M. D., Surgeon to St. Mark's Hospital and to the New York German Poliklinik, eta Illustrated. Price, cloth, $1.25 net. MEDICAL JURISPRUDENCE, by Henry C. Chapman, M. D., Professor of Insti- tutes of Medicine and Medical Jurisprudence in the Jefferson Medical College of Philadelphia; Member of the College of Physicians of Philadelphia, of the Acade- my of Natural Sciences, of the American Philosophical Society, and of the Zoologi- cal Society of Philadelphia. Illustrated. $1.50 net. SYPHILIS AND THE VENEREAL DISEASES, by James Nevins Hyde, M.D., Professor of Skin and Venereal Diseases, and Frank H. Montgomery, M. D., Lecturer on Dermatology and Genito-Urinary Diseases, in Bush Medical College, Chicago. Profusely Illustrated. (Double number.) §2.50 net. PRACTICE OF MEDICINE, by George Boe Lockwood, M. D., Professor of Practice in the Woman's Medical College of the New York Infirmary ; Instructor of Physical Diagnosis of the Medical Department of Columbia College ; Attending Physician to the Colored Hospital ; Pathologist to the French Hospital ; Member of the New York Academy of Medicine, of the Pathological Society, of the Clinical Society, etc. Illustrated. (Double number.) $2.50 net. MANUAL OF ANATOMY, by Irving S. Haynes, M. D., Adjunct Professor of Anatomy and Demonstrator of Anatomy, Medical Department of the New York University, etc. Beautifully Illustrated. (Double number.) Price, $2.50 net. MANUAL OF OBSTETRICS, by W. A. Newman Dorland, M. D., Asst. Demon- strator of Obstetrics, University of Pennsylvania ; Chief of Gynecological Dispen- sary, Pennsylvania Hospital; Member of Philadelphia Obstetrical Society, etc Profusely illustrated. (Double number.) Price, S2.50 net. VOLUMES IN PREPARATION. MATERIA MEDICA, by Henry A. Griffin, A. B., M.D., Assistant Physician to the Roosevelt Hospital, Out-patient Department, New York City. NOSE AND THROAT, by D. Braden Kyle, M. D, Chief Laryngologist of the St. Agnes Hospital, Philadelphia; Bacteriologist of the Orthopaedic Hospital and Infirmary for Nervous Diseases ; Instructor in Clinical Microscopy and Assistant Demonstrator of Pathology in the Jefferson Medical College, etc. NERVOUS DISEASES, by Charles W. Burr, M. D, Clinical Professor of Nervous Diseases, Medico-Chirurgical College, Philadelphia ; Pathologist to the Orthopaedic Hospital and Infirmary for Nervous Diseases ; Visiting Physician to the St. Joseph Hospital, etc. MANUAL OF PATHOLOGY, by Alfred Stengel, M. D., Instructor in Clinical Medicine, Medical Department University of Pennsylvania, etc. *»* There will be published in the same series, at close intervals, carefulry-nreDared works nn the subjects of Children, Gynecology, "rr" ^i^^^-^ ■■■■■ r ™ SAUNDERS' QUESTION COMPENDS. Arranged in Question and Answer Form. THE LATEST, CHEAPEST, AND BEST ILLUSTRATED SERIES OP COMPENDS EVER ISSUED. Now the Standard Authorities in Medical Literature Students and Practitioners in every City of the United States and Canada. THE REASON WHY They are the advance guard of " Student's Helps " — that do help ; they are the leaders in their special line, well and authoritatively written by able men, who, as teachers in the large col- leges, know exactly what is wanted by a student preparing for his examinations. The judgment exercised in the selection of authors is fully demonstrated by their professional elevation. Chosen from the ranks of Demonstrators, Quiz-masters, and Assistants, most of them have become Pro- fessors and Lecturers in their respective colleges. Each book is of convenient size (5x7 inches), containing on an average 250 pages, profusely illustrated, and elegantly printed in clear, readable type, on fine paper. The entire series, numbering twenty-three volumes, has been kept thoroughly revised and enlarged when necessary, many of them being in their fourth and fifth editions. TO SUM UP. Although there are numerous other Quizzes, Manuals, Aids, etc. in the market, none of them approach the " Blue Series of Question Compends ;" and the claim is made for the following points of excellence : 1. Professional distinction and reputation of authors. 2. Conciseness, clearness, and soundness of treatment. 3. Size of type and quality of paper and binding. V Any of these Compends will be mailed on receipt of price (see over for List). 26 W. B. SAUNDERS' ILLUSTRATED Saunders' Question-Compend Series. — ■ «•> ' — fl®" Price, Cloth, $1.00 per copy, except when otherwise noted. 1. ESSENTIALS OF PHYSIOLOGY. 3d edition. Illustrated. Revised and enlarged. By H. A. Hare, M. D. (Price, #1.00 net.) 2. ESSENTIALS OF SURGERY. 5th edition, with an Appendix on Antiseptic Surgery. 90 illustrations. By Edward Martin, M. D. 3. ESSENTIALS OF ANATOMY. 5th edition, with an Appendix. 180 illustrations. By Charles B. Nancrede, M. D. 4. ESSENTIALS OF MEDICAL CHEMISTRY, ORGANIC AND INORGANIC. 4th edition, revised, with an Appendix. By Lawrence Wolff, M. D. 5. ESSENTIALS OF OBSTETRICS. 3d edition, revised and enlarged. 75 illustrations. By W. Easterly Ashton, M. D. 6. ESSENTIALS OF PATHOLOGY AND MORBID ANATOMY. 6th thousand. 46 illustrations. By C. E. Armand Semple, M. D. 7. ESSENTIALS OF MATERIA MEDICA, THERAPEUTICS, AND PRE- SCRIPTION-WRITING. 4th edition. By Henry Morris, M. D. 8. 9. ESSENTIALS OF PRACTICE OF MEDICINE. By Henry Morris, M. D. An Appendix on Urine Examination. Illustrated. By Lawrence Wolff, M. D. 3d edition, enlarged by some 300 Essential Formulae, selected from eminent authorities, by Wm. M. Powell, M. D. (Double number, price $2.00.) 10. ESSENTIALS OF GYNECOLOGY. 3d edition, revised. With 62 illustrations. By Edwin B. Cragin, M. D. 11. ESSENTIALS OF DISEASES OF THE SKIN. 3d edition, revised and enlarged. 71 letter-press cuts and 15 half-tone illustrations. By Henry W. Stelwagon, M. D. (Price, $1.00 net.) 12. ESSENTIALS OF MINOR SURGERY, BANDAGING, AND VENEREAL DISEASES. 2d edition, revised and enlarged. 78 illustrations. By Edward Martin, M. D. 13. ESSENTIALS OF LEGAL MEDICINE, TOXICOLOGY, AND HYGIENE. 130 illustrations. By C. E. Armand Semple, M. D. 14. ESSENTIALS OF DISEASES OF THE EYE, NOSE, AND THROAT. 124 illustrations. 2d edition, revised. By Edward Jackson, M. D., and E. Baldwin Gleason, M. D. 15. ESSENTIALS OF DISEASES OF CHILDREN. 2d edition. By William M. Powell, M. D. 16. ESSENTIALS OF EXAMINATION OF URINE. Colored " Vogel Scale," and numerous illustrations. By Lawrence Wolff, M. D. (Price, 75 cents.) 17. ESSENTIALS OF DIAGNOSIS. By S. Solis-Cohen, M. D., and A. A. Eshner, M. D. 55 illustrations, some in colors. (Price, $1.50 net.) 18. ESSENTIALS OF PRACTICE OF PHARMACY. By L. E. Sayre. 2d edition, revised and enlarged. 20. ESSENTIALS OF BACTERIOLOGY. 2d edition. 81 illustrations Bv M V Ball, M. D. 1 ■ ■ 21. ESSENTIALS OF NERVOUS DISEASES AND INSANITY. 48 illustrations. 2d edition, revised. By John C Shaw, M. D. 22. ESSENTIALS OF MEDICAL PHYSICS. 155 illustrations. 2d edition, revised- By Fred J. Brockway, M. D. (Price, gi.00 net.) .23. ESSENTIALS OF MEDICAL ELECTRICITY. 65 illustrations. By David D Stewart, M. D., and Edward S. Lawrance, M. D. 24. ESSENTIALS OF DISEASES OF THE EAR. By E. B. Gleason, M. D. 89 illustrations. CATALOGUE OF MEDICAL WORKS. 27 JUST PUBLISHED. A TEXT-BOOK OF MATERIA MEDICA, THERAPEUTICS, AND PHARMACOLOGY. By George F. Butler, Ph. G., M. D., Professor of Materia Medica and of Clinical Medicine in the College of Physicians and Surgeons, Chicago ; Professor of Materia Medica and Thera- peutics, Northwestern University, Woman's Medical School, etc. 8vo, 858 pages. Illustrated. Prices: Cloth, $4.00 net ; Sheep or Half- Morocco, $5.00 net. A clear, concise, and practical text-book, adapted for permanent reference no less than for the requirements of the class-room. The arrangement (embodying the synthetic classification of drugs based upon therapeutic affinities) is believed to be at once the most philosophical and rational, as well as that best calculated to engage the interest of those to whom the academic study of the subject is wont to offer no little perplexity. Special attention has been given to the Pharmaceutical section, which is exceptionally lucid and complete. In giving the Latin accent and quantity of medicinal nomenclature {Foster), the design has been to correct a prevalent disregard of proper pronunciation. FORTHCOMING PUBLICATIONS. ESSENTIALS OF PHYSICAL DIAGNOSIS OF THE THO- RAX. By Arthur M. Corwin, A. M., M. D., Demonstrator of Physical Diagnosis in the Rush Medical College, Chicago ; Attending Physician to the Central Free Dispensary, Department of Rhinology, Laryngology, and Diseases of the Chest. Nearly ready. ANOMALIES AND CURIOSITIES OF MEDICINE. By George M. Gould, M. D., and Walter L. Pyle, M. D. Profusely illustrated with wood-cuts, half-tones, and colored plates. Large 8vo volume. In preparation. An encyclopedic collection of bizarre cases and of the most striking instances of deviations from the normal in all branches of Medicine and Surgery, derived from an exhaustive research of medical literature from its origin to the present day, conveniently grouped in the text, and indexed for ready reference. SURGICAL DIAGNOSIS AND TREATMENT. By J. W. Mac- Donald, M. D., Graduate of Medicine of the University of Edinburgh; Licentiate of the Royal College of Surgeons of Edinbargh : Professor of the Practice of Surgery and of Clinical Surgery in Minneapolis College of Physicians and Surgeons; Surgeon to Wisconsin Central Railway, etc. TEXT-BOOK OF EMBRYOLOGY. By John C. Heisler, M. D., Pro- sector to the Professor of Anatomy, Medical Department of the University of Pennsylvania. A MANUAL OF ORTHOPEDIC SURGERY. By James E. Moore, M. D., Professor of Orthopedia and Adjunct Professor of Clinical Surgery, tt„j„»,^**, ^f Minnpcnta Colleee of Medicine and Surgery. NOW READY— VOLUME FOR 1896. ^) SAUNDERS' American Year-Book of Medicine and Surgery COLLECTED AND ARRANGED BY EMINENT AMERICAN SPECIALISTS AND TEACHERS, ^ UNDER THE EDITORIAL CHARGE OF S GEORGE M. GOULD, M. D. 8 Notwithstanding the rapid multiplication of medical and surgical works, r§ still these publications fail to meet fully the requirements of the general physician, ® inasmuch as he feels the need of something more than mere text-books of well- Si known principles of medical science. Mr. Saunders has long been impressed with as this fact, which is confirmed by the unanimity of expression from the profession ^ at large, as indicated by advices from his large corps of canvassers. g This deficiency would best be met by current journalistic literature, but © most practitioners have scant access to this almost unlimited source of informa- tion, and the busy practiser has but little time to search out in periodicals the |» many interesting cases, whose study would doubtless be of inestimable value in his "S practice. Therefore, a work which places before the physician in convenient form .g an epitomization of this literature by persons competent to pronounce upon ^ The Value of a Discovery or of a Method of Treatment cannot but command his highest appreciation. It is this critical and judicial •S» function that will be assumed by the Editorial staff of the " American Year-Book ^ of Medicine and Surgery." g It is the special purpose of the Editor, whose experience peculiarly qualifies 8 him for the preparation of this work, not only to review the contributions to American journals, but also the methods and discoveries repotted in the S> leading medical journals of Europe, thus enlarging the survey and i laking the » work characteristically international. These reviews will not simply e a series § of undigested abstracts indiscriminately run together, nor will they be retro- 2 spective of " news " one or two years old, but the treatment presented will be -Si synthetic and dogmatic, and will include only what is new. Moreover, through ® expert condensation by experienced writers, these discussions will be ^ Comprised in a Single Volume of about 1200 Pages. The work will be replete with original and selected illustrations skilfully reproduced, for the most part, in Mr. Saunders' own studios established for the purpose, thus ensuring accuracy in delineation, affording efficient aids to a right comprehension of the text, and adding to the attractiveness of the volume. Prices : Cloth, $6.50 net ; Half Morocco, $7.50 net. W. B. SAUNDERS, Publisher, OOF, Waln.it Strfifit. Pbila.rt alnhin.j